‘*Omnes res create sunt divine sapientic et potentiz testes, divitiz felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet.

Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibirelictis semper estimata; a veré eruditis

et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—

LINNZUS.

“ Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir

qu'elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rapportent

toutes ses opérations.”—BRUCKNER, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden, 1767.

po6 0600 0n 0 Do WN b EN poe

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.

FLAMMAM,

CONTENTS OF VOL. XVI.

[THIRD SERIES. ]

NUMBER XCI.

Page

I. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Diatoms from Hong-

kong. By R. K. Grevitue, LL.D., F.R.S.E. &e. (Plate V.)...... 1

II. Notes on British Lichens. By the Rev. W. A. Le1guron,

BeAeptcboslie m(biate LVa)) icactcccerceeebdcuscastecacemenosceacmee ore Ole

III. On the Gland of the Phyllodium of Acacia magnifica. By

thepReveaWi Ac WEIGH TONG Db Aches S big sasecserconessceaeteoerceeener 12

IV. On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. By Messrs.

W. K. Parker, F.R.S., T. R. Jones, F.G.S., and H. B. Brapy,

BES FGos, (Plates T5010.,, DME) sees. ce. 2ce ess ces osacseeeeeeeeinees 15

V. On Ageon Alfordi, a new British Sea-Anemone. By PHILIP

Eien GLOSS eb. tS. (ESL RVI) | cee ease arn sesscscecetensetcactonsees 41

VI. On the Presence of certain Secreting Organs in Nematoidea.

By ALEXANDER MACALIsTER, F.R.C.S.I., Demonstrator of Ana-

tomy, Royal College of Surgeons, Ireland ..........-.cscccesseceesesccoees 45

VII. Description of a new Species of Corvina from the Gambia.

yr AEB Ps GUNTUR Reape os cm ansoeseccicaneactaseeacnaecddeerss peweesenss 48

Proceedings of the Zoological Society .....scscsereceesssecsereee sheets 49—65

On the Pollen-grains of Ranunculus arvensis, by George Gulliver,

F.R.S.; On the Feathers of Dinornis robustus, Owen, by W.S.

Dallas, F.L.S., Keeper of York Museum; On the Metamorphoses

undergone by certain Fishes before acquiring the Adult Form,

by Prof. Agassiz; Description of the Egg of Parra gallinacea,

by John Gould, F.R.S. &c.; On a new Form of Brachiolaria, by

M. Sars; Investigation of the Structure of the Eneephalon of

Fishes, and of the Homological Signification of its different parts,

lv CONTENTS.

by M. Hollard ; Description of a new Species of Rock- Kangaroo

(Pterogale longicauda) fron New South Wales, by Gerard Krefft

Page

65—72

NUMBER XCII.

VIII. On the Homology of the Buccal Parts of the Mollusca. By

Dr. Orro A. L. Mércu, of Copenhagen. (Plate VI.)

IX. Descriptions of recently discovered Spiders collected in the

Cape de Verde Islands by John Gray, Esq. By Jonn BLAcKWALL,

Me S renseaaves cone ssvconcecsaessenans\Jascsisascacsttecsersaseesene-a-heo sete ee

X. Contributions to an Insect Fauna of the Amazons Valley.

CoLeorpTerA: Loneicornes. By H.W. Bares, Esq.

XI. On the Occurrence of Limopsis Belcheri, Corbula sulcata, and

some other recent Shells in the fossil state in Miocene Tertiary Beds

near Melbourne. By Frepertck M‘Coy, Professor of Natural

Science in the University of Melbourne, and Director of the Melbourne

National Museum 80. oa. scssccseeseteucescs asic tvces saceeanasaneevens ease ee

XII. Observations on Raphides and other Crystals in Plants.

By GrornGe (GULLIVER, EOIN.) sscescccdseceasae cess seeasmeartareteastenees

XIII. Gn the Opereculum and its Mantle. By Dr. O. A. L.

MORCH eseeecees eee

POOR e OOH Oe eer SHEE EEE POD HEH EHH EEH HEH EEE HEE EEE EEE EOE OEE EOE EEE

XIV. Notes on some Amphibians. By Joun Hoae, M.A., F.RS.,

mI Seco nace cee csiaeescsvecssa cos cssecmeneescsanoaararncceeceeceecsaveecceaeenees

XV. Remarks on the Histology of two Specimens of Rhynchopora

Geinitziana, De Verneuil, from near the River Oukhta, Province of

Archangel, and belonging to the Collection of the Corps des Mines of

St. Petersburg. By Professor W1LL1AM KiNG

101

Proceedings of the Royal Society ; Zoological Socicty .......... 128—142

Note on the Food of the Aye-Aye, by Mr. A. D. Bartlett ; On the His-

tology of the Acalephz, by Prof. Kolliker; On a new Type in

the Group of Ascidians (Chevreulius callensis), by M. Lacaze-

Duthiers ; On some singular Organs appended to the Feet of

certain Crustacea, by MM. Claus and Sars .........s0eseeeee 142—144

NUMBER XCIII.

XVI. On a new Lizard, with Ophidian Affinities, from the Lower

Chalk (Saurospondylus dissimilis). By Harry SEELEY, F.G.S., of

the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge

eee eUEeR ECE eee eeer er ee eee errr e

CONTENTS. Vv

Page

XVII. Notice of a new Finner Whale from Formosa. By Dr. J.

IE) GRAYS EMRE SSI SCCS) Arse tensinstewGen sd nccsesacsasicates's CSpOORDBOnEE pebaccnoacoC 148

XVIII. On the Male Generative Organs of Phalangium. By Dr.

AC GCRQEUN sesseocss socewelse Mer eaemteceee senses cdariccese tac rsidenadacasndsaideee ores 149

XIX. Descriptions of new Species of Crioceride. By J.S. Baty. 153

XX. Description of a new Species of Cetonia in the Collection of

the British Museum. By Arruur G. Bur er, Assistant, Zoological

Department, British Museum ......... Aecleceacesecdiesccsees Sscaedesseetera 161

XXI. Investigations on new or rare Crustacea of the French

Coastsa Dy MOSS aistececcccomsdeeonaacccccdessesencesecssecsceasasect 162

XXII. Contributions to an Insect Fauna of the Amazons Valley.

CoLreopTEeRA: Loncicornes. By H. W. Bares, Esq. ............ 167

XXIII. A Description of some Fossil Corals from the South-

Australian Tertiaries. By P. Martin Duncan, M.B.(Lond.), See.

Geol-soe! (Plate, VIM.) <::..... Bete oeae sence seadaeneodoe one cea eeneneeeeet 182

XXIV. Notes on the Australian Species of Arripis. By FREDE-

RIcK M‘Coy, Professor of Natural Science in the University of Mel-

bourne, and Director of the National Museum at Melbourne ......... 187

XXV. On Undescribed Fossil Entomostraca from the Brick-earth

of the Nar. By GreorGe Stewarpson Brapy. (Plate IX.) ...... 189

XXVI. Classification of Polyps. (Extract condensed from a

Synopsis of the Polypi of the North Pacific Explormg Expedition

under Captains Ringgold and Rodgers, U.S.N.) By A. VerrIbu... 191

Proceedings of the Royal Society; Zoological Society ......... 197—220

On the Chilian “ Anguilla,” by Dr. R. A. Philippi; On the Parasitic

Nature of the Mistletoe, by Joseph Boehm ; On a Fungus which

is developed in Ivory and Bone, by Prof. Wedl; Note on the

Ammobroma Sonore; On the Intercellular Matter and the Ves-

sels of the Latex in the Root of the Dandelion, by Dr. A. Vogel;

On the Structure of the Luminous Organs in the Male of Lam-

pyris splendidula, by M. Schultze; De Jeude’s Collection of

ME OMI SCaiye «secs ce see neaeses sdecsenecccccnsne-saacenonetseee cere name ee

NUMBER XCIV.

XXVII. On Ammonites from the Cambridge Greensand. By

Harry Seecry, F.G.S., of the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge.

CERES Pe NU) coco so hacen prs on che aceee meee nt ceemestbowcthinwast weeds seis ABO

XXVIII. Descriptions of New Genera and Species of Gallerucide.

PAY sir SESAME, Uaacarccosc orynmees sod dlc caeAeReeme eee staaes Pests raceaae ae

vi CONTENTS.

Page

XXIX. On the Australian Species of Paludina. By E. von

NUARRENS Mss Cav, Zo) sets epwecoone te eeee sonia ciioe «cic sence lcocemees 255

XXX. An Examination of the Dejeanian Genus Celomera (Coleo-

plera Phytophaga) and its Affinities. By the Rev. WaMLretr CLark,

Weer Lagan eas bestia ons yuemeonerageadtncassbevesiasanesseeesdeesiasesssanas deta 256

XXXI. On the Occurrence of Orcynus alalonga on the Coast of

Devons yeh Wokt. SC OMT... dy -csacacesevessteeacderaese-mases noesee saree 268

XXXII. Proofs of the Animal Nature of the Cilio-flagellate Infu-

soria, based upon Investigations of the Structure and Physiology of

one of the Peridinia (Peridinium cypripedium, n.sp.). By Prof. H.

JANES CLARK, AB. B.o.. GElate NEE:) cds cncswesenaescececescesnmeee 270

New Books :—Travels and Researches in Crete, by Capt. T. A. B.

Spratt, R.N., C.B., F.R.S. &e.—Handbook of British Water-

weeds or Algee, by Dr. John Edward Gray, F.R.S., late President

of the Botanical Society of London. The Diatomacex, by W.

Carruthers, F.L.S. &e.—Natural-History Transactions of North-

umberland and: Durham. Vol. I. Part 1. ....c.ccccscecccssses 279—282

Proceedings of the Zoological Society .........6++0+ sacisaiaisbelocatess 283—297

On Pristolepis marginatus, Jerd., by T. C. Jerdon, Esq.; On the

Constitution of the Fruit in the Cruciferae, by M. E. Fournier ;

On the Male Generative Organs of Phalangium, by Sir John

Lubbock, Bart., F.R.S.; On the Mode in which the Long-eared

Bat captures its Prey, by Wm. Sowerby; On the Habits of the

Water-Shrew (Crossopus fodiens), by N. L. Austen......... 298—302

NUMBER XCV.

XXXIII. On the Microscopie Structure of the Shell of Rhyncho-

nella Geinitziana. By Witutiam Bb. Carrenter, M.D., F.R.S.,

BLS GS tances deone vec nosaccns theca cles cecesacdceseecau cc eeenee nace enee 305

XXXIV. Contributions to an Insect Fauna of the Amazons Valley.

CoLEopTERA: Loncicornes. By H. W. Barss, Esgq.: ............ 308

XXXV. An Examination of the Dejeanian Genus Celomera (Coleo-

ptera Phytophaga) and its Affinities. By the Rev. HAMLET CLARK,

Me blame vonensve cosets POR eer Sonosda cat codpa crepao scence nes 315

XXXVI. On the Muscular Anatomy of the Leg of the Crocodile.

By the Rev. SamureL HaucGuron, M.D., Fellow of Trinity College,

Dublin. (Plate XVIz)) ...d..cccccccccovecmemmoeenemeccets sma acettness seneeees 26

CONTENTS. vil

Page

XXXVII. Observations on Raphides and other Crystals in Plants.

By Georce GuLutver, F.R.S. ...... Gauideloucaaseaneees aaa shaassrwanbuaeeas 331

XXXVIII. Note on the Cretaceous Deposits of Australia. By

Freperick M‘Coy, Professor of Natural Science in the University

of Melbourne, and Director of the National Museum of Victoria...... 333

XXXIX. On a new Growing Slide for the Microscope. By H. L.

SMITH, Kenyon College, U.S. .......sesssssssesesececeeserseesesnsccseseonns 334

XL. Descriptions of recently discovered Species, and Characters of

a new Genus, of Araneidea from the East of Central Africa. By

VOHINE DENG KevWAM olan Saisceianertescemeeneceeeecmcsecinenecdctiseesweoieaneiss 336

XLI. On two new Plesiosaurs from the Lias. By Harry SEELEY,

F.G.S., of the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge. (Plates XIV. &

DNOVE)) Mitotnls occ seuatecssecccnsccrsossacs rans ssecctes SBidScapuanacnccoretosmccenqaGonWO0 352

New Books :—A History of British Ferns, by Edw. Newman. The

Fourth or School Edition.—Chart of Fossil Crustacea, by J. W.

Salter and H. Woodward. With Descriptive Catalogue.—Genera

Plantarum: auctoribus G. Bentham et J. D. Hooker. Vol. i.

PAYS eanceeerececeecessassssscnnsesnonees dccenscccsccanenccecccenes 359—364

Proceedings of the Zoological Society .......c.secesseeeeeeens sahamenessbites 365

Dr. Sturm’s Collection of Objects of Natural History in Nuremberg ;

On the Existence of Liquid and Solid Matters in the Trachean

Vessels of Plants, by M. T. Lestiboudois; On the Organization

of the Cypridine, by Prof. Claus; On the Anatomy of Tridacna

elongata, by M. Léon Vaillant ; Remarks on the Protective Sheath

and on the Formation of the Stem of the Root, by M. R. Caspary;

Graduation from “‘ Individual Peculiarities”’ to Species in Insects,

by Dr. B. D. Walsh; Note on the Cultivation of Eels, by M. L.

Soubeiran’ cc ccsacccasessenanececwsesdwencoess esiveeeleaneseee sone —oor:

NUMBER XCVI.

XLII. On the Systematic Value of the Organs which have been

employed as Fundamental Characters in the Classification of Mollusca.

By DrvOvACi; MORCH Giccstsssdebeceepcepsoeecuebesaaveenmvemmiededse.nJa0 385

XLIII. Description of four new Species of Butterflies in the Col-

lection of the British Museum. By A. G. Bur er, F.Z.S., Assistant,

Zoabgical Department, British Museumiss. <0. .c.:cccacesatesscccscccasenens SOP

XLIV. Remarks on Prof. H. J. Clark’s Peridinium cypripedium.

Byer des Caner, Wi: GUC: aces csiok a euoaap atest dacs tench cee nseseasvegeen 399

vill CONTENTS.

Page

XLV. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Gallerucide.

Ppl Ss DAL, PLs.9. wenescescsaeewenuivsanecansadesesesesecsacantncsancwcess 402

XLVI, On the Limits of the Subkingdom Mollusca. By Dr. O.

Ads LU SURG) afer: aaron Gancoeannonuecnoabdaanedc ccrihoceddannonaosoncoccacesncnsaeng6 ww 411

XLVITI. Notes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. No. VI.

Some Silurian Species (Primitia). By Professor T. Rupert Jones,

£-G.s., and Or, BB. Hour, BGS... (Plate S00.) evesescceesasene 414

XLVIII. On the Names of the Genus Mystomys. (In a Letter to

Professor Allman.) By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., F.L.S. &c. 425

XLIX. Descriptions of new Species of Shells. By E. von Mar-

PENT Sa VD cs sceascnascceteeateretaastessstcccnacednsshaeescanteesteasaces steno: 428

i. On Gliyniodon ornatus. By M;\SERRES) ...0..scssecsessosssocere 432

New Book :—British Conchology. Vol. III. Marine Shells, com-

prising the remaining Conchifera, the Solenoconchia, and Gas-

teropoda as far as Littorina, by JouN Gwyn Jerrreys, F.R.S.,

AGS ASECs. goes c<ictinaiiais deat olaiceleine aut Galine enjeetenneinee ces teceses dec aaaer stare 443

Capture of Muscicapa parva at Scilly, by E. H. Rodd; On the Canine

Teeth of Thylacoleo carnifex, Ow., by Prof. M‘Coy; On Afgeon

Alfordi, by the Rev. D. P. Alford; On the Nest of the Ten-spined

Stickleback, by W.H. Ransom, M.D. .......:s:ccsssecossoene 447— 451

AMGEN eacae ase cei cisseteccine sa conor cectoc secs coos temeltates tls dcnene seaeiee eee 452

PLATES IN VOL. XVI.

1. bo-orvignys Models of Foraminifera.

EET:

IV. New British Lichens.

V. New Genera and species of Diatoms.

VI. Buccal parts of Mollusca.

VII. Ageon Alfordi.

VII. Fossil Corals from South Australia.

IX. Fossil Entomostraca.

4h.

XI }New Ammonites from the Cambridge Greensand.

XII. Peridinium eypripedium.

XIII. Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca.

XIV. Plesiosaurus eleutheraxon.

XV. Plesiosaurus cliduchus.

XVI. Muscular Anatomy of the Leg of the Crocodile. -

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(THIRD SERIES. ]

eel eeseséunstaneseeen per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circdm vitreos considite fontes :

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores :

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, 0 Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”’

N. Parthenii Giannettasii Ecl.1.

No. 91. JULY 1865.

I.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Diatoms from

Hongkong. By R. K. Grevitie, LL.D., F.R.S.E. &c.

[Plate V.]

PaLMERIA, nov. gen., Grev.

Frustules free, hemispherical, having an axis on the plane,

and longitudinal lines, indicative of fissiparous division, on the

convex surface; structure an exceedingly minute hexagonal

cellulation, appearing (except under a high magnifying power)

like a fine close moniliform striation, radiating from a subcentral

nucleus to the margin of the valve, along with a more distant

series of fine coste terminating in intramarginal punctiform

nodules.

This very singular Diatom cannot be satisfactorily referred to

any of the families defined in the most recent general arrange-

ment—that of Mr. Ralfs in the last edition (1861) of Pritchard’s

‘History of Infusoria.?’ With two of them, however (the Cym-

bellee and the Coscinodiscee), there appear to be some points

incommon. The form of the valve agrees with the first of these

families, and the frustule, as in Amphora, presents a ventral and

a dorsal aspect ; but there are no transverse striz, no longitudinal —

line, no nodules. With regard to the second family named, it is

excluded at once by the absence of the requisite disciform struc-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3, Vol. xvi.

2 Dr. R. K. Greville on new Genera and

ture and intermediate ring-like zone. Nevertheless the minute

organization is very similar ; for we have an hexagonal cellulation

radiating from a centre, along with a series of other sharply

defined lines, which may be called radiating coste, and which

terminate in submarginal nodules—the analogues of the lines

and minute spines in Coscinodiscus concinnus of Smith. But

our new Diatom seems, at first sight, to have a closer affinity

with Dr. Wallich’s curious genus Hemidiscus, which at present

is placed (I fear erroneously) among the Anguliferee. The

arcuate form, radiating cellulation, and submarginal puncta

certainly show an approximation between the two, Whatever

view, however, may be taken of their family relations, there are

differences which must keep them apart as genera—the chief of

which is the nodule on the ventral margin of Hemidiscus. The

submarginal punecta in that genus are also very different from

the minute nodules which terminate the radiating coste in Pal-

meria; and it is not unworthy of notice that the point of radia-

tion in the latter genus is never exactly centrical, being invariably

somewhat to the ventral side of the centre ; herein in Hemi-

discus it is truly centrical.

In a popular view, the frustule of Palmeria is graphically

compared by its discoverer to the half of a peeled orange, the

lines on the convex surface representing the segments of that

fruit.

In the living state, the endochrome is collected into minute

roundish masses, which dot the whole of the interior of the

siliceous covering. The nucleus in the valve is then very con-

spicuous ; and ‘T have a sketch, from Mr. Palmer, showing

radiating “reticulated cords,” similar to those described and

figured by Professor Max Schultze in Coscinodiscus centralis and

his Denticella regia (Mice. Journ. vol. vu. p. 13, pl. 2. figs. 11-18).

This appearance has also been observed, even in this country, in

specimens received from China, both of Palmeria and of a spe-

cies of Coscinodiscus, by my friend Mr. Laurence Hardman. The

peculiar current-like motions described by Prof. Max Schultze

have been witnessed likewise to some extent by Mr. Palmer,

especially the formation of a more compact mass of active parti-

cles, changing both its shape and position within the cell from

time to time. (Letter, June 1864.)

Palmeria Hardmaniana, n.sp., Grey. Pl. V. figs. 1-4.

Hab. Hongkong Harbour; John Linton Palmer, Esq., Surgeon

R.N., 1863.

A very large Diatom (varying, however, greatly in size), some

examples being as much as *0160" and upwards in diameter.

Species of Diatoms from Hongkong. 3

Frustules nearly, but not fully, hemispherical previous to self-

division ; on one side plane, with an axis through the middle

and a valve on each side; on the convex surface marked with a

middle longitudinal line and two fainter ones, indicating the

direction of future fissiparous division. The valves lunate, with

a straight ventral margin and obtuse ends; the surface covered

with very fine lines of hexagonal cellulation, radiating from a

blank nucleus or roundish vacant space, not situated exactly in

the centre, but a little towards the ventral side. Radiating from

the same point, and at more remote intervals, are also exceed-

ingly fine, but stronger, lines or delicate costee, which terminate

in a continuous row of punctiform nodules a little within the

margin of the whole circumference.

The first gatherings of Diatoms in Hongkong Harbour, sent

me by Mr. Palmer, contained some imperfect frustules of this

Diatom, which, along with his notes and sketches, greatly stimu-

lated my desire for more perfect materials. Fortunately my

friend Mr. L. Hardman had also received some collections from

the same locality; and, as they were rich in this production, he,

at my request, most kindly instituted a careful and minute

examination into its structure ; and it is only due to his friendly

aid and unrivalled manipulation to state that it is mainly from

his notes, sketches, and specimens that my drawings and de-

scriptions were prepared. My valued correspondent Mr. Palmer

subsequently forwarded a cell filled with frustules, preserved in

fluid, along with additional interesting information confirming

the results at which both Mr. Hardman and myself had arrived,

It is with sincere pleasure that I unite with the name of the

discoverer, now so worthily bestowed on the genus, that of the

gentleman who so materially aided me in the investigation of

its structure.

Palmeria Hardmaniana is a very delicate and fragile Diatom,

readily dividing (if arrived at the proper stage) at the slightest

touch—falling asunder as the segments of an orange are sepa-

rated, to use a simile already referred to. In size the frustules

appear to have a great range. Mr. Hardman has observed some,

however, which seem to belong to a second species, only half

the average size of the one now described, and much stronger

and thicker. As far as I can judge from a specimen he has

kindly given me, I am disposed to agree with him ; but it will

be well to examine a larger series of examples before coming to

a positive conclusion. Mr. Palmer informs me that he also has

observed frustules of a much smaller size; but, in the absence

of details, it is impossible to say whether they belong to the

supposed new species or not.

A Dr. R. K. Greville on new Genera and

Genus ASTERIONELLA.

Asterionella Synedreformis, n. sp., Grev. Pl. V. figs. 5, 6.

Frustules exactly linear throughout, truncate, with two minute

apiculi at the apex; valve slightly dilated and rounded at the

base.

Hab. Hongkong Harbour; J. L. Palmer, Esq.

A very fine and distinct species, agreeing only with A. Ralfsii

im the frustules being exactly linear; but the latter is a fresh-

water species, having, besides, the valve of a different shape.

The present species is a large one, the frustules being sometimes

0080" and upwards in length. Towards the apex the margins

appear to be thickened, and terminate in two minute apiculi.

The valve is transversely striated, shortly acuminated at the

apex, becoming more slender below (as in other species), and

then slightly dilated at the base. The late Prof. Smith com-

mitted an oversight in resting the character of the genus partly

upon the frustules being “ inflated towards one or both extremi-

ties ;” for he defines one of his own three species (A. Ra/fsiz) as

“on F. V. exactly linear,” which they are. This is of little

consequence, as the main character depends upon the stellate

arrangement of the frustules, combined with the form of the

valve, which is different at the two extremities. Our new spe-

cies appears to be abundant at Hongkong. I have one specimen

in my cabinet in which only two frustules are absent from a

circle of fourteen.

Genus SuURIRELLA.

Surirella Palmeriana, n. sp., Grev. Pl. V. fig. 7.

Valve ovate-oblong, with obtuse ends ; ale inconspicuous ; costze

very slender, numerous, regular, terminating in a narrow me-

dian line, and having very delicate intermediate striz.

Hab. Hongkong Harbour ; in material communicated by J. L.

Palmer, Esq.

A very fine species, allied to S. gemma, but differing in im-

portant particulars, especially in the total absence of ale, and in

the canaliculi bemg equally distant. It is, besides, a much

larger species. Prof. Smith gives the length of S. gemma at

from 0025" to -0058"; that of S. Palmeriana is 0080". The

canaliculi are 4 in O01", and the intervening spaces are beauti-

fully arched or crenate at the margin. It appears to be exceed-

ingly rare, as Mr. Palmer has not referred to it in his letters,

Genus CRESWELLIA.

Creswellia annulata, n. sp., Grev. PI. V. fig. 8.

Minute; frustules short, cylindrical, truncate, transversely stri-

Species of Diatoms from Hongkong. 5

ated so as to appear annulate ; connecting processes very nu-

merous, very short, linear, obtuse.

Hab. Hongkong Harbour; in material communicated by J. L.

Palmer, Esq.

A fragile little species, seldom found quite entire, and gene-

rally in solitary frustules; but I have repeatedly seen two in

connexion, and have at the present moment a chain of three

under my eye. I have not been able to perceive any cellulation ;

but the annulate character is very obvious. The length of the

frustule is about -0010"; the breadth a little less.

I take the present opportunity of mentioning that in speci-

mens burnt on the cover, and mounted dry, I have observed

indications of an annulate structure in C. cylindracea, to which

our new species appears to be allied.

Genus HEMIAULUS.

Hemiaulus chinensis, n. sp.,Grev. Pl. V. fig. 9.

Frustules rectangular, very minutely punctate; the angles pro-

duced into linear-attenuated horns, tipped with a spine; space

between the horns nearly straight.

Hab. Hongkong Harbour; J. L. Palmer, Esq.

Like Hemiaulus Polycystinorum and others of the genus, the

present Diatom is most inconstant in point of size, not so much

in the length as in the breadth of the frustules. I have them

from ‘0007" to 0030". It is a delicate and transparent species,

and liable to be overlooked, unless burnt on the cover previous

to mounting. At the sutural line the puncta are exceedingly

minute, and gradually increase in size to the surface of the valve

included between the horns. I am not acquainted with any true

species of Hemiaulus in which the punctation is so minute. The

horns are somewhat truncate, and furnished with a terminal,

slender, short spine.

In his memorandum sketch, Mr. Palmer has represented the

valve, a view of which I have not been so fortunate as to obtain.

. Genus AMPHIPRORA.

Amphiprora lepida, n. sp., Grev. Pl. V. fig. 10.

Front view broadly linear, elongated, rounded at the ends, very

slightly constricted in the middle, and with a marginal row

of very minute puncta; middle portion grooved with straight

longitudinal lines.

Hab. Hongkong Harbour ; in material transmitted by Mr. J. L.

Palmer.

Well characterized by its narrow form, almost straight mar-

6 Dr. R. K. Greville on new Genera and

gins, and ribbed appearance of the connecting zone. I cannot

perceive any trace of strie or of supplementary wings. The

length of the frustule is 0065"; breadth in the middle -0010".

Amphiprora hyalina, nu. sp., Grev. Pl. V. fig. 11.

Hyaline ; front view divided, by a deep and sharp constriction,

into two roundish lobes, with a row of extremely minute

marginal puncta, and a second inner row of irregular ones ;

supplementary wings forming a single curve; connecting

zone with longitudinal lines.

Hab. Hongkong Harbour; in material communicated by J. L.

Palmer, Esq.

I offer this species with some little apprehension that it may

turn out to be an extraordinary variety or condition of A. alata.

Assuredly it appears to have absolutely nothing in common with

the figures given by Prof. Smith in his ‘Synopsis of the British

Diatomaceee ;? but it more nearly resembles Kiitzing’s figures in

his ‘ Bacillarien,’ which, although not quoted in Pritchard’s

‘Infusoria,’ are copied in the plates. These figures, however,

are somewhat confused, and, being deficient in details, cannot

be regarded as definitive. There is, if I may be allowed the

expression, a great difference in the physiognomy of the Chinese

Diatom. The supplementary wings also, which sweep down and

intersect, the lines of constriction, constitute an important cha-

racter. I have been unable to observe whether the wing be

continued round the ends, as is said to be the case in A. alata.

The marginal puncta are much more minute than in that spe-

cies ; and I cannot make out any striz. Length -0028", breadth

0018".

Amphiprora venusta, n. sp., Grev. PI. V. fig. 12.

Front view broadly panduriform, truncate at the ends; wings

widely rounded at the corners, and then rapidly constricted ;

supplementary wings narrow, passing in a single curve within

the nodule, striated; margin strong, with a row of minute

puncta.

Hab. Hongkong Harbour; in material communicated by J. L.

Palmer, Esq.

This species possesses a considerable likeness to A. alata

(Edin. New. Phil. Journ. vol. xviii. pl. 1. fig. 13), but differs in

its strong margin, in the row of marginal puncta, and in the

apparent absence of striz in the wings. In general outline it is

also very similar to A. Meneghiniana and A. Brébissoniana (loc. cit.

pl. 4. figs. 7, 8) ; but here the single curve of the supplementary

wings, besides other characters, removes it at once. In the dry

Species of Diatoms from Hongkong. 7

mounted slide the margin appears of a fine blue colour. Length

of frustule -0040".

Amphiprora chinensis, n. sp., Grev. Pl. V. fig. 13.

Front view transversely striated, oblong, rounded at the ends,

moderately constricted at the middle; wings flatly convex ;

supplementary wings narrow, with a marginal row of dark

points; connecting zone with a few narrow, ridge-like lines ;

striz minutely moniliform.

Hab. Hongkong Harbour; in material communicated by J. L.

Palmer, Esq. .

The frustules are sometimes twisted so as to throw a portion

of the wings out of focus; and the disposition to twist seems

almost always to cause more or less undulation in the rib-like

lines of the middle portion. The whole surface is transversely

striated, and the striz of the wings are clearly, although ex-

tremely minutely, moniliform. The flatness of the wing-curves

gives a degree of parallelism to the general outline, which is

very characteristic. The supplementary wings follow the curve

of the primary ones in a somewhat less degree, and pass down

within the nodules, having the appearance of an elevated ridge,

the ridge-line marked with a row of minute dark spots (scarcely

puncta), caused possibly by the intersection of the strie. Length

of frustule 0040" and upwards.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Frustule of Palmeria Hardmaniana: front view, magnified 100

diams., showing the lines of future fissiparous division.

Fig. 2. The same, showing the valves.

Fig. 3. The same, showing the valves and frustule in the process of divi-

sion.

Fig. 4. Valve of the same, showing the radiating structure, magnified

150 diams.

Fig. 5. Asterionella Synedreformis, exhibiting two of the frustules and

the bases of others in situ.

Fig. 6. Valve of the same.

Fig. 7. Surirella Palmeriana.

Fig. 8. Cresswellia annulata: two frustules in situ, the valves of one of

them separating.

Fig. 9. Hemiaulus chinensis : two frustules in situ.

Fig. 10. Amphiprora lepida.

Fig. 11. as hyalina.

ig. 12. ne venusta.

Fig. 13. or chinensis.

[All the figures are magnified 400 diameters, except figs. 1 to 3, which

are magnified 100, and tig. 4, which is magnified 150 diameters. |

8 Rev. W. A. Leighton on British Lichens.

: II.— Notes on British Lichens.

By the Rev. W. A. Lricuton, B.A.; F.B.S.E.

[Plate IV.]

I purRrosg, in this and subsequent papers, from time to time to

present notes and illustrations of new or recently discovered

British Lichens, or such as have not been figured and described

im Sowerby’s ‘ English Botany’ and Supplement.

Gonrtonema, Nyl.

Thallus filiform; gonidial cells large, filled with granules, con-

catenated into a central axis. Apothecia biatorine or gyalec-

toid.

Gonionema velutinum, Ny]. Thallus dark brown, slender, en-

tangled ; apothecia dark brown, terminal, centre depressed, margin

swollen, pale within ; sporidia in asci 8, ellipsoid, simple, colour-

less ; paraphyses slender.

Gonionema velutinum, Nyl. Prodr. 16 (1857), Syn. 88, t. 1. fig. 11 (1858),

Scand. 23 (1861).

Collema velutinum, Ach. Syn. 329 (1814).

On the northern precipices of Craig Breidden, Montgomery-

shire, June 1864.

This minute lichen grows in scattered or continuous patches

on the face of the rock, and resembles in general appearance a

coarse dense velvety pile, of a blackish-brown colour. It con-

sists of minute, slender, cylindrical filaments, simple or branched,

erect, uniform in height, crowded and entangled into a czespitose

mass. When moistened and viewed under the microscope, these

filaments are found to consist of an outer fleshy or cartilaginous

continuous membrane, of a darkish-brown or olive-tawny colour,

within which is seen a central axis filling the entire external

cylindrical membrane, formed of large globular or spherical cells

concatenated in a moniliform manner, compressed longitudinally

by juxtaposition, and thus giving the cells a transverse dilata-

tion. On the external membrane being ruptured, the central

axis in longer or shorter lengths extrudes itself, and is then seen

to be of a pale dirty glaucous-green colour, and the cells to be

filled with very minute spherical granules, which, on the appli-

eation of diluted sulphuric acid, become of a reddish tinge. I

did not observe any apothecia on the Breidden specimens; but

the structure of the thallus in these so corresponds with an

authentic specimen in fructification, received from Dr. Nylander

himself, as to leave little or no doubt of their identity, notwith-

standing a slight difference in the width of the filaments, most

probably resulting from age and situation. The apothecia on

Rev. W. A. Leighton on British Lichens. 9

Dr. Nylander’s specimen are very minute, appressed, and sessile

on the upper extremities of the thalline filaments, and of a

similar colour, depressed or gyalectoid in the centre, and sur-

rounded with a thickish tumid margin, internally pale, and con-

sisting of narrow linear-oblong asci interspersed among very

slender paraphyses slightly swollen at the apices. Sporidia 8

in each ascus, ellipsoid, hyaline.

Dr. Nylander (/. c.) describes the spermogonia (which I have

not seen) as pale, globular or turbinate, and terminal ; spermatia

oblong, short; sterigmata slender. He also says, the hymeneal

gelatine becomes blue by the action of iodine, and finally of a

vinous red.

PLaTE IV. fig. 1. Portion of filament of thallus, magn. 330 times linear.

fig. 2. Central axis, magn. 330 times linear.

fig. 3. Cells of central axis, magn. 1200 times linear.

fig. 4. Asci and paraphyses, magnified 330 times linear.

fig. 5. Sporidia, magn. 1200 times linear.

fig. 6. Sterigmata and spermatia, after Nylander.

Sprtonema, Born.

Thallus filiform, branched, fruticulose; granula gonima large,

in transverse strata; apothecia lecideine, lenticular.

Spilonema paradoxum, Born. Thallus blackish brown, slender,

cespitose, entangled, branched ; apothecia black, terminal, hemi-

spherical, immarginate; hypothecium nigrescent; sporidia in

asci 8, oblong, simple, colourless; paraphyses thick, articulate.

Spilonema paradoxum, Bornet! Trois Lich. Nouv. p. 4, in Mém. Cherb.

Dec. 1856, tab. 1 & 2; Nyl.! Prodr. 17 (1857), Syn. 89, t. 2. f. 3 (1858),

‘Scand. 23 (1861); Leight.! Lich. Brit. Exs. 347 (1858); Mudd, Man.

35 (1861).

On rocks near the Harlech turnpike, at Barmouth, North

Wales, June 1856, in fructification.

Thallus forming larger or smaller, dense or scattered patches

of a black olive-brown colour, on the bare surface of granitic

rocks, presenting a dense czespitose velvety aspect. Filaments

of thallus erect, flexuose, and curved, entangled, irregularly and

somewhat secundly branched, about 3th of an inch in height.

The extremities of the branches, when moistened and viewed

under the microscope, are found to consist of a continuous outer

membrane, of an olive-tawny colour, within which the large

rounded or oblong gonidial cells are seen arranged in tolerably

regular transverse strata. The older stems exhibit the gonidia

more scattered and irregular, but still disposed in a distinctly

transverse direction, and immersed in a dense cellular tissue.

Apothecia terminal, minute, hemispherical, without any margin,

black; hypothecium nigrescent. Paraphyses short, thick, arti-

10 Rev. W. A. Leighton on British Lichens.

culate, the apical cell slightly enlarged and dark coloured.

Sporidia 8, im narrow asci, linear-oblong, simple, hyaline.

Spermogonia (which I have not seen), according to Bornet and

Nylander, lateral, tubercular, black ; arthrosterigmata articulate;

spermatia “ ovoides, fort petites ” (Bornet), “ breviter cylindrica”

(Nylander).

Even in a sterile state, this plant, which has a general resem-

blance to Ephebe pubescens, may be distinguished by attention

to the regular transverse arrangement of the gonidia, which are

also of much larger size than those of that plant, and altogether

differently grouped together. The outline of the filaments in

Spilonema is uniform, whilst in Ephebe it is crenate or wavy,

arising from the minute rugosities or tuberculations of the sur-

face corresponding with the internal strata of gonidia. I thought

at one time that there was also a chemical distinction,—dilute

sulphuric acid turning the old and young filaments of Spi/onema

to a dark-green colour, whilst in Hphebe the younger branches

were coloured green, and the older stems reddish; but this

character did not seem, after experiments on different specimens,

to be satisfactorily constant.

It is to be feared that, at least in some copies of my ‘ Lich.

Brit. Exsic.,’ specimens of Ephebe pubescens, which grew in the

same locality at Barmouth with Spzlonema paradoxum, have been

inadvertently inserted.

PuaTe IV. fig. 7. Extremity of younger branch, magn. 330 times linear.

fig. 8. Portion of older stem, magn. 330 times linear.

fig. 9. Sporidia, magn. 1200 times linear.

fig. 10. Paraphyses.

fig. 11. Sterigmata and spermatia, after Bornet and Nylander.

Eruese, Fr., Born.

Thallus filiform, branched, fruticulose ; granula gonima smaller,

subtransversely arranged, in little heaps, two, four, or more

together. Apothecia endocarpoid, in thickened portions of

the thallus.

Ephebe pubescens, Fr. Thallus blackish brown, slender, czes-

pitose, entangled, branched, slightly rugulose. Sporidia 8 in

asci, lineari-oblong or subfusiform, 1-septate, hyaline; para-

physes none.

Ephebe pubescens, Fr. S. O. V. 256 (1825); Bornet, in Ann. Se. Nat. sér. 3.

xviii. 170, t. 7; Nyl. Prod. 17, Syn. 90, t. 2. f. 1. & 17-20; Scand. 24;

L. P.1!; Moug. & Nestl. 358!; Heppe, 712!; Fellm. Lich. Lapp.

Or. 2!

Summit of Pen-Maen-Mawr, June 1851. Harlech turnpike,

at Barmouth, Caernarvonshire, June 1856. Rocks at Dartmoor,

Rey. W. A. Leighton on British Lichens. 1]

J. Ralfs, Esq.!_ Rocks at Coachford, west of Cork, J. Carroll,

Esq.!

This plant occurs in dense, entangled, decumbent masses,

loosely attached to the rocks. Filaments rather coarse, and of

a minute, tubercular, or scabrous appearance, dark brown, va-

riously and irregularly branched. When seen moistened under

the microscope, they are of an olive-brown colour; the granula

gonima in the young branches and extremities of the branches

appear transversely arranged, very similarly to those of Spilo-

nema paradoxum; but in the larger and older stems they are

more scattered and distant, and smaller in size, and are arranged

somewhat irregularly transversely, in heaps of several together.

The apothecia are immersed in subfusiform swollen portions of

the thallus, at a little distance from the extremities of the

branches, and are similar to those of Endocarpon, spherical,

with brownish perithecia. Paraphyses indistinct, mucilaginous.

Sporidia 8 in each ascus, oblong, elongated, shortly fusiform,

l-septate, hyaline. Spermogonia in lateral prominences ; sterig-

mata simple; spermatia straight, cylindrical.

For the unravelling of the synonymy, see Bornet, /. c.

PLATE IV. fig. 12. Portion of older stem, magn. 330 times linear.

fig. 13. Sporidia, magn. 1200 times linear.

fig. 14. Spermatia and sterigmata, after Nylander.

I possess a plant from Dr. Nylander, without any locality,

named Pilonema contextum, Nyl., which, from the general ap-

pearance and structure of the thallus, seems allied to the fore-

going. It grows in dense entangled czspitose masses, of a

blackish-brown colour. The filaments are very much branched,

and seem, when moistened under the microscope, to consist of

longitudinal series of small moniliform granula gonima immersed

in cellular tissue. There is no fructification on the specimen.

PuaTe IV. fig. 14. Portion of thallus, magn. 330 times linear.

fig. 15. Granula gonima, magn. 1200 times linear.

Racodium rupestre, Pers., of which I have a specimen from

Dr. Th. M. Fries, gathered at “Smolandia, Femsjo, 1851,”

and which I have gathered on rocks at Sychnant, near Conway,

and on the High Rock, Bridgenorth, Shropshire, and have also

specimens from Llandrindod (Rev. T. Salwey), Leicestershire

(Rev. A. Bloxam), and Cleveland (Mr. W. Mudd), and which,

according to a specimen received from Dr. Guthnich, from the

collections of Scherer, gathered at ‘“‘ Téte Noire,” and labelled

*Collema pannosum, Scher. Enum. p. 248,” would seem to be

included in that species by that author. Of this plant a fair

representation is given in Dillwyn’s ‘ Conferve,’ tab. 101, as

C. ebenea. Viewed under the microscope, it is found to consist

12 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the Gland of

of minute filaments indistinctly septate, over which is spread a

network of longitudinal fibres. No fructification has hitherto

been detected. There can be little doubt of the lichenoid nature

of this plant, the structure being similar to that of Canogonium.

(See Karsten’s Paper in Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 8. vol. viii. p. 208,

pli.) .

Puate IV. fig. 16. Filament, magn. 330 times linear.

fig. 17. Filament, magn. 1200 times linear.

Chroolepus Arnottit, Hook., of which I have an authentic spe-

cimen gathered “ Kinross-shire, July 7, 1837,” approaches these

plants in external aspect ; but the microscope shows it to consist

of branched filaments of spherical cells, of a rich chocolate-

brown, tapering towards the extremities, where a distinct con-

Jugation may be seen.

Puate IV. fig. 18. Filament, magn. 330 times linear.

igo. oni iee at extremity of filament, magn. 330 times

near.

fig. 20. Conjugation, magnified 660 times linear.

Lichina pygmea, Ag. (Leight. Lich. Brit. Exs. 260) is beauti-

fully represented in Grev. Scott, Crypt. t. 219, and its micro-

scopic details in Tulasne’s Mém. Lich. tab. 9. figs. 1-6.

Mount’s Bay, Cornwall (J. Ralfs, Esq.!) may be recorded as

an additional habitat.

PuaTeE IV. fig. 21. Sporidium, magn. 1200 times linear.

Lichina confinis, Ag. This Lichen is also beautifully given

in Grey. Scott, Crypt. t. 221, and in Tulasne, /. c. tab. 10.

figs. 12-18.

Mount’s Bay, Cornwall (J. Ralfs, Hsq.!), and Black Stones,

Conway Bay, Caernarvonshire! June 1856, are additional

habitats.

PuLaTE IV. fig. 22. Sporidium, magn. 1200 times linear.

Pterygium centrifugum, Nyl. Syn. 92; Arnold, Lich. Juras.

Exs. 159, may probably be found on our limestone-rocks.

The scales on the Plate are the ;,\, >th of an inch, magn. 330, 660, and

1200 times linear.

I11.—On the Gland of the Phyllodium of Acacia magnifica.

By the Rev. W. A. Lerenton, B.A., F.B.S.E.

My attention has been attracted to a plant of Acacia magnifica

when in blossom. On the upper edge of the vertical phyllodia

(for the plant has no true leaves) subtending the showy spikes of

yellow flowers, which proceed from their axils, appeared a pellucid

drop of liquid, varying in size from that of a large pin’s head

the Phyllodium of Acacia magnifica. 13

to that of a grain of mustard-seed. This to the taste was sweet

and sugary. The flowers themselves had no odour, except to-

wards nightfall, when they gave out a weak disagreeable smell,

only perceptible on close contact. On wiping off the sugary

secretion, it was observed that it proceeded from a small sunken

linear-oblong orifice or slit, surrounded by a swollen margin.

The phyllodium itself is attached to the branch by a swollen

base, the surface of which is curiously marked by shallow rime,

alternately arranged, halfway round the base. From this swollen

portion the base tapers gradually, and becomes much narrower,

until, about a quarter or half an inch from the branch, the phyl-

lodium expands into a fusiform swelling, on the centre of which

the above linear-oblong orifice is situated. From this fusiform

swelling the phyllodium tapers to its uniform thickness. These

appearances are seen on looking down on tbe upper edge of

the phyllodium from above, and are represented in fig. 1,

Fig. 3.

LONE]

where a is the swollen rimose base, 6 the fusiform expansion

bearing the orifice. Fig. 2 represents a lateral view of the same,

where 4 is the situation of the glandular orifice, and c the large

bundles of vascular and spiral tissue, which proceed in a parallel

direction to the apex of the phyllodium. On making a vertical

section of this basal part of the phyllodium transversely through

the glandular orifice, the section, in a dry state, shows the ap-

pearances represented in fig. 3. Externally there is the bright-

yellow epidermis, with a layer of large cells immediately under-

neath, containing chlorophyll ; then similar large cellular tissue,

of a white colour and loose in texture; then a denser cellular

tissue of much smaller cells of a white colour, which is continued

towards the central slit of the gland, but becomes of a pale

yellow or slightly tawny colour, probably from the very minute

granular contents. Dilute sulphuric acid and weak solution of

14 Rev. W. A. Leighton on Acacia magnifica.

iodine produced no change of.colour in any of these parts. On

moistening the section with water, the external lips of the orifice

become swollen and partially closed, the slit alone being visible,

as seen, more highly magnified, in fig. 4 (where the same letters

indicate the same parts as in fig. 3, viz. d, epidermis; e, chloro-

phyll-cells ; f, loose white cellular tissue ; g, dense white cellular

tissue ; /, dense yellow cellular tissue ; 7, glandular slit; 4, bun-

dles of vascular and spiral vessels). Here it is seen that the

epidermis ceases somewhat above the base of the slit, where

apparently the cellular tissue is exposed, and from which surface

the pellucid liquid is excreted.

The plant began to blossom on the 27th of March, and was

then removed from the green-house into the drawing-room,

where the secretion immediately attracted my attention. I my-

self watered the plant every morning ; and thus it was daily, and,

indeed, many times every day, under my constant observation ;

and the secretion was pointed out to members of my family and

to many friends almost daily. As I proposed to investigate the

source and cause of the secretion with the microscope, I carefully

watched it day by day, and am thus able to state definitely that

the liquid drop was visible on the upper edge of every phyllodium

subtending a spike of flowers during the whole time the plant

continued in flower, viz. from March 27 to April 22. For a few

days previous to April 22, the secretion appeared to decrease

and partially to cease on some of the phyllodia. On April 23

the blossoms began to wither and fall. On the 24th the blos-

soms fell more rapidly and abundantly; and, to my surprise,

there was an almost total cessation of the secretion, which now

appeared on a very few only of the phyllodia. On the 24th the

plant was returned to the greenhouse, and since that day to the

present time (May 30), although the plant has been watched

carefully for this express purpose, not the least secretion has

taken place, and the orifice of the gland appears to have become

partially filled up or obliterated.

Here observation ends; but, on beholding such a curious

structure, the mind naturally speculates—but in vain— How is

this secretion effected ? Nature does not disclose her vital forces.

We then turn to the probable end to be effected by such a pro-

vision; and here conjecture may be possibly more successful.

The secretion takes place oniy during the period that the plant

is in blossom. So soon as the flowers fade and begin to fall,

the secretion ceases and disappears. It would seem then to be

in some way or other connected with the fertilization of the

flower; and as, when the secretion becomes excessive, it falls

and blotches the lateral expansion of the phyllodium, it is pro-

bably to attract insects to effect this. It is right, however, to

On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 15

confess that no insects were observed to alight on the plant;

but this may be owing in some measure to the early season of

the year at which the plant blooms in this country, or to its

having been taken from the green-house into a drawing-room,

where the windows were generally closed ; or, what is still more

probable, that British insects are not the same as Australian, and

have not the same habits ; for it seems almost evident that it would

require an insect of some considerable size and of some peculiar

structure and habits to remove and apply the pollen, the secre-

tion not being in the blossom itself, but at a short distance from

it, on the phyllodium.

However, none of the flowers were fertilized; but it was re-

marked that the styles became elongated to nearly double the

length of the stamens, particularly towards the time of the fading

and falling of the blossoms. The thought readily arises, Is this

another imstance of dimorphism? and is there another plant,

with short-styled stigmas, or with some other peculiar structure,

adapted and necessary for the perfect fertilization? This, future

and further observation may verify; but it appears highly sug-

gestive of a fine field of research to those who possess or have

access to large collections of Acacieg. The fact of some Acacie

fruiting abundantly in greenhouses, and others rarely or never,

has often attracted attention; and artificial fertilization would

do much towards ascertaining whether it is to the absence of

insect agency that the sterility of the plants is due.

An intelligent nurseryman here informs me that he has never

observed the plant to form legumes, or, at all events, other than

abortive ones. He says the plant was originally raised at Ghent,

from seed from Australia, and that that place is the great mart

where it is propagated by cuttings, and imported into this

country.

The microscopist will find the stamens, and indeed every por-

tion of the floral whorls, beautiful and interesting objects, as,

from their extreme transparency, the cellular tissue and the

spiral vessels are distinctly displayed, without any dissection or

other preparation than being placed in a drop of water.

IV.—On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. By W. K.

Parker, F.R.S., T. Rupert Jonss, F.G.S., and H. B. Brapy,

Holly Ube [Plates I., II., III.]

Part X. (continued).—The Species enumerated by D’ Orbigny in

the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles, vol. vii. 1826,

Ill. The Species illustrated by Models.

Previous_y to the publication of his “ Tableau Méthodique des

16 Messrs. Parker, Jones, and Brady on the

Céphalopodes”’ in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ vol. vii.

1826, D’Orbigny had prepared and published, in part at least,

a hundred models of Foraminifera (at that time regarded as

microscopic Cephalopods), illustrating many of the species for

the first time. These models were made in plaster of Paris,

were about an inch or more in length, and were issued in sets

of twenty-five, arranged in suitable boxes, each box bearing

a label as follows* :—‘ Models of microscopic Cephalopods,

recent and fossil, representing one individual of each of the

principal divisions of a new method based on the mode of

growth of the shells. The Models are from forty to two

hundred times the size of the originals, so as to show their cha-

racters distinctly. By M. Alcide Dessalines D’Orbigny, junior.

There are Four Fasciculi, each comprising twenty-five Models ;

besides, for the first sixty subscribers, three or four shells.

The great rarity of the originals does not allow any more to be

promised. (The specimens are in glass boxes, which must be

opened with great care.) The four Fasciculi will be issued in

the course of the first six months of 1823: the price of each is

twenty francs, payable either at Rochelle to the author (Jardin

des Capucins), or at Paris to M. ———. Letters and money

to be post-free. The First Fasciculus of the Models may be

seen at Paris, at the Museum of Natural History of the Jardin

du Roi, and at M. ————’s._ The subscribers will receive with

* “Modéles de céphalopodes microscopiques, vivans et fossiles, représen-

tant un individu seulement de chacune des principales divisions d’une

nouvelle méthode, basée sur le mode d’accroissement des coquilles. Le

diamétre de ces modéles a été porté de 40 jusqu’a 200 fois celui des

coquilles originales, afin de rendre plus sensibles tous leurs caractéres.

“Par M. Alcide Dessalines D’Orbigny, fils.

‘La Souscription se composera de 4 Livraisons, qui comprendront

chacune 25 Modeéles, et en outre 3 a 4 coquilles pour les 60 premiers

souscripteurs: l’extréme rareté des originaux ne permet pas maintenant

d’en promettre davantage. (Ils sont ici renfermés dans les boites de verre,

qu’on ne doit ouvrir qu’avec la plus grande précaution.)

** Les quatre Livraisons seront expédiées dans le cours des 6 premiers

mois de l’année 1823; le prix de chacune d’elles est 20 frances, et sera

payé, soit a la Rochelle, chez auteur (Jardin des Capucins), soit a Paris,

chez M. , en affranchissant les lettres et largent.

“On peut voir la premiére Livraison de ces Modeles, a Paris, au Muséum

d’ Histoire Naturelle du Jardin du Roi, et chez M. . Les souscripteurs

recevront, avec la quatriéme Livraison, le tableau méthodique de la distri-

bution de ces Céphalopodes, qui indiquera, par numéros correspondant a

ceux des Modéles, le nom des individus envoyés et l’ordre de leur classifi-

cation.”

sé Ame T ivraison.

** Nota.—Les Modeéeles coloriés représentent les coquilles fossiles ; et les

blanes, les vivans. Le leu et la forme des syphons y sont indiqués par

des traces ou par des points noirs.”

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 17

the Fourth Fasciculus the Systematic Table of the Distribution

of these Cephalopods, indicating, by numbers corresponding to

those of the Models, the names of the specimens sent, and the

order of their classification.”

With the Fourth Fasciculus the following note was issued :—

“The coloured Models represent the fossil shells ; the white

Models, the recent shells. The place and shape of the siphuncles

are indicated by the marks or black spots.”

In his Introduction to M. D’Orbigny’s memoir in the same

volume of the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ p. 99, M. Feé-

russac says that two of the Fasciculi of Models had been pub-

lished, and that the other two would soon follow. The Models

therefore were issued, partly, before November 7th, 1825, when

the Memoir was presented to the Academy of Sciences ; and

though we do not know the exact date of the publication of the

third and fourth sets, we shall here regard them as belonging

to about the same period (1825-26).

M. D’Orbigny’s researches on Foraminifera appear to have

arisen from his father’s attention having been directed to these

Microzoa; for the elder D’Orbigny, who was a physician at

Esnaudes, near Rochelle, wrote to M. Fleurian de Bellevue, in

1819, on his discovering, on the shores of the Atlantic, micro-

scopic Cephalopods, among which he had seen “living Lenti-

culines, Rotalies, Discorbes, Spirolines, &c.” (See Annales de

Physique, vol. xxxviil. p. 187.) The younger D’Orbigny en-

larged his knowledge of these little shells by the collection of

numerous samples of sea-sand and of fossiliferous deposits from

various parts of the world, working perseveringly and methodi-

cally for several years, reducing already published notices and

his own observations to a system, which, though artificial

throughout and otherwise defective, was very useful ; he described

the general characters and external features with care, illus-

trating his descriptions by the Models now under consideration

and the elaborate plates of his noble quarto and folio volumes

on the Foraminifera, and leaving in the end an extensive collec-

tion of material. His several works and their numerous illus-

trations, chiefly relating to the larger specimens which had come

under his notice, are necessarily the groundwork for writers on

Foraminifera up to the present time.

We will now proceed to the examination of the Models

seriatim, in the order in which they were originally numbered

by D’Orbigny. A series of carefully prepared outlmes appended

to this paper (Plates I., II., & III.) will assist in forming a cor-

rect appreciation of our remarks. In these plates the forms

represented by the Models are grouped, as far as may be, ac-

cording to their respective families: —the Minioxipa (Vertebra-

Amn. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. xvi. 2

18 Messrs. Parker, Jones, and y ady on the

lina, Pl. I. figs. 1, 2; Miliola, figs. 3-15; Fuabularia, fig. 16 ;

Peneroplis, figs. 17-20; Orbiculina, figs. 21, 22; Alveolina,

fig. 23); Lirvonipa (Valvulina, figs. 24-26) ; Lacenipa (No-

dosarina, figs. 27-46 ; Polymorphina, P\. II. figs. 47-53; Uvi-

gerina, fig. 54); Guosicerinipa (Globigerina, figs. 55, 56;

Pullenia, fig. 57; Spheroidina, fig. 58; Teatularia, figs. 59—

63; Bulimina, figs. 64-66; Cassidulina, fig. 67; Discorbina,

figs. 68-71; Planorbulina, figs. 73-77, and PI. III. figs. 78, 79 ;

Pulvinulina, P|. III. figs. 80-82; Rotalia, figs. 88-86 ; Calca-

rina, figs. 87-90); Nummuxtnipa (Amplhistegina, figs. 91, 92 ;

Operculina, figs. 93, 94; Nummulina, fig. 95; Polystomella,

fig. 96; Nonionina, figs. 97-99 ; Heterostegina, fig. 100).

Livratson 1',

Model no. 1. Nodosaria Radicula*, Linn. sp. Annales des

Sciencest, vol. vii. 1826, p. 252, no. 3.

Hab, Adriatic. Pl. I. fig. 27.

The common straight Nodosarian form, with few globose

chambers, smooth and free from any surface-markings.

Model no. 2. Nodosaria (Orthocerina) Clavulus*, Lamk. sp.

Page 255. no. 48.

Hab. Fossil near Paris. PI. I. fig. 25.

A Clavuline variety of Valvulina triangularis. The term

Orthocerina was applied by D’Orbigny in 1839 (Foram. Cuba,

p- 18 of 8vo edition, p. 47 of 4to ed.) to a Foraminifer really

related to Nodosaria, namely, O. quadrilatera (For. Cuba, pl. 1.

figs. 11, 12). An Orthocerina which was described and figured

by Reuss as Triplasia (and afterwards Rhabdogonium) Murchisont

is perhaps the best type of this somewhat peculiar genus. Al-

though Orthocerina is evidently one of the Lagenide, allied to

both Nodosaria and Uvigerina, it must be allowed to stand

apart. (See Carpenter’s Introd. Foram, p. 166.)

Prof. Reuss, in describing the three-sided Orthocerina above

alluded to, from fossil specimens found in the Cretaceous rocks

of the Eastern Alps, made use of the generic term Triplasia for

it (Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vii. 1854), and subsequently

substituted Rhabdogonium as a denomination for these three- or

four-sided Orthocerine (ibid. 1860). D’Orbigny’s subgeneric

term is misapplied to the Model under consideration, yet it was

evidently used in 1839 on the plan that he originally intended ;

* The species and varieties marked by an asterisk have been already

noticed by us in former papers.

+ The references throughout are to D’Orbigny’s paper im the ‘ Annales

des Sciences Naturelles,’ ser. 1. vol. vii. 1826,

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera, 19

and in the Cuban figures we have examples of the type of the

genus, though in a somewhat exceptional condition,

Model no. 3. Frondicularia rhomboidalis, D’Orb. Page 256, no. 1.

Hab. Adriatic. Pl. I. fig. 31.

A variety of Frondicularia complanata, Defr. The lozenge-

shaped form of Frondicularia in which the lateral wings of the

later chambers reach back only about half the length of the

shell,

Model no. 4. Vaginulina tricarinata, D’Orb. Page 258, no. 4.

Hab. Adriatic. Pl. I. fig. 34.

A three-sided Nodosaria, with somewhat oblique chambers,

and having a keel along each of the three edges. A similarly

modified form is found fossil at Baden, near Vienna, and is de-

scribed and figured by Dr. Karrer as Rhabdogonium pyramidale,

Kar., in his valuable paper on the distribution of the fossil

Foraminifera of the Vienna Basin (Sitzungsber. Math.-nat.

Class. K. Akad. Wiss. vol. xliv. 1861, p. 20, pl. 1. fig. 5.

We have met with V. ¢ricarinata recent im Mediterranean

sands, in which, however, it is very rare. It also occurs in a

fossil condition, sparingly, in Tertiary clay from near Malaga,

and in the Subapennine Tertiary shell-sands.

Model no. 5. Nodosaria (Dentalina) obliqua, D’Orb.

Page 254, no. 36.

Hab. Adriatic. PI. I. fig. 32.

A Dentaline Nodosaria, with broad and oblique chambers, the

aperture being terminal, somewhat towards the convex side of

the slightly curved shell.

This is a common form, both recent and fossil, and is scarcely

separable from D. communis, D’Orb.

Model no. 6. Marginulina Raphanus*, Linn. sp. Page 258, no. 1,

pl lO. tgs. 7, o>

Hab. Adriatic ; fossil at Castel-Arquato, Italy. PI. I. fig. 35.

The Marginuline condition of Nodosarina Raphanus, and the

best type of the group. The straight N. Raphanus is the N.

Rapa of D’Orbigny.

Model no. 7. Textularia pygmea*, D’Orb. Page 263, no. 18.

Hab. Adriatic. PI. II. fig. 59.

Another small variety of Tevtularia aggluiinans, subsequently

described, no. 15 (p. 263), and named 7. aciculata, is identical

with this, and must be included under the same name.

20 Messrs. Parker, Jones, and Brady on the

Model no. 8. Quinqueloculina Lyra, D’Orb. Page 303, no. 45.

Hab. Adriatic and Mediterranean. PI. I. fig. 11.

A thin, narrowish Miliola, with subsigmoid, somewhat cari-

nate chambers.

Model no. 9. Bulimina elegans, D’?Orb. Page 270, no. 10.

Hab. Adriatic, near Rimini. PI. II. fig. 64.

Bulimina Preslii, Reuss, figured in the Verst. Kreid. Bohm?

(1846), pl. 13. fig. 72, and in Haidinger’s ‘Naturwiss. Abhand,

vol. iv. (1850), Kreidemergels von Lemberg, pl. 3. fig. 10, is the

best type of the genus Bulimina. B. eles gans 18 a “delicate va-

riety, narrower and less robust in growth, as well as more im-

bricated in the disposition of the chambers.

Model no. 10. Rotalia Menardii, D’?Orb. Page 273, no. 26.

Hab. Adriatic, near Rimini. PI. III. fig. 81

This must be placed in the genus Pulvinulina, being a good

subspecies of P. repanda. It is found in deep water, and is

seldom abundant, except in Tropical seas. One or two beautiful

specimens have occurred to us on our own coast, in sand dredged

from deep water off the Isle of Man.

Model no. 11. Nonionina Limba, D’Orb. Page 594, no. 14.

Hab. Adriatic, near Rimini. PI. III. fig. 99.

A variety of the subtype N. asterizans, ¥. & M., from which

it ‘differs in the greater development of the stellate sutural

limbation, and in possessing a narrow thick keel, instead of the

rounded edge of the subtype. The same variety, but with

stouter and somewhat encrusted shell, occurs fossil in the

neighbourhood of Bordeaux.

Model no. 12. Rotalia punctulata*, D’Orb. Page 273, no. 25.

Hab. Adriatic, near Rimini. PI. III. fig. 82

This is a Pulvinulina, and not a Rotalia; it is perhaps even

a more fully developed form than the type, P. repanda, F. & M.

We have found fine handsome specimens in dredgings from the

coast of Norway.

Model no. 18. Gyroidina orbicularis, D’Orb. Page 278, no. 1.

Hab. Adriatic, near Rimini. PI. IIT. fig. 85.

The thin-shelled, somewhat globular variety of Rotalia Bec-

cart, inhabiting deepish water, usually much smaller than the

common shallow-water form. It is a widely distributed variety,

and has been found on our own coast, in the Irish Sea and off

the Shetland Islands.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 21

Model no. 14. Robulina virgata, D’Orb. Page 290, no. 17.

Hab. Adriatic, near Rimini. PI. I. fig. 40.

An umbonate Cristellaria, with few chambers, and destitute

of any keel. Thick square bands of shell-substance, covering

the partition-walls of the chamber, radiate in straight lines from

the central umbo to the margin.

Model no. 15. Rotala bisaculeata, D’?Orb. Page 273, no. 20.

Hab. From ballast-sand. Pl. III. fig. 89.

This is rather a subvariety of the Rotaline genus Calcarina,

of which Model no. 84 may be taken as the type. It does not

differ very greatly from Deshayes’s Calcarina rarispina (Lyell’s

Manual, Sth edit. p. 228, fig. 286), but sufficiently, however, to

render a separate trivial name convenient. Its peculiarity con-

sists In possessing a keel, extended into double points at inter-

vals round the margin.

Model no. 16. Peneroplis planatus*, F. & M., sp.

Page 285, no. 1.

Hab. Mediterranean, New Holland (Rawack). PI. I. fig. 17.

This is the well-known widely distributed type, for which, as

we have before stated, Forskal’s specific name Peneroplis per-

tusus takes precedence (Ann. Nat. Hist. March 1865).

Model no. 17. Globigerina bulloides, D’Orb. (young).

Page 277, no. l.

Hab. Adriatic, near Rimini. PI. II. fig. 56.

This is the young shell. See note on the adult, Model 76.

Model no. 18. Adelosina striata, D’Orb. (young).

Page 304, no. 2.

Hab. Fossil at Castel-Arquato, Italy. PI. I. fig. 14.

It has been satisfactorily demonstrated that the delicate Mz-

liole, with retort-shaped chambers, grouped by D’Orbigny

under the generic name Adelosina, are only young specimens of

other well-known species. The Model now under consideration

represents the very young condition of Quinqueloculina Brong-

niartii ; and the Model 97, which is given as the adult of the same

species, 1s only Q. Brongniarti somewhat further developed.

Model no. 19. Cristellaria (Saracenaria) Italica*, Defr. (young).

Page 293, no. 26.

Hab. Adriatic, near Rimini; and fossil near Sienna. PI. I,

fig. 42.

The young condition of the shell. See note on the adult,

Model no. 85.

22 Messrs. Parker, Jones, and Brady on the

Model no. 20. Orbiculina numismalis*, Lamk. Page 805, no. 1.

Hab. The Antilles and the Marianne Isles. PI. I. fig. 21.

Though he adopts this form as the type of the genus Orbicu-

lina, D’Orbigny rightly associates the three forms catalogued by

Lamarck as O. uncinata (adult), O. numismalis (middle-aged),

and O. angulata (young) as the same species in different stages

of growth. O. orbiculus, F. & M., termed O. nummata by La-

marck, should also be included amongst the middle-aged forms.

Subsequently D’Orbigny took the adult form, with the well-

known name “ adunca,” originally conferred on it by Fichtel

and Moll, as the central type; and we find this figured in the

“Cuba” Monograph, pl. 8. figs. 8-16. On the same plate

(figs. 4-7) we find another adult form of Orbiculina, thin, flat,

and orbicular, with the name of O. compressa.

Model no. 21. Dendritina Arbuscula*, D’Orb. Page 285,

no. ly ply lo. figs, 7.

Hab. Fossil near Bordeaux. PI. I. fig. 20.

The thick robust variety of Peneroplis pertusus, with a single

large aperture running into irregular dendritic ramifications.

Found recent in tropical seas.

Model no. 22. Articulina nitida*, D’Orb. Page 800, no. 1.

Hab. Fossil near Paris. PI. I. fig. 2.

An elongated subcylindrical variety of Vertebralina striata,

previously figured and described by Batsch as Nautilus conico-

articulatus. It is an exceedingly variable form, and may be

found im every gradation, from the narrow subcylindrical con-

dition represented in the Model to the broad Renulites opercu-

laria of Lamarck. The specimens taken from the abyssal depths

of the Mediterranean and the deeper portions of the Red Sea

are characteristically small. In the Eocene marl of Baljik, in

Bulgaria, small and still more elongated specimens occur.

Model no. 28. Polymorphina Thouini, D’Orb. Page 265, no. 8.

Hab. Fossil near Paris. PI. IT. fig. 49.

A long narrow variety of P. lactea, W. & J.

Model no. 24. Spirolina cylindracea*, Lamk. Page 286, no. 1.

Hab. Fossil near Paris. Pl. I. fig. 19.

The crozier-like, deep-water form of Peneroplis pertusus, com-

mon in the Grignon Tertiaries, and found recent in the deeper

seas of tropical climates. Notwithstanding the identity with

Peneroplis, the distinctive name Spirolina is convenient, if not

necessary, in separating the long subcylindrical varieties from

the outspread forms found in shallow water.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 23

quae no. 25. ‘Valvulina triangularis*, D’Orb.

Page 270, no. 1.

Hab. Fossil near Paris PI. I. fig. 24.

This is the arenaceou- triserial, three-sided shell which may

be looked upon as the ty ¢ of a very variable group. The two

Clavuline varieties which e represented by Models nos. 2 and

66 show the wide rap.s* on one side; and Prof. Williamson’s

Rotalina fusca (Valvulina Austriaca), Monogr aph, pl. 5. figs. 114,

115, exhibits the opposite extreme in contour.

LivrAIson 2™,

Model no. 26. Lingulina carinata, D’Orb. Page 257, no. 1.

Hab. Antilles; and fossil near Sienna. PI. I. fig. 28.

The compressed, sharp-edged, straight subtype of Nodosarina,

common as a fossil in the Lias and in many Tertiary clays, but

rare in arecent condition. In D’Orbigny’s ‘ Cuba” it is men-

tioned as occurring in the West-Indian seas and in the neigh-

bourhood of the Canaries. It is figured in Williamson’s Mono-

graph (pl. 2. figs. 33, 34), and noted as having been found recent

in three British localities. Dr. Carpenter has it very large from

Japan.

Model no. 27. Planularia Cymba*, D’Orb. Page 260, no. 4,

pl. 10. fig. 9.

Hab. Adriatic. PI. I. fig. 38.

This has been already noticed by us amongst the forms illus-

trated by figures in D’Orbigny’s Memoir.

Model no. 28. Textularia gibbosa*, D’Orb. Page 262, no. 6.

Hab. Mediterranean; and fossil at Castel-Arquato, Italy.

Ply UT. fies 60:

This is one of the largest forms of Textularia, with ventricose

segments, and is found widely distributed. In common with

the other bold varieties, it is at home and most luxuriant in

water from 50 to 100 fathoms.

Model no. 29. Polymorphina Burdigalensis, D’Orb.

Page 265, no. 2.

Hab. Fossil near Bordeaux. PI. II. fig. 48.

A somewhat unsymmetrical Polymorphina, having one side

flattened, and consequently an excentric aperture. The cham-

bers are. numerous, and are compactly put together, the edges

overlapping and giving a general even outline to the shell.

24 Messrs. Parker, Jones, and Brady on the

Model no. 30. Polymorphina (Pyrulina) Gutta*, D’Orb.

Page 267, no. 28, pl. 12. figs. 5, 6.

Hab. Fossil, Castel-Arquato. Pl. II. fig. 51. *

Noticed in our previous paper on the species figured by

D’Orbigny.

Model no. 31. Biloculina aculeata, D’Orb. Page 298, no. 3.

Hab. Fossil in the rocks of Pauliac (Gironde). PI. I. fig. 5.

This seems to be an unusual and somewhat monstrous 57-

loculina, with a number of somewhat pointed prominences,

arranged in two rows on opposite sides of the outer chamber.

It may be regarded as a subvariety of B. ringens, which it closely

resembles in general contour.

Model no. 82. Quinqueloculina Ferussacti, D’Orb.

Page 301, no. 18.

Hab. Fossil near Paris. Pl. I. fig. 12.

A narrow, elongated, somewhat angular Quinqueloculina,

having a few stout cost traversing the chambers from end to

end. Wilhamson’s Miliolina bicornis var. angulata (Monogr.

pl. 7. fig. 196) may be assigned to this species.

Model no. 38. Quinqueloculina Saxorum*, Lamk.

Page 301, no. 1.

Hab. Fossil near Paris. Pl. I. fig. 13.

This is a well-known form, not uncommon in a recent con-

dition on the coral-reefs of tropical seas, and very abundant in

the Calcaire grossier near Paris.

Model no. 34. Calcarina Calcar*, D’Orb. Page 276, no. 1.

Hab. Martinique, Isle of France, Madagascar. PI. III. fig. 87.

This cannot be separated from Calcarina Spengleri, Linn.

The list of localities might be much extended, as there are few

tropical seas in which specimens do not abound.

Model no. 35. Rotalia rosea, D’Orb. Page 272, no. 7.

Hab. The Antilles, the Isle of Martinique, Point Carbet.

Behe. 79.

This belongs to Planorbulina, not to Rotalia (restricted), and

is nearly allied to Planorbulina Haidingeriit. Its pink colour

is very characteristic ; and its tolerably limited distribution gives

it additional claims for distinctive appellation. Coloured figures

are given in the “Cuba” Monograph, pl. 3. figs. 9,11. Small

specimens are not uncommon in West-Indian sponge-sand.

ri)

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera.

Model no. 36. Gyroidina Soldani, D’Orb. Page 278, no. 5

Hab. Adriatic, near Rimini. PI. III. fig. 86.

As we have before stated, there is no sufficient reason for the

separation of either this or G. orbicularis from the genus Rotalia.

It is a small deep-sea variety, somewhat bolder, ‘and having a

thicker shell than G. orbicularis.

Model no. 37. Truncatulina tuberculata*, D’Ovb.

Page 279, no. 1.

Hab. All the shores of European seas. Fossil near Bordeaux,

Paris, and Castel-Arquato. PI. II. fig. 77.

This is Truncatulina lobatula, W. & J.,sp., which is the com-

monest variety of Planorbulina farcta, ¥. & M., sp.

Model no. 88. Rosalina Parisiensis, D’Orb. Page 271, no. 1.

Hab. Fossil near Paris. PI. II. fig. 70.

This is a flat, outspread, thin- edged variety of Discorbina

trochidiformis, Lamk. , Sp.; a good subspecies—the type being

D. Turbo, D’Orb., sp. It is commonly somewhat concave on its

under surface. Discorbina ochracea (Rotalina ochracea, Will.

Rec. For. Gt. Brit. pl. 4. fig. 112, and pl. 5. fig. 113) is a feebler

form, closely allied to the one under adie

Model no. 89. Rotalia rosacea, D’Orb. Page 273, no. 15.

Hab. Fossil, Bordeaux. PI. I. fig. 71.

This is another useful subspecies of Discorbina Turbo, D’Orb.,

sp. It is identical with D’Orbigny’s Asterigerina Planorbis and

Williamson’s Rotalina Mamilla.

Model no. 40. Amphistegina vulgaris, D’Orb. Page 805, no. 8.

Hab. Fossil on the borders of the Lagoon of Tau, and near

Bordeaux. PI. III. fig. 91.

The type of the genus.

Model no. 41. Casstdulina levigata, D’ Orb. Page 281, no. 1,

pl. 15. figs. 4, 5

Hab. From ballast-sand. PI. II. a 67.

One of the species figured by D’Orbigny i in the plates illus-

trating his memoir, and), as such, noticed in our previous paper.

Model no. 42. Anomalina elegans, D’Orb. Page 282, no. 4.

Hab. Fossil near Bordeaux. PI. II. fig. 73.

The generic term Anomalina should properly be confined to

the bold and more or less biconcave forms of the Planorbuline

type. This Model illustrates Discorbina,—a good intermediate

subspecies, passing insensibly into D, vesicularis. The same

26 Messrs. Parker, Jones, and Brady on the

form is figured by D’Orbigny, in the ‘ For. Foss. Vien.’ pl. 10.

figs. 13-15, under the name of Rotala complanata.

Model no. 43. Nonionina sphaeroides, D’Orb. Page 293, no. 1.

Hab. From ballast-sand. . Pl. II. fig. 57.

This is Pullenia spheroides, and bears no relation to the No-

nionine subtype. See Carpenter’s ‘ Introduction,’ p. 184, It is

figured in D’Orbigny’s ‘ For. Foss. Vien.’ pl. 5. figs. 8-10 as

Nonionina bulloides. It is a small deep-water form, found both

recent and fossil.

Model no. 44. Cristellaria Cassis*, F. & M. Page 290, no. 8.

Hab. Adriatic, near Rimini; and fossil at Sienna. PI. I. fig. 45.

The young shell. The adult is represented in Model no. 83.

Model no. 45. Polystomella crispa*, Linn. Page 283, no. 1.

Hab. The Atlantic, the Mediterranean, and the Adriatic.

Pel tie 96.

Model no. 46. Nonionina levis, DPOrb. Page 294, no. 11.

Hab. Fossil near Paris. PI. III. fig. 97.

This is Nautilus incrassatus, F. & M. (Nonionina incrassata :

see Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. v. p. 101).

Model no. 47. Cristellaria levigata, D’Orb. Page 292, no. 19.

Hab. Fossil near Caen (Jurassic). Plate I. fig. 43.

A not uncommon form of Cristellaria, im which the early

chambers are rotulate, and the later chambers strive to take a

rectilinear arrangement. D’Orbigny refers, on the same page,

to other Cristellarie from the Limestone of Caen, namely C.

lamellosa, C. Cadonensis, C. Lituus; and at p. 259 he refers to

Planularia elongata, P. depressa, and P. striata from the same

limestone.

Model no. 48. Peheroplis planatus, F. & M. Page 285, no. 1.

Hab. Mediterranean, New Holland. PI. I. fig. 18.

This is the narrow variety, P. arietinus, Batsch.

Model no. 49. Planulina Ariminensis*, D’Orb.

Page 280, no. 1, pl. 5. figs. 1-3 bis.

Hab. Adriatic, near Rimini. Plate III. fig. 78.

A flat, thin Planorbulina, with raised chamber-walls.

Model no. 50. Alveolina Boscii*, Defrance. Page 306, no. 5.

Hab. Fossil near Paris. Pl. I. fig. 23.

The subtypical fusiform Alveolina, for which Montfort’s trivial

name, A. sabulosa, takes precedence.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. a7

LivRaAison 3",

Model no. 51. Nodosaria (Glandulina) Glans*, D’Orb.

Page 252, no. 2.

Hab. Adriatic; rare. PI. I. fig. 30.

The finely striated variety of G. levigata, D’Orb. Batsch

figures this, together with the primary elongated Nodosarian

form, as Nautilus comatus. (Sechs Kiipfertaf. pl. 1. figs. 2 a—d.)

Model no. 52. Nodosaria (Mucronina) Hasta, D’Orb.

‘Page 256, no. 49.

Hab. Adriatic. PI. I. fig. 29.

A carinate, finely striated Nodosarian, of the straight type.

Reuss refers to this Model as a Frondicularia—a judgment in

which we cannot agree. Its straight septa and lateral keels

indicate rather its Linguline affinity ; besides which, it is more

elongated in contour than is usual in Frondicularia. It is quite

out of the question to draw a distinct line between these two

subgenera ; but in this case there is no room for doubt as to the

nearest relationship.

Model no. 53. Rimulina glabra, D’Orb. Page 257, no. 1.

Hab. Adriatic. Pl. 1. fig. 37.

An oblique, robust, somewhat compressed, few-chambered

shell, with the aperture taking the form of a long slit down the

edge of the large terminal chamber. Type, Nodosarina Raphanus.

Model no. 54. Vaginulina elegans, D’Orb. Page 257, no. 1.

Hab. Adriatic. PI. I. fig. 33.

A beautiful limbate Vaginulina, with the septal lines thickened

by exogenous deposit of clear shell-substance.

Model no. 55. Marginulina glabra, D’Orb. Page 259, no. 6.

Hab. Fossil near Sienna. PI. I. fig. 36.

A common form, not coiled enough to be a Cristellaria, and

not well enough nourished, one may say, to be enriched with

thickened shell-matter and ribs such as we see in Marginulina

Raphanus, the well-grown type.

Model no. 56. Pavonia flabelliformis*, D’?Orb. Page 260, no. 1,

pl. 10. figs. 10, 11.

Hab. Madagascar. PI. I. fig. 22.

This is possibly a misprint for Pavonina. We have already

noticed it in speaking of the species illustrated by figures in

D’Orbigny’s Memoir. It may be an Orbiculina.

28 Messrs. Parker, Jones, and Brady on the

Model no. 57. Bigenerina Nodosaria*, D’Orb. Page 261, no. 1,

pl. 11. figs. 9-12.

Hab. Adriatic. PI. II. fig. 62.

A subtypical form of Teatularia, with a flat wide commence-

ment, but taking on a cylindrical uniserial mode of growth in

its later chambers. It is a common form in the Mediterranean

and many other seas, and has been found as far north as Shet-

land.

Model no. 58. Bigenerina (Gemmulina) digitata*, D’Orb.

Page 262, no. 4.

Hab. The Mediterranean. PI. IT. fig. 61.

Narrower in the growth of the early chambers than B. Nodo-

saria, having frequently a curved and compressed contour.

This form and the preceding have usually the subarenaceous

shell-structure of the larger Tewtularie.

Model no. 59. Vulvulina Capreolus*, Defr. Page 264, no. 1,

pl. 11. figs. 5-8.

Hab. Adriatic. Pl. II. fig. 63.

D’Orbigny refers this species to Defrance ; but we are unable

to find any notice of it in Defrance’s works.

As we have before stated, this 1s Grammostomum Pennatula,

Batsch, sp.

Model no. 60. Dimorphina tuberosa, D’Orb.

Page 264, no. 1.

Hab. Mediterranean. PI. II. fig. 53.

Some very dissimilar forms have been grouped under the

name of Dimorphina. As this is the first mention of the generic

term, we propose to confine its application to the Dimorphine

varieties of Polymorphina, of one of which Model no. 60 is a

correct delineation. It is rare. We have specimens of it from

the Crag of Suffolk. A somewhat similar, but really Nodosa-

rine, form occurs not unfrequently in the Mediterranean area,

both fossil and recent ; off Syra (90 fathoms) ; and fossil, from

Tertiary clays near Malaga.

Model no. 61. Polymorphina (Guttulina) Problema, D’Orb.

Page 266, no. 14.

Hab. Fossil, Castel-Arquato, Italy. Pl. II. fig. 50.

A many-chambered Polymorphina, somewhat irregular in the

disposition of the segments, which are long and distinct, and

do not overlap each other to the extent that is seen in most

members of the genus.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 29

Model no. 62. Polymorphina (Guttulina) communis*, D’Orb.

Page 266, no. 15, pl. 12. figs. 1-4.

Hab. Adriatic; fossil near Bordeaux, Paris, Dax, and Castel-

Arquato. PI. II. fig. 47.

One of the forms alluded to in a previous paper as figured by

D’Orbigny. It is the typical Polymorphina lactea, W. & J., sp.

Model no. 63. Polymorphina (Globulina) gibba, D’ Orb.

Page 26, no. 20.

Hab. Atlantic (on the coast near Rochelle), Adriatic (near

Rimini) ; fossil, near Paris, at Grignon, near Dax, near Bordeaux,

at Chavagnes (Maine-et-Loire), and at Castel-Arquato. PI. IL.

fig. 52.

The simplest and Globuline condition of Polymorphina; the

chambers are few in number and embrace each other so as to

leave no inequalities in the surface-contour,

Model no. 64. Virgulina squamosa, D’Orb. Page 267, no. 1.

Hab. Fossil near Sienna. Plate IT. fig. 66.

One of the biserial forms of Bulimina, simulating Textularia

in its mode of growth; much elongated, like the more delicate

Textularie, but having the lengthened and twisted Bulimine

aperture. V. squamosa is subordinate to V. Schreibersit.

Model no. 65. Spheroidina bulloides, D’Orb. Page 267, no. 1.

Hab. Adriatic, near Rimini, Isle of France ; fossil near Sienna.

PRIL: fig: 58.

A good subtype, nearly related to Globigerina, but, in its clear

and white shell, indistinct perforations, and general arrangement

of chambers, bearing great similarity (or isomorphism) to the

Miliole. Its home is in very deep water, and it occurs most

plentifully in the seas of warm regions.

Model no. 66. Clavulina Parisiensis*, D’Orb. Page 268, no. 3.

Hab. Fossil near Paris. PI. I. fig. 26.

Type, Valvulina triangularis. This form is directly interme-

diate between the type (Model no. 25) and the narrow, pointed

condition shown in Model no. 2 (V. Clavulus). See Carpen-

ter’s ‘Introd.’ pl. 11. figs. 17, 18, and D’Orbigny’s “Cuba”

(Valvulina tricarinata), pl. 2. figs. 16-18. The Model appears

to have been taken from a specimen which has accidentally lost

its valve.

Model no. 67. Uvigerina pygmea*, D’Orb. Page 269, no. 2,

pl. 12. figs. 8, 9.

Hab. Fossil near Sienna. PI, II. fig. 54,

A typical form.

30 _ Messrs. Parker, Jones, and Brady on the

Model no. 68. Bulimina caudigera, D’Orb. Page 270, no. 16.

Hab. Adriatic, near Rimini. PI. II. fig. 65.

An acute-ovate Bulimina, with closely investing elongate seg-

ments, the later ones reaching back to the apex formed by the first.

Model no, 69. Rosalina globularis*, D’Orb. Page 271, no. 1,

pl. 138. figs. 1-4.

Hab. Shores of the Atlantic, growing attached to sea-weeds

and corals. Pl. II. fig. 69.

This is Discorbina globularis, a good subspecies, Egger (For.

Miociin-Sch. pl. 4. figs. 1-3) describes and figures it under the

name of Rotalina semiporata. A somewhat similar variety is

given by D’Orbigny (Fos. For. Vien. pl. 11. figs. 4-6) as Rosalina

obtusa, fine specimens of which, with lieato-granulated surface,

are common off Greenland. D. g/obularis is common everywhere,

from the shore down to 50 fathoms,

Model no. 70. Rotalia armata, D’Orb. Page 273, no. 22.

Hab. Cayenne, Martinique; fossil at Chavagnes (Maine-et-

Loire), near Nantes, and near Bordeaux. PI. ILI. fig. 88,

The short-spined variety of Calcarina Spengleri.

Model no. 71. Rotalia pulchella, D’Orb. Page 274, no. 32.

(No locality given.) Pl. III. fig. 80.

This belongs to the genus Pulvinulina, of which it is a

somewhat flat-faced variety. It is the Cidarollus plicatus of

Montfort. The same variety is given in D’Orbigny’s “ Cuba”

(pl. 5. figs. 1, 2, 8) as Rotalina Caribea.

Model no. 72. Rotalia (Discorbis) Gervillii*, D’Orb.

Page 274, no. 36.

Hab. Fossil at Valognes. PI. II. fig. 72.

This is the Discorbites (Discorbis) vesicularis of Lamarck—a

good varietal form of Discorbina Turbo, D’Orb., sp.

Model no. 78. Rotalia (Trochulina) Turbo*, D’Orb.

Page 274, no. 39.

Hab. Fossil near Paris. PI. II. fig. 68.

This is Discorbina Turbo; a type-form, having its fullest

development in D. trochidiformis, Lamarck, sp.

Model no. 74. Rotalia (Turbinulina) Beccarii*, Linn.

Page 275, no. 42.

Hab. The European shores of the Atlantic; Island of Mar-

tinique. PI. III. fig. 83.

Specimens of this somewhat variable species have received

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 31

several different names in the course of the ‘ Tableau des Cépha-

lopodes.’ Thus the Model now under consideration (74) is the

ordinary European form; Rotalina Corallinarum (Model no. 75)

is the more fully developed West-Indian variety, which is a still

better type; and R. tortuosat (page 275, no, 40) is the form

common in the Adriatic. Rosalina Parkinsoniana (For. Cuba,

p- 99, pl. 4. figs. 25-27) is another name given to an Atlantic

variety.

Model no. 75. Rotalia (Turbinulina) Corallinarum, D’Orb.

Page 275, no. 48.

Hab. The Atlantic, at Noirmoutier. PI. III. fig. 84.

Rotalia Beccarii, best type.

Livraison 4,

Model no. 76. Globigerina bulloides, D’Orb. (adult).

Page 277, no, 1.

Hab, Adriatic, near Rimini. PI. II. fig. 55.

The common, wide-spread, and essentially deep-sea Globi-

gerina. .

Model no. 77. Truncatulina refulgens*, Montfort, sp.

Page 279, no. 5, pl. 13. figs. 8-11.

Hab. Adriatic, near Rimini; Mediterranean, off Corsica; South

Sea at Rawack, Isle of Madagascar, Cape of Good Hope. PI. II.

fig. 76.

This belongs to the type, Planorbulina farcta, F. & M., sp.

Model no. 78. Planorbulina nitida*, D?Orb. Page 280, no, 1.

Hab. Atlantic, coast of Bellisle. Pl. II. fig. 75.

A convenient subspecies, intermediate between P. Mediterra-

nensis, D’Orb., and P. (Truncatulina) lobatula, W. & J., sp.

Type, Planorbulina farcta, ¥. & M., sp.

Model no. 79. Planorbulina Mediterranensis*, D’Orb.

Page 280, no. 2, pl. 14. figs. 4-6 bis.

Hab. Mediterranean, attached to various bodies. PI. II.

fig. 74,

D’Orbigny subsequently altered the name of this form (For.

Cuba, p. 85, pl. 6. f. 11-13) to Planorbulina vulgaris, because

he found that the species was not peculiar to the Mediterranean.

Such a change seems contrary to rule; so we adhere to the

original trivial name.

t+ Termed Rosalina Beccarii by D’Orbigny in his ‘ For. Cuba,’ p. 100.

32 Messrs. Parker, Jones, and Brady on the

Model no. 80, Operculina complanata*, Defrance.

Page 281, no. 1, pl. 14. figs. 7-10.

Hab, Fossil, Bordeaux. PI. III. fig. 93.

Subtype of Nwmmulina.

Model no. 81. Vertebralina striata*, D’Orb. Page 283, no. 1.

Hab. Mediterranean; Red Sea; South Sea, near Rawack.

Plo. fies:

The robust, compressed, typical form. See also note on

Model no, 22.

Model no. 82. Robulina cultrata*, Montfort. Page 287, no. 1.

Hab. Adriatic; and fossil near Vienna. PI. I. fig. 39.

There seems no necessity for Robulina as a generic term; and

it would be impossible to carry out even the conventional dis-

tinction, depending upon the degree of curvature and minute

differences im the position of the terminal orifice, laid down by

D’Orbigny in separating it from Cristellaria. Cristellaria cul-

trata is a good subspecific name for those carinate varieties of the

subtype, Cristellaria Calcar, Linn., which are without spinous

processes.

Model no. 83. Cristellaria Cassis*, F. & M. Page 290, no. 3.

Hab. Adriatic, near Rimini; fossil near Sienna. PI. I. fig. 44.

The adult shell. The young form is given in Model no. 44.

Model no. 84. Cristellaria costata, D’Orb. Page 292, no. 10.

Hab. Adriatic, near Rimini. PI. I. fig. 46.

A thin, elongated, carinate Cristellaria, with parallel coste

over the body of the shell.

Model no. 85. Cristellaria (Saracenaria) Italica*, Defy.

Page 293, no. 26.

Hab. Adriatic, near Rimini; and fossil near Sienna. PI. I.

fig. 41.

A trihedral keelless variety of Cristellaria Calcar. Model

no. 19 shows the young condition of the same variety.

Model no. 86. Nonionina umbilicata*, D’Orb. Page 293, no. 5,

pl. 15. figs. 10-12.

Hab. Adriatic, near Rimini; Mediterranean ; and fossil near

Bordeaux and Sienna. PI. ILI. fig. 98.

A variety of Nonionina asterizans, F. & M., sp., scarcely dis-

tinguishable from N. pompilioides of the same authors.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 33

Model no. 87. Nummulina planulata, Lamk.* (young).

Page 296, no. 4.

(No locality). Pl. IIL. fig. 95.

The Model has been constructed from a somewhat convex

individual, and the aperture is wrongly placed.

Model no. 88. Nummulina (Assilina) discotdalis, D’Orb.

Page 296, no. 1.

Hab. South Sea, at Rawack. PI. III. fig. 94.

This is an Operculina, one of the thick subvarieties of O. com-

planata, Def. The term Assilina has been applied to those flat

Nummuline which, having no alar flaps to their segments, do

not cover up their umbones, but leave the whorls apparent, with

or without an increased growth of the edges of the septa.

Model no. 89. Siderolina levigata, D’Orb. Page 297, no. 2.

Hab. Fossil, St. Pierre at Maestricht. Pl. III. fig. 90.

A variety of Calcarina Spengleri, Gmel., sp.; a smooth,

quadrangular (or rather bluntly 4-spined), biconvex form, having

all traces of the chambers concealed by the excessive deposit of

shell-substance.

Model no. 90. Biloculina bulloides*, D’?Orb. Page 297, no. 1,

pl. 16. figs. 1-4.

Hab. Adriatic, near Rimini; fossil near Paris and near

Bordeaux. PI. I. fig. 3.

This varies but little in its outline from Biloculina ringens,

Lamk., sp., and B. levis, Defr., sp.

Model no. 91. Biloculina depressa, D’Orb. Page 298, no. 7.

Hab. Adriatic, near Rimini; fossil at Castel-Arquato. PI. I.

fig. 4.

The flattened carinate subvariety of B. ringens.

Model no. 92. Spiroloculina depressa*, D’Orb. Page 298, no. 1.

Hab. Mediterranean ; and fossil at Castel-Arquato. Pl. I.

fig. 6.

In the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles’ this Model is referred

to as Spiroloculina perforata—evidently one of the very numerous

misprints which oceur in D’Orbigny’s Memoir. We take the

name given with the Model as the one probably intended, The

form represented is Spiroloculina planulata, Lamk., sp.

Model no. 93. Triloculina trigonula*, Lamk. Page 293, no. 1.

Hab. Fossil near Paris, Soissons, and Valognes. PI. I. fig. 7.

A-good subtype.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xvi. 3

34 Messrs. Parker, Jones, and Brady on the

Model no. 94. Triloculina tricarinata, D’Orb. Page 299, no. 7.

Hab. Red Sea. PI. I. fig. 8.

This form is closely allied to 7. trigonula, of which it may

be considered a variety. The outer margins of the chambers,

instead of being rounded, as in 7. trigonula, are produced, and

form a sharp keel-like armature to the three angles of the shell.

Model no. 95. Triloculina oblonga*, Montagu. Page 300, no. 16.

Hab. Adriatic; Mediterranean; Atlantic, on the French and

English coasts; the Antilles; fossil near Bordeaux, Soissons,

Dax, and Castel-Arquato. PI. I. fig. 9.

The elongated, compressed form of the same subtype, passing

in many instances into weak forms of Quinqueloculina Seminu-

lum, Linn., sp.

Model no. 96. Quinqueloculina secans, D’Orb. Page 303, no. 43.

Hab. Adriatic and Mediterranean. PI. I. fig. 10.

This is the large outspread form of Quinqueloculina Seminu-

lum, Linn., sp., common in all our littoral sands, and having

sharp edges and obscure irregular transverse markings, never

amounting to costee.

Model no. 97. Adelosina striata, D’Orb. Page 304, no. 2.

Hab. Fossil at Castel-Arquato. PI. I. fig. 15.

The immature form of Quinqueloculina Brongniartii, D’Orb.

See note to Model no. 18, which represents the still younger

condition of the shell.

Model no. 98. Amphistegina Lessoni*, D’?Orb. Page 304, no. 3,

pl. 17. figs. 1-4.

Hab. Isle of France. PI. III. fig. 92.

A thick variety of Amphistegina vulgaris, D’Orb. See Model

no. 40.

Model no. 99. Heterostegina depressa, D’Orb.+ Page 305, no. 2,

pl. 17. figs. 5-7.

Hab. Island of St. Helena. PI. IIT. fig. 100.

A high-class Foraminifer of the Nummuline group, but having

its proper chambers subdivided by secondary septula into nu-

merous chamberlets. See Carpenter’s ‘ Introd. Foram.’ p. 288,

pl. 19. fig. 1. Heterostegina is plentiful in some parts of the

tropical and subtropical seas, and occurs fossil in the Middle

Tertiary Limestones of Malta, Vienna, and the West Indies,

and in Arabia.

+ Inadvertently omitted to be noticed in our former paper on D’ Orbigny’ s

species, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. xii. p. 439. .

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. | 35

Model no. 100. Fabularia Discolithes*, Defr. Page 307, no. 1,

pl. 17. figs. 14-17.

Hab. Fossil near Paris ; a much depressed variety at Valognes.

Plt. femG:

Probably, as we have before stated, this specific name is a

misprint for Discolithus. The name applied by Roissy, however,

(F. ovata) takes precedence.

Catalogue of D’ Orbigny’s Models. 1826.

Models,

Type. Corrected name. Pl. | Fig. D’Orbigny’s name. —_a

Livr.| No.

Vertebralina Vertebralina striata, D’O....... i 1. |Vertebralina striata ...| 4. | 81.

striata, D’ O. { —— conico-articulata, Batsch.| ,, 2.|Articulina nitida ...... L222

Biloculina ringens, Lam. ...... ” 3. |Biloculina bulloides ...). 4. | 90.

dopressa, 2)’ O; sccsscscosse| 54. 1|) 4s depressa,..-<..-« | Ee | ONE

—— aculeata, DO. ............ less 5. |—— aculeata ............ 20 ols

Spiroloculina planulata, Lam..| ,, | 6. |Spiroloculina depressa .| 4. | 92.

Triloculina trigonula, Zam. ...| ,, 7. |Triloculina trigonula...| 4. | 93.

tricarinata, D’O. ....,.... a 8. |—— tricarinata......... 4. | 94,

Miliola Semi- } |—— oblonga, Montagu......... later 9. |—— oblonga ............ 4, | 95.

nulum, Linn. | |Quinqueloculina secans, D’O.. ,, | 10.|Quinqueloculina secans| 4, | 96.

Daya ON ey asaas-sg creel a3) (ML Laren Liye cy, aceite, cae li ® 8.

— Ferussacii, D’O. ......... We spuslielzze Ferussacii ......... | 2. | 32.

—— Saxorum, Lam. .........0.. 3», | Ld. i—— Saxoruma,.-......-.. Pe || 3334

—— Brongniartii, D’O. (very) ,, | 14. |Adelosina striata

[young). (YOUN) eee seee elses

\|_—Brongniartii,D’ O.(young)| ,, | 15. /—— striata (adult) am || Oe

CE ype) isccnsAeass> Fabularia ovata, Rotssy. ...... » | 16. Fabularia Discolithes.... 4. 100.

|Peneroplis pertusus, Forsk. ...| ,, | 17.|Peneroplis planatus ...| 1. | 16.

Peneroplis —— arietinus, Batsch. ......... ees eV Se en teen 2. | 48.

pertusus, Fors. ) |Spirolina Lituus, Gmelin....... », | 19. Spirolina cylindracea...) 1. | 24.

Dendritina Arbuscula, D’O....;,, | 20.|Dendritina Arbuseula..| 1. | 21.

Gir pe int veansee Orbiculina adunea, F. f M....),, | 21. |Orbiculina numismalis.. 1. | 20.

Orbiculina?...... Pavonia flabelliformis, D’O....| ,, | 22. |Pavonia flabelliformis...| 3. | 56.

(ype) sae .n Alveolina sabulosa, Monff. ...! ,, | 23. |Alveolina Boscii......... 2, | 50.

Valvulina tri- / |Valvulina triangularis, D’O....) ,, | 24. |/Valvulina triangularis .| 1. | 25.

angularis, Clavulus, Lam. ..........- -| y, | 25, |Nodosaria Clayulus Sai, ey

DQ. | |—— Parisiensis, D’ O............ » | 26. |Clavulina Parisiensis...| 3. | 66.

Nodosaria Radicula, Linn. ...) ,, | 27. |Nodosaria.Radicula ...| 1. I.

Lingulina carinata, D’O. ...,.. oh | lek ‘Lingulina carinata...... 2. | 26;

= Hasta On es cnece ae » | 29. |Nodosaria Hasta......... 3. | 52.

Glandulina Glans, D’O. ...... ae aoOs|=——— | Gans ease eee eee 3 | ol:

| Frondicularia rhomboidalis, | ,, | 31. |Frondicularia rhomboi-

[ DO. dalisieescaweren. [iis

| |Dentalina obliqua, D’O. ...... , | 32, |Nodosaria obliqua ...... Ll. 5.

Vaginulina elegans, D’O. ...... ,», | 33. |Vaginulina elegans...... 3. | 54.

—— tricarinata, D’O, .........| ,, | 34. tricarinata ......... 1; 4.

Nodosarina Marginulina Raphanus, Linn..) ,, | 35.|Marginulina Raphanus} 1. | 6,

Raphanus, { |—— glabra, D’O. ............... », | 36. |—— glabra.,............. 3. | 55.

Linn, Rimulina glabra, D’O. ......... » | 37. |\Rimulina glabra......... 3. | 53.

| Planularia Cymba, D’O. ...... » | 38, |/Planularia Cymba ...... Ps, Ne

Cristellaria cultrata, Montf. ...|,, | 39. |Robulina cultrata ...... 4, | 82.

| —— virgata, D’ O........csceceee » | 40. Virgata:*...5cps...+ | akee

—— Italica, Defr. ............06. 5, | 41. \Cristellaria Italica ...... 4, | 85

—— —— (youing)............... » | 42.— (young) ...} 1. | 19.

—— levigata, DO. ............ » | 45. \—— leevigata............ 2. | 47.

Wassiss HNP scene sate » | 44. Cassis (adult) 4. | 83.

a (YOURE) Nerpereesee.e: » | 40.) —— (young)...... 2, | 44,

\ (lays ih JBMO} concanenceoaone 3 | 46. | Costaty .......0006- 4, | 84:

Messrs. Parker, Jones, and Brady on the

Type. Corrected name.

Polymorphina lactea, W. f J. .| IT.

—— Burdigalensis, D’O. ...... Fs

Polymorphina } |—— Thouini, D'O. ............

lactea, W. § J. Problema, D’O. ......... x

— Gutta, DO. ............4.. Ae

feloloe IOOE” cconcopAsocoase -

Dimorphina tuberosa, D’O. ...| _,,

(CBYPG)idvecsacegee. Uvigerina pygmiea, D’O. ...... a

oe (|

(ype) Beier eseccs Pullenia spheroides, D’O. ...| ,,

(CN 7Tst2) \egadoaccene Spheeroidina bulloides, D’O....| ,,

(\Textularia pygmexa, DO. . 3

Textularia ag- | |—— gibbosa, D’O................ %

glutinans, | Bigenerina digitata, D’O. ...... ys

DiC: i= Nodosarias2))) Oo eccsesas: _

| Grammostomum Pennatula, *

Balin Bulimina elegans, D OO: A Baa;

Prosliienes: = caudigera, D) O.sgevseses sss 8

: Virgulina squamosa, D’O....... ns

(49981) poopadadote Cassidulina levigata, D’ O. of

( Discorbina Turbo, B Osc: ;

F : lobullaris; 2DVO. i c...: sess

Dicer ee ff esas eer aaee DON eicicsnsskiins

Sea pea 1 —— rosacea, DO Leader Ree ‘

: vesicularis, Dam. ......... i

elegans; DUO. .:0..cs00++e. i

Planorbulina Mediterranensis,| ,,

[D’O.

Planorbulina | |—— nitida, D’O. ..............- 5

farcta, F. § ¢ |Truncatulina refulgens, Monzf.| ,,

M. —— lobatula, W. Gf J. .........

Pulvinulina

repanda, £.

Sf M.,

Rotalia Bec-

carl, Linn.

Calearina

Spengleri,

Linn.

Amphistegina

vulgaris,.D’ O.

Nummulina

perforata,

Montfort.

Polystomella

crispa,Linn.

ee ee rr

—— rosea, D’O.

Pulvinulina pulchella, D’O....

———— Men ancien) 1Oneenccsceceae

—— punetulata, DO. 0.00...

Rotalia Beccarii, Linn. (Huro-

[pean form).

Becearii, Linn. (West-In-

[dian form).

—— orbicularis, D’ O.

—— Soldanii, D’O. ...........

Calcarina Spengleri, Linn.

——armata, DO... ..J.c.ei0s:

—— bisaculeata, DIO:

—— levigata, D’O.

Amphistegina vulgaris, D’ 0...

Lessoni, D’ 0.

Operculina complanata, Def. sor

—— discoidalis, D)O. .........

Nummulina planulata, Lam....

Polystomella crispa, Linn.

Nonionina incrassata, /’. ¢° M.

—— pompilioides, /. § MW. ...

|—— Limba, DO. ............00:

Heterostegina depressa, D’O. .

Planorbulina Ariminensis, D” O. TI.

Fig. D’Orbigny’s name.

47. Polymorphina commu-

MNS.) ro acleeisoeianeneee

48. —— Burdigalensis

49, |—— Thouini ............

50. |—— Problema .........

51. | —— Gutta ..

52. PADD Aas, eciicanecnads

53. Dimorphina tuberosa...

99.

100.

. |Planorbulina

. |—— nitida

. Truneatulina refulgens .

. |—— tuberculata.........

. |Planulina Ariminensis .

. |Rotalia rosea ....cecceses

. |\—— Menardii

2. |—— punctulata

. |\—— Beccarii

. |Rotalia armata

)

. Uvigerina pygmea......

5. |Globigerina bulloides...

(young)......

7. |Nonionina spheeroides .

. |Spheeroidina bulloides .

. |Textularia pygmexa

gibbosa

. |Bigenerina digitata......

. |— Nodosaria

. |Vulvulina Capreolus ...

. |Bulimina elegans

caudigera

. |Virgulina squamosa ...

. |Cassidulina leevigata ..

. |Rotalia Turbo

teeter n eens

Mediter-

ranensis

teeter ete eee nene

pulchella

eee wneee

See eee aee

eee ennes

5. \Gyroidina orbicularis...

. |—— Soldanii

bisaculeata

ween eens

. |Siderolina levigata

. Amphistegina vulgaris .

92. |—— Lessonii

. Operculina complanata,

. |-—— discoidalis

. Nummulina planulata .

}. |Polystomella crispa

. |Nonionina leevis.........

umbilicata

Heterostegina depressa.

ILM Dace cee eeneeeee

Models.

—_——

Livr. | No.

3. | 62.

3. | 29.

2. | 28.

3. | 61.

2. | 380.

3% || (oy,

3. | 60.

3: Oe

4. | 76.

We |) ily.

2. | 43.

oe G0:

“Tel fe

2. | 28.

3. | Oo:

By |} D7

3. | 09:

iL 9:

3. | 168!

3. | 64.

2. | 41.

3. | 73.

3. | 69.

2. | 38.

2. | 39.

3. | 72.

2. | 42.

AD i:

4. | 78.

AS eitte

De edie

2. | 49.

BA aly

BH | Zflle

ee eos

Ths |) 4,

3. | 74.

3. | 75.

Vo des

BS || olbe

2. | 34.

3. | 70.

ils |) Us

4. | 89.

2. | 40.

4. 8.

4, | 80.

4, | 88.

4, | 87.

oulnetae

2. | 46.

4, | 86.

i jf) We

4, | 99.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 37

APPENDIX.

Reuss and Fritscl’s Models of Foraminifera. 1861.

Whilst speaking of Models of Foraminifera, it may not be

amiss to notice a more recent series than that of D’Orbigny—

namely, a set of one hundred plaster Models prepared at Prague,

under the direction of Professor Reuss and Dr. Anton Fritsch*.

These Models are 5 centim. in length, and are furnished with

printed labels. The species have been selected with a view of

supplying a perfect series, and at the same time completing

D’Orbigny’s suite of Models. Although the aim of the authors

of this set of Models is to give delineations of a more extended

series of types than were known to D’Orbigny, and though the

workmanship expended upon them has the advantage in point

of skill, it may be doubted whether the species chosen for illus-

tration are altogether so apt, or the general result so instructive,

as in the earlier series. Of the forms thus illustrated, some

have been selected from species already known, and many have

been described and figured in one or other of Professor Reuss’s

numerous papers on Fossil Foraminifera. The needless multi-

plication of genera appears in a striking light in reviewing the

nomenclature of this catalogue. We propose, however, merely

to give the list of these Models as arranged in the “ Catalogue,”

with the Number and Locality appended to each; also a few

remarks, when specially called for, and the ¢ype to which the

form belongs. We leave the order and the classification as we

find them, thinking that it may be of interest to some to com-

pare the results with the somewhat similar, but less artificial,

system which we are in the habit of usimg, based upon the

principles laid down in Dr, Carpenter’s “ Introduction.”

We have to thank Mr. 8. V. Wood, F.G.S., for lending us

his set of D’Orbigny’s Models during several years, whilst we

have been engaged on this Memoir.

* Verzeichniss von 100 Gypsmodellen von Foraminiferen, welche

unter der Leitung des Prof. A. Reuss und Dr. Anton Fritsch gearbeitet

wurden. Ausgegeben von W, Fric, Naturalienhandler in Prag, Wasser-

gasse Nro. 736— U.

“ Die Auswahl der Species ist so getroffen, dass die gegenwiirtige Samm-

lung ein vollstiindiges Ganze pildet, und dabei die D’ ‘Orbigni’ sche Suite

kompletirt. Die Exemplare sind 5 Centimétre gross und mit gedruckten

Etiquetten versehen.

“Der Preis (sammt Emballage) 36 fl. 6. W. oder 24 Th. P. C.”

MM. Reuss and Fritsch have liberally given us a setj of these useful

Models,

Messrs. Parker, Jones, and Brady on the

Catalogue of the Models of Foraminifera prepared by Professor

Dr. A, E. Reuss and Dr. Anton Fritsch.

[ Prof. Reuss’s Classification is here followed. ]

1861.

I. FORAMINIFERA WITH NON-POROUS SHELLS.

A. Wiru Sanpy SILicrous SHELLS.

I. Lituolidea (Reuss).

- 3. Haplophragmium inflatum ...... Upper Greensand.

(L. nautiloidea, Lam.)

4, irregulare, Roem., sp. ..... Chalk.

(L. trregularis, Roem.)

II. Uvellidea (Reuss).

5. Valvulina triangularis, D’O. ...... Valvulina triangularis, D’ O,...|Eocene.

6. Verneuilina spinulosa, ss. ......) | (Miocene.

7. Tritaxia tricarinata, D’O., sp. ... } Textularia agglutinans, D’ O. ‘Cretaceous.

(Verneuilina tricarinata; old) } |

8, 9. Ataxophragmium variabile, D’ O.,

BPon (Ganon Gay -eameccsrsetasteertnerce Bulimina Preslii, Fss. ......... Chalk.

10. Clavulina communis, D’O. ...... ‘Tertiary.

11. Gaudryina pupoides, D'O. ...... Textularia agglutinans, D’O.< Upper and Middle

12. Bigenerina Nodosaria, D’O....... | Recent. [ Chalk.

3s Conwlinaiconica,,)) Omerncercns ors: '? Lituola nautiloidea, Zam. ... Recent.

14. Chrysalidina gradata, D’O. ......... ?Chrysalidina gradata, D’ O.... Cretaceous.

B. Wirn Compact, Porce,titanovus, CaLcarrous SHELLS.

I. Squamulinidea (Reuss).

Il. Miholidea (Reuss).

15. Cornuspira involvens, Fss. ......... Cornuspira foliacea, Phil. ...... Miocene.

16. Uniloculina Indica, D’O.......... , ( Recent.

(? Young of a striped Quin-

queloculina.)

17. Biloculina Lunula, D’O. ......... | Tertiary.

(B. depressa, D’O. a : 5

18. Spiroloculina dilatata, » OS beeek pg 3 SEONG Eigse Miocene.

(Sp. planulata, Lam.)

19. ‘Priloculitia pibba, DO. ..:......... Tertiary.

(TL. trigonula, Lam.)

20. Quinqueloculina, sp., D'O. ...... | Tertiary.

21. Fabularia discolithes, Defr. ......... Fabularia ovata, Rozssy......... Eocene.

Name.

(Lituola Cenomana, D’O.)

. Haplostiche foedissima, ss. ......

(LZ. Scorpiurus, Montf.)

. Placopsilina irregularis, D’O. ...

Type.

Lituola nautiloidea, Lam. ...

Locality.

Upper Chalk.

Upper Greensand.

Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. 39

No. Name. Type. Locality.

III. Peneroplidea (Reuss).

22. Peneroplis pulchellus, D’O. ...... Recent.

23. planatus, Montf. ............ : Recent.

24, Dendritina arbuscula, D’O. ...... Peneroplis pertusus, Forssk. . |Recent.

25. Spirolina Austriaca, D’O.......... Middle Tertiary,

26. Vertebralina mucronata, D’O. ...... Vertebralina striata, D’O....... ‘Recent.

27. Hauerina compressa, D’O. ......... Miliola Seminulum, Zinn....... ‘Miocene.

28. Pavonina flabelloides, D’O. ......... ? Orbiculina adunea, fF’. M....|Recent.

IV. Orbitolitidea (Reuss).

29. Cyclolina cretacea, D’O. ............ Patellina concava, Lam.......... Chalk-marl.

31.

. Orbitolites macropora, Laz..........

FORAMINIFERA WITH POROUS SHELLS.

2. Ovulites margaritacea, Lam...

pearenasim plexe i sSieacsestee neste

. Fissurina carinata, Rss.............

. Nodosaria tetragona, Fss. .........

. Orthocerina quadrilatera, D’O.......

. Dentalina acuminata, Pss.

. Vaginulina Badensis, D’ O.

5. Rimulina glabra, D’O. .........+6.

. Frondicularia Lanceola, Rss.

. —— Goldfussii, fss....../.........

. Rhabdogonium acutangulum, Rss.

. Amphimorphina Haueri, Newgel.

. Dentalinopsis semitriquetra, /ss.

. Flabellina oblonga, V.

. Psecadium ellipticum, Fss. ......

6. Lingulina costata, D’O.............

. Lingulinopsis Bohemica, Rss. ...

. Pleurostomella fusiformis, fss, (An

Il.

Orbitolites complanata, Lam...

Mastricht Chalk.

A. WitH HYAtine, FINELY Porous Catcargous SHELLS,

I. Spw

Spirillina punctata, D’O. ............ |

‘ulhdea (Reuss).

fmm remem meee rar ener ensersseseseseree

II. Ovulitidea (Reuss).

wos

Ill. Rhabdoidea (Reuss).

waleanies Walls. saiisneseisic sac

(L. levis, Montagu.)

(L. marginata, Montagu.)

inflata, Pss.

(A short NV. Raphanistrum.)

ISTO, TEES. agodencoactasct88c

(A long V. Radicula.)

Hormeina, DO. cesecccccsss

transversalis, Rss. ...........-

cristellaroides, Rss. .........

(Fr. complanata, Defr.)

inbtyenks Pa ais cess odonadcepee

Wikiharaoeiy JES, Sohoncaocesecde

(A triangular Dentalina.)

Miinst. ...

COrdabas elsss oaaeceeeedcee eee

(£7. oblonga, V. M.)

(A globose or Glanduline

Marginulina.)

(A Linguline Marginulina.)

Nodosarina Raphanus, Linn.

Lagena sulcata, W.f- J.......

Nodosarina Raphanus, Linn.

— Se =

Orthocerina Murchisoni, Rss...

———_--.

}

Orthocerina Murchisoni, Rss...

(

|Tertiary and recent.

|Ovulites margaritacea, Lam. ...|Eocene.

|Upper Chalk,

Recent.

Tertiary.

Gault.

‘Upper Chalk.

Upper Greensand.

Recent.

Upper Chalk.

Upper Tertiaries,

Gault.

Lower Greensand.

Recent.

Upper Greensand.

Chalk-marl,

Lower Greensand.

Miocene.

Lower Greensand.

Tertiary.

Upper Chalk,

Nodosarina Raphanus, Linn.

Bulimina Preslii, Rss. .........

extreme form of Virgulina.)

Miocene.

Chalk-marl.

Gault.

AO. On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera.

No. Name. Type. | Locality.

IV. Cristellaridea (Reuss).

59. Marginulina Ensis, D’O. ......... Upper Chalk.

60. ulllata, 2200770. ..c-..eren-00- Upper Chalk.

aa Carer ll TC ‘Nodosarina Raphanus, Linn. perme

63. Robulina deformis, /?ss. ......... | Tertiary.

(First stage of C. rotulata.) )

V. Polymorphinidea (Reuss).

64, Bulimina pupoides, D’O. (f.) ... Tertiary and recent.

65. Virgulina WEGUUSA LESS te einniee sone Bulimina Preslii, Mss, ...... Tertiary.

(V. sguamosa, D’O.)

66. Uvigerina pygmza, D’O. ............ Uvigerina pygmea, D’O. ...... ‘Tertiary.

67. Poly morphina complanata, D’ O. ~ | Miocene.

68h PyrulinalGutta yO. c..cesc+ ce Tertiary.

69. Globulina equalis, D’O. ......... /Polymorphina lactea, Hg. | Upper Tertiary.

70. Guttulina Austriaca, D’'O. ...... : Tertiary.

71. Spheroidina Austriaca, D'O. ...... Spheeroidina bulloides, D’ O.... Tertiary.

(Sph. bulloides, D’O.)

72. Dimorphina obliqua, D’O. ......... Nodosarina Raphanus, Linn. Tertiary.

(A Dentaline Marginulina.)

VI. Cryptostegia (Reuss).

73. Chilostomella ovoidea, /ss. ...... [ Tertiary.

(A Biloculine Miliola?) PoMialisla Mominul :

74, Allomorphina cretacea, Iss. ...... ? Miliola Seminulum, Linn. Upper Greensand.

(A Quinqueloculine Miliola?)

VIL. Textilaridea (Reuss).

5. Textilaria Conulus, Pss. ......... Upper Chalk.

(T. agglutinans, D’O.) |

76. Proroporus complanatus, /ss. ... > Textularia agglutinans, D’ O. 4 |Gault.

(Thefirststage of Bigenerina.) |

77. Sagraina pulchella, D’O. ......... ) Recent.

78. Vulvulina Gramen, D’O. ............ Bulimina Preslii, ss. ......... Recent.

79. Bolivina Beyrichi, Iss. ............... ‘Textularia agglutinans, D’ O..../Tertiary.

80. Schizophora ING CHOLEME ASS! onc: | sacaexsesoseseossecastoemeesecnese see Miocene.

(Bigenerine Vulvulina Pen natula. )\

VIL. Cassidulinidea (Reuss).

81. Cassidulina crassa, D’O. ......... iI Cassidulinn levioata cDiO Recent.

82. Ehrenbergina serrata, Iss. ...... J 2 oh aga lane ** | | Miocene,

(Cassidulina serrata, Rss.)

B. ForaMIniIFERA WITH VERY Porous CaLcarEous SHELLS,

I. Rotalidea (Reuss).

83. Rotalia Brongniarti, D’O............. \Pulvinulina repanda, F’. gM. .|Miocene.

(Pulvinulina auricula, F.&M.)

84. Ginanclanaeltssiecocsiecesteessens /Rotalia Beccarii, Linn. ......... Tertiary.

(Rotalia Soldanii, D’O.) |

85. —— bulimoides, Rss. ...0........008 (Bulimina Preslii, ss. ......... Tertiary.

(Bulimina clegantissima, Will.)

86. Siphonina reticulata, Rss. ............ Planorbulina farcta, 7’. § M. ..|Miocene.?

(Planorbulina reticulata, Rss.) |

No.

87.

88,

90.

Sue

92.

95. —— bulloides, D’O. .............0006- |

: (Pullenia spheroides, D’O.)

96. Fusulina cylindrica, Fisch. .........

99.

. Amphistegina Quoyi, D’ O.

. Operculina, sp. (after Carpenter)...)

Mr. P. H. Gosse on Aigcon Alfordi.

Name.

Asterigerina Planorbis, D’O. ......

(Discorbina rosacea, D'O.)

89. Siderolithes calcitrapoides, Lam.

Planorbulina Mediterranea, D’ O....

Globigerina bulloides, D’O. .........

Orbulina universa, D’O. ...........-

Type. | Locality.

Discorbina Turbo, D’O. ...... ‘Tertiary.

\Calcarina Spengleri, Gm. ...... ‘Chalk of Mastricht.

Planorbulina farcta, #. & M. ..\Recent.

Globigerina bulloides, D’O. ... Tertiary.

(Orbulina universa, D’ O.

Tertiary and recent.

C. Wirn CaLcaAreEous SHELLS TRAVERSED BY AN INTERMEDIATE

CANAL-SYSTEM.

I. Polystomellidea (Reuss).

Polystomella aculeata, D’O. .........

Nonionina communis, DO. .........

(WV. Scapha, F. & M.)

II. Num

Heterostegina,sp.(after Carpenter )

costatas DON. css ws ee cceswer

Polystomella crispa, Linn (Tertiary and recent.

Nonionina asterizans, /’. & M..|Tertiary.

Pullenia spheroides,D’ O. ...... Tertiary and recent.

[ stone.

Fusulina cylindrica, Fésch. ...|\Carboniferous Lime-

mulitidea (Reuss).

Amphistegina vulgaris, D’ O....{Recent.

Nummulina perforata, Monéf. .. Recent.

Heterostegina depressa, D’ O. Recent.

‘Miocene.

V.—On AMegeon Alfor

di, a new British Sea-Anemone.

By Puirie Henry Gosss, F.R.S.

[

Fam

Plate VII.]

ily Antheade.

Genus A‘cron, mihi.

Base adherent to rocks w

ith a moderate tenacity ; broader than

the medium diameter of the column.

Column irregularly distensible, not mucous, somewhat versa-

tile, but generally forming a tall, erect, thick pillar, the summit

expanding; the margin tentaculate; the surface longitudinally

fluted (as if composed of a multitude of slender vertical cylinders

placed in contact side by side), each cylinder studded with a

single vertical row of minute warts. No suckers or loopholes.

Substance pulpy, membranous.

Disk expanded, membranous, concave, revolute.

Tentacles numerous, in several rows, long, lax, irregularly

flexuous, scarcely retractile.

Mouth not ordinarily set on a cone, but pouted after the re-

ception of food; lip thin. Gonidial tubercles prominent.

Acontia wanting (?).

42 Mr. P. H. Gosse on Aigeon Alfordi,

geon Alfordi, mihi.

The only known species. Colours and dimensions as follows :—

Basal disk brick-red.

Column pea-green, suffused with a purplish hue, as if from

within the skin, more marked towards the extremities than in

the medial region ; the whole covered with red dots, so minute

as to be distinguished only with the aid of a lens. The warts

have each but one speck of crimson, which is central and

much larger than the other dots. The red hue on the warts

being thus limited to a single speck, the area of the warts

appears of a brighter, clearer green than the rest of the body.

Disk. Inner half purplish grey, abruptly divided from the outer

half, which is of a most lustrous satiny green ; radii faint lines

of grey.

Tentacles lustrous satiny green throughout, each bearing a faint

line of grey along its outer side.

Mouth. Lip and throat grey.

When fully expanded, it is sometimes 4 inches in height by

11 inch in diameter; at other times it will be 2 inches in each

direction. Expanse of flower 64 inches.

Locality. The Scilly Islands.

This very fine Anemone, which might well put in a claim to

be considered pulcherrima, if we had “but a Paris to judge, and

which is by very far the noblest acquisition to our British marine

zoology that Iam aware of since the publication of my ‘Actino-

logia,’ we owe to the researches of the Rev. D. P. Alford, M.A.,

Chaplain of the Scilly Islands. On the 29th of March last,

this gentleman observed ‘‘some very bright green tentacles

reaching out from beneath a large stone,’ which, though he at

first supposed them to indicate an Anthea cereus, proved to be-

long to an unknown treasure. ‘ Here was an Anemone with

high-standing column hke an Aipéasia, but with the surface

warted, and with tentacles like the richest green velvet, throw-

ing into the shade the brightest of Antheas. Moreover the

tentacles were of the same colour to their very tips, without the

least tinge of pink or purple.” ‘I put mto the same bottle,”

continues Mr. Alford, “a Nereis 4 mches long; and by the time

I got home (within a quarter of an hour), the poor worm had

Been seized in the middle by the lovely green tentacles, and only

its head was to be seen protruding from the Anemone’s mouth.

With his good dinner, my friend became active, far more lively

than I have ever found Aiptasia. He soon fastened firmly to

the side of the basin; but his tentacles and column were per-

petually on the move. He shows himself off to most advantage

when he curves his column upwards so. as to present his full

a new British Sea-Anemone. 43

flower just beneath the surface of the water. After referring

carefully to your ‘ History, I found much resemblance in the

column to the Bunodes Ballii, but far more likeness in all other

respects to the Aiptasia. Its column has the crimson specks of

the former; but it has the size and flexibility of the latter. It

also resembles Azptasia in the length of its tentacles, in the fact

that these often become extremely attenuated, in never quite

closing the disk, in its well-marked radu, and also in having the

margin crenate ; for all the finer specimens of Azptasia which I

have observed have the margin crenate, not tentaculate.”* “The

green of the tentacles is very much that of the common Ulva;

and, like that, it keeps its brilliant colour by lamp-light, when

Anthea loses much of its beauty.”

Mr. Alford immediately submitted his prize to me for exami-

nation. We had both thought that it might possibly prove to

be Actinia pustulata of Dana; but a reference to the figures and

descriptions in that author’s great work on ‘ Zoophytes’ at once

set this suspicion at rest}. I have no hesitation in pronouncing

it hitherto unrecognized. With very obvious affinities to both

Aiptasia and Anthea, the character of the column well distin-

guishes it from either. The surface in Aiptasia is minutely cor-

rugated, in Anthea cancellated by the intersection of furrows ;

in Afgeon there are frequently seen transverse wrinkles; but

the warts are very manifest when, from a peculiar curve of the

body, these cross wrinkles are quite obliterated. It has much

more of an erect column than Anthea. After very many pro-

tracted watchings with a powerful lens, when the body was in

the most favourable conditions for observation, I could never

discern the slightest trace of cinclides; nor has any amount of

provocation educed the emission of acontia.

The cylinders of which the skin of the column is built up are

alternately larger and smaller: each of the former terminates in

a short process (the marginal tentacles), the latter are truncate.

This structure is seen to most advantage when the animal is

greatly distended.

With respect to its habits in captivity, several circumstances

indicate that this charming’ species is very eligible for the aqua-

* T have considered these marginal processes as budding tentacles in

both species. Perhaps Iam wrong, but it may suffice to say that in this

respect 4igeon agrees with Aiptasia. They are the projecting summits of

the cylinders or flutes, and alternate with the outermost row of tentacles

proper.

+ A. pustulata, A. veratra, A. clematis, and A. florida of Dana appear

to constitute a genus of Actiniade (as limited in Act. Brit. p. 171), agree-

ing with Actinza in the possession of marginal spherules, and differing

from it im having a warted column. M. Milne-Edwards (Corall. i. 274)

has given the name of Phymactis to this genus.

4A Mr. P. H. Gosse on Aigeon Alfordi.

rium. In the first place, it possesses a wonderful tenacity of

life, as the following facts will show. On the 4th of April,

Mr. Alford enclosed the specimen in a small canister, and sent

it to me by post. On the 12th, an ample missive under the

great seal of the General Post Office informed me that a package

pane to me was detained by the postmaster at Plymouth,

on account of the exudation of water, according to statute in

that case made and provided. Hope pretty nearly died within

me; but I wrote to a friend at Plymouth, who kindly obtained

the offending package, gave the prisoner a twenty-four hours’

bath, and then re-posted him on to me. On the evening of the

17th I turned him out, and, before night, had the pleasure of

seeing him adhering, and expanding in all his beauty, none the

worse for his fortnight’s captivity.

From that day to this (June 10) he has luxuriated in a little

cylindrical vase of sea-water, always displaying his full glories

in the most ungrudging manner. He is always ready for dinner,

and swallows large lumps of raw meat with a very vigorous

appetite. The liveliness and versatility of his movements ereatly

augment the interest which attaches to him as a tenant of the

tank. Mr. Alford’s first evening’s impressions of his character

—<T have had him close beside me all this evening, and he has

never been alike in shape or size for two minutes together”

have been justified by my more lengthened experience.

At present the specimen remains unique ; but my friend is on

the qui vive*, and we may hope that more examples may soon

be discovered among the sea-beaten rocks of those rocky outposts

of England.

As it devolved on me to give the illustrious stranger a pair of

names, I have borrowed one from a haat eepLamne hero of

antiquity —

“ geon qualis, centum cui brachia dicunt,

Centenasque manus ”’} ;

and the other from the fortunate discoverer.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

AEgeon Alford, of the natural size, in its ordinary state of distention.

* T will add an interesting fact from a letter of Mr. Alford’s :—‘‘ The

great abundance of Aiptasia seems the most marked feature of these

islands, as far as Anemones are concerned. Other species and varieties

are well represented ; but amongst the rocks in Porth Crassa Bay, at the

back of my house, the Aiptasie are innumerable—far more common than

Actinia mesembryanthemum.”

+ Virg. Aineid. x, 565.

Mr. A. Macalister on Secreting Organs ix Nematoidea, 45

VI.—On the Presence of certain Secreting Organs in Nema-

toidea. By AuexanperR Macauister, F.R.C.S.1., Demon-

strator of Anatomy, Royal College of Surgeons, Ireland.

Tuer existence of special secreting organs in the Nematoid

Entozoa is by no means a discovery of very modern date; for

several of the earlier helminthologists have described various

parts of the animals in this class as subservient to the function

of secretion. Of late, however, our knowledge of these struc-

tures has been much extended, mainly through the increasing

perfection of the microscope, which has thrown light upon all

branches of invertebrate anatomy, and has shown us greater

complexities of structure in those creatures which had previously

been regarded as of simpler organization.

Four series of these glandular organs have been already de-

scribed in different Nematoids; and I think that the apparatus

which I am about to notice is entitled to rank as a fifth kind of

secreting organ, separate in function from any of those at pre-

sent known. Those already recognized are—(1) The salivary

ceeca described by Owen in Gnathostoma spinigera, consisting of

four small blind tubes communicating with the mouth: similar

organs Siebold has noticed in Strongylus striatus ; and although

some have doubted the function assigned to them (Bagge, in

Appendix to ‘Thesis de Evolutione Strongylt auricularts, &c.),

yet I think we are justified in adopting Owen’s view as being

correct. (2) Cloquet, in his work on the anatomy of Ascaris

lumbricoides, describes the thickened parietes of the cesophagus

as being glandular, probably secreting a fluid to assist in the

assimilation of the food. (3) There are in many species intes-

tinal ceca with which Owen associates an hepatic function.

Mehlis, in the ‘Isis’ for 1831, figures and mentions several of

these ; and Siebold, in his ‘ Anatomy of the Invertebrata,’ refers

to their occurrence in several species, especially in Ascaris he-

terura, A. semiteres, A. depressa, A. angulata, A. ensicaudata,

A, mucronata, and A. osculata. Leidy, in the ‘Smithsonian

Contributions,’ pt. 5. p. 49, pl. 7, figures and describes one of

these organs in Thelastomum appendiculatum ; and Diesing no-

tices another in a species of Ascaris infesting the Dugong.

The 4th and last-described gland (leaving out of account the

secreting parts of the reproductive apparatus) is the curious

tubular organ described by Siebold (Bagge, loc. cit. supra) in

the Strongylus auricularis and Ascaris brevicaudata, A. acuminata,

A. paucipara, and A. dactyluris, which opens near the middle of

the body on the ventral aspect, and which in the last-named

species I have on several occasions traced with considerable

facility.

46 _ Mr. A. Macalister on the Presence of certain

To these four I think we may add another group of organs

which seem as distinctly glandular as any of those above referred

to. These are present in the Ascaris dactyluris, Rud., a small

white Entozoon, which inhabits in enormous quantities the large

intestine of Testudo greca. In the interior of these parasites,

as I have elsewhere described*, the lowest part of the club-

shaped intestine exhibits a small dilatation, immediately inferior

to which it suddenly contracts into a narrow rectum, that passes

downwards and forwards to the anus, forming an obtuse angle

(re-entrant forwards) with the upper part of the alimentary canal.

Surrounding the constriction which marks the origin of the

rectum, are four small ovate or pyriform bodies, granular in

appearance, usually seeming as though solid, in other subjects

appearing slightly excay ated. Their inner aspect is placed in

very close apposition to the wall of the gut; so that at first it

seemed to me as if they opened directly into the narrowed com-

mencement of the rectum; however, when carefully examined

by reflected light, my friend Dr. Barker has shown to me that,

at least im some specimens, such is but an apparent and not a

real attachment, and that the true connexion between these oval

bodies and the intestine is by means of long fine ducts, which

open into that canal immediately above the anus. Somecmes

these tubes pass from the inner or intestinal side of the glands ;

in other subjects the masses narrow into a somewhat flask-like

shape, and have their attenuated necks continuous with the

duct: in the former case the organs were globular, in the latter

they seemed rather pyriform. In another specimen the sacs

were calcarate, with their curved projecting spurs directed up-

wards and outwards. No appearance of nerves or nerve-ganglia

was visible in connexion with them; and the lateral and antero-

posterior tegumentary lines dipped i inwards to come almost into

contact with their outer coat.

Whether these bodies exist in other species of Nematoids or

not, I cannot say ; but, as far as my observations have extended,

T have not sueceeded in finding either themselves or any notice of

such an organization elsewhere. In the species under consider-

ation, Howeree they are unmistakeably distinct and constantly

present ; for out of many specimens examined by Dr. Barker

and myself, both separately and conjoitly, we were able to de-

tect their existence in ey ery individual.

It would be difficult, if not almost impossible, to predicate as

to the exact nature of these bodies; but I can only conceive of

** On the Anatomy of Ascaris dactyluris,” read before the Dublin

Natural History Society, June 1865.

+ This, however, does not seem to be the invariable mode of attachment ;

for I have failed to find the duct-like processes im many individuals.

Secreting Organs in Nematoidea. 47

two tenable hypotheses regarding them. They have evidently

nothing to do with the reproductive apparatus, as they are

equally present in both males and females, and seem to have no

connexion in either with the sexual organs. They might, how-

ever, be either secreting glands or intestinal ceca. The latter

hypothesis I should be inclined to regard as very improbable ;

for though ceca are described and figured by Leidy, of Phila-

delphia, and others, as I have before mentioned, yet in all those

species in which they occur we find them placed much higher

in the alimentary canal, often at the point where the stomach

or intestine joins the cesophagus: they are usually single or un-

symmetrical, always hollow; and though often communicating

with the intestine by a narrow neck, yet rarely or never is that

structure so suddenly attenuated and duct-like as is constantly

the case in these secreting organs in Ascaris dactyluris. We

are thus led to adopt the last hypothesis, that they are special

glandular structures—an opinion which, I think, is supported by

their numbers, by their thick, solid, granular walls, by their long

ducts, when present, and by their invariably low position with re-

gard to the alimentary canal. This latter point is also of much

importance in relation to the function fulfilled by these bodies, if

glandular; for as their secretion would be poured into the lowest

portion of the rectum, it could not be to any extent excrementi-

tious in its nature, but must be directly evacuated before absorp-

tion could take place ; so we may regard these organs as a means

of evolving effete matter from the system: mayhap they might be

among the earliest examples of a renal apparatus in the animal

kingdom ; and if so, certainly they are the first examples of such

having been found in the Entozoa. Indeed, as a general rule

among the lower departments of animal life, the appearances of

renal organs are more or less equivocal : even in the Insecta the

Malpighian tubes (by far the most distinct urinary apparatus in

the Articulata) were often mistaken for hepatic organs, until

Brugnatelli and Wurtzer proved that these canals contained

urate of ammonia in the Silkworm, as Meckel afterwards demon-

strated in Melolontha (Aychiy fiir Physiologie, 1816, 1818, 1826).

In Myriapoda the same tubular structure obtains with tolerable

distinctness ; and in Crustacea we have the urinary system re-

presented by the tubes traced by Milne-Edwards m Maia, by

Duvernoy in Portumnus, and by Meckel in Palemon and others,

Usually these are ceca, which open sometimes into the pylorus

but occasionally into the rectum. No representative organ has

been, to my knowledge, described in Annelida. In Echino-

dermata Jager has referred to the slightly branching sinuous

tubes of Holothuride as being renal in their nature ; but Miiller,

who describes these structures under the name of the Cuvierian

48 Dr. A. Giinther on a new Species of Corvina.

organs, seems rather doubtful as to their function. Below these

in the scale of nature we meet with no distinct vestiges of urmary

excreting organs; so if my hypothesis regarding the nature of

these above-described bodies be accepted, they will rank as either

the first or the second early traces of such glands as yet found

in the animal kingdom.

VII.— Description of a new Species of Corvina from the Gambia.

By Dr. ALBERT GUNTHER.

Mr. Moore, Curator of the Liverpool Free Public Museum,

has kindly sent for my inspection a Sciznoid Fish collected by

J. Lewis Ingram, Esq., at Bathurst, on the River Gambia, which

proves to be an undescribed species of the genus Corvina, for

which I propose the name of

Corvina Moorii.

). 855. A.2. L. lat. 64, I. transy. 7/z-

This species is distinguished by its broad and obtuse head,

similar to that of Collichthys. The eye is comparatively small,

about one-ninth of the length of the head, and only one-half of

the extent of the snout. Interorbital space very broad, convex,

its width being one-third of the length of the head. Hind mar-

gin of the preoperculum obliquely descending backwards, with

short spmous teeth at the angle and along the margins. Snout

very obtuse ; jaws with narrow bands of short cardiform teeth,

those of the outer series being much larger and conical. Cleft

of the mouth of moderate width, situated at the lower side of

the snout, the maxillary extending to behind the hind margin

of the orbit.

The length of the head is more than the depth of the body,

and one-fourth of the total length (without caudal). Scales of

moderate size, irregularly arranged. Pectoral fin considerabl

longer than the ventral, as long as the post-orbital part of the

head. Dorsal spines of moderate strength, not flexible; the

second is the longest, and rather more than half as long as the

head; the soft dorsal fin of moderate height. Caudal fin convex,

shghtly produced in the middle. The second anal spine strong,

two-thirds as long as the first soft ray, and nearly one-third as

long as the head.

Uniform blackish brown, the centre of each scale being lighter ;

fins black.

The specimen is 20 inches long.

Numerous species of Acanthopterygian fishes, especially from

the west coast of Africa, show osseous tumours in some parts of

Zoological Society. 49

their skeleton. The seat of these tumours is chiefly the neural

or hemal processes, more rarely the interneurals and inter-

hemals. In the typical specimen of Corvina Moorii a date-like

osseous tumour is attached to the spine of the second dorsal fin ;

and a second specimen which we have seen, from the same loca-

lity, has, singularly enough, a perfectly similar tumour on the

same spine.

We have formerly (Fishes, ii. p. 296) expressed our opinion

that these peculiar tumours are anomalous deposits of osseous

matter, and that species founded on such a character (like Cor-

vina clavigera, Cuv. & Val.), are extremely doubtful. Indeed

we have now not the least doubt that this Corvina clavigera is

identical with C. nigrita, of which we have seen an example,

likewise belonging to the Liverpool Museum, which has the

ventral and anal spines excessively thickened, in consequence of

a similarly abnormal deposition of bony substance.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Jan. 10, 1865.—Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

On THE ANATOMY AND Hapsits oF THE WATER-OusEL (CINCLUS

Aquaticus). By Epwarps Crisp, M.D., F.Z.S, ere.

I have for a long time been occupied in preparing a work on the

British Birds, more especially in reference to their structure, in con-

nexion with their habits, the nature of their food, &c.; and there is

no bird that has puzzled me so much as the Water-Ousel, and it is

on this account that I bring the subject before the Society, hoping

that I may obtain some information from the members present. I

need not go very minutely into the history of this bird; but it will, I

think, be interesting to compare some parts of its anatomy with those

of the other Merulide. 'The object of my paper will be to endeavour,

first, to ascertain by what means this bird, so unlike all aquatic

birds in form, is enabled to dive and remain some time under water

and capture its prey; secondly, to inquire respecting the nature of

its food, and its supposed depredations on the ova and fry of fishes.

I may premise that I have shot several of these birds in Scotland for

the purpose of ascertaining the character of their food, and that I have

had many opportunities of observing their habits. The three speci-

mens on the table were sent to me recently (Nov. 30) by my friend

Mr. Grierson, of Thornhill, Dumfriesshire ; and I have dissected and

examined them, as I had done on former occasions, in relation to the

two questions above referred to. As the evidence of one inquirer «n

reference to the habits of this or of any other bird is comparatively

valueless, let me quote a few authorities upon the subject.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xvi. 4

50 Zoological Society :—

Montagu, in his Ornithological Dictionary, says he “ discovered

the nest of this bird in consequence of the old bird flying, with a fish

in its bill, to the young. These were nearly fledged, but incapable of

flight ; and the moment the nest was disturbed, they fluttered out

and dropped into the water, and, to our astonishment, instantly

vanished, but in a little time made their appearance at some distance

down the stream, and it was with difficulty two out of five were taken,

as they dived on being approached. ‘The motion under water,” he

says, “is effected by short jerks from the shoulder-joint, not, as in

all other diving-birds, with extended wings.”

Yarrell dissected this bird, and found nothing in its structure to

account for its diving and remaining on the ground without any

muscular effort.

Mr. Macgillivray (Naturalist, vol. i. p. 105) says, ‘ I have seen the

Dipper moving under water in situations where I could observe it

with certainty, and I readily perceived that its actions were similar

to those of the Divers, Mergansers, and Cormorants, which I have

often watched from an eminence as they pursued the shoals of sand-

eels along the sandy shores of the Hebrides. It in fact flew, not

merely using the wing from the carpal joint, but extending it con-

siderably, and employing its whole extent as if moving in the air.

The general direction of the body is obliquely downwards ; and great

force is evidently used to counteract the effects of gravity, the bird

finding it difficult to keep at the bottom.”

Other observers have given similar testimony, some asserting that

bubbles of air appeared on the surface after the bird was submerged :

but these must have arisen from the disturbance of the earth at the

bottom of the river; for no diving-bird, I believe, emits air from its

lungs when under water. The air is got rid of before the act of

diving takes place. But let me now speak of some parts of the

anatomy of this bird, before I attempt to answer the first question.

The average weight of this bird is said to be 23 oz.; but in four that

I have weighed the average weight has been about 24 0z., the males

being a little heavier than the females; the length 77 inches, and

11 inches from the tip of each wing. The brain weighed 10 grains,

the eyes 12 grains, the skin and feathers 132 grains, the pectoral

muscles 135 grains. The gizzard moderately thick, and lined with

a tough cuticle. The length of the whole alimentary tube was

16 inches ; the cesophagus, as in the other Merulide, not dilated

into acrop. The trachea of nearly uniform calibre, and consisting

of 36 rings; the vocal muscles largely developed, as in the other

members of this family. The tail-glands comparatively of large size.

I have depicted all the above parts in the drawing before the

Society ; but the parts of the anatomy of this bird to which I am

anxious to direct attention are the shortness of the wing and the great

development of the wing-muscles—features which I believe will in

a great measure account for the diving-powers of this bird and its

progress under water. As might be expected, too, from the frequent

motion of the tail, the caudal muscles are much developed. On

comparing the visceral anatomy of this bird with that of the other

Dr. E. Crisp on the Water-Ousel. 51

British Merulide, all of which I have dissected, with the exception of

White’s Thrush (Turdus White), very little proportional difference is

observed. The length of the intestinal tube in the Redwing (7’.

iliacus) is 14 inches; the brain weighs 16 grains, the pectoral

muscles 170 grains, the weight of the body being about 25 oz. In

the Fieldfare (7. pilaris), weighing 43 0z., the brain weighs 26 grains,

and the intestinal tube measures 22 inches. In the Ring-Ousel

(T. torquatus), weight 3 oz. 180 grains, the alimentary canal is

13} inches in length, and the weight of the brain is 26 grains; and

these parts in the Missel-Thrush (7. viscivorus), in the Blackbird

(T. merula), and Song-Thrush (7. musicus) are of nearly the same

proportionate length and weight. In the young Water-Ousel that

I have dissected, I observed nothing remarkable in its anatomy.

So that, as regards the visceral anatomy, there is no important

difference between the Water-Ousel and the other members of this

group, although among the British Merules this is the only bird

that feeds exclusively on animal food; but, to show how the habits

of a bird may be altered in this respect, I have mentioned a young

Water-Ousel that was reared under a Bantam, and fed on porridge

(P. Z. S. 1859, p. 200).

Some writers upon this bird have spoken of the claws as being well

adapted for holding on to stones and other objects at the bottom of

the water ; but on comparing the claws of the Water-Ousel with those

of the other Merulida, it will be seen that the bird has no advantage

of this kind, although the comparatively blunted form of the claw

would lead to the inference that it is used for the purpose mentioned.

The bones of the Water-Ousel, like those of the other British mem-

bers of this group, contain no air* ; and it is singular that the skele-

ton of the Fieldfare, Redwing, and Missel-Thrush (birds of passage)

should in this respect resemble that of the short-flighted Water-Ousel.

As regards the food, I am afraid that we cannot entirely acquit this

bird of occasionally destroying the fry of fish ; but I know of no reli-

able evidence to prove that it takes the ova. In the three specimens

before the Society, the gizzards of all contained Entomostraca, and

one of them a Gordian (Gordius aquaticus). In others that I have

dissected, I have discovered chiefly Entomostraca and the larvee of

Phryganea ; indeed I have found that its food is very similar to that

of the young Salmon (Salmo salar).

Mr. Gould, in his present work ‘The Birds of Great Britain’

(part 1), mentions that he examined five of these birds that were

shot on the River Usk, in Nov. 1859, and that no trace of spawn was

found in any of them; their hard gizzards were entirely filled with

the larvee of Phryganea and the Water-beetle (Hydrophilus). One

had a small Bullhead (Cottus gobio), which the bird had doubtless

taken from under a stone. Mr. Gould thinks that, by destroying

insects and their larvee that may attack the ova and fry of fishes,

these birds may do great service.

* I need scarcely say that some of the cranial bones of birds, like those of

mammals, contain air.

52 Zoological Society :—

Mr. Macgillivray found beetles and water shells (Lymnea and

Ancylus) and the larvee of Ephemera, Phryganea, and other aquatic

insects.

Sir W. Jardine, in his ‘ Birds of Great Britain,’ says, ‘‘ In one part

of Scotland, sixpence per head is given for these birds. In another

district, 548 were killed in three years.’” He adds, “The ova of any

kind of fish we have never detected in the stomach or intestines ; nor

do we think that they habitually frequent the places where the

spawn would be deposited ; and if they did, we would deem it almost

impossible that they could reach it after it was covered in the

spawning-bed,” &c.

So that I hope we may fairly acquit this interesting little bird of

the depredations of which it has so often been accused; but I hope

that we shall ere long see the Water-Ousel, with the Little Grebe

(Podiceps minor), in the Society’s fish-house, where a better oppor-

tunity will be afforded of learning its habits.

As is well known, this bird has been variously classed by different

writers. Mr. Gould, in the work before quoted, says he regards

Cinclus as one of the isolated forms of ornithology, and that it has

some remote alliance with the genera Troglodytes and Scytalopus

and their allies. -

DescripTion oF A New Species oF ENTOZOON FROM THE

INTESTINES OF THE D1AMOND-SNAKE OF AUSTRALIA (Mo-

RELIA SPILOTES). By W. Barrp, M.D., F.L.S.

Boturipium (SoLeNnorHorvs, Creplin) arcuatum, Baird.

Length of the largest specimen (which, however, is not quite

perfect at lower extremity) 10 inches. Breadth, about the middle of

its length, 4 lines. Head, consisting of its two tubular bothria, about 7

lines in length and 3 lines in breadth. Bothria smooth, cylindrical,

arched outwardly, and connected together throughout their whole

extent, and each of about the same diameter at the top as at the

bottom. Upper openings circular and large; lower openings very

small and quite terminal. Neck none. Articulations at anterior

extremity extremely small, appearing like mere rugze. Articulations

of rest of body, in adult specimens, very numerous, narrow, much

broader than long, and crowded together ; in smaller and apparently

younger specimens (which, however, look as if perfect in length), the

articulations near the posterior extremity are, comparatively speaking,

much larger, longer than broad, and are more like those of B. laticeps

or B. pythonis. The most distinguishing character is the size and

shape of the head.

a Intestines of the Morelia spilotes, from Australia. (Mus.

Brit.).

For the specimens of this species I am indebted to Dr. A. Giin-

ther, who found them attached to the inner surface of the intestines

Dr. G. Bennett on the Lyre-Bird of New Holland. 53

of a specimen of an Australian Python, the Diamond-Snake, Morelia

spilotes.

}

¢ \

Cg: ,

Fig. a. Worm of natural size, attached to inner surface of intestine.

Fig. 6. Bothria, slightly enlarged, showing the upper openings.

Fig. ec. The same, showing lower openings.

Fig. d. Posterior extremity of a young specimen, showing the, comparatively

speaking, larger articulations.

Jan. 24, 1865.—E. W. H. Holdsworth, Esq., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following extract from a letter addressed

to him by Dr. Bennett, F.Z.S., dated Sydney, Nov. 18th, relating

to a living specimen of the Lyre-bird of New Holland (Menura su-

perba), which the Acclimatization Society of that city were intending

to transmit by the first favourable opportunity to this Society :—

“After repeated trials of keeping this wild and restless bird in

captivity, and having procured and lost in one year numerous living

birds of all ages, from the young bird to the adult, we have so far

succeeded as to preserve one alive and in excellent health, and feed-

ing well, since the 23rd of August last ; to this day it continues

in good health and condition. It is a young bird, at present in im-

54 Zoological Society :—

mature plumage, and the sex cannot yet be determined. It is placed

in a large wire compartment with the Talegallas or Brush-Turkeys,

and it appears to enjoy their society very much. Whether their com-

pany reconciles it to confinement I cannot say ; but, at all events, it

feeds well and thrives, and displays a great amount of activity for a

great part of the day, running about the cage incessantly, scratching

the ground. It feeds on the larva of the Tettigonia or ‘‘ Locust”’ of

the colonists, meat chopped very small, slugs, and worms. This

bird was captured at Broughton’s Pass, Illawarra district. Should

we be fortunate enough to keep it alive till the time of the departure

of the ‘La Hogue,’ it will be sent to the Zoological Society under

Mr. Broughton’s care, when it will have every chance of reaching

England alive.”

February 14, 1865.—Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following letter, addressed by Dr. H. Bur-

meister, of Buenos Ayres (Foreign Member), to Dr. J. E. Gray, con-

taining the description of a new species of Whale, proposed to be

called Balenoptera patachonica, together with some particulars as

to specimens of certain other Cetacea in the Museum of Buenos

Ayres.

as Gray stated, in reference to the new Whale, that it was of

much interest as being the first well-described Fin-Whale from the

southern hemisphere. Dr. Gray considered it evidently a typical

species of the genus Physalus, distinguishable from all the northern

species by the shortness of the lateral rigs compared with the dia-

meter of the bodies of the cervical vertebrze.

“ Buenos Ayres, 22nd December, 1864.

*‘T now send you drawings of the Whale in the Buenos Ayres

Museum, drawn by myself, and, as I believe, exact to nature.

“Fig 1. The skull. We have two specimens—one complete, the

other consisting only of the hinder part, without the jaws. In the

former the upper jaws are no longer in position, but separated from

the cranium, and therefore little importance can be attached to the

width of the opening between the intermaxillary bones in the ante-

rior part of the cleft between them ; it may be somewhat exaggerated.

All the other parts are entirely exact from nature, and well preserved.

“Length of the intermaxillary, 7 feet 2 inches ; length of the max-

illary, 7 feet ; length of the under jaw, 10 feet 2 inches. Breadth of

the frontal bones between the orbits, 5 feet ; breadth of the vertex

behind, 2 feet 8 inches.

«The baleen is entirely black, without any other colour. We have

two kinds in the Museum—one 53 feet and the other 1 foot 8 inches

in length. This last only may be from the Balenoptera; the other

perhaps from a Balena, because it is much more slender and more

fringed. ‘

«Comparing my drawing (fig. 1) with that of Cuvier from the Cape

Balenoptera (Oss. Foss. pl. 26. fig. 2), you will find that the

Dr. H. Burmeister on a new Whale. 55

suture between the frontal bone and the parietal is situated much

more towards the external part of the frental bone, being in my skull

Fig. 1.

Skull seen from above.

exactly in the angle where both bones are united, and therefore not

seen from above in my drawing. Another difference of the species

First cervical vertebra

is indicated by the longitudinal carina in the vertex of the Cape spe-

cies, there being no trace of such carina in either of riy specimens.

56 Zoological Society :—

‘Unfortunately the tympanic bones are wanting in both, and I

can tell you nothing of them. But the zygomatic bone is preserved,

and is of the same form as that figured in Cuvier’s work, figs. 1

and 3, but somewhat smaller than the latter figure.

“The seven cervical vertebree are free, separate from each other,

and the body of every one has the epiphyses on each side, the specimen

being that of a young individual. But in the atlas and front side of the

axis these epiphyses do not exist. I send you drawings of the first

(fig. 2), the second (fig. 3), the fourth (fig. 4), and the sixth (fig. 5)

Fig. 3.

Second cervical vertebra.

vertebrae ; the third exactly resembles the fourth, and the fifth

only differs in a small opening in the lateral arc, indicated in my

drawing of the fourth, on the left side. The seventh has no inferior

Fig. 4.

Fourth cervical vertebra.

Dr. H. Burmeister on a new Whale. 57

process at all, but a much stronger superior one, of the same form.

All the five vertebree after the second are very thin, 2 inches in

Bigs 3.

Sixth cervical vertebra.

diameter, the third being the thinnest of all, and the following ones

somewhat thicker; the seventh is 2} inches in thickness.

“Of costal or dorsal vertebrae we have fourteen, very well indicated

by the flattened end of the transverse processes being united with the

ribs. The first of these dorsal vertebree is very thin, 3 inches in

diameter ; and the second somewhat thicker, 33 inches; after these

the bodies are much stronger, from 6 to 8 inches in diameter. The

three first dorsal vertebree have transverse processes more rounded,

and directed forward. After the third they are more flat and broad,

and directed transversely to the sides. After these fourteen vertebree

foliow twelve others with thinner transverse processes, rounded and

sharp at the end, and with bodies of much larger diameter—from

10 to 12 inches. Then follows a strong vertebra, the thirteenth,

12 inches in diameter, with a smaller and shorter transverse process,

which seems to me the first caudal ; but as the epiphysis is wanting,

there is no attachment for the heemapophysis on its hinder end. In-

deed its body is flattened on the under side, not carinated as the body

of the antecedent; which also seems to me to prove that it is the

first caudal. Of heemapophyses we have four in the Museum, of un-

equal size, the first 5 inches high, the largest 8 inches, and 3 to

4 inches broad between the lamin.

“The ribs are not perfect as regards number, but the first seven

or eight are preserved. I send you drawings of the upper and lower

extremities of the first four (figs. 6, 7, 8, 9).

“The sternum is wanting, and of the os hyoideum we have only

58 Zoological Society :—

the corpus, of precisely the same form as that figured in Cuvier’s

Oss. Foss. pl. 25. f. 14.

Fig. 6. Rick 7. Fig. 8. Fig. 9.

“Of the pectoral fin we have only the scapula, of which I send

you a drawing (fig. 10); both processes are well developed and some-

what compressed.

Fig. 10.

A Uf

AYN

Y yy)

SS Mi,

Scapula.

‘The animal was found some leagues from Buenos Ayres, on the

banks of the River Plata, where it came ashore some thirty years

ago. It was brought to the gardens of Rosas, at Palermo, where the

skeleton was exhibited a long time, till, after the fall of the tyrant,

it was transferred to the Museum. The parts now deficient were

then lost.

‘«T suppose that the species might be the same as that you have

indicated in your synopsis as Balenoptera australis, Desmoulins

(Voy. Ereb. and Terror, Mamm. p. 20); but as I have never seen

Dr. A. Giinther on the British Salmonoids. 59

that animal, Iam unable to speak concerning its external appearance.

Therefore I believe it is better to describe the species in question

under a new name, and I propose to you, if you please to accept it,

that of Balenoptera patachonica.

“« Since I have received the excellent books you sent me, and for

which I give you my best thanks, I have found in them figures of the

two skulls of Dolphins in the Buenos Ayres Museum. ‘The larger

is your Delphinus Eurynome (p. 38, pl. 17), and the smaller your

Delphinus microps (p. 72, pl. 25). Both are inhabitants of the

Atlantic in our latitude. The new Phocena is wanting in your

list. I propose to give the name Phocena spinipinnis to it, from the

numerous spines on the dorsal fin. We have the entire animal, with

the skull, which I will examine when it is taken from the dry skin

in which it is enclosed. By the next French steamer I will send you

an accurate drawing and complete description of it.”

*¢ P.S.—I have told you nothing of the under jaw of Balenoptera

patachonica, because the surface of the bone is much destroyed by

long exposure to the air, rain, and sun; but the hinder part, with

the coronoid process, is represented in fig. 11.”

A letter was read, addressed to the Secretary by Prof. J. J. Bian-

coni, of Bologna, stating that, in the course of researches upon the

osteology of the extinct genus pyornis, he had come to the con-

clusion that that form belonged to the Vulturidze, and not to the

Struthious birds.

Dr. A. Giinther gave an account of the present state of his re-

searches into the British species of Salmonoid fishes, which he had

undertaken whilst engaged in preparing the catalogue of the speci-

mens of this family in the collection of the British Museum. Dr.

Giinther stated that the genus Salmo was essentially an arctic group,

inhabiting the northern portions of both hemispheres, and becoming

more abundant in species upon receding from subtropical into tem-

perate latitudes. Dr. Giinther was disposed to believe that the

species of this genus to be found within British waters would be

ultimately found to be much more numerous than had been hitherto

suspected. From the materials at present at his command, he had

already been able to distinguish what he believed would turn out to

be four new species of the non-migratory group of true Salmo, be-

sides identifying several others heretofore imperfectly distinguished.

60 Zoological Society :—

Dr. Giinther requested the assistance of the Fellows of the Society

and their friends in furnishing him with series of specimens of our

native Salmons and ‘T'routs from every part of the British islands,

stating that in this difficult group of fishes no certain conclusions

could be arrived at without a large number of specimens for com-

parison. Dr. Gunther exhibited the subjoined table as giving a list

of the British species of Salmo with which he was acquainted :—

Subgenus I. Cuarrs (Salvelini).

IP ULligOtt 7 25.5 as eet Windermere, &c.

DE MRORUSIU. & toidiarits hone A ile Llanberris Lakes, N. Wales.

Se LOPUUB eid on cts oh Scotland.

AIG OY Us a hecho th eco thues ae Lough Melvin, Ireland.

Caleta sr, dolecs| sus cael ohe Lough Eske and Lough Dan, Ireland.

Subgenus II. Satmons (Salmones).

a. Migratory Species.

1A 77 el a ere ieee True Salmon of British rivers.

QUCOMOTACUBY wiles st ons coe **Sewin”’ of South Wales.

BS METUCED bin eet ee eee “Sea Trout ”’ of Scotland.

b. Non-migratory Species.

Gil Ras Be eS ane es England.

DENG QUNGTOAU sche uetegones oe Scotland and N. W. England.

6. nigripinnis, sp. nov. ..Mountain-lochs of Wales (and Scotland).

TeuLOVENENSIS: “ae Aca hotles Loch Leven, Scotland.

BIN C100 yee ft sna an ae «Gt. Lake Trout”’ of Scotlandand Wales.

9. orcadensis, sp.nov... .. Lakes of Orkneys.

10. brachypoma, sp.nov. . . Firth of Forth.

11. stomachicus, sp. nov. . . Ireland. .

Description oF Two New AvstTRALIAN Birps.

By Joun Goutp, Esa., F.R.S., eve.

1. MALURUS LEUCONOTUS.

The entire head, neck, under surface, rump, and tail deep blue ;

back, shoulders, greater and lesser wing-coverts, and secondaries silky

white; primaries brown; bill black; feet brownish black.

Total length 53 inches; bill 5; wing 2; tail 34; tarsi 4.

Hab. Interior of Australia ; precise locality unknown.

Remark.—In size this new species is very similar to M. Laméerti,

while in its colouring it assimilates to M. leucopterus ; from both,

however, it may be at once distinguished by the whiteness of its

back, which has suggested the specific name I have assigned to it.

2. ARTAMUS MELANOPS.

Lores, face, rump, and under tail-coverts black ; stripe over the

eye, ear-coverts, sides of the face, throat, and under surface delicate

vinous grey; two middle tail-feathers black, the remainder black

Mr. A. Newton on some Bones of Didus. 61

largely tipped with white; upper surface of the wings grey, their

under surface white; bill leaden grey, darkest at the tip; feet

blackish brown.

Total length 63 inches ; bill? ; wing 42; tail, 3; tarsi 3.

Hab. Central Australia.

Remark.—This large and fine species is unlike every other known

member of the genus. It is most nearly allied to 4. albiventris, but

differs from that bird in the jet-black colouring of its under tail-

coverts, and from A. cinereus in its smaller size and the greater

extent of the black on the face. The specimen from which the

above description was taken has been kindly sent to me by Mr. S.

White, of the Reed-beds, near Adelaide, South Australia, who

informs me that it was shot by him at St. Becket’s Pool, lat.

28° 30’, on the 23rd of August, 1863, and who in the note accom-

panying it says, “‘I have never seen this bird south. It collects at

night, like 4. sordidus, and utters the same kind of call. It seems

to be plentiful all over the north country. I saw it at St. Becket’s

Pool, feeding on the ground, soaring high in the air, and clinging in

bushes, like the others. The two sexes appeared to be very similar

in outward appearance. The stomachs of those examined were

fleshy, and contained the remains of small Coleoptera.

ON SOME RECENTLY DISCOVERED BoNES OF THE LARGEST

KNOWN Species oF Dopo (Dipus nazAreNnvus, BARTLETT).

By ALFRED Newton, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

The three bones which I now have the pleasure of exhibiting

have been recently received by me from my brother Mr. Edward

Newton, a Corresponding Member of this Society, who himself found

two of them in a cave on the south-west side of the island of Ro-

driguez, which he visited on the 2nd of November last. The third

was obtained on the same island, about the same time, by Captain

Barkly, a son and aide-de-camp of the Governor of Mauritius. All

three belong, without doubt, to the largest known species of Dodo,

to which Mr. Bartlett (P. Z.S.1851, p. 284) applied the name Didus

nazarenus, and which was so unaccountably overlooked by Messrs.

Strickland and Melville in their excellent monograph of the curious

group Didine. These authors, as Mr. Bartlett showed (oc. cit.), did

not distinguish between this very large bird and the smaller and more

slender “Solitaire”? (Pezophaps solitaria), which, if we are to trust

the evidence before us, was, equally with Didus nazarenus and D.

éneptus, an inhabitant of Rodriguez.

The two bones found by my brother were picked up near the en-

trance of a very dry cave, where little, if any, stalagmitic deposit was

forming, at least at the time of his visit. One is a perfect left tarso-

metatarsus, and the other a left humerus, wanting its extremities, as

is so often the case in specimens of this bone found under circum-

stances which lead to the belief that the bird to which it belonged

had been eaten by men or dogs.

The bone found by Captain Barkly is a right femur. Though

62 Zoological Society :—

nearly perfect, it seems to have been much exposed to the action of

the weather, and, in consequence of its condition, it has sustained a

little damage by the crumbling away of some part of its extremities.

This has probably happened since its discovery ; but one advantage

results from the circumstance—namely, that the cellular structure

of the bone is thereby rendered plainly visible.

I proceed to give the dimensions of these specimens, and, for con-

venience of comparison, I shall, as far as possible, follow Dr. Mel-

ville’s plan of measurement (‘The Dodo and its Kindred,’ page 116).

Fragment of left Humerus.

inches. lines.

iliransverse diameter’ of shaft). sir. ./.:~ 0 o0-te an sin tare

Antero-posterior diameter of shaft ........ vlie cre tote pietalepll amma

Left Tarso-metatarsus.

Length from middle trochlear groove to inter-condyloid

tubercle yetirc eet storia sonia ie sire rete ee ees ore

external trochlear to external condyloid fossa 6 4

—— internal trochlear to internal condyloid fossa 6 = 7

Breadth of upper extremity’... 3. osc sae coe eesti 1 6

Antero-posterior diameter of the same.............. ele ao

Breadth of lower-extremity ........ 60:2... eke alist aaa 7

Projection of ento-calcaneal process .........-+6.2-005 0°. 8

Right Femur.

Length from inter-condyloid notch to upper surface of neck 6 0

upper edge of trochanter major to external 6 9

CONG. 41. ate

Transverse diameter Of Shalt scr: <5 <1) che 1-10) wel «oie 0-10

Antero-posterior............ Pe te BO wie sis siecle OMT:

Transverse diameter of upper extremity ...........-... 2 02

Transverse diameter of lower extremity ...........+.. ee)

All these specimens, unlike those in the Paris Museum, are en-

tirely free from incrustation.

I believe there are no other examples of the humerus and femur

of this species in this country. The specimen of the tarso-metatar-

sus figured in illustration of Mr. Bartlett’s paper, to which I before

referred (P. Z. 8. 1851, Aves, pl. xiv. fig. 1) is, as I learn from Mr.

Gerrard, now in the British Museum, and there are other examples

of it in the Andersonian Museum at Glasgow.

I must here tender my thanks to Mr. W. K. Parker for the kind

assistance he has rendered me in accurately measuring these bones.

And now I wish to make one suggestion. It is well known that

at Oxford there is an old picture of a Dodo, painted by one of the

Saverys, which seems hitherto to have been referred without hesi-

tation to Didus ineptus. Mr. Strickland, in speaking of it, says :—

« A remarkable feature in it is its colossal scale, the Dodo standing

about 3 feet 6 inches high, and being double the size which the

Dr. J. E. Gray on a new Species of Bush-Goat. 63

picture in the British Museum, the description of eye-witnesses, and

the existing remains warrant us in attributing to the bird. It is

difficult to assign a motive to the artist for thus magnifying an

object already sufficiently uncouth in appearance’’ (‘The Dodo,’

&e. p. 31). Is it not possible that the artist may in this painting

have taken a life-sized portrait of the large species (Didus nazarenus,

Bartlett) to which these bones belong ?

In conclusion, I have to state that I should be very glad if these

remarks were the means of exciting further search for the remains

of the Dodo and its allies. In Rodriguez the bones must be far

from scarce, and, as the present instance shows, they may be found

with little trouble. My brother picked up two of them, as I have

said, in a cave during a very hasty visit. It is a matter of the

greatest regret that a regularly organized search is not instituted by

some resident in that island, or by some visitor to whom time is no

object. We may depend upon it that a rich reward awaits the care-

ful explorer of the Masearene caverns and alluvial deposits.

Norice oF THE SKULL OF A New Species or Busu-Goar

(CrEPHALOPHUS LONGICEPS), SENT FROM THE GABOON BY

M. Du CuHaitiv. By Dr. J. E. Gray.

M. Du Chaillu has lately sent to the British Museum several skins

and skeletons of the Gorilla (showing how abundant it must be at

the Gaboon), the skin and skeleton of a Chimpanzee, three skeletons

of the African Manatee, and the head of a Bush-Goat or Cephalo-

phus.

: The skull of the Cephalophus on examination proves quite distinct

from any that has previously occurred to me; and as it indicates the

existence of a large species of the genus, I have sent a notice of it to

the Society in hope that we may before very long have a complete

specimen of the animal to describe.

CEPHALOPHUS.

Section I. Horns decumbent.

CrPHALOPHUS LONGICEBRS.

The skull elongate ; face elongate, compressed in front of the

eyes ; the nose in front of the eyes narrow, sides only very slightly

tapering; nasal bone very long, produced between the frontal be-

hind, much longer than the medial suture of the frontal. The horns

elongate, conical, diverging at the tips, decumbent, in a line with the

forehead ; forehead convex between the orbits.

Length of skull 10 inches 9 lines; width at zygoma 4 inches

7 lines ; length of horn-cores 5 inches ; length of lower jaw 9 inches.

The only species with which the animal can be compared, on ac-

count of its size, is C. sylvicultriz ; but the skull of the latter is

short and ventricose, and that of C. longiceps is elongate and slen-

der. The face of C. sylvicultriz is short, and the nose between the

impression for the suborbital glands broad and tapering; the fore-

64 Zoological Society :—

head is much more convex and rounded. The following are the mea-

surements of the skull of an adult male :—Length of skull 10 inches

1 line; width at zygoma 4 inches 7 lines; length of lower jaw

8 inches 9 lines.

The skull of C. longiceps resembles in general form and some

other particulars the figure of the skull of the male C. altifrons,

figured by Dr. Peters (Reise n. Mossamb. t. 38. f.1). But that skull

is not above half the size of the one here described; and the form

of the core of the horns is different, the one being conical and elon-

gate, and the other angular and converging at the tip.

Skull of Cephalophus longiceps.

The skulls of the larger species of Cephalophi may be divided into

two groups, according to the position of the horns, as compared with

the frontal line.

In some the horns are decumbent and bent back, being nearly in

a line with the forehead, as in Cephalophus coronatus, C. sylvicul-

trix, C. Ogilbyi, C. natalensis (figured in Cat. Ungulata, B.M. t. x.

f. 1), C. longiceps, and C. altifrons, Peters. In others the horns

are ascending, placed at an obtuse angle with regard to the line of

the forehead, as in Cephalophus Grimmius and C. ocularis of Peters

(Reise nach Mossambique, Saugeth. t. 39, 40).

The forehead in all the Cephalophi with decumbent horns is con-

vex and rounded; but in C. Ogilbyi itis very much rounded—more

than in any other species I know; it is much higher than the base

of the horn. In the species which Dr. Peters has called C. altzfrons it

does not appear to be so high as usual in the genus. In C. Grimmius,

with ascending horns, it is flat between the eyes. The following

observation is founded on the comparison of a series of skulls of

males :—The skulls differ in the length of the face, thus:—In C.

natalensis the face is short; the distance from the orbit to the upper

end of the intermaxillary bone is shorter than the length of the in-

termaxillary bone. In C. sylvicultriz, C. Ogilbyi, and C. ocularis

the distance above defined and the length of the intermaxillary are

nearly equal. In OC. Grimmius they are rather longer. In C. longi-

ceps the distance from the front edge of the orbit to the tip of the

Miscellaneous. 65

intermaxillary is much longer than the length of the intermaxil-

lary.

in some skulls the nasal bones are the same length as the upper

suture of the frontal one, as in C. natalensis, C. sylvicultrix, and C.

Ogilbyi. In C. altifrons, according to Dr. Peters’s figure, they are

shorter. In C. coronatus and C. rufilatus they are much shorter—

only about two-thirds the length. In one skull of C. Grimmius they

are longer, and in another skull shorter, and in C. longiceps much

longer.

The above observations are made only on a few, sometimes only on

one specimen of the species; and when I have three or four speci-

mens of the same species, as is the case with C. Grimmius, the skulls

present some variations in the form of the nasal bones and in the

length of the intermaxillaries as above noted.

Dr. Peters figures as the skull of a young female of C. altifrons

a skull of a very different form from that of the skull with the horns

of the male above referred to. I have not observed such a difference

in the skulls of the females of any of the species of Cephalophus that

have occurred to me. I have some doubt if it does belong to the

same species, as the figure of the young female animal is very like

the skull of a female C. Grimmius, which is an animal that has ascend-

ing horns in the male.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Pollen-grains of Ranunculus arvensis.

By GeorGe GuLLiver, F.R.S.

FINDING, on reference to my note-book entries (of no less than five

different examinations in the course of four years), that the pollen-

grains of Ranunculus arvensis always appeared to differ remarkably

from those of its British allies, I have recently examined the pollen

of these plants again. The difference now to be described appears

so constant and remarkable as to deserve a place in the descriptions

of this species.

The examinations include all the British yellow-flowered Ranun-

culeze with divided leaves, except R. parviflorus. This species I

have not seen growing. All the others are as common about Eden-

bridge as elsewhere. Even R. hirsutus, which Prof. Babington

marks ‘Waste land and corn-fields, rare,’ grows abundantly in

patches in some of our lanes or by-roads; but happily the very

noxious weed I. arvensis scarcely intrudes into pastures, though it

is a sad pest in some of our stiff arable land, and too well known to

our husbandmen under the name of the “ hedgehog.”

The pollen of each species was repeatedly compared in the same

stage of development—a necessary precaution, the neglect of which

has too often led to perplexing discrepancies in botanical descriptions.

In the following measurements the average sizes only are mentioned,

as made from the pollen shaken out of the anthers on to a dry piece

of glass, and viewed by transmitted light.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xvi. ay

66 Miscellaneous.

Ranunculus auricomus: pollen-grains round and smooth, and

sioth of an inch in diameter.

R. acris: pollen-grains round and smooth, and =}>th of an inch

in diameter.

R. repens: pollen-grains round and smooth, and

in diameter.

R. bulbosus: pollen-grains round and smooth, and 7},th of an

inch in diameter.

R. hirsutus: pollen-grains smoothish, with three depressed scars,

and <1,th of an inch in diameter.

R. arvensis: pollen-grains round, rough, and so much larger than

those of the other species as to measure ;4,,th of an inch in diameter.

The roughness remains when the pollen-grains are treated either with

dilute acids or water.

Hence the roughness and comparatively large size of the pollen-

grains of R. arvensis are very evident, and this curious difference is

certainly constant in our plants. It may be easily seen under a

magnifying power of fifty diameters. When much more magnified,

some inequalities may appear on the surface of the pollen-grains of

the five preceding species. An examination of the pollen of R. parvi-

florus would be interesting.

" ;

<b zth of an inch

On the Feathers of Dinornis robustus, Owen.

By W.S. Dauras, F.L.S., Keeper of York Museum.

The acquisition by the Yorkshire Philosophical Society of a spe-

cimen of Dinornis robustus, Owen, in so perfect a state of preserva-

tion that it retains even portions of the muscular and integumentary

systems, enables me to describe at least a part of the structure of the

feathery covering of this remarkable bird, and thus to throw some

further light upon its affinities among birds with which we are ac-

* quainted in the living state. The general condition of the skeleton

was described by Mr. Allis in a paper read before the Linnean Society

in June last ; and Professor Owen has since made use of one or two

portions of it for the completion of his description of the species, in a

paper communicated to this Society ; but the fact of the occurrence

of the feathers, however imperfect, of a bird which, as far as our in-

formation goes, has long been extinct, seems to call for some special

notice.

At first sight, indeed, it would seem that the fresh condition of

many parts of this skeleton, and the preservation of traces of the soft

parts, might warrant us in supposing that many years have not

elapsed since the bird to which it belonged wandered over the hills

of Otago; but all possibility of drawing from these circumstances

any conclusions as to the period of its death is set aside by the fact

that other parts of the skeleton are in a state of decay which would

apparently require a free exposure to the weather for many years for

its production.

The portion of skin which bears the remains of feathers covered

the greater part of the flat, rhombic region of the pelvis immediately

above the commencement of the tail, and extended, on the left side,

Miscellaneous. 67

beyond the ridge bounding this part of the pelvis, and for some dis-

tance down the slope of its side, where it has beneath it the aponeu-

rotic portion of some of the great muscles of the thigh. The feather-

bearing portion forms a sort of broad, irregular, transverse band

across this region of the pelvis, encroached upon anteriorly by a wide

semicircular notch, and posteriorly, a little to the right of the centre,

by an irregular worn space exhibiting numerous perforations, indica-

ting the former positions of feathers which have disappeared. The

skin itself is rather thick and coarse. The remains of feathers occur

only on that part of the skin which covered the flat back of the pelvis,

in which their insertions give rise to strongly marked papille. The

skin on the sloping left side of the pelvis bears no feathers, and pre-

sents no traces of their insertion. It appears, however, to have lost

some of its outer layers, and certainly does not furnish evidence suf-

ficient to prove the existence of a featherless space at this part, which

would be opposed to Nitzsch’s description of the pterylography of

the Struthionide.

The feathers are all very imperfect, consisting only of the basal

portions of the shaft and accessory shaft, with here and there some

traces of the barbs. The latter occur most abundantly towards the

left side, and especially in the feathers situated upon the left ridge,

from which the specimen here figured (fig. 1) was taken. The shafts

are always evidently imperfect ; the longest fragment existing in the

skin is only about 2 inches in length. The stem tapers gradually,

the quill being the widest part and about .),th of an inch in dia-

meter. The quill is inserted about ;3,ths of an inch into the skin,

and the webs appear generally to have commenced about ;zth of an

inch from the junction of the quill with the shaft. From these data

it is of course impossible to form any opinion as to the original length

of the feathers.

The accessory shafts are considerably smaller than the main shafts,

but still of sufficient size to constitute an important portion of the

plumage. The longest accessory shaft that I have been able to find

measures 13 inch in length, and is imperfect; there is little doubt

that the accessory shafts were both shorter and more slender than

the true feathers.

The shaft is somewhat convex above, and marked with a fine lon-

gitudinal furrow beneath. It is of a brown colour beneath, but pale

horn-colour above, probably from exposure to external influences.

The accessory shaft is of a pale horn-colour, and appears to be nearly

cylindrical.

The structure of the web is somewhat different from that which

occurs in the Emu and the Cassowary. Towards the base of the

shaft the barbs spring in groups of four or five together from nearly

the same spot, and thus this part of the web assumes a tufted aspect.

As we advance towards the apex this arrangement speedily ceases ;

the number of barbs springing from the shaft gradually diminishes,

until each side bears only a single series of these appendages. The

barbs consist of slender, flattened fibres, bearing long, silky, and very

delicate barbules, without any trace of barbicels, but presenting a di-

68 Miscellaneous.

stinctly beaded appearance when examined by a simple lens. Under

the microscope, with a moderate power, this beaded aspect is lost,

and the barbule appears merely divided by faint transverse partitions

into a series of cells, some of which, towards the apex, exhibit small

tooth-like projections representing the rudiments of barbicels (fig. 3).

All the barbs remaining on the feathers appear to be imperfect.

Fig. 1. The basal portion of a feather detached from the skin, of the natural size :

a. The accessory shaft.

2. Part of a barb with the barbules ; magnified 15 diameters.

3. Apical portion of a barbule ; magnified 150 diameters.

The barbs of the accessory plume are of the same general struc-

ture as those on the main shaft, but they appear to form a single

series on each side from the base.

The barbs nearest the base of the feather, both in the main web

and the accessory plume, are destitute of barbules for some distance

from their base; but this distance gradually decreases until the barb

is furnished with barbules throughout its whole length.

It is evidently impossible to determine from these mere fragments

of feathers what was the precise structure of those organs when per-

fect; we cannot even decide whether the basal barbs possessed the

Miscellaneous. 69

hair-like tips characteristic of those of the Emu and Cassowary, and

still less whether the apical portion of the feather supported simple

barbs such as occupy that position in those birds. The only fact of

importance, indeed, that I can hope to make known by this paper is

that the Dinornithes undoubtedly possessed a large accessory plume,

thus adding another proof of their relationship to the green-egged

Emus and Cassowaries existing in the Australian region, and of their

difference from the white-egged group of Struthiones represented

in Africa and South America.—Proc. Zool. Soc. March 14, 1865.

On the Metamorphoses undergone by certain Fishes before acquiring

the Adult Form. By Proressor AGASSIZ.

I have lately observed in Fishes metamorphoses as considerable as

those known to take place in the Amphibia. Now that pisci-

culture is followed with so much success and on so large a scale,

it is surprising that this fact has not been long since observed ; but

this may perhaps be attributed to the circumstance that these

metamorphoses usually commence after the hatching of the young,

at a period when they die rapidly, if kept in captivity. At this age,

moreover, they are for the most part too small to be conveniently

studied in their natural element. Nevertheless this is the most im-

portant period of their growth, if we wish to study their natural

affinities. I intend shortly to show how certain small Fishes, at first

resembling Gadoids or Blennioids, pass gradually to the type of the

Labroids and Lophioids. I shall also be able to show how certain

embryos resembling the tadpoles of the Frog or Toad, gradually ac-

quire the form of Cyprinodonts,—how certain Apodal Fishes become

transformed into Jugular and Abdominal Fishes, and certain Mala-

copterygians into Acanthopterygians, and, lastly, how we may found

a natural classification of Fishes upon the correspondence existing

between their embryonic development and the complication of their

structure in the adult state.

Quite recently I have discovered that the metamorphoses of certain

members of the Scomberoid family are perhaps still more unexpected

than any of those which I have previously observed. Every ichthyo-

logist knows the characters of the Dory (Zeus faber), and the pecu-

liarities which connect this fish with the family of the Scomberoids.

Another less-known but very curious fish, drgyropelecus hemigymnus

(Cocco), which likewise inhabits the Mediterranean, has been gene-

rally referred to the Salmon family, or placed with the Salmons as a

subfamily. Systematic authors have generally regarded the Scom-

beroids and the Salmons as very different fishes, the former being

referred to the Acanthopterygii and the latter to the Malacopterygil.

Nevertheless <Argyropelecus hemigymnus is neither more nor less

than the young state of Zeus faber.

I expect that all ichthyologists will reject this assertion as erroneous.

Nevertheless nothing can be more true; and therefore, instead of

seeking to prove it by long arguments, I shall, for the present, merely

request my confréres to procure small specimens of the Dory (of 8

to 10 centimétres in length), and to compare them with authentic

spesimens of Argyropelecus, feeling certain that they will admit the

70 Miscellaneous.

identity of the two fishes as soon as they have made the compari-

son.—Comptes Rendus, January 23, 1865, p. 152.

Description of the Egg of Parra gallinacea.

By Joun Gouxp, F.R.S. &e.

The ground-colour of the egg of this species is of a dark shining

raw-sienna tint, over which are traced in various directions a series

of broad and fine hair-like contorted lines of brownish black, which,

by occasionally uniting laterally and crossing each other, form here

and there large blotches. Although these markings are of the same

character on each egg, they are somewhat differently distributed :

thus, on one of the two I possess, they are more numerous at the

larger end, and absent at the smaller; while on the other they are

more abundant at the smaller, and less so at the larger extremity.

The eggs are one inch and an eighth in length by seven eighths of an

inch in breadth. They are, moreover, rendered remarkably conspi-

cuous by the singularly pointed form of the smaller end, and by their

small size as compared with that of the bird, but above all by the

form and disposition of the markings, which are as if traced by the

hand of a person who had amused himself by attempting to cover the

surface with fantastic streaks, blotches, and contorted curves from

end to end.— Proc. Zool. Soc. Dec. 13, 1864.

On a new Form of Brachiolaria. By M. Sars.

M. Sars has discovered a new Echinodermatous larva belonging to

the Brachiolarian type. It presents a greater affinity to the Bipin-

narie than those observed by Johannes Miller. Its development is

also very similar to that of the Bipinnaria,—the Starfish mm course of

formation presenting the same relations of position and union with

the body of the larva. There are, however, some differences. In

the Bipinnarie the rudiment of the ambulacral system makes its

appearance very early, in the form of a rosette of five czeca; in the

Brachiolaria, on the contrary, these cxeca are not brought together

in a group, but distant from each other, and their circle is open on

one side. This condition persists until after the formation of the

perisoma, with its five arms and their spines.

The Brachiolarie are really distinguished from the Bipinnarie

only by the presence of their contractile arms at the anterior extremity.

M. Sars has ascertained that these organs, whose function has hitherto

been doubtful, act as an apparatus of attachment. They may be com-

pared with the very similar organs of attachment of the larvee of

Wchinaster sanguinolentus and Asteracanthion Miilleri. ‘Thus these

various types of larvee, so different in appearance, are united in an

unexpected manner.—Videnskabsselskabets Forhandlingar, 1863 ;

Abstract in Bibl. Univ., May 1865, Bull. Sci., p. 62.

Investigation of the Structure of the Encephalon of Fishes, and of the

Homological Signification of its different Parts. By M. Houuarp.

The type of the encephalon in Fishes is inferior to that prevailing

in Mammalia, not only in its general development, but also in the

absence of several organs. This typeis not only inferior, but it is

Miscellaneous. ra |

also special, and susceptible of numerous modifications. The pecu-

liarities presented by it have given rise to very various interpretations,

often founded on deceptive analogies of form, and most of them in-

capable of demonstration. With the exception of some determina-

tions which are evident at the first glance, most of them are still in

the condition of simple hypotheses, or mere probabilities, or are

completely erroneous. In order to arrive at results such as science

can accept, we must (1) commence by referring the different parts of

the encephalon of Fishes to the divisions which embryogeny furnishes

for this brain as for those of other Vertebrata, and (2) ascertain with

precision the organs composing each of these divisions, and distin-

guish among these organs those which are fundamental and those

which belong to the development of higher types.

By proceeding in this manner, tracing the series of three ence-

phalic regions which correspond successively to the three primitive

cerebral vesicles of vertebrate animals (the epencephalic, mesen-

cephalic, and prosencephalic), and ascertaining that the epencephalon

is divided into two subregions, namely, that of the postcerebrum or

calamus and that of the cerebellum, and that the prosencephalon is

also divided, forming an anterior and an intermediate cerebrum, the

author found no difficulty in determining, at first in a general way,

but afterwards in detail, the cerebral organs which are developed in

each of these regions in Fishes.

For the postcerebrum, or region of the calamus, we have here two

pairs of small grey masses, superposed upon the roots of the fifth,

eighth, and ninth pairs of encephalic nerves. These little lobules,

commonly known as the posterior lobes or lobi vagi, correspond to

the streaks of grey matter which border the fourth ventricle in the

higher Vertebrata, and especially the posterior pyramids, forming

what are called the valves of Tarin.

The posterior brain, which usually forms a large single lobe sup-

ported by two lateral peduncles and emitting two anterior processes,

is a well-characterized cerebellum; and by contrasting with that of the

Batrachia and Reptiles, but more or less resembling that of Birds,

it constitutes one of the features of the cerebral type of Fishes.

The mesencephalon is concealed beneath the posterior part of the

prosencephalon. It is composed of tuberculiform masses seated on

a floor which covers a true aqueduct of Sylvius: it is here that the

processes of the cerebellum terminate; and we may easily recognize

the tubercula geminata in the hollow grey masses which cover this

small ventricular region.

The greatest difficulty of determination is presented by the pros-

encephalon, and especially by the posterior subregion or intermediate

cerebrum. This region, more complex than the others in all Verte-

brata, presents peculiar arrangements in Fishes; and to decipher it

we must recall the constitution of the intermediate cerebrum in the

higher Vertebrata. It is at once the peduncular region, the region

of the third ventricle, of the cerebral nucleus—or at least of the

fundamental portion of that nucleus, which is composed of the pedun-

cular fasciculi, the optic lobes, and the striated bodies.

In Fishes we readily detect this peduncular region, composed

Te Miscellaneous.

inferiorly of two large pyramidal fasciculi, superiorly of the continua-

tion of the other fasciculi of the medulla. Two pairs of lobes, one

inferior, one superior, are attached to it. The superior lobe is com-

posed of a semicircular nucleus, from which originate two superposed

layers, the fibres of which cross, and which give to the lobe a great

superficial development. The outer layer is the principal root of the

optic nerve. These can only be regarded as the optic lobes.

The inferior lobes are more problematical. The inferior pyramidal

cords are divided between these and the preceding lobes ; this was

already known. But the other medullary fibres, after traversing the

optic lobes, also penetrate the inferior lobes, instead of passing

directly, as has been supposed, to the anterior cerebrum. Another

newly ascertained fact is, that it is from the inferior lobes that the

medullary fasciculus originates which spreads in the anterior lobes of

the cerebrum in Fishes; so that the true serial position of the in-

ferior lobes is that of a continuation of the optic lobes, and preceding

the hemispheres. This position is occupied in the higher animals

by the corpora striata, with which the inferior lobes of Fishes may

therefore be identified. —Comptes Rendus, April 17, 1865, p. 768.

Description of a new Species of Rock-Kangaroo (Pterogale longi-

cauda) from New South Wales. By Grrarp Krerrt.

Hair remarkably soft and long (3 inches in length upon the back

and sides), dark grey at the base, tipped with pale yellow and

black, giving the fur a mottled appearance. Head and neck grey,

a lighter patch extending from the base of the ears to the nostrils.

Ears grey at the base, black at the tip ; sides slightly fringed with

yellow. Shoulders and fore legs dark grey, grizzled with white,

which colour extends to about the middle of the body. The hair of

the back and haunches is of much longer growth, silky to the

touch, of a mottled brownish-grey colour, and changing into rusty

yellow near the base of the tail. The tail at its root is sandy-coloured,

but soon changes into dark brown, the hair being very coarse and

long, forming into a broad brush at the end.

Inches

Length from tip of nose to root of tail.......... 294

Dail”, Seder re ees a St ake chats es clea sy ovcre ke Sate neurone 3 Oo

Facerto base Ot, Carts...) are ose trem oeecre ee fet

Arms and ands: 5.4: acc uacite chet dies «0 eaoeiee 6

Marsivand GCS: otc ses eM cele neue euos Ree *, ff

Barts teh fsa? ONE scans aches denies sae ee ee 21

Petrogale longicauda is easily distinguished from all other species by

its remarkably long and bushy tail, which is about a foot longer than

that of any other Rock-Wallaby. A single specimen of this inter-

esting animal has been procured by Mr. George Masters, Assistant

Curator of the Australian Museum, at Dabee Rylstone, 250 miles

N.W. of Sydney. Mr. Masters informs me that this Wallaby is

very quick and difficult to approach, and that, after watching for

two nights, only one specimen could be secured. The skull was

completely broken, so that no description could be given of it.—

Proc. Zool. Soc. March 28, 1865.

THRE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

) [THIRD SERIES. ]

No. 92. AUGUST 1865.

VIIL.—On the Homology of the Buccal Parts of the Mollusca.

By Dr. Orro A. L. Mércu, of Copenhagen.

[Plate VI.]

Tue oral organs have, throughout the animal kingdom, furnished

some of the most important systematic characters. Lianzeus first

based the system of Mammalia, and Fabricius that of Insects, upon

the structure of these parts. It was, however, not until 1847 that

Prof. Lovén* placed the natural classification of the Mollusca on

a scientific base, chiefly founding it on the dentition of the tongue

(radula). Another part of the oral organs, the mandibles, has

been much neglected. Most authors understand by this name

all hard bodies near the entrance of the mouth. I believe it is

necessary to distinguish two (or perhaps three) different kinds

of oral plates corresponding to the mandibles and maxillie of the

Arthropoda. The maxilla is a median, unequal-sized, corneous

plate attached to the bulbus pharyngeus over the oral aperture,

and serving to divide the food into morsels. It is found in all

Land Pulmonata (Phyllovora, Gray). According to its struc-

ture, I have distinguished the following groups :—Ozygnatha,

with a smooth maxilla; Auwlacognatha, with a closely suleated

maxilla, crenulated at the edge; Odontognatha, with a strongly

ribbed maxilla, forming projecting teeth on the edge; Gonio-

gnatha, with the maxilla composed of oblique plates (genus

Orthalicus)+. Among the Land Pulmonata, the maxille are

wanting in the Agnatha (Vermivora, Gray), which swallow their

prey entire and alive (genera Onciis, Testacella, Helicophanta,

Caffra, Daudebardia, Streptaxis, Urocoptis, Glandina). Among

the marine Mollusca, it is only found in A¥gzrus and, perhaps,

Siphonodentalium.

nF Ofversigt af Kgl. Vetenskaps Akademiens Forhandlingar, 1847.

+ Morch, Malacozoologische Blatter, 1859.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xvi. 6

74 Dr. Morch on the Homology of

The maxilla of the aquatic Pulmonata is provided with a lateral,

linear, moveable appendage on each side, the real homology of

which is not yet quite ascertained, nor even whether it is a part

of the maxilla or independent of it.

The maxilla is divided into two* in the case of the young Limax

before it leaves the egg. The two halves are afterwards united

by an intermediate piece, which, in a more advanced period of

growth, is indicated by a notch in the projecting middle tooth.

Ido not believe this circumstance shows that the maxilla is formed

by a union of the lateral mandibles.

A superior and inferior maxille are only found in the Cephalo-

poda, and perhaps in the larval state of some Pectinibranchiata ;

but it is not placed beyond doubt that the beak of the Cephalopod

is really homologous with the maxilla in the Pulmonata. The

maxilla of Succinea is not unlike the upper maxilla in the Ce-

phalopoda. Prof. Van Beneden’s figure of the “ machoire supé-

rieure et inférieure ” of Amphipeplea glutinosa (Kixercices Zooto-

miques, f. 6-9) looks very like the beak of a Cephalopod; but

it may be erroneous, because the radula is represented (f. 7) as

forming a part of the lower maxilla. A similar mistake was

committed by Moquin-Tandon, who represented in Neritina as

superior and inferior maxillee what, according to Claparéde, are

only the edges of a corneous membrane lining the oral cavity.

Messrs. Alder and Hancock have shown, in Acanthodoris

pilosa, a solitary inferior maxilla represented by a flat plate with

a split in front protruding from the mouth; but this part seems

to me more likely to belong to the lingual cartilages.

Perhaps the “anterior or lower lip, armed with teeth,” repre-

sented by Macdonald+} in Clio caudata is the edge of an inferior

maxilla.

The mandibule are two lateral concave plates, not unlike a

bivalve shell}, the free edge of which (masticatory edge § of

Bergh) is either tuberculated or denticulated. From the position

of the muscles and from the form of the pectinated edge in

Phyllodesmium, Ehrb. (Bergh, ‘Anatomie’), it appears that the

mandibles cannot be used for mastication, but are only adapted

for use as a pair of forceps to hold the food during the triturating

action of the radula. By the umbones of the mandibles (umbi-

licus, Midd., Bergh) the two halves are united with muscular

ligaments. This kind of lateral mandibles is found in the

Pleurognatha Gymnobranchiata (dolidie, Diphyllidie, &c). In

* Heynemann, Malacozoologische Blatter, 1861, p. 143. The same is

the ease with Vitrina in its young state.

t Trans. Royal Soc. Edinb. vol. xxiii. pt. 2. p. 188, t. 9. f. 3.

+ Described as such by Brown in Binghami radoi

{ Described as such by Brown in Binghamia paradowa.

§ Cutting edge (Alder and Hancock).

the Buccal Parts of the Mollusca. 75

Proctonotus mucroniferus Alder and Hancock have discovered a

“ corneous transverse arch or strap” uniting the two halves, and

reminding us of the middle maxilla in the Pulmonata. The

nature of the mandibles described by Troschel (Gebiss der

Schnecken, t. iii. f. 18) in Pnrewmodermon is, 11 my opinion, very

doubtful.

The cheek-plates*, or immoveable mandibles, are two lateral

plates, without cutting edges, composed of scaly or acicular +

particles, which seem only of use to protect the inside of the

mouth from injury by the spinous tongue. Sometimes the two

plates are united above by a ligament. This kind of mandible is

found in nearly all the Tnioglossata, as well in those provided

with a rostrum (Cyclostomus, Valvata, Rissoa, Jeffreysia, Crepi-

dula, Vermetus, Trichotropis, &c.) as in those with an haustellum

(Marsenia, Natica, Cyprea, Cassis, Triton, Strombus, &c.) : vide

Troschel, Gebiss derSchnecken. These plates are apparently want-

ing in all the Rhachiglossata (Murex, Fusus, Nassa, &c.). The

linear horny plates described in Buccinum undatum by Cuvier

(Anat. des Mollusq. figs. 11, 12) and by Valenciennes (Archives

du Muséum, t.v.p. —, t. 25. f. 6) are probably appendages of

the tongue, and used as a handle in perforating the shells on

which they prey.

The prehensile collar (Hancock) is a circular band composed

of conical, often forked, erectile spies. Sometimes it is entire,

as in Ancula cristata and Goniodoris nodosa; in others it is

divided into two lateral parts, not unlike cheek-shields, as in

Idaha pulchella and Acanthodoris pilosa.

Evertile cheek-cushions (“lames latérales,” Lacaze-Duthiers t),

two large evertile lateral sacs, covered with close-set lanceolate

plates, like pavement, in Pleurobranchus. They seem to be an

intermediate form between the prehensile collar and the evertile

arms of the Gymnosomata and Cephalopoda.

Cheek-hooks or cheek-crooks (harpage $); mandibles, Eschricht,

in Clione; “les csxecums de la bouche, avec un tube corné dans

Pintérieur ” (Van Beneden ||) ; “evertile tubes serving as pre-

hensile organs” (Troschel4]) (this author has not detected these

organs in Clione and Pneumodermon); “ lateral or cheek-pouches”

(Macdonald**, LEschricht++ first showed that these tentacle-

* *Mandible-like parts, indumentum epitheliz, the horn sheaths of

the inner lip” (Bergh).

+ In Thecosomata (Hyalea, &c.) they are composed of four or five

band-lhke plates (vide 'Troschel, Gebiss).

f Ann. des Se. nat. sér. 4. vol. xi. t. 7. f. 4.

§ [intentionally use this form of the word,

|| Exercices zootomiques. { Gebiss d. Schn.

** Loc. cit. and Linn. Trans. xxii. 1858, p. 248.

++ Anatomiske Undersogelser over Clione borealis, 1838.

Ac Te Dr. Morch on the Homology of

like organs, which are always provided with corneous hooks,

are evertile; but this has been established by Eydoux and

Souleyet* in the genera Pneumodermon and Cline.

The long arms of the decapod Cephalopods seem to me with-

out doubt the same organs as the cheek-hooks of Gymnosomata ;

they have the same latero-ventral position, and are retractile

within a cavity or pouch inside the short arms, which may be

considered as a single fissured veil, and perform the same func-

tion in the animal. Prof. Lovén considered the long arms of

Decapoda homologous with the tentacula (vibracula) of the Gas-

teropoda, and compared them specially with the rhinophores of

Doris. I do not believe that this homology is natural, because

the tentacula are always dorsal, and the “ long arms ” of Cephalo-

poda always /atero-ventral. It seems also very doubtful whether

an organ of prehension can be homologous with an organ of

smell. If the Cephalopoda have no tentacula at all, the “ crétes

auriculaires ” (D’Orb.) or “ paupiéres inférieures” (D’Orb.) of

the Myopsid Decapods may be considered as their homologue.

The triangular filaments over the eyes of Octopi are perhaps, too,

a form of tentacula. I believe they are provided with a nervous

ganglion at their base, like those of Doris.

The “organe en pioche,” in Conus, of Quoy and Gaimard is

a tubular sac, provided with arrow-like corneous hooks with a

hollow channel, which are considered venomous. I have had an

opportunity of confirming the exactness of the anatomy repre-

sented in the ‘ Voyage de l’Astrolabe.’ As these hooks are not

situated in the true oral tube, it is still very doubtful whether

they really can be considered to belong to the radula. I

suppose these arrow-like hooks are more allied to the cheek-

hooks of Gymnosomata. As the hooks turn their points in

opposite directions in the two arms of the pouch, it is probable

they are evertile each in a different direction, but how and through

what aperture is not yet discovered.

On the Palpi and Lips.

There are often in the Gasteropoda two different apertures in

the same animal, called mouths. The true mouth is the anterior

opening of the bulbus pharyngeus, frequently prolonged into an

haustellum. This opening is only provided with the hard plates

described above. The outer or false mouth is a simple slit in

the skin, containing the lips or palpi, but never any mandibles;

and it forms a passage for the protrusile haustellum, which, in

a retracted state, is concealed in a cavity behind this slit.

In the Acephala the palpi are represented by two pairs of

* Voyage de la Bonite; Mrs. Gray’s figures of Moll. t. 255. f. 3.

the Buccal Parts of the Mollusca, 77

foliaceous expansions, grooved (sulcated) inside, and destined to

conduct the particles of food to the mouth, and they may thus

be considered passive prehensile organs.

In the Calyptreeide the same organ is composed of a single

pair, which is represented in all drawings of these mollusks as

two intertentacular tubercles. In reality these tubercles are

flat inside, grooved as in the Acephala, and probably used as a

pair of forceps, as appears from their relative position in different

specimens. In Capulus the palpi form a long haustellum-like

tube, with a narrow slit on the upper side. In Dentalium and

Siphonodentalium they form a closed, flat tube.

In the Doride the palpi are situated near the outer oral aper-

ture, and are sometimes of a linear form, with a longitudinal

groove on the middle, sometimes foliaceous (Heaxabranchus) or

meeting together in a semicircle (Lamellidoris), or they become

the oral veil.

In Conus, Terebra, and perhaps Pleurotoma this veil is de-

veloped into a large infundibuliform sucking-cup, which dis-

appears when the haustellum is protruded. This veil was for a

long time regarded as the proboscis, until Dr. Gray* showed

its real nature. In Conus tulipa and C. striatus the edge is

divided into many digitations. (Voyage de l’Astrolabe; Mrs.

Gray’s figures, 1. t. 10. f.6, and 12. f. 2.)

In the gymnosome Pteropoda the oral veil is divided into

several conical ‘‘arms,” provided with numerous suckers, and

probably corresponding to the grooves in the labial palpi of

Acephala and Calyptreeide.

In the Cephalopoda these “arms” are still more developed,

and united by a membrane, which sometimes extends to the tips

(Cirroteuthis, Eschricht).

Under the name “ velum,” as employed by Lovén, very dif-

ferent organs are confounded. I believe three kinds may be

distinguished :—

1. The oral veil, formed by the palpi or lips, an organ

for prehension or locomotion (Cephalopoda, larva of Opistho-

branchia, e. g. Doris), or even partly available as a male organ

(hectocotyl of the Cephalopoda), as in the Spiders. The ‘‘ mem-

brane orale”’ of D’Orbigny, found in the decapod Cephalopoda,

seems to me a kind of suspensorium, lke the “ brids” of the

funnel.

2. The tentacular veil, situated further from the mouth. It is

placed, in Pleurobranchus, above the mouth, and formed by the

union of the anterior tentacula (vibracula in Aplysia). In

* “On the Head of the genus Conus,” Ann. Nat. Hist. Aug. 1853, p. 176.

78 Dr. Moreh on the Homology of

Clione its two halves can cover the arms entirely, like a hood

(see Eschricht’s ‘ Anatomie’), and resemble the “ crétes auricu-

laires ” and “ paupiéres inférieures ” of D’Orbigny, above men-

tioned.

3. The post-tentacular veil is only found in the larval state of

Rissoa, Lovén (Ofversigt, 1847), and in the genera Chiropteron

of Sars* and Macgillivrayia of Macdonald.

In analogy with the names of the foot given by Prof. Huxley,

these three kinds of velum may be called Prohistion, Mesohistion,

-and Metahistion.

That the short arms of Cephalopoda cannot be considered

the homologue of the foot, is evident from the circumstance that

the same kind of arms is found in the Pteropoda Gymnosomata

simultaneously with an undoubted foot. Prof. Lovén first

showed that the funnel must be the foot of Gasteropoda, and he

suggests that the interior valvula of most Decapods and of

Nautilus} corresponds to the solea pedis of Gasteropoda—a

proposition which, I believe, is correct. The funnel would thus

correspond to the epipodium in the Gymnosomata; its dorsal

wings, attached to the neck of nearly all Decapod Cephalopoda,

are provided with three cartilages which may be compared to

a tripartite operculum}, thus proving that the lobus operculi-

gerus of Lovén§ is a part of the epipodial line (Huxley), and not

of the true foot (solea).

Pedipes afra, as represented by Adanson (Hist. Nat. du Séné-

gal, tab. 1) and by Lowe (Zool. Journ. vol. v. pl. 18. f. 8, 9), is

the only example of a foot divided into the propodium, meso-

podium, and metapodium of Prof. Huxley.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Pneumodermon: intestinal channel, with the labial suckers, sali-

vary glands, stomach, rectum, and anus. The cheek-pouches

are united at their ends by a muscular band.

Fig.1b. The cesophagus opened, to show the entrance of the cheek-pouches,

with the prehensile hooks in the centre, on both sides of the

radula.

* Chiropteron semilunare, Sars (Beskrivelser og Jagttagelser 1835, t. 14.

f. 38), is probably the larva of Aporrhais.

+ R. Owen, ‘On the Pearly Nautilus,’ t. 3. f. 2 e.

{~ The middle cartilage is articulated to the inside of the front of the

shield or dorsal plate, and the two lateral cartilages to similarly excavated

plates in the inner margins of the mantle.

§ The dorsal part of the metapodium (Huxley, “‘ On the Morphology

of Cephalous Mollusca,”’ Phil. Trans. 1853, p. 29).

the Buccal Parts of the Mollusca. 79

Fig. 1c. Pneumodermon, with everted prehensile hooks (harpagz). (Figs.1,

14, and 1c from ‘ Voyage de la Bonite.’)

Fig. 1d. One of the sacs opened, to show the evertile hooks, with some

detached corneous spines. (From Van Beneden’s ‘ Exercices

zootomiques.’ )

Fig.2. Clione limacina, Phips.: the anterior part of the cesophagus.

The harpaga of the right cheek-pouch is everted; the left re-

tracted, and seen through an opening.

Fig. 2a. The harpaga, with from 24 to 32 corneous hooks. From Esch-

richt’s ‘ Undersdgelsé om Clione borealis.’

Fig. 3. Onychoteuthis, from the ventral side, with protruded arms. It is

doubtful whether the metacarpal suckers are really destined

to act against each other, as represented by Férussac and D’Or-

bigny.

Fig. 4. Conus tulipa: the oral veil expanded at the edge, and opened to

show the haustellum.

Fig. 4a. The oral veil in a contracted state.

Fig. 46. The intestinal channel and its glands, the two liver-lobes, and an

intermediate small so-called “ gland,” perhaps the true stomach.

Over the nervous ring is the ‘“ organe en pioche,” attached to

the cesophagus by muscular bands; but I have not been able, in

a specimen of C. consors, to discover any communication with the

interior of the cesophagus. It cannot, therefore, represent the

papillz of the tongue, which in Littorina and Patella are of enor-

mous length. At the insertion of the ‘ organe en pioche,” close

to the base, is the long vermiform canal ‘of the single ‘‘ glande

salivaire cucumiforme.” The walls of this cylindrical organ are

enormously thick and muscular; and it therefore seems to me

not to be a salivary gland, but a suctorial stomach, like that of

most haustellate imsects. A similar unequal sac, in the same

position, is found in the following Mollusca, all of which are

provided with an haustellum :—

Murex cichoreus, Voyage de l’Astrolabe, t. 36. f. 1, et Suppl.

t. 2. f. 1 d, troisieme glande salivaire.

Dolium olearium, ibid. t. 41. f. 4.

Voluta fusus, Q.& G. ibid. t.44.f.9h, “diverticulum ou cecum

cesophagien trés-considérable ;” and f. 10 and 11.

Ancillaria albisuleata, ibid. t. 49. f. 11 d, “diverticulum,

espéce de czecum.”’

The petiolate cheek-pouch im Lamellidoris, described by Mr.

Hancock, is perhaps, too, a kind of instrument destined to produce

a vacuum, like the suckers of Cephalopoda.

Fig. 4 c. The “ organe en pioche”’ opened, to show the arrows turning the

points in a different direction m each branch.

Fig.4d. Different forms of the arrows, hollow inside.

(Figs. 4-4 d from ‘ Voyage de l’Astrolabe,’ t. 44.)

Fig. 5. Pharynx of Pleurobranchus, showing the “lames latérales” ca

both sides of the tongue. a. The hard parts of the “lames

latérales,”’ strongly magnified. (From Lacaze-Duthier’s ‘ Anato-

mie du Pleurobranche orange,’ J. c.)

80 Mr. J. Blackwali on recently discovered Spiders

1X.—Descriptions of recently discovered Spiders collected in the

Cape de Verde Islands by John Gray, Esq. By Joun Brack-

WALL, F.L.S.

Tribe Octonoculina.

Family Lycosip#.

Genus Lycosa, Latr.

Lycosa helva.

Length of the female ths of an inch; length of the cephalo-

thorax 13, breadth --; breadth of the abdomen 1; length of

a posterior leg +; length of a leg of the third pair =7.

The eyes, which are unequal in size, are disposed in front and

on the sides of the anterior part of the cephalothorax ; four,

much smaller than the rest, form a transverse row immediately

above the frontal margin, the two lateral ones being rather

smaller than the intermediate ones of the same row; the other

four describe a trapezoid, the two anterior eyes, which are the

largest of the eight, forming its shortest side. The cephalo-

thorax is long, convex, clothed with short adpressed hairs, com-

pressed before, rounded in front and on the sides, which are

marked with furrows converging towards a narrow, dark-brown

indentation in the medial line of the posterior region ; it is of a

dull yellow colour, with a broad brown band, mingled with yel-

low, extending along each side, a short brown line directed

backwards from each eye of the posterior pair, and a small dark

brown streak on each angle of the frontal margin. The falces

are powerful, conical, vertical, convex in front, and armed with

teeth on the inner surface; and the lip is somewhat quadrate,

being rather broader at the base than at the apex. These organs

have a very dark-brown hue, the lip being the paler. The

maxille are straight and enlarged and rounded at the extremity;

the sternum is oval, glossy, and thinly clothed with whitish

hairs. The legs are robust, provided with hairs and sessile spines,

and the metatarsi and tarsi have hair-like papille distributed on

their inferior surface; the fourth pair is the longest, then the

first, and the third pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is terminated

by three claws; the two superior ones are curved and pectinated,

and the inferior one is merely rudimentary; the palpi have a

curved, pectinated claw at their extremity. These parts are of a

dull yellow colour. The abdomen is oviform, convex above, and

projects over the base of the cephalothorax; it is clothed with

short hairs, and is of a pale yellow-red colour; at the anterior

extremity of the upper part there is a brown angular mark,

having its vertex directed downwards; and an obscure band of

the same hue, which has a projecting point on each side, near

collected in the Cape de Verde Islands. 81

its middle, and whose posterior extremity is bifid, extends from

within the anterior angle along the middle; between the termi-

nation of this band and the spinners there are several faint,

brown, angular lines, whose vertices are directed forwards, and

numerous minute spots of a similar colour occur on the sides,

the extremity of the spinners being of a darker brown; the

sexual organs are minute, and have a red-brown hue.

Captured in the Island of St. Antonio.

Genus Hersriia, Savigny.

Hersilia versicolor.

Lengtb of the female (not including the spimners) -=%;ths of

an inch; length of the cephalothorax +z, breadth ~,; breadth

of the abdomen +5; length of a leg of the second pair +7; ;

length of a leg of the third pair J.

The cephalothorax is short, broad, slightly compressed and

elevated before, rounded in front and on the sides, moderately

convex, and has an indentation in the medial line ; it is of a

dull brownish-yellow colour, with a brownish-black angular

mark in the middle of its posterior half, whose vertex is directed

forwards, and some large spots of the same hue on the lateral

margins. The falces are conical, somewhat inclined towards the

sternum, provided with long hairs, and are of a dark-brown co-

lour, the extremity having a red-brown hue. The maxillze are

short, powerful, strongly inclined towards the lip, and obliquely

truncated at the extremity, which is pointed on the inner side ;

the lip is somewhat quadrate, being broader at the base than at

the extremity; the sternum is broad and reniform. These parts

have a dull yellowish-white hue. The legs are long, provided

with hairs, and of a dark-brown hue, with narrow whitish an-

nuli; the second pair is longer than the first, and the third pair

is the shortest ; the fourth pair was mutilated, but the femora

were entire, and exactly corresponded in length with those of the

second pair; the slender metatarsi and tarsi have each only one

joint, the latter being terminated by three claws ; the two supe-

rior ones are curved and pectinated, and the inferior one is in-

flected near its base. The palpi, which are long and resemble

the legs in colour, have a curved, pectinated claw at their extre-

mity. The eyes are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalo-

thorax in two transverse curved rows, having their convexity

directed forwards; they are situated high above the frontal

margin, the lateral eyes of the anterior row being very much

the smallest, and the two intermediate ones of the same row,

which are rather wider apart than those of the posterior row,

much the largest of the eight. The abdomen is rather broader

82 Mr. J. Blackwall on recently discovered Spiders

in the middle than at the extremities, convex above, and projects

over the base of the cephalothorax ; on the upper part and sides

it is densely clothed with coarse, adpressed, reddish, yellowish,

and whitish hairs intermixed, and has black and white bristles,

more or less erect, distributed over the surface of those parts; a

brownish-black band extends from the anterior extremity of the

upper part to its middle; this band, which is enlarged about its

middle, is bifid at its extremity, and from each diverging branch

a row of spots of the same hue passes to the spinners ; the sides

are marked with oblique brownish-black streaks, and the under

part, which is downy, has a very pale dull yellowish hue; the

sexual organs are highly developed, prominent, and of a red-

brown colour; the superior spinners are long, triarticulate, and

have the spinning-tubes disposed on the inferior surface of the

elongated terminal joint, which tapers to a point; this joint has

a brownish-black hue on the upper and exterior surfaces of its

base, the colour of the other parts of these spinners and of the

intermediate and inferior pairs being pale dull yellow.

Captured in the Island of St. Jago.

Family Saiticrp”.

Genus Saurticus, Latr.

Salticus simplex.

Length of the male ;3,ths of an inch; length of the cephalo-

thorax 5!;, breadth +; breadth of the abdomen +,; length of

a posterior leg 3; ; length of a leg of the second pair 4.

The legs are robust, especially those of the anterior pair, and

are provided with hairs and a few spines; the fourth pair is

rather the longest, then the third, and the second pair is the

shortest ; they are of a reddish-brown colour, the femora being

the darkest, and the tarsi much the palest ; each tarsus is termi-

nated by two curved claws, below which there is a small scopula.

The palpi are short, and have a dark-brown hue; the radial

jot projects a pointed apophysis from its extremity, on the

outer side ; the digital jot is oval, convex, and hairy externally,

compact at the extremity, concave underneath, at the base,

comprising the palpal organs, which are well developed, not

very complex in structure, and of a red-brown colour. The

minute intermediate eye of each lateral row is nearer to the an-

terior than to the posterior eye of the same row. The cephalo-

thorax is somewhat quadrilateral, sloping abruptly at the base,

and very gradually to the front, which projects a little beyond

the base of the falces ; it is of a dark-brown colour, and is clothed

with reddish-brown hairs; a broad patch of yellowish-white or

pale yellow hairs is situated below the lateral eyes; a spot im-

collected in the Cape de Verde Islands, 83

mediately behind each posterior eye, and a short streak on the

upper part of the posterior slope, are composed of yellowish-

white hairs; and a narrow longitudinal band of white hairs

occurs above each lateral margin. The falces are conical and

vertical ; the maxille are straight, and enlarged and rounded at

the extremity; and the lip and sternum are oval. These parts

are of a dark-brown colour; the sternum, which is the darkest,

is supplied with some long white hairs, and the extremity of

the falces, maxillee, and lip is tinged with red. The abdomen is

oviform, pointed at the spmners (which are prominent), convex

above, and projects a little over the base of the cephalothorax ;

it is of a very dark-brown colour, and is well clothed with hairs,

those in the medial line of the upper part forming a broad, dull

yellowish-brown band that tapers to the spmners ; a spot in the

middle of the anterior extremity, and three spots disposed in a

row on the upper part of each side, of which the anterior one is

the largest, are composed of white hairs; and the under part is

abundantly supplied with hoary hairs.

Captured in the Island of St. Nicholas.

Salticus lepidus.

Length of the male =3,ths of an inch; length of the cephalo-

thorax +, breadth ;4;; breadth of the abdomen +;; length of a

posterior leg +; length of a leg of the second pair 2.

The minute intermediate eye of each lateral row is nearly

equidistant from those constituting its extremities. The cephalo-

thorax is large, glossy, somewhat quadrilateral, sloping abruptly

at the base, and very gradually to the front, which projects a

little beyond the base of the falces; it is of a brownish-black

colour, the cephalic region and narrow lateral margins being the

darkest ; the middle of the posterior half is tinged with red,

and there is a spot composed of white hairs nearly intermediate

between the posterior pair of eyes; the front and a broad longi-

tudinal band extending above each lateral margin are densely

clothed with white hairs. The falees are short, conical, and

vertical; the maxilla are straight, and enlarged and rounded at

the extremity, and the lip is oval. These parts are of a dark-

brown colour, the extremity of the maxillz and the apex of the

lip having a dull-yellow hue ; the sternum is oval and of a pale

dull-yellowish colour. The legs are robust and provided with

hairs and a few sessile spines; the fourth pair is the longest,

then the first, and the second pair is the shortest ; they are of a

dull-yellow colour, with a dark-brown spot at the extremity of

the joints, the tarsi having a slight tinge of red; the anterior

pair, which are the darkest, have a broad brownish-black band

extending along the anterior surface of the femora, genua, and

84. Mr. J. Blackwall on recently discovered Spiders

tibie, and the metatarsi are of the same hue; each tarsus is

terminated by two curved claws, below which there is a small

scopula. The palpi are short, and of a pale yellow colour, the

axillary joint, the base of the humeral joint, and the outer sur-

face of the radial jot having a brown-black hue; the radial

joint projects a curved, finely pointed, black apophysis from its

extremity on the outer side, which is directed obliquely forward

and outward; the digital joint is oval, convex, and hairy exter-

nally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are

moderately developed, with a black filiform spme curved from

the outer side round the base and inner side, and have a pale

brownish-red hue. The abdomen is oviform, pointed at the

spinners (which are prominent), convex above, and projects a

little over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is densely covered

with adpressed hairs, and has a broad yellow-brown band in the

medial line, which tapers to the spinners; on each side of this

band there is a longitudinal band composed of white hairs, which

overlie and almost conceal a black band whose outline is some-

what irregular near its posterior extremity, on the inner side; a

narrower black band passes along the lower part of each side,

and the space between these black bands has a yellow-brown

hue; the under part is of a pale dull-yellowish colour, with a

large oval soot-coloured spot in the middle, and the spinners

have a dark-brown hue.

Captured in the Island of St. Nicholas.

Salticus sedulus.

Length of an immature male }th an inch; length of the ce-

phalothorax +1;, breadth +1, ; breadth of the abdomen ';; length

of a posterior leg .;; length of a leg of the second pair 5.

The cephalothorax is glossy and somewhat quadrilateral

: | SLORY: as

sloping abruptly at the base, and gradually to the front, which

projects a little beyond the base of the falces ; it is of a yellowish-

brown colour, the cephalic region, the narrow lateral margins,

and a fine parallel line situated immediately above them having

a black hue; there is a broad, longitudinal, brown band on each

side of the medial line, and the frontal margin is densely clothed

with long white hairs, which extend to the sides, The falces

are short, conical, and vertical; the maxille are straight, and

enlarged and rounded at the extremity; and the lip and ster-

num are oval. These parts have a yellowish-brown hue, the

falces, maxillee, and lip being the darkest at the base; and the

, lie I S )

sternum, which is the palest, has brownish-black lateral margins.

The legs are robust, provided with hairs and sessile spines, two

5 ae ] : : E y

parallel rows of the latter occurring on the inferior surface of

the tibize and metatarsi of the first and second pairs ; the fourth

collected in the Cape de Verde Islands. 85

pair is the longest, then the third, and the second pair is the

shortest ; they are of a brownish-yellow hue, with some brownish-

black spots and streaks, a longish one of the latter occurring on

the anterior surface of the femora, with the exception of those

of the fourth pair; each tarsus is terminated by two curved

claws, below which there is a small scopula. The palpi are

short, and paler than the legs ; the digital jomts of the specimen

described were very tumid, indicating that it had to undergo its

final ecdysis before it arrived at maturity. The minute inter-

mediate eye of each lateral row is rather nearer to the posterior

than to the anterior eye of the same row. The abdomen is ovi-

form, pointed at the spimners (which are prominent), convex

above, and projects a little over the base of the cephalothorax ;

it is of a yellowish-white colour, with a broad, dark-brown

band, somewhat irregular in outline, extending from the anterior

extremity of the upper part along each side of the medial line

to the spinners; and, parallel to these bands, a narrower one of

the same hue passes along each side ; the spinners are of a dark-

brown colour, and an obscure soot-coloured spot occurs at their

base, on the under part. .

Captured in the Island of St. Nicholas.

Family THomisip&.

Genus Tuomisus, Walck.

Thomisus piger.

Length of an immature female ~,ths of an inch; length of

the cephalothorax ;1;, breadth ;4;; breadth of the abdomen +; ;

length of a leg of the second pair +; length of a leg of the third

pair }.

The eyes are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalo-

thorax in two transverse curved rows, forming a crescent whose

convexity is directed forwards; the eyes of each lateral pair,

which are larger than the intermediate ones, are seated on a

conspicuous tubercle, the anterior ones being the largest of the

eight. The cephalothorax is convex, slightly compressed before,

truncated in front, with a few bristles directed forwards from its

anterior margin, rounded on the sides, and abruptly depressed

at the base; the falces are subconical, vertical, and provided

with a few bristles near the base in front; the maxille are

obliquely truncated at the extremity, on the outer side, and in-

clined towards the lip, which is triangular; the sternum is

heart-shaped ; the legs are very unequal in length, and are pro-

vided with hairs and spines, two parallel rows of the latter oc-

curring on the inferior surface of the tibize and metatarsi of the

second pair, which is much longer and more robust than the

86 Mr. J. Blackwall on recently discovered Spiders

third and fourth pairs, the third pair being the shortest; the

legs of the first pair were missing, but, judging from the coxe,

they probably did not differ materially 1 in dimensions from those

of the first pair; each tarsus is terminated by two curved claws

having one or two minute teeth at their base; the palpi are

short, and have a small curved claw at their extremity. These

parts are of a pale dull-yellow colour; numerous very minute,

slightly raised, dark- brown spots occur on the cephalothorax ; a

pale brown band passes from each lateral pair of eyes towards

its base, and the tubercles on which those eyes are seated have

a soiled white hue. The abdomen is sparingly clothed with

short hairs, convex above, broader towards the posterior than at

the anterior extremity, which has the ¢ appearance of having been

cut in a direct line across, and projects over the base of the

cephalothorax ; it is of a pale dull yellowish colour, obscurely

freckled with dull white; on each side of the upper part there

is a curved series of small soot-coloured spots, which are most

conspicuous in the posterior region; the two series converge

towards their extremities, and deseribe a large oblong oval ;

soot-coloured band passes along the .upper part of each oH

nearly to the spinners, its posterior extremity bemg broken into

irregular spots.

Captured in the Island of St. Antonio.

Family Drassip&.

Genus Drassus, Walck.

Drassus n igromacu latus.

Length of the female (not including the ene)

inch ; length of the cephalothorax =3;, breadth 3; ; ‘breadth of

the abdomen + E length of a posterior leg +; length of a leg of

the third pair =.

The cephalothorax is compressed before, truncated in front,

rounded on the sides, which are somewhat depressed, abruptly

sloped at the base, and has a slight narrow indentation in the

medial line of the posterior region ; it is of a pale reddish-brown

colour, is clothed with yellowish-grey hairs, which are densest

on the sides, and has some long black ones, more or less erect,

distributed over its surface ; three black spots form a row on

each side, the anterior one being the largest and most irregular

in form ; it has a large triangular brown-black mark at its base,

and the narrow later al mar eins are of the same hue. The eyes

are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalothorax in two

transverse, slightly curved rows; the convexity of the anterior

row is directed upwards, and the two intermediate eyes are the

collected in the Cape de Verde Islands. 87

largest and darkest of the eight ; the convexity of the posterior

row is directed forwards, and the two intermediate eyes are

rather nearer to each other than they are to the lateral eyes of

the same row; the lateral eyes of both rows are separated by a

wide interval. The falces are powerful, conical, convex at the

base, and vertical ; the maxille are convex at the base, hollowed

on the inner side, and strongly curved towards the lip, which is

longer than broad and rounded at the apex. These parts are of

a dark-brown colour tinged with red, the falces being the darkest,

and the extremity of the maxille having a yellowish-white hue.

The sternum is short, oval, hairy, and of a yellowish-brown

colour. The legs are robust, provided with hairs and spines,

the latter bemg most numerous on the tibie and metatarsi of

the third and fourth pairs; they are of a yellow-brown colour,

marked with a few obscure soot-coloured spots, the metatarsi

and tarsi, which are the darkest, being tinged with red; the

fourth pair is the longest, then the first, and the third pair is

the shortest; the tarsi are supplied with hair-like papille on

their inferior surface, and are terminated by two curved, pecti-

nated claws. The palpi are short, and resemble the legs in co-

lour; and the digital joint, which is provided with strong spines,

has a curved, pectinated claw at its extremity. The abdomen is

oviform, densely clothed with hairs, convex above, and projects

a little over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is of a dull yellowish-

grey colour, with a broad band of black hairs curved round its

anterior extremity, and extended along each side in an irregular

line more or less interrupted; from the middle of the curved

band an obscure, longitudinal, brown band extends, which tapers

to its posterior extremity; and on each side of it there is a

series of irregular black spots that become confluent as they

approach the spinners, which are cylindrical, prominent, and of

a pale red-brown colour, with a black line on the sides and under

part of their base; the sexual organs are moderately developed,

and have a red-brown hue, that of the branchial opercula being

yellowish brown.

The male is smaller than the female, but it resembles her in

colour. ‘The radial joint of its palpi is rather smaller than the

cubital joint, and projects a straight, pointed, dark-brown apo-

physis from its extremity on the outer side; the digital joint is

oval, convex, and hairy externally, concave within, comprising °

the palpal organs, which are moderately developed, rather pro-

minent, with a slender, curved spine on the outer side, and two

processes at their extremity, the inner one of which is much

the smaller; their colour is red-brown.

One male and four females of this species were taken in the

Island of St. Jago, and three females in the Island of Fogo. It

88 Mr. J. Blackwall on recently discovered Spiders

belongs to Walckenaer’s family Lithophile and first race Luci-

fuge of the genus Drassus.

Drassus assimilatus.

Length of the male (not including the spinners) +}ths of an

inch; length of the cephalothorax ,';, breadth +; breadth of

the abdomen +; length of an anterior leg 3; length of a leg of

the third pair +.

The legs are long, provided with hairs and sessile spines, and

of a dull yellowish-white colour, the metatarsi and tarsi, which

are strongly tinged with brown, having numerous hair-like pa-

pill on their inferior surface ; the first pair is the longest, then

the fourth, and the third pair is the shortest; each tarsus is

terminated by two curved pectinated claws. The palpi resemble

the legs in colour, and the radial, which is much longer than

the cubital joint, has no apophysis at its extremity; the digital

joint is of a narrow oblong-oval form; it is convex and hairy

externally, compact and somewhat pointed at the extremity, and

has a shallow concavity near its base, on the under side, com-

prising the palpal organs, which are small, little complicated in

structure, with a fine, curved, black spine towards the inner

side, and a shorter one at their extremity ; these organs have a

pale red-brown hue. The eyes, which are seated on black spots,

are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalothorax in two

transverse, slightly curved, parallel rows; the posterior row is

the longer, and the two intermediate eyes, which are somewhat

oval, and nearer to each other than they are to the lateral eyes

of the same row, describe with the intermediate eyes of the an-

terior row, which is situated immediately above the frontal mar-

gin, an oblong-quadrangular figure; each lateral eye of the

posterior row is seated on a minute tubercle, and the inter-

mediate eyes of the anterior row are the largest and darkest-

coloured of the eight. The cephalothorax is large, compressed

before, truncated in front, rounded on the sides, thinly clothed

with hairs, convex, glossy, with a narrow indentation in the

medial line of the posterior region; it is of a yellow-brown co-

lour, the anterior part, which is the darkest, being faintly tinged

with red, and the narrow lateral margins have a brown hue.

The falees are subconical, rather prominent, and armed with a

few teeth on the inner surface; the maxillee are convex at the

base, enlarged at the extremity, which is obliquely truncated on

the inner side, and slightly curved towards the lip, which is

long, and truncated and hollowed at the apex. These parts are

of a dark-brown colour, the maxille and lip, which are the palest,

being tinged with yellow at the extremity. The sternum is

oval, glossy, of a pale dull yellowish colour, and is supplied with

collected in the Cape de Verde Islands. 89

long hairs, which are densest on the narrow dark-brown lateral

margins. The abdomen has an oblong subcylindrical figure,

tapering a little to the spinners; it is slightly convex above,

projects but little over the base of the cephalothorax, and is

clothed with hairs; the upper part is of a brown colour, obscurely

intermixed with yellowish white, and has some long black hairs

at its anterior extremity ; the under part and the spinners, which

are cylindrical and prominent, have a yellowish-white hue, the

latter bemg tinged with brown.

This spider, which was captured in the Island of St. Antonio,

is very closely allied to Drassus lapidicolens, but differs from it

not only in colour, but also in the relative length of its legs and

in the structure of its palpi and falces.

Family Crn1rLonIp&.

Genus Orituyra, Blackw.

Orithyia luteola.

Length of the female 1th of an inch; length of the cephalo-

thorax ;!;, breadth ~;; breadth of the abdomen ;1;; length of

an anterior leg =3,; length of a leg of the third pair ~;.

The eyes, which are unequal in size and seated on brown

spots, are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalothorax in

two transverse curved rows, whose convexity is directed forwards;

the anterior row, which is the less curved, is situated immediately

above the frontal margin, and the two intermediate eyes are

seated on a protuberance; the lateral eyes of both rows are

placed on minute tubercles, and are wide apart, those of the

anterior row being the smallest of the eight. The cephalothorax

is short, broad, convex, somewhat oval, with two furrows on

each side converging towards a shallow indentation in the medial

line of the posterior region ; it is clothed with coarse, pale-yel-

lowish hairs, and is of a yellowish-brown colour; a dark-brown

band passes from the eyes to its base, and a broad one of the

same hue extends along each side. The falces are short, strong,

subconical, and vertical; the maxillz are nearly straight, power-

ful, and greatly enlarged at the extremity, which is obliquely

truncated and protuberant on the inner surface; the lip is tri-

angular; and the sternum is oblong heart-shaped, hairy, and

has eminences on the sides, opposite to the legs. These parts

have a dull brownish-yellow hue. The legs are very unequal in

length, the first pair being much the longest and most robust ;

the fourth pair surpasses the second, and the third pair is the

shortest ; they are provided with hairs, and the metatarsus of

each posterior leg has a calamistrum situated in a curve at its

superior surface; the femora, genua, and tibie of the anterior

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xvi. 7

90 Mr. J. Blackwall on recently discovered Spiders

legs are of a brownish-black hue, the inferior surface being

much the palest; a pale yellowish annulus occurs on the first,

and is situated nearer to its extremity than to its base, which is

the darkest-coloured ; the metatarsi and tarsi are disproportion-

ally slender, and have a brownish-yellow hue ; the second, third,

and fourth pairs of legs are of a pale brownish-yellow colour,

marked with brownish-black annuli. The palpi are short, hairy,

and of a pale brownish-yellow colour, the extremity of the hu-

meral joint, the cubital joint, and the base of the radial joint

having a brown-black hue. The abdomen is oviform, pointed at

the spinners, convex above, with a conical protuberance on each

side of the upper part, near its anterior extremity, and projects

over the base of the cephalothorax; the upper part is of a pale

yellowish colour, a fine black line, which is rather the broadest

near its anterior extremity, extending along the middle; a space

above the spinners, the sides, and under part are strongly tinged

with brown, a spot of a darker hue occurring on each side of the

latter nearly midway between the branchial opercula and the

spinners ; the sexual organs are moderately developed, and have

a brownish-yellow process directed backwards from their anterior

margin: the spinners are eight in number; those constituting

the inferior pair, which are the shortest, consist of a single joint

each, and are united throughout their entire length.

Two adult females of this species were taken in the Island of

St. Nicholas.

Orithyia gnava.

Length of the female 4th of an inch; length of the cephalo-

thorax -!;, breadth 25; breadth of the abdomen +4;; length of

an anterior leg =4-; length of a leg of the third pair 1.

In the relative size and disposition of its eyes, also in the

relative length and proportions of its legs, and in its general

structure, this species is similar to Orithyia luteola. The ce-

phalothorax has a black hue, a short longitudinal streak in the

middle, and a triangular mark at the base, whose vertex is di-

rected forwards, being of a yellowish-white colour. The falces,

maxille, and lip have a pale brownish-yellow hue, the base of

the lip and maxillee, the extremity of the falces, and the sternum

being of a dark-brown colour. The femora, genua, and tibiz

of the anterior legs have a black hue, and that of the slender

metatarsi and tarsi is brownish yellow; the colour of the second,

third, and fourth pairs of legs is brownish black, with a few pale

brownish-yellow annuli. The palpi are of a pale brownish-yellow

colour, the extremity of the humeral joint, the cubital and radial

joints, and the extremity of the digital joint having a brownish-

black tint. The abdomen is soot-coloured, mingled with white,

the sides being the darkest and the under part the lightest-

collected in the Cape de Verde Islands. 91

coloured ; the anterior extremity, contiguous to the cephalothorax,

has a white hue, and comprises a vertical black bar, which is

enlarged at its lower extremity, and is crossed at its upper

extremity by a shorter one of the same hue.

The collection contained two females; but the abdomen of

each was so corrugated that it was not possible to define with

accuracy the design formed by the distribution of its colours ;

the characters given above, however, are sufficient to distinguish

this spider from other known species of the genus. Both speci-

mens were captured in the Island of St. Nicholas.

Family THERrp11p#.

Genus TuEripion, Walck.

Theridion fallax.

Length of the female trd of an inch; length of the cephalo-

thorax +, breadth +; breadth of the abdomen +; length of an

anterior leg 2; length of a leg of the third pair -3,.

The cephalothorax is convex, nearly oval, slightly compressed

before, rounded on the sides, which are marked with furrows

converging towards a large indentation in the medial line, and

is thinly clothed with short, whitish hairs ; the falees are conical

and vertical; the maxille are obliquely truncated at the extre-

mity, on the outer side, and are inclined towards the lip, which

is semicircular ; and the sternum is heart-shaped. These parts

have a very dark-brown hue; the extremity of the falces is

tinged with red, particularly on the inner side, and the extremity

of the maxille, the apex of the lip, and a spot on the sternum

opposite to the base of the lip have a yellowish-brown tint.

The eyes are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalothorax

in two transverse, nearly straight, parallel rows; the four in-

termediate ones form a square, the two anterior ones, which

are seated on a protuberance, being the largest and darkest-

coloured of the eight; the eyes of each lateral pair are placed

on small tubercles, and are separated by a considerable interval,

The legs are long, robust, and provided with hairs, the meta-

tarsi and tarsi being disproportionally slender; they are of a

yellowish-brown colour, the metatarsi and tarsi, which are much

the palest, having a slight tinge of red; and the extremity of

the femora and tibize, and the genua, have a brownish-black hue;

the first pair is the longest, then the fourth, and the third pair

is the shortest; each tarsus is terminated by three claws; the

two superior ones are curved and pectinated, and the inferior

one 1s inflected near its base. The palpi are short, and have a

curved, pectinated claw at their extremity; they resemble the

legs in colour, but are without any brownish-black marks. The

Vie

92 Mv. J. Blackwall on recently discovered Spiders

abdomen is short, broad, oviform, thinly clothed with hairs,

very convex above, and projects ereatly over the base of the

cephalothorax ; it is of a dark-brown colour above, minutely

spotted with white ; in the medial line of the anterior part there

are a few irregular white lines encompassing small dark-brown

spaces; several rather obscure, slightly curved, whitish, trans-

verse lines occur above the spinners, and at the base of those

organs, on each side, there are two minute spots of the same

hue; the sides are of a pale dull yellowish-white colour, re-

ticulated with brown, and are marked with long, oblique,

whitish bands curved downwards and narrowly bordered

with brownish black; these bands, which taper to their lower

extremity, comprise in their broader part a dark-brown space,

and their superior extremity, which is abruptly contracted, is

curved upwards; the under part is paler than the sides, and

has a large white mark in the middle, reticulated with pale and

bordered with dark brown ; the anterior part of this mark is the

broadest, and comprises an oblong-oval, brownish-black spot on

each side of the medial line; and the middle of its posterior

extremity is produced in the form of a small semicircle; the

branchial opercula have a brown hue, and that of the sexual

organs, which are well developed and rather prominent, is dark

red-brown.

One female of this species, which is nearly allied to the spiders

of the genus Latrodectus by the disposition of its eyes, was taken

in the Island of St. Antonio. In consequence of its abdomen

being much disfigured, it was not possible to describe with per-

fect accuracy the desi ign formed upon it by the distribution of

its colours; however, from the characteristics given above, there

can be no difficulty in identifying it.

Theridion quinquenotatum.

mength of the female ths of an inch; length of the cephalo-

thorax -!,, breadth ’,; breadth of the abdomen ts 3 length of

a posterior leg 4+; length of a leg of the third pair +!

The eyes are disposed on the anterior part of the BA

in two transverse rows; the four intermediate ones describe a

square, the two anterior ones, which are rather the smallest and

darkest-coloured of the eight, being seated on a slight protuber-

ance; the eyes of each lateral pair are placed obliquely on a

tubercle, and are contiguous. The cephalothorax is oval, convex,

glossy, with an indentation in the medial line of the posterior

region, and slopes gradually from the anterior extremity to the

base; the falces are conical, vertical, and armed with a few teeth

at the extremity on the inner surface ; the maxille are obliquely

truncated at the extremity, on the outer side, and strongly in-

collected in the Cape de Verde Islands. 93

clined towards the lip, which is semicircular; and the sternum

is heart-shaped. These parts have a red-brown hue, the lateral

margins of the cephalothorax and sternum and the base of the

lip being soot-coloured. The legs are slender, provided with

hairs, and of a red-brown hue, with the exception of the femora,

which are black, and the extremity of the tibize of the first and

fourth pairs, which are soot-coloured; the fourth pair is the

longest, then the first, and the third pair is the shortest ; each

tarsus is terminated by three claws; the two superior ones are

curved and pectinated, and the inferior one is inflected near its

base. The palpi resemble the legs in colour, and have a curved

pectinated claw at their extremity. The abdomen is oviform,

thinly clothed with hairs, convex above, projecting over the base

of the cephalothorax, and is of a brownish-black hue ; an oblique

white spot is situated on each side of its anterior extremity,

another near the middle of the upper part of each side, and an

oblong one immediately above the spinners, in the medial line ;

the branchial opercula have a brownish-yellow hue, and that of

the sexual organs, which are moderately developed, is dark red-

brown.

Two females of this species were taken in the Island of

St. Antonio.

Theridion sagax.

Length of an immature male 2ths of an inch; length of the

cephalothorax ~3;, breadth 1; breadth of the abdomen +; length

of an anterior leg 3; length of a leg of the third pair 44.

The cephalothorax is convex, glossy, and nearly oval, being

slightly compressed before, and rounded on the sides, which are

marked with furrows converging towards an indentation in the

medial line; the falces are short, conical, and vertical; the

maxille are obliquely truncated at the extremity, on the outer

side, and inclined towards the lip, which is semicircular; the

sternum is heart-shaped; the legs are long, and provided with

hairs ; the first pair is the longest, then the fourth, and the third

pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is terminated by three claws ;

the two superior ones are curved and pectinated, and the inferior

one is inflected near its base; the palpi are short; the radial is

larger than the cubital joint, and the tumid digital joint is some-

what oviform; but, as the palpal organs were not developed, it

is evident that the spider was immature. These parts are of a

yellowish-brown colour, the base of the lip and an oblique trans-

verse bar near the extremity of the maxille having a red-brown

hue. The eyes are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalo-

thorax in two transverse rows; the four intermediate ones form

a square, the two anterior ones, which are seated on a protu-

berance, being rather the smallest and darkest-coloured of the

94 Mr. J. Blackwall on recently discovered Spiders

eight; the eyes of each lateral pair are placed obliquely on a

tubercle, and are contiguous. The abdomen is large, glossy,

sparingly clothed with hairs, somewhat oviform, convex above,

and projects greatly over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is of

a black hue, and has a curved yellowish-white band at its ante-

rior part, contiguous to the cephalothorax, which passes nearly

to the middle of the upper part of each side, and whose enlarged

extremities are directed upwards; there is a triangular point in

the middle of the interior of this curve; and a series of triangular

yellowish-white spots, comprising a brown longitudinal streak,

and diminishing in size as they approach the spimners, extends

along the middle; a few obscure slightly curved lines of the

same hue occur above the coccyx, and on each side, near the

enlarged extremity of the anterior curved band, there is an ob-

long yellowish-white spot ; the colour of the under part is yel-

lowish white, irregularly marked with dark brown, and a brown

quadrangular space in the middle has a yellowish-white border.

Captured in the Island of St. Antonio.

Family Epririp2.

Genus Errira, Walck.

Epetra mesta.

Length of the male tth of an inch; length of the cephalo-

thorax =!,, breadth ,; breadth of the abdomen ~;; length of

an anterior leg +; length of a leg of the third pair +>.

The legs are slender, provided with hairs, and have a brown-

black hue, with yellowish-brown annuli on the tibize, metatarsi,

and tarsi; the first pair is the longest, then the second, and the

third pair is the shortest; each tarsus is terminated by claws of

the usual number and structure. The palpi are short, and of a

brown colour, the digital joint being much the darkest; the

radial joint is stronger than the cubital, and has a few long, fine,

curved hairs at its extremity, in front; the digital joint is of an

oblong-oval form, with a process at its base curved outwards ;

it is convex and hairy externally, concave within, and the palpal

organs connected with it are highly developed, prominent, com-

plex in structure, with a fine prominent spine near the base, a

curved one on the under side, and a short bifid one near their

extremity; these organs have a yellow-brown hue; and the

convex sides of the digital joints are directed towards each other.

The cephalothorax is oval, convex, glossy, with a large indenta-

tion in the medial line of the posterior region; it is sparingly

supplied with short white hairs, and is of a brown-black colour,

the anterior margin being the brownest. The eyes are disposed.

on the anterior part of the cephalothorax in two transverse rows

collected in the Cape de Verde Islands. 95

at a moderate elevation above the frontal margin; the four in-

termediate ones nearly form a square, the two anterior ones,

which are placed on a protuberance, and are wider apart than

the two posterior ones, being the largest of the eight ; the eyes

of each lateral pair are the smallest, and are seated obliquely on

a minute tubercle near to each other, but are not in contact.

The falees are conical, and inclined towards the sternum, which

is heart-shaped, with small eminences on the sides, opposite to

the legs; the maxillz are short, powerful, and greatly enlarged

at the extremity, which is produced on the inner side; the lip

is semicircular, and prominent at the apex. These parts have a

black hue tinged with brown, the sternum being the darkest,

and the extremity of the maxillee and apex of the lip the palest.

The abdomen is somewhat oviform, with a small conical protu-

berance on each side of its posterior extremity, which extends

considerably beyond the spinners ; it is moderately convex above,

projects over the base of the cephalothorax, and has a black hue;

a small spot composed of short white hairs occurs at the extre-

mity of each conical protuberance, and a third at the base of the

coccyx.

Captured in the Island of St. Nicholas.

Epeira blanda.

Length of the male {th of an inch; length of the cephalo-

thorax =1,, breadth +4;; breadth of the abdomen ;; length of

an anterior leg 2; length of a leg of the third pair 53,.

The cephalothorax is compressed before, rounded on the sides,

somewhat pointed in front, convex, glossy, and has a large in-

dentation in the medial line of the posterior region; it is of a

brown colour, with a tinge of yellow in the middle and in the

region of the eyes, and the narrow lateral margins are soot-

coloured. ‘The eyes are disposed on the anterior part of the

cephalothorax in two transverse rows; the four intermediate

ones nearly form a square, the two anterior ones, which are the

largest and darkest-coloured of*the eight, and are rather wider

apart than those of the posterior row, being situated imme-

diately above the frontal margin; the- eyes of each lateral pair

are seated obliquely on a minute tubercle, and are near to each

other, but not in contact, the posterior ones being the smallest.

The falces are subconical, slightly divergent at the extremity,

and inclined towards the sternum; they are of a brown colour,

the inner surface and extremity having a pale-yellow hue. The

maxillee are short, straight, powerful, and enlarged and rounded

at the extremity; the lip is semicircular, but somewhat pointed

at the apex; and the sternum is heart-shaped. These parts are

of a yellow-white colour, the base of the maxille and lip and the

96 My. J. Blackwall on recently discovered Spiders

margins of the sternum having a dark-brown hue. The legs

are long, and provided with hairs and spines, the tibial joint of

the second pair having numerous short, black, pointed spines on

its anterior surface; the colour of the femora is pale yellow at

the base and dark brown at the extremity, the dark-brown hue

being most extensive on the anterior pair, and merely forming

an annulus on the third pair; the other joints of these limbs

have a brownish-yellow hue, and are marked with dark-brown

annuli; the first pair is the longest, then the second, and the

third pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is terminated by claws of

the usual number and structure. The palpi are short, and of a

pale-yellow colour, with the exception of the digital joint, which

has a brown hue; the cubital joint projects two long curved

hairs from its anterior extremity, in front; the radial is larger

than the cubital joint, prominent on its external and internal

surfaces, and supplied with long hairs; the digital joint 1s oval,

with a glossy process at its base curved outwards ; it is convex

and hairy externally, concave within, and the palpal organs con-

nected with it are highly developed, prominent, with several

short, curved processes at their extremity, and are of a dark-

brown colour mingled with yellow. The convex sides of the

digital joints are directed downwards. The abdomen is oviform,

convex above, projecting over the base of the cephalothorax, and

is thinly clothed with long dark and light-coloured hairs; on

the upper part there is a large brownish-black, leaf-shaped mark,

which gradually decreases in breadth to the spinners, and whose

sinuous margins have an obscure, white, lateral border, forming

at its anterior extremity a conspicuous spot on each side of the

base of a triangular black spot situated at the anterior part of

the abdomen and having its vertex directed forwards; the leaf-

shaped mark comprises in the middle of its anterior part a fusi-

form mark faintly bordered with white; the sides are of a

brownish-black colour mingled with dull white, and the brownish-

black under part has a curved yellowish-white line on each side,

whose posterior extremity is the falest and most conspicuous.

Captured in the Island of St. Nicholas.

Genus Neruiua, Leach.

Nephila Grayit.

Length of the female 1/4; inch; length of the cephalo-

thorax =, breadth -2,; breadth of the abdomen +; length of

an anterior leg 2; length of a leg of the third pair +.

The legs are long, provided with fine spines and hairs, a dense

brush of the latter occurring on the inferior surface and sides of

the tibize of all the legs except those of the third pair; they are

collected in the Cape de Verde Islands, 97

of a yellow colour, with the exception of the extremity of the

femora and tibie, the genua, and the metatarsi and tarsi, which

are of a black hue, the base of the metatarsi of the first and

second pairs having a tinge of yellow; the first pair is the

longest, then the second, and the third pair is the shortest ; the

tarsi are terminated by claws of the usual number and structure.

The palpi are short, and have a yellow hue, the digital joint,

which has a slightly curved, pectinated claw at its extremity,

being strongly tinged with brown. The eyes are disposed on

the anterior part of the cephalothorax in two transverse rows ;

the four intermediate ones nearly form a square, the two anterior

ones, which are seated on a protuberance, and are rather nearer

to each other than the two posterior ones, being the largest of

the eight ; the eyes of each lateral pair are placed obliquely on

a prominent tubercle; they are the smallest, and are separated

by a considerable interval. The cephalothorax is long, rather

convex above, truncated in front, compressed before, moderately

rounded on the sides, which are marked with furrows converging

towards a transverse pair of indentations in the medial line of the

posterior region, and has two convex, glossy eminences situated

transversely near its middle; it is of a brownish-black colour,

which is almost concealed by a covering of short, adpressed,

white hairs having a silvery lustre. The falces are powerful,

conical, vertical, convex at the base, in front, and armed with

teeth on the inner surface ; the maxille are short, strong, and

greatly enlarged and rounded at the extremity ; the lip is some-

what oval. These parts are of a brownish-black colour, the

falees bemg the darkest, and the extremity of the mavxillz and

the apex of the lip have a dull yellow hue. The sternum is ob-

long heart-shaped, glossy, with eminences on the sides, opposite

to the legs, and is of a yellow colour, with brownish-black lateral

margins. The abdomen is oviform, glossy, sparingly clothed

with short pale hairs, convex above, and projects over the base

of the cephalothorax ; it is of a brown colour, tinged with olive,

and has a large, crescent-shaped, yellow mark near the anterior

extremity of its upper part, followed by four spots of the same

hue in the medial line, which diminish in size as they approach

the spinners ; an obscure, curved, yellowish band passes above

each branchial operculum, and a dull spot of the same hue

occurs on the upper part of each side ; four minute yellow spots

on the under side form a transverse row immediately below the

sexual organs, and a large, irregular, yellow spot is situated

midway between those organs and the spinners; the sexual

organs are moderately developed, and, with the branchial oper-

cula and spinners, are of a dark-brown colour. Some speci-

meus have the yellow spots in the medial line of the upper

98 Mr. J. Blackwall on recently discovered Spiders

part of the abdomen divided, which then form two longitudinal

series.

The name of John Gray, Esq., of Wheatfield House, near

Bolton, is associated with this fine species of Nephila (which

abounds in the Island of St. Antonio, and constructs its web

among the branches of trees), in acknowledgement of the obliga-

tion I am under to him for the interesting spiders described in

this paper, and for numerous specimens of Araneidea collected

in Algeria and Rio de Janeiro.

Genus ArGyoprs, Savigny.

Argyopes Clarkii.

Length of the female 7,ths of an inch; length of the cephalo-

thorax 1, breadth .°-; breadth of the abdomen ;5,; length of an

anterior leg 1; length of a leg of the third pair 3.

The cephalothorax is compressed before, rounded in front

and on the sides, slightly convex, with a broad shallow indenta-

tion in the medial line of the posterior region; it is of a dark-

brown colour, which is concealed by a thick covering of short,

adpressed, white hairs, which have a silvery lustre. The eyes

are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalothorax im two

transverse rows; the four intermediate ones are seated on a

prominence and form a square, the two anterior ones being the

largest of the eight; the eyes of each lateral pair are placed

obliquely on a tubercle, and are near to each other, but not in

contact, the anterior ones being much the smallest. The falces

are powerful, conical, vertical, and armed with teeth on the inner

surface; the maxille are short, strong, and greatly enlarged and

rounded at the extremity; the lip is semicircular, but pointed

at the apex; and the sternum is heart-shaped, supplied with

hoary hairs, and has eminences on the sides, opposite to the legs.

These parts are of a dark-brown colour, the imner surface and

extremity of the falees, the extremity of the maxille, the apex of

the lip, a streak in the medial line of the anterior part of the

sternum, and an oval spot at its extremity having a yellow hue.

The legs are long, provided with hairs and spines, and have a

very dark brown hue, the inferior surface of the coxe being

tinged with yellow ; the first pair is the longest, then the second,

and the third pair is the shortest; the tarsi are terminated by

claws of the usual number and structure. The palpi are rather

paler than the legs, and have a curved, pectinated claw at their

extremity. The abdomen, which is oviform, is more convex on

the under than on the upper part; it projects over the base of

the cephalothorax, and its posterior extremity extends beyond

the spmners; the sides are festooned, four somewhat conical

collected in the Cape de Verde Islands. 99

obtuse prominences occurring on each, and there is a smaller

and more pointed one on each! side of its anterior extremity; the

upper part is densely clothed with adpressed silky hairs, and is

of a pale-yellow colour, with small black spots, many of which

are disposed in transverse rows; there are two short, curved,

black lines near the middle, whose coneave sides are directed

towards each other; and along each side a strongly dentated

black line extends; the anterior surface of the lateral promi-

nences, the branchial opercula, spinners, and under part have a

dark-brown hue; and an irregular spot on each side of the last,

a small one in front of the spinners, and a streak at their base,

on each side, are of a pale yellow colour; the sexual organs,

which are well developed, prominent, and of a very dark brown

colour, have a strong process directed from their posterior

margin obliquely forward and downward, whose extremity is

enlarged, convex, and glossy.

This distinctly marked species of Argyopes, which was cap-

tured in the Island of Brava, is dedicated to the Rev. Hamlet

Clark, who, in conjunction with Mr. Gray, has favoured me with

many exotic spiders of great interest.

Genus TreTraGNnaTHa, Latr.

Tetragnatha maculata.

Laigie of the female 1th of an inch ; length of the cephalo-

thorax ;';, breadth =1;; breadth of the abdomen 4'> length of

an anterior leg }+; length of a leg of the third pair +

The abdomen is short, broad, oviform, sparingly clothed with

hairs, convex above, projects over the base of the cephalothorax,

and is of a brownish-black colour marked with white; the ante-

rior extremity 1s white, and near it, on each side of the medial

line of the upper part, there is a rectangular mark, to which

succeed. six spots disposed in pairs, more or less contiguous, and

dimmishing in size as they approach the spinners; two spots

occur on the posterior half of each side, the anterior one of

which is the larger, and somewhat triangular, and situated lower

on the anterior half there is a slightly “curved line; four spots

are disposed in a square on the under part, and there are two

minute ones on each side of the spimners, at their base; these

marks and spots are white, more or less reticulated with brown,

and reflect a silvery lustre: the sexual organs are moderately

developed, and of a dark red-brown colour. The cephalothorax

is compressed before, rounded in front and on the sides, convex,

glossy, with an indentation in the medial line of the posterior

region, and is of a pale brownish-yellow colour, with narrow,

soot-coloured lateral margins. The eyes are seated on black

100 = Myr.J. Blackwall on recently discovered Spiders.

spots, and are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalothorax

in two transverse rows; the four intermediate ones nearly form

a square ; the two anterior ones are the largest of the eight, and

are placed on a slight protuberance; the eyes of each lateral

pair, which are the smallest, are seated on a minute tubercle,

and are almost in contact. The falces are powerful, conical,

vertical, and armed with teeth on the inner surface; the legs

are long, slender, and provided with hairs; the first pair is the

longest, then the second, and the third pair is the shortest ; the

palpi are slender, and have a slightly curved claw at their ex-

tremity. These parts have a pale brownish-yellow hue. The

maxille are slightly divergent, and increase in breadth from the

base to the extremity, which is somewhat angular on the outer

side; and the lip is semicircular and prominent at the apex.

These organs are of a brown colour tinged with yellow, the base

of the hp being the darkest. The sternum is heart-shaped,

glossy, supplied with some long hairs, and has a black hue,

The male is smaller than the female, but resembles her in

colour. The cubital and radial joints of its palpi are short, the

latter being rather the larger; the digital jot is oval, with a

process at its base curved outwards; it has a yellowish-brown

hue, is convex and hairy externally, and concave within, com-

prising the palpal organs, which are well developed, not very

complex in structure, convex, glossy, and terminate in a point

that extends beyond the extremity of the joint: the colour of

these organs is yellowish brown. The convex sides of the digital

joints are directed towards each other.

One male and three females of this Tetragnatha, which be-

longs to Walckenaer’s second family of the genus, the Coadunate,

were captured in the Island of St. Nicholas,

Tribe Senoculina.

Family Scyropipa.

Genus Scyropns, Latr.

Scytodes pallida.

Length of an immature male 4th of an inch; length of the

cephalothorax +1,, breadth 3's; breadth of the abdomen 51, ;

length of a leg of the second pair +; length of a leg of the third

pa 3°.

The eyes, which are small and disposed in pairs on the ante-

rior part of the eephalothorax, are seated on black spots; those

of each lateral pair are placed obliquely on a shght tubercle, and

are almost in contact, the anterior ones being the largest of the

six; the eyes of the anterior pair are situated transversely, in

advance of the lateral pairs, high above the prominent frontal

Mr. Hf. W. Bates on Longicorn Coleoptera. 101

margin, and are contiguous or nearly so. The cephalothorax is

compressed before, rounded 3 in front and on the sides, moderately

convex, glossy, and has an indentation in the medial line; the

falces are conical, rather prominent, and are armed with a short

curved fang, and a single pointed tooth on the inner side, near

the extremity; the maxille are curved towards the lip, and

touch at their extremity, which is truncated on the inner side ;

the lip is large and somewhat triangular, but rounded at the

apex; the sternum is nearly circular, and glossy ; the legs are

long, slender, provided with hairs, and each tarsus is termi-

nated by two curved, pectinated claws; the second pair is the

longest, the fourth pair rather surpasses the first, and the third

pair is the shortest; the palpi are moderately long; the radial

joint is much longer than the cubital, and the digital joint,

which has an oblong-oviform figure, is tumid, but compact,

proving by its undeveloped state that the specimen had not

arrived at maturity. These parts are of a pale dull yellowish

colour, the falces and lip having a tinge of red, and the anterior

part of the cephalothorax a slight tinge of brown. The abdo-

men is of an oblong-oviform figure; it 1s somewhat convex

above, projects a little over the base of the cephalothorax, and

is clothed with pale soot-coloured hairs, particularly on the

upper part ; it has a brownish-white hue, with a faint brownish

band, which tapers to its posterior extremity, extending froin

the base of the upper part, contiguous to the cephalothorax, a

little beyond the middle.

This spider, which was taken in the Island of St. Iago, belongs

to Walckenaer’s family Depresse of the genus Seytodes, and is

very closely allied to the Scytodes erythrocephala of Koch (Die

Arachniden, Band vy. p. 90, tab. 168. figs. 399, 400), but may

readily be distinguished from it, even when immature, by marked

differences in the structure of the palpi, and especially by the

form of the digital joint.

X.— Contributions to an Insect Fauna of the Amazons Valley.

CoLeorters: Lonaicornes. By H. W. Bares, Esq.

[Continued from vol. xv. p. 394. ]

29. Colobothea nevigera, n. sp.

C. modice elongata, postice regulariter attenuata, nigricans, sericea,

vertice thoraceque supra lineis duabus, elytris maculis paucis

discretis, cinereis ; his truncatis, angulis externis spinosis. Long.

i-7i lm. ¢ 2.

Head black, forehead with three ashy lines, cheeks with a

spot of the same colour, and vertex marked with two ashy lines

102 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn Coleoptera

diverging on the occiput. Antenne greatly elongated and

robust, black, sixth joint ringed with white, tenth joimt with an

exterior white line (3), in the 9 the eighth and eleventh joints

also streaked with white. Thorax blackish, clothed with an

olivaceous silky pile, the upper surface with two tawny-ashy,

slender, nearly parallel lines; sides each with a single similar

line, besides a broader streak above the coxee. Elytra broad at

the base, with prominent and not markedly oblique shoul-

ders, regularly attenuated thence to the apex, which is truncated

and has the external angles produced into spines; the surface

has a few fine punctures surmounted by acute granulations to-

wards the base, and beset with short black bristles; the colour

is blackish, clothed with silky olivaceous pile, and ornamented

with a small number of scattered and distinct, rounded, tawny-

ashy spots, the extreme apex having an ashy-white border de-

creasing in width from the suture to the external angle. Body

beneath black, thinly clothed with ashy tomentum ; the sides of

the breast have a tawny-ashy streak im continuation of the one

on the prothorax, and the sides of the abdomen are spotted with

the same colour. The legs are blackish, ringed with grey.

g. Terminal ventral segment narrowed to the apex, trun-

cated, with the angles produced into stout spines; dorsal seg-

ment obtuse. Legs stout; anterior tarsi moderately dilated and

frmged. In the smaller males the legs are not perceptibly

thicker than in the females.

?. Terminal abdominal segment projecting considerably be-

yond the apex of the elytra, broad; dorsal segment notched,

ventral truncated, angles not produced.

A common insect at Ega and S. Paulo, Upper Amazons.

30. Colobothea lucaria, n. sp.

C. modice elongata, nigra, vertice lineis duabus divergentibus, tho-

race lineis tenuibus quatuor, elytris maculis paucis hic illic con-

gregatis, griseis; his apice cano marginatis, oblique truncatis,

angulis externis spinosis. Long. 5 lin. ¢.

Head black, forehead with three obscure grey lines, vertex

with two divergent lines of similar colour, and the posterior part

of the orbits Aiko grey. Antenne black, ibe of fourth, eighth,

and tenth joimts grey on one side, Sean jot with a whine

ring. ‘Thorax black, with a silky olivaceous gloss, upper surface

with two slender parallel grey lines, each side also with a similar

line visible in part when the insect is regarded from above ;

there is also a grey line above the coxee. Elytra prominent, and

scarcely oblique at the shoulders, thence eradually attenuated

to the apex, which is on each side obliquely truncated, 2. e. the

sutural portion is more advanced than the lateral angles, which

of the Amazons Valley. 103

are produced into spines; the surface is finely punctate-granu-

late, and of the same colour as the thorax; the grey spots are

nearly all of equal size and distinct; but they are collected

partly mto groups, and here and there confluent ; the grey

apical margin is of equal width from the sutural to the external

angle. Body beneath thinly clothed with grey pile; sides of

breast not striped with thicker tomentum. Legs black, ringed

with grey.

¢. Terminal ventral segment truncated, angles produced into

short spines; dorsal segment rounded. Anterior tarsi mode-

rately dilated and fringed.

S. Paulo, Upper Amazons. Very closely related to C. nevi-

gera, differing only in the oblique truncature and somewhat

different arrangement of spots of the elytra.

31. Colobothea crassa, n. sp.

C’. major, robusta, nigra, tomento olivaceo-griseo vestita, vertice tho-

raceque dorso lineis duabus divergentibus, elytris maculis nu-

merosis, minimis, discretis, fulvo-griseis, apice cano marginatis.

Long. 8-10 lin. 3 Q.

Differs from C. nevigera in being of much larger size, in the

spots of the elytra being very much smaller and more numerous,

and in the dorsal lines of the thorax being posteriorly divergent.

In shape and in colour the two species offer no tangible point

of difference. As in C. nevigera, there are only two thoracic

hnes visible from above, although there is a lateral line on each

side and a broader streak above the coxe (yellower in colour

and extending to the abdomen) ; the form of the terminal abdo-

minal segment in both sexes offers also no difference in the two

species. C. crassa is still more closely alhed to a Cayenne spe-

cies, C. lineatocollis* (Dej. Cat.), which is similar to it in size

- and other respects, and differs chiefly in the multitudinous grey

* Colobothea lineatocollis (Dej. Cat. sec. Dom. Chevrolat). Elongata,

antice et postice attenuata, nigra, obscure olivaceo-grisea, sericea,

griseo lineata et maculata. Caput nigrum, griseo lineatum, vertice

lineis griseis duabus postice divergentibus, genis griseo plagiatis,

utennse validee, nigra, articulo sexto albo annulatos Thorax lineis

tenuibus duabus dorsalibus subparallelis, alteris duabus lateralibus,

vittaque utrinque supracoxali, griseis. Elytra postica modice at-

tenuata, humeris parum obliquis, apicibus truncatis, angulis externis

dentiformibus, supra sparse punctata maculis minutis griseis con-

fluentibus, reliquo spatio subapicali immaculato, ipso apice albo mar-

ginato. Corpus subtus nigrum, griseo sparse tomentosum, abdomine

maculato. Pedes nigri, griseo annulati. Maris segmento dorsali ter-

minali truncato, angulis prominulis; ventrali profunde emarginato,

angulis spinosis. Foeminz segmento ultimo dorsali apice lato ; ven-

trali profunde emarginato, angulis productis, Hab. in Cayenna.

104 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn Coleoptera

specks of the elytra being confluent and forming irregular mar-

bled lines. C. Osculatit of Guérin (Cat. des Ins. Col. recueillis

par Gaetano Osculati, no. 261) appears to be another alhed form

similar in size and colours to C. crassa and C. lineatocollis ; but

the description given of the thoracic markings (“ quatre fines

lignes longitudinales blanches”) leaves us in doubt whether

there are not four lines on the upper surface, which would re-

move the species from the neighbourhood of the two mentioned ;

for, if the lateral lines are to be included, the description ought

to mention six instead of four. The distinctive character of C.

crassa is the minute and equal size, great number, and equidis-

tant position of the grey specks of the elytra.

Common in the neighbourhood of Para. C. Osculatii is pro-

bably a native of the banks of the Napo, where M. Osculati

formed his collection.

32. Colobothea ordinata, n. sp.

C. elongata, postice attenuata, olivaceo-nigra, vertice postice bi-

lineato; thorace supra lineis quatuor crassiusculis vittaque lata

supracoxali fulvo-cinereis ; elytris maculis numerosis subquadratis

fulvo-cinereis in seriebus subordinatis; thorace ante basin utrin-

que breviter tubereulato. Long. 72 lin. ¢.

Head black, forehead with three slender lines, vertex with

two divergent lines, and cheeks with a broad streak, tawny

ashy; there is also a tawny-ashy streak behind each eye. An-

tenn stout, black, sixth joint with a narrow white ring, the

bases of the fourth, eighth, tenth, and eleventh joints with an ashy

streak on one side(¢). Thorax slightly constricted at the base,

and with a small tubercle on each side ; surface black, with four

rather thick tawny-ashy lines; there is also a broad tawny-ashy

vitta above the coxa on each side. Elytra with prominent and

rather acute shoulders, thence gradually attenuated to the apex,

which latter is truncated, the external angles produced each into

a longish spine; surface olivaceous black, marked with a large

number of well-separated and squarish tawny-ashy spots, mostly

arranged in rows, and leaving a distinct belt beyond the middle and

another near the apex unspotted ; apex itself edged with whitish.

Body beneath ochraceous ashy. Legs greyish, varied with

black.

g@. Terminal ventral segment broadly truncated, angles pro-

duced; dorsal segment obtuse, entire.

Ega; rare.

33. Colobothea subtessellata, n. sp.

C. clongata, postice attenuata, olivaceo-nigra, vertice postice bi-

lineato, thorace lineis duabus dorsalibus crassiusculis alteraque

laterali et vitta supracoxali cinereo-ochraceis ; elytris maculis nu-

of the Amazons Valley. 105

merosis cinereo-ochraceis in seriebus subordinatis, spatio lato api-

cali immaculato ; thorace absque tuberculis. Long. 81 lin. 9°.

Head black; forehead with three slender lines, vertex with

two divergent lines, and cheeks with a broad streak tawny ashy.

Antenne stout, black, sixth joint with a broad white ring, tenth

joint with an ashy streak on one side(¢). Thorax not con-

stricted at the base, broadest at its basal angles, and free from

tubercles ; surface black, with two moderately thick tawny lines,

sides each with a similar line, not visible from above, and a

broad tawny vitta above the coxa. Elytra moderately broad at

the shoulders, and narrowed thence to the apex, the latter trun-

cated, with the outer angles spinose; surface olivaceous black,

marked with a large number of tawny spots, which are in some

examples arranged in rows, and in others more or less confused ;

there is a broad immaculate space at the apex, and the apex

itself is broadly margined with white. Body beneath black,

thinly clothed with ashy pile, and having a broad, distinct,

ochreous lateral vitta. Legs blackish, ringed with grey.

?. Terminal abdominal segment elongated and tapering ;

dorsal plate broadly notched; ventral truncated, angles acute.

Banks of River Tapajos; rare.

34. Colobothea octolineata, n. sp.

C. valde elongata, postice attenuata, olivaceo-nigra, vertice linea

unica, genis utrinque lineis duabus cinereis; thorace lineis tenui-

bus cinereis octo, quarum quatuor dorsalibus ; elytris humeris

prominentibus, maculis cinereis discretis irregulariter dispersis.

Long. 73-ll lin. ¢ Q.

Head black, forehead with two greyish lines, vertex with a

single narrow line, and cheeks on each side with two oblique

greyish lmes. Antenne black, sixth joint thickened, with a ring

of dense white hairs in both sexes. Thorax marked with eight

slender, greyish or tawny lines, of which four are on the upper

surface and two on each side, including the supracoxal streak,

which in this species is slender, like the other lines. Elytra

greatly elongated ; shoulders very prominent, thence gradually

narrowing to the apex, the latter truncated, with outer angles

spinose ; surface olivaceous black, marked with a moderate num-

of larger and smaller spots, widely separated from each other,

but very irregularly dispersed ; apex edged with whitish. Body

beneath black, marked with ashy or tawny streaks and spots.

Legs black, ringed with tawny and grey.

¢. Terminal abdominal segment narrowed from the base;

apex of both dorsal and ventral plates emarginate-truncate.

Anterior tarsi very broady dilated and fringed.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. xvi. 8

106 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn Coleoptera

? . Terminal abdominal segment elongate and tapering ; apex

of both dorsal and ventral plates emarginate-truncate.

Para, also Ega, Upper Amazons; common.

35. Colobothea contaminata, Serville.

Colobothea contaminata, Serv. Encycl. Méth. x. p. 337.

C. valde elongata, angustata, postice vix attenuata, olivaceo-nigra,

vertice linea unica cinereo-fulva, thorace lineis quatuor, quarum

externa utrinque usque ad oculum extensa et vitta supracoxali

supra genas continuata; elytris maculis cinereo-fulvis passim

confluentibus, vel cinereo-fulyis nigro irregulariter maculatis, fas-

cia lata subapicali nigra; antennis utroque sexu nigris, articulo

sexto annulo incrassato albo. Segmento ultimo abdominali maris

attenuato, apice emarginato; foeminee angustato, lamina dorsali

obtusa, ventrali angulis productis ; maris tarsis anticis valde dila-

tatis. Long. 64-10 lin. 3 Q.

Generally distributed and common throughout the Amazons

region ; also found at Cayenne.

36. Colobothea geminata, n. sp.

C’. elongata, postice vix attenuata, olivaceo-nigra, vertice linea unica,

thorace lineis duabus antice et postice conjunctis ; elytris maculis

numerosis in lineis curvatis confluentibus fulvo-griseis. Long.

74-8 lin. SQ.

Head black, forehead with three tawny-grey lines, and vertex

with a single line; cheeks with a tawny-ashy stripe. Antenne

black, sixth joint with a broad white ring. Thorax black, sides

each with two tawny-ashy stripes jomed together near the front

and posterior margins, and continuous with the cheek-stripe.

Elytra elongated, of very nearly the same width from base to

apex in both sexes; external angle of the truncature spinose ;

surface blackish olivaceous, sprinkled with a large number of

tawny-ashy spots, which are mostly confluent, and tend to form

a pattern consisting of three irregular pale rings, on each ely-

tron, enclosing a blackish space; apex edged with tawny whitish.

Body beneath ashy, but tawny towards the sides; ; abdomen

spotted with black. Legs ashy, ringed with black.

g. Terminal abdominal segment short; ventral plate emar-

ginate-truncate, angles produced; dorsal plate obtuse and

notched in the middle. Anterior tarsi not dilated.

?. Terminal abdominal segment tapering; dorsal plate

notched in the middle ; ventral truncate, angles not produced.

Guiana side of the Lower Amazons and banks of the Tapajos ;

also found at Cayenne.

37. Colobothea concreta, n. sp.

C. valde elongata, angustata, olivaceo-nigra, vertice linea unica, tho-

of the Amazons Valley. 107

race vittis quatuor (quarum duabus externis usque ad oculos ex-

tensis) fulvo-cinereis; elytris basi thorace vix latioribus, apice

truncatis, angulis externis spinosis, maculis cinereo-fulvis con-

fluentibus dense vestitis, apice macula magna nigra. Long. 6—9

lin: oO

Head black, forehead streaked with tawny ashy, vertex with a

single line ; occiput on each side with a short line continuous with

the external thoracic stripe, cheeks with a transverse stripe con-

tinuous with the supracoxal vitta. Antennee black, sixth joint with

a broad white ring. Thorax black, surface with four rather thick

tawny-ashy lines, sides having only the supracoxal vitta. Elytra

elongated, scarcely tapering; shoulders very oblique, and not at

all prominent ; apex truncate, external angles spinose; surface

very thickly clothed with tawny or tawny-ashy spots, mostly

confluent, but leaving a broad unspotted space at the apex, the

latter margined with tawny white. Body beneath ashy, sides

streaked with tawny ; abdomen spotted with black. Legs black,

ringed with tawny and grey.

dg. Terminal abdominal segment narrowed from the base ;

dorsal plate deeply notched; ventral plate semicircularly emar-

ginated, with angles much produced. Anterior tarsi widely

dilated and fringed.

?. Terminal abdominal segment elongate and much nar-

rowed; dorsal plate very obtuse, ventral truncated, angles

slightly prominent.

Para, and banks of the Tapajos.

38. Colobothea bilineata, n. sp.

C. valde elongata, postice vix attenuata, nigra, vertice linea unica,

thorace lineis duabus usque ad oculos extensis, griseis; elytris

griseis, nigro dense maculatis, apice macula magna nigra. Long.

7-103 lin. C.

Head black, forehead streaked with ashy, vertex with a single

line, occiput on each side with a short line continuous with the -

thoracic stripe; cheeks crossed by an ashy streak continuous

with the supracoxal vitta. Antennz black, sixth joint with a

broad white ring. Thorax black, surface with only two ashy

stripes, each continuous to the hind margin of the eye. Elytra

elongate and scarcely tapering, very little broader at the base

than the thorax, but shoulders prominent and conical; apex

sinuate-truncate, the sutural angles being prominent and acute,

the outer angles spinose; surface grey, thickly spotted with

black ; some of the spots confluent, and a large spot at the apex

spotless; apex itself edged with white. Body beneath thinly

clothed with grey; abdomen spotted with black. Legs black,

ringed with grey.

108 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn Coleoptera

&. Terminal abdominal segment with the ventral plate semi-

circularly emarginated, angles acute; dorsal plate triangularly

emarginated. Anterior tarsi dilated and fringed.

Ega and 8. Paulo, Upper Amazons ; rare.

39. Colobothea lunulata, Lucas.

Colobothea lunulata, Lucas, Voyage de Castelnau, Entomologie, p. 190,

pl. 13. f. 5 (1857).

—— Fryi, Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. vol. i. 41 (1861).

C. elongato-elliptica, nigra; vertice, thorace et elytris albo bivittatis,

vittis longe ante apicem elytrorum convergentibus et annulo albo

utrinque connexis. Long. 73-93 lin. ¢ 2.

This very distinct and handsome species was one of the com-

monest of its genus at Ega, on the trunks of fallen trees in the

forest. The shoulders are extremely oblique and scarcely pro-

minent, so that the insect has the form of an elongated ellipse

truncated at the elytral end. The terminal abdominal segment

in the male has both the dorsal and ventral plates truncated ;

in the female it is elongated, and the angles of the ventral plate

are produced. The anterior male tarsi are widely dilated and

fringed*,

* The following species of Colobothea have not yet been described :—

Colobothea hebraica (Chrevrolat, MS.). Modice elongata, postice at-

tenuata, fusco-nigra, griseo maculata. Caput nigrum, fronte griseo

trilineata, occipite maculis duabus, genis vitta lata, griseis. Antenne

nigra, articulis basi griseis. Thorax basi paulo angustatus, dorso

linea abbreviata, disco utrinque maculis parvis, lateribus vitta latius-

cula cinereo-griseis. Elytra apud humeros lata, deinde usque ad

apices attenuata, truncatura angulis externis spinosis, supra fusco-

nigra maculis cinereo-griseis (partim subagglomeratis) adspersa, apice

haud pallide marginato. Corpus subtus griseum, lateribus cinereis,

nigro maculatis. Pedes nigri, cmereo annulati. Foeminee segmentum

ultimum abdominale attenuatum; lamina dorsali apice rotundata, ven-

trali truncata, angulis productis. Long. 5-7 lin. 2. Had. in Mexico.

Colohothea fusciata. Modice elongata, postice valde attenuata, tomento

brunneo fulvo-maculato vestita; elytris fascia lata nigro-velutina.

Caput nigrum, fulvo-brunneo vestitum, vertice limea unica fulva.

Antenne breviores, nigra, breviter setosz, articulis basi griseis.

Thorax fusco-niger, dorso vittis duabus fulvo-brunneis. Elytra apud

humeros lata, deinde valde attenuata, apice sinuato-truncata, angulis

externis longe spinosis, supra brunnea obscure fulvo maculata, pone

medium fascia nigro-velutma apud dorsum dilatata, apices versus

nigro liturata. Corpus subtus rufescens, medio nigricans. Pedes

nigri. Maris segmentum ultimum ventrale subtumidum, apice obtuse

truncatum ; tarsi antici haud dilatati. Foeminze segmentum ultimum

paulo elongatum, valde attenuatum, lamina ventral: sinuato-truneata,

haud spmosa. Long. 4-6. 3 2. Hab. in Rio Janeiro.

Colobothea lateralis. Elongata, postice valde attenuata; corpore supra

cinereo-ochraceo, rufo variegato, lateribus nigris. Caput nigrum,

fronte fulvescente, vertice et maculis quatuor occipitalibus cinereis

of the Amazons Valley. 109

Subtribe Lamuirm.

Genus TantoTEs, Serv.

Serville, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. iv.

This well-known and handsome genus is the only one belong-

ing to the typical Lamiaires found in the Amazonian forests,

the allied genus Ptychodes, common in other parts of Tropical

America, being absent from the low-lying Equatorial region.

The other Tropical American representants of this subtribe, so

rich in forms in the Old World (namely, Plectodera, erm

derus, and Deliathis), seem to be confined to the northern por-

tion of the zone—Central America, Mexico, and thence extend-

ing into the Southern States of North America.

1. Teniotes decoratus, Castelnau.

Teniotes decoratus, Casteln., Animaux articulés, ii. p. 479.

T. nigro-velutinus, capite fascia utrinque infra oculos, vitta laterali

alteraque coronali per thoracem et scutellum continuata, maculis-

que rotundis elytrorum utrinque circa 13 leete flavis ; corpore sub-

tus vitta flava laterali: maris pedibus anticis vix elongatis, tarsis

haud pilosis. Long. 13 lin. ¢ 2.

I met with this fine species only in the neighbourhood of

Para, on felled trees in broad roads through the forest. The

terminal ventral segment in both sexes is broadly truncated,

with a distinct spine at each angle. M. Guérin-Méneville (Icon.

Reégne Animal, p. 243) believes this species to be the same as

the 7. subocellatus of Olivier (Ent. no. 67. pp. 69, 89, pl. 2.

f. 12a, 6), and that the latter is founded on a worn or immature

individual.

2. Teniotes D’ Orbignyi, Guérin.

Teniotes D’ Orbignyi, Guérin-Méneville, Icon. Régne Animal, p. 444.

7’. nigro-velutinus, capite fascia utrinque infra oculos, vitta laterali,

alteraque Perea per thoracem et scutellum continuata, vittaque

elytrorum utrinque medio interrupta et maculiformi leete flavis ;

corpore subtus vitta flava laterali: maris pedibus anticis vix

elongatis, tarsis haud pilosis. Long. 8-l3 lin. ¢ Q.

This le only discovered in the wooded plains of

fulvo ee Antennz grisez, articulis apice nigris. Thorax an-

tice angustatus, dorso cinereo-ochraceus, rufo maculatus, lateribus

nigris. Elytra apud humeros lata, deinde attenuata, apice truncata,

angulis extermis spinosis, supra cinereo-ochracea, rufo maculata, la-

tenbus irregulariter nigris, nigredine ramos tres dentatos in discum

emittente, ine rufo marginatis. Corpus subtus cinereum, medio

nigrum, segmentis primo et ultimo abdominalibus nigris. Foeminz

segmentum ultimum attenuatum, lamina ventrali truncata, dorsali

medio emarginata. Long. 73 lm. 2. Hab, in Brasilia,

110 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn Coleoptera

Bolivia by M. D’Orbigny, was common on the Upper Amazons

at Ega. The yellow (partially macular) stripe of the elytra

varies a little in the degree in which it is broken up into spots ;

but it never forms a double row of distinct round spots from

base to apex, as shown in 7. decoratus, and can scarcely be con-

sidered a local form of the same stock.

3. Teniotes Amazonum, Thomson.

Teniotes Amazonum, Thoms. Archives Entomologiques, i. p. 172.

T. niger, capite linea curvata frontali, vitta utrinque laterali, altera

coronali per thoracem scutellum et elytros continuata (hic dentata)

pallide flavis; thorace utrinque linea tenuissima grisea; elytris

maculis parvis numerosis, quarum duabus vel tribus discoidalibus

majoribus, flavis; corpore subtus vitta flava laterali: maris pedi-

bus anticis valde elongatis, tibiis curvatis, tarsis haud pilosis.

Long. 9-16 ln. ¢ Q.

A common insect in the forest at Ega, on the Upper Amazons.

It is probably a local form of 7. scalaris, Fabr., but differs much

from the description given by that author. The terminal ventral

plate is formed as in 7’. decoratus.

4. Teniotes farinosus, Linneus.

Cerambyx farinosus, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. 626. 24; Oliv. Ent. Ixvii. p. 50,

f. 46a.

— pulverulentus, Oliv. Ent. Ixvii. p. 50, f. 46 6.

T. niger, griseo vestitus ; capite thoraceque lineis tenuibus tribus,

elytris maculis numerosis parvis, flavo-griseis, his apice acutis ;

corpore subtus flavo maculato: maris pedibus anticis valde elon-

gatis, tibiis curvatis, tarsis hirsutis. Long. 13 lin. ¢.

This species was a rare one in the Amazons region, and found

only in the dry forests of the Tapajos. The spines of the ter-

minal ventral segment are more elongated than in the other

species.

Subtribe ONcIDERITA.

Group Onciderine.

Genus HypseLomvus, Perty.

Perty, Delectus Anim. Articul. Brasil. p. 95 (1830-34).

Syn. Hypsioma, Serv. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 38 (1835).

This genus is distinguished from its allies by its short sub-

trigonal form of body, with projecting and often acute shoulders

of the elytra. The claw-joint of the tarsi is not so much elon-

gated as in Oncideres, or even Clytemnestra. It is very closely

allied to the latter genus, but is distinguishable at once by the

abrupt clavate form of the basal joint of the antenne and the

of the Amazons Valley. 111

curved shape of the third. The males of most species have a

short, slender, curved joint at the tip of the eleventh joint of

the antennz, which is sometimes visible (but much smaller) in

the female.

1. Hypselomus basalis, Thomson.

Hypsioma basalis, Thomson, Classif. des Cérambye. p. 117.

H. modice elongatus, brunneus ; capite, thorace et elytrorum parte

antica rufescenti-ochraceis; summa fronte acute bituberculata ;

antennis nigris, basi rufescenti-ochraceis, articulis ceeteris basi

rufescentibus ; elytris basi utrinque vix elevatis, nigro tuberculatis

humeris, apice nigris; abdomine lateribus rufo vittatis; pedibus

nigricantibus, tibiis compressis, posticis( ¢ ) apice dilatatis. Long.

6-9 lin. ¢ Q.

A common insect throughout the Amazons region, being

found, like the rest of the species, on dead branches, closely

adhering to them, and gnawing the bark and wood all round,

until the bough is sometimes severed. The face and parts

of the mouth are much elongated and directed a little back-

wards between the anterior haunches, so that when the legs are

extended, grasping a branch, the jaws are in a good position to

gnaw effectually. The supplementary joint of the antennz is

very conspicuous in the males of this species.

2. Hypselomus picticornis, n. sp.

H. suboblongus, brunneus, elytris fascia obliqua indistincta_palli-

diore ; antennis brunneis, articulo 2° toto et caeteris basi rufes-

centibus ; elytris basi haud tuberculatis, humeris oblique conicis

modice productis. Long. 7 lin. @.

Head brown, forehead near base of antennz with two very

small conical tubercles. Antenne about the length of the body,

setose beneath ; basal joint strongly and abruptly clavate, third

much bent, dark brown; second joint, basal half of third, and

bases of each remaining joint pallid-reddish. Thorax scarcely

uneven on the surface, uniform dingy brown. Llytra oblong

trigonal; shoulders moderately prominent, and thence gradually

narrowed to the apex, which is broadly rounded; surface con-

vex ; centrobasal ridges not at all prominent, and quite destitute

of tubercles, the basal half of the elytra being simply punctured.

Body beneath rufescent tawny, centre of abdomen black ; legs

brown, claw-joints of tarsi with their basal halves pale reddish.

Ega; rare.

3. Hypselomus Amazonicus, Thomson.

Hypsioma Amazonica, Thomson, Classif. des Céramb. p. 119.

H. convexus, brunneus ; elytris humeris conicis, subuncinatis, pone

medium fascia irregulari pallidiore, deinde ad apices pallide mar-

112 Mr. H.W. Bates on Longicorn Coleoptera.

moratis ; antennis articulis basi rufescentibus: maris tibiis posticis

apice valde dilatato-compressis. Long. 9 lin. 3 2.

Closely allied to H. picticornis, but larger and darker, with

the elytra behind the middle much more variegated with pale

ashy brown, and the conical protuberances of the shoulders

strongly curved anteriorly. The antenne are coloured as in H.

picticornis, the second and basal half of the third, with bases of

the remaining jomts being pale reddish. The underside of the

body is tawny brown, with the centre of the abdomen black.

The elytra are smoothly and strongly convex from base to apex,

without any trace of centrobasal ridge or tubercles.

Ega, Upper Amazons.

4. Hypselomus dimidiatus, n. sp.

H. modice convexus, fuscus, fulvo irroratus; elytris apud medium

ochraceo fasciatis, deinde usque ad apices pallide ochraceo-brun-

neis fusco striatis et maculatis; thorace supra quinquetuberculato,

lateribus acute tuberculatis. Long. 6-7 ln. ¢ @.

Head dingy brown. Antenne dull brown, base of each joint,

from the third, pallid-reddish. Thorax uneven, disk on each

side with two prominent tubercles, and dorsal line elevated be-

hind into a ridge, sides each with an acute tubercle; dingy

brown. Elytra with very prominent shoulders, the anterior side

of the subconical projection oblique; centrobasal ridges slightly

elevated, but not tuberculated; dark brown, sprinkled with ful-

vous ; behind the middle a pale oblique belt or broad triangular

spot darker in the middle, thence to the apex light brown with

darker lines and spots. Body beneath tawny brown, middle of

abdomen black. Legs black, apex of thighs fulvous, claw-joint

red, apex black. Posterior tibize in the male dilated at the apex;

supplementary antennal joint in the same sex very short or

wanting.

Ega. Rather variable in the colour of the posterior part of

the elytra, the pale belt being sometimes extended into a large

triangular patch, and sometimes blended with the pale-brown

shade of the apical half of the wing-cases. The species seems

to be very closely allied to H. subfasciata, Thomson (Classif. des

Céramb. p. 118).

5. Hypselomus rodens, n. sp.

H. oblongus, nigro-fuscus, carneo-fulvo strigatus ; thorace supra haud

tuberculato; elytris humeris apice truncatis, postice uncinatis,

pone medium fascia obliqua pallida. Long. 6 lin. 9.

Head dingy black, crown sprinkled with reddish tawny. An-

tennee black, sprinkled with tawny ; base of each joint, from the

fourth, pale. ‘Thorax convex above, and free from tubercles,

Occurrence of recent Shells in the fossil state near Melbourne. 118

sides with an inconspicuous tubercle. Elytra oblong, shoulders

prominent, but the apex of the cone largely truncated, with the

posterior edge of the truncature projecting ; surface coarsely

punctured, blackish, streaked with reddish tawny, behind the

middle tawny streaked with black, the tawny part separated

from the anterior darker portion by a pale-ochreous fascia.

Body beneath tawny, middle of abdomen black. Legs tawny,

sprinkled with black, base of claw-joint reddish.

Para.

[To be continued. ]

XI.—On the Occurrence of Limopsis Belcheri, Corbula suleata,

and some other recent Shells in the fossil state in Miocene

Tertiary Beds near Melbourne. By Frupuricx M‘Coy, Pro-

fessor of Natural Science in the University of Melbourne, and

Director of the Melbourne National Museum, &e.

Havine occupied myself lately, in my capacity of Paleontologist

to the Geological Survey of Victoria, with the investigation of

the Tertiary fossils collected by the Survey Staff from the strata

of Bird-Rock Bluff, near the mouth of Spring Creek, about

fifteen miles south of Geelong, I was much struck with the

geographical distribution of the very few recent species found

associated with the large majority of extinct species in a rich

fossil fauna unmistakeably of the Lower Miocene age. The

whole facies of the fossil contents of these beds resembles closely

that of the Lower Miocene beds of Doberg (near Biinde, West-

phaha), Malta, and some other European beds of the same age,

as well as the so-called Upper Eocene North-American beds

near Vicksburg on the Mississippi; and many of the genera, as

well as the great majority of the species, are extinct. Amongst

the extinct genera of shells, Adwria amongst the Nautili may be

mentioned as conspicuous; and amongst Fishes, Carcharodon

may be mentioned as an abundant Upper Eocene and Miocene

genus of Sharks, not more than one species of which is found

in our present seas, represented by the two best-known and

most widely distributed HEocene and Miocene species found

abundantly in such strata in England, Germany, and other parts

of continental Europe, and in North America, namely, the

Carcharodon megalodon (Ag.), specimens of which occur in our

Spring-Creek beds (though not very commonly) perfectly iden-

tical with those from Malta or England, or the supposed Hocene

beds of South Carolina, or the Miocene beds of Virginia and

Maryland,—and the Carcharodon angustidens (Ag.), which occurs

abundantly in our Australian beds so perfectly identical with

specimens from the Lower Miocene of Doberg near Biinde, that,

114 Occurrence of recent Shells in the fossil state near Melbourne.

when compared side by side, it is impossible to distinguish them

by the slightest difference; and as this species, according to

Prof. Agassiz’s recently published opinion, includes the Sheppey

London-Clay C. Toliapicus amongst other varieties, I need only

say that the best-marked Kocene and Miocene varieties found in

Europe and America are perfectly represented, on comparison

of specimens, by the different varieties in our Bird-Rock Bluff

beds.

It is, I think, a very curious result of the careful comparison

I have made between the fossil species of the Bird-Rock Bluff

Mollusea and their nearest allies, that I can with certainty an-

nounce one of the commonest of them to be specifically identical

with the Limopsis Belcheri of Adams and Reeve, of which the

few known specimens were brought up alive from a prodigious

depth by Admiral Belcher, off the Cape of Good Hope. The

identification, I should say, does not rest on an examination of

the published figure and description, which would not have been

sufficient for the purpose, but, having been fortunate enough to

procure a living specimen for the National Museum which I

take a pleasure in forming during my residence in Melbourne,

I have perfectly satisfied myself of the complete identity of our

Miocene Tertiary abundant shell with the hitherto very rare

recent one by direct comparison.

The Limopsis aurita (Sassi), perfectly identical with specimens

which I have used for comparison from the Coralline Crag

of Suffolk and many Miocene localities in Germany (which

Mr. Jeffreys has lately dredged from 85 fathoms off Unst, in

Shetland), is also common, though not so abundant in the

Australian beds as the L. Belchert.

The third living species of the Arcide in these beds is the

Pectunculus laticostatus (Quoy & Gaimard) of New Zealand,

occurring just as abundantly as the others.

The last bivalve I shall mention in this communication is an

extremely abundant Corbula, which I can safely pronounce

identical with the C. sulcata now living on the west coast of

Africa. Lest it might be supposed that, judging from figures

or descriptions, I had mistaken the North-east Australian Cor-

bula tunicata or other allied forms for the C. sulcata, I should

state that this is not so, but that, in working out the paleonto-

logy of our Australian deposits, I have thought it my duty to

science to take the precaution of procuring every recent species

I refer to for comparison before assuming an identity.

The commonest Dentalium in these beds I believe to be a

mere variety of the Upper Eocene D. Mississippiensis (Conrad)

from Vicksburg.

Melbourne, May 25, 1865.

Prof. G. Gulliver on Raphides and other Crystals in Plants. 115

XII.— Observations on Raphides and other Crystals in Plants.

By Grorce Guuiiver, F.R.S.

[Continued from vol. xv. p. 458.]

THE object of this paper being to show how the order Vitacez

differs, in the possession of the character of raphis-bearing, from

its alles, they will here follow as enumerated by Prof. Lindley.

Droseracee.—Dried specimens of Drosera rotundifolia and D.

anglica: no raphides.

Fumariacee.—Of these were examined fresh plants of Fumaria

officinalis and another English species, Dielytra spectabilis, and

Corydalis, sp., i none of which could raphides be detected.

Berberidacee.—Leaves and fruit of Berberis vulgaris, B. Japo-

nica, B. Darwin, B. dulcis, B. aquifolia, and leaves and ovaries

of Epimedium alpinum, E. macranthum: no raphides in any of

them ; a few spheraphides in the fruit of Berberis vulgaris.

Vitacee.—Raphides and other crystals in the Grape-vine

have been long known (Edwin Quekett, Lindley’s ‘ Introduction

to Botany’); and | have already- indicated that the character may

pervade the whole order (‘ Annals,’ Dec. 1863 and Jan. 1865).

Lately I have repeated my former observations, and extended them

to more species of this order and its allies. The Vitacez exa-

mined are Cissus discolor, Vitis vinifera, V.odoratissima, V. apii-

folia, Ampelopsis hederacea and two other species, and two species

of Leea. Every one of these plants afforded raphides and sphe-

raphides in more or less abundance. The Leee, though merely

old dried fragments of leaves and flowers, exhibited the raphides

and spheraphides in abundance, the raphides often in bundles,

and still more frequently swimming separately in the water on

the object-plate. All the other Vitaceze were fresh and healthy

plants. In Cissus, the sprigs, tendrils, young leaves, and stipules

all abound in raphides, some within short oval-shaped cells;

there were also other cells, longer, much tougher, and narrower

than the former, pointed or nipple-shaped at the ends, and con-

taining raphis-like objects. Whether these be true raphides

requires further exammation to determine; for they are very

fine and fragile, and (unlike the obvious raphides of this plant)

difficult to separate from each other and from their cells.

They are common, with the regular raphidian cells, in the leaves,

and especially plentiful in the thick base of the stipules.

Pittosporacee.—F resh leaves and twigs of Pittosporum undu-

latum and P. tobira: some spheeraphides in the leaves and meso-

phloeum, but no raphides. Dried fragments of leaves and flowers

of Bursaria spinosa, Marianthus candidus, M. sp., and Chetran-

thera linearis: a few spheraphides in each of these plants, but

no raphides. Fresh leaves of Sollya heterophylla: no raphides,

116 Prof. G. Gulliver on Raphides and other Crystals in Plants.

but many spheraphides. In short, these Pittosporaceze afford

spheeraphides, but are quite devoid of raphides.

Olacacee.—Dried leaves of Olax scandens, O. stricta, Liri-

osma, sp., Heisteria cyanocarpa, Ximenia americana, Icacina sene-

galensis, Aphodytes, sp., Gomphandra axillaris, Pogopetalum acu-

leatum, and Cansjera scandens: all these Olacaceze and Icaci-

nacez devoid of raphides.

Araliacee and Rhamnacea.—Of these orders the following

lants were examined, and none of them afforded any raphides :

Aralia leptophylla, A. nudicaulis, Hedera Helix, Rhamnus Ala-

ternus, Ceanothus azureus, and C. divaricatus. Some of them

abound in spheeraphides, as may be well scen in Aralia (‘Annals,’

April 1864) and Rhamnus. In the last plant they form a beau-

tiful spheraphid tissue, of which there is a plate from Lythrum

in the ‘Annals’ for September 1863, pl. IV. fig. 13. This

tissue occurs in the leaves, liber, and between the medullary

rays and alburnum of Rhamnus.

On the present occasion negative results of searches for ra-

phides are detailed more particularly than has been usual in

these papers, in order that botanists may estimate the observa-

tions on Vitaceee at their true value, and more especially as

Mr. W. H. Baxter has kindly afforded me the means of making

comparative examinations of all the above-named Leez, Pitto-

sporacee, and Olacacez.

Excepting the little order Cyrillaceze, of which I have yet seen

no member, the first six orders in this paper form the whole of

Prof. Lindley’s Berberal Alhance, in which the order Vitacez.

occupies the central place lneally. The affinities of this order

he thus indicates :—

Araliacee.

Berberidaceze.— Virace &.—Pittosporacee.

Rhamnacee.

The result of the present observations is remarkable. No

lant of the central order examined without finding raphides ;

while, on the contrary, these were never found at all in any

examination of its allies and surrounding orders. Thus Vitaceze

must surely be entitled to the character of a raphis-bearing

order. But whether this character will always certainly prove

diagnostic, as now seems probable, can only be decided after a

complete examination of all the orders in question. So novel is

this subject of raphides as natural characters in systematic

botany.

Balsaminacee, Galiacea, Onagracee, Phytolaccaceea, and Nye-

taginacee.—And the same remark applies to these raphis-bearing

Exogens, although my observations in the ‘Annals’ for July

Dr. O. A. L. Morch on the Operculum and its Mantle. 117

1864, and many since made, have convinced me that, so far as

regards the British flora, the raphidian diagnosis is not only

quite true, but very natural. Yet, as formerly noticed, this

character might more easily escape attention in Galhiacez than

in the other orders.

Finally, the propriety of retaming Leea under Vitacez has

been disputed ; and the present observations will tend to support

the conclusion of those botanists who, with Adrien de Jussieu

and Lindley, persist that this genus ought not to be separated

from Vitacez.

Edenbridge, July 17, 1865.

(To be continued. }

XIL1.—On the Operculum and its Mantle (lobus operculigerus,

pomatochlamys). By Dr. O. A. L. Morcu.

Apanson* regarded the operculum of univalve shells as an-

swering to the second valve of the bivalves—an opinion main-

tained by Oken and lately by Dr. Gray} and Prof. Macdonald ft.

In this point of view the lobus operculigerus (Lovén), or “ the

opercular mantle,” would correspond with one moiety of the

mantle of bivalves.

Prof. Lovén regards the bivalve shell as produced by a cloven

or bipartite mantle, and the operculum as homologous with the

byssus.

Prof. Keferstein§ supports Lovén’s opinion, considering the

slit in Emarginula and Tenagodus as a trace of division. The

porous slit of Haliotis, Tenagodus, &c., corresponds with the

notch or channel in canaliferous shells (Hntostomata, Blv.).

There is, however, a more important trace of division in many

univalves—for instance, the dentated furrow in Monoceros,

Pseudoliva, Ancillaria, and some species of Murex (Cerastes), but

chiefly in Carinaria. In this last genus the keel is formed by

the two sides of the shell, which are pressed against each other

in such manner that a piece of paper can be introduced into

the middle of the keel as far as the foetal shell. In Onustus

(Humphr.) the two sides are cemented together, but the union

can be clearly seen, Akera bullata shows something similar in

* Hist. Naturelle du Sénégal.

+ J. E. Gray “On the Operculum of Gasteropodous Mollusca, and an

attempt to prove that it is homologous or identical with the second valve

of Conchifera”’ (Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist, ser. 2. v. p. 476; and

Phil. Trans. 1833).

t “On the Homologies of the so-called univalve shell and its Opercu-

lum ” (Proe. Linn. Soe. v. 1860).

§ Bronn u. Keferstein, Die Klassen u. Ordnungen des Thierreichs.

118 Dr.O. A. L. Mérch on the Operculum and its Mant’e.

the line of suture. The shell of the young Dentalium is also

split throughout its whole length. The best proof of analogy

would perhaps be the carapace of Limnadia and Estheria, among

Crustacea, which is bivalve, while that of closely allied genera,

as Nebalia and Apus, is univalve.

Pinna saccata, L., has both valves united in the adult state ;

but it has never been observed that the two valves have their

origin in the division of a single shell: on the contrary, the

division is manifest in the larval shell.

Nearly all organs are double in the Acephala: there are thus

two ovaria with distinct external orifices, two kidneys (organs

of Bojanus) with distinct external orifices, two pairs of labial

palpi, two pairs of gills. It seems to me therefore probable that

the Acephala also have two shells originating in the same way

as the other organs above mentioned. This duplicity of the or-

gans is very indistinct among the univalves, as in Dentalium and

Chiton, and it becomes rarer and rarer among the higher

Mollusca.

The larva (Glochidium) of Anodonta has in each shell a distinct

byssus-bundle (“ cordons ombilicaux,” Quatrefages*), and a dis-

tinct intestinal channel with distinct oral orifices+; in other

words, it is a true Diplozoon in the larval state. This curious

fact is perhaps not quite solitary among Mollusca. Thus, ac-

cording to Koren and Danielssen {, several eggs (from 1 to 100)

are, in Buccinum undatum, united to form a single embryo. The

difference is chiefly that in the much lower mollusk, Anodonta,

the amalgamation takes place in a more advanced state of the

embryos, so that some organs, the intestinal channel and the

byssus, are united into one, and the other organs are kept in

their original condition. The animal would then be composed of

two “zonites,” reminding us of the “egg-producing process”

of Hydra, regarded by Prof. Huxley as a reduced individual,

or an organ homologous with an individual §. An Acephalous

mollusk must therefore be considered an individual in the same

sense as a plant or flower composed of individuals (leaves) reduced

to organs. The question is, Does the opercular lobe with its

operculum represent one lobe of the mantle and its shell in the

bivalves, or is it something different ?

The epipodial line of Huxley (‘ manteau inférieur,” Lacaze-

* Ann. des Se. Nat. tom. iv. (1835) p. 283, and tom. v. (1836) p. 321,

&e.

+ Von Siebold, Vergleichende Anatomie, Wirbellose Thiere, p. 294.

+ Bidrag til Pectinibranchiernes Udviklingshistorie ; ‘‘ On the Develop-

ment of Buccinum undatum”’ (Athenzeum, 1852, p. 1066).

§ Lecture upon Animal Individuality, Royal Institution (Ann. Nat.

Hist. ser. 2. vol. ix. p. 505).

Dr.O. A. L. Morch on the Operculum and its Mantle. 119

Duthiers*) often produces posteriorly a shell (operculum) analo-

gous to the shell of the true mantle; daterally it can be deve-

loped into fins, as in Aplysia and Gymnosomata (Pneumodermon,

&c.), analogous to the pallial fins of the Cephalopoda; it can

form a fimbriated or undulated edge, as in Haliotis, Trochide,

Elysiide, and Philine+; it can form a siphon, as in Cephalopoda

or in the American Ampullaria, analogous to the mantle-siphon

of Buccinide ; perhaps it forms anteriorly the tentacula, ommato-

phores{, and intertentacular lobes of Trochide, corresponding to

the mantle-edge of Pectines, Solenes, Galeomma, &c. The epi-

podium is attached to the foot; but it is not quite clear that it

is a part of it. One author considers the foot homologous with

the adductor muscle of the Acephala ; but it must be remembered

that the foot of the Acephala is homologous with that of the

Gasteropoda. Dr. Gray regards the muscles which connect the

columella and the operculum as homologous with the adductor

muscles of bivalves.

Prof. Lovén considers the operculum homologous with the

byssus; but, as this organ is found in several univalves, even in

those with an operculum, this opinion cannot be adopted, as was

pointed out by Prof. Macdonald. It must also be remembered that

it is not known how the byssus of univalves is formed. Swain-

son (Treatise, p. 186, f. 29) represents Cyclostoma suspensum,

Gould, and A. Adams (Voyage of Samarang, p. 44, t. 13. f. 3),

Cerithidea obtusa, Lam., as attached to a branch by a byssus

during the zstivation. According to Macdonald, Planazis, and

to Gray, Rissoa parva, spin a byssus. It is possible, from its re-

semblance to that of Mytilus, that the deep posterior groove in

the footsole of Cerithiopsis tubercularis (Forb. & Hanl. Brit.

Moll.) produces the byssus. The nature of the slimy thread of

Litiopa, too, is very doubtful ; perhaps it only corresponds to the

thread of Limazx filans, Hoy. The “float” of Ianthina, which

attaches the animal to the surface of the water, is probably ho-

mologous with the byssus §, judging from its ventral position ||.

* “ Mémoire sur le Systeme nerveux de |’Haliotide”’ (Ann. des Se. Nat.

Zoolog. 1858, sér. 4. vol. xii. p. 226).

+ Morch, Journal de Conchyliologie, 1863, p. 39.

{ The double-eyed monstrosities of Hmarginula and Patella vulgata,

the latter of which, with a double tentacle, described by Fischer, are not

without importance for this comparison (Journal de Conchyhiol. tom. y.

p- 230, tom. xil. p.89). Lacaze-Duthiers, ‘Sur les Monstres doubles de

la Bullea aperta” (Compt. Rend. Acad. Se. tome xli. 1855, pp. 1247-

1250).

§ Morch, Journal de Conchyliologie, 1860, Juiliet.

Macdonald, ‘*On the Homologies, &c.”? (Proc. Linn. Soe. vol. y.

Nov. 14, 1860, p. 209).

| In the young Cyclas the byssus has, however, a posterior position.

120 Mr. J. Hogg on some Amphibians.

It has a remarkable analogy to the singular vesicular develop-

ment of the cement-tissue of the peduncle of Lepas (Dosima)

fascicularis, Sol. & Ellis*.

The byssus in the Acephala is generally corneous; but in

Anomia it forms a calcareous plate (the plug), possibly corre-

sponding with the opercular valve in Hipponyx and Lithedaphus,

which may be considered a calcareous secretion of the ventral

face of the foot. The epiphragm of the Helices would also

be homologous, if this plate be really a secretion of the foot,

as M. P. Fischer states; but it is probably secreted by the

mantle, like the septa of Vermeti, Runcina decollata, &ce. To this

category belong probably the tubes of Teredo, Gastrochena,

Clavagella, &c., and the accessorial valves of Pholades. The two

pallets in Teredo, which have a striking analogy to the opercula

of some Serpule (Hydroides norvegica, Gunn.), might perhaps be

compared with the posterior supplementary shells of Talona.

The shell of Argonauta, considered by Mr. Adams to be homo-

logous with the egg-cases of Murex, agrees with Nautilus in its

position and the black colour of the carina; but it seems to be

formed by the arms only. Its homology is therefore uncertain.

It appears that all parts of the skin in Mollusca can secrete a

shell. There are likewise found calcareous spicula or grains in

all parts of the body, in the clypeus in Gymnobranchia, the

tentacula of Pleurobranchus, and even in the intestinal channel.

In the Bullide and some Pellibranchiata there are thick calea-

reous plates in the stomach.

Note. The ligament is a thickening of the epidermis, which

is part of the skin of the animal, but not specially of the shell.

This seems evident to me from examining, for instance, a specimen

of Mya truncata in spirit. The connexion of the two valves by

the ligament proves, therefore, not that the valves were originally

one only, but that the bivalve shell is formed in the same manner

as the two lateral mandibles of the olde.

XIV.—WNotes on some Amphibians.

By Joun Hoee, M.A,, F.R.S., F.L.S. &c.

Dr. J. E. Gray, in his paper “ On the Clawed Toads (Dactyle-

thra) of Africa,’ published in the ‘Annals and Magazine of

Natural History’ (vol. xv. p. 334), well observes, that this

kind has “ large webbed hinder feet, some of the toes of which

are armed with very distinct horny black claws—a_ peculiarity

of structure that is quite an exception amongst the Batrachian

animals.”

* Darwin’s ‘ Cirripeds,’ p. 96.

Mr. J. Hogg on some Amphibians. 121

Cuvier, in the second edition of his ‘ Régne Animal’ (1829),

bestowed the generic name of Dactylethra on the only one then

known, which had been discovered in South Africa, and which

is now called D. capensis.

The Greek appellation of the genus, daxTvAjOpa, properly

means a “case” or “sheath for the finger,” 7. e. a thimble ; and

it is clearly a very correct one for the sort of horny case which

covers three of the five toes of this curious animal. Dr. Gray

describes it as a “black horny claw, which covers the last joint

of the three outer toes and the spur of the hind foot.”

The same zoologist further describes this Toad as having its

skin “ scattered with small white lines disposed in a symmetrical

manner, which, when examined by a magnifier of rather high

power, display linear series of close minute perforations or

glandular openings.”

These small perforations or pores are probably of use in

exuding, under a dry and hot atmosphere, a fluid that is service-

able in moistening the naked skin, which, in several species of

Frog, is known to perform the function of breathing. This

cutaneous respiration possessed by some of the Amphibians was,

I believe, first made known by Dr. Edwards, in Paris, more than

a quarter of a century ago; but how far that function may

assist, or be employed in lieu of, pulmonary respiration I have

not been able to learn.

When I wrote my first paper on the ‘“ Classifications of the

Amphibia,” which was published in the ‘ Magazine of Natural

History’ (n.s. vol. i. p. 265, 1839), I kept the genus Dactylethra

apart from the genus Pipa, and took the D. capensis as the type

of a distinct family, which I termed Dactylethride. For so

doing, more than twenty-seven years since, several zoologists,

whose classifications were not in accordance with mine, censured

me; but I am now very happy to find that Dr. Gray has

adopted (p. 340) the family “ Dactylethridz ” as an established

one. Although this distinguished naturalist does not assign the

author to this family, yet by consulting Prof. Agassiz’s ‘ Nomen-

clator Zoologicus,’ it will be seen that I was the originator of it.

The entries in that useful work are as follow :—

In the ‘Index Universalis’ (p. 115), “ Dactylethride, Hogg,

Rept. Ad. 1838.”

Again, in the ‘Addenda’ to ‘Reptilia’ (p. 3), ‘ Dactyle-

thride, Hogg, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1. 1838. Dactylethra. Pipe.”

And should the animal named by Dr. Gray Silurana prove a

distinct genus, and not the larval or tadpole-state of a species

of Dactylethra, it will constitute another interesting genus in

the family Dactylethride.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. xvi. 9

122 Mr. J. Hogg on some Amphibians.

I will now make a few remarks on the Axolotl of Mexico—

named by Cuvier Avolotus Meaicanus, and by myself Siredon

pisciformis (1838).

Dr. Gray, in his very useful ‘ Catalogue of the Specimens of

Amphibia in the British Museum,’ part 2, printed in 1850

(wherein he has done my labours justice), places this remarkable

Amphibian in his suborder II. Gradientia, and family III. Ple-

thodontide ; and he says at p. 49, that it “has only been observed

in its larva state.” He also there cites this passage from Baird

(Journ. A. N.S. Phil. 1849, p. 292) :—It (Siredon) so much

resembles the aa va of Ambystoma punctata in both external form

and internal structure, that I cannot but believe it to be the

larva of some gigantic species of this genus. It differs from all

known Perennibranchiates (the Manentibr anchians, mihi) im

possessing the larval character of the gular or opercular flap,

this being unattached to the subjacent integuments, and free to

the extremity of the chin. The non-discovery of the adult is

no argument against its existence.”

Also Charles Bonaparte, Prince of Musignano, in the same

year (1850), in his Classification of the Amphibia, considered the

Stredon as the mere tadpole of a Salamandra or Batrachian.

Although Dr. Gray, with his usual accuracy, has referred to

“ Home, Phil. Trans. 1824,” yet he seems not to have full

examined that memoir, and to have overlooked the following

passage which I wrote in 1838 respecting it :—

“TLatreille places the Axolotl (Siredon pisciformis) amongst

the Caducibranchious Amphibia; but it had been previously

discovered that its branchi@ are persistent; the details of which

may be learnt from a paper by Sir Everard Home, published in

the ‘Philosophical Transactions’ for the year 1824, p. 419.

One of the accompanying plates accurately represents the ex-

ternal gills as still remaining on a female Axolotl when in the

state of possessing fully developed ovaria, and just before the

ova are shed ; thereby proving her to be a perfect animal. Con-

sequently Latreille should have stationed the Axolotl next to

the Proteus in his second order.” This fact has been fully con-

firmed ; and the permanency of the external gi//s throughout

the life of the animal is now well determined. It is frequent in

the lake near the city of Mexico; and the common people con-

sidering it a fish (as indeed some naturalists are inclined to do),

sell it as such; and, as Hernandez says, “salubre et gratum

preebet alimentum.” There seem to me to be three or four

species which are not yet correctly known or distinguished.

M. Duméril has very recently given an account of the hatch-

ing of the young from the ova of the Mexican species (Szredon

pisciformis) in the menagerie of the Museum of Natural History

Mr. J. Hogg on some Amphibians. 123

in Paris. The ovum is like that of all the Batrachians. The

gills in the tadpole of this species consist of three short appen-

dages, which are cylindric and only shghtly ramified.

For a full description of the interesting development of the

tadpole from the egg of this Amphibian, see the last April

Number (16) of the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ tome Ix. p. 765.

I may, however, note that it appears that the time required

for the hatching of the tadpole of the Axolotl is about one month

—the same as that, in our ordinary springs, for the birth of the

common tadpole.

This genus was placed, in my modified Branchial Classifica-

tion, in 1841, thus :—

Class IV. AMPHIBIA.

Subclass IT. Diplopneumena.

Order IIL. MANENTIBRANCHIA.

Tribe I. RAMIBRANCHIA.

Family II. Proteide.

Genus SIREDON.

And I do not think it necessary for me to alter its position, even

after a period of twenty-four years.

But, before I conclude, I must point out two errors in Prof.

Agassiz’s valuable ‘ Index Universalis,’

The first is in attributing to me the word Cadnabranchia,

which I have never used. The entry at p. 56 stands thus :—

* Cadnabranchia, Hogg, Rept. Ad. 1838” (which he corrects

to “ Caducibranchia).” And he then inserts the following :—

“ Caducibranchia, Bonap. Rept. 1831” (which he corrects to

“V. cadnabranchia”’).

The word Cadnabranchia is, I conclude, only a misprint.

And the second error occurs at p. 310, as follows :—

“ Proteidea, Hogg, Rept. Ad. 1841” (which he corrects to

“ Proteoide’’).

Now the term “ Proteidea,” which is seen at p. 3855, Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist.’ (No. 45, July 1841), is not my own, but it is

that of Prof. J. Muller: the original is published in Oken’s

‘Tsis’ (p. 710) for the year 1831; and a translation from the

German, made by myself, is there inserted.

Norton House, Stockton-on-Tees.

July 11, 1865.

124 Prof..W. King on the Histology of

XV.—Remarks on the Histology of two Specimens of Rhynchopora

Geinitziana, De Verneuil, from near the River Oukhta, Pro-

vince of Archangel, and belonging to the Collection of the Corps

des Mines of St. Petersburg. By Professor Witt1am Kine.

Tne specimens which are treated of in the present communica-

tion have been recently noticed by Dr. Carpenter* in connexion

with a dispute which occurred between us in 1856. They were

kindly submitted to our individual examination, at the time, by

Mr. Davidson, who, on account of the light they seemed to

throw on the histology of the Rhynchonellide, spared no labour

in procuring the loan of them for the purpose stated.

Paleontologists will remember that, in a paper of mine, entitled

“Notes on Permian Fossils,” which appeared in the ‘ Annals

and Magazine of Natural History’ for March and April 1856,

I asserted that the species to which the specimens belong is “as

distinctly and regularly perforated” as any of the family Tere-

bratulide ; and that, on the contrary, Dr. Carpenter, in a letter

published nearly twelve months afterwards, maintained that it

has “only pits upon the inner surface of the shell’’+.

Before proceeding further, I wish it to be understood that I

have no desire to enter on a controversy with Dr. Carpenter in

your pages: my object is solely to place on record, in a scientific

journal like the ‘Annals,’ the observations which I made on the

specimens in question {. Dr. Carpenter, I am fully aware, will

also publish his observations on the same specimens—a proceed-

ing which I shall be perfectly satisfied with, provided he confine

himself to the main point at issue between us§. Should this

be the case, it may be reasonably expected that the discussion

will stimulate others, who have sufficiently favourable opportu-

nities, to endeavour to determine which of us is right.

One of the specimens has a considerable portion of the um-

bone of the large valve broken off: the other is nearly perfect.

* See ‘ Reader’ for July 8, p. 45.

+ See ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ ser. 2. vol. xix. p. 214.

Dr. Carpenter, however, had previously admitted, in a paper published in

the ‘ Annals,’ vol. xvii. p. 504, that my statement, as regards some German

specimens, was correct, “so far as can be judged by the external appear-

ance”’ of two which he had examined.

{ My observations would have been published at the time they were

made but for certain reasons, which it would be a waste of your valuable

space to be occupied with: they will be stated, however, I expect, in an

immediate number of the ‘ Reader.’

§ Dr. Carpenter will have ample opportunity of adding any other

matters im the ‘ Reader,’ in which he has already introduced a “ personal

discussion.”

two Specimens of Rhynchopora Geinitziana. 125

Neither specimen exhibits any portions of an impression of the

inner surface of the valves.

1. The specimen with the umbone of the large valve broken off.—

The outer or original surface of this specimen seems to have

disappeared, while in some places it is obscured with foreign

matter. In the former condition, the remaining test displays

numerous black dots*. In a few places the specimen has been

a little filed or cut down. The test that remains is, in several

places, of considerable thickness, which is well exhibited on the

fractured portion, where the umbone is broken off. At this part

the black dots are seen (as represented in the surface-figure and

longitudinal section, figs. 1 and 2) not only on the surfaces a

and c, but also on the intermediate por- Fic. 1

tion 6, A broken part on the small Pitas

valve, between the umbone and the an-

terior margin, also shows the test to be

of considerable thickness ; and in certain

lights some of the black dots appeared as

if they formed the terminations of fine

hair-like lines passing down through its Rie 2:

thickness. In no instance could I con-

vince myself that they were “ mere acci-

dental results of infiltration,’ as main-

tained by Dr. Carpenter in one of his

letters to me: their regularity completely forbids the idea.

Black dots are nearly everywhere exhibited on the abraded

surface of this valve: the exceptional cases will be noticed here-

after.

The observations stated completely prove, in my opinion, that

the black dots are not simply “ pits upon the internal surface of

the shell;” or they ought not to be seen on the surface of every

layer of tissue exposed: the whole of the layers, be it understood,

form a series of considerable thickness. On the contrary, seen

under the circumstances named, they cannot but represent

broken transverse sections of tubular perforations, similar to

those characteristic of the Terebratulide, and passing through

the entire thickness of their shell-substance. I am disposed to

regard their dark colour as due to the carbonaceous residuum

of the membrane with which the perforations were originally

occupied. The perforations of fossil Terebratulide are often

filled with a similarly coloured matter: this is remarkably the

case with some specimens before me of Waldheimia ornitho-

cephala, which in this respect offer so striking an analogy to

what is seen in the Permian species under consideration as to

* My observations, made with a Stanhope lens, were most successful

when made in subdued sunlight.

126 Prof. W. King on the Histology of

render it a matter of surprise how its perforated character can

be doubted.

From the surface of the large valve, a little in front, and on

the left of the part where the umbone is broken, some shreds

have been removed, apparently for microscopic examination.

This portion of the specimen appears to be so much altered by

mineralization as to render it, in my opinion, of /ittle or no ser-

vice in settling the question at issue. On those parts from which

the shreds have been removed the black dots are distinctly

visible; and the remaining test on which they are seen is of

such a thickness as to completely preclude the idea of their being

“only pits upon the internal surface of the shell.”

2. The nearly perfect specimen.—This specimen is exceedingly

valuable, inasmuch as it decisively exhibits, on the left side and on

the umbone of the large valve, the original or outer surface of the

shell, All the other parts are Rie. 3.

either obscured with foreign 2

matter, or they show that por-

tions of the shell-substance

have been accidentally worn

down or otherwise removed.

The black dots are distinctly

seen where the abrasion oc-

curs; and in two or three

places on the umbonal region

of the small valve they are

visible on at least three dif-

ferent layers, a, b, c, as repre-

sented in fig. 3. The parts

marked with an asterisk con-

sist of a mere crust of mineral

matter, which appears to have

replaced the original surface-

layer. A portion of the nght

half of the anterior region of

the shell, where the margins of

the valves join, also exhibits

black dots very distinctly, as represented in fig. 4: the test is

evidently of considerable thickness at this part.

With respect to the umbone of the large valve, it does not, to

me, show any black dots, either on the original surface or in

the tissue beneath it. Whether this absence is due to the shell-

substance of the umbone having undergone a molecular change

or metamorphism, or has been produced by any other cause,

are points on which I cannot offer any decided opinion*. I am

* To show the effects of fossilization, I may mention that the type

two Specimens of. Rhynchopora Geinitziana. 127

unwilling, however, to admit that the test is here in its original

condition, because the surface-layer on the left side of the valve,

passing on to its margin, displays a few faint black dots*; while

the markings are distinctly visible on the third rib, where a

small film-like portion of the original surface has been removed.

Figure 5 is a representation of what has just been described,—

a being the original surface, with a few Fig. 5.

faintly-marked black dots; and 4, the

abraded part, with others distinctly vi-

sible. This absence of what may now

be termed tube-apertures on the um-

bone is paralleled in many specimens

I have examined of Terebratulide be-

longing to the Carboniferous and Per-

mian systems. I have also observed it in

Jurassic specimens. In all these cases, mineralization was pro-

bably the obliterating agent. Furthermore the test at the

umbonal portion of the small valve of the first-described speci-

men does not exhibit the black dots so well as the anterior

region: their paucity on an old part of the shell is possibly due

to senility.

On the whole, I cannot but regard these two specimens as

completely confirming the view | took of the histology of the

German fossils noticed under the head of Rhynchonella Gei-

nitziana, in my paper already alluded to. The German speci-

mens, however, exhibit the tubular perforations more decidedly

than those from Russia, which is in favour of the latter having

undergone a greater amount of metamorphism. I have nothing

more to add to my description of the German examples: their

perforated structure, which is correctly represented in the plate

appended to my paper, is identical with that of a species of

Silurian Retzia, specimens of which are now before me. In the

latter the perforations are indicated by black dots, similar to

those in the German specimens.

I therefore repeat, in conclusion, that the species under con-

specimen of the species, belonging to my friend M. de Verneuil, who

kindly lent it me for examination, shows no black dots, nor any appearance

of perforations; but its test has undoubtedly undergone a remarkable

change, which has developed a concentric structure like that of Beekite, and

which,in my opinion, has obliterated all indications of perforations. Another

specimen, collected at Ropsen, near Gera, which I procured from Mr. Damon

of Weymouth, differs remarkably, im the apparent absence of perforations,

from some, procured at the same place, which I had noticed in the “* Notes”

already cited as published in the ‘Annals.’

* T exclude some accidental superficial black specks, which might be

confounded with the ‘ black dots ;” but the latter rather appear to be in

the outer layer of tissue than on it.

128 Royal Society :—

sideration has both valves “as distinctly and regularly perforated

as those of any Terebratulide.’ Hither Dr, Carpenter or I must

be labouring under some serious mistake. If the mistake be

mine, I shall readily bow to correction ; but | may be excused

maintaining my view until the appearances on which it 1s

founded are shown to support a contrary conclusion.

Belmont, near Galway, July 14, 1865.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

June 15, 1865.—Major-General Sabine, President, in the Chair.

“A Description of some Fossil Plants, showing Structure, found

in the Lower Coal-seams of Lancashire and Vorkehires: By E. W.

Binney, F.R.S.

The author stated that, although great attention has been devoted

to the collection of the fossil remains of plants with which our coal-

fields abound, the specimens are generally in very fragmentary and

distorted conditions as they occur imbedded in the rocks in which

they are entombed ; but when they have been removed, cut into

shape, and trimmed, and are seen in cabinets, they are in a far worse

condition. This is as to their external forms and characters. When

we come to examine their internal structure, and ascertain their true

nature, we find still greater difficulties, from the rarity of specimens

displaying both the external form and the internal structure of the

original plant. It is often very difficult to decide which is the out-

side, different parts of the stem dividing and exposing varied sur-

- faces which have been described as distinct genera of plants.

The specimens described were collected by the author himself,

and taken out of the seams of coal, just as they occurred in the matrix

in which they were found imbedded, by his own hands. ‘This has

enabled him to speak with certainty as to the condition and locality

in which they were met with.

By the ingenuity of the late Mr. Nicol of Edinburgh, we were fur-

nished with a beautiful method of slicing specimens of fossil wood so

as to examine their internal structure. The late Mr. Witham, as-

sisted by Mr. Nicol, first applied this successfully, and his work on

the internal structure of fossil vegetables was published in 1833. In

describing his specimens, he notices one which he designated Ana-

bathra pulcherrima. This did not do much more than afford evi-

dence of the internal vascular cylinder arranged in radiating series,

somewhat similar to that described by Meer Lindley and. “Hutton

as occurring in Stigmaria ficoides, in the third volume of the ‘ Fossil

Flora.’

In 1839 M. Adolphe Brongniart published his truly valuable

memoir, ‘ Observations sur la structure intérieure du Siyillaria ele-

On Fossil Plants from the Coal of Lancashire, &c. 129

-gans comparée a celle des Lepidodendron et des Stigmaria et a celle

des végétaux vivants,’” in the Archives du Muséum d’ Histoire

Naturelle. His specimen of Sigil/aria elegans was in very perfect

preservation, and showed its external characters and internal struc-

ture in every portion except the pith and a broad part of the plant

intervening betwixt the internal and external radiating cylinders.

Up to this time nothing had been seen at all to be compared to

M. Brongniart’s specimen, and no person could have been better

selected to describe and illustrate it. His memoir will always be

considered one of the most valuable ever contributed on the fossil

flora of the Carboniferous period.

In 1849, August Joseph Corda published his ‘ Beitrage zur Flora

der Vorwelt,’ a work of great labour and research. Amongst his

numerous specimens, he describes and illustrates one of Diploxylon

cycadeoideum, which, although not to be compared to M. Bron-

gniart’s specimen, still affords us valuable information, confirming

some of that author’s views rather than affording much more original

information. All these last three specimens M. Brongniart, in his

‘Tableau de végétaux fossiles considérés sous le point de vue de leur

classification botanique et de leur distribution géologique’ (published

in 1847), classes as Dicotylédones gymnospermes, under the family

of Sigillarées—amongst other plants his Sigillaria elegans, Mr.

Witham’s Anabathra, and Corda’s Diploxylon.

In 1862 the author published, in the ‘Quarterly Journal of the

Geological Society’ of that year, an account of specimens which

confirmed the views of the three learned authors above named as

to Sigillaria and Diploxylon being allied plants ; but showed that

their supposed pith or central axis was not composed of cellular

tissue, but of different-sized vessels arranged without order, having

their sides barred by transverse strize like the internal vascular

cylinders of Stgillarta and Lepidodendron. These specimens were

in very perfect preservation, and showed the external as well as the

internal characters of the plants.

All the above specimens were of comparatively small size, with

the exception of that described by M. Corda, which, although it

showed the external characters in a decorticated state, did not

exhibit any outward resemblance to a plant allied to Sigil/aria with

large ribs and deep furrows so commonly met with in our coal-fields,

but rather to plants allied to Sigillaria elegans and Lepidodendron.

In the present communication the author has described some speci-

mens of larger size than those previously alluded to, and endeavoured

to show that the Sigillaria vascularis with rhomboidal scars gradu-

ally passes as it grows older into a ribbed and furrowed Sigil/aria, and

that this singular plant not only possesses two woody cylinders

arranged in radiating series, an internal and an external one divided

by a zone of cellular tissue, both increasing on their outsides at the

same time, but likewise has a central axis composed of hexagonal

vessels, arranged without order, having all their sides marked with

transverse strize. Evidence is also adduced to show that Sigillaria

dichotomizes in its branches something like Lepidodendron, and that,

130 Royal Society :—

like the latter plant, it has a Lepidostrobus for its fructification. The

outer cylinder in large Sigillarie is composed of thick-walled quadran-

gular tubes or utricles arranged in radiating series, and exhibiting

every appearance of the tree having been as hard-wooded as Pinites,

but as yet no disks or strize have been observed on the walls of the

tubes. Stigmaria is now so generally considered to be the root of

Sigillaria, that it is scarcely necessary to bring any further proof of

this proposition ; but specimens are described which prove by simi-

larity of structure that the former is the root of the latter.

The chief specimens described in the memoir are eight in number,

and were found in the lower divisions of the Lancashire and York-

shire coal-measures, imbedded in calcareous nodules occurring in

seams of coal.

No.1, Diploxylon cycadoideum, was from the first-named district,

and the same locality as the T'rigonocarpon, described by Dr. J. D.

Hooker, F.R.S., and the author, in a memoir on the structure of

certain limestone nodules enclosed in seams of bituminous coal, with

a description of some T'rigonocarpons contained therein*; and the

other seven (Sigillaria vascularis) were from the same seam of coal

in the lower coal-measures in which the specimens described in a paper

entitled ‘On some Fossil Plants showing Structure from the Lower

Coal-measures of Lancashire’ +, were met with, but from a different

locality in Yorkshire.

“On the Fossil Mammals of Australia.—Part II. Description of

an almost entire Skull of Thylacoleo carnifex, Ow.” By Professor

Owen, F.R.S. Xe.

In this Part the author gives additional cranial and dental charac-

ters of the extinct marsupial carnivore, Thylacoleo, deduced from

examination of better-preserved fossils, obtained from freshwater

deposits in Darling Downs, Queensland, Australia.

The fore part of the skull, wanting in the first-described specimen

from similar deposits in the province of Victoria, is preserved in

the present specimen, showing the premaxillary bones, which are

relatively larger than in placental felines. Each bone has three

teeth, of which the foremost is developed into a tusk, the second

and third being very small. There is no canine, or no tooth de-

veloped as a laniary in the maxillary bone. In the short extent

of the alveolar border of this bone between the great carnassial

molar and the maxillo-premaxillary suture, there are two approximate

small round sockets, which lodged either one double-rooted tooth or

two small single-rooted teeth. But dental development has mainly

expended itself upon the perfection of a pair of laniary incisor tusks,

in both upper and lower jaws, for piercing, tearing, and holding, and

a pair of carnassials in both jaws for flesh-cutting. These, in the

present specimen, closely agreed with those described in the former

one, but were more worn: they are the largest examples of these

* Philosophical Transactions, 1855, p. 149.

+ Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London for May 1862.

Prof. Owen on the Skull of Thylacoleo carnifex. 131

peculiarly modified shear-blade teeth in the mammalian class. Al-

though the tusks are incisors—not, as in placental carnivora, canines

—they possess, through the singular shortness of the facial part of :

the skull in Thylacoleo, the same mechanical advantage, in their

proximity to the biting-power of the enormously developed temporal

muscles, as in Felis. In the lower jaw there is, anterior to the car-

nassial, either a socket for a small double-rooted premolar, or two

approximate sockets for as many single-rooted ones; and, as in the

upper jaw, these cavities do not range in the same longitudinal line

with the carnassial, but extend obliquely inward and forward, from

the inner side of its fore part. There is no other alveolus in the

lower jaw between the premolar one and that of the large lower

tusk. The small ‘tubercular’ molar on the inner side of the hind

end of the upper carnassial, and the two ‘ tuberculars’ behind the

lower carnassial, are indicated by their sockets in the present speci-

men. The author sums up, from acquired data, the dental formula

: 3—3 : 2 aa

of Thylacoleo as follows :—Incisors ;—, Canines ;, Premolars —;

1—)?

2—2 - 1-1 1 o <

=o Carnassials —- Tuberculars —. Of the incisors, the fore-

or =

most above are long and large tusks, like the pair below: of the

other teeth, the carnassials, of unusually large size, are functioned as

flesh-cutters, and the small tuberculars would serve for pounding

gristle or tendon, as in Felis: the premolars indicated by sockets,

and the small upper incisors, represent a remnant of the dental

family type under its extreme adaptive modifications in T’hylacoleo.

In the rest of the skull of the subject of the present Part, many

particulars are yielded in addition to those deduced from the frag-

mentary fossils which indicate the genus. They confirm the deduc-

tions of the marsupial nature of the large extinct Australian carnivore,

determine the alternative expressed in the author’s first communica-

tion as to the homologies of the inferior tusks, and show that the

genus Thylacoleo ranges, not with the series now including Didel-

phys, Dasyurus, and Thylacynus, but with the Diprotodont group,

more eminently characteristic of the Australian continent, and which

is at present represented by, or reduced to, the genera Phascolarctos,

Phalangista with its subgenera, Macropus with its subgenera, and

Phascolomys. The carnassial of Thylacoleo, in its large propor-

tional size, absence of the tubercular part, and indications of subver-

tical groovings of the enamel, most closely resembles that tooth of

the more ancient marsupial carnivore Plagiaulaz, and is associated,

in the lower jaw, as in that genus, with two small posterior tuber-

culars, one or two small premolars, and one large incisive tusk, simi-

larly directed obliquely upward and forward. Few facts in mamma-

lian paleontology are more interesting and suggestive than the

occurrence in our hemisphere, during secondary geological periods, of

Marsupial forms, which find their nearest representatives in existing

or tertiary extinct Marsupialia of the continent of our Antipodes.

The present Part of the author’s series of Papers on Extinct Aus-

tralian Mammals is illustrated with drawings of the entire skull of

the Thylacoleo carnifex.

132

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Feb. 28, 1865.—Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF PoRPOISE IN THE MUSEUM

oF Buenos Ayres. By Dr. H. Burmeister, F.M.Z.S.

PuHocaNna SPINIPINNIS, Sp. nov.

The animal has the general figure of the common European spe-

cies, but differs entirely in the position of the dorsal fin, which is

placed further backwards, and has spines on the upper edge.

The whole body is black, without any other colour, and the sur-

face of the skin is transversely striated with fine excavated lines, like

the inside of the human hand. The upper lip is somewhat shorter

than the under, and the figure of the mouth, on both sides, rather

curved behind; the length of the opening is 84 centim. on each

side. From the hinder corner of the mouth the eye is distant

7 centim., and from the eye to the beginning of the pectoral fin is

16 centim. The opening of the nose has the form of a broad trans-

verse ridge, somewhat curved forwards; it is 3 centim. broad, and

16 centim. distant from the top of the upper lip. The figure of the

whole body is fusiform, but much more elongated behind than be-

fore; it measures from the top of the upper lip to the notch of the

tail-fin 162 centim., and the circumference of the thickest part of the

body, at the middle, is 102 centim.

The distance from the nasal aperture to the beginning of the dor-

sal fin is 84 centim. ; but the elevation of this fin is so gradual, that

it is difficult to say exactly where it begins. The figure of the whole

fin is triangular, somewhat curved forwards near the end, and its

height 14 centim. (see fig. 1). This curving forwards is a peculiar

and very distinguishing character of the species, as is also the

clothing of the anterior margin of the fin with small spmes. These

spines are not different from the skin, but elevations of the skin itself,

like small angles, of an elongated-oval form. I have figured part of

the middle (where the spines are most elevated) as seen from above

(see fig. 2), to show that every spine is surrounded by a ridge of the

skin, and that from the sides of the lateral spines other ridges begin.

Some small spines begin in the middle of the back, at the distance

Dr. H. Burmeister on a new Porpoise. 133

of 25 centim. in front of the fin, as a single line of moderate spines ;

but soon another line begins on each side, so that in the beginning

of the fin there are already three lines of spmes. These three lines

are continued over the whole rounded anterior margin of the fin,

and are augmented on both sides by other small spines irregularly

scattered, so that the whole number of spine-lines in the middle of

the fin is five. Towards the end of the fin they become smaller,

and on the rounded tip of the fin there are no spines at all.

From the hinder margin of the dorsal fin to the notch of the

tail-fin is 54 centim. ‘The tail-fin is 39 centim. broad, and each

fluke 20 centim. long on the anterior margin. This margin is some-

what curved backwards, and the hinder margin sinuated.

The underside of the body is somewhat more curved and extended

than the upper side, and the tail more descending.

The anus is situated under the beginning of the dorsal fin, 70 centim.

distant from the notch of the tail-fin.

The individual seems to be a very young one, because all vestiges

of genital organs are wanting in the exterior. The anus has a dozen

radial folds, of which the largest, 6 centim. long, runs forwards ; all

are very deep, and transversely ridged.

The pectoral fin is faleated, 26 centim. long and 10 broad. At

its proximal end there are many fine ridges in the skin, and in the

middle part are ridges indicating the finger-bones beneath.

The skull proves that the animal is a very young one, and that it

has come perhaps only to half its natural size; because all the bones are

very weak, not perfectly ossified, and the vomer entirely cartilaginous.

It has the general figure of the skull of the European Phocena, dit-

fering principally in the form of the hinder part of the intermaxil-

lary bones, which is more abruptly elevated in this new species than

in the European (see figs. 4 & 5).

Fig. 3. Fig. 4.

Side view of the skull of Phocena spinipinnis, reduced one-third.

134 Zoological Society :—

The upper jaw has sixteen small teeth, and the lower jaw seventeen,

on each side, there being no vestige of an alveolar ridge behind them

The first teeth are smaller and conical, the hinder

in either jaw.

broader and truncated, as seen in figures 3 & 4. ‘This is another cha-

racter distinguishing it from the European species; the skull of a

young individual of the latter, which I examined, had twenty-four

teeth in the upper jaw, and twenty-five in the lower, in both extending

more towards the hinder part of the jaw than in the new species.

The specimen of P. spinipinnis which is preserved in the public

Museum of Buenos Ayres, was captured in the mouth of the River

Fig. 5.

nN,

nV EA EN Bay

y any

Nay

Skull of Phocena spinipinnis, seen from above, reduced one-third.

Plata, and was afterwards exhibited in Buenos Ayres to the public,

some years before I came to this country.

Length of the whole skull, 29 centim.

Breadth between the orbits, 17 centim.

Length of the external margin of the upper jaw, 12 centim. ; of

the lower jaw, 22 centim.

Note.—The tympanic bone is lost ; the figure is therefore defective

in this part.

On THE OsTEoLocy oF MicroGiossa ALECTO.

By W. K. Parxer, F.Z.S.

Having been busy of late with the study of the skull and its

development in the Ostrich tribe, Iam the more sensitive to the

Indeed, but for

peculiar ornithic excellences of the Parrot family.

their Livery, it could hardly have been supposed that these opposite

Mr. W. K. Parker on the Osteology of Microglossa Alecto. 135

creatures belonged to one house: they are the most perfectly anti-

thetical of all the feathered tribes.

Judged by the mere power of flight, the Parrots would not be

accounted worthy to stand in so high a position; but this is only

one, among many, of the talents possessed by birds of noble degree.

Like all those who glory in “ high degree,’’ the Parrots have a

poor relation or two to abate their pride. The Owl-billed Parrot

(Strigops habroptilus) of New Zealand is as lowly as “‘ the younger

son of a younger brother.” If birds were to be classified by the

sternum only, then the Strzgops should be put near the Apteryz,

and the Tinamou attached to the train of the Peacock.

If birds be ranked according to the degree of their intelligence,

then, without controversy, the familiar Crows and Starlings, Finches,

and Singing-birds may take the highest room ; but if power of flight,

mere brute strength, and savage audacity shall be considered most

decent and becoming to a bird, then let the Eagles and Falcons sit

on the throne of the feathered kingdom. But there are qualities,

dear to the morphologist, in which the Parrots have the preemi-

nence, and stand higher, as Birds, than all other birds ; and although,

all things considered, the Crow is the best type and model with

which to compare the whole plumy brotherhood, yet in many things

the Parrot is a bird of birds; he is an ultra-type, and sets bounds to

the class to which he belongs.

But this bird, with the wise and solemn face of an Elephant, has,

like us, its chief and best qualities resident in its head; and if the

skull of an Ostrich be compared with that of the most psittacine of

the Parrots, the difference will appear almost as great as exists be-

tween a larva and an imago.

The type under consideration is one in which the characters of

the Parrot, and indeed the characters of a Bird, as such, are carried

to their highest pitch. I have long been familiar with this highest

kind of Psittacine skull in the genera Plyctolophus and Calypto-

rhynchus (see Cat. Mus. Coll. Surg. vol. 1. pp. 277, 278, nos. 1440

& 1445), and have recently discovered it in the Grass-Parakeet

(Melopsittacus undulatus); but the genus Microglossa carries it

to the fullest degree.

The teleologist might write a fair volume on the fitnesses dis-

played in the skull of this bird; but the adaptive conditions are of

secondary importance to him who would trace the clue of morpho-

logical unity through the mazes of nature’s unutterable variety.

The first thing that strikes the eye of the observer is the cleaving

of a great transverse cleft through the whole face, in front of the

eyes, leaving the enormously developed intermaxillary apparatus, en-

closing the vestibular parts of the olfactory organs, on one hand,

and the skull, maxillary apparatus, and true olfactory region, on the

other. Then we see that not only is the eye bounded beneath by a

blending of the lachrymal with the postfrontal, but the latter is an-

chylosed to the squamosal also ; and thus, with the true zygomatic

arch below, we have three pairs of facial bridges. But the deep,

steep-sided, beautifully arched intermaxillaries, the fair, broad fore-

136 Zoological Society :—

head, the well-roofed eyebrows, the perfectly bony orbit, and a man-

dible such as the eye searches for in vain elsewhere—all these are

outstanding characters in the highest type of Parrots, and, above all,

in the genus Microglossa.

The huge, mobile face is but one bone in the adult, and yet it is

composed of a great variety of parts that have become blended into

one thick mass, ; perfectly void of sutures. The nasals, intermaxil-

laries, prevomers (the vomer is not developed in the Psittacidze), the

nasal septum, the inferior turbinals, and the alee nasi, all these go

to form this large compound bone. ‘There are, therefore, six splint

bones; and the axial bones are four for the septum, two (at least)

for the inferior turbinals, and two for the alee nasi, thus making

eight more, or fourteen bones in all. The highly complex skull

also is completely fused into one bone, and it has in it the separate

parts that form the auditory and olfactory sense-capsules. But the

original attachment of the pieces of the arrested palato-pterygoid

arch is loosened so as to let the ascending (proximal or orbital) pro-

cess of the palatine lie half an inch below its proper foundation, viz.

the pars plana or antorbital. Anteriorly, the palatine is thick and

transversely expanded, and its convex elliptical end fits in a glenoid

cavity in the end of the prevomer of the same side. Further back,

at its proximal plate, it is two-thirds of an inch high, it scarcely

becomes less than half an inch ; and its emarginate hinder end reaches

to behind the ‘‘ membrana tympani,” full a quarter of an inch be-

hind the somewhat slender rod-like pterygoids. The latter bones,

although an inch in length, are thus completely overlapped by the

palatines. The sraall, late-appearing mesopterygoids have early coa-

lesced with each other, and they have united also with the front corner

of the basicranial edge of the left palatine. The malar bone articu-

lates, like its axis, the palatine, with the prevomer. The epiptery-

goid process of the pterygoid is obsolete ; the metapterygoid pro-

cess of the quadrate bone is small, conical, and anteriorly placed, as

in its autogenous counterpart in the non-venomous Serpents. The

hinge- convexity of the quadrate bone is semicircular; the cupped

process for the jugal is large and projecting ; and a well-developed,

outstanding, oval condyle i is received by the cup at the end of the

pterygoid. The heads of the os quadratum—answering to the crura of

our anvil-bone (‘‘incus’’)—are well developed, but do not stand as in

other birds ; for that which is related to the sympletic cartilage of

the stapes is directly ims¢de the outer or prootic head. In birds

generally, this incus-head projects far backwards, overlapping the

opisthotic, and overshadowing the auditory “ fenestra,” to articu-

late with the exoccipital. The splints of the lower jaw, ten in

number, have all become one piece, as unlike as possible to the

simple Meckelian rod on which they were modelled. The sym-

physis is an inch in extent, and the bone is transversely flattened

below, so as to be an inch wide at what should be the intermandi-

bular angle; this is, there, a gently concave transverse margin

having a rounded edge. The greatest height of the mandible is

1; inch; the angular process passes further back than the exocci-

Mr. W. K. Parker on the Ostevlogy of Microglossa Alecto. 137

pital. The occipital condyle is an extremely neat hemisphere. The

scooped occipital plane forms a very obtuse angle with the basis

cranii, which latter region is very small, triangular, and protected by

sharp ridges that meet at the fore angle of the coalesced basitem-

porals, below the small, closely placed Eustachian openings. At first

the “rostrum’’ of the basisphenoid is sharply~carinate, then it

becomes thick, rounded, and covered with articular cartilage, under

which the palatines and anterior ends of the pterygoids g vlide. The

height of the skull is so great that, although the hemispheres of the

brain lie down between the eyes more than in most birds, yet the

compressed rostrum of the basisphenoid and the lower edge of the

perpendicular ethmoid do, together, make a great keel, larger than

the: sternal keel of the Love-bird ( Agapornis ‘puller ia). The ante-

rior pterygoid processes are thrown out of relation to the pterygoids,

which grow no spur to answer to them; they are dull forthstanding

prickles. The exoccipitals are not nearly so much scooped to make

a drum-cavity as in the smaller Parrots; the tympanics, like the

columellie, are lost. ‘The main piece is large i in some of the smaller

kinds. In front of the great cranio- facial hinge, the nasals and

nasal processes of the intermaxillaries are converted into the merest

swollen sponge; behind the hinge, on each side, the lachrymals are

also swollen; but the frontals dip to form a valley between the or-

bits. Then there is a pair of frontal, and another pair of parietal,

smooth, large, rounded swellings, with a shallow, equally smooth

valley between them. The width of the head is nearly two inches at

the point where the postorbital process of the frontal melts into the

postorbital spur of the alisphenoid (post-frontal proper). Below and

behind this point it is more than two inches wide. The junction of

the thick quadrate splint (squamosal) with the post-frontal spur is

so extensive as almost to cover in the small heart-shaped “temporal

fossa.” This bridge of bone is half an inch across. The optic fora-

mina are about one-third of an inch apart; the olfactory fissures are

at the same distance. There is an elegant, small, shell-like middle

turbinal on the front of the self-dev eloped “pars plana,” or antor-

bital, and the simple crus of the ethmoid curls upon itself, so as to

form an upper turbinal. There are evidently full two coils to the in-

ferior turbinals, which are ossified in a fenestrate manner, as in mam-

mals, and which project far beneath the alee nasi. These latter are

ossified separately in the Parrots, and then, in many instances as in

this, acquire an adhesion with the nasals and the inferior turbinals.

The outstanding spurs of the antero-inferior septal bone increase the

complexity of the nasal labyrinth.

The sternum has its fenestree nearly filled up. The sternal keel

is, as in Parrots and many of their nearest allies, coincident with the

upturned, somewhat bifurcate episternal process. This is perfectly

normal ; for the keel, the episternal process, and the coracoid grooves

really belong to the shoulder-girdle ; together they form the true

episternum or manubrium. This might be called “ omo-sternum,”

in contradistinction to the rib-sternum (‘ pleuro-sternum’’), or that

which relates to the tnner cartilaginous belts, which grow directly

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xvi. 10

138 Zoological Society :—

from the centra of the vertebrae *. ‘The furcular bone is only appa-

rently simple, although in this specimen of Microg/ossa no sutures

can be seen. In the Ash-coloured Parrot (Psittacus erythacus),

however, and in the East-Indian Pale@ornis torquatus, the thick,

broad end of each ramus is seen to be a separate piece. This is

also to be seen in the Toucan (Ramphastos Toco) and in the King-

fisher (A/cedo ispida), but is still better developed in all the ‘‘ Rap-

tores”’ and Totipalmatie, in the Baleniceps and Umbretta, and, in

a less degree, in most typical Herons. I have already spoken of

this part (P. Z. S. 1864, p. 339 ef seq.), and may now say that it is

a rudiment of the so-called ‘ clavicle’’ of the Batrachian, Chelonian,

and African Ostrich, and is well seen as a distinct bone in the

shoulder-girdle of the Salmon tribe and some other allied Fishes.

In Birds this rudiment is proximal; in Mammals, generally, it is

distal or sternal ; but I have found such a piece at both ends of the

clavicle in certain Insectivora, e. g. the Mole (Talpa europea), and

in the Shrew (Sorex tetragonurus). In Lizards the counterpart of

this cartilage is the anterior boundary of the coraco-acromial fenes-

tree. The supposed rudiment of the clavicle in certain small Par-

rots, e. g. the Love-Bird ( dgapornis pullaria) and the Grass- Parakeet

(Melopsittacus undulatus), is an ossification of this acromial car-

tilage. In Psephotis multicolor neither this nor the furcular bone is

present.

March 28, 1865.—John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., m the Chair.

Notice or A New Species or Porpotse (PHOCHNA TUBER-

CULIFERA) INHABITING THE Mouru oF THE THAMES. By

Dr. Joun Evwarp Gray, F.R.S., F.L.S., ere.

The fact of a new species of Porpoise being found on our own

shores, at the mouth of the Thames, must be considered a proof of

how little we at present know of the species of Cetacea.

The Zoological Society, who are so anxious to obtain specimens

of these animals that their habits may be studied, procured with

considerable trouble a fine male Porpoise, which had been caught at

Margate. It was carried to the Gardens, and placed in the pond

Formed for these animals; but, though showing no external injury,

it was in so weak a state een it arrived that it sank to the bottom,

and was obliged to be taken out and suspended by bands on the sur-

face of the water so that it might not be choked. After a time it

recovered so as to be able to swim about by its own exertion, but it

only survived the transport a few days.

Messrs. Bartlett and Gerrard, when it was alive, said that it dif-

fered so much in general appearance from the Common Porpoise that

they were induced to believe that it might be a species of Lageno-

rhynchus or Grampus.

* T would remark that, to trace the affinities of the Parrot tribe, we should

take such forms as the Common Grey Parrot (Psi¢tacus erythacus), Nestor,

Psephotis, &e., in which the Psittacine characters are somewhat enfeebled. I

have not found any other “family”? so isolated as this.

Dr. J. E. Gray on a new British Porpoise. 139

The general form of the head, and examination of the teeth after

death, proved at once that it was a species of Phocena, very nearly

allied to, if not identical with, Phocena communis.

Dr. Burmeister’s description of a Phocena from the River de la

Plata (contained in the Museum at Buenos Ayres), which is peculiar

for having some spines on the upper edge of the dorsal fin, naturally

made me careful in examining the edge of the fin of this specimen ;

and to my astonishment I discovered that this species also was pro-

vided with a series of compressed tubercles, giving the fin a sharp,

hard, serrated appearance.

The tubercles or spines on the dorsal fin having been observed in

two specimens from very different localities, I was induced to inquire

if this was a character common to the genus, which had been over-

looked ; but, on examining the stuffed specimen of the Common

English Porpoise in the Museum, it is clear that they are not found

in the common state of the species. It then occurred to me that

it might be a peculiarity of the male sex; but Mr. Flower informs

me that the male specimen which lived for some weeks in the Gar-

dens of the Society, and which he lately dissected, certainly had no

spines on the edge of the dorsal fin: so that cannot be the case.

Under these cireunistances I think I am justified in considering

that the possession of these spinous tubercles is a peculiarity of the

species, and therefore a specific character. The examination of the

skull shows that there are differences in its form which confirm

this opinion.

The species of Phocena may be thus defined :—

a. Back in front of the dorsal fin, and upper edge of the dorsal fin,

smooth, without tubercles or spines. Dorsal fin in the middle

of the back.

1. PHOoCHNA COMMUNIS.

Hab. North Sea and mouths of rivers.

b. Back in front of the dorsal fin smooth; the upper edge of the

dorsal fin with a single series of oblong compressed tubercles,

which are more crowded near the upper end of the fin. Dorsal

fin in the middle of the back.

2. PHOCEHENA TUBERCULIFERA, Sp. Noy.

Hab. Mouth of the Thames, Margate.

c. Back in front of the dorsal fin with a single series, and upper

surface of the dorsal fin with three series, of square-based com-

pressed tubercles or spines. Dorsal fin behind the middle of

the back.

3. PHOCHNA SPINIPINNIS, Burmeister, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 228.

Hab. Rio de la Plata.

10%

140 Zoological Society :—

The new species may be described as follows :—

The specimen was 52 inches, measured along the side from the

end of the nose to the notch in the middle of ibe tail. The front

edge of the dorsal fin is 23 inches from the tip of the nose, measured

over the arch of the back; the hinder edge of the dorsal fin, mea-

sured in the same manner, is 22 inches from the notch in the tail.

The front edge of the base of the pectoral fin is 9 inches from the

end of the nose; and the fin itself is 9 inches long, measured along

its front margin. The tail is 13 inches wide, measured across the

hinder edges ; the lobes are rounded, and rather overlap each other

at the central noteh.

The hinder part of the back, the whole of the dorsal fin, and the

upper and lower surfaces of the pectoral and caudal fins are black ;

the head, the lower lip, the front part of the back, and the sides i

the base of the pectoral fins are greyish black ; the upper parts of

the sides of the body behind the pectoral fins are grey, more or less

mottled with a darker shade; the chin, throat, ches belly, and

under parts of the body ae The upper and lower jaws are of

the same length. The upper lip covers the edge of the lower one,

the covered part being pale-coloured, flattened, and gradually shelv-

ing in towards the upper margin. There are two minute pits (which

may have been the places from which whiskers arose) in the upper

part of the upper lip, situated about where the depression is placed

that separates the beak from the head in those genera which have

the beak marked.

The dorsal fin is scarcely faleate, with a rather broad, rounded

upper margin, which is armed with a single series of dienes com-

pressed paherciede ; the tubercles have an oblong base, with a slightly

raised conical centre, and the surface is Concrcde with irregular radia-

ting wrinkles. Those on the front part of the edge are largest, and

separate from one another ; they diminish in size and become crowded

near the hinder upper part of the fin, forming a ridge which is hard

and serrated to the touch.

The skull is much like that of Phocena communis in size, general

form, and in the number, disposition, form, and size of the teeth; but

it differs from the skull of that species in the beak of the skull being

rather narrower, more tapering in front. The foramen maximum is

narrow, much higher than wide, and the condyles larger; while in

P. communis ane foramen maximum is nearly circular, and the con-

dyles smaller and more oblique. The sy mphysis of the lower jaw is

longer, and the sloping lower edge is more oblique and considerably

longer than in P. communis.

A skeleton is being formed of the bones of this animal; and the

skin has been preserved in spirits, which is certainly one of the best

ways of preserving the specimens of Cetacea, as it allows the outer

surface to be examimed at any future time in a state most nearly

resembling that of living specimens.

Dr. A. Giinther on Australian Pipe-fishes. 141

On THE PIpr-FISHES BELONGING TO THE GENUS PHYLLOPTERYX.

By Ausert Ginruer, M.A., Pu.D., M.D., F.Z.S,

Many Pipe-fishes are provided with short or thin cutaneous ap-

peudages, symmetrically disposed on the different dermal scutes.

These appendages are most developed in the species which may be

referred to the genus Phyllopteryx (Swains.), Kaup. The first of

these extraordinary forms was described and indifferently figured by

Shaw (Zool. v. pl. 180). He named it Syngnathus foliatus, which

name must be preferred to that given in the same year by Laccépede

(Syngnathus teniopterus, Ann. Mus. iv. pl. 58. f. 3), since the

author of a work may be presumed to have named the species at a

much earlier period than the writer of a memoir.

The British Museum possesses, among others, a fine example,

13} inches long, of this Phyllopteryx foliata from Tasmania; and

there is a beautiful coloured figure in the collection of drawings made

by Ferdinand Bauer, Dr. Brown’s companion during Capt. Flinders’s

voyage.

A second species was described by Dr. Gray as Haliichthys

teniophorus in ‘ Proc. Zool. Soc.’ 1859, p. 38, and figured plovins;

it is from Freycinet’s Harbour.

A third species has been lately presented to the British Museum

by Mr. George French Angas, who received it from Port Lincoln,

South Australia. I name it Phyllopteryx eques. Its form is still

more extraordinary than that of the preceding species, the spines,

crest, and cutaneous appendages being much more developed,

and the trunk being dilated into an upper and three lower pro-

minences. ‘The snout is as long as the distance of the front mar-

gin of the orbit from the hind part of the nape; it bears a pair of

small spines behind the middle of its upper edge, a pair of minute

barbels at the chin, and a pair of long appendages in the middle of

its lower part. The forehead bears an erect, broad, subquadrangular

crest, with a shorter single spine behind ; a horizontal spine above

each orbit ; a cluster of spines with narrow appendages on the occi-

put. Nape of the neck with a long spine, dilated at the base into a

crest, and carrying a long bifid appendage.

The trunk is compressed, somewhat dilated, strongly arched on

the back, and with two deep indentations in its lower profile. There

are seventeen bony rings between the pectoral fin and the root of the

tail. The spines are of three kinds: 1. The band-bearing spines are

the strongest, strongly compressed, not flexible, each terminating

in a pair of short points. There are one pair of these spines in the

middle of the back, and one on each of the three prominences: of the

abdominal outline ; the flaps are Jong and bifid. 2. Very long, com-

pressed, and somewhat flexible spines, without appendages; these

oceupy in pairs the uppermost part of the back, and in a single series

the median line of the belly. 3. Small, short, conical spines run in

single series along the median line of the sides, and along the lateral

edges of the belly ; a pair of similar spines in front of the lower part

of the base of the pectoral fin.

142 : Miscellaneous.

Tail quadrangular, with sharp edges, and with five pairs of band-

bearing spines along its upper side ; its end is slightly prehensile.

P. 20. D.37. The dorsal is situated entirely on the tail.

The specimen, being dry, has lost its original colours, which were

probably red during life. The iris is crossed by radiating streaks ;

and several other streaks (of a whitish colour) radiate from the eye

over the opercles and the upper part of the head.

There is no doubt that these fish attach themselves with the pre-

hensile end of their tail to stems of seaweed or other objects; and

when they are in the vicinity of seaweed of a similar colour, their

resemblance to it must be so great that they would easily escape

being observed by their enemies.

MISCELLANEOUS.

The Food of the Aye-Aye.

To Dr. J. E. Gray.

Dear S1r,—The specimen of sugar-cane I sent for your examina-

tion a few days since exhibits in a clear manner the mode of using

its incisor teeth by the Aye-Aye. This animal, as you are aware,

came here in August 1862, and during the period of nearly three

years has been kept in good health and condition, its food being

varied from time to time. It was only recently that I obtained some

fresh green sugar-cane, and placed two or three sticks of the same in

the cage of the Aye-Aye. I soon found the animal was fond of this

kind of food ; and it is interesting to observe how well its teeth are

adapted for obtaining the juice and sugar from each of the joints of

the cane. As will be seen, the long points of the incisors cut deeply

into the cane, the fibre being pulled forward, and the moisture

chewed out. In the observations made by me, and published in the

‘Annals’ for July 1863, p. 72, I stated that the animal feeds freely

on a mixture of milk, honey, eggs, and any thick glutinous fluid;

and, from what I had observed, I was led to think the creature fed

upon the juices of trees; and I am induced to send you this short

notice as an additional proof of the correctness of my statements.

I am, dear Sir,

Yours faithfully,

A. D. BARrtTLettT.

On the Histology of the Acalephee. By Prof. KOLLIKER.

Professor Kolliker has published in the ‘ Wiirzburger naturwis-

senschaftliche Zeitschrift’? some observations made by bim upon the

histology of the Hydrozoa and Ctenophora in the Firth of Clyde.

In these animals he distinguishes three kinds of connective tissue.

One forms the tentacles of the Hydroid Polypes and all the solid

tentacles of the Medusze. It presents the appearance of a series of

cells (muscular cells of Keferstein) occupying the axis of the tenta-

cle. These cells possess no contractility ; at least the tentacles of

Miscellaneous. 143

the Aginide and Trachynemide, which present this structure, are

rigid.

“The contractile tentacles owe their contractility to a muscular layer

situated between the cellular axis and the external epithelium. This

cellular axis is only a dependence of the internal epithelium which

lines the digestive cavity (Hydroids) or the marginal canal (Medusze).

It probably acts as an elastic organ antagonistic to the muscular

layer.

The second kind of connective tissue is a substance destitute of

cells, which forms the umbrella of all the simple Medusze, including

the gelatinous substance of the natatory bells and covering laminge

of the Siphonophora. Sometimes this substance is entirely homo-

geneous; sometimes it is traversed by numerous fibres very like the

elastic fibres. In an quorea these fibres are attached to a mem-

brane capable of isolation, placed beneath the epithelium of the

convex surface of the umbrella.

The third form is the well-known gelatinous substance with dis-

seminated cells of the umbrella of the higher Medusze. Professor

Kolliker agrees with Professor Virchow in denying the existence of

these ale in Cyanea capillata.— Bibl. Univ. May 1865, Bull.

Seient. p. 66.

On a New Type in the Group of Ascidians—Chevreulius callensis.

By M. Lacazr-Duruters.

After describing the general characteristics of the Ascidia, the

author says :—The specimen which forms the subject of the present

memoir exhibits an exceptional and very remarkable arrangement,

which masks the true characters of the group. All the indivi-

duals of the genus Chrevreulius are without stolons or buds which

might lead to their being approximated to the social Ascidia, and

still less to the compound forms. Their form is that of a cylinder,

free at one extremity, adherent by the other, and shghtly flattened

on that side which is in contiguity to the foreign body. The free

superior extremity presents the characters of the genus.

The test, which is of a yellowish colour and cartilaginous, is suffi-

ciently resistant to retain its form after desiccation ; its thickness is

not great, and it resembles a thin lamina of pale horn. When it is

contracted, the orifices are not visible; but as it becomes distended,

more than half of the flat upper .extremity of the cylinder is soon

seen to detach itself towards the circumference, and to rise by moving

as if round a hinge placed on the side of the cylinder which is

flattened.

Beneath the plate which rises thus so as to form a right angle

with its former position, and which represents a valve, there appears

a white transparent tissue—a membrane stretched from one side to

the other of the separated parts, so as to fill up the great fissure

produced by this sort of gaping. Upon this membrane two mamillee

soon rise, at the summit of which open the two orifices characteristic

of the Ascidia. One of these leads into the branchial chamber, and

144 Miscellaneous.

consequently to the mouth; this is the highest one: the other, less

prominent and placed laterally, gives passage to the water which

traverses the branchiz, to the residues of digestion, and to the pro-

ducts of reproduction.

Between these two orifices a small opaque-white nucleus may be

distinguished through the tissue, with delicate filaments issuing from

it: this is the nervous ganglion.

Thus Chevreulius is undoubtedly an Ascidian, but it is a bivalve

Ascidian, of which the test is divided into two parts moveable upon

each other, as in the Acephala; and the Ascidia themselves must be

arranged in two series—one for those in which the external envelope

is a true little leather bottle with two apertures, the other for those

in which the test, divided into two parts by a broad horizontal cleft,

becomes bivalve.

Having met with Chevreu/ius for the first time in the waters of

Calle, I have named it C. callensis. It lives at great depths (60, 80,

or 100 fathoms), and belongs to the fauna of the coralligenous zone.

In conclusion, the author remarks upon the interest attaching to

the discovery of Chevreulius, as an Ascidian with an upper and

lower valve, in connexion with the relation existing between the

Tunicata and Brachiopoda. — Comptes Rendus, June 19, 1865,

p. 1264.

On some singular Organs appended to the Feet of certain Crustacea.

By MM. Crats and Sars.

Professor Claus (Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. xiii. p. 422) and Professor

Sars (Videnskabsselskab. FGrhandl. 1863) have independently in-

vestigated the Schizopod Crustacea of the family Kuphausidee with

regard to the singular organs already alluded to by Dana, Semper,

and Kroyer, and “regarded by Semper as eyes, and by Kréyer as

auditory organs. These are spherical organs, of a reddish colour,

situated at the base of several of the thoracic legs and of the first

four pairs of abdominal appendages. Both the authors above men-

tioned have demonstrated the correctness of Semper’s view, although,

besides these pedal eyes, the animals possess the two large com-

pound eyes common to all Decapoda. Each of the thoracic and

abdominal eyes receives a special nerve from the ventral ganglionic

chain. The organ itself is a spherical bulb, moved by special mus-

cles; and in it may be distinguished a crystalline lens, a vitreous

body, a pigment- -lay er, and a retina of complex structure. The

existence of a cr ystalline lens distinct from the cornea is very striking,

as remarked by M. Sars; for in other Crustacea no true crystalline

exists, its function being performed by the thickened and inflated

cornea. According to M. Claus, the position of the four pairs of

abdominal eyes is very remarkable: the first pair looks forwards,

the last pair backwards, and the two intermediate pairs downwards.

— Bibl. Univ. May 1865, Bull. Scient. p. 63.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[THIRD SERIES. ]

No. 93. SEPTEMBER 1865.

XVI.—On a new Lizard, with Ophidian affinities, from the Lower

Chalk (Saurospondylus dissimilis). By Harry Srexey,

F.G.S., of the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge.

Proressor Owen described the Raphiosaurus subulidens from

the Lower Chalk of Cherry Hinton, and I should perhaps have

been inclined to refer the vertebra here described from that

locality to the same genus, had not a sight of Mr. Carter’s type

specimen shaken my faith in its reptilian character. So far as

external features go, there is nothing to suggest that it is not

the jaw of a fish. Even were it reptilian, it is so dispropor-

tionately large in comparison with this vertebra, that the iden-

tity of the two would still be doubtful. But Professor Owen

appears to know the vertebre of Raphiosaurus; for, in the

‘Paleontology’ (p. 311, 2nd ed.), it is on such evidence that

the species is said to be based.

The Lizards yet known from the Chalk have proccelian ver-

tebree with that simple structure of the zygapophyses in which

the front articulations are turned up and exposed, and the back

pair turned down. This structure, characteristic of most ver-

tebree, would appear to result from the fact that the hmbs sup-

port that part of the skeleton which is in front of them—a func-

tion manifest in the straight or upward tendency of the neck,

where each vertebra rests on its zygapophyses, and the down-

ward direction of the tail, where the vertebree hang without

support under the zygapophyses.

The development and origin of these processes and the form

of the bones depend on the functions of the muscles, though in

a less degree than in the limbs, where bones appear to have

owed their very existence to muscular and functional action.

But in Saurospondylus the vertebra has ten articular facets, as in

Serpents and in the Iguana Lizards, in which the neurapophyses

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xvi. 1]

146 Mr. H. Seeley on a new Lazard

overhang and lock on to the zygapophyses of the vertebra in

front. Such a structure indicates a flexible vertebral column,

for it allows of dorsal vertebrae being supported by the anterior

limbs. In the lumbar region of many mammals, such as the

Armadillo, the Raccoon, and even the wild Cat, where there is

much upward and downward motion, there is a near approach

to a like modification of yoking.

This vertebra, with depressed centrum, obliquely overhanging

and transversely oval cup and ball, zygosphene, and zygantrum,

indicates the lower dorsal region of a small reptile having its

nearest affinities with Jguana. It is $ths of an inch long, not

quite so wide in front where widest. It was found in the lower

Chalk of Cherry Hinton, near Cambridge.

There is no neural spine, and no hypapophysis.

The inferior surface of the centrum is subtriangular. The

length from the base of the cup in front to the base of the ball

behind is equal to the width of the zygapophyses in front.

From these, two strong curved ridges descend and approximate

to the bottom of the sides of the ball. The subtriangular area

so enclosed is a little convex transversely and concave in length.

The vertebra is ;%-ths of an inch high in front, nearly one-

half being the height of the centrum, and the remainder that of

the neural arch, which is higher behind than in front, and may

there have had a slight neural spine. The neural arch on each

side is a smooth cupped surface, with a concave border, and

contracts behind.

The anterior zygapophyses are horizontal square surfaces,

hardly above the border of the cup, from which they are sepa-

rated in front by a perpendicular concavo-convex surface on

each side, about the size of their own articulations.

The zygosphene projects in front of the vertebra, and is just

as wide as the cup. Its superior front margin is concave and

horizontal. Its flat articular surfaces, which look forward and

outward, are very narrow, and entirely between the zygapo-

physes, above and in front of which they project about half their

own length.

The neural arch is very thin in front, thicker behind, where

the processes are less perfectly preserved.

The sides of the vertebra are narrow, concave, wedge-shaped

surfaces bordered by (1) the basal ridges already mentioned,

and (2) the concave ridges at the sides, which from above make

the outline of the neural arch, are laterally parallel with its top

ridge, and connect the anterior with the posterior zygapophyses.

Both ridges meet in front, below the zygapophyses in the

tubercle for the rib, which is broken off on both sides.

The body of the centrum and the neurapophyses appear to be

from the Lower Chalk. 147

cellular. The outline of the posterior end of the vertebra is

pentangular, as high as wide. The height of the ball appears

to be less than the depth of the cup.

Of the vertebral differences of Serpents and Lizards little is

known. This fossil resembles a serpent more than could have

been expected, and yet in other modifications comes near to the

Lizards. A Cretaceous serpent may have been more Lacertian

than any now known, and a lizard of the Chalk may have been

more Ophidian.

The chief Lacertian features which I detect are—

(1.) The absence of an hypapophysis, which all serpents ap-

pear to have, though in some (as in Python) it is very slight.

(2.) The depressed centrum, with transversely oval and over-

hanging cup and oblique ball, are Lizard characters, though the

cup is oblique in Crotalus, Paleryx depressus, &c., and the ball

is transversely elliptical in some other forms.

(3.) The absence of additional diapophyses besides the costal

tubercle is characteristic, though they are not found in all

Ophidia.

(4.) The neural arch is not notched between the zygantra, as

in Serpents, but is prolonged back a little between and over

them, as in Jguana. The zygantra are excavated in the middle

of the sides of the neural canal, as in Jguana, and not at its

summit, as in most serpents, though Naja, Hydrus, Natriz, &c.,

are exceptions.

(5.) The zygosphene projects well over the cup, as in Iguana,

and is not level with it, as in Ophidians.

(6.) Iguana has similar basal ridges, and depressions under

the costal tubercle, like those in the fossil, only more developed.

But neither in lizards nor in serpents does the basal ridge meet

the ridge between the zygapophyses, because the costal tubercle

is always lower down.

The more marked Ophidian characters are—

(1.) The broad quadrate form, which is nearer to Paleophis

than to Iguana, though the anterior vertebre of this and most

lizards are as short. In Scincus there is much the same general

form of the vertebra, and a like absence of neural spine and

hypapophyses ; but the zygosphene can hardly be said to exist,

the zygapophyses are never horizontal, and are well raised above

the tubercle for the ribs.

(2.) The horizontal zygapophyses, level with the top of the

cup, find their parallel in EHrya and most Serpents; but in

Iguana, the nearest to it of the Lizards, they are higher. Zguana

wants the sharp ridge connecting the zygapophyses; it is cha-

racteristic of some serpents, but is also found in Scincus.

The balance of evidence from the few data at my command

11*

148 Dr. J. E. Gray on a new Finner Whale from Formosa.

rather inclines to the conclusion that Sawrospondylus was an

Iguanoid Lizard, hardly separable from the Serpents, than that

it indicates a Cretaceous Ophidian. So classed, it is the type of

a new family.

XVII.—WNotice of a new Finner Whale from Formosa.

By Dr. J. BE. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

Mr. Swrnuocr has kindly sent me some bones of a Finner Whale

which was cast ashore on the coast of Formosa.

The cervical vertebrae show that it is quite distinct from any

Whale the bones of which have previously come under my

examination.

It agrees with the smaller Finner, Balenoptera rostrata of

Europe, in the second and third cervical vertebre being united,

while in all the other true Finners known they are free; and

also in the subcircular form of the front part of the neural canal.

I am therefore inclined to refer it provisionally to the genus

Balenoptera as restricted in my paper (Proc. Zool. Soc. May 24,

1864) ; but I think it probable that, when we know the entire

number of the vertebre and other details of the skeleton, it will

prove to be a distinct form.

The Whale may be named Balenoptera Swinhoei.

The second cervical vertebra with large, broad, truncated,

lateral processes, with a large, oblong, subcentral perforation ;

the lateral processes are each two-thirds of the transverse dia-

meter of the articulating surface of the body of the vertebra.

The third cervical united to the second by the anchylosis of

the neural arches; the body thin, oblong, transverse, broader

than high ; the lateral processes slender, truncated at the end,

not so long as the transverse diameter of the body, curved to-

wards each other at the end, but not forming a ring.

The rest of the cervical vertebre free.

The sixth or seventh cervical with a thin body, and a slender,

nearly straight upper lateral process, and only a very short

tubercle on each side below.

The neural cavity of the second cervical vertebra subcircular,

rather less high than broad, and not quite so wide as half the

diameter of the front side of the body.

The neural cavity of the third cervical vertebra oblong, trans-

verse, rounded above, as wide as half the transverse diameter of

the body, and about one-third broader than high.

The bones are nearly the same size as the similar bones in the

Physalus antiquorum, which is between 60 and 70 feet long when

alive ; they therefore belong to an animal at least three times as

large as the Balenoptera rostrata of Europe.

Dr. A. Krohn on the Male Generative Organs of Phalangium. 149

XVIII.—On the Male Generative Organs of Phalangium.

By Dr. A. Kroun*.

From dissections which I have very recently made, it appears

that the notions of Treviranus and Tulk as to the male sexual

apparatus of Phalangium still generally adopted require to be

essentially modified. The principal question here is as to the

still unexplained signification of a gland-like organ furnished

with two efferent ducts, which is situated in the abdomen upon

the lower wall of the alimentary tube, occurs only in the male,

and appears, as Treviranus asserts, to have some connexion with

the other parts of generation.

My investigations have proved that the above-mentioned organ

is the testis; so that the pair of glands consisting of ramified

lobes or czeca situated in the anterior part of the abdomen, to

which Treviranus and Tulk ascribe the function of preparing

the seminal fluid, have quite a different destination.

When the abdomen is opened from the ventral surface, the

testis falls out, and appears, after the removal of the adherent

fatty body, as a sausage-shaped greatly curved organ t of a dull

white colour, bridged over by the two retractor muscles of the

penis (fig., a). From the extremity of each of its horns (which

The male generative apparatus of the second species of Phalangium men-

tioned in the text, without the accessory glands. Its component parts are

removed from their natural position in order to show their connexion.

a. The Testis. 66. Vasa efferentia. c. Coil of the vas deferens.

d. Dilated portion of the vas deferens. e. Sheath of the penis, with

the penis (f) within it. gg. Retractors of the penis.

are directed forwards, and do not reach to the part where the

two breathing-orifices or stigmata occur on the outer surface

* Translated by W. 8S. Dallas, F.L.S., &e., from Wiegmann’s Archiv,

1865, pp. 41-48.

+ The sigmoid or zigzag form ascribed to this organ by Treviranus and

au is probably only a consequence of injury or displacement during

issection.

150 Dr. A. Krohn on the Male Generative Organs of Phalangium.

of the body) there issues one of the above-mentioned narrow

canals, which may with perfect justice be characterized as vasa

efferentia (bb). In its forward course each of these canals

strikes first of all upon the origin of the tracheal stem of its side,

then bends inwards, and runs to the median line of the abdo-

men, where it meets with the canal of the opposite side, and

both pass into the origin of the vas deferens. Of the nature

of this long duct, which gradually increases in diameter, and is

chiefly rolled together into a close coil (c), Tulk has already

given a satisfactory account. I can completely confirm the

statement of this naturalist that the vas deferens, after passing

through the penis, opens at the extremity of the so-called glans*,

which is armed with a curved spine or hook at its apex, and is

moveably articulated upon the shaft of the penis. I may, how-

ever, remark that the vas deferens, after having become suddenly

and greatly dilated (d) just before its entrance into the penis,

appears so exceedingly narrow during its passage through

the latter, that the transverse section of its lumen bounded by

a chitinous coat only seems very slightly to exceed the diameter

of a single seminal corpusclet.

The testis possesses a bounding membrane which passes into

the outer envelope of the efferent ducts; it is, however, not

hollow, but its mass consists throughout of round cells, fur-

nished with a distinct wall, and closely pressed together, which

contain a great number of small transparent vesicles. As a

nucleus, often surrounded by dark granules or molecules, makes

its appearance in these vesicles on the addition of acidulated

water, I regard them as the formative cells of the semen, whilst

the cells enclosmg them seem to represent their mother cells.

* This so-called glans no doubt functions as an excitant organ during

copulation.

+ The above-mentioned dilated portion of the vas deferens is distin-

guished from the preceding portions of this canal by a very thick chitinized

liming membrane and by a very strong muscular coat. From the great

narrowness of the duct im its passage through the penis, it might be sup-

posed that the dilated portion may act as an organ of propulsion in the

ejaculation of the semen. According to Tulk, the excitant organ (the so-

called glans), which, during repose, is always bent back over the end of

the shaft of the penis, ean be elevated or extended (that is, brought into

the same line with the shaft of the penis) by means of two muscles. I

must deny the existence of these muscles; but, on the other hand, it is

not difficult to detect the presence of a single powerful muscle which is

evidently destined to this purpose. This muscle, which has hitherto been

overlooked, occupies half the length of the interior of the penis from the

base, and is connected with a strong sinew running straight to the excitant

organ, to the base of which it is attached. The mode of action of this

muscle may be easily ascertained by a simple experiment, namely, by laying

bare the sinew, inserting a fine needle into it, and pulling in the direction

of the traction of the muscle,

Dr. A. Krohn on the Male Generative Organs of Phalangium. 151

In support of this view I may refer to the data already extant

as to the development of the semen in some Arachnida (sce

Von Siebold, Vergl. Anatomie, p. 544, note 6; and Leydig,

** Ueber den feineren Bau der Arthropoden,” in Miiller’s Archiv,

1855, p. 470).

Mature semen is usually found in greater or less abundance

in the entire portion of the vas deferens before the dilatation.

The seminal corpuscles are rounded structures, furnished, I

believe, with a disciform nucleus. The oscillating movement

which is observed in them when they are not too closely pressed

together appears to be referable to the phenomenon of the so-

called molecular movement *.

The two accessory glands situated in the anterior portion of

the abdomen immediately above the sheath of the penis are con-

nected by connective tissue and tracheal ramifications with the

coil of the vas deferens, which is placed between them. Their

intimate structure is founded on the same plan that has been

made known to us in the glands of many insects by the ad-

mirable works of H. Meckel, and especially of Leydig. Thus

we may distinguish in them a homogeneous external envelope

(tunica propria), a subjacent, proportionally thick layer of se-

creting cells, and within this a ling membrane (intima). The

lumen of the lobules or ceca appears to be a comparatively

narrow canal, from the circumference of which, throughout the

whole length of the canal, numerous fine tubules pass deeply

into the cellular layer. In the male of P. opilio (P. cornutum)

single tubules are seen at intervals, which are distinguished

from the rest both by their greater size and by their branching

within the cellular layer. The canals of all the sacs, after

uniting to form larger branches, finally combine into a main

duct extending forward through the midst of the gland, and

opening upon the upper wall of the sheath of the penis not far

from the sexual aperture. This duct, however, is never free, as

the layer of secretion-cells is continued upon it and envelopes

it as far as its outlet. The orifices of the two main ducts at the

point just mentioned lie close together on each side of the

median line. On the lining membrane of the main ducts and

their first branches a so-called spiral filament, similar to that

of the trachez, may be detected. Inthe male of P. opilio it may

be pretty clearly distinguished even on the above-mentioned fine

tubules which penetrate the cellular layer.

* T have not been able to give a satisfactory description of the appear-

ance of the seminal corpuscles under a high magnifymg power. Accord-

ing to Leydig’s investigations, they are round, flat structures, with a cen-

tral band-like elevation. Leydig regards their oscillatmg movement as

quite spontaneous, and therefore assumes that they probably possess a fine

capillary appendage (J. c. p. 469, pl. 17. fig. 41 d).

152 Dr. A. Krohn on the Male Generative Organs of Phalangium.

These two glands also occur in the females; but even when

their pregnancy is very far advanced, the size of these glands is

less than in the males. In their structure they differ from those

of the males only in the circumstance that the spiral filament

appears to be entirely wanting in the ramifications, although

present in the main ducts. The spot at which the two main

ducts discharge themselves corresponds exactly with that of the

male. Their orifices are also in the vicinity of the sexual orifice,

upon the upper wall of the sheath embracing the laying-tube*.

As to the use of the secretion of these glands nothing can at

present be stated with certainty. In the male, the secretion is a

clear, tenacious, thickly fluid substance, apparently very similar

to the spinning-material of the Araneida.

In conclusion, I must refer to an exceedingly remarkable

phenomenon which I have observed in the examination of nearly

all males of P. opiliot. This is nothing less than a production

of eggs from the testis, at the same time that the development

of the semen is by no means diminished. The number of ova

produced by the testis may sometimes be so great that, as in

the ovary, they occupy the entire surface; or it may be very

small, and in this case the ova occur only on particular spots of

the testis. In the former case the ova, as on the ovary, present

the most various states of development, from the smallest, with

the vitellus still clear, to those in which the vitellus appears

more or less turbid. These ova, however, appear never to attain

the full size of those produced on the ovary. I have only ob-

served one case in which, among a number of ova, two or three

were remarkable for their preponderant size. These ova agreed

perfectly with the nearly mature ovarian ova, not only in their

size, but also in the nature of the vitellus, which appeared of a

chalky whiteness. In a second species (which, from the form

of the penis, appears to be the one investigated by Treviranus

and Talk), the males of which I was able to procure much more

frequently, I have rarely detected ova upon the testis, and when

present they were always but little developed.

To remove the suspicion that I may perhaps have erred in

* J may remark here, in passing, that the two supposed czecal tubes ex-

tending to the laying-tube, which Tulk has regarded as cement-glands, are

really nerves, as has already been indicated by Gegenbaur (Grundziige der

vergl. Anat. p. 276). I have succeeded im tracing them to their origin in

the thoracic ganglion. They also occur, although of less size, in the male,

in which they accompany the portion of the vas deferens issuing from the

coil to its immersion in the penis. In both sexes they supply the retrac-

tors of the copulatory organs, and also penetrate with a portion of their

branches into the interior of the latter, and then become further divided.

+ The males of this species are exceedingly rare in comparison to the

females.

Mr. J.S. Baly oa new Species of Crioceride. 153

the interpretation of what I have seen, I may refer to the testi-

mony of a celebrated witness, who detected the same pheno-

menon long before me. This is Treviranus, who makes the

following statement :—“ In one of the Phalangia that I examined

I found an ovary filled with eggs, but, mstead of the laying-tube,

a male genital organ. Hermaphroditism, which has often been

observed in the Lepidopter a, appears, therefore, not unfrequently

in the Phalangia” (/.c. p. 38).

This case, in my opinion, agrees exactly with those observed

by me, if we only admit that “the organ described as an ovary

can have been nothing but the testis. And this will be the less

doubtful when we consider that, as already stated, Treviranus

certainly saw the testis, but was not in a position to recognize

it as such.

As regards the ultimate fate of these eggs, there seems to be

no doubt that, after persisting for a longer or shorter time, they

disappear. In favour of this we may quote as an analogous

example the case of some of our indigneous toads (Bufo variabilis,

B. calamita, and especially B. cinereus), the males of which, ac-

cording to the thorough investigations of Wittich, possess,

besides a testis, a more or less rudimentary ovary*. From these

investigations it appears clearly that the ova produced by this

ovary, nee attaining a certain degree of maturity, finally become

aborted and disappear tre

XIX.—Descriptions of new Species of Crioceride.

By J. S. Baty.

Crioceris scabrosa, Baly.

. C. elongata, subcylindrica, plumbea, subnitida, pube aureo-sericea

brevi vestita ; capite rugoso ; antennis dimidio corporis longioribus,

obscure rufo-piceis, basi et apice nigris; thorace sat profunde

transversim strigoso, fere glabro, lateribus vix constrictis ; elytris

crebre rugoso-punctatis, elevato-reticulatis, reticulis fere leevibus,

glabris, disco anteriore dilatatis, et ibi superficiem totam fere am-

plectentibus ; tarsis obscure cyaneis; tibiis intermediis ad apicem

incrassatis, intus curvatis.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Mexico.

Elongate, subcylindrical. Head not constricted behind the

eyes ; face subelongate, finely rugose, sparingly clothed on the

* “© Beitrage zur morphol. und histol. Entwickelung der Harn- und

Geschlechtswerkzeuge der nackten Amphibien,” Siebold and Kolliker’s

Zeitschrift, Bd. iv. p. 159.

+ Morphologically it is an interesting fact that the ovary in the above-

mentioned toads occurs as a perfectly independent organ having no further

connexion with the testis, whilst the seminal gland of Phalangium (espe-

cially in P. opilio) has completely the character of an hermaphrodite gland,

154 Mr. J.S. Baly on new Species of Crioceride.

labrum, lower parts of epistome, and round the eyes with short,

adpressed, aureo-sericeous hairs; front impressed with a deep

fovea, on either side of which is a fine but distinct groove, which,

commencing at the apex of the epistome, runs obliquely upwards

on either side to surround the upper portion of the orbit of the

eyes, but at a considerable distance from the eye itself; eyes

not mounted on a raised orbit, rotundate, entire; antenne

slightly thickened towards their apex, moderately robust. Tho-

rax cylindrical, slightly flattened above, subquadrate, its surface

closely covered with deep, irregular, transverse grooves ; just in

front of the base, and again behind the apex, are two indistinct

transverse depressions. Scutellum smooth, triangular, its apex

obtusely truncate. Hlytra much broader than the thorax, pa-

rallel, acutely rounded or almost angulate at their apex; sub-

cylindrical above, slightly flattened along the back, obsoletely

depressed transversely below the basilar space, their apical por-

tion suddenly and obliquely deflexed; closely and somewhat

finely rugose, closely clothed with short, adpressed, aureo-seri-

ceous pubescence ; whole surface (with the exception of the de-

flexed apex) covered with large, broad, raised, glabrous reticula-

tions; on the anterior half of the inner disk these elevations

become much dilated, and coalesce so as to occupy by far the

greater portion of the whole surface. Body beneath clothed with

coarser hairs than the upper surface ; abdomen smooth, impunc-

tate, each segment impressed on either side its centre with a deep

fovea, from the surface of which springs a tuft of pale suberect

hairs; hinder thighs extending rather beyond the apex of the

abdomen.

Crioceris rugata, Baly.

C. elongata, nigra, nitida, thoracis dorso elytrisque fulvis ; antennis

subfiliformibus, vix compressis et perfoliatis ; thorace subquadrato,

lateribus leviter coarctato, dorso rude punctato ; elytris infra basin

obsolete transversim depressis, profunde punctato-striatis, inter-

stitiis basi planis, apicern versus subelevatis ; scutello piceo, glabro.

Long. 33 lin.

Hab. Japan.

Head deeply constricted behind the eyes ; forehead impressed

with a deep groove; face triangular, closely covered with ad-

pressed sericeous hairs ; eyes deeply notched ; antenne half the

length of the body, moderately robust, subfiliform, first, third,

and fourth joints equal in length, fifth to the eleventh each half

as long again as the fourth, equal, somewhat thickened and

compressed, scarcely perfoliate. Thorax subquadrate, subcy-

lindrical, sides moderately constricted in the middle, stained in

front with nigro-piceous; upper surface deeply and coarsely

punctured. Scutellum triangular, its apex truncate. Elytra

much broader than the thorax, parallel, upper surface slightly

Mr. J.S. Baly on new Species of Crioceride. 155

flattened along the suture, indistinctly depressed transversely

below the basilar space, very deeply punctate-striate, interspaces

impunctate, plane at the base, indistinctly rugulose on the

transverse depression, distinctly thickened towards their apex,

being subcostate near the outer margin and suture. Body be-

neath nearly glabrous, the pleura clothed with adpressed seri-

ceous pubescence ; abdomen smooth, impunctate, very sparingly

furnished with subdepressed silky hairs. Hinder thighs not

thickened, not extending beyond the second abdominal segments.

Very closely allied to C. impressa, smaller, much more coarsely

punctured ; antenne more slender.

Crioceris ruficollis, Baly.

C. oblonga, nigra, nitida, collo thoraceque rufis, hoc vix elongatulo,

subcylindrico, lateribus medio modice coarctato, dorso vage sub-

remote punctato; elytris convexis, nigro-ceeruleis, infra basin

leviter transversim impressis, distincte sed tenuiter punctatis, in-

terstitiis planis.

Var. A. Capite antice obscure rufo ; antennis basi piceis.

Long. 3% lin.

Hab. Northern China. Collected by Mr. Fortune.

Face triangular, clothed with aureo-sericeous pubescence ;

antenne moderately robust, slightly compressed, subperfoliate,

more than half the length of the body. Seutellum rufo-piceous.

Elytra broadly oblong, much broader than the thorax. Pubes-

cence on the under surface of the body silvery white, that on

the legs with a golden tint. Abdominal segments each with a

transverse groove, which is clothed with a smgle row of sub-

erect silvery hairs. Hinder thighs very slightly thickened, their

apex not reaching beyond the apex of the third abdominal

segment.

Lema quadriplagiata, Baly.

LZ. oblongo-elongata, fulva, nitida, subtus sparsim fulvo-sericea,

ore supra nigro; antennis modice robustis, corporis longitudine

brevioribus, articulo tertio secundo duplo longiore ; thorace cylin-

drico, subquadrato, lateribus medio valde constrictis, dorso leevi,

pone medium profunde transversim suleato, disci medio obsolete

lineatim punctato; elytris infra basin obsolete transversim im-

pressis, sat fortiter punctato-striatis, striis ad apicem sulcatis, in-

terspatiis postice elevatis, utrinque plagis magnis duabus obscure

violaceis.

Var. A. Antennis (basi excepta) fuseis; corpore subtus fusco

variegata.

Var. B. Elytris totis metallico-ceruleis.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Pachybouri. Collected by the late M. Mouhot.

This species may be separated from L. hastrio, Clark, by the

156 Mr. J.S. Baly on new Species of Crioceride.

following character :—In the present insect the third joint of

the antenna is double the length of the second, whilst in L.

histrio it is only from one-third to one-half longer.

Lema Adamsii, Baly.

L. elongata, subcylindrica, pallide fulvo-flava, nitida ; capitis maculis

duabus, thoracis maculis quatuor, quadratim dispositis, elytrorum

maculis quatuor, duabus pone basin parvis, duabusque ante apicem

magnis, pectore, femorum singulorum macula, tibiarum apice,

tarsis antennisque nigris, his subfiliformibus, dimidio corporis

longioribus, articulis duobus basalibus fulvo-flavis ; thorace sub-

quadrato, lateribus sat coarctato, ante basin transversim suleato,

disco levi fere impunctato; elytris fortiter punctato-striatis, infra

basin vix transversim impressis, interspatiis leevibus, antice trans-

versim rugulosis, apice callosis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Chusan. Collected by Mr. A. Adams.

The more robust, shorter, black antenne, with the second

and third joints nearly equal, will distinguish this species from

L. quadriplagiata and L. histrio.

Lema Downesii, Baly.

L. subelongato-parallela, pallide fulva, nitida, antennis (basi excepta)

tarsisque fuscis ; scutello elytrorumque vitta suturali, ante apicem

abbreviata, nigris; thorace elongatulo, basi transversim sulcato,

lateribus vix pone medium modice constrictis, antice subgloboso,

leevi, lateribus et disci medio fortiter subremote punctato ; elytris

infra basin haud transversim impressis, profunde punctato-striatis,

interspatiis prope apicem elevatis, secundo octavoque apice coéun-

tibus callosisque.

Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Bombay ; Bengal.

Thorax smoother and more swollen than in L. suturella;

third joint of antenna one-half longer than the second, equal in

length to the fourth.

Lema suturella, Baly.

L. oblongo-parallela, fulva, nitida, tibiis tarsisque infuscatis, pectore

abdominisque basi nigris ; antennis (basi excepta) fuscis ; thorace

cylindrico, lateribus medio modice constrictis, supra ante basin

transversim suleato, leviter irregulariter punctato ; scutello piceo ;

elytris infra basin vix transversim impressis, fortiter punctato-

striatis, interspatiis prope apicem costatis, linea suturali cyanea,

ante apicem abbreviata, instructis.

Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Bengal.

Thorax less swollen than in L. Downesii, irregularly punctured;

a longitudinal space down the middle of the disk, together with

Mr. J. S. Baly on new Species of Crioceride. 157

the sides in front, more coarsely punctured than the remainder

of the surface; third joint of antenna one-half longer than the

second, distinctly longer than the fourth.

Lema concinnipennis, Baly.

L. elongata, parallela, subcylindrica, nitido-ceerulea ; antennis nigris,

abdominis apice fulvo; thorace subquadrato, subeylindrico, lateri-

bus medio modice constrictis, disco ante basin transversim sulcato,

fortiter punctato, spatio longitudinali centrali levi, fere impunc-

tato; elytris infra basin transversim impressis, intra callum hu-

merale sulcatis, punctato-striatis, punctis ad apicem minus fortiter

impressis, interspatiis planis; antennis corporis dimidio longiori-

bus, modice robustis.

Var. A. Abdomine corpore concolore.

Long. 24 lin.

Hab. Northern China.

Face subelongate ; eyes deeply notched; lower portion of

face closely subrugoso-punctate; forehead impressed with a

short longitudinal groove, very finely punctured. Legs mode-

rately robust.

Lema Psyche, Baly.

L. oblonga, valde convexa, chalybeo-czerulea, nitida ; antennis pedi-

busque nigris; thorace subtransverso, cylindrico, lateribus medio

modice constrictis, disco tenuissime punctato, basi impresso ;

elytris purpureis, robustis, thorace multo latioribus, infra basin

transversim depressis, sat fortiter punctato-striatis, striis integris,

interspatiis ad apicem convexiusculis, obsolete costatis ; antennis

gracilibus, filiformibus, articulis 3° et 4° zequalibus.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Northern India.

Face subelongate, vertex coarsely punctured; eyes notched ;

antennze two-thirds the length of the body; transverse depres-

sion of elytra shallow, obsoletely wrinkled. Legs slender ;

thighs scarcely thickened.

The broad elytra and robust form of this insect at once dis-

tinguish it from its congeners.

Lema bipunctata, Baly.

L. subelongata, piceo-fulva, nitida; antennis (articulo basali preeter-

misso), scutello, thoracis vitta laterali, abdominis fasciis, tibiarum

apice tarsisque nigris; elytris singulatim fovea infra basin, linea

suturali alteraque marginali, apice abbreviata, chalybeis.

Long. 2-2 lin.

Hab. Port Natal.

Forehead impressed with a deep oblong fovea; antennz half

the length of the body, subfiliform, second and third joints

each equal in length to the first, obovate. Thorax scarcely

158 Mr. J.S. Baly on new Species of Crioceride.

broader than long, subcylindrical, sides moderately constricted

just behind their middle, anterior angles acute, upper surface

convex, transversely excavated in front of the base, distinctly

punctured down the middle of the disk and along the anterior

border. Elytra broader than the thorax, not transversely de-

pressed below the basilar space, punctate-striate ; imterspaces

towards the apex furcate.

Lema globicollis, Baly.

L. elongata, parallela, subcylindrica, picea, nitida; ore antennisque

nigris; pectore, scutello thoraceque rufis, hoc elongatulo, basi

constricto, antice globoso, fortiter punctato, utrinque spatio longi-

tudinali impunctato ; oculis nigris, prominulis, intus vix sinuatis ;

elytris cyaneis, dorso planiusculis, infra basin haud transversim

impressis, fortiter punctato-striatis, interspatiis prope apicem

elevatis.

Long. 2+ lin.

Hab. India.

Head short; face triangular, concave between the eyes, the

latter very prominent, globular, shining black ; forehead nearly

impunctate ; antennz scarcely equal in length to half the body,

robust, gradually increasing in thickness towards their apex,

basal joints pitchy. Thorax rather longer than broad, deeply

impressed with subremote large punctures ; a longitudinal space

on either side the disk smooth, impunctate.

Lema Dia, Baly.

L. fulva, nitida ; pectoris lateribus pedibusque obscurioribus, femori-

bus (basi excepta) abdominisque utrinque macula basali nigro-

piceis ; antennis fuscis; thorace fere transverso, lateribus medio

valde constrictis, dorso ante basin transversim sulcato, leevi, disci

medio longitudinaliter tenuissime punctato; elytris obscure ceeru-

leis, violaceo micantibus, infra basin transversim depressis, tenuiter

punctato-striatis, punctis vix ante apicem deletis, interspatiis

planis; limbo (basi excepta) fasciaque centrali fulvis.

Long. 33 lin.

Hab. Ega, Upper Amazons.

Head deeply constricted behind the eyes; face triangular ;

antenne two-thirds the length of the body, slender, filiform,

basal joint fulvous, second very short, third nearly twice as

long as the second, fourth one-third longer than the third, the

rest each equal in length to the fourth. Scutellum triangular.

Elytra much broader than the thorax, suboval, their apex broadly

rounded.

Lema ornata, Baly.

L. oblongo-elongata, subcylindrica, nigra, nitida; capite, scutello

Mr. J.S. Baly on new Species of Crioceride. 159

thoraceque rufo-piceis, hoc vix transverso, cylindrico, lateribus

medio modice constrictis, dorso levi, ante basin transversim sul-

cato; pedibus antennisque pallide fulvis, his apice fuscis; elytris

infra basin leviter transversim depressis, subfortiter punctato-

striatis, interspatiis postice subcostatis, disco antico obsolete

transversim crenulatis, flavo-albis, vitta brevi suturali ante me-

dium abbreviata, plaga communi apicali et utrinque vitta lata a

callo humerali longe ultra medium extensa, postice paullo am-

pliata, obscure ceeruleis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Guatemala.

Lema preclara, Baly.

I. subcylindrica, testaceo-fulva, nitida; capite (antennarum apice

albo excepto), thorace basi et apice, tibiis tarsisque nigris; tho-

race subtransverso, lateribus medio sat valde constrictis, dorso

leevi, ante basin transversim sulcato, disci medio tenuiter lineatim

punctato ; elytris lete purpureis, infra basin profunde transversim

depressis, punctato-striatis, stria nona medio obsoleta, punctis

apicem versus minus distinctis, interspatiis planis, ad apicem con-

vexiusculis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab, Nauta, Upper Amazons.

Lema Pithys, Baly.

L. elongata, subcylindrica, rufo-fulva, nitida, subtus aureo-sericea ;

antennis gracilibus, filiformibus, fusco-fulvis, apice pallidis ; tho-

race transverso, pone medium strangulato; elytris nigris, infra

basin et intra humeros impressis, disco exteriore pone medium

foveolatis, punctato-striatis, striis postice sulcatis, stria nona medio

late interrupta, callosa, interspatiis antice planis, crebre sed tenuis-

sime crenulatis, postice costatis.

Long. 33-4 lin.

Hab. §. Paulo, Upper Amazons.

Antenne nearly equal to the body in length, second and third

joints equal, each more than twice the length of the second,

fourth equal to the two preceding united, fifth and following

joints nearly equal, each somewhat shorter than the fourth.

Thorax broader than long, deeply constricted behind the middle,

smooth, impunctate. Scutellum triangular, its apex truncate.

Elytra longitudinally sulcate within the humeral callus, trans-

versely excavated near the suture below the basilar space, inter-

spaces strongly costate behind the middle of the elytra; ninth

stria from the suture broadly interrupted, the interrupted por-

tion costiform ; on the inner side of this costa, near its apex, is

a broad shallow fovea which extends across several of the adja-

cent striz.

160 Mr. J. 8. Baly on new Species of Crioceride.

Lema Idalia, Baly.

L. elongata, subcylindrica, rufo-fulva, nitida, subtus aureo-sericea ;

antennis elongatis, filiformibus, fulvo-flavis; thorace vix trans-

verso, lateribus medio sat coarctato, pone medium transversim

sulcato, leevi impunctato ; elytris leete violaceis, nitidissimis, infra

basin et intra humeros impressis, tenuiter punctato-striatis, stria

nona medio late interrupta, interspatiis planis, leevibus, postice

obsolete convexiusculis.

Long. 3} lin.

Hab. Upper Amazons.

Antenne rather shorter than in L. Pithys; otherwise in form

and structure very similar. Thorax less transverse, less deeply

strangulated.

Lema pulchra, Baly.

L. subcylindrica, testaceo-fulva, nitida, subtus aureo-sericea, antennis,

genibus, tibiis tarsisque nigris; elytris infra basin transversim

depressis, punctato-striatis, striis ad apicem subsulcatis, inter-

spatiis postice convexis, stria nona medio late interrupta; lete

violaceis, apice pallide fulvis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Nauta, Upper Amazons.

Face elongate-trigonate ; epistome and labrum clothed with

coarse yellow hairs; eyes obliquely notched; antennze slender,

filiform, nearly as long as the body. Thorax cylindrical, sub-

quadrate, sides moderately constricted in the middle; upper

surface smooth, impunctate, impressed before the middle by a

broad transverse suleation. Hinder thighs slightly thickened,

extending nearly to the apex of the abdomen.

Lema Latona, Baly.

L. rufo-fulva, nitida; antennis pedibusque (femoribus basi et infra

exceptis) nigris; thorace levi, transverso, lateribus medio con-

strictis, dorso ante basin transversim sulcato; elytris infra basin

leviter transversim depressis, punctato-striatis, striis ad apicem

distinctis, interspatiis ad latera et ante apicem costatis; leete vio-

laceis, vitta lata laterali pone medium valde angustata rufo-fulva.

Long. 33 lin.

Hab. 8. Paulo, Upper Amazons.

Head deeply constricted behind the eyes; face triangular,

front impressed with an oblong fovea; antennze moderately

slender, filiform, slightly tapering towards their apex.

Mr. A. G. Butler on a new Species of Cetonia. 161

XX.—Deseription of a new Species of Cetonia in the Collection

of the British Museum. By Anrtuur G. Burirr, F.ZS.,

Assistant Zoological Department, British Museum,

Schizorhina Nortoni.

Clypeus black, elongate, emarginate; thorax shining black, with

black margins ; elytra shining black, sulcated, the strie broad and

clothed with short white hair, apices of elytra coarsely pilose.

Clypeus large, black, smooth, elongate, cylmdric, emarginate

in front, densely punctured, with black, opake, elevated lateral

margins. Lyes lateral, pitchy. Antenne black.

Thorax smooth, very finely punctured, densely near the mar-

gins, shining blacks, with black edges ; anterior portion narrower

than the posterior, and somewhat “depressed at the sides so as to

form an obtuse keel; hinder portion a little narrower than the

elytra, with trisimuate hind margin.

Scutellum very large, smooth, nearly triangular, black.

Elytra smooth and shining, nearly covering the abdomen, a

little narrower at the apex than at the base, with four longitu-

dinal smoothly hollowed strize on each elytron, not reaching the

base, and filled with very short white sete, the two outer striz

meeting at the apex, and filled at their apical termimations with

very long golden-yellow hairs, which extend beyond the ab-

domen.

Body shining black beneath; head, thorax, and sides of abdo-

men clothed with coarse golden-yellow hairs ; sternum produced,

compressed, subtriangular.

Legs black ; femora compressed, those of fore and middle legs

densely punctured and sparsely clothed with short yellow sete ;

femur of hind leg sparsely punctured, the sides not clothed with

hair; tibia of fore leg short, compressed, strongly punctured,

outer edge trispinose, inner edge with a marginal line of minute

yellow hairs, and terminated by a long spine; tibia of middle

leg cylindrical, finely and sparsely punctured, a few yellow setze

extending half along its inner side, apex quadrispinose ; posterior

tibia elongate cylindrical, outer edge coarsely punctured and

bluntly unispinose in the middle, the remainder smooth ; imner

edge clothed with long, straight, yellow hairs; apex quadri-

spinose: tarsi five-jointed.

Length 16 lines.

Habitat. Sydney.

Closely allied to S. Philipsii, Schreib. (Trans. Linn. a yor vi.

p. 193, t. 20. fig. 4, Gory, Monog. Ceton. p. 158, pl. 27. fig. 2),

from which it differs in being “altogether longer aad much

larger, and more quadrate ; the clypeus being longer, narrower,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. xvi. 12

162 M. Hesse on new or rare Crustacea

and destitute of sete ; the thorax much more finely and sparsely

punctured, more depressed at the sides in front, much more

deeply trisinuate behind, shiny black, and destitute of sete ; ;

the scutellum almost imperceptibly punctured ; the elytra more

roof-shaped, the strize more irregular, narrower above than be-

low, filled with shorter and white hair, apical portion filled with

long golden-yellow sete, protruding beyond the abdomen.

The underside is not so densely clothed, and the femora are not

so densely punctured and are much more destitute of hair; the

tibiez much more finely punctured, the middle leg with no me-

dian spine, and the hind leg with little beyond an excrescence.

This interesting species was presented to the National Collec-

tion by Mr. H. Norton, and is one of the most beautiful insects

in the genus.

XXI.—Jnwestigations on new or rare Crustacea of the French

Coasts. By M. Hesse*.

§ NoropreRoPHorvs.

M. Hessz has obtained individuals of all ages of the curious

Crustacean described by him (Ann. Sci. Nat. 5¢ sér. tome 1.)

under the name of Notopterophorus papilio, and now gives an

account of the life-history of the species.

The male is one-third of the size of the female (2 mill. in

length), and has the head large and the body short and stout ;

and the thoracic region, which is of uniform width, does not

present an enlargement for the reception of the ova at its base.

The abdominal portion, which is cylindrical, is also shorter

and more robust than in the female, and the dorsal membranous

expansions are but small at the base, whilst the lobes which

accompany them are very long, and gradually diminish to a

point. In number and position these expansions are exactly

similar to those of the female. The colour is a slightly yellowish

white, through which the large intestinal tube, of a yellow

colour, with red and black points, may be perceived. The eye is

black. The males occur in much smaller numbers than the

females, in the interior of Phallusia canina.

In their early states the Notopterophori resemble Cyclops.

The body is eylindrical, and formed of four thoracic segments

(including the cephalic shield), all of which present posteriorly

two triangular acuminate processes ; of these the points, directed

obliquely, project outwards and on the back, and they are evi-

dently destined to become the membranous expansions of the

* Abstract, by W. S. Dallas, F.L.S. &e., from Aunales des Sciences

Naturelles, 5° sér, tom, ili, (1865) pp. 221-242,

of the French Coasts. 163

adults. The abdomen, antenne, and feet exactly resemble those

of the adults.

At its first escaping from the egg the body of the young ani-

mal is perfectly cylindrical. The antennee are broad, flat, and

rounded at the end; their joints are not distinctly marked. The

first legs are very strong, and composed of four joints, terminated

by a stout claw; then follows a pafr, thinner, of footjaws, ter-

minated by bristles or spines, and beneath these is the rostrum,

formed of two pairs of jaws; beneath these is another pair of

short, slender feet, placed laterally, followed by another larger

pair, curved upwards, and furnished with a comb of strong

spines or rigid hairs. The thoracic feet are already biramose.

Notopterophorus Bombyx, Uesse.

This Crustacean, found in the interior of Phallusia intestinaks,

is doubtfully described as a new species by the author. The

male, as in the preceding species, is one-third of the size of the

female. Its head is much larger; the thorax is broad and short,

and diminishes gradually in diameter to the abdomen ; it is very

retractile, the segments forming it have their margins everted

so as to favour their invagination, and the lower extremity of

the last segment, being capable of vertical elevation, forms a sort

of broad, flat surface, which probably serves as a point of sup-

port for propulsion.

The membranous dorsal expansions appear to be much less

extensive than in N. papilio, and that which is implanted upon

the nape presents at its base an occipital protuberance. The

colour is entirely yellowish white.

The female is elongated, especially in the abdominal region ;

the head is also very long, and the ridge which forms the base

of the occipital membranous expansion is much thicker than in

the other species ; the membranous expansions are also smaller

and thicker. The antenne and feet are more slender, and the

last thoracic segment, which contains the eggs, is remarkable

for a peculiar structure which, when seen in profile, presents

some analogy with that of Doropygus. The female is very little

smaller than that of N. papilio; its colour is pale yellow, with a

rusty red streak in the middle. The eye is red. The eggs are

very dark green, with a transparent limb.

In this species the membranous expansions were more lace-

rated than in the other. The Crustaceans are seen constantly

extending and contracting themselves as if endeavouring to re-

move something, or to force a passage through resisting objects;

their movements of propulsion are aided by the strong claws

and spines with which the feet are armed, and the hooks which

terminate the abdominal appendages enable them to move back-

12*

164 M. Hesse on new or rare Crustacea

wards. M. Hesse thinks that the membranous expansions may

also assist in locomotion; they are moved in the manner of the

wings of a butterfly. They are probably employed as a point of

support and traction, by being applied hermetically, and by pro-

jecting, upon surfaces to which the animals wish to adhere, the

lobes by which they are accompanied. There is also a very fre-

quent and active movement of the mandibles, which might lead

to the supposition that these parasites are rather masticators

than suckers.

The young animal, at the second or third transformation, has

a nearly uniformly cylindrical body, diminishing gradually, how-

ever, towards the posterior extremity, by which it acquires the

appearance of a Cyclops. There is as yet no dorsal appendage ;

but the last thoracic segment has commenced the modification

which fits it for the reception of the ova. The other appendages,

although imperfectly formed, resemble those of the adult. The

body is hyaline, with the eye alone red.

Genus PLevRocryrra, gen. noy.

M. Hesse, in September 1864, discovered under the arch of

the branchial cavity of Galatea squamosa a parasitic Crustacean

belonging to the group of the Isopoda, which he regards as

forming the type of a new genus intermediate between Gyges

and Phrywus. He gives the following characters of this para-

site, for which he proposes the name of

Pleurocrypta Galatea.

“ Male. Body elongate-ovate, divided into seven nearly equal

thoracic segments, of which the first is amalgamated with the

head, which is deeply inserted into it; and the last is attached

to the abdomen, which is triangular and of a single piece. Feet

terminated by a strong hooked and denticulated claw.

“ Female. Body ovate, symmetrical, provided above with very

long ineubatory laminz, which entirely cover the thoracic por-

tion ; abdomen divided into six [five ?] segments, furnished with

simple acuminate branchiz of unequal size; feet terminated by

an oblique, ampulliform joint, having a prehensile orifice.

“ Length of the male 0-001, of the female 0-007 m.”

The head of the male is amalgamated with the first thoracic

segment, forming a sort of buckler, rounded in front and hemi-

spherical above ; the six following thoracic segments are of nearly

equal width, but the sixth is a little narrower and soldered to the

abdomen. ‘The latter is of an elongate triangular form, rounded

at the extremity, and presents no trace of segments, unless it be

that the lateral margins are slightly undulated. On each side

of the French Coasts. 165

of the body, in each segment except the first, the white branch-

ing reproductive organs are seen shining through the skin.

On the lower surface of the body the foremost organs are

two pairs of short antenne placed obliquely on the sides of

the head, and scarcely passing its margin. The superior an-

tenna is shorter than the other, and of three joimts; the inferior

antenna has four. The antenne of each side spring from a

common flat basilar piece.

The buccal apparatus is of a somewhat conical form, with the

apex, bearing the buccal orifice, directed forward. The organs

of the mouth consist of two pairs of hard corneous denticulated

jaws, forming a sort of curved nippers, of four other small foot-

jaws, each consisting of three jomts and terminated by a crooked

fo)

claw, and of two flat pointed lamine forming a lower hp. The

thoracic legs consist of five joints, of which the femoral and the

apical are the largest; the latter is terminated by a powerful,

curved, and denticulated claw, which, by folding down upon a

protuberance of the lower surface of the inflated apical joint,

becomes a prehensile organ. The body is of a buff colour, with

the abdomen reddish brown. The intestinal canal is brick-red,

with a fine white line upon it, indicating the course of the in-

terganglionic cord. The surface is covered with short, rigid,

and scattered hairs.

The female is much larger than the male, measuring 7 mill.

in length by 3 mill. in breadth; its form is a regular oval.

The head is hemispherical, and embraced by the first pair of

incubatory plates, of which there are in all four pairs, mereasing

in dimensions as they descend towards the abdomen. The last

two plates are longer than the others, and their posterior margin

is turned down almost perpendicularly upon the base of the

abdomen so as to close the incubatory chamber, At their base

these plates present small niche-like cavities for the reception

of the feet.

The epimeric pieces are alternately large and small, so as to

facilitate the movements of the thorax; from the fifth onward,

they become more and more pointed to the extremity of the

abdomen. Tach of the five segments of the abdomen is pro-

yided on each side with a branchial lamina, which is very deli-

cate and contractile ; these laminz, like the segments to which

they are attached, diminish in size posteriorly.

The ventral surface is nearly flat, or very shghtly concave.

The buccal apparatus is placed close to the membranous anterior

margin of the head; the orifice is pierced im the middle of a

large lip, and from it issue two pointed denticulated jaws, form-

ing a pair of pincers. A little above this orifice are situated

the antenne, which, as in the male, are four in number; the

166 M. Hesse on new or rare Crustacea of the French Coasts.

superior antennz are shortest, and composed of three joints ;

the imferior have a large basal joint, and are terminated by a

cylindrical filament of five joints. The eyes are situated on

small rounded protuberances close to the base of the inferior

antenne.

The body is divided into twelve segments, seven thoracic and

five abdominal; and, from the arrangement of the former, the

animal is enabled to roll itself up into a ball like the woodlice.

Each thoracic segment is furnished with a pair of feet, which

are articulated laterally to the epimeric pieces at the base of the

incubatory lamin ; each foot is formed of five nearly equal

joints, and curved in such a manner that its extremity is di-

rected towards the ventral surface. The apical joint, which is

larger than the others, is inflated above and flat beneath, and

on the first two pairs of feet forms a sort of elastic pad; the

apical joints of the other feet are hollow internally and nar

rowed at the apex, where there is a small contractile aperture

with a raised margin. The anterior half-circumference of this

aperture appears to be of a more solid substance, and, furnished

with denticulations, may render the organ more efficient in

fixation.

The head, abdomen, and whole lower surface of the female

are bright yellow, with the two small lateral protuberances of

the head reddish brown; the incubatory plates are light vinous

grey, and the branchial lamine transparent and bright blue.

Beneath, the segments and epimeric pieces are bounded by

white lines.

The young, on escaping from the egg, are minute and very

active, swimming rapidly by jerks. The head is hemispherical,

rounded in front, and as wide as the first thoracic segment in

which it is immersed ; this is followed by seven other segments,

all of the same size, except the last, which has a small rounded

process in the middle. The eyes, situated on the sides of the

head, are large and hemispherical ; the abdomen is formed of a

single piece, as in the male.

The mouth, which is proboscidiform and retractile, is placed

at the lower extremity of an oval protuberance, which projects

in the middle of the first thoracic segment. The superior an-

tenne are short, stout, and formed of three jomts, the last of

which is slender and cylindrical, and truncated at the extremity,

and the second bears some strong pointed sete. The inferior

antenne are much elongated, and composed of five nearly eylin-

drical joints, which diminish in thickness from the second to

the apex.

The legs, as in the adult, are seven on each side, and all

formed of five joints, of which the last is the most developed.

Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorns of the Amazons Valley. 167

The first pair, as in the male, is terminated by a powerful claw;

the last joint of the others is hollow, and terminated by a round

orifice.

The abdomen has on each side a broad, lamellar, bifurcate

false leg, and these appendages are preceded by others which

are also lamellar, pointed and denticulated on the margins ; these

are organs of propulsion, and subsequently form the branchiz.

In some individuals the extremity of the abdomen bears, close to

the anus, two small, flat, rounded, margined laminz. The body

of the young animal is of a pale violet-grey colour, as are also

the eggs; and it is to the latter, seen through the transparent

incubatory laminz, that the suprathoracic pouch of the female

owes its peculiar tint.

The females of these Crustaceans reside in tumours produced

by them on the inner surface of the arch of the branchial cavity

in Galatea squamosa; and the males are found adhering to the

abdomen of the females, frequently to the branchial laminze.

In many cases two males are attached to one female.

XXII.— Contributions to an Insect Fauna of the Amazons Valley.

CotnorreRA: Loneicornes. By H. W. Barss, Esq.

[Continued from p. 113.]

6. Hypselomus paganus, Pascoe.

H. sordide fuscus, nigro obscure irroratus ; thorace dorso tuberoso,

lateribus tuberculo acuto ; elytris humeris subconicis, antice cur-

vato angulatis, cristis centrobasalibus prominulis, obtusis. Long.

7-8 lin. o Q.

Head dingy brown. Antennze blackish brown, bases of the

joints (from the fourth) pallid. Thorax with prominent dorsal

ridge and, on each side, two well-marked tubercles, sides each

with a small acute tubercle ; colour dingy tawny brown, speckled

with dusky. LElytra with projecting shoulders, the projection

somewhat conical, but anterior slope curved or angulated, the

apex formed by a thick black tubercle ; centro-basal ridges pro-

nounced, but not crested with tubercles; surface dingy tawny

brown, speckled or irregularly marked with» dusky. Body be-

neath dingy brown; abdomen black in the middle. Legs

blackish, speckled with tawny; base of claw-joimt reddish :

posterior tibiz in the male dilated at apex. Supplementary

antennal joint of male wanting.

Ega and S. Paulo, Upper Amazons.

7. Hypselomus seniculus, n. sp.

H. parvus, fuscus griseo vestitus, summa fronte acute bituberculata ;

168 Mr. HI. W. Bates on the Longicorn Coleoptera

elytris grosse punctatis, humeris modice productis, obtuse trun-

catis, truncaturee angulo postico acuto; maris articulo 12™° an-

tennarum longiusculo, curvato. Long. 43 lin. ¢.

Head clothed with thick tawny-grey pubescence, vertex

spotted with brown; inner side of each antenniferous tubercle

(3) produced into an acute tooth. Antenne towards the base

grey, spotted with dark brown ; apices of third to eleventh joints

dusky, bases of joints from the fourth testaceous. Thorax con-

vex, unarmed, grey, coarsely punctured (especially on the sides)

and spotted with dark brown. Elytra moderately broad at the

shoulders, the latter not conically produced, but obtusely trun-

cated, with the posterior end of the truncature acute ; surface

thinly clothed with grey pile, and coarsely punctured, simply

convex. Body beneath and legs clothed with tawny-g grey pile,

spotted with blackish, base of ilaae -joint testaceous ; apical half

of posterior tibize strongly dilated ( ¢).

ga. :

8. Hypselomus crassipes, n. sp.

HT, robustus, brunneus ; thorace lateribus patlidis; elytris utrinque

macula oblonga transversa eretacea ; pedibus crassis, nigris, tibiis

posticis maris trigonis. Long. 83 lin. ¢.

Head coarsely wrinkled, black; antenniferous tubercles pro-

duced on the inner side into a stout spine (¢). Antennee

scarcely so long as the body, bases of joints, from the fourth,

pale testaceous ; twelfth joint (3) short and twisted. Thorax

convex in the middle, without distinct tubercles, a short obtuse

tubercle on each side; above dark brown, sides asy tawny

white, traversed by an indistinct dusky stripe. Elytra broad

and but slightly convex ; shoulders conically produced, base on

each side obtusely elevated and very coarsely granulate-punctate,

sides under the humeral projections also coarsely punctured,

rest of the surface faintly punctured; dark brown, base dingy

tawny white ; each clytron beyond the middle Grnanmenten with

a distinct oblong, transverse, chalky spot. Body beneath dingy

tawny; abdomen black in the middle. Legs very stout, black ;

tibiee compressed; hind tibize (¢) dilated from the ager and

obliquely truncated at the apex; claw-joint red.

Tapajos. Apparently alhed to H. fasciatus of Thomson ; but

no mention is made by this author of any peculiar formation

in the legs.

9. Hypselomus simplex, n. sp.

H. subelongatus, brunneo-fulvus, unicolor ; elytris modice attenuatis,

humeris conicis ; antennis gracilibus, ar ticulis basi griseis. Long

63-9 lin. SQ.

Rather more elongate than the allied species; but the elytra

rather convex, and the third antennal joint strongly bent. fed

of the Amazons Valley. 169

dusky. Antenne slender, a little longer than the body in the

female, much longer in the male; basal joint strongly clavate ;

dark brown, bases of the Joints, from the fourth, grey. Thorax

bituberculate on each side the central ridge, dingy tawny brown.

Elytra elongated, gradually and slightly tapering from base to

apex; shoulders conical, base en tach obtusely raised, finely

punctured, colour uniform brownish tawny. Body beneath

tawny brown; abdomen black down the middle. Legs simple,

posterior tibize scarcely dilated in the male ; black, thinly clothed

with tawny pile; claw-joints black.

Kga. tia

10. Hypselomus lignicolor, n. sp.

H. subcylindricus, brunneus; thorace et pectore vittis lateralibus

obliquis, elytris sutura vittisque lateralibus abbreviatis curvatis,

nigris pallide marginatis; elytris compressis, sparsim punctatis,

humeris paulo productis haud tuberculatis. Long. 5; lin, Q.

Head tawny, spotted with dark brown. Antenne as long as

the body (¢), moderately stout, brown, unicolorous. Thorax

unarmed and free from tubercles, surface smooth, brown; sides

each with two oblique, blackish vittee, the upper one margined

with dull ochreous; there is also a short dusky central line near

the middle of the hind margin. Scutellum blackish in the

middle. Elytra nearly cylindrical, sides compressed, shoulders

produced each into a slightly elevated ridge not surmounted by

a tubercle; surface sparingly and finely punctured, brown, su-

ture and several curved streaks on each side blackish, the lateral

streaks margined on the upper sides with pallid brown. Body

beneath brown; breast with oblique stripes, dull ochreous and

blackish ; basal half of abdomen dusky. Legs simple, tawny

brown.

Ega. This species is much more elongate and narrow than

the typical forms of the genus ; it consorts, however, much better

with the Hypselomi than with Hesycha or Oncideres (which com-

prehend elongated forms), having antennze approximated on the

forehead instead of widely separated at their bases. It seems to

be nearly allied to Hypselomus egens, Erichson (Consp. Col. Peru.

p. 148).

11. Hypselomus obscurellus, n. sp.

H. subelongatus, nigricans, griseo variegatus ; antennis articulo ba-

sali apice subgloboso ; thorace postice constricto ; elytris elongato-

trigonis, humeris conico-elevatis, obtusis. Long. 53 lin. ¢.

Head dusky, eyes ample; forehead narrow, coarsely punctured ;

antenniferous tubercles unarmed. Antennze black, base of joints

grey, basal joint very abruptly clavate near the apex, subglobose,

third joint very slightly curved. Thorax cylindrical, constricted

behind the middle, surface very uneven, coarsely wrinkled trans-

170 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn Coleoptera

versely, dark brown. Elytra moderately elongated, wide at the

base, and narrowed thence towards the apex ; shoulders conically

produced, but apex of cone obtuse and not tuberculated ; surface

very roughly punctured near the base, more finely so towards

the middle, colour dark brown or blackish, thinly variegated

with greyish pile. Body beneath tawny brown; abdomen in the

middle glossy blackish, and sides spotted with black. Legs

blackish, varied with tawny ; hind tibize dilated near the apex ( ¢).

Obydos, Lower Amazons. Similar in size and general figure

to H. Syrinz* (Hesycha syrina, D}. Cat. and French collections),

but differmg in the shape of the basal jomt of antennee and in

fo)

the constricted thorax.

Genus JamestA, Jekel.

Jekel, Journal of Entomology, i. p. 259.

This genus is distinguished from Hypselomus by the basal

joint of the antenne being very gradually thickened from the

base to the apex, not abruptly clavate, and by the third joint

being quite straight instead of crooked. The claw-joints of the

tarsi are quite as long as the three remaining joints taken to-

gether. The species have the same heavy ficure and dull colours;

but the elytra are much more elongated, and less trigonal. The

genus is distinguished also by the large volume and subquadrate

form of the eyes.

There seems to be scarcely sufficient difference to warrant the

separation of Jamesia from Clytemnestra (Thoms.)}, the larger

volume of the eyes being the only apparent definite character.

* Hypselomus Syringe. Subelongatus, brunneus vel nigricans, elytris

utrinque vitta obscura obliqua pallidiore. Caput angustum, fronte

impunctata; tuberis antenniferis intus dente armatis. Antenne cor-

pore paulo longiores, articulis basi pallidioribus, articulo basali paulo

mcrassato. Thorax basi latus, antice angustatus, linea dorsali elevata.

Elytra elongata, postice paulo attenuata, menniiiter punctata, br unnea,

linea curvata mediana obscure fulva; humeris prominulis, in carinam

levem curvatam desimentibus. Corpus subtus fuscum. Pedes fusci,

unicolores ; tibiis compressis. Long. 43-53 lin. ¢ 2. Hab. Rio

Jaineiro.

+ Since the early part of the genus Hypselomus in this memoir was in

print, I have found that Perty and Serville happen to have described the

types of two distinct genera under the respective names of Hypsioma and

Hypselomus. The latter genus is equivalent to Clytemnestra of Thomson,

which therefore becomes!a synonym. M. Thomson, in his later work,

‘Systema Cerambycidarum,’ has adopted this change of nomenclature.

The following rectification of synonymy is therefore necessary :—

Gen. 1. Hypselomus, Perty, Delect. An. Art. Bras.

= Clytemnestra, Thomson, Class. des Cérambycides.

=Jamesia, Jekel, Thomson, Systema Cerambycid. (section).

Gen. 2. Hypsioma, Serville, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. iv.

=Hypselomus, Thoms. (Class. des Céramb.) Bates (ut supra)

and authors, nec Perty.

of the Amazons Valley. Val

1. Jamesia globifera, Fab.

Lamia globifera, Fabricius, Syst. Eleuth. 11. 284. 15.

Hypselomus variolosus, Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. n. s. v. pt. 1 (1859).

J. subelongata, sordide griseo-brunnea ; thorace transverse ruguloso

et acute tuberculato ; elytris prope basin tuberculis globosis nigris

politis et postice maculis nigris leviter impressis variegatis ; capite

lateribus parallelis, oculis magnis, subquadratis ; antennis brun-

neis, maris corpore multo longioribus ; pedibus simplicibus. Long.

10 lin.

Not uncommon on dead trees throughout the Amazons region;

also found at Cayenne.

2. Jamesia pupillata, Pascoe.

Hypselomus pupillatus, Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soe. n. s. v. pt. 1.

Jamesia bipunctata, Jekel, Journ. of Entom. i. 260.

J. subelongata, parum convexa, olivaceo-brunnea, nigro punctata ;

elytris medio utrinque ocellatis ; maris capite infra dilatato, corni-

bus frontalibus magnis acutis porrectis; antennis quam corpus

duplo longioribus. Long. 11 lin. ¢ Q.

Differs from J. globifera chiefly by the more depressed form

of the elytra, and the absence of basal elevation with globular

tubercles. It may readily be recognized also by the eye-like

spot on the disk of each elytron, consisting of a rounded, black,

slightly impressed spot, surmounted by a white speck. The

antenne are much more elongated, and the projecting angles of

the antenniferous tubercles in well-developed males are very

large and acute, and are directed horizontally. The base of the

elytron has a few minute granulations with punctures, and the

rest of the surface is sprinkled with rounded, dark-brown,

shghtly impressed spots, as in J. globifera.

Ega; not uncommon.

Genus Hrsycua (Dj. Cat.), Thomson.

Thomson, Archiv. Entom. i. 187 (1857).

Faimaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (1859), p. 523.

This genus was first characterized, in few words, by M. Thom-

son in 1857; but the description subsequently published by

M. Fairmaire defined more accurately its points of distinction.

It agrees with Hypselomus in having the first joint of the an-

tenn abruptly clavate, and the third joint curved; the curva-

ture, however, is much less pronounced than in Hypselomus,

and is sometimes very slight. Its other distinguishing charac-

ters are (1) the elongate, parallelogrammical, and depressed

form of body, (2) the more elongated claw-joint of the tarsi,

and (3) the wide separation of the antenne at their origin.

172 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn Coleoptera

1, Hesycha Nyphonoides, Pascoe.

Hesycha Nyphonoides, Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soe. n.s. v. pt. 1.

H, parallelogrammica, depressa, obscure fusca cinereo-fulva varie-

gata; elytris medio fascia undulata, obscura, cinereo-fulva. Long.

6i—s8 Soin 3 gf.

Head dull brown; forehead broad, sparingly punctured ; an-

tenniferous tubercles in the male produced on their inner side

into a stout pomted tooth. Antenne in the male nearly twice

the length of the body, with the apical joint greatly elongated ;

in the female about the len igth of the body, apical joint shorter

than the preceding ; colour dull brown ‘or blackish. Thora

uneven above, sides with a short pointed tubercle; dull hha

speckled with black. Klytra shghtly narrowed from base to

apex, shoulders slightly prominent and surmounted by an ob-

tuse shining tubercle; surface even, thickly but finely punc-

tured, dull brown, covered with dingy tawny confluent spots,

and crossed beyond the middle by a zigzag fascia of a little

paler hue. Body beneath and legs ‘blackish or dull brown.

Common on branches of dead trees at Kga. There are two

closely allied species in collections from the interior of French

Guiana*,

* Hesycha jaspidea, u. sp. H. Nyphonoidet simillima, robustior, maris

elytris postice magis angustatis et fronte valde cornuta. Obscure

fusca; thoracis lateribus utringue tuberis duobus obtusis armatis.

Elytra humeris prominentibus, basi rugoso-punctata et inaequalia

fusco-nigra, maculis sordide fulvis sparsis quarum tribus majoribus

medianis in fasciam abbreviatam conjunctis. C orpus subtus fulvo to-

mentosum. Antenne valde elongatie, articulis basi griseis. Long.

Slin. ¢. Had. In Cayenna interiore (Dom. Bar).

Hesycha liturata, n. sp. Minor, brunnea, elytris litura tenui obliqua

albicante. Caput fuscum, fronte pune tata, tuberculis antenniferis

utroque sexu intus acutis. Antenne brunnez, maris corpore paulo

longiores. Thorax quadratus, lateribus tuberculo distineto subacuto,

supra brunneus vittis tribus nigris, lateribus cierascentibus. Elytra

postice paulo angustata, apice oblique breviter truncata, humeris vix

produetis, obtusis; dorso punctata, brunneo et fulvo variegata, infra

humeros (cum prothoracis et pectoris lateribus) nigricantia, “apud me-

dium litura tenui valde obliqua albicante. Corpus subtus et pedes

brunneo tomentosa, Long. 5-6 lin. ¢ 2. Had. In Cayenna (Dom.

Bar).

The following species belongs also to this genus, from its linear sub-

depressed form and the somewhat wide separation of the antenne at their

bases :—

Hesycha xylina, n. ‘Sp. Elongata, sordide brunnea ; ely ie rugoso-pune-

tatis, fusco et griseo strigatis, humeris subuneinatis. Caput fuscum,

fronte grosse sparsim punctata, tubereulis antenniferis intus dente va-

lido eurvato armatis( ¢). Antenne valde elongate, brunnew, apice

pallida, articulis (4 tertio) basi testaceis, articulo 12™0 acuto, curvato.

Thorax supra ineequalis, mermis, brunneus, Elytra valde elongata,

of the Amazons Valley. 17

2. Hesycha maculosa, n. sp.

IT. clongata, convexiuscula, fusca, maculis numerosissimis partim

confluentibus fulvis ; vertice nigro trilineato ; thorace nigro macu-

- > D ? o

lato. Long. 8h lin. 3 9.

Head dusky, front channeled down the middle, punctured ;

eyes rather elongated, margined on the inner side narrowly with

tawny ; vertex tawny, marked in the middle with three parallel

black lines; antenniferous tubercles produced into a short acute *

tooth on the i inner side, longer in the male than in the female.

Antenne longer by one half than the body in the male, and the

terminal joint very slender and much longer than the preceding ;

in the female a little longer than the body, with the terminal

joint shorter than the preceding ; basal jomt abruptly clavate,

third joint scarcely perceptibly curved ; colour blackish. Thorax

quadrate, surface uneven, with several impressed curved lines

and raised interspaces, sides behind the middle with an acute

tubercle; colour tawny, marked with two short black lines in

front in the middle and a spot behind them, and four spots on

each side of the disk. Scutellum black. Elytra elongate and

rather convex, slightly tapering; shoulders prominent, and sur-

mounted by a glossy black tubercle; surface quite even and

moderately punctured, dark brown, covered uniformly with a

multitude of tawny specks, mostly confluent. Body beneath

tawny. Legs blackish.

ga.

3. Hesycha cretacea, 0. sp.

H. oblongo-elongata, subdepressa; elytris maculis numerosis fulvis

maculaque magna laterali eretaceo-alba. Long. 8 lin. 9.

Head grey, margins of eyes with tawny lines, front punctured;

eyes elongated; antenniferous tubercles acute on their inner

side, vertex with three short black streaks. Antenne a little

longer than the body, dark brown; basal joint clavate, third

joint very slightly curved. Thorax quadrate, sides each with

two large obtuse tubercles, surface with transverse furrows,

tawny mixed with grey, and spotted with black. Scutellum

black, margined with grey. Elytra oblong, a little dilated be-

yond ‘the middle, slightly convex, shoulders moderately promi-

nent ; with irregular clusters of punctures arranged in lines,

black, covered with pinkish-tawny spots, partly confluent, and

LL ———

parum convexa ; humeris productis, antice curvatis, postice tuberculo

nigro armatis, quasi uncinatis; supra grosse punctata, punctis partim

confluentibus, sordide brunnea, strigis pallidis et fuscis variegata.

Corpus subtus brunneum. Pedes fusci. Long. 43 lin. 3. Hab. Rio

Janeiro, 1 D, Squires capta.

174 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn Coleoptera

having in the middle on each side a large chalky-white spot.

Body beneath dull chalky white; breasts with pinkish streaks,

and abdomen spotted with black. Legs black, thinly clothed

with grey pile. :

Ega; rare. This handsome species, hke the preceding (H.

maculosa), approaches Oncideres in many of its characters, espe-

cially the elongate eyes, subconvex form of body, and scarcely

curved third antennal joint; but it lacks the massive head,

cylindrical form of body, and short transverse thorax of Oncz-

deres, and therefore must be classed with Hesycha.

Genus TracHysomus, Serville.

Serville, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. iv. (1835).

(Char. emend.) Buquet, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1852, p. 345.

This remarkable group is distinguished from the allied genera

chiefly by the elytra being disfigured by tubercular excrescences,

and by the antennz being composed of short joints reaching

only three-fourths the length of the body. The head is mode-

rately narrow, the eyes oblong (not narrow and elongated as in

Oncideres), the basal joint of the antenne very abruptly clavate,

the third joint very slightly curved, the thorax subcylindrical,

and the claw-joint of the tarsi shorter than the remaining joints

taken together. The species are found closely clinging to thin

woody stems of plants, and strongly resemble portions of the

stems distorted by glandular prominences or galls.

Trachysomus Santarensis, 1. sp.

T. Trachysomo fragifero (Kirbii) valde similis, differt colore ochra-

ceo- vel rufo-fulvo ; thorace supra ochraceo ; elytris juxta scutel-

lum utrinque spinis quatuor acutis, fasciculis singulis pilorum

subapicalibus nigris linea curvata nigra communi connexis.

Long. 7} lin.

This is so closely similar in form of body and _ tubercular

excrescences to the South-Brazihan 7. fragifer, that it can

scarcely be considered more than a local form of the same stock.

It is a little broader and more robust, the thorax is less uneven

on the disk, and is there of a bright yellowish-tawny colour.

The two tubercles on each elytron, near the scutellum, are longer

and more acute. The elytra are of a nearly uniform reddish or

orange-brown hue; the subapical fascicle of hairs is a little

further removed from the apex and margin of the elytra; it is

connected with the corresponding fascicle posteriorly by a curved

black line, and a large portion of the disk behind each basal

—exerescence 1s quite smooth.

Dry woods near Santarem,

of the Amazons Valley. 175

Genus OncrpEREs, Serville.

Serville, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. (1835) iv.

The chief characters of this, the typical genus of the group,

are furnished by the elongate-oblong or cylindrical form of body;

the broad head and convex occiput, with consequent wide sepa-

ration of the antennz at their bases; the elongated eyes; the

clavate shape of the basal antennal joint, and straight form of

the third joint; the short transverse thorax ; and, “lastly, the?

great length of the claw-joint of the tarsi, which exceeds that of

the three remaining joints taken together.

The species are all found on the branches of trees, which they

amputate from the living tree by gnawing deeply into the bark

and wood, making a ring-like incision, until the bough breaks

off by its own weight. ‘T have often seen boughs thus severed

from green and living Cajt trees, and hence discovered that the

best means of finding the insects was by examining the ampu-

tated portions lying on the ground in woods or the thinner parts

of the forest. The object of the severance is apparently to

create a supply of dead wood in which to deposit their eggs and

rear the larvee.

1. Oncideres Callidryas, un. sp.

O. minus convexus; thorace griseo-tomentoso ; elytris basi minute

granulatis, medio confertim punctatis, nigris, guttis numerosis-

simis carneo-griseis. Long. 103 lin. 3 Q.

Head much narrower than the middle part of the thorax,

clothed with pinkish-tawny pile; forehead plane, punctured ;

antenniferous tubercles (¢) on each side armed with longish

acute teeth directed forwards ; eyes oblong. Antennz about the

same length as the body in the female, twice the length in the

male, black. Thorax with transverse depressions, sides each

armed with a strong conical tubercle, clothed with hoary-grey

pile. Scutellum and basal margin of elytra hoary grey. Elytra

less cylindrical and convex than im the more typical species ;

shoulders prominent and surmounted by a retrocurved tubercle,

base and shoulders thickly and finely granulated, middle part

simply but thickly punctured, Papel becoming finer poste-

riorly, and disappearing before the apex ; colour black, sprinkled

throughout with small grey or pinkish- -grey spots, some very

minute, others larger; near the middle of each side the spots

are whiter, and tend to aggregation. Body beneath hoary

white. Legs black, thinly clothed with grey pile.

Para, banks of the T apajos, and Ega; one pair taken in co-

puld on a branch of a felled tree at Paré. The elytra are much

more thickly spotted in the Kga examples than in those from

Para and the Lower Amazons.

176 Mr. O. W. Bates on the Longicorn Coleoptera

Oncideres Satyrus, n. sp.

O. cylindricus, fulvo-brunneus; elytris guttis albis paucis sparsis,

basi tuberculis nigris; antennis validis; thorace basi valde con-

stricto. Long. 10-12 lin. ¢ @.

Head in the @ much narrower than the thorax, in the ? as

wide as the widest part of the thorax, with broad plane front,

colour tawny brown, a black stripe below each eye. Antenne

ubout the length of the body in the female, a little longer in the

male, with the apical joint twice the leneth of the preceding ;

they are robust in both sexes, but the four basal joints are

thicker in the g than in the ?; colour black. Thorax with

transverse depressions; a conical tubercle on each side, and

much constricted behind the tubercle ; brownish tawny, with a

fine, black, central, transverse line. Hlytra cylindrical, brownish

tawny, sprinkled with a small number. of minute white spots ;

base and shoulders with a few polished rounded tubercles ; rest

of surface impunctate, smooth. Body beneath and legs thickly

clothed with tawny pile; sides of breast chalky white.

Para. Closely allied to O. vomicosus, Germar (Ins. Nov. 482),

but differing greatly in the maculation of the elytra, the spots

being small, few in number, and all distinct from each other.

3. Oncideres fulvus, n. sp.

O. oblongo- -subeylindricus ; thorace postice haud constricto, guttis

higtis quinque discoidalibus in linea transversa dlispositis, tuber-

culo parvo laterali; elytris modice elongatis, valde convexis, leevi-

bus, guttis parvis ‘albis Sparsis, prope “basin tuberculis utrinque

cirea duodecim nigris. Long. 11 hn. 9°.

Closely resembles O. Satyrus ; but the body is proportionately

shorter and broader in the female than in the corresponding sex

of that species ; the thorax is shorter, and shows no constriction

near the base; the elytra are uniformly convex and impunctate,

and there are very few tubercles near the base, only two con-

spicuous ones on each side of the scutellum, and a small number

under each shoulder. The colour is entirely ochreous tawny,

with the exception of five small spots placed in a transverse row

across the thorax, the black elytral tubercles and a small number

of widely separated, but tolerably uniformly distributed, white

specks over the elytra. The antennz are somewhat darker, and

and there is a very distinct oblong chalky spot on each side of

the breast.

Tapajos.

4. Oncideres Diana, Olivier.

Lamia Diana, Oliv. Ent. 67. p. 107. f. 168.

O. subcylindricus, griseus ; elytris quarta parte basali dense ac mi-

of the Amazons Valley. wir

nute tuberculata, parte apicali lineis tenuissimis fureatis nigris,

medio guttis sparsis nigris; thorace linea transversa nigra: foe-

minze capite lato fulvescente ; maris capite angusto, fusco, inermi.

Long. 8-11 lin. ¢ Q.

This species is distinguished by the basal portion of the elytra

being thickly covered with small glossy-black tubercles, of which

one at the hinder part of the humeral prominence is much

larger than the rest. The tuberculated area ceases abruptly

behind, and the disk of the elytra has only a very few scattered

and slightly elevated black specks, which towards the apex sub-

side into simple spots, not raised at all from the smooth surface.

The general colour is pale ashy grey (white beneath); the apical

part of the elytra has a few fine black lines in the form of a

double or treble fork joined at the base. The male differs

greatly in width of head from the female, but the antenns

scarcely differ in proportionate length or stoutness; they are,

however, more nearly approximated at their bases by one-half

in the male than in the female, which gives to a male insect an

appearance quite foreign to the genus. The male specimen be-

fore me has a finely reticulated black patch across each elytron

at the tips of the forked lines, of which there is only a trace in

one of the female examples.

Para, and at Santarem on the Tapajos.

5. Oncideres crassicornis, n. sp.

O. subcylindricus, postice utroque sexu attenuatus, fulvo-brunneus ;

elytris basi tuberculis diversis sparsis instructis, postice punctis

impressis rufescenti-brunneis in lineis furcatis ordinatis ; maris

antennis basi valde incrassatis, capite bicornuto. Long. 9-10

lm. G2.

Head not much wider in the female than in the male, brownish

tawny, with the usual black stripe below each eye; antenniferous

tubercles in the male dentiform on each side. Antenne dark

brown, simple in the female, one-half longer than the body in

the male, with the basal and third joints much thickened, espe-

cially the latter. Thorax impressed transversely, and furnished

on each side with a tubercle; colour brownish tawny. LElytra

narrowed to the tip in both sexes, tawny brown, inclining to-

wards ashy near the middle ; the basal part raised in the middle,

and studded with a moderate number of scattered tubercles, dif-

fering greatly in size, and all glossy black; from the middle to

the apex there is a number of shallow punctures covered each

with a reddish-brown spot and arranged in forked lines. Body

beneath and legs clothed with tawny-brown tomentum.

Ega, and banks of the Tapajos.

Ann. § Mag. N. Hist. Ser, 3. Vol, xvi. 13

178 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn Coleoptera

6. Oncideres dignus, un. sp.

O. cylindricus, fuscus; thorace tuberculis quinque in linea trans-

versa ordinatis ; elytris prope basin tuberculis magnis globosis

utrinque sex nigris, postice guttis numerosis albis. Long.10 lin. 3.

Head ( 3) moderately narrow; forehead very narrow, being

encroached upon by the voluminous eyes, which are oblong and

reach very nearly to the extremity of the muzzle; antenniferous

tubercles unarmed ; colour dark brown. Antenne nearly twice

the length of the body, black, basal joint gradually thickened

from base to apex, rest of the antenne tapering to the tip.

Thorax longer and narrower than in the typical species of Onci-

deres ; lateral tubercles small, obtuse, and black; in a line with

them is a row of five similar glossy-black tubercles lying across

the middle of the thorax; colour dark brown. Elytra cylin-

drical, clear dark brown, impunctate; middle of base with six

very prominent glossy-black tubercles, arranged in two rows ;

besides these, there are ten or twelve smaller tubercles on each

side, three of which are on the shoulder: the rest of the elytra

smooth, and ornamented with a number of small clear white

spots, distributed regularly and widely apart over the surface.

Body beneath and legs dark brown.

This handsome species was very rare, at Ega, Upper Amazons.

7. Oncideres pulchellus, n. sp.

O. minor, cylindricus, griseo-brunneus; elytris cinereo maculatis,

dimidio basali tuberculis rotundatis, dimidio apicali maculis im-

pressis, nigro-nitidis. Long. 63 lin. @.

Head and thorax of same breadth; head ashy brown, with a

streak down each side of the front tawny; buccal organs and

cirewt of the mouth red. Antenne a little longer than the

body, dark brown. Thorax ashy brown, with three shining-

black tubercles in a triangle on the disk, and two smaller ones

on each side, the outermost of which is in the position of the

ordinary lateral tubercle. Elytra cylindrical, obtuse behind,

ashy brown, varied with a small number of equal-sized and equi-

distant pale ashy spots, and with a number of scattered shining

round spots, those over the basal half covering large rounded

tubercles of small elevation, and those towards the apex shallow

impressions; the tubercles are not crowded near the base or

shoulders, but are widely dispersed. Body beneath and legs

light brown; sides of breast with an ashy patch.

Kga; rare.

8. Oncideres Cephalotes, n. sp.

O. magnus, robustus, convexus, postice attenuatus, cinereo-brunneus;

elytris prope basin dense, pone basin sparsim tuberculatis, tuber-

of the Amazons Valley. 179

culis ovatis, obliquis et postice elevatis ; thoracis tuberculis latera-

libus elongatis, fronte magna, latissima, nuda, punctulata. Long.

15 lin., lat. capitis 44 lin. 92.

Head brown; front naked, coriaceous, punctured, black ; eyes

moderate, reaching little more than halfway down the forehead;

vertex very convex. Antenne rather shorter than the body ( ? ),

tapering to the apex, basal joint curved; colour brown. Thorax

twice as broad as long, a little narrowed behind the lateral tu-

bercles, which are long and spiniform ; surface dull ashy brown,

with a central transverse black line. Elytra massive, narrowed

to the apex, convex, especially in the middle of the basal part on

each side ; shoulders prominent and oblique, with a conspicuous

tubercle at their hinder angles; colour ashy brown, paler near

the middle, and covered with small, oblong, raised, scale-like

tubercles, which are very crowded and strongly elevated at their

posterior ends near the base, much scattered and very slightly

elevated near the middle, and arranged in rows, simply as spots,

near the apex. Body beneath ashy white; legs ashy brown.

Ega*,

Genus Euprsmvs, Serville.

Serville, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. iv. (1835) p. 82.

This well-marked genus resembles Oncideres in its cylindrical

form of body. Its distinguishing character is derived from the

bulbous ovate shape of the third antennal joint in the male.

* The following new species have lately been received from entomological

travellers in South America :—

Oncideres limpidus. Cylindricus, fusco-nitidus ; elytris fulvo-ochraceo

irroratis. Caput (3g) modice angustatum, fronte punctata, ochracea,

vitta infraoculari nigra; tuberculis antenniferis intus prominulis,

acutis. Antenne corpore longiores, nigrz nitide; articulo basali

distincte clavato, articulis tertio et quarto infra dense ciliatis. Thorax

postice angustatus, tuberculis lateralibus modice productis, nigris ;

supra ochraceo-brunneus, linea nigra transversa, ante medium fascia

rufo-fulva. Elytra cylindrica, fusco-nitida maculis numerosissimis

discretis tomentosis ochraceo-fulvis ; juxta basin tuberculis globosis

paucis; deinde leviter granulata, humeris confertim tuberculatis.

Corpus subtus fulvo-tomentosum. Pedes nigricantes, femoribus

fulvo tomentosis. Long. 10 lin, ¢. Hab. in Bahia Brasiliz, a Dom.

Reed lecto.

Oncideres Bouchardii. Cylindricus, cano-griseus; elytris nigro pune-

tatis et maculis majoribus rotundatis fulvis sparsis. Caput latum,

griseum, maris paulo angustius, tuberculis antenniferis intus vix pro-

minulis. Antenne grisee ; articulo basali gradatim incrassato, nigro,

maris valde rugoso. Thorax griseus, linea transversa nigra. Elytra

convexa, vage punctata, cano-grisea, maculis rotundatis carneo-fulyis

conspersa, punctis nigris; prope basin tuberculis numerosis globosis.

Corpus subtus pedesque cano tomentosa. Long. 10-11 lin. ¢ 2.

Hab. in Sta. Martha Noy Granatee, a Dom. Bouchard copiose missus,

13*

180 Mr. H. W. Bates oa the Longicorn Coleoptera

The females of some of the species resemble Oncideres very

closely; and almost the only feature by which their generic

position may be recognized is the peculiar dark patch, streaked

with paler colours, which exists on the apical part of the elytra

of all the species. The head is broad, very little broader in the

females than in the males; but the forehead is not so plane or

so much elongated as in Oncideres. The basal joint of the an-

tenn forms a smooth ovate club ; the thorax is relatively a little

longer than in Oncideres ; the elytra are free from ridges and

tubercles, and are obtusely rounded at the apex; the claw-joint

of the tarsi is moderately clongated, and is about equal in length

to the remaining three.

1. Eudesmus rubefactus, n. sp.

Hf. cylindricus, convexus, rufescens; thorace nigro-lineato ; elytris

dimidio basali grisescente, apice utrinque macula magna ovata

saturatiore strigis nigris et griseis ornata. Long. 73-9 lin. ¢ 2.

Head reddish tawny, vertex streaked with black ; front plane,

coarsely punctured, dingy grey ; eyes oblong, one-half the length

of the front ; antenniferous tubercles in the male acute on their

inner sides. Antenne about the length of the body, reddish

tawny; apices of joints, from the fourth, blackish. Thorax

cylindrical, of same width as the head, very uneven, especially

on the sides, where the inequalities rise to broad, obtuse tuber-

eles; colour pinkish red, centre with two black lines continuous

with those on the vertex, sides each with two or three much-

broken and oblique lines. Scutellum and basal margin of ely-

tra reddish, spotted with black. Elytra cylindrical, convex,

abruptly declivous near the apex ; surface uneven, with faintly

raised lines, thickly punctured, especially towards the base,

basal half occupied by a large, triangular, common, dingy-grey

patch ; on this follows a belt of pale greyish red, which broadens

greatly on the lateral margins; the apical portion of each elytron

is occupied by a dark, neatly limited, oval patch, streaked longi-

tudinally with black, tawny red, and grey. Body beneath and

legs reddish brown; breast ashy in the middle.

ga, clinging to dead boughs of trees; rare.

2. Eudesmus caudalis, n. sp.

£. cylindricus, depressiusculus, cinereo-brunneus ; thorace postice

fusco notato; elytris dimidio basali griseo-fusco, apice utrinque

macula magna ovata nigricante fulvo strigata, medio cinereo fas-

ciata. Long. 53-6 lin. ¢ Q.

Very closely allied to HE. rubefactus, and scarcely differing in

the disposition of the colours and markings of the elytra. The

latter, however, are much more depressed ; and the insect is of a

of the Amazons Valley. 181

dull ashy-brown hue, and much narrower and smaller. The

forehead is uneven, punctured, and of a dull slaty hue; the

third antennal joint m the male is much less swollen than in

Ei. rubefactus, and therefore more elongate, and fusiform rather

than ovate in shape. The thorax is uneven and obtusely tuber-

culated on the sides, but is destitute of longitudinal lines, except

two very short ones near the base. The elytra are of the same

grey leaden hue over their basal halves, and have a pale belt

beyond the middle; but the latter does not expand on the mar-

gin. The dark apical streaked spot has an ashy transverse

streak across the middle.

Also found at Ega.

3. Eudesmus posticalis, Guérin.

Eudesmus posticalis, Guérm-Méneville, Icon. Regne Animal, p. 248.

E. cylindricus, subdepressus, brunneus; thorace dorso valde in-

eequali immaculato, tuberculis lateralibus parvis; elytris medio

fascia obliqua grisea, deinde brunneis griseo et griseo-brunneo

strigatis, ante apicem signatura nigra griseo marginata ; antennis

brunneis, articulis (duobus basalibus exceptis) basi testaceis ;

maris articulo tertio valde inflato, ovato. Long. 65 lin. ¢.

“Tun eris-brunatre couvert @’un duvet trés-court et trés-fin

@une couleur cendrée, surtout en dessous, sur les cdtés du

corselet et au milieu des élytres, ot. ce cendré blanchatre forme

une bande crochue en arriére, terminée en pointe prés de la

suture et précédant une tache arrondie dun brun plus foneé,

en arriére de laquelle on voit une petite tache allongée blanche

et deux ou trois petites lignes noirdtres. Antennes d’un gris

brun, avec la base du troisiéme article et des suivants d’un jaune

roussatre pale, une petite pointe avancée la saillie du front sur

laquelle s’insérent les antennes. Pattes courtes et fortes, un

gris brun dessus, cendrées en dessous. Long. 14, lat. 5 mill.—

Brésil intérieur.” (Guérin-M neville, /. c.)

My example was found at Ega.

4. Hudesmus sexvittatus, n. sp.

£. elongatus, depressus, fulvo-brunneus; thorace supra vittis sex

nigris ; elytris ultra medium dilatatis, plaga laterali infra humeros,

linea basali strigisque ante apicem fuscis, vitta curvata laterali

cinerea; fronte abbreviata, oculis magnis subconvexis. Long.

6Llin. Q.

Head slightly convex on the forehead, with short muzzle ;

eyes very large, broad, and somewhat convex, reaching very

nearly to the edge of the epistome; vertex bright tawny, and

marked with a semicircular figure of a blackish-brown hue,

Antenne rather longer than the body (2) and stout, ochreous

182 Mr. P. M. Duncan on some Fossil Corals

brown, base of joints (from the fourth) pallid. Thorax convex,

but depressed near the hind margin; lateral tubercle small,

conical; colour above bright tawny, with six blackish-brown

vittee; sides ashy, with a broader and paler dusky stripe. Scu-

tellum pale tawny ochreous. LElytra dilated a little behind the

middle, depressed, and thickly punctured (except towards the

apex), rusty tawny, with a few short ashy streaks and a number

of dark-brown strigz a little behind the middle, the innermost

of which runs near the suture to the apex: the basal half of the

suture is broadly margined with dusky, and there is a short

blackish stripe on each side near the scutellum, and a broad

patch of similar hue beneath each shoulder, on the upper edge

of which is an ashy streak, which continues in a curved line to

the lateral margin, and then to the apex. Body beneath ashy ;

sides of breast and abdomen dark brown. Legs reddish ; femora

and tibize each with a blackish ring round the middle.

I met with the female only of this remarkable species, which

differs so much from the other Hudesmz in the shortness of the

muzzle. If the male, when discovered, should be found not to

possess the swollen third antennal joint, the species will have to

be removed from this genus. It was found at Ega.

[To be continued. }

XXIII.—A Description of some Fossil Corals from the South

Austrahan Tertiaries. By P. Martin Duncan, M.B. Lond.,

Sec. Geol. Soc.

[Plate VIII]

THE corals about to be described were derived from the same

Tertiary beds which yielded the species noticed in the ¢ Annals’

for Sept. 1864*, A new genus is represented by three well-

marked species ; the well-known genus Sphenotrochust has two

species in the collection ; and the genus Anéilliat, which attains

so great a development in the Nivaje shale of San Domingo, is

represented by a very interesting new species.

Last of Species.

1. Sphenotrochus australis, Woods & Duncan, sp. nov.

2. emarciatus, sp. NOV.

* The Rev. J. Woods, who collected those formerly described, classes

the various beds of Muddy Creek, Geelong, and the Murray beds as the

“Hamilton ”’ Tertiaries. I have to thank him for the specimens now

determimed and for others which require some further study before their

publication.

+ Edwards and Haime, Hist. Nat. des Coralliaires, vol. ii. p. 65.

{ P. Martin Duncan, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Feb. 1864, p. 28.

from the South Australian Tertiaries. 183

3. Conosmilia elegans, gen. et sp. nov.

4, anomala, gen. et sp. nov.

5. striata, gen. et sp. nov.

6. Antillia lens, sp. nov.

1. Sphenotrochus australis*, n. sp. Pl. VIII. fig. 1 a, 8, ¢, d.

The coral is very compressed, especially inferiorly, where on

either side of the centre of the base a process passes downwards,

giving a “fish-tail” appearance. At the calice the compression

is less; but the great axis is at least twice the length of the

smaller. The coral is longer than its breadth. The costz are

broad, somewhat wavy, and are separated by well-marked lines:

those of the inferior appendages arise from the extremities of

the processes, and pass upwards and inwards; and the lateral

costze, wavy below, become straight above. All are plain. The

wall is much thicker at the ends of the long axis than elsewhere

(in sections). The calice is not shallow, is elliptical, and pre-

sents, deeply seated, a long lamellar columella, which is joined

to the primary and secondary septa by processes. The septa

are well developed and plain; they are not exsert, but pass

straight downwards and inwards towards the columella ; they do

not correspond with the cost, but with the intervals between

the costz, and they number thirty-two. There are three cycles,

with the orders of a fourth, in two systems.

Height 4 inch, breadth + inch; small diameter, halfway,

zp inch.

Hamilton, Victoria, South Australia. Coll. Geol. Soc.

2. Sphenotrochus emarciatus, n. sp. Pl. VILL. fig. 2 a, 6, ¢, d.

The coral is generally much compressed, especially inferiorly,

where two lateral processes give a notched or emarciate appear-

ance to the base. Superiorly the relation of the long to the

short axis is at least 2 to]. The coral is short and broad ; the

base is nearly as wide as the calice is long. The cost are large

and plain, and are separated by well-marked lines : the coste of

the appendices are the largest ; they pass upwards to the calice,

and all are more or less wavy, the central widening out near the

calicular margin. The calice is shallow and elliptical. The

columella is not long, and, from being jomed to the primary

and secondary septa by processes which are rounded above, is

confused in its appearance. The septa are in six systems of

three cycles; they are wider at the wall than elsewhere, are

granular, and those of the third cycle are much smaller ‘than

* Mr. Woods gave the name; but I have not had the opportunity of

seeing his MS.

184 Mr. P. M. Duncan on some Fossil Corals

the others. All the septa correspond to the depressions between

the costee.

Height + inch, breadth 5%, inch.

Hamilton, Victoria, South Australia. Coll. Geol. Soe.

ConosMILIA, noy. gen.

Coral simple, pedicellate, conical. Columella formed of one

or more twisted laminee, which extend from the base upwards.

Kndotheca scantily developed. Septa apparently with simple

margins, and variable in regard to the number of the primary.

3. Conosmilia elegans, n. sp. Pl. VIII. fig. 3a, db, ¢.

The pedicel is large. The coste, equal, sharp, and prominent

at the base, become ‘broad, flat, and granular above, where the

are separated by very faint lines. The columella is formed by

one twisted lamella, and occupies much space. The septa are

in eight systems of three cycles. There are eight primary septa

which reach the columella; the secondary are smaller and reach

midway; and the tertiary are very small. The septa are nearly

plain, are as thick at the columella as at the calicular margin,

and appear to arise between the costa. The calice is nearly

circular.

Height ;8, inch; breadth of calice +5 inch.

Geelong, Victoria, South Australia. Coll. Geol. Soc.

4. Conosmilia anomala, n.sp. Pl. VIII. fig. 4a-e.

The coral is tall in relation to its small pedicellate base. The

costee are not prominent, but are traced by the faint lines which

separate them, and by the fine herring-bone pattern which marks

each of them. The columella is large, strong, and consists of

two twisted riband-shaped lamine. The septa are in eight sys-

tems of three cycles; the laminze are sparely granular, and the

primary are attached to the columella by processes. The se-

condary are smaller than the primary, and their inner edge is

wavy; the tertiary septa are small. The septa arise between

the coste. The endotheca is sparely developed. The wall is

very thin. ‘The calice is slightly elliptical.

Height 5% inch, greatest breadth -%, inch.

Hamilton, Victoria, South Australia. Coll. Geol. Soc.

5. Conosmilia striata, n. sp. Pl. VIII. fig. 5 ac.

The coral has a very narrow base, and does not expand gra-

dually. The costz are very broad, have marked lines between

them, are very flat, and have wavy transverse markings like

those of a pellicular epitheca. Septa in six systems of three

cycles; the primary, which are granular, reach the columella,

Jrom the South Australian Tertiaries. 185

which appears to be formed by one twisted process. The septa

arise anes the coste. The calice is more or less elliptical.

Height = inch, greatest breadth ;2; inch.

Geelong, Victor South Aogielia, Coll. Geol. Soe.

6. Antillia lens, n. sp. Pl. VIII. fig. 6 ae.

Coral in the shape of a cyclolite Fungia. The base is circular

in outline, nearly flat, the concavity being very slight. The

epitheca is pellicular and fait. The costz are seen as radiating

flat elevations, those corresponding with the smallest septa

being the smallest. The margin of the base presents slightly

exsert, equal processes, which are the septa. The upper surface

of the coral is convex and nearly hemispherical, the depression

for a small essential columella, formed by processes from the

base and septal ends, being slight. The septa are in six systems

of four cycles; the primary and secondary septa are equal,

and the tertiary are nearly as large; those of the fourth and

fifth orders are somewhat less: all are very convex superiorly,

and less so and nearly straight externally. The lamine are

thin, and are very strongly marked by sharp ridges, which,

radiating from the basal part of each septum, are more or less

parallel, and give at the free margin a laterally dentate appear-

ance. The appearance is less in the smaller septa. There is

often a paliform process on the larger septa near the columella ;

and the terminations of the ridges give the dentate character to

the free margin of the septa. The endotheca is scanty, stout,

and inclined.

Breadth 53; inch, beight 2, inch.

Hamilton, Victoria, South Australia. Coll. Geol. Soe.

Remarks on the new Genus and Species.

There is much that is very imteresting in these Australian

forms; they are so novel to those who are acquainted with the

coral-fauna of the past m Kurope and America, and moreover

they present structural peculiarities which remove some broad

lines of demarcation between some of the principal families in

our classification.

The new genus Conosmilia possesses the twisted riband-shaped

columella of the subfamily Caryophyllacez, the endotheca and

septal margin of the Trochosmihacez, and the irregular septal

arrangement which was so common in the corals of the Oolitic

age, and which, from its octomeral type, reflected the rugosa of

palzeozoic times.

A simple conical coral with a twisted “ sérialaire” columella,

an endotheca, and an octomeral arrangement of its septal sys-

186 Mr. P. M. Duncan on some Fossil Corals.

tems, is as abnormal as the Hehidna hystria, as far as Huropean

classifications are concerned. ‘The new genus must be placed in

the neighbourhood of Avosmilia; and it connects the families

of the Turbinolides and the Astreeides.

The connexion between the septal and costal arrangements in

the species of the genus is very remarkable. The bases of the

septa and of the coste are not continuous, but the septa appear

to correspond with the line of depression between the coste.

This is common in species of other genera in Australia, but is

very rare indeed in any specimens from any other part of the

world. It was noticed in the ‘Annals’ of September 1864 in

Flabellum Victoria, nobis, and the arrangement is seen in the

two species of Sphenotrochus described in this communication.

It gives a sort of Australian stamp to the corals. The coste

are much broader than the septa; and it will be observed that

in Sphenotrochus emarciatus the line of depression between the

costz is continuous with the line which separates the two laminze

of which the septa are composed. The cost to the left and

right of the depressed line give each a root to the septum. The

species of the new genus are readily distinguished.

The Sphenotrocht are at first sight not unlike well-known

European older Pliocene and recent forms; but the emarciate

base and appendages, with the direction of the plain costa, and

the septal arrangements, distinguish the Australian species, and

prevent their being confounded with the genus Platytrochus.

The cyclolitoid Antilia is a most interesting species. The

genus superseded Montlivaltia during the Miocene (it is a

Montlvaltia with a well-formed columella); and it would appear

that all the various forms of the elder genus are represented in

the more modern. The tall cylindro-turbinate, the shorter, the

forms with oval, elliptical, or circular. calices, those with large

bases and short or tall sides, and those with many or but few

septa, amongst the Montlivaltia, are represented in the Miocene

of San Domingo, Guadeloupe, Jamaica, and Sinde by Antillie of

corresponding shape. In the Hamilton Tertiaries the interesting

cyclolitoid Montlvaltie of the Oolites have a representative in

the Antilla lens.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

‘ig. 1. Sphenotrochus australis: a, lower half, natural size; 6, part of

calice and columella, magnified 4 diams.; c, transverse section,

magn. 4 diams.; d, coste, magn. 2 diams.

Fig. 2. Sphenotrochus emarciatus : a, nat.size ; b, side view, magn. 4 diams.;

c, calice, magn. 6 diams.; d, continuation of septa and intercostal

lines, magn. 6 diams.

Fig. 3. Conosmilia elegans: a, nat. size; 6, side view, magn. 3 Heer 3

ce, calice, magn. 6 diams,

Prof. F. M‘Coy on the Australian Species of Arvipis. 187

Fig. 4. Conosmilia anomala: a, nat. size; b, columella, magn. 4 diams. ;

e, costee, magnified 4 diams.; d, transverse section, magn. 4 diams.

(one system is closed below by endotheca) ; e, septum with endo-

theca, magn. 4 diams.

Fig. 5. Conosmilia striata : a, nat. size; 5, costee, magn. 6 diams.; c¢, trans-

verse section, magn. 6 diams.

Fig. 6. Antillia lens: a, nat. size, view from above and side; 0, base,

nat. size; c, side view (part of), magn. 4 diams.; d, base (part

of), magn. 4 diams.; e, septum, magn. 4 diams.

XXIV.—Notes on the Australian Species of Arripis. By Frepe-

rick M‘Coy, Professor of Natural Science in the University

_ of Melbourne, and Director of the National Museum at Mel-

bourne.

I rrnp that nearly all the scales of the Victorian fishes of the

genus Arripis have a more or less distinct fan-like structure of

the base, from the supposed absence of which the genus was

originally named.

Having dissected a great number, I am sure there must be

some mistake (probably a clerical error) in Dr. Giinther’s state-

ment that the pyloric appendages are from seventeen to fifty in

number, as I find them always about one hundred and sixty.

The Australian species to be found in hooks are Centropristes

Georgianus (Cuv.), C. salar (Richardson), C. Tasmanicus

(Homb.), C. trutéaceus (Cuv.), Perca trutta (Cuv.), and probably

Perca marginata (Cuv.). I have perfectly satisfied myself, from

a laborious examination of a great number of fresh specimens,

at different seasons and of all ages, that the whole of these six

supposed species should be reduced to one, and that the more

important characters relied upon by Cuvier, Richardson, and

Giinther are the peculiarities only of different ages of the fish.

The adult form is the Centropristes (Arripis) Georgianus (Cuv.)

and the C. Tasmanicus (Homb.). It reaches nearly 2 feet in

length; and, although abundant in the market, it is eaten with

great hesitation, owing to the many cases (sometimes fatal)

reported of poisonous effects produced on certain persons eating

it, although others at the same table suffered comparatively

little. It is the fish improperly called “Salmon” by the colo-

nists. It is of a nearly uniform pale olive-colour. Probably

from having counted the fin-rays of so large a number of speci-

mens, I am able to announce an extraordinary variation in this

character: thus the pectorals vary from 14 to 16, the soft anals

from 9 to 11, soft dorsals from 16 to 19.

The young, up to about 10 or 11 inches in length, are com-

monly supposed by the colonists to be a different fish, which

they call “Salmon-trout” in the markets; and they are the

188 Prof. F. M‘Coy on the Australian Species of Arripis.

Centropristes or Arripis salar of Richardson and Giinther’s

works. They have the belly silvery, back olive, sides rich green

with vertical darker bands, and four or five longitudinal rows of

round yellow spots, like lacquered brass, on the sides. This

style of colouring, so different: from that of the adult, is most

strongly marked in the young of three or four inches in length;

and I have traced in the most gradual and satisfactory way its

gradual confusion and obliteration as the size approaches 1

foot, beyond which only traces can be seen of any difference

from the nearly uniform dull colouring of the adult. The su-

perior size of the eye, the difference of proportional distance

between the orbits, and the shape of the forehead, relied upon

by authors amongst the characters separating the C. Georgianus

from the others, are more and more exaggerated as the size and

age of the individuals are less aud less.

In small, very young individuals the posterior edge of the

preoperculum is not denticulated ; and this is the great charac-

ter relied on by Cuvier and Giinther for the specific distinction

of the C. tru¢taceus in their works (the fin-rays of the adult

varying to the amount I have shown above) ; but I have clearly

demonstrated the gradual appearance and development of the

serration with increase of size; so that this is certainly (as might

even be seen by observing the relative lengths of the radiating

ridges forming the denticles going to the posterior and inferior

edges of the properculum respectively m an old fish) only a

character of immaturity.

Living specimens of the young fish three or four inches long

have the caudal fin bright yellow, with a broad posterior margin

of rich black; both these colours fade quickly, and totally dis-

appear in spirit or on a dried skin. Now as this particular

colouring, noted by Cuvier on a drawing from life of a fish of

which he had never seen a specimen, was the foundation of the

species Perca marginata in his ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Poissons,’

and all the other characters are those found likewise in the

young of Arripis Georgianus, I have no doubt, from my observa-

tion of these fugitive colours in the living fish, that Perca

marginata should be added to the synonyms of the one Australian

species of Arripis found here—the A, Georgianus. I mean to

publish figures from the life, shortly, in the ‘Decades of the

Prodromus of the Zoology and Paleontology of Victoria,’ which

I am preparing as part of the “ Memoirs of the Melbourne

Museum,” the establishment of which occupies all my leisure so

pleasantly.

Melbourne, June 24, 1865.

Mr. G.S. Brady on undescribed Fossil Entomostraca. 189

XXV.—On undescribed Fossil Entomostraca from the Brick-

earth of the Nar. By Grorce Stewarpson Brapy.

[ Plate IX. ]

For the opportunity of describing the following species of Ostra-

coda I am indebted to the kindness of Professor I’. Rupert Jones,

from whom I received the specimens. An account of the deposit

in which they occurred was given in the ‘ Geological Magazine,’

vol. il. p. 8, to which the reader is referred. The carapaces were

very few in number, and belonged to the four species here

described.

Order OSTRACODA.

Fam. Cypride.

Genus Cyrneripea, Bosquet.

Cytheridea punctillata, n. sp. Pl. UX. figs, 9-11.

Valves oblong, subtriangular, convex. Dorsal margin gently

arched, highest at its anterior third ; ventral margin straight.

Anterior border broad and well rounded; posterior narrower,

and sloping steeply to its lower extremity, which forms a

rounded angle. Seen from above, the carapace is oval in out-

line, and shows scarcely any appearance of pitting. nd view

suborbicular. Surface marked with fine and thickly set

puncta. Length 515th of an inch.

This is nearly allied to Cytheridea pinguis, Jones, and to

Bardia punctatella, Bosquet, but is not strictly referable to

either of these species. It differs from the former in surface-

ornament, as well as in the absence of angulation of the dorsal

border; from the latter, as well as from B. Hebertiana, in its

more triangular shape and finer surface-ornament.

Genus Cyruere, Miller.

Cythere carinata, n. sp.* Pl. IX. figs. 1-4.

Carapace obliquely subtetragonal, convex; margins flexuous.

Dorsal margin arched, gibbous in the middle ; ventral margin

convex, produced anteriorly into a broad, strongly developed

keel. Anterior extremity narrow, bordered partially by the

ventral keel; posterior extremity broad, somewhat truncate.

Dorsal outline broadly oval. End view ovate, tumid. Surface

* This species was noted by Prof. T. R. Jones in the ‘ Geological Maga-

zine,’ vol. il. p. 306, under the name Normania carinata. I have, however,

thought it advisable to abandon the MS. genus Normania, which was

meant to include the “ peach-stone” forms, but which I found incapable

of accurate definition or separation.

190 Mr.G.8. Brady on undescribed Fossil Entomostraca.

covered with conspicuous concentrically arranged pits, which

are well developed towards the margins, but nearly obsolete

at the centre of the valves. Length =4;th of an inch.

This species is either identical with, or very closely related to,

a recent form which is common in deep water on many parts

of the British coast, but which appears hitherto to have escaped

description.

Cythere arborescens, n. sp. Pl. IX. figs. 5-8.

Carapace broadly oval, well rounded in front, about once and a

half as long as broad. The left valve is much larger than the

right, overlapping it considerably on the dorsal and posterior

margins. The dorsal margin is strongly arched, and slopes

somewhat steeply behind towards the ventral margin, the two

being produced at their junction into an obtusely angular

prominence. Ventral margin nearly straight, somewhat in-

curved at its anterior thir d, and sloping gently upwards be-

hind. The dorsal outline is oblong oval, compressed. End

view ovate. Surface of the shell finely punctate, marked at

the extremities and along the ventral margin with an elevated

reticulated pattern, the ramifications of which are gradually

lost on the surface of the valves. Length =1th of an inch.

The recent species Cythere convexa differs from the present

only in the general outline of the valves, which in C. arbores-

cens are more decidedly quadrangular, and in the ornamentation

of the surface. But though there is much diversity in the sculp-

turing of C. convexa, I have never met with any specimens, either

recent or fossil, which show the least trace of the beautiful ar-

borescent ribbing characteristic of the present species. The

surface is also more finely punctate than in C. convexa; but I

should not, on this account alone, have thought it justifiable

to propose for it a distinct specific name.

Cythere aspera, i. sp. PL. IX. figs. 12-19.

Valves oblong, quadrilateral, compressed. Extremities nearly

equal, the anterior obliquely rounded, bordered by an elevated

nodulated ridge, which terminates in a conspicuous tubercle

over the anterior hinge, and is fringed with short blunt spines.

Posterior border produced into a broad flattened lamina, which

bears at the ventral angle three or four strong squamous

spines. Dorsal margin nearly straight ; ventral smuated and

squamous behind. Seen from above, the carapace is com-

pressed, oblongo-ovate, tuberculated, spinous behind. Hnd

view quadrilater al. Surface of the valves marked by three

conspicuous longitudinal ridges, the ventral ridge sharply

Mr. A. E. Verrill on the Classification of Polyps. 191

defined, the others nodulated and less distinct. The valves

are covered, between the ridges, with rounded tubercles. In

young specimens the longitudinal ridges are sharper, the

surface-tubercles are sharp and spinous, and the elevated an-

terior border is absent or indistinct. The young state of this

species is represented in figs. 12-15. Length (of the adult)

s4rd of an inch.

The above description applies to well-marked specimens ; and

much latitude must be allowed as to the amount of spinous and

tubercular development, especially with reference to the squa-

mous spines and lamina of the posterior extremity.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. Cythere carinata (Brady), left valve, x 50.

Fig. 2. The same, seen from above, x 50.

Fig. 3. The same, seen from below, x 50.

Fig. 4. The same, end view, x 50.

Fig. 5. Cythere arborescens (Brady), perfect carapace, x 40.

Fig. 6. The same, seen from above, x 40.

Fig. 7. The same, seen from below, x 40.

Fig. 8. The same, end view, x 40.

Fig. 9. Cytheridea punctillata (Brady), left valve. x 40.

Fig. 10. The same, seen from above, x 40.

Fig. 11. The same, end view, x 40.

Fig. 12. Cythere aspera (Brady), right valve (young), x 40.

Fig. 13. The same, seen from above, x 40.

Fig. 14. The same, seen from below, x 40.

Fig. 15. The same, end view, x 40.

Fig. 16. The same, adult right valve, x 40.

Fig. 17. The same, seen from above, x 40.

‘ig. 18. The same, seen from below, x 40.

Fig. 19. The same, end view, x 40.

XXVI. Classification of Polyps. (Extract condensed from a Syn-

opsis of the Polypi of the North Pacific Exploring Expedition

under Captains Ringgold and Rodgers, U.S.N.) By A. E.

VERRILL*.

Tue report upon the collection made by Dr. William Stimpson,

naturalist to the expedition, having been much delayed, the

following tabular view of the classification adopted is here pre-

sented, with the hope that, if imperfect like every other, it may

nevertheless afford some aid in illustrating the natural affinities

of these humble forms.

Although, in a communication read before a zoological club

at Cambridge, January 1862, I attempted to demonstrate the

* From the ‘ Proceedings of the Essex Institute,’ U.S., for 1865.

192 Mr. A. E. Verrill on the Classification of Polyps.

existence of the three natural orders among Polyps, I refrained

from presenting this view in a paper published last year, in

order that I might make further investigations upon the sub-

ject before finally publishing it.

Class CNIDARIA or POLYPI.

Order I. MADREPORARIA.

Polyps simple or compound, with embryonic or rudimentary

basal or abactinal region, which has no special function, unless

for vegetative attachment while young. Actinal area well deve-

loped, form broadly expanded, having a tendency in the higher

groups to become narrowed towards the mouth. Tentacles

simple, conical. Dermal tissues and, usually, the radiating la-

mellie depositing solid coral ; the radiating plates, being between

the lamellze, are therefore ambulacral, and appear to originate

from the surfaces of the lamelle and the connective tissues ex-

tending across the ambulacral chambers and fillmg them from

below. Interambulacral spaces distinct.

Suborder I. Srauracea (Madreporaria rugosa) *.

Coral simple, or compound by budding ; chiefly epidermal and

endothecal; septa apparently in multiples of four, sometimes

wanting. Type embryonic, like a young Astrea or Fungia.

Families: Stauride, Cyathophyllide, Cyathaxonidi, Cysti-

phyllidee.

Suborder IT. Funeacna.

Polyps either simple or compound by marginal or disk-bud-

ding, rarely by fissiparity. Tentacles numerous, in multiples

of six, impertectly developed, scattered on the actinal surface,

usually short and lobe-like. Upper part of polyps scarcely ex-

sert. Coral broad and low, growth mostly centrifugal, tissue

* This group is placed here with considerable hesitation, and principally

on account of the close resemblance in structure to the young of the suc-

ceeding and higher groups when they first begin to form a coral, which

then consists of a ring of epitheca or epidermal deposit, with a few, imper-

fect, rugose septa radiating from the centre. If the number four be a

constant feature of the arrangement of their septa, it is possible that they

may be entitled to rank as a separate order of Polyps. To this opinion

Prof. J. D. Dana inclines. Prof. Agassiz unites the group with Hydroid

Acalephs, on account of their resemblance im some features to the Tabulata.

It seems to me, however, that the absence of transverse plates in Cyathaxo-

nidee and Cystiphyllida, and the perfection of the vertical septa in Stau-

rida, Cyathaxonid, and some of the Cyathophyllide, together with their

general structure, show them to be more closely allied to the Fungacea

and Astreacea, of which they may be considered embryonic types, while at

the same time the group is a synthetic one, having analogies with nearly

all the higher groups of Polyps and also, in some respects, with Hydroids.

Mr. A. E. Verrill on the Classification of Polyps. 193

chiefly septal; walls imperfectly developed, often perforate, sub-

ordinate, usually forming the basal attachment.

Families: Cyclolitide, Lophoseride, Fungide, Merulinide.

Suborder IIT. Astreacea.

Polyps mostly compound, either by fissiparity or various modes

of budding. ‘Tentacles usually well developed, long, subcylin-

drical, limited in number, in multiples of six, encircling the disk.

Coral mural, septal, and endothecal ; growth vertical and centri-

fugal, producing turbinated forms which are often elongated.

Families: Lithophyllhidz, Mzandrinide, Eusmiliide, Caryo-

phyllidz, Stylinide, Astreinz, Oculinide, Stylophoride.

Suborder IV. Mapreproracga (Madreporaria perforata).

Tentacles in definite numbers, twelve or more, well developed,

encircling the narrowed disk, therefore nearer the mouth ; po-

lyps with the upper portion much exsert, flexile ; growth chiefly

vertical ; coral mural and septal, porous. Polyps compound by

budding, sometimes simple.

Families: Eupsammidz, Gemmiporide, Poritide, Madre-

poridee.

Order II. ACTINARIA.

Polyps with well developed, often highly specialized, basal or

abactinal region. Walls well developed; tentacles longer, more

concentrated around the mouth, which is also usually, if not

always, furnished with special tentacular lobes or folds. Ambu-

lacral spaces always open, destitute of connecting tissues and

solid deposits.

Suborder I. ZoaNTHACEA.

Polyps encrusting, adherent, budding from mural expansions ;

tentacles simple, short, at edge of disk.

Families: Zoanthide, Bergide.

Suborder II. ANTIPATHACEA.

Polyps connected by a ccoenenchyma, secreting a solid sclero-

base or coral-axis. Tentacles few, six to twenty-four, simple,

conical.

Families : Antipathide, Gerardide.

Suborder III. Actinacea.

Polyps free, capable of locomotion, with a highly specialized

muscular base or abactinal area. Tentacles well organized,

either simple or branched, varying from ten to many hundreds,

often with accessory organs arising from the same spheromeres,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. xvi. 14

194. Mr. A. E. Verrill on the Classification of Polyps.

such as inner tentacles, verruce, complicated or simple branchial

lobes, cinclide, eye-spherules, suckers, &e. Mouth with special

lobes or folds. Most of the species are simple, a few are com-

pound by fissiparity, many abnormally bud from the wall near

the base, a few secrete from the base a horn-like deposit similar

to the axis of Antipathes.

Families: Actinidze, Thalassianthide, Minyide, Ilyanthide,

Cerianthide.

Order III. ALCYONARIA.

Polyps with well developed actinal, mural, and abactinal re-

gions, compound by budding. Tentacles eight, pinnately lobed,

long, encircling a narrow disk. No interambulacral spaces.

Ambulacral ones open and wide.

Suborder I. ALCYONACEA.

Polyps turbinate at base, budding in various ways, encrusting,

adherent to foreign bodies by the coenenchyma.

Families: Aleyonide, Xenide, Cornularide, Tubiporide.

Suborder II. GorconacEa.

Polyps cylindrical, short, connected by a coenenchyma, se-

creting a central supporting axis.

Families: Gorgonide, Plexaurida, Primnoide, Gorgonellide,

Isidee, Corallide, Briaride.

Suborder II]. PennatTuLacea.

Polyps forming free moving colonies, the composite basal

portion with locomotive functions and special cavities, with or

without a solid free axis.

Families: Pennatulide, Pavonaride, Veretillide, Renillide.

Among the most interesting species in this collection the

following may be mentioned :—

Stephanoseris lamellosa, Verrill.

Coral low, subcylindrical, with a broad base, which completely

covers small univalve shells, with the exception of the opening ;

wall rudimentary ; septa in four cycles, the primaries much the

largest, with subentire rounded tops; columella well developed,

papillose ; costee prominent, unequal.

Loo-Choo Islands. Dr. Wm. Stimpson.

Heterocyathus alternata, Vervill.

A low species with very unequal septa and cost, the primary

Mr. A. E. Verrill on new Species of Polyps. 195

septa very prominent. Encrusts and covers small univalve

shells.

Gaspar Straits. Capt. John Rodgers.

Balanophylia capensis, Vervill.

A species about half an inch high, broadly attached, slightly

turbinated, with an epitheca rising - within a line of the mar gin.

Calicle deep, broadly oval. Septa in four cycles, the principal

ones much exsert, vertical, narrowed at top, those of the fourth

eycle joining the columella in pairs. Colour of the living Polyp

bright orange.

Cape of Good Hope. Dr. Wm. Stimpson.

Eupsammia Stimpsonii, Verrill.

Coral free, elongated, turbinated, blunt at base. Calicle oval,

deep; columella well developed ; septa broad, the principal ones

with entire inner edges, rounded. Length an inch or more ;

breadth of cell °3 in.

Interesting as a living representative of a genus hitherto

known only in the fossil state.

North China Sea. Dr. Wm. Stimpson.

Metridium fimbriatum, Verrill.

A species closely allied to M. marginatum of this coast, but

apparently more elongated, with longer and more slender tenta-

cles, which are almost hair-like. Disk within the tentacles nar-

row. “Colour pale orange, translucent; body punctate with

dark brown; mouth deep orange.”

San Francisco, California. Dr. Wm. Stimpson.

Phellia collaris, Verrill.

Edwardsia collaris, Stimpson, Proc. Philad. Acad. Nat. Science, May and

June 1855.

A species remarkable for its great size compared with pre-

viously known species from Europe.

Hong-Kong, China. Dr. Wm. Stimpson.

Phellia clavata, Vervill.

Edwardsia clavata, Stimpson, /. c. 1855.

A species even larger than the last.

Near Ousima, Japan. Dr. Wm. Stimpson.

AMMONACTIS, Nov. gen.

Column elongated, subcylindrical, with well developed basal

disk, covered, as in Phellia, with a persistent epidermis extend-

196 Mr. A. E. Verrill on new Species of Polyps.

ing to near the summit, naked above; but differs in having a

lobe-like tubercle below each tentacle, distinct from the margin.

Tentacles long and numerous.

Ammonactis rubricollum, Verrill.

Edwardsia rubricollum, Stimpson, l. ¢. 1855.

Hong-Kong, China. Dr. Wm. Stimpson.

Halocampa brevicornis, Vervill.

Edwardsia brevicornis, Stimpson, 1. c. 1855.

Hong-Kong, China. Dr. Wm. Stimpson.

Halocampa capensis, Verrill.

Body elongated; tentacles twenty, blunt; ambulacra sub-

papillose. Six tentacles have their inner bases dark brown ;

body pale reddish, with dots and patches of flake white ; inner

side of tentacles flake white.

Cape of Good Hope, 12 fathoms, sand. Dr. Wm. Stimpson.

Cerianthus orientalis, Verrill.

A large species, similar to C. americana, nobis. Body elon-

eated, ina tube of mud. Tentacles long and slender. Colour

of body deep reddish brown ; outer tentacles translucent, yellow-

ish and white, pale brown on their inner sides, greenish at base ;

inner ones purplish brown, or sometimes grass-green.

At low-water mark, Hong-Kong, China. Dr. Wm. Stimpson.

Nephthya thyrsoidea, Verrill.

Polyps forming thyrsiform bunches of closely clustered branch-

lets, 3 inches high and 2 inches broad. Colour wine-yellow or

light brown, with a dark purplish tinge below the tentacles ;

tentacles nearly white ; spicula forming elevated transverse lines

of silvery white on the stalks.

Cape of Good Hope, 20 fathoms, rocks. Dr. Wm. Stimpson.

Telesto ramiculosa, Verrill.

Cornularia aurantiaca, Stimpson, J. c. 1855, non T. aurantiaca, Lamx.

Hong-Hong, 10 fathoms, shelly bottom. Dr. Wm. Stimpson.

Parisis laxa, Verrill.

Coral forming openly reticulate fronds; papillze numerous,

rounded, on all sides of the branches; coenenchyma minutely

villous in alcohol. Calcareous joints shorter, and internodes

longer, than in P. fruticosa, nobis.

Hong-Kong. Dr. Wm. Stimpson.

Royal Society. 197

Acanthogorgia coccinea, Verrill.

Nepthya coccinea, Stimpson, /. ce. 1855.

Hong-Kong, 10 fathoms, on shells. Dr. Wm. Stimpson.

Veretillum Stimpsonii, Verrill.

A large species, 6 or 8 inches long, the upper portion en-

larged, more than half the entire length. Polyps much exsert,

upwards of an inch long; tentacles very long. Axis thick,

short, fusiform, a third of an inch long. Base white, somewhat

striated; body light cream-colour ; polyps transparent, bluish

white at the bases of the tentacles.

Hong-Kong, 6-10 fathoms, mud. Dr. Wm. Stimpson.

Veretillum baculatum, Verrill.

Club-shaped, the base about a third of the length. Polyps

scattered, not numerous. Axis small, fusiform, about half an

inch long in a specimen 3 inches long.

Sea of Ochotsk, off Siberia. L. M. Squires.

Kophobelemnon clavatum, Verrill.

Veretillum clavatum, Stimpson, J. c. 1855.

Polyps more numerous and crowded than in K. Burgeri,

Herkl., which it resembles; body more claviform, naked dorsal

space very narrow.

Hong-Kong, 6 fathoms, mud. Dr. Wm. Stimpson.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

June 15, 1865.—Major-General Sabine, President, in the Chair.

‘On the Anatomy and Physiology of the Nematoids, parasitic

and free; with observations on their Zoological Position and Affini-

nities to the Echinoderms.’ By Henry Charlton Bastian, M.A.,

M.B. (Lond.), F.L.S.

After commenting upon the many conflicting statements which

have been made concerning the anatomy of these animals, and more

especially with regard to the presence or absence of a nervous

system, and of real organs of circulation, the author alludes to the

increased interest which has lately been thrown over this order by

the discovery of so many new species of the non-parasitic forms,

marine, land, and freshwater.

He has entered fully into the description of the tegumentary

organs, and has recognized a distinct cellulo-granular layer inter-

vening between the great longitudinal muscles and the external chiti-

198 Royal Society :—

nous portion of the integument. This layer is one of great import-

ance in the economy of these animals; the author looks upon it as

the deep formative portion of the integument, from which the chi-

tinous lamellee are successively excreted. It is bounded internally

by a fibrous membrane, which serves as an aponeurosis for the at-

tachment of the four great longitudinal muscles ; and the well-known

lateral and median lines which have so long been a puzzle to ana-

tomists are, he says, in reality nothing more than intermuscular

developments of this layer. In some species each of the lateral lines

contains an axial vessel, though in very many others nothing of this

kind is to be met with. A periodical ecdysis of the chitinous por-

tion of the integument takes place in all Nematoids during the period

of their growth.

The author agrees with Dr. Schneider as to the nature of the

transverse fibres attached to the median lines. They are contractile

prolongations from the longitudinal muscles, and may be considered

extrinsic muscles for the propulsion of the intestinal contents, since

the intestine itself has no muscular tissue in its walls.

Schneider’s description of the nervous system in Ascaris megalo-

cephala has been-confirmed, and a similar arrangement has been re-

cognized by the author in several other Nematoids. It exists as a

nervous ring encircling the commencenient of the cesophagus, in

connexion with many large ganglion-cells. The principal peripheral

branches are given off from the anterior part of the ring, and pro-

ceed to the region of the mouth and cephalic papilla. Although

well developed ocelli exist in many of the free marine species, no

nerve-filaments have yet been detected in connexion with them.

The organs of digestion are mostly simple, the principal variations

being met with in the presence or absence of a pharyngeal cavity,

and in the structure of the cesophagus. In some species its parietes

are distinctly muscular, whilst in others, as in the Trichocephali

and Trichosomata, they are as distinctly cellular. Those possessing

a pharyngeal cavity sometimes have well-marked tooth-like processes

developed from its walls; but the author believes that the chitinous

plates which are sometimes met with in posterior swellings of the

cesophagus are not ‘gastric teeth,’ as they have been hitherto de-

scribed, but rather valvular plates for ensuring greater perfection in

the suctorial process by which these animals | pass their food along

this portion of the alimentary canal.

The water-vascular system may be seen in many Nematoids in its

most elementary condition, as a small tubular gland, with an excretory

orifice in the mid-ventral region of the anterior part of the body. In

other Nematoids no trace of such a system exists; whilst its most

developed condition yet recognized in these animals may be seen

in Ascaris osculata and A. spiculigera, where an intimate plexus of

vessels, still in connexion with an anterior ventral pore, is met with

in a peculiar development from the left lateral band. Intermediate

conditions between these extreme forms may be traced in other spe-

cies; and from the obviously glandular nature of the tubular or

pyriform organ met with so commonly in the free, and also in many

Mr. Bastian on the Anatomy and Physiology of Nematoids. 199

of the parasitic species, he thinks considerable light is thrown upon

the function of the “ water-vascular”’ system. He says, ‘‘ Here we

have undoubtedly to deal with an excretory glandular apparatus.

No one could for a moment regard these structures as at all analo-

gous to vessels destined alternately to receive and discharge an ex-

ternal fluid medium. I believe that in the Trematoda and Teniada

also, where similar though often more developed systems exist, their

function is in like manner one of a purely eliminatory kind; and I

therefore cannot but look upon the name of ‘ water-vascular ’ appa-

ratus as a singularly inappropriate appellation for this system of

vessels.”

Other very peculiar transverse vessels exist in the deep integu-

mental layer of Ascaris megalocephala and A. lumbricvides, mostly

running in pairs from median line to median line, and, strangely

enough, being about twice as numerous on the right as on the left

side of the body.

The author believes that in the Nematoids but little provision

exists for the oxidating portion of the process of respiration, and

thinks that this deficiency may be compensated by a greatly increased

activity of glandular eliminating organs. Considering the conditions

under whose influence so many of the parasitic forms pass their

existence, we can easily imagine that the presence of any organs for

effecting an oxidation of their tissues would not only be useless, but

actually baneful. Glandular organs exist in the greatest abundance

in all Nematoids, and many of these are excretory organs. In those

species in which no modification of the ventral excretory apparatus

is met with, the author has found a very large number of channels

running through the chitinous portion of the integument, so as to

bring its deep cellular layer into communication with the exterior.

These pores are, he believes, complementary respiratory organs, and

their development is always in an inverse proportion to that of the

other excretory organs. Thus amongst the free Nematoids he has

found them most numerous in Dorylaimus stagnalis and Leptoso-

matum figuratum—species in which the ventral excretory apparatus

is entirely absent. The same arrangement is met with in the T7i-

chocephali and Trichosomata, in which these integumental channels

attain their maximum development. The gradually widening longi-

tudinal band long known to exist in the 7'’rchocephali is due to the

presence of thousands of these channels in connexion with a glandular

development of the deep integumental layer beneath.

Many interesting facts are brought forward concerning the “ tena-

city of life’ of some of the free Nematoids, and their power of re-

covery after prolonged periods of desiccation. This has been long

known as one of the characteristics of T'ylenchus tritici*, but the

author has found it common only to the species of four land and

freshwater genera— Tylenchus, Plectus, Aphelenchus, and Cephalo-

bus. The remainder of the free Nematoids are remarkably frail, and

incapable of recovering even after the shortest periods of desiccation.

* Vibrio tritici of older writers.

200 Royal Society :—

In the last section, on ‘The zoological position and affinities of

the Nematoids,” the author enters fully into what he believes to be

the points of resemblance between these animals and the Echino-

derms. The strongest evidence is, he thinks, to be found in the fact

of the very close resemblance between the nervous systems of these

animals, differing notably as they do at the same time from what we

find in the Scolecida or Annelida. Then the integumental pores

which he has now discovered in so many Nematoids can, he thinks,

be paralleled only by the ambulacral and other pores met with in

the Echinoderms. Great similarities in the distribution of these

pores may also be observed in the two groups. The Nematoids

present no trace of segmentation or lateral appendages to their bodies,

but traces of a radiate structure do exist. Their various parts and

organs exhibit a quadrate mixed with a ternate type of development.

He looks upon the order Nematoidea as an aberrant division of the

class E’chinodermata, which at the same time tends to connect this

class in the most interesting manner with the Scolecida—since,

although in the points above mentioned they display their affinities

to the Echinoderms, still, as regards the structure and different

modifications of the ventral excretory apparatus, they agree more

closely with the 7’ematoda or flukes.

“Researches on the Structure, Physiology, and Development of

Antedon (Comatula, Lamk.) rosaceus.” By Dr. W. B. Carpenter,

F.R.S.

The author, after adverting to the special interest attaching to the

study of this typical form, as the only one readily accessible for the

elucidation of the life-history of the CrinorpEa, states it to be his

object to give as complete an account as his prolonged study of it

enables him to offer, of its minute structure, living actions, and

developmental history, taking up the last at the point to which it

has been brought in the memoir of Prof. Wyville Thomson.

He prefaces his memoir with an historical summary of the progress

of our knowledge of the distinctive peculiarities of this genus, and of

its relation to the Crinoidea; and he shows that the first recoguition

of this relationship was most distinctly made by Llhuyd, at the

beginning of the last century, though that recognition has been

passed without notice by most subsequent writers, and is altogether

ignored by MM. de Koninck and le Hon in their recent history.

The author then proceeds to describe the external characters of

Antedon rosaceus; and shows, from its habits as observed in a

vivarium, that although possessed of locomotive power, it makes so

little use of this under ordinary circumstances, that its life in the

adult condition, no less than in its earlier stage, is essentially that of

a pedunculate Crinoid.

He then gives a minute description of the several pieces of the

skeleton—the accounts of these previously given by J. S. Miller

and Prof. Joh. Miller not being in sufficient detail to serve as

standards of comparison to which the parts of fossil Crinoids may be

Dr. Carpenter on Antedon rosaceus. 201

referred. And he directs special attention to the curiously inflected

rosette-like plate, previously unnoticed, which occupies the central

space left within the annulus formed by the adhesion of the first

radials. This plate is in spectal relation to the organ termed by

Joh. Miiller the “heart,” but certainly having no proper claim to

that designation, being a quinquepartite cavity in the central axis,

from the walls of which there pass out not vessels but solid cords

of sarcode, into the rays and arms, and also into the dorsal cirri.

The inflexions of the rosette-like plate serve for the support aud

protection of the large cords passing into the rays, each of which has

a double origin, and a connexion with the adjacent radiating cords

that reminds the anatomist of the ‘circle of Willis.”

The skeleton of the adult differs so widely in the forms and rela-

tions of its parts from that of the early Pentacrinoid larva described

by Prof. Wyville Thomson, that the derivation of the former from

the latter can only be understood by observation of all the inter-

mediate stages. When the calcareous skeleton of the calyx first

shows itself, it consists only of five oral plates arranged conform-

ably upon five dasal plates, as thus :—

OCOs OF 200

B By BBB

At a stage a little more advanced (which has been described by

Prof. Allman, Trans. Roy. Soe. Ed. vo]. xxiii. p. 241), the rudiments

of the first radials are found interposed between the orals and basals,

alternating in position with both, as in the

margin ; and between two of these first radials O O O O O

there appears a single small unsymmetrical a a a a a

plate, which afterwar ‘ds proves to be the anal. B B B B B

The first radials undergo a rapid increase in

size, and soon become Renenouied by second and third radials,

which project between the orals; whilst the orals and basals, under-

going no such increase, are relatively very much smaller; the anal

plate i is still found on the line of the first

radials. But from this time the radials A® A® A*® A® A?

form the principal part of the calyx, A? A? A? A? A?

which opens out widely in conformity OF 02 O72 OO

with the increase of space required for A’ A’anA’ A* A?

the digestive apparatus, the intestinal Bo Be bab ae

canal being now developed around what

was originally a simple stomach with one orifice. The highest joint

of the stem also undergoes a remarkable increase in size, and begins

to acquire the form of a basin with an inflected rim, constituting

what is known in the adult as the centro-dorsal piece. When the

calyx opens out, the five oral plates, which originally formed a circlet

around the mouth, retain that position, and detach themselves en-

tirely from the divergent radials, nothing but the soft perisomatic

membrane filling up the space between them. These oral plates

never increase in size, and towards the end of the Pentacrinoid stage

202 Royal Society.

they begin to undergo absorption. I can still trace their basal

portions in young specimens of the free Antedon; but as the

creature advances towards maturity they are altogether lost sight of.

When the intestinal canal has been sufficiently developed to open on

the surface of the oral disk, the anal plate is lifted out of the posi-

tion it originally occupied, and is at last found on the anal funnel,

far removed from the radials. This, like the oral plates, begins to

undergo absorption towards the end of the crinoidal stage, and

completely disappears in the early part of the life of the free Ante-

don. The radial plates increase not only in size but also in thick-

ness; and channels which are left on their internal surface by

vacuities in the calcareous network, are converted into canals by a

further inward growth of this, which completely covers them in.

It is through these canals that the cords of sareode pass to the arms.

The édasal plates, like the oral, remain stationary in point of size,

and present no change in appearance. or position until after they

have been completely concealed externally by the centro-dorsal piece

(the highest joint of the stem), which rapidly augments, both in

absolute and in proportional size, when the development of the dorsal

cirri is taking place from its convex surface. By the end of the

Pentacrinoid stage, this plate has extended itself so far over the base

of the calyx as completely to conceal the basals; and as the free

Antedon advances towards maturity, it gradually extends itself over

the first radials, which then become adherent to it and to each other.

The basals then undergo a most curious metamorphosis, consisting

in absorption in one part and extension in another, by which they

finally become converted into five peculiarly shaped pieces, the

ultimate union of which forms the single rosette-like plate which

has been already stated to lie within the annulus formed by the first

radials of the adult Antedon. Hence the calyx finally comes to be

thus composed :—

b BR b R b Rb RD RF

CENTRO-DORSAL.

As the orals and the anal have entirely disappeared, no part of

the primordial calyx of the Pentacrinoid larva is traceable in it, until

we separate the adherent pieces which form its base, and search out

the minute and delicate rosette-like plate which is formed by the

metamorphosis of the dasals.

The structure, physiology, and development of the digestive, cir-

culatory, and respiratory apparatus, and of the neryous and muscular

systems, will form the subject of a future memoir.

203

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

March 28, 1865.—John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

Notice OF AN APPARENTLY UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF AMERI-

cAN Porcupine. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., F.L.S., erc.

There has been in the British Museum since 1853 a small specimen

of a short-tailed American Porcupine, which was sent from Columbia.

I suspected that the animal might be young ; and I have been wait-

ing, expecting that we might receive another specimen from the

same source, which would enable me to give a more complete account

of the animal; but as no additional materials have come to hand, I

shall now proceed to give a short notice of it, in the hope of draw-

ing the attention of collectors to the animal.

ERETHIZON (ECHINOPROCTA) RUFESCENS.

Pale brown, varied with black ; head white, speckled with black

and pale brown; tail and feet black ; chin, throat, and beneath pale

brown. A short white streak on the centre of the nose, and a few

white spines, forming a slight crest, on the nape; a whitish mark on

the side of the cheek. The bristly spines of the head thin, white,

with a small black subterminal band and yellow tip; the spines of

the back elongate, white, with a black subterminal ring and elon-

gated rufous tips; those of the front part of the back and sides very

slender, bristle-like, gradually becoming thickened, stronger, and

shorter, until on the hinder part of the back, above the tail, they are

well developed, short, thick. Spines with black ends and very small

brown tips. The end of the nose, chin, and underside of the body

covered with uniform pale brown slender bristles. The tail and

feet covered with short black bristles. Whiskers black, slender,

flexible.

Hab. Columbia.

There are a few spines on the top of the head, with one white to

the tip, making a kind of occipital crest; but I am not sure that

this may not be an individual peculiarity.

The soles of the hind feet are bald to the heel. Cutting-teeth

yellow, slender, rounder in front. Unfortunately I have not been

able to see the skull.

If this is a true Hrethizon, the genus may be divided into two

sections :—

1. Erethizon. The back covered with elongated bristles and

short spines. J. dorsatus and E. epixanthus.

2. Echinoprocta. The back covered with one kind of elongated

slender spines, which become shorter, thicker, and more rigid over

the rump. J. rufescens.

Noricre or A Srecies or TupatA FROM BORNEO, IN THE

CoLLECTION oF THE British Museum. By Dr. Joun

Epwarp Gray, F.R.S., F.L.S., erc.

There has been in the British Museum for some years a specimen

204 Zoological Society :—

of a Tupaia in spirits, which was received from Borneo, and also a

stuffed specimen without a habitat, evidently of the same species.

These specimens have the general coloration of Tupaia tana, and

have evidently been regarded as varieties of that species; but they

are most distinct. The head and skull are short and broad, of about

the same form and proportion as those of Tupaia ferruginea; the

fur and tail is of the same bright shining bay as 7. tana, but it is

entirely destitute of the three black streaks between the shoulders,

which are so well marked in that species.

The skull shows that the stuffed specimen is that of an adult

animal not so large as 7’. tana, and more nearly resembling in size

T. ferruginea. It may be known at once from the latter species by

the dark red-brown colour of the tail, with its very red underside.

I propose to call it

TUPAIA SPLENDIDULA.

Fur dark red-brown, blackish-washed. Tail dark red-brown ;

pale red beneath; the shoulder-streak yellow. The head conical,

about twice as long as wide behind.

Hab. Borneo.

The head is large compared with the size of the body; the ears

rounded, with several ridges on the conch, and a well-developed con-

vex tragus, not unlike the human ear. The palm and soles are bald

to the wrist and heel.

I thought at first that this species might be the Tupaia speciosa of

Wagner; but that animal is stated to have a head as long and as

tapering as 7’. tana, and, indeed, seems to be only a slight variety of

that species.

Norice oF A New GENUS AND SPECIES OF THE FamiLy Trio-

NYCHID FROM WESTERN Arrica. By Dr. J. E. Gray,

F.R.S., F.L.S., ec.

The British Museum has just received two specimens of a Trionyx

with covered legs from Western Africa (collected by the late Dr. B.

Baikie, probably on the Niger), which is evidently different im

structure from any we have before received from that country, and

which I am inclined to believe is an entirely new form.

It differs from the other African 7’rionyches with covered feet in

only having two pairs of callosities on the sternum ; while Hepta-

thyra has seven, and Cyclanosteus has nine such hardnesses on the

sternal bones. These callosities differ in disposition and mode of

development, as well as in manner, in the three genera, The skull

is in form like that of the genus Cyclanosteus; that is to say,

the face is moderate, with eyes about halfway between the front of

the zygomatic arch and cavity of the temporal muscle and the end

of the nose ; but it differs from the skull of the latter genus in the

forehead and crown being wider and flatter.

The genus (which I should refer to the tribe Cyelanosteina) may

be defined thus :—

Dr. J. E. Gray on a new Form of Trionychide. 205

TETRATHYRA.

The face of the skull short, convex, arched in front ; orbits lateral,

shelving, about midway between the end of the nose and the front

of the zygomatic arch ; forehead flat, rhombic, broad. The dorsal

shield with flexible margins, without any marginal bones ; front of

dorsal shield warty above and without any odd nuchal bone. Ster-

num flat, with broad rounded lobes covering the feet, and two pairs

of sternal callosities ; the front pair small, rounded, on the front

ends of each of the front pair of sternal bones ; the lateral pairs

are large, oblong, broadly notched out behind, and very rugose.

This genus differs from Oyclanosteus in the want of any odd bone

in front of the dorsal shield, as well as in the number and disposition

of the sternal callosities.

The upper surface of the front of the disk is closely covered with

roundish warts. The sternal callosities are not developed in the

young specimen, the larger lateral pair being first indicated as the

animal increases in size. The dorsal disk of the young specimen is

marked with close grains, or warty, in rather arched longitudinal ridges.

There are some young specimens in spirits from West Africa in the

Museum, which belong to this species ; they differ from the young

of C. senegalensis in being marbled, while that species is marked

with distinct small subcircular black spots.

This second genus of Cyclanosteina may explain the reason why

we have two skulls from West Africa the one with the front and

the other with the whole upper edge of the lower jaw dilated, as

figured in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for 1864,

fig. 18, p. 95, and fig. 21, p. 96.

TETRATHYRA Baiktl, sp. nov.

Head olive, white-spotted. Back olive, marbled with black above ;

206 Zoological Society :—

the lower surface pale, irregularly black-marbled or spotted. The

front pair of callosities small, oblong.

Younger specimen, the head and dorsal shield pale brown, mar-

bled with large black (often inosculating) streaks ; lower part of head

and sternum black, with large, irregular-sized, pale spots, some of

which are symmetrical.

Hab. West Africa, River Niger?

The largest specimen, which is not full-grown, is 11 inches long;

the dorsal shield 7 inches long and 5 inches wide. .

April 11, 1865.—Prof. T. H. Huxley, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

DescrIPTION OF A New Species or INDIAN PORCUPINE.

By P. L. Scuater, M.A., Pa.D., F.R.S.

About three years ago I received a communication from our excel-

lent Corresponding Member, Colonel Sir William Thomas Denison,

K.C.B., Governor of Madras, inquiring of me whether anything was

known in Europe of a second Indian Porcupine, distinguished from

the common species by having some of its quills of a deep orange-

colour. Upon my replying that this Porcupine appeared to be un-

represented in our collections of animals either living or dead in this

country, and would moreover probably prove new to science, Sir

William promised to do his best to obtain living specimens of it for

the Society’s Menagerie. The first examples of this animal obtained

by Sir William for transmission to this country died, I believe, before

they were shipped. But in the latter part of last year Sir William

was successful in obtaining four other living specimens, which reached

this country in safety on the 22nd of December last. Three of these

Porcupines are still living in the Society’s Menagerie. The fourth

died a few days after its arrival, and was found one morning already

partially devoured by its carnivorous companions. Enough, however,

remained of it to make a tolerably good skin, which, together with

the skull, I now exhibit. Upon these materials I propose to attempt

to give characters to this hitherto undescribed species.

Before doing so, however, I should mention that this species,

although it has never yet been described, and, as far as I can ascer-

tain, has never reached Europe before, alive or dead, has been already

provided with a name, which I do not propose to alter. Mr. Francis

Day, Fellow of this Society, late of H.M. Madras Medical Service,

in his work on the native Indian state of Cochin, called ‘The Land

of the Permauls,’ published at Madras in 1863, has spoken of this

animal as “ The Orange Porcupine, Hystriv malabaricus,” and given

some details respecting it*. Mr. Day has also kindly supplied me

with some further notes respecting it, which I shall give presently.

I commence, however, by characterizing the species, which belongs

to the typical Hystrices, and is very closely allied to H. leucura, as

HystrRix MALABARICA, Sp. nov.

Hl. crist@ setis purpurascenti-nigris, unicoloribus ; rostro pilis

* Land of the Permauls, pp. 446, 447.

Dr. P. L. Sclater on a new Indian Porcupine. 207

minutis obsito: colore corporis antici purpurascenti-rubro,

spinis ad basin aurantiacis, inde ad apicem purpurascenti-

nigris: spinis dorsi elongatis, aliis aurantiaco-rubro et nigro,

aliis, sicut in specie vulgari, albo et nigro annulatis: dorsi

postict linea mediali distincta, e spinis aliis albis, aliis auran-

tiucis composita: cauda longa, spinis aliis albis, aliis auran-

tiaco-rubris.

Long. tota a rostro ad basin caudze 28°0 poll., caudze 8-0.

Heb. India Meridionalis, prov. Cochin.

Obs. Affinis H. leucure, sed spinarum colore, rostro minus

setoso, et cauda longiore distinguenda.

Although the general external appearance of this Porcupine is re-

markably different from that of H. lewcura, so that the living animal

strikes one at the first glance as being undoubtedly distinct, I have

been somewhat disappointed, on comparing the two skins together, to

find how difficult it is to detect any very decided differences in their

structure. The muzzle in the present specimen of H. malabarica

(which is the only individual I have been able to examine) seems to

be decidedly less clothed with hair than in H.leucura. This is one

of the few points in which H. lewcura differs externally from H.

cristata, and in this respect the present specimen seems more like

H. cristata. The whole of the short spines and hairs of the anterior

portion of the body in H. malabarica are dark reddish orange at

their bases, growing into purplish brown at their tips; and the same

is the case with those of the flanks and Jegs. The elongated spines

of the middle of the back are some of them black, annulated with

white, just asin H. /eucura ; others, more especially towards the sides,

where these latter rather predominate, have the white replaced by a

bright orange-red. The medial line of the rump is well defined, as

in H. leucura; but the white spines are mixed with others wholly

orange. This is likewise the case with the spines round the base of

the strong spines which terminate the tail: some of these are wholly

white, and some wholly orange. The strong spines which surround

the tail, and extend beyond its extremity, are mostly wholly white,

with some wholly orange intermixed. In the centre of these are

about twelve of the singular hollow truncated quills mounted on pe-

dicels, just as in ZH. leucura and H. cristata*. About one-fourth

part of these abnormal quills are orange; the others are white.

As the cranial characters of the species of Hystrix are generally

very well marked, and indeed the only test by which the species can

be certainly distinguished, I was in hopes of finding in the cranium

of Hystrix malabarica some more certain evidence of its real distinct-

ness from H. leucura. Ihave therefore carefully compared the skull

of the new species with a fine series of six skulls of H. /ewcura in the

British Museumf, in doing which I have received the valuable as-

* T am not aware whether any explanation has ever been given of the use of

these curious quills. My impression is that they serve to act as a rattle, which is

thus formed, as in the Rattle-Snakes (Crotalus), by a cutaneous development at

the end of the tail.

+ A. cristata and H. leucurus of the ‘ Catalogue of the Bones of Mammalja in

the British Museum ’ (1862), p. 191.

208 Zoological Society :—

sistance of my friend Dr. Peters, who happened to be present on the

oceasion. The skull of Hystriv malabarica, which is that of a very

old animal with the molar teeth worn very low and the cranial sutures

nearly obliterated, agrees in the shape of the nasal and intermaxillary

bones with JZ. /eucura. As in the latter species, so in H. malabarica

the nasal bones have their sides nearly parallel with the hinder mar-

gin, terminating nearly in a line with the anterior edge of the orbit,

and the nasal processes of the intermaxillaries are broad and truncated.

At first I was inclined to think there was some difference in thé pat-

terns of the molar teeth of the two species, those of H. malabarica

being surrounded by a complete cingulum of enamel, and the internal

areas being completely isolated, which is not the case in H. leucura.

But this, I suspect, is only due to the age of the specimen. It would

therefore be desirable to have further specimens of the skull of H.

malabarica for comparison upon this point; but in other respects

there seem to exist differences in the skulls of the two species which

are amply sufficient to confirm their specific separation.

wy i

Skull of Wystrix malabarica.

1. In Hf. /eucura the total length of the molar series is greater

than the distance between the molars and the tympanic bone ; in //,

malabarica it is rather less.

2. In H. malabarica the entopterygoid is more remote from the

tympanic bone, and is of a different form.

3. The facial surface of the lachrymal is very small in H. mala-

Zarica—much smaller than in H. leucura.

4. The rostral part of the cranium is more elongated and more

Dr. P. L. Sclater on a new Indian Porcupine. 209

compressed in H. malabarica, and the foramina incisiva are longer

and narrower.

These and other minor peculiarities will, I think, sufficiently serve

to separate H. maladarica from its nearest ally, although it is of course

desirable that further specimens should be obtained for comparison.

With regard to the habits of H. malabarica, Mr. Day has kindly

furnished me with the following particulars :—

“During my residence at Cochin I was informed by the natives

that a species of orange-coloured Porcupine was found in the neigh-

bouring hills, the flesh of which was more highly esteemed for food

than that of the common variety. It was said to be a smaller species,

and that the two never lived in the same locality. Small families of

them, I subsequently ascertained, are found in various places along

the ghawts of Cochin and Travancore.

** At Trichooe, about forty miles north-east of Cochin, there was a

colony of these animals. They had formed their burrows in the

laterite rock, in a spot from which it was impossible to reach them

by digging. As I was anxious to obtain one of them, the burrows

were stopped and a pitfall dug before two, which were the most fre-

quented; brushwood was then heaped before the other apertures

and set on fire, but the prisoners did not venture out until they had

been smoked three days and nights.

** The native sportsmen declare that the aroma from these burrows

is quite sufficient to distinguish the different species.

«In 1862 I placed a pair, about a third grown, in a cage, and kept

them there nearly two months: although they permitted the dogs

and cats to steal their food, they never became tame or even fr iendly

with those who fed them.

*“They were omnivorous ; and, though quiet all day, as soon as

it became dusk they commenced to gnaw their cage, and continued

to do so until daybreak ; subsequently, when the bars were encased

with tin, they passed the night scratching.

“In captivity they lose much of their orange-colour; and its

vividness greatly decreases when they are ill.

«The natives consider wounds caused by their quills to be venom-

ous, and the effects frequently fatal.”

It may be useful to add to this paper a list of the known species

of Hystriz, and their localities, arranged according to Mr. Water-

house’s excellent system *.

a. Species nucha cristata.

1. H. cristata, Linn. et auct. (Acanthion Cuvieri, Gray); Water-

house, 7. c. p. 448: ex Europa merid. et Africa bor. et occ.

2. H. Arric% AUSTRALIS, Peters, Reise n. Moss. i. p. 170: ex

Africa austr. orient.

3. H. tevcura, Sykes (H. hirsutirostris, Brandt ; Waterhouse,

l.c. p. 454; H. cristata et H. leucurus, Gray): ex Asia occiden-

tali usque ad Indiam extremam.

4. H. mavaparica: ex India merid.

* Nat. Hist. Mamm. vol. ii. p. 446 e¢ seg.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xvi 15

210 Zoological Society :—

6. Species nucha non cristata.

5. H. Honeson1, Gray ; Waterhouse, /. c. p. 461 : ex India supe-

riore.

6. H. savanica (F. Cuv.) ; Waterhouse, 7. ¢. p. 465: ex Java.

The Society’s collection contains at the present time fine living

specimens of four of these, namely, H. Africe australis, H. leucura,

H. malabarica, and H. javanica.

Nores ON THE WHALES OF THE Care; BY E. L. Layarop,

Esa., or Care-Town, Corr. Mems. Wits Descriprions

or Two New Species; By Dr. J. E. Gray.

Mr. E. Layard, the Keeper of the South African Museum at

Cape-Town, has most kindly sent me descriptions and drawings,

made by Mr. Trimen, of the skulls of the Cetacea contained in that

museum. Amongst these is the drawing of a Porpoise or Grampus

taken in Kalk Bay (Simon’s Bay). Unfortunately the skull of this

animal was placed in the skin during Mr. Layard’s absence from the

Cape ; so that it cannot be got at for description ; but, from what he

saw of the dentition, he believes it is like a Grampus—very like the

figure of the skull of G. Cuvierti in the ‘Catalogue of Cetacea in the

Collection of the British Museum,’ t. 5. f. 1. He says that there is

a separate skull, greatly resembling that figure, in the South African

Museum.

The Grampus (?) prepared with the skull in the skin, mentioned

above, is represented as having a rounded head, without any appear-

ance of a beak. ‘‘ It is entirely deep brown black ; the skin smooth,

with a few wrinkles behind the chin and on the front edge of the

pectoral fin.

‘“‘ The entire length, from the nose to the end of the tail, 8 feet ;

from the nose to the front base of the dorsal fin, along the curve,

3 feet 9 inches; of the dorsal, 10 inches; of the back, from the

hinder edge of the dorsal fin to the end of the tail, 3 feet 10 inches ;

width of the tail, 1 foot 11 inches.

“‘ Length from the front of the mouth to the base of the pectoral,

1 foot 545 inches ; of the upper edge of the pectoral, 1 foot 5 inches.”

In the South African Museum are two smaller skulls from the

coast of the Cape,—one apparently of a Steno, with a teeth; and

the other of a Delphinus, probably the common one of Table Bay,

which has oe teeth.

These are probably new species, to be described.

Mr. Layard observes, ‘‘ These Cetaceans are constantly in the Bay ;

but I cannot get the fishermen, who catch plenty of the Delphinus,

to bring them to the museum. I have offered the market value, be-

sides all the flesh and the blubber ; but they are so prized as food by

the men that they are cut up instantly and sold by auction.”

“Two, if not more, species of Whales come into our bays to calve.

I have never been fortunate enough to see them entire; but, from

the remains, I think them to be the ‘ Right Whale”? (Balena) and

Mr. E. L. Layrad on the Whales of the Cape. 211

Humpback (Megaptera). By the way, do you know the meaning

of Peskop? The Dutch are the dirtiest-minded people I ever met

with: they have heaps of such names for their animals and plants.”

“I have seen off the coast several species of Whale (one near

Agulhas, with an enormous elongated back-fin ; which could it be?)

They are in sight for an hour at least.”

**T send you a drawing, by our friend Mr. Trimen, of the skull of

a Cetacean which I have taken to be a Ziphius, probably a very old

Ziphius sechellensis ; but the figure in your ‘ Catalogue of the Ce-

tacea in the British Museum,’ ack. 2, does not convey any idea

how the curious flattened teeth arch over the upper jaw, as shown

in Mr. Trimen’s drawing. I stood by him all the time, so can answer

for the correctness of the sketch ; and I took the measurements my-

self.’ The drawing shows that it is the skull of an animal more

a, 6. Skull and lower jaw of Ziphius Layardii. c. Teeth of lower jaw, from front.

allied to Ziphius micropterus than to Z. seychellensis. It differs from

Z. seychellensis in the lower jaw being elongate, slender, gradually

tapering in front, like the lower jaw of Z. micropterus. It differs from

the latter species in the tooth on the side of the jaw being elongated,

strap-shaped, with a small process* in the front side of the truncated

apex, and especially in these teeth being arched inwards, forming a

high arch “over the upper jaw,” the crown of the lateral teeth

being short and triangular in Z. micropterus. It is evidently quite

distinct in the form of the rostrum of the skull and the shape of the

teeth from the Ziphius micropterus of the coast of Europe. I

therefore propose to call it Ziphius Layardii.

The entire length of the skull, from condyle to tip of the rostrum,

* The process is not so distinctly shown as it ought to be in the woodcut.

15*

212 Zoological Society :—

3 feet 7 inches ; of the rostrum, from tip to the notch, 2 feet 6 inches ;

the width at the widest part of the brain-case 1 foot 6 inches; the

length in a straight line, from the tip of the rostrum to the crest

over the blower, 2 feet 11 inches; the height of the skull, from the

hinder part of the palate to the crest over the blower, 1 foot 2 inches.

The entire length of the lower jaw 3 feet ; the length from the con-

dyle to the hinder edge of the base of the tooth, 1 foot 114 inches ;

the length of the exposed part of the tooth along the anterior edge,

93 inches; the width below the teeth of the side of the lower jaw,

measured from the inner part of their base, 3 inches.

There is a partial hollow, as if it were the cavity of an old tooth

that had fallen out, on the margin of the inner jaw, behind the base

of the elongated arched tooth.

“In your letter you sent me a sketch of the skull of Ziphius in-

dicus with two teeth in the front of the lower jaw, and a short

stumpy head, totally unlike the skull of ZipAius figured in the ‘ Ca-

talogue of Cetacea.’”’

«There is a skull in the South African Museum which I have got

down as a Globiocephalus. It is the skull of a very old animal,

without teeth; but I think I can trace that it has had two front

teeth in the lower jaw, if not also along (the edge of) the upper and

lower jaw. The animal was taken on our coast.”

The figures of the skull which accompany this note appear to

me to represent the skull of a species of Hyperoodon, which differs

from Hyperoodon of Europe in haying only a low crest on each side

of the maxillary bones. I would propose to designate the species

Hyperoodon capensis.

s ‘ AN .

SSE Ehg SSSA EES Swab

2 SW GMM VEN

Skull and lower jaw of Hyperoodon capensis.

The length of the skull, from the end of the rostrum to the occi-

pital condyle, is 3 feet; the height of the skull, from the crest of

the blower to the condyle, 2 feet; the greatest width of the brain-

case 1 foot 7 inches.

Dr. W. Peters on Platacanthomys lasiurus. 213

April 25, 1865.—Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

Nore on THE SysTEMATIC PosiTION OF PLATACANTHOMYS

Lasiurus. By Dr. W. Perers, For. Memes.

Amongst the many interesting objects which have come under my

observation in the British Museum through the kindness of my

friends Prof. Owen, Dr. Gray, and Dr. Giinther, is a specimen of the

curious Rodent shortly noticed by Mr. Blyth (Journ. A. S. B. xxviii.

p- 289) under the name of Platacanthomys lasiurus. The specimen

in question is that exhibited by Mr. Sclater at a Meeting of this

Society in 1860*, and subsequently presented by him to the British

Museum.

It has always been difficult to me and other workers on the Mam-

mals to understand how a Rodent with only three molars in each

jaw could be referred to the Myowvina ; and I was therefore very

anxious to examine this very interesting form. But the results of my

observations will show that Platacanthomys does not belong to the

Dormice, but appertains strictly to the Murine family of Rodents,

being nearly allied in many respects to Phlwomys and Meriones.

The generic characters of Platacanthomys may stand as follows :—

PLATACANTHOMysS, Blyth.

Habitus myoxinus. Rostrum acutum, rhinario nudo, labro fisso ;

oculi mediocres ; auricule mediocres nude ; vellus molle, setis

dorsalibus latis sulcatis; artus mediocres, palme planteque

pentadactyla, digito primo abbreviato, falculis modicis curva-

tis, acutis ; cauda villosa, versus apicem fere disticha. Dentes

: . . . 33 . .

primores leves, compressi, acuti, molares utrinque =, complicati-

Cranium murinum, sed foraminibus incisivis parvis, coarctatis,

ossibus intermaaillaribus inclusis, palato perforato et processu

coronoideo brevissimo. Ossa antibrachii sejuncta, cruris con-

nata.

The resemblance of this genus to the Dormouse, at first sight,

is very striking, principally on account of the long-haired tail. But

in other respects, in its smaller eyes, very thin ears, and the well-

developed, although very short, thumb of the fore foot, it more ap-

proaches several Murine genera of Tropical India.

The skull is rather broad and flattened behind ; but it is quite

impossible for any one who knows anything about the craniological

characters of the Rodentia not to recognize at first sight the typical

form of the Murine, in the two- rooted zygomatic process of the

upper jaw, together with the peculiar form of the foramen infra-

orbitale, which is very high, narrowed, and widened above, and in

the development of supra-orbital ridges, which form together a lyri-

form figure. As peculiar and deviating from the typical skull of

the Murine, are before all to be noted the small and narrow fora-

mina incisiva formed only by the intermaxillary bones, the imper-

fect perforate palate, and the very short coronoid process of the

lower jaw.

* See P. ZS. 1860, p. 260.

214 Zoological Society :—

The incisors are narrow, compressed, and pointed. The molar

series are distant from and parallel to each other. The first and

second upper molars are nearly of the same size, and much larger

than the third and last. All three are composed of five enamel-

folds or laminze, obliquely directed inwards and hindwards: the first

and second of these are united as well on their inner as on their outer

side ; the third, fourth, and fifth are united on the inner side; but

on the outer side only the first and fifth enamel-folds are united.

The lower molars are of the same size as the corresponding upper

ones; but their enamel-folds are all united on the inner, and sepa-

rate on the outer side, except in the first (which has six enamel-

folds) the three anterior ones, and in the second and third (which

have four enamel-folds) the first and second ones.

PLATACANTHOMYS LAsIuRUS, Blyth.

P. magnitudine Muris ratti, auriculis acuminatis, capitis dimidio

longioribus, vibrissis longissimis ; supra umbrino-fuscus, subtus

albidus, jugulo pectoreque flavescentibus, cauda umbrino-fusea,

apice albido.

Long. a rostri apice ad caudze basin 0138; caudz 0™110.

Hab. India orientalis, prov. Malabar.

The size of this curious little animal is nearly the same as that of

the Black Rat. The head is rounded, rather flattened, with pointed

snout, naked muzzle, extremely long whiskers, eyes of moderate size ;

ears moderate, pointed, and, with the exception of a few scattered

hairs on the outer side, entirely naked. The fur is soft, on the upper

part, from neck to tail, intermixed with flat, longitudinally grooved

bristles. The limbs are proportionate and of moderate length, the

anterior shorter than the posterior ones. The fourth toe is the

longest, but only a little longer than the third ; the second and fifth

toes are much shorter, and nearly of the same length; but the first

is very short, and provided with a well-developed claw. The tail is

nearly of the same length as the body ; it is thickly covered with hair,

which is short on its base, and becomes more lengthened and disti-

chous from its second third.

metre

Total length RR ator ee ar 0°248

Distance from snout to base of tail ............ 0°138

Bengthrofthe headt wo ae mie cst. 6 atest 0:030

OF ENG CATS Ae core Ps etehioes teen eee ete 0°014

of the anterior extremity (from the elbow

to the end of the fourth finger) ............. 0°035

_ of the sole of the hand and fingers ...... 0-014

of the hinder extremity (from knee to the

fourth. toe). as sce ie rote eee eee 0°050

of the sole of the foot and toes.......... 0-025

Total leneth of the tail 05... 21a see ete te osc ee Oe

Length of the tail without hair................ 0°080

The specimen represented was obtained by the Rev. H. Baker, of

Mr. Ei. L. Layard on a new Zebra. 215

Mundakyum, Alipi, in Southern Malabar, who gives the following

note on the species (J. A. S. B. xxviii. p. 289) :—

‘“‘T was ignorant of the existence of this animal till about a year

ago, when rT found it in a range of hills about 3000 feet high. It

ee in the clefts of the rocks awl hollow trees, is said to Hoard ears

of grain and roots, seldom comes into the native huts, and in that par-

ticular neighbourhood the hill-men tell me they are very numerous.

I know they are to be found in the rocky mountains of Travancore ;

but I never met with them in the plains.”

May 9, 1865.—Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

The following extracts were read from a letter addressed to Dr. J.

E. Gray by Mr. E. L. Layard, of Cape Town, Corr. Memb. :—

“‘T send you herewith figures and descriptions of a new species of

Zebra. You have had a alae sent you* which you rejected as a

‘stray specimen of 1’, montanus, which had got down on the plains

and had been shot by accident’+. Iam sure you will, on perusal

of these notes, alter your opinion; and I shall be obliged to you to

read them at the Zoological Society. I wish to name the animal

Equus Chapmanni, after ‘its discoverer, my friend James Chapman,

who has done so much for African discovery, and who has hitherto

reaped no reward. I send you photographs of a horse and a mare

of this Zebra in different positions to show the markings, which differ

entirely from those of LZ. montanus (vel FE. Zebra) in the union of all

the black stripes with a medial one on the belly ; also on the back,

in wanting the ‘ gridiron’ pattern, as Baines calls it, on the rump.

I also send coloured sketches by Baines to show the colour. This

new animal also differs from the other Zebras in having the callo-

sities on the legs far larger and of a more rounded shape, in having

shorter and more equine ears, measuring only 6} inches instead of

113, and in having a shorter and more equine head and tail. The

hoofs also are flatter than in 2. montanus, and not adapted for

mountain-work. The mane grows several inches down on the fore-

head, and stands up between the ears, so that when seen in full face

it stands far higher than them. Chapman and Baines give the di-

mensions of several individuals; and all who have seen them here,

who are competent to judge from knowing the other species well, at

once detect the differences. I am quite convinced of them myself;

and, if you still doubt, please read this letter and the notes, and ex-

hibit the drawings, to the Zoological Society in my name. They roam

in large herds, and are first met with about 200 miles from the

coast inwards on leaving Walwich Bay, where Hquus montanus (or

rather a variety of that animal) prevails. 1 add some extracts from

* The skin sent me by Mr. Baines arrived in bad condition, with scarcely any

hair on it. It was that of a very young animal, and I could not see any differ-

ence, as far as I could judge in its very bad state, from that of a young Common

Zebra.—J. E. G.

+ I have no recollection of having made such a statement as the latter part of

this quotation—.J. E. G.

216 Zoological Society :—

the journals of Mr. Chapman and Mr. Baines relating to this

Zebra.”

“ Extract from Mr. J. Chapman’s Journal, dated May 21, 1862.

«The Quaggas here, I think, from about Sechellies’, though by

no means new to me, are different to any we see described in books

of natural history. The brush of the tail of one I shot to-day, and

which is rather a young specimen, is a dark grey, while the base is

white. In older specimens the brush is black, with a few white hairs

intermixed. It has a head band traversing the middle of the belly,

from which the transverse bands diverge alternately. The stripes

are of a very deep rich brown, nearly black ; while the ground-colour

is raw sienna on the upper parts (back, rump, sides, &c.), but gra-

dually fading into white on the lower parts. It has an erect mane

of alternate bands of white and black, edged with brown. ‘The ears

are white, with a dark band near the tip and broader band at the

base. The muzzle is grey or lead-coloured, and behind the nostrils

a brown coffee-colour. It has a bare spot on all four fetlocks, with

a brown crescent-shaped spot on either side of it. A bare patch above

the knee, on the inside of each fore leg. The pastern joints are brown,

excepting at the back, where it is divided vertically by a white line

from fetlock to hoof, The ears are decidedly equine. The mane is

6 inches long on the back; commencing from about 4 inches down

the forehead, extends to the length of 24 feet down the back. The

markings of it are continuations of the transverse lines which cross

the back. The white bands on the mane are quite superficial, the

hair underneath being actually black, edged with brown. Length of

ears 6 inches, The head measures 2 feet from the top of the skull

to the point of upper lip, From the root of the mane on the fore-

head and from top of forehead narrow lines of white and black (the

latter sometimes streaked with brown in the middle) diverge in a

triangular manner towards the eyes, where the outside lines, making

an angle, continue down the face, drawing closer towards the extre-

mity of the face (the inside lines being straight), where they blend

and form a dark brown patch behind and above the nostrils, the

muzzle and the lips being grey. Broader bands emanate from this

dark muzzle, and cross the chest in a crescent shape, leaving a white

margin around the eyes, behind which the regularity of the lines is

interrupted by those of the neck ; and the space from below the eye

is filled up with markings of a hieroglyphical character. The stripes

under the chin are light brown. ‘The circumference of the neck is

2 feet. The dorsal line extends to the brush of the tail, which is of

a dark grey ; and on the base of the tail, which is white, it becomes

narrower, and is dotted all the way down on either side with spots of

black, edged with brown. The form of the tail approaches nearer to

that of the Horse in the largeness of the brush than the Zebra or the

Ass ; but it is still not exactly like a Horse’s tail. On the thighs

the stripes are alternately pale brown and deep brown, horizontal, but

curving and forming a right-angled triangle on the flank ; and an

acute and more perfect triangle is formed on the shoulder-blades by

Mr. E. L. Layard on a new Zebra. 217

the junction there of the stripes from the neck and breast with the

transverse stripes. A longitudinal dark band traverses the whole

length of the belly, becoming narrower and deeper on the breast,

around which it winds and continues, forming one of the oblique lines,

to the centre of the shoulder-blades. From out of this ventral line

diverge the transverse lines tending towards the dorsal line, but not

connected therewith. On the legs the stripes gradually assume a

horizontal direction from the top downwards, but continuing the ob-

lique direction longer on the hind legs, and are distinctly, though

sometimes only faintly, visible to the hoofs in this specimen. Others

are more strongly marked. In some cases the transverse lines do

run into the dorsal line; but in no two specimens do the markings

seem to be exactly alike, the lines sometimes branching into two or

three as they approach the dorsal line on the flank and the angle at

the junction of the horizontal or oblique lines, these with the trans-

verse being sometimes filled up with disconnected hieroglyphical

characters.

«The height of a young male shot in June 1862, at the shoulder,

was 43 feet, at the rump 5 feet.”

** Notes of a supposed new variety of Quagga observed on the ele-

vated flats between the Botletle and Zambesi Rivers during the

late journey of J. Chapman and T. Baines. By T. Baines.

«Extract from my diary :—

«© 20th May, 1862.—Chapman had shot a Quagga answering most

nearly to the Bonte Quagga or Burchell’s Zebra, which is striped

over the neck and body, the legs only, from the knees and houghs,

being white; in this, however, faint markings were continued all the

way down, and a peculiar line was run along the centre of the sto-

mach, making me think it must be a new variety. Unfortunately it

is already cut up by Damaras and Bushmen.

“* As nearly as I can remember, Chapman, on returning, remarked,

‘The Quaggas here are not like those of Vaal River ; they have stripes

on their legs ;’ then said, ‘and if they are not Zebras they must be

new, for only two kinds are described—the common one of Kafirland

with no stripes on the rump or legs, and L. Burchellii, the Bonte

Quagga, with no stripes on its legs’ *. Chapman considered they were

not Zebras (as the animal is called here), L. montanus having longer

ears and asinine head and tail, whereas the head and ears of these

were more like those of a Horse, and the tail more bushy. Besides

this, #. montanus is strictly confined to hills and broken ground,

while these live in immense herds on the flat, with no mountains

within many days’ journey. We determined on further investigation.

* Latitude of the camp 20° 5! 55" south.

“ June 26th.— Chapman shot a Quagga strongly marked, like the

former ones, on the parts of the legs that are usually white; he sent

* This passage reads obscurely. Baines means only two kinds of Quagga: the

hunters call &. guagga and E. Burchellii ‘ Quaggas,” while E. montanus they call

“ Zebra.”—E. L. L.

218 Zoological Society :-

to let me know; but John, who has no idea of anything that has

not a market value, had called the Damaras to cut it up.

“‘ 30th.—The head and legs of a Quagga were brought in, the

latter being, as before, strongly marked quite to the hoofs, the re-

currence of this peculiarity showing that it cannot be a mere indi-

vidual accident, such as is seen in difference of colour in domestic

animals.

“July 10th.—Chapman shot a Quagga and Sable Antelope at a

distance from the waggons. I sketched from the skin and horns of

the latter, and the legs and ears of the Quagga. This had been a

smaller animal, but of stouter and more compact build than those

hitherto seen. I have already mentioned those at the Salt-pan with

decided markings on the legs below the knees and houghs, while the

two described species are perfectly white; and now this animal,

besides being stouter and shorter of limb, is more strongly marked,

the colours being distinct and pure black and white, the black spread-

ing almost half over the pastern-joint and fetlock, and having a small

white edging between it and the hoofs; the ears are strongly banded

and slightly tinted with brown. I thought at first it might be a

Zebra; but Chapman considered it a true Quagga, and I am inclined

to think so too.

«This was at Daka (lat. 18° 40'1!"). After coming down off the

elevated plain into the mountainous valley of the Zambesi system,

we were encamped on one of the spruils of the Luisi, the first run-

ning water we had seen since leaving the Botletle river.

« Thursday, 17th, Matietue River.—Chapman had shot a Quagga

mare ; and, hastening to the spot, I found an eager group of natives

with difficulty restrained from rushing at once upon the prey. In

this case we had to omit the measurement ; but I sketched the stripes

carefully, and the camera of course cannot be gainsaid. The general

colour was a yellowish or raw-sienna brown on the upper parts, and

deepest on the rump, fading into white on the neck, belly, and legs ;

the stripes were of the deepest brown or nearly black, and the dif-

ference between this and the known varieties consisted in their being

continued quite down to the hoof on all four legs, slightly fainter on

the inside ; the belly was marked by a broad black band along the

centre, to which all the side stripes were joined ; on the back was a

similar black line, but only the stripes above the shoulder were con-

nected with it; the mane was upright, as usual (the neck-stripes

being continued vertically through it); the ears small and equine,

and a bare spot (rather small) was observable on the inside of the

fore legs only, the Zebra, I believe, having it on all four, as well as

large ears.

“T made two sketches of this, and Chapman two photographs.

There are intermediate brown stripes between the black ones on the

hind legs above the hough.

“Saturday, July 19th.—We proceeded about a mile north-east

by north, when, near the small conical hill on our left, Chapman

brought down a fine young Quagga stallion of the same kind as

the mare previously killed ; but age, I suppose, not having deepened

Mr. E. L, Layard on a new Zebra. 219

the colours, its whole body was of the purest white, marked with

jet-black bands down to every hoof, in the manner of the other, but

slightly fainter on the inside of the legs, and also where the stripes

of the sides joined to the longitudinal line of the belly, some of

those on the flanks having these points so faintly marked that the

junction could not be called complete ; like the other, a central stripe

ran along the back, with which two or three of the shoulder-stripes

(on each side) were connected, the broad stripes of the hinder parts

originating near the central line about the insertion of the tail, and

diverging laterally over the hip, flank, and side till they completely

or nearly reached the ventral line, the longest of them meeting on

their way the ventral stripes of the sides, and forming the most

beautiful possible combination of curves and angles, even the slight

variation of regularity on either side conducing to the effect; the

ears were small, and banded and tipped with black and dark brown ;

the head well shaped, with a little sienna-brown towards the nose ;

and the whole form lighter and more elegant than in the older spe-

cimens.

“Sunday, September 14th.—I shot two, which at first I took

for Mountain-Zebras ; but on comparing notes with Chapman, I came

to the conclusion they were also Quaggas. The stallion fell at a di-

stance, and was cut up while I was sketching and observing the mare.

She was full-striped, somewhat smaller than most of those Chapman

had killed; ears, if anything, shorter and more equine. Callosities

or small bare patches of skin on the inside of the fore legs only, and

not on the hinder legs; striped right down to the hoofs ; inside more

faintly marked than the outer. Dokkie and others thought it like

the Wilde Paard of Ozembengue, and different to the Quacha of the

plains. I believe they would have said anything, so that I would

have done talking and let them begin to cut it up.

“Sunday, December 7th.—Went out from Logu Hill, Zambesi

River ; tracked spoor several hours ; wounded a mare, which was run

down late in the afternoon, and killed with a stone. Fully striped,

as before, down to the hoofs, all four legs, the inside of the forearm

and thighs being more faintly marked; the ears small and tipped

with black ; the stripes on the sides extended from the dorsal line

to the ventral, which last, reaching from between the fore legs to the

hinder, was of not quite so deep a black ; the ground-colour was light-

yellowish brown on neck, back, and sides, passing into white on the

cheeks, throat, and under parts of body; the teats, two in number,

were situated in the after part of the black ventral line. She had

warts or callosities on the inside of the forearms only, and none on

the inside of the thigh.

«I sketched carefully, and took the skin home, attempting to pre-

serve it; but the weather was so damp that, even in a hut with a

fire in it, I could not dry it.

«Tuesday, 14th April, 1863 (after our return to the salt-pan on

the elevated plain between the Zambesi and Botletle rivers).—A

few Quaggas were standing on the further plain, and creeping behind

a point at 300 yards’ range. I shot one through the neck and fore-

220 Zoological Society.

head: it proved to be a well-grown, handsomely marked filly of the

first year; and as the rest retreated, I noticed that the mare hung

back and looked frequently round for her lost little one, returning

when the others were out of sight and gazing wistfully at the spot

where it lay.

««T had no means of measuring the beautiful little creature on the

spot ; and for convenience of carrying I had only my small sketch-

book, so carefully outlined one of the fore legs. I sent Pompey

back for assistance, and in the interval sketched on a small scale, and

stripped off the skin, which is a good size for a small museum, and,

as carriage is a consideration, suits me better than a large one.

“It is perfectly marked after the manner of Quaggas in this loca-

lity, but not so fully as those of Daka and the Zambesi, and is most

certainly an intermediate link between already described varieties

and the Zebra. The chief points worthy of note are that the legs,

instead of being white as in the Bonte Quagga (2. Burchellii) from

the houghs and knees, are marked with transverse bands, not so dark

as those on the body, quite down to the hoofs ; there is a dark stripe,

commencing between the fore legs and extending along the belly to

between the hinder, where it becomes broader and somewhat fainter ;

the first three stripes behind the shoulder are joined to this; the

dark stripes on the rump are alternated with others of a medium

brown, but those on the fore part of the body and neck are of a full

deep black ; there are callosities on the inside of the fore legs only,

and none on the hinder.

“Chapman killed two Quaggas during the day. I believe they

were very faintly marked on the legs ; but the vultures and Damaras

destroyed them. The skins are quite worthless, which is much to be

regretted, as we think it certain they are true Quaggas undescribed

in any work we know of, and, as a new variety, would have been a

handsome gift to any museum.

« Pereira told me subsequently, the Quagga of Damaraland has

legs very nearly white ; there are faint stripes, but not visible till you

come close to them; there are warts on the fore legs only. The

Wilde Paard is darker, the stripes blacker; the head is larger, and

the ears also; they stand up so as to be visible above the mane. The

Wilde Paard goes in the hills, the Quagga on the flats.

“T sent down the skin of the filly to Mr. Logne in Cape Town,

and he forwarded it to the British Museum.”

With reference to this communication, Mr. Sclater remarked that

the female Zebra in the Society’s Gardens (presented to the Menagerie,

May 26th, 1861, by H.E. Sir George Grey), which he had hitherto

referred to Equus Burchellii, appeared to answer the description

above given in every way, and must probably be referred to Equus

Chapmanni if that species were allowed to stand.

221

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Chilian “Anguilla.” By Dr. R. A. Parviprr.

Dr. Puixrepr has succeeded in obtaining a specimen of the fish

known under the name of ‘ Anguilla” in Chili: it is a new species

of Lamprey, which the author describes under the name of

Petromyzon acutidens.

It is much darker than the three other Chilian freshwater Lam-

preys; above and on the sides blackish grey, with a violet and rusty-

brown lustre, the latter especially on the tail. Each branchial ori-

fice stands in the middle of a whitish spot. The ventral surface is

grey, yellowish beneath the branchial orifices. The caudal fins are

blackish grey ; the two dorsal fins rather light grey. Seen from the

side, the muzzle appears rather acute, the mouth being almost in a

line with the belly ; its hinder end projects somewhat, and is sepa-

rated from the gular region by a transverse fissure, nearly 3 lines

broad, which leads into a sort of shallow pouch. This does not form

a sac, as in Petromyzon? Anwandteri and Velasia chilensis, but is

somewhat inflated. The total length is 14 inches ; the depth at the

last branchial orifice is 9 lines, at the first dorsal 7+ lines, and at the

anus 5 lines. The eye is 12 lines from the apex of the muzzle, and

2 lines in diameter ; the orifice of the mouth is 114 lines long ; tie

first branchial orifice is 19 lines from the tip of the snout, and the

last nearly 3 inches. The first dorsal commences 7 inches from the

tip of the snout, and is 13-14 lines in length and 23 lines in height.

The second dorsal is of the same height, but more than 2 inches

long; the interval between them is 14 inch. The caudal fin is

acutely rhomboidal; its dorsal margin is 14 inch long; its ventral

portion runs, gradually diminishing, nearly to the anus, which is

2 inches 4 lines from the extremity of the tail.

On each side of the head there are three rows of mucus-glands :

one runs from the snout towards the lower margin of the eye, but with-

out attaining the latter; the second forms an oblique line close to the

antero-inferior margin of the eye; and the third commences below

the first, halfway between the apex of the snout and the eye, and is

continued to the throat, where it terminates between the hinder

margin of the mouth and the first branchial orifice.

The mouth forms an ellipse, or, when fully extended, a broad

oval, and has double lips, the outer grey, with a row of small warts,

the inner white, short, and entire at the margin. The teeth are

remarkably acute. In front of the two inner lingual teeth there

stands a transverse row of eight teeth; on the palate there are two

groups, each consisting of three acute teeth; and, lastly, there are

about four concentric series of acute denticles, gradually diminishing

in size from the gullet to the margin of the lips.

In the two groups of three teeth, and the lips destitute of fringes,

the species resembles P.? Anwandteri, which, however, has a row of

large teeth in the external circumference of the mouth, and is further

222 Miscellaneous.

distinguished by a large gular sac (as in Velasia) and by the different

form of the caudal fin. The fish inhabits the brooks of some parts

of Chili, and is thrown away by the fishermen, who regard it as

unwholesome.—Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1864, p. 107.

On the Parasitic Nature of the Mistletoe.

By Joseru Borum.

The author divides plants in general into the two following groups:—

1. Chlorophyll-bearing, which assimilate the inorganic substances

drawn up by the roots from the soil, and thus become the ancestors

of all the rest of living nature.

2. Chlorophyll-free, which either extract the assimilated juices

from other organisms, or nourish themselves from dead organic

matter. The latter plants alone, which live in the manner of ani-

mals, are regarded by the author as parasites.

The Mistletoe has always been regarded as a plant which extracts

the organic juices from the plant on which it grows, and consequently

leads a parasitic existence. Boehm calls attention to the following

circumstances, which are particularly adverse to this view :—

1. The mode of insertion of the roots of the Mistletoe into the

wood of the tree on which it grows.

2. The occurrence of the plant in question upon more than thirty

species of trees, all, however, of indefinite growth (Hndumsprosser).

3. The different results of the analysis of the ashes of the Mis-

tletoe and its supposed nutritive plants.

4. The comparative size of the branches bearing Mistletoe above

and below the insertion of the apparent parasite.

Recent investigations, repeated by Boehm, have placed it beyond

a doubt that, in trees with indefinite growth, the ascent of the crude

nutritive material takes place in the wood, but the assimilated forma-

tive juices descend in the bark. Even Knight was aware that when

annular strips are removed from the branches of these plants, the

latter become thickened only above the annular wound.

This circumstance enabled the author to decide with absolute cer-

tainty that the Mistletoe has precisely the same relation to its nutri-

tive plant as a twig to its parent branch, or the graft to the stock.

From thirty branches bearing Mistletoe (on Acer, Populus, and

Quercus) the terminal twigs above the attachment of the Mistletoe

were cut away and the branches ringed below the Mistletoe. Whilst

in Acer and Quercus the branches thus treated usually died soon,

the Mistletoe plants on the Poplars not only continued their normal

growth, but a thickening of the branch above the annular wound

took place. ‘This can only have occurred at the expense of the

juices assimilated by the Mistletoe.

The fact that the development of the branches adove the insertion

of the Mistletoe is hindered has, in the author’s opinion, nothing to

do with the parasitic nature of that plant. The Mistletoe acts only

in the same way as any branch of the tree of which the development

is in advance of its neighbours. The injurious effect of the presence

Miscellaneous. 223

of Mistletoe upon the growth of the twigs below it is to be ascribed

partly to the aborted condition of the terminal shoots, and partly to

the fact that the juices assimilated by the Mistletoe are chiefly ap-

plied to its own increase, and may be less fitted for the development

of the tree on which it grows.——Bericht der Akad. der Wiss. in Wien,

June 30, 1865, p. 113.

On a Fungus which is developed in Ivory and Bone.

By Proressor WEDL.

In examining some sections of human teeth which had been

macerated for a few days in water, Professor Wedl found that the

cement and the peripheral layers of dentine were furrowed by micro-

scopic channels. He soon recognized in these channels small parasitic

plants, closely resembling those which perforate the shells of Mol-

lusca. A careful examination of the water in which the sections had

been macerated furnished numerous small cells, which might be re-

garded as the spores of the Fungus. Fragments of normal teeth

placed in the same water were soon infested by these little parasites,

the operation of which is, however, confined to the cement and

dentine, and never extends to the enamel. The Fungus also

attacked fragments of bone macerated in the water.

These little Fungi seem to be developed at the expense partly of

the organic and partly of the inorganic matter of the ivory and bone ;

and the conditions of their multiplication doubtless frequently occur

in nature. They do not, however, appear to attack teeth until

after death; so that they have nothing to do with caries. Pro-

fessor Wedl has ascertained that these parasites have been in action

from a high antiquity, many teeth of fossil Fishes and Mammalia

exhibiting unequivocal traces of their action.—Sitzungsber. Akad.

Wiss. in Wien, July 14, 1864; Bibl. Univ. 1865, Bull. Sei.

p- 231.

Note on the Ammobroma Sonore.

This (the literal translation of which is ‘‘sand food of Sonora’’) is

the name of an extraordinary root-parasitic plant, of the region at

the head of the Gulf of California, which Dr. Torrey has just de-

scribed and figured in the eighth volume of the ‘Annals of the

Lyceum of Natural History of New York.’ It has been briefly

noticed before (but never fully characterized) as a new genus allied

to the rare Mexican Corallophyllum of Kunth (or Lennoa, Lexarza),

and still more to the Californian and hardly better known Pholisma

of Nuttal. It hardly throws any new light upon the affinity of

these strange plants, which, though justly thought to be rather

Monotropaceous than Orobanchaceous, are still obscure. This

plant, growing in a forlorn sandy desert, almost covered by the sand

in which it lives, was found by its discoverer, the late Col. A. B. Gray,

to form a considerable part of the sustenance of the Papigos Indians

of the district, and is said to be very luscious when first gathered

and cooked, resembling in taste the sweet potato, only far more de-

licate.—Silliman’s Journal, July 1865.

224 Miscellaneous.

On the Intercellular Matter and the Vessels of the Latex in the

Root of the Dandelion. By Dr. A. VOGEL.

The back of the root of the Dandelion is traversed by a great

number of lactiferous vessels containing a very abundant bluish-

white milk. These vessels form a great number of larger or smaller

bundles disposed in a tolerably regular concentric manner, and

united to each other by numerous ramifications. The ramifications

are always parallel to the surface of the root, so that the bundles

form concentric sheaths independent of each other. The outermost

peridermic layer of the bark, however, is destitute of lactiferous

vessels, which exist chiefly in the inner portion. The cellular paren-

chyma of these two parts of the bark contains a great quantity of

intercellular matters, especially in the vicinity of the lactiferous vessels.

According to the author, the lactiferous vessels originate by the

union of conductive cells (Lettzellen), of which the adjacent septa

become gradually converted into pectose, and finally disappear. He

has detected many intermediate stages, which leave him no doubt as

to this mode of formation of the vessels. According to him, the

lateral walls of these same cells likewise finally become converted

into pectose; so that the fully developed lactiferous vessels are not

formed by a cellulose membrane.

It was by observing the action of iodized liquids, acids, and alka-

lies upon the substance forming the envelope of the lactiferous ves-

sels, that Dr. Vogel was led to regard it as cellulose in progress of

conversion into pectose. He arrived at the same results by setting

the same reagents in action upon the intercellular matter of the

Dandelion-root, which he also regards as pectose produced by the

gradual transformation of the membrane of cells—Bericht Akad.

Wiss. in Wien; Bibl. Univ. 1865, Bull. Sci. p. 239.

On the Structure of the Luminous Organs in the Male of Lampyris

splendidula. By M. Scuu.rze.

The author has found that the numerous branches of the tracheze

in the luminous organs of Lampyris splendidula terminate each in a

small cell of stellate form. Under the action of osmic acid these

cells rapidly acquire a black tinge, whilst the cells of the parenchyma

remain uncolonred. These cells therefore readily reduce the osmic

acid by absorbing its oxygen; and the author attributes to them an

important part in the production of the phenomenon of phosphores-

cence by this insect.—Sitzung der Niederrhein. Ges. fiir Natur- und

Heilkunde zu Bonn, 1864 ; Bibl. Univ. 1865, Bull. Sci. p. 232.

De Jeude’s Collection of Mollusca.

The fine collection of Mollusca formed by the late Prof. Lithe de

Jeude, for many years Professor of Zoology in the University of

Utrecht, has been purchased by Mr. Damon (of Weymouth). The

collection, rich in the rare shells of the Moluccas, was displayed in

140 glass cabinets, and formed one of the chief scientific attractions

in the city of Utrecht.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[THIRD SERIES.]

No. 94. OCTOBER 1865.

XXVII.—On Ammonites from the Cambridge Greensand.

By Harry Szetey, F.G.S., of the Woodwardian Museum,

Cambridge.

[Plates X. & XI.]

Ammonites (Scaphites) equals, Sow.

Shell much inflated, convex, with a wide back, and the convo-

lute portion so coiled as not to produce an umbilicus: this part

forms about half the length of the shell, and is always half the

width of the back, or wider. The back is about twice as wide

as the side, and less convex. When the whorl recurves and

forms the mouth, it contracts.

Both spire and hamus are marked with fine elevated ribs,

which are most elevated on the sides, and bifureate before cross-

ing the back. On the spire they are curved slightly away from

the mouth, so that the lines are concave in front ; on the hamus

they pass over straight, and are separated by wider concave

channels.

The symmetrical septa consist of a rather small square dorsal

lobe, with two small notches on each side, and two digitated

terminal branches. The dorsal saddle is enormously wide, eX-

tending to the limit of the back, where the ribs bifurcate ; ‘it is

centrally cleft by a branch half as large as the dorsal lobe. The

superior lateral lobe is as wide as half of the dorsal saddle, has

one small notch on each side, and terminates in two large

branches, which bifurcate, are digitated, and are near together.

The inferior lateral lobe is small, and at the base of the side.

On the ventrum are the ventral lobe and four pairs of acces-

sores.

The Scaphite of the Cambridge Greensand are abundant in

individuals, though few in forms. Authors have generally, and

perhaps rightly, referred similar fossils to the S. equals of

Sowerby.

Nearly all the specimens found are the last chamber, or

Ann. § Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xvi. 16

226 Mr. H. Seeley on Ammonites

hamus, which may indicate that, after these had become filled

with phosphate of lime, the partitioned part was broken off and

floated away at the surface, much as the recent Spirula is found

drifting. Perfect shells are rare, and young ones never found.

There are three variations from this form: one, which is

ornamented with a row of tubercles on each side, is also found

in the Gosau Chalk.

Ammonites rostratus, Sow.

Ammonites rostratus, Sow. A. symmetricus, Sow.

Numerous citations have been given by Continental writers,

to whom the species seems scarcely known, being regarded as

synonymous with A, inflatus, Sow.

Shell keeled, few-whorled, with a flat back, flat sides, quadrate

mouth, and umbilicus becoming relatively smaller with age, but

never less than the height of the body-whorl; not very deep, it

is angular, though not making a sharp angle with the side,

The back is generally a little narrower than the side is high ;

out of its middle arises the narrow keel, from each side of which

the ribs are directed backward and outward at an angle of 45°,

then descend straight, elevated, perpendicular, and separated by

wide spaces, and terminate, generally separate, im tubercles at

the base. On a whorl there are from 25 to 35 ribs, each

having a tubercle above the middle, and another where they

reach the back. The wide intercostal spaces are smooth. When

full-grown, the last two or three ribs incline frontwards; the

keel and adjacent lateral parts of the back become elevated, and

are directed upward and forward in a curve to form the rostrum,

which is hollow and rhomboid in section; for the last mb but

one, instead of dying away on nearing the keel, as those behind

it do, is continued up its side, becoming less and less distinct.

The whole whorl becomes narrow. This rostral prolongation is

open in front, and in its upper third curved slightly down.

The septa are symmetrical. The dorsal lobe is longer than

wide, extending between two tubercles, and being margined by

the rising of the ribs. It has three notches on each side, the

two terminal of which become with age digitated branches.

The dorsal saddle is relatively very wide, extending down to the

lateral tubercle; it is doubly cleft, the upper accessory being

much the larger, above the middle, and in a line with the dorsal

tubercles. The upper lobe gets relatively wider with age, and is

from a third to more than half the width of the dorsal saddle ;

it has a branch on each side, and two terminal branches digi-

tated with age. The lateral saddle is slightly wider than the

superior lateral lobe. The lower lateral lobe 1s on the ventral

angle, and very small.

from the Cambridge Greensand. 227

Besides this, there are four rare forms varying from the type

chiefly in the degree of development or suppression of the ribs

and tubercles.

This Ammonite is found on every digging along a line of

thirty miles, and is the most abundant. The whorls are always

coiled on the dorsal tubercles or the homologous thickenings of

the ribs; so that the size of the umbilicus depends on the rate

of increase in the height of a whorl. As a general rule, the

more compressed the shell, the closer the ribs.

In a very young state, the whorls are smooth and round, and

continue so for three or four whorls, and then rapidly assume

the typical form; and as this part appears devoid of septa, it

might have been formed in the egg.

Large specimens are very rare, and the largest found are

much inferior in size to those of the Gault at Folkestone or the

Upper Greensand of the Isle of Wight and Devizes, though

there can be no doubt that some Cambridge specimens reached

a diameter quite as great as that of their southern brethren.

Part of a whorl with the rostrum attached is only 13 inch high.

Broken rostra are comparatively common ; and it can only be

supposed that the large shells to which they belonged, having

but weak septa and being filled with phosphate of lime, were

broken up before fossilization. The result was not the production

of the numerous small examples; for, as the last half whorl is

almost invariably devoid of partitions, these died small if not

young, and there is no evidence that a rostrum was ever formed.

It is probably the true A. symmetricus of Sowerby; but that

type is seemingly now lost.

Ammonites pachys. Pl. XI. fig. 4.

Keeled, few-whorled ; whorls flattened on the sides and back,

so as to appear in section nearly quadrate [about half-embracing].

Umbilicus as high as the back is wide, and higher than the side

of the last-formed chamber; it is deep, with the ventrum nearly

at right angles with the side of the whorl, where it is rounded :

this space is marked (at a diameter of 24 inches) with about

twenty-two strong rounded ribs descending from as many large

spinous tubercles which margin the base of the side. From

each tubercle two ribs (rarely three) ascend the side of the

whorl, at first but little elevated, but higher and wider near the

back. The interspaces are never wider than the ribs, and on

the back are narrower; on the sides, owing to a curve in alter-

nate ribs, they are equal. On the dorsal surface the ribs are

curved anteriorly, and become obliterated near the keel. On the

back (and in old specimens on the sides too) the ribs are crossed

transversely by small elevated lines placed rather close together.

16*

228 Mr. Il. Seeley on Ammonites

The back is a little inflated. The keel is round, wide, moderately

elevated, with the smooth spaces on each side slightly depressed.

The mouth is a little wider than high.

Septa very like those of the southern forms of A. rostratus (to

which the form is nearly related), but with the lobes deeper, and

with finer digitations. The dorsal. lobe is as long as the back

is wide, extends in width to the line where the ribs arise, has

two rather narrow branches on each side, and terminates in two

acute branches conspicuous in having no digitations on the

inner side. The lateral lobe is in the middle of the side, not

quite so long as that of the back, with two branches on each

side, and terminating in three, of which the middle one is much

the largest. At a diameter of 13 inch the distance between two

septa where they cross the keel is #ths of an inch. In examples

of the southern form of A. rostratus, at a diameter of 24 inches

the interseptal space on the keel is only half an inch.

Much as it differs, I incline to regard this as a constituent

variety of A. rostratus, with near affinities to A. inflatus.

Ammonites Timotheanus, Pictet, Grés Vert, pl. 3. figs. 1 & 2.

Few quadrate whorls, enlarging rather rapidly, two-thirds

embracing, gibbous ; with a flat back, flattened sides, and flat

ventrum. ‘he sides, very slightly inflated, round into the um-

bilicus and into the back, shghtly converging, so that the back

is narrower than the base. The mouth is nearly a fourth wider

than high. The umbilicus is not shallow, and is half as high as

the mouth is wide. The cast is perfectly smooth, and only

marked with the elegant foliations of complex septa.

The siphuncle is unusually wide, being of the width of the

dorsal lobe. The septa are almost exactly the same as in A.

latidorsatus (Mich.). The dorsal lobe is relatively a little deeper

by the terminal branches being separated for only half as far ;

these and the preceding branch on each side are bifid. The

superior lateral lobe is deeply cleft, making the two bifid ter-

minal branches large. The superior lateral saddle is not deeply

cleft.

[ have seen but two specimens of this form, both collected by

Mr. Carter. So far as figures and descriptions enable me to

judge, it might be classed as a variety of A. latidorsatus, differing

chiefly in the flatness of the back, and perhaps in the rate of

enlargement; but it appears, from Michelin’s figure, that the

young states are sufficiently unlike to justify a distinction. This

form always had a flat back and trapezoidal mouth, &c., while

the other has a round back and lune-shaped mouth, It exactly

corresponds with the Ammonite figured by Prof. Pictet in the

‘Gres Vert’ (pl. 2. fig. 6) as A. Timotheanus; but it does not

from the Cambridge Greensand. 229

correspond with his description and the figure answering for

Mayor’s MS. species. That form is spoken of as “ornée de

cing & six sillons qui partent de Pombilic dans Ja direction

qu’auraient des tangentes au cercle ombilical.” This character

may perhaps not be sufficient to distinguish a species; but it

certainly makes a well-marked form, indicating au animal which

formed periodic varices.

Ammonites latidorsatus, Mich.

A, latidorsatus, D’Orb. Paléont. France; Pictet, Grés Vert, pl. 3. fig. 5.

Few-whorled, much inflated, whorls two-thirds embracing, a

little wider than high, with nearly parallel flat sides, and a

rather depressed round back, which rounds into the sides. The

body-chamber is half as high again as the whorl at the opposite

side of the shell, than which the umbilicus is slightly narrower.

The umbilicus is deep, with the flat and almost horizontal ven-

trum making a sharp angle with the side, though the line of

meeting is just rounded. The cast appears perfectly smooth,

but is marked by shallow and narrow suleations arising in the

umbilicus and passing over the back, where two are separated

by interspaces narrower than the height of the whorl. The

mouth is lunate.

The septa are like those of A. planulatus, the only difference

being that the inferior lateral lobe is not cleft so deeply.

This is a very rare fossil; and the only specimen known to

me was detected in the collection of the Rev. J. F. Blake, who

has presented it to the University Museum. The diameter is

1+ inch, and the last fourth of the outer whorl is devoid of

chambers. It corresponds with the Continental figures and

description, though this sulcated form, which cannot be con-

sidered typical, is a variety distinguishable from Michelin’s

smooth shell.

Ammonites Mayorianus, D’Orb.

A. planulatus, Sow. Min. Con.; Sharpe, Chalk Moll. pl. 12. fig. 4.

A. Mayorianus, D’Orb. Paléont. France, T. C

A. octosulcatus, Sharpe, pl. 19. fig. 3.

A. Griffithsii, Sharpe, pl. 11. fig. 3.

Inflated, with few whorls, more than half embracing ; mouth

as wide as high. Sides a little inflated, and passing impercep-

tibly into the round back. Umbilicus about as high as the

body-whorl, with the horizontal but inflated ventrum rounding

into the side. The depth of the ventrum exposed is about the

same as the width of the unembraced part of the adjacent whorl,

with which it forms a right angle. The cast commonly shows

very fine depressed ribs, arising about the middle of the side,

and passing over the back; they are close together, and on

230 Mr. H. Seeley on Ammonites

nearing the back are curved mouthwards. In the umbilicus

arise four or five more or less deep, wide suleations, which are

mostly flexuous, being first directed a little forward, then

perpendicularly upward, and finally curved forward on the back

to the siphuncle, the two sides meeting there m a broad V-shape

and dying away without impressing it. Between each two sulci

there are commonly from twelve to eighteen ribs.

The septa consist of the dorsal lobe, three lobes on each side,

and one or two in the umbilicus, all except the last much

branched, digitated, and close together. The dorsal lobe is

longer than wide, has three notches on each side, and terminates

in two large branches, which are cleft laterally, the parts which

continue backward being also eleft. The superior lateral lobe

has two or three small notches on each side, and terminates in

three large branches, which are trifureate and digitated. The

dorsal saddle is larger than the lobe; it is centrally cleft, and

has a few notches, besides each half being cleft. The inferior

lateral saddle is much smaller, but similar.

This form, which differs a little from those most common at

Cambridge, has been described first, because one of the types of

it is the identical specimen figured by Mr. Daniel Sharpe as A.

planulatus, and, moreover, it is the most inflated modification

that occurs. The example figured, Palzeont. Monogr. Cret. Mol.

pl. 12. fig. 4, had septa to the end ; and so has one of 4 inches

diameter, the largest I have; but fragments with the shell pre-

served occur, showing the back of a whorl to have been from 4

to 5 inches wide. The small line-like ribs passing over it are in

this large size a quarter of an inch wide, though but little ele-

vated, being separated by narrow shallow grooves. The sulca-

tions go on deepening and widening.

On comparing small examples with corresponding specimens

of A. Mayorianus, D’Orb., from the Upper Greensand of the

Perte du Rhone, I fail to notice any distinction: compare them

as we may, there is no character they have not in common ;

consequently no hesitation is felt in regarding our form as iden-

tical with those of France and Switzerland; but it is not so

absolutely identical with the Chalk fossil known as A. planu-

latus. I know that form from a beautifully distinct cast of the

umbilicus partly formed by an Hxogyra growing attached to the

specimen ; it is from the lower Chalk of Burwell in Cambridge-

shire. The umbilicus measured not less than 4 inches across,

and was shallow. The umbilical part of the whorls is flat, and

the depth of the ventrum exposed only one-fourth the width of

the unembraced part of the side. On the Hwogyra are the

foliations of the septa. And this enables me to state that the

sulci, which were straight on the sides. were not a sixth of the

from the Cambridge Greensand. 231

width or depth of the internal casts of those in A. Mayorianus,

and did not bend into the umbilicus, but terminated at the base

of the side. The ribs on the back are more elevated and wider

apart; the number of whorls fewer. The sulci are arranged

relatively to each other like those figured in ‘ Cret. Mol.’ pl. 12.

fig. 3. It will be readily seen, on referring to that plate, how

much better the above description coincides with the Lewes

Chalk fossil than with the ancestral race figured beside it.

Hence Sowerby’s name, specially used, should be restricted to

the Chalk form to which it was originally given; while D’Or-

bigny’s would with more propriety be preserved for the Conti-

nental fossil, with which ours corresponds.

In the variations from A. Mayorianus, the whorls gradually

become more compressed, with flatter sides rounding into the

umbilicus, which is relatively smaller. There are from five to

eight sulci. These specimens frequently occur with part of a

whorl devoid of septa at a diameter of an inch and a half. In

the young state (diam. ? inch) the sides are flat, and a little

converging to the back; and as the sulcations are scarcely im-

pressed, the shell has the aspect of A. Beudantit.

Some specimens, which died small, exactly correspond with

Mr. D. Sharpe’s figure of A. octosulcatus in the number of sul-

cations, their relative size, and the way they pass over the back :

though the form of the whorl is not quite the same, yet so near

are the two, that I have no doubt of the propriety of regarding

A, octosulcatus as a slight variety of A. Mayorianus.

There are no specimens at Cambridge of A. Griffithsii; but,

judging from Mr. Sharpe’s figure and description, it cannot be

regarded as other than a variation from A. Mayorianus.

The type of shell here discussed is one of the more abundant

of the Greensand Cephalopods, occurring in this neighbourhood

wherever that deposit is worked.

Ammonites Weistii, Sharpe, ‘ Chalk Mollusca,’ pl. 21. fig. 3.

Few-whorled, inflated ; back round; mouth semilunar, much

wider than high; umbilicus moderately open, with its deep

border forming a large angle with the side of the shell.

Ornamented with about twenty-two wide, straight ribs, nearly

all of equal length; every third rib is somewhat thickened on

the sides as it nears the umbilicus, while the ribs between these

thickened ones frequently become obliterated before reaching

the edge of the umbilicus.

Septa simple, consisting on each side of three lobes. Dorsal

lobe marked on each side with two simple digits. The dorsal

saddle, half as wide again as the dorsal lobe, is indicated by a

232 Mr. H. Seeley on Ammonites

small accessory. The superior lateral lobe is about half the

width of the dorsal lobe, and much shorter; the terminal

branches are similar, only less developed.

Only two specimens of this Ammonite have come under my

notice.

The exact affinities of A. Weistii are not quite clear. Speci-

mens of A. navicularis come very near to it, but have not the

constant greater elevation of occasional ribs; rather im this it

approaches 4. peramplus, which, however, has spmes in the

young state at their umbilical termination.

Ammonites navicularis, Mant., var.

The flattened back is slightly inflated, and rounds into the

side; the flattened side, which is also a little swollen, rounds

into the umbilicus. The mouth is higher than wide. The few

whorls are almost entirely embracing, forming a deep and small

umbilicus about half the diameter of the whorl opposite to the

mouth.

Ornamented with about (thirty to) forty wide rounded ribs,

which are straight, strongest where they pass over the back,

and separated by spaces of not more than their own width.

About half the ribs arise in the umbilicus, the remainder near

the middle of the side.

There are three lateral lobes on each side. The dorsal lobe

is wide and square, with three branches on each side, the lower

of which have five digits. Dorsal saddle rather wider than the

lobe. Superior lateral lobe half as wide as the dorsal saddle,

and deeper than the dorsal lobe; it has two branches on each

side and a large terminal one which bifurcates. Lateral saddle

like dorsal.

The few specimens found show considerable variation in the

form of the mouth, which is sometimes as wide as high. They

are more flattened than is usual in examples of A. navicularis

from the Chalk, and differ in never having any tubercles; the

umbilicus is also commonly smaller. The Warminster Upper

Greensand contains similar shells; but they have tubercles on

the back.

It may be necessary to separate the Cambridge shell as a

variety ; for it is intermediate between A. Weistit and A. navicu-

laris, and may be an extremely compressed variety of the former.

But A. Weistit can scarcely claim to be more than a well-marked

variety of A. navicularis, connecting it with A. peramplus. Our

fossils also nearly resemble A. vectensis, Sharpe, and cannot be

distinguished as more than a variety, the only differences being

that the ribs are straight (seemingly more elevated), the back

slightly flatter, and the umbilicus commonly larger. This being

from the Cambridge Greensand. 233

so, confusion may be avoided by marking Cambridge specimens

A. navicularis, var. nothus.

Diam. 2+ inches, with septa to the end.

Ammonites rhamnonotus. Pl. XI. fig. 7.

Few-whorled, flat, with a round back and small umbilicus.

Ornamented with about thirty-six radiating ribs, which con-

tinue uninterruptedly over the back, and are alternately long

and short. The long ribs mostly arise in the umbilicus, and the

shorter ones at a third or half the width of the whorl from the

back; they are nearly straight, elevated, and become tumid

where the side rounds into the back, but are most elevated in

the middle of the side. On the back the ribs are rather less

distinct, bend slightly towards the mouth, and each bears in its

centre a small sharp tubercle. In a younger state there are

also tubercles at the extreme edge of the back, which seem to

disappear with a diameter of twelve lmes. These are, moreover,

the only tubercles in specimens of five lines diam., the back being

till then smooth and rounding.

Mouth twice as high as wide, forming more than half the

diameter of the shell.

Septa complicated, divided on each side into four lobes. The

dorsal, which is wider and shorter than the superior lateral, is

or namented with two branches on each side; the lower of these

has three digits. The saddles are all half as wide again as the

lobes they correspond to, and divided by an accessory lobe into

two unequal parts. The superior lateral lobe, which is long and

narrow, has on each side two branches, of which the lower has

three digits, and in the middle a branch which bifurcates. In

the inferior lateral lobe the terminal branch does not bifurcate,

but terminates in three digits.

Height of shell 1? inch; height of umbilicus less than } inch.

Height of mouth 1 inch, width 4 inch.

It nearly resembles A. sevangulatus; but the much more

numerous and finer ribs, differently arranged, and the absence

of lateral tubercles from. the back, readily ‘distinguish it. The

A. Itierianus, D’Orb., has a very distant resemblance. Essen-

tially the shell is a compressed form of A. Mantelli, with a me-

sial row of dorsal tubercles instead of two lateral rows.

Loc. Cambridge. Coll. University Museum.

Ammonites sexangulatus. Pl. XI. fig. 1.

Few-whorled, discoidal, compressed, with an angular tuber-

culated back and small umbilicus.

Ornamented with about twenty-five wide, rounded, radiating

ribs, which are somewhat wavy, being for the most part bowed

234 Mr. H. Seeley on Ammonites

a little forward on the middle of the side: they are separated

by spaces never narrower than the width of the ribs. Less than

half of the ribs reach the umbilicus, two commonly uniting in

a fork at about a third the width of the whorl from it, aud a

single free one (which dies away at the same distance) sometimes

occurring between pairs of forks.

The sides, which are parallel, slope into the umbilicus, and

make a large angle with each half of the back, by tubercles

being developed on the ribs at the line where the back would

begin to round. The ribs are prolonged, somewhat widening

and curving forwards, to the centre of the back, where they ter-

minate in prominent tubercles. Thus the back is ornamented

with three rows of tubercles.

The mouth is six-sided, with the sides opposite and parallel.

It is half as high again as wide, and nearly half the height of

the shell.

The septa appear to consist of three lobes on each side. The

dorsal is wider and shorter than the superior lateral; they both

have three small branches on each side, and at the end two

larger ones trifurecate. The dorsal saddle, which is about as

wide as the lobe, is cut into by two very small accessory lobes.

In a young state (diameter # inch) the sides are perfectly

parallel ; only one or two of the ribs reach the umbilicus, and

all the others are much shorter than the short ones in the larger

specimen.

Height 13 inch; width of umbilicus } inch. Height of

mouth +2 inch, width 52. inch.

Loe. Cambridge. Coll. University Museum.

This form belongs to the small series with trituberculated

backs, typified by A. papalis. Iam not familiar with any form

which closely resembles it. 4. Itiertanus, D’Orb., has some

likeness to the young form; but the much more numerous ribs,

smaller umbilicus, &c., easily identify the shell described. A.

Brottianus is nearly related.

Ammonites acanthonotus. Pl. XI. fig. 5.

Few-whorled, compressed, with the sides gently inflated ;

back rounded, bearing a mesial row of spines; umbilicus as

high as the whorl at the opposite side of the mouth.

The umbilicus is shallow, with the lower third of the side,

which it includes, gently bevelled down to the preceding whorl ;

it is marked with radiating ribs, each terminating under the

succeeding whorl in a small tubercle.

On the side of a whorl there are about twelve tubercles, from

which its upper two-thirds inclines inwards, rounding gently on

nearing the back. From each eminence diverge two ribs (in

Jrom the Cambridge Greensand. 235

the young state, sometimes three); and there is a free rib not

descending quite so far as these, intermediate between each two

tubercles. The ribs, parted by spaces of about twice their width,

are rather small and obtuse, becoming relatively less elevated

and narrower with age. Ata third of the width of the side from

the back all the ribs are parted by regular distances, but from

about that point two of them converge towards a tubercle on

the back. The intermediate ribs, which do not pass over the

back, terminate where the back and side pass into each other.

The back is about half as wide as the umbilicus is high, and

supports on the last whorl a row of spines one-fourth more nu-

merous than the lateral tubercles. They are short and large,

having for the base the whole width of the back, are directed

forward, and get steadily higher. They are an adult character,

the ribs passing over the back till the specimen gets of more

than nine lines diameter.

The mouth, less than half the shell’s diameter, is about a

fourth higher than wide.

The septa are obliterated; they were simple, with a small

inferior lateral lobe, and below it three small accessory lobes.

A slight inflation extends all round one side of the whorl;

but, from the near resemblance the shell has to Ammonites

glossonotus, I am not inclined to give that weight to the distor-

tion it otherwise would have.

The late Dr. S. P. Woodward, in 1862, regarded this shell as

a monstrosity of Ammonites lautus, Sow.,—a view with which I

cannot agree.

Ammonites glossonotus. Pl. X. fig. 4.

Few-whorled, discoidal, moderately compressed ; back rounded;

umbilicus moderately large.

Around the umbilicus are (about ten) prominent tubercular

spines, from each of which commonly arise two ribs, and an-

other is generally placed in each of the hollow spaces inter-

mediate between the tubercles. These ribs are elevated, narrow,

and not nearly so wide as the spaces between them, which are

of about equal width. Two of the ribs ascend the side of the

shell, nearly parallel to each other, for two-thirds of its height,

when the hinder one bends rather suddenly forward so as to

unite, on the side of the back of the shell, with the front one,

which curves forward slightly ; united, they pass over the back

as a thick, elevated, tongue-like fold extending forward. Rarely

a rib passes over the back singly.

The mouth, about three-fourths as wide as high, is shaped

like an ass-shoe.

The septa are obscure, but appear to be unsymmetrical. The

dorsal lobe is short, nearly square, and has a branch on each

236 Mr. H. Seeley on Ammonites

side, which bifurcates. The dorsal saddle is unequally divided.

The superior lateral lobe has a few digits on each side, and two

terminal trilobed branches.

eth 12 inch; width of umbilicus } inch. Height of

mouth ? inch ; width nearly 2 inch.

This 1 is one of those remarkable Ammonites which undergo a

transformation of ornamentation. The characters described are

only those of the adult state. In a younger condition, the ribs

appear to have been alternately long and short, and to have

each passed over the back without a forward curve.

The example figured is the only one I have seen. There is

no cretaceous shell that can be compared with it; and one of

the few Ammonites having two ribs united to pass over the back

is a species from the Lias of Amberg, described by Miinster as

A. Fischert. That, however, has no umbilical tubercles; the

ribs are wide and obtuse, and fewer, and the aspect more

compressed.

Loc. Ashwell. Coll. University Museum.

Ammonites Woodward. Pl. XI. fig. 3

Few-whorled, inflated, with convex sides bearing spines, and

a round back. Umbilicus mostly higher than the whorl oppo-

site to the mouth, and appearing relatively high from the half-

embracing whorls enlarging but slowly : it is quite smooth and

rather deep ; but the sides are inflated, and round imperceptibly

into the sides of the whorl.

Around the side of the whorl, midway between the back and

the umbilicus, is a row of some ten or eleven rather elevated

spines, from which slight inflations descend to the umbilicus,

and strong round elevated ribs arise to pass over the back. In

each tubercle are collected three ribs, but only two of them pass

over to the corresponding tubercle; for the spines of one side

are placed a little between those of the opposite side, rather

than facing them, so making a zigzag, which does not, however,

strike the eye. The ribs, separated by spaces fully as wide, in

the more compressed forms, where the tubercles are a little be-

low the middle of the whorl, pass straight over the back; but

in inflated forms the coste are noticeably arched forward ;

and in this variety the tubercles are above the middle of the

side ; and consequently the back, which is very much broader,

is much less convex than in the less inflated form. There is no

area that can be named a side, the lateral spines dividing the

umbilicus from the back ; thus defined, the back will be nearly

as wide as three-fourths the height of the umbilicus.

The mouth is wider than high, shaped lke a moon entered

on her fourth quarter.

from the Cambridge Greensand. 237

The septa are simple, the dorsal lobe being square, with two

small terminal branches. There are two lateral lobes, one above

and one below the spines.

Diameter 1} inch, with septa to the end.

It also occurs in the Gault of Folkestone; and is not easily

distinguished from one described by Von Hauer, from the Lias,

as A. spinescens.

The name has for some years been associated with that of the

late Dr. S. P. Woodward, under whose friendly guidance it was

my privilege to gain a knowledge of shells.

Ammonites cvlonotus. Pl. X. figs. 2 & 8.

Few-whorled, much compressed, with nearly flat though

slightly inflated sides; back rounding, with a deep mesial

groove; umbilicus as high as the whorl at the opposite side to

the mouth.

The umbilicus is shallow, but well defined, its narrow hori-

zontal spiral boundary forming right angles with the vertical

sides. Around this umbilical angle are about twenty-five little

eminences—the thickened origin of the ribs. From these points

the ribs ascend towards the back, beg directed forward at a

considerable curve for about one-fourth: of their length. Each

rib then, on the side towards the mouth, gives off a branch,

and these bend back a little, so as to be for about half their

length perpendicular, and then again curve forward in a small

are, passing on to the back, where they continue to be directed

towards the mouth till terminating on the margin of the dorsal

groove at the distance of the fifth rib in front of their own

straight part. The ribs are wide, rounded, and depressed, and

separated by sulcations of about half their width, which taper

gradually both towards the back and umbilicus.

The back is half the width of the umbilicus, with a deep

mesial groove, towards which the sides gently round; the sides

of the sulcation make a sharp angle with the back.

The mouth at its base is two-thirds as wide as high; at its

upper part, where the sides begin to round into the back, it is

half as wide as high.

The septa of this shell are remarkable for the small size of the

dorsal lobe, which is contained in the dorsal groove, and bifur-

cates. There are two lateral lobes: the superior lateral is twice

as wide and half as long as the dorsal lobe; there are two

notches on each side of it, and at its termination three branches,

the central of which has three digits. The dorsal saddle, which

is more than twice as wide as the superior lateral lobe, is divided

into two subequal parts.

This is one of the less common forms; but the few specimens

238 Mr. H. Seeley on Ammonites

I have seen (perhaps twenty-five) show a wide amount of varia-

tion. The fossil figured (PI. X. fig. 2) is one of the most com-

pressed forms; and from it the umbilicus gets higher, the whorls

thicker, the ribs more numerous and less elevated, till at last,

to judge from fragments, the section of a whorl must have

been wider than high. In the form described the dorsal channel

is a third the width of the back, but in the widest form it is

only a ninth.

A variety oecurs in which the whorls are nearly half-embracing

(Pl. X. fig. 8), flattened on the sides, rounding on the back, and

step-like around the umbilicus, ornamented with about thirty-

two rather elevated wide ribs separated by suleations of about

equal width. The ribs are generally alternately long and short,

and terminate in fifteen umbilical tubercles. Aperture rather

higher than wide. Diameter 1} inch minimum.

MM. Pictet and Campiche, in their work on the fossils of Ste.

Croix, pl. 27. f. 2, have referred this type to A. falcatus of Mantell.

But at Cambridge no specimen of A. falcatus has ever occurred,

nor do the ribs vary in the least so as to approach that fossil

more than is seen in the specimen figured. The roundness of

the back and every feature of the ribs are matter for distinction ;

hence, and especially as the distribution is different, the forms

are separated. It is, no doubt, nearly related to A. falcatus,

having a channelled back and ribbed sides.

Diam. 2} inches; septa to the end.

Ammonites splendens, Sow.

A. splendens, Sow. M.C. t.103; Pictet, Grés Vert, pl.6. fig.6; D’Orb.pl.63.

A, Fittoni, D’ Arch.

A. auritus, D’Orb. T. C. vol. 1. pl. 65. figs. 3 & 4.

Shell compressed, with a small umbilicus, high, flattened

sides, and a very narrow flat back. The umbilicus, about as

high as the mouth is wide, and never more than a third the

height of the whorl, is shallow, with the horizontal ventrum,

which rounds into the side, not much deeper than the unem-

braced part of the whorl on which it abuts. The sides of the

whorls are very slightly inflated, and converge, so that the back

is only half as wide as the base. The mouth 1s less than half

the height of the shell. The sides of the cast are smooth,

or marked only with a few broad flexuous ribs scarcely elevated.

The dorsal angles are each crenated, with a row of minute tu-

bercles, which send slight thickenings a short way down the

sides.

Commouly in larger specimens the lower half of the side is

slightly inflated, so that the upper half looks more compressed :

the same peculiarity oceurs rarely in specimens from Folkestone.

from the Cambridge Greensand. 239

Septa commonly unsymmetrical, though the degree of in-

equality varies. The dorsal lobe is square, with two digitated

terminal branches, and two or three small notches on each side.

The dorsal saddle is half as wide again as the lobe, and mesially

cleft, though not deep. The inferior lateral lobe is almost as

large as the dorsal saddle: it terminates in three large branches,

all well digitated, the lateral ones bifurcating in full-grown

forms, but not into equal parts. There are three other lobes,

which are mere notches. The septa are very close together.

I have referred this fossil to the A. splendens of Sowerby

rather than to the A. Fittonz of D’Archiac, because it is quite

identical with typical specimens from Folkestone, though, were

Sowerby’s figure followed, no doubt it should be named A. Fi-

tont. But for the mineralization, it might have been supposed

that ours were southern Gault fossils, the only difference being

that, from the smaller size of the crenule, the back is commonly

a little convex instead of being slightly concave. Nothing ap-

pears to be gained by separating A. Fittoni from A. splendens ;

for it is not a well-marked variety, and our specimens are

slightly intermediate. It is a common fossil, and abundantly

represented in all collections, particularly those of the University

and Mr. Carter.

One variety, for which I am indebted to Mr. C.S. P. Darroch,

of Trinity College, has the septa at first slightly unsymmetrical,

and afterwards symmetrical. The shell is inflated, the mouth

being two-thirds as wide as high. The rather deep umbilicus

is bordered at the ventral angle with sixteen round tubercles.

The dorsal tubercles are larger than those at the umbilicus.

The back is round. The sutures are the same as in A. splendens,

except that there are three small lobes in the umbilicus instead

of two, while the lateral lobes are relatively only half as wide.

There are many variations of A. splendens, through which the

smooth forms pass into others having a sharp and elevated

flexuous rib descending from each small dorsal crenulation to

the base of the side, where two commonly unite to form a slight

thickening; between each two is a free rib, commonly not

descending so far. Occasionally two ribs unite in one dorsal

tubercle.

Some specimens reach as large a size as those from the Gault,

and must have had a diameter of 7 or 8 inches, but are only

found in fragments.

Passing on from these forms, the ribs gradually get less

sharp and wider apart, the umbilical thickenings more elon-

gated, and unite three ribs with intermediate free ones. Two

unite more commonly in each dorsal tubercle, which becomes a

trifle larger. The whole shell gradually thickens, the umbilicus

240 Mr. H. Seeley on Ammonites

enlarges, the ribs strengthen, the umbilical tubercles, as well as

those bordering the back, are more elevated; and thus A.

splendens varies into a new form, which it may be useful to dis-

tinguish as A. cratus.

Ammonites cratus. Pl. XI. fig. 2.

Form inflated, with half-embracing whorls, and a mouth nar-

rower than high, though wider than the umbilicus. The sides

are convex. The flat back is less than half as wide as the

mouth.

Around the umbilicus is a row of twelve large and elevated

spines, separated by spaces wider than their bases: they send

thickenings down the umbilicus, into which the most convex

part of the side rounds, abutting on the embraced whorl. They

also give rise to extremely elevated narrow ribs, separated by

wider, deep, concave channels, curving moderately mouthward. -

Three ribs are collected in each spine, and there is a free one

between each two bundles. About one half reach the back single,

and terminate each in a strong, elevated, tubercular thickening,

which extends obliquely forward into the middle of the back ;

the remainder unite in twos at the dorsal angle, and form similar

tubercles. These tubercles are so arranged as to give a slightly

dendritical aspect to the back.

Septa symmetrical, consisting of the dorsal Jobe and, on each

side, three (? or more) lobes. ‘The dorsal lobe is rather longer

than wide. The dorsal saddle, much wider than the lobe, is

centrally cleft. The superior lateral saddle is as wide as the

dorsal, has a single notch on each side, and terminates in three

large trifurcate branches. The other parts of the suture have

the same structure as those described, but get rapidly smaller.

As the forms depart from the original series, and the whorls

get more inflated, the septa become less and less unsymmetrical.

This extreme form is not common. The largest example in

the University Museum measures 34 inches high, and has septa

to the end.

Another branch of the series now passes on rapidly to A. au-

ritus, Sow., with which should be united A. Guersanti, Pict.

(not D’Orb.); for our specimens are almost identical with fig. 7,

pl. 5 of the ‘Grés Vert,’ differmg only in having rather fewer

tubercles on the back—a character which is the only one to

show that the figure is not copied from D’Orbigny’s A. auritus,

plo67. vol: i. “Terr.Cret?

Ammonites leptus. Pl. X. fig. 5.

Few-whorled, greatly compressed; sides nearly flat; back

from the Cambridge Greensand. 241

very narrow; umbilicus rather more than half the height of the

last whorl.

The umbilicus, which is angular, is bordered on the side

by about fifteen (somewhat elevated, but not very large) tubercles,

separated from each other by fully the width of their bases.

To each of these tubercles converge three or four ribs, two or

three of which generally die away on reaching the eminence.

The ribs are round, very gradually widen, and are separated by

sulcations about equally wide; for the lower two-thirds of their

length they are straight, and then gracefully curve forward,

dying away either separately or uniting in twos in large expanded

dorsal tubercles, which occupy the whole of the back, bend a

little outwards, and (probably) somewhat resembled those of A.

auritus ; they numbered about thirty on each side, and were

neither opposite nor regularly alternate.

The mouth is high and narrow, with the sides converging not

unlike an Egyptian doorway; it is more than twice as high as

wide.

Height 2+ inches; width of umbilicus =°, inch; height of last

whorl +2 inch ; width of base of mouth =, inch.

The specimen described is the only one I have seen. Though

the shell is otherwise well preserved, the dorsal tubercles are all

broken off quite at their bases. A line of the last whorl, broken

away, extends two-thirds round the shell; so that perfect speci-

mens were probably not less than 4 inches in diameter.

The affinities of this form are very near to A. splendens, Sow.,

very evident with A. serratus, Park, and not too distant to

recall the idea of A. auritus, Sow. The close ribbing, large dorsal

tubercles, and compressed aspect sufficiently and severally dis-

tinguish it from all of them.

Loc. Ashwell, University Museum.

Ammonites auritus, Sow.

a. A. auritus, Sow. M.C. vol. ii. pl. 134; D’Orb. T. C. vol.i. pl. 65,

A, Guersanti, Pictet (not D’Orb.), Grés Vert, pl. 5. f. 7.

8. A, Raulinianus, Pictet & Campiche, T. C.; Ste. Croix, pl. 29; D’Orb,

pl.,68. T. C.; Pictet, Grés Vert, pl. 7. fig. 2.

As has already been seen, A. Fittont passes into A. auritus ;

and similarly A. auritus passes into the fossil figured by Pictet

and Campiche as A. Raulinianus, which is only a variety of the

A, Raulinianus of D’Orbigny. The 4A. auritus figured by

Sowerby is a more robust form than that of D’Orbigny, more

intermediate in the series, and consequently a convenient type

for our forms.

The first form is a compressed shell, with the umbilicus half

as high as the mouth, which is nearly two-thirds as wide as

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 3. Vol, xvi. 17

242 Mr. H. Seeley on Ammonites

high. The sides are very slightly inflated, and converge so that

the back is only half as wide as the lower part of the mouth ;

they round into the umbilicus, bordering which are ten slightly

elevated tubercles, forming the boundary for the embracing

whorl. The flat back has on each dorsal angle a row of eighteen

or nineteen tubercles, which alternate, are larger than those of

the umbilicus, and are directed slightly upward, though scarcely

rising above the back. From the tubercles arise flexuous ribs

twice or three times as numerous as the dorsal tubercles, at which

they meet commonly in twos, sometimes in threes, with usually

a free rib between each two tubercles; they are similarly col-

lected at the umbilicus. The degree of elevation of the ribs,

which are sometimes indistinct, varies much, as does the degree

of flexure.

The septa are unsymmetrical, with a square dorsal lobe

having two branches on each side, and two terminal branches,

between which are a row of dorsal tubercles. The dorsal saddle,

wider than the lobe, is cleft mesially by a branch in a line with

the other row of dorsal tubercles. The superior lateral lobe is

longer than the dorsal, has on each side two lateral branches,

and terminates in three branches larger than the others. There

do not appear to be any accessory lobes.

From this, forms diverge having the septa variously sym-

metrical and unsymmetrical, in which the whorl is thicker, while

the umbilical tubercles are elevated into spines, and those of the

back become higher and wider. These are more typical forms of

A. auritus, about intermediate between the figures of Sowerby

and D’Orbigny.

Ammonites Raulinianus, var.

This is quite inseparable as a species from A. auritus.

Shell inflated, with a flat back tuberculate at the sides;

whorls half-embracing. Umbilicus nearly as high as the mouth,

and bordered with spines.

Mouth as wide as high, with the sides slightly converging to

the back; in their lower third they round into the umbilicus,

and on its margin support a row of nine or ten spines, generally

large, but varying. The back has about eighteen tubercular

spines, larger than those of the umbilicus, sometimes directed

upward, sometimes outward. The rows on the two sides are

alternate, so that the ornament of the back is zigzag. The ribs

are commonly strong and obtuse, and slightly curved forward.

Three always diverge from each umbilical spine, and two always

meet in each dorsal tubercle. Occasionally a dorsal tubercle

sends down a free rib,

Septa nearly symmetrical, with a square dorsal lobe, narrower

from the Cambridge Greensand. 243

than the back, with two. notches on each side, and terminating

in two small branches. The dorsal saddle is considerably wider.

The upper lateral lobe is long and narrow, terminating in three

small branches, and having one branch on each side. The lower

lobe is very small, and in a line with the umbilical tubercles.

It is unwillingly that this form has been described separately

from A. auritus, of which it is a badly marked variety, differing

chiefly in a different inflation of the shell. It has been classed

by the Swiss naturalists with A. Raulinianus; but in this series

names nowhere mark real boundaries or breaks.

The young shell so nearly resembles A. Studeri that I am

unable to discover any character not common to the two forms.

This circumstance in no way invalidates the conclusions arrived

at on the affinities of this shell; for all the forms, from A. Fit-

tont to the most extreme variation of A. Studeri, have round

backs in the young state; and if this shell is more inflated than

usual, that is because the adult is one of the most gibbous of the

series.

There are many variations from this form, in one of which

the ribs disappear; in another the dorsal tubercles gradually

become obsolete, while the back gets narrower and the sides

more convex, till at last the back as a flat region becomes obso-

lete, and the alternate ribs almost meet in alternate thickened

terminations along its middle. The ribs curve much toward the

mouth as they near the back. This small shell with a dendrous

back is probably immature.

Ammonites Salteri, Sharpe, Cret. Moll. pl. 28. figs. 5 & 3, is

a variation including those more compressed forms in which the

dorsal spines are reduced to tubercles and the umbilical spines

are small and the ribs slightly elevated.

In a variety which may be named A. ¢etragonus the shell has

flat sides and a flat back, and the mouth nearly quadrate. On

the lower third of the side is a row of ten or eleven small spines,

which are moderately elevated and separated by wide intervals.

At each dorsal angle is a row of about eighteen tubercular spines,

larger than the umbilical row, and, though short, directed late-

rally, which widens the back. These spines are connected by

ribs, which on the last half-whorl are very slightly elevated, and

ultimately become obliterated. Three appear to have always

diverged from each umbilical spinous eminence. The last half-

whorl is devoid of septa. Diameter 2 inches; width of mouth

4 inch.

Another shell (Pl. XI. fig. 6) of the same group scarcely differs

as a variety from A. Renauxianus, P. & C. Ter. Crét. Ste. Croix,

pl. 381. figs. 2-5 ; D’Orb. T. C. vol. i. pl. 27. Shell compressed,

with very few whorls, one-third-embracing, and enlarging very

244. Mr. H. Seeley on Ammonites

slowly. The flat sides, so slightly converging as to be almost

parallel, are half as high again as wide. The ventrum is hori-

zontal, and rounds into the side. The shallow and open

umbilicus shows that, up to the first, the whorls were smooth.

Here there are fourteen thickenings, which rapidly become

moderately elevated tubercles. A rib given off from each of

these bifurcates a little way up the side, but is very little

elevated. One or both of the branches reach the back, ter-

minating in a tubercle not larger than that at the umbi-

licus. In the last quarter- -whorl the ribs are curved towards

the mouth, and are obliterated in the upper part of the whorl.

The dorsal tubercles in the same space rapidly get smaller, be-

coming oblique thickenings ; they form a row of twenty-five.

The last:half-whorl is devoid of septa. These shells are as un-

symmetrical as any in the young state, but become finally nearly

symmetrical. The square dorsal lobe, more than half the width

of the back, has a notch on each side and two small terminal

branches. ‘The dorsal saddle is of the same width, and mesially

cleft. The upper lateral saddle is rather narrower, with a notch

on each side and three terminal branches. The other parts are

similar, but much smaller. There are two small accessory

lobes.

The dorsal tubercles are alternate, and the back slightly convex.

There are other specimens, one-fourth larger, with the mouth

perfect and as wide as high, with the shell inflated. The dorsal

angle is obtuse and rounded; the side rounds more noticeably

into the ventrum.

I believe these shells to be variations from A. auritus.

Ammonites Vraconensis, Pictet & Campiche, T. C. Ste. Croix,

plod. sie. A.

Inflated, few-whorled; whorls two-thirds-embracing, with

(diam. 2 inches) flat sides and a nearly flat back. The sides

converge, giving the mouth something of the outline of an in-

verted flower-pot. At one-third up the side is a row of eight or

nine large elevated spines, the space interior to which rounds

down to the whorl it embraces, and is smooth. From each

spine commonly arise (three or) four ribs, which extend up the

side to the margin of the back. At the angle where the side

and back meet is a row of tubercles about three times as nu-

merous as the umbilical spines, and in these the ribs terminate,

commonly two, sometimes but one, in each; so that there are

generally one or two free ribs between all the spines. Many of

the ribs are straight ; but the hinder one of the two, meeting in

a dorsal tubercle, necessarily has a bend in its upper third. The

dorsal tubercles of the two sides are not opposite, but alternate,

from the Cambridge Greensand. 245

and, compared with the umbilical spines, small. The umbilicus

is deep, and about as high as or higher than the whorl opposite

the mouth.

Ammonites Studeri, Pictet & Campiche.

A, Studeri, P. & C.; Ste. Croix, pl. 30.

Few-whorled, more than two-thirds-embracing, greatly in-

flated, with a flattened back, and umbilicus as high as the whorl

opposite the mouth, and bordered by a row of large spines.

The mouth is rather wider than high, and nearly twice as

wide as the back. The exposed part of the ventrum is inflated

and nearly horizontal ; but quite on its border, where the side

rounds into it, is placed the row of ten massive tubercles ; these

are much-elevated cones, with bases a fourth the height of the

side; above them the sides are flat, and converge to the back.

From each spine arise two or three ribs, which are slightly

curved mouthward, obtuse, and not much elevated till reaching

the margin of the back, where they terminate each in a thick-

ening which can scarcely be termed a tubercle, and which extends

a short way on to the back. Those of the two sides are alter-

nate, so that the slightly convex back presents a distant approach

to the kind of zigzag ornament which marks the back of A.

Raulinianus.

In the most typical specimens the septa are almost effaced ;

they appear nearly, if not quite, symmetrical. The dorsal saddle

is wide and unequally cleft by a small branch. The superior

lateral lobe is long, with two small notches on each side, and

terminates in three trifid branches. The inferior lobe is small,

and in the line of the tubercles.

Specimens identical with those figured in the ‘ Paléontologie

Suisse’ are rare; but small specimens having all the characters

of ornament the same, and differing only in being relatively

much less inflated, are by no means uncommon. But it is with

doubt that I have cast these in with A. Studert; for the young

state of A. Raulinianus is identical.

The adult shells of this type vary much in the degree of ele-

vation and number of the ribs, as well as the way in which they

are gathered in the tubercles.

I believe the facts given in this paper compel the mnion under

one specific type of every shell it describes after Ammonites colo-

notus. Throughout the series the variations in the septa are

insignificant. Every variety of shape is nothing but an inflated

form of Ammonites splendens modified by the different develop-

ment of crenule and ribs. The four chief species, Ammonites

splendens, A. auritus, A. Raulinianus, and A. Studeri, are in-

separably linked together by intermediate forms; while the

246 Mr. H. Seeley on Greensand Ammonites.

young of A. auritus is the species A. splendens, and small shells

like A. Studeri become with age the species A. Raulinianus.

Yet the other forms all have a value, though for convenience

they may be regarded as varieties of these types, which are but

subspecies of a larger group now named Ammonites permutatus.

Ammonites (Crioceras) occultus. Pl. X. fig. 1.

Moderately compressed, flattened, with few whorls, which

rapidly enlarge, and are so closely coiled that, while the whorls

do not appear to have actually touched, the tubercles of the

back have impressed themselves into the underside of the suc-

ceeding whorl. The transverse outline of the last whorl is four-

sided. The back is flat, and the base is a little concave. The

sides round into the base, and approximate each other with in-

creasing rapidity as they near the back, into which they also

gradually round. The back is half as wide as the base, and one-

third the height of the side. In the earlier whorls the back

appears to have been more round.

The shell is ornamented with a great number of moderately

elevated rounded ribs, which, below the middle of the side, are

slightly inflected forwards, as they are on nearing the back. At

the base of the side the ribs are collected in twos and threes,

forming elongated, elevated, obtuse tubercles; they ascend the

side at about equal distances apart, and so pass over the back ;

but, at the angles which the sides make with the back, every

third or fourth rib developes a large elevated tubercle, the base

of which is at least as wide as the space between the ribs: the

tuberculated ribs are often stouter than the others. On the basal

side, where the ribs are bent forwards, are two impressed lines

marking the width of the back of the preceding whorl; the

space between the lines is rather more than a third of the width

of the base.

The septa are indistinct. The dorsal lobe is twice as long as

wide, and extends over three ribs; it has two large, bifurcating,

many-digited, terminal branches, and two branches on each side,

the lower one being large. The dorsal saddle is as wide as half

the height of the side, divided by one large and many smaller

branches. The superior lateral lobe is about as large as that on

the back, but longer; it terminates in a trifid branch, the cen-

tral ramus of which has three digits. The inferior lateral lobe

is short; the basal lobe minute.

This remarkable Crioceras was obtained by the Rev. Dr. Cook-

son from near Hunstanton. But I suspect that both it and

the Trigonia tormerly named 7. Hunstantonensis have been ob-

tained from the Drift. It has been liberally presented to the

University Museum.

‘Mr. J. 8. Baly on new Genera and Species of Gallerucide. 247

For the drawings which illustrate this paper I am indebted

to the kindness and skill of the accomplished artist, Mr. Robert

Farren.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES X. & XI.

[All the figures are of the natural size. |

PLATE X.

Fig. 1. Crioceras occultus, Seeley : a, lateral view ; 6, ventral view, showing

how the dorsal spines indented the succeeding whorl ; ¢, a section

and septum; d, dorsal view. :

Fig. 2. Ammonites celonotus, Seeley.

Fig. 3. » var.

Fig. 4. glossonotus, Seeley.

Fig. 5. —— leptus, Seeley.

PuaTeE XI.

Fig. 1. Ammonites sexangulatus, Seeley.

Fig. 2. cratus, Seeley.

Fig. 3. —— Woodwardi, Seeley.

Fig. 4. pachys, Seeley. °

Fig. 5. acanthonotus, Seeley.

Fig. 6. Var. of A. Renauxianus, Pictet & Camp.

Fig. 7. A. rhamnonotus, Seeley.

XXVIII.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Gallerucide.

By J.S. Baty.

Fam. Gallerucide.

Subfam. HALTICIN”.

Genus SIM@THEA.

Corpus elongatum, parallelum, subeylindricum. Caput exsertum,

fere perpendiculare, pone oculos constrictum ; oculis orbitu circum-

datis, prominentibus, integris; facie inter antennarum insertiones

elevata; encarpis triangularibus, supra fossa transversa profunda

terminatis ; antennis corporis longitudini fere equalibus, filiformi-

bus, articulis cylindricis, primo breviter curvato, a basi ad apicem

paullo incrassato, secundo brevi, obconico, tertio ad primi longitudinem

eequali. Thorax transversus, basi vix transversim sulcatus, disco

convexus, lateribus anguste marginatis, rotundatis, angulis anticis

dente obtuso armatis. /ytra thorace paullo latiora, parallela, apice

subacute rotundata, supra convexa, regulariter punctato-striata,

Pedes robusti; coxis anticis non contiguis, suberectis ; femoribus

paullo, posticis magis incrassatis, his subtus non suleatis; ¢7bis

omnibus apice spina acuta armatis; farsorum posticorum articulo

primo duobus sequentibus paullo breviore; uwnguiculis appendicu-

latis. Prosternum distinctum sed angustissimum.

Type, Simethea Laportei, Baly.

Simethea must be placed in close proximity to Podagrica. In

248 Mr. J.S. Baly oa new Genera and Species of Gallerucide.

addition to its much greater size, it may be at once known by

the absence of the short perpendicular grooves present at the

base of the thorax in Podagrica ; it presents also an abundance of

other distinctive characters.

Simethea Laportei.

S. elongata, parallela, subcylindrica, nitida ; ore, pectore femoribusque

piceis ; tibiis tarsisque fusco-fulvis; antennis flavis, apice paullo

infuscatis ; thorace profunde sed remote punctato ; scutello rufo-

piceo ; elytris sat profunde punctato-striatis, rufis, apice nigris.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Tringanee.

Epistome triangular, the lower part of its surface plain, the

apical portion obliquely elevated ; face thickened and elevated

between the insertions of the antenne, but without forming the

usual facial ridge ; encarpz contiguous, large, subquadrate, the

lower and inner angle of each produced downwards ; bounding

the encarpz above is a deep transverse groove, the upper edge

of which is oblique, and gradually lost on the surface of the

front ; running upwards from this groove are a number of short,

nearly perpendicular grooved lines. Thorax rather broader

than long; sides narrowly margined, moderately rounded ;

upper surface convex. Scutellum trigonate, its apex obtuse.

Elytra scarcely broader than the thorax, parallel, each elytron

faintly impressed on the middle of the disk just below the

basilar space; deeply punctured, the punctures somewhat

remotely placed in ten or eleven longitudinal rows ; the black

apex varies greatly in extent, in some specimens being nearly

lost, in others occupying almost a third of the surface.

Genus XUTHEA.

Corpus elongato-ovatum, convexum. Capué exsertum ; facie tri-

angulari, carina lata, modice elevata; encarpis non contiguis; antennis

gracilibus, filiformibus, corporis longitudine brevioribus, articulo

primo paullo curvato, incrassato, secundo illo fere dimidio breviore,

a basi ad apicem modice incrassato, ceeteris gracilibus, simgulatim

primo eequalibus ; oculis orbitu cireumdatis, prominulis, integris.

Thorax transversus, lateribus anguste marginatis, fere parallelis,

angulis anticis tuberculo setifero armatis, dorso ante basin trans-

versim sulcatus, suleco utrinque fossa perpendiculari brevi ad basin

producta terminato. lytra regulariter punctato-striata. Pedes

modice robusti; cows anticis distantibus, prosterno fere zequialtis ;

JSemoribus posticis modice incrassatis, subtus leviter sulcatis ; ¢idiis

omnibus apice spina acuta armatis; ¢arsorum articulo basali ¢ am-

pliato, posticorum articulo basali duobus sequentibus conjunctim

Mr. J.S. Baly on new Genera and Species of Gallerucide. 249

fere aquali, tibiee apici inserto; wnguiculis appendiculatis, Pro-

sternum angustum.

Type, Xuthea orientalis.

This genus resembles Diplaulaca in the form of its thorax,

Crepidodera in the form and punctuation of its elytra; from the

latter it is separated by all the tibize having a short spine at

their apex, from the former by the entirely different shape and

punctuation of the elytra.

Xuthea orientalis.

X. elongato-ovata, convexa, supra viridi-cyanea, nitida, subtus ob-

scure viridi- aut piceo-znea; coxis, tibiis tarsisque piceis, plus

minusve neo tinctis; thorace fortiter subremote punctato ;

elytris nitidis ¢, minute granulosis, subnitidis 9, regulariter punc-

tato-striatis ; antennis fulvis, extrorsum piceis.

Long. 3-33 lin.

Hab. India.

Head exserted, face triangular; mouth pale piceous ; space

between the eyes rugose; carina moderately elevated, not very

broad ; encarpze ill feamed: remote ; face separated from the

front by a deep flexuose groove which runs obliquely upwards

on either side from the apex of the carina; vertex obsoletely

wrinkled in front, very remotely impressed with large punc-

tures; whole face clothed with coarse, depressed, sritiisln hairs.

Thorax one-half as broad as long; sides straight and parallel,

slightly converging and sinuate im front; surface nitidous,

strongly but subremotely punctured, all the angles slightly pro-

duced, acute, the anterior somewhat reflexed. Elytra smooth

and nitidous in the 3, subnitidous and very minutely granulose

in the 2, regularly punctate- -striate, interspaces plane ; ; basilar

space in each elytron bounded by a semicircular depression.

Body beneath clothed with coarse, adpressed, whitish hairs.

Basal joints of all the tarsi in the ¢ dilated, the middle elevated

into a longitudinal ridge.

Subfam. GALLERUCIN 2.

Genus Cynorra.

Corpus elongatum, angustum, parallelum. Caput exsertum;

facie subelongata, plana, subporrecta, inter antennarum insertiones

elevata ; mandibulis sat robustis, antrorsum productis ; antennis graci-

libus, filiformibus, corporis longitudini fere aequalibus, articulo primo

elongato, paullo curvato, a Bai ad apicem incrassato, secundo bre-

vissimo, obovato, czeteris fere eequalibus, singulis primo brevioribus,

quarto tertio paullo longiore; pa/pis maxillaribus apice ovatis ;

oculis prominentibus. Thorax transverso-quadratus, lateribus an-

guste marginatis, fere parallelis; disco modice convexo, profunde

250 Mr.J. 8. Baly on new Genera and Species of Gallerucide.

impresso. Llytra thorace paullo latiora, parallela, crebre punc-

tata, leviter elevato-vittata. Pedes elongati, graciles; cows anticis

contiguis, erectis ; femoribus vix incrassatis, subcompressis; ¢ibiis

omnibus singulatim apice spina acuta armatis; farsorum posticorum

sequentibus longitudine eequali; unguiculis appendiculatis. Pro-

sternum obsoletum.

Type, Cynorta porrecta.

The long, narrow form and produced head will serve to dis-

tinguish this well-marked genus at first sight from its allies.

Cynorta porrecta.

C. elongata, subfiliformis, viridi-zenea, nitida; capite (vertice ex-

cepto), thorace femoribusque fulvis ; thorace granuloso, arcuatim

bisuleato, violaceo-zeneo suffuso; femoribus dorso, tibiis, tarsis

antennisque (his basi exceptis) piceis; elytris granulosis, elevato-

vittatis, interspatiis confuse bifariam punctatis, interstitils inter se

reticulatis.

Long. 34 lin.

Hab. Java.

Face subporrect, vertex granulose, metallic green, apex of

jaws and palpi piceous. Thorax scarcely broader than long ;

sides slightly diverging from their base to beyond their middle,

then slightly converging to the apex; disk moderately convex,

somewhat flattened in the middle, impressed on the centre with

two curved fovez, contiguous at the base, diverging towards

their apices.

Genus NADRANA.

Corpus anguste ovatum, sat convexum. Caput modice exsertum,

perpendiculare ; antennis corporis longitudine, gracillimis, _ fili-

formibus, articulo primo curvato, a basi ad apicem leviter incrassato,

secundo brevi, tertio secundo fere duplo longiore, quarto tertio

dimidio longiore, czeteris articulo quarto singulatim fere aequalibus ;

oculis sat magnis, modice prominulis, integris ; palpis maxillaribus

apice ovatis, acutis. Thorax brevis, transversus, lateribus mar-

ginatis, angulis anticis obliquis, incrassatis; disco leviter transversim

suleato. Elytra ovata, convexa, infra basin non transversim im-

pressa, confuse punctata. Pedes graciles, sat elongati ; cowis anticis

erectis, contiguis ; Semoribus posticis non incrassatis ; ¢¢b7is omnibus

apice spina “acuta armatis ; ¢arsorwm posticorum articulo primo

elongato, duobus sequentibus conjunctim plus duplo longiore ; wn-

guiculis appendiculatis. Prosternum fere obsoletum ; metasternum

utrinque oblique depressum.

Type, Nadrana pallidicornis.

Jadrana is nearly allied to Luperodes ; it is to be distinguished

from it by the grooved thorax and more slender antenne, toge-

ther with the relatively longer third joint of the latter.

Mr. J.S. Baly on new Genera and Species of Gallerucide. 251

Nadrana pallidicornis.

N., elongato-ovata, valde convexa, nigra, nitida; vertice, tibiis quatuor

anticis apice tarsisque piceis; antennis pallide flavis; elytris

tenuiter suberebre punctatis, rufis.

cet

Long. 32 lin.

Hab. Tringanee.

Thorax three times as broad as long; sides rounded, their

outer margin narrowly reflexed ; above transversely convex, very

finely punctured ; middle of disk covered with a broad, shallow,

transverse excavation, which does not quite extend to the outer

border of the thorax. Apical border of elytra narrowly edged

with piceous.

Genus ANTIPHA.

Corpus ovatum, postice ampliatum, convexum. Caput exsertum,

subperpendiculare ; antennis gracillimis, filiformibus, corpore bre-

vioribus, articulis cylindricis, primo curvato, a basi ad apicem incras-

sato, secundo brevi, tertio primi longitudinis aut breviore, quarto

duobus preecedentibus eequali aut longiore, czeteris singulatim quarti

longitudini fere zequalibus, lis prope apicem paullo brevioribus ; oculis

magnis, prominentibus, integris. Thorax transversus, dorso non im-

pressus, lateribus fere rectis, parallelis, angulis anticis incrassatis.

Llytra thorace multo latiora, oblonga, postice paullo ampliata, con-

vexa, infra basin non transversim impressa, confuse punctata. Pedes

graciles, simplices ; cowis anticis suberectis, non contiguis ; femoribus

posticis non incrassatis; ¢/b¢is omnibus apice muticis; farsorum

posticorum articulo basali duobus sequentibus conjunctim longiore ;

unguiculis appendiculatis. Prosternum angustissimum, distinctum.

Type, Antipha picipes.

The glabrous upper surface, smooth thorax, long slender legs

and antennz, unarmed tibie, and appendiculated claws afford

sufficiently good characters (taken conjointly) for the foundation

of the present genus.

Antipha picipes.

LL. ovata, postice ampliata, valde convexa, nitida, fusco-fulva ; oculis

nigris ; epistomate, antennis (basi excepta), thorace infra, abdo-

minis limbo pedibusque piceis, thoracis disco fusco maculato.

Long. 43 lin.

Hab. India.

Face triangular: thorax nearly twice as broad as long; sides

straight, shghtly converging from base to apex, hinder angles

acute, anterior thickened, oblique; smooth on the disk, very finely

punctured on the sides: elytra more coarsely punctured, on the

outer disk is a longitudinal costa which runs parallel to the outer

margin for its middle two-fourths.

252 Mr. J.S. Baly on new Genera and Species of Gallerucide.

Genus Moma.

Corpus elongatum aut subelongatum, convexum. Caput crassum,

valde exsertum ; Jronte lata, declivi ; facie perpendiculari ; mandi-

bulis magnis; antennis corporis longitudini eequalibus aut paullo

brevioribus, filiformibus, ad apicem attenuatis, articulo primo cur-

vato, a basi ad apicem incrassato, secundo primi dimidiz parti eequali

aut paullo breviore, tertio elongato, articulo quarto longiore, ceeteris

singulatim quarto equalibus ; pa/pis maxillaribus crassis, apice acu-

miiinatis. ; ocults vix prominulis, integris. Thorax transversus, lateribus

anguste marginatis, obtuse anculatis, angulis omnibus tuberculo seti-

gero instructis ; disco transversim concavo, medio longitudinaliter ex-

cavato, utrinque transversim sulcato, L£lytra metallica, thorace

latiora, fere parallela, convexa, infra basin transversim depressa, con-

fuse punctata, glabra aut postice pube tenuissima sparse vestita.

Pedes modice robusti, sat elongati; cows anticis erectis, fere conti-

guis ; femoribus posticis non incrassatis ; ¢¢biis omnibus apice muticis ;

tarsorum posticorum articulo basali duobus sequentibus longiore ;

unguiculis bifidis. Prosternum lineariforme.

Type, Momea viridipennis.

The longer third joint of the antenne, together with the

different manner in which the thorax is excavated, will separate

this genus from Nicea and Humea, two nearly allied forms.

There is a slight error in the characters given by me of the latter

genus (Annals, January 1865, p. 37) ; “it ought to read— Pro-

sternum angustissimum aut obsoletum; ¢ibits coxis anticis con-

tiguis.” In both Nicea and Humea all the tibize have their apices

unarmed.

Momea viridipennis.

M. elongata, convexa, fusco-fulva, nitida ; eapite (epistomate excepto)

nigro-piceo ;_ pedibus antennisque nigris; elytris viridi-eneis,

crebre punctatis, sparse fusco-sericeis.

Long. 53 lin.

Hab. Mysol.

Head large; jaws robust, prominent; forehead deflexed, im-

pressed in the middle with a ‘deep longitudinal fovea; sur face shi-

ning, irregularly but not closely punctured : encarpe contiguous,

triangular ; ; lower portion of face, together with the base of the

jaws, obscure fusco-fulvous. Thorax more than twice as broad

as long; sides obtusely angled, diverging and slightly sinuate

from their base to just beyond the middle, then converging

to their apex ; upper surface transversely concave, impressed on

the hinder half of the middle disk with a large longitudinal

fovea; on either side is a deep but ill-defined transverse depres-

sion which extends from the outer border nearly to the medial

line. Elytra subelongate, nearly parallel, convex; their surface

convex, excavated and sinuous below the basilar space, about the

Mr.J.S. Baly on new Genera and Species of Gallerucidie. 253

middle of the disk, and on the sides; on the hinder disk are

several shallow, ill-defined, longitudinal sulcations.

Genus MIMASTRA.

Corpus elongatum, modice convexum, dorso subdepressum. Caput

exsertum ; facie subperpendiculare ; antennis corpore brevioribus,

gracilibus, filiformibus, articulo primo elongato curvato, a basi ad

apicem incrassato, secundo ad tertiam partem primi quali, tertio

secundo duplo longiore, quam articulum quartum paullo breviore,

ceeteris singulatim quarto fere eequalibus; pa/pis maxillaribus lan-

ceolato-ovatis, apice acuminatis. Thorax transversus, lateribus an-

guste marginatis, obsolete angulatis; disco irregulariter excavato.

Llytra thorace latiora, postice paullo dilatata, lateribus anguste ex-

planato-marginata, modice convexa, dorso deplanata, confuse punc-

tata. Pedes graciles, sat eclongati; covxis anticis erectis, contiguis ;

JSemoribus posticis non inerassatis ; ¢/b¢’s omnibus apice muticis; ¢ar-

sorum posticorum articulo basali duobus sequentibus conjunctim

eequali; wnguiculis bifidis. Prosternum obsoletum.

Type, Mimastra arcuata.

The less exserted and smaller head, the shorter third joint of

the antennee, the flattened upper surface, together with the

obsolete prosternum, separate the genus before us from Momea.

Mimastra arcuata.

M. elongata, subnitida, dorso subdepressa, subtus obscure olivacea ;

capite thoraceque fusco-fulvis, illo vertice, hoc disci maculis quinque

metallico-olivaceis ; antennis pedibusque piceis, femoribus infra

tibiisque apice fulvis; scutello nitido, nigro; elytris subelongatis,

postice leviter ampliatis, granulosis, obsolete rugulosis, ferniter

punctatis, metallico-olivaceis, singulatim limbo laterali fasciaque

arcuata prope medium posita, ad marginem adfixa, fulvis.

Long. 43 lin.

Hab. India.

Thorax one-half broader than long; sides distinctly margined,

nearly straight and parallel, moderately dilated, obtusely angled

just before their middle; upper surface covered with about six

large excavations; the green patches are arranged two in the

middle of the disk, and three in front of the basal margin, the

two lateral larger than the others.

Genus SASTRA.

Corpus elongatum, convexum, supra pube brevissima adpressa

plus minusve dense vestitum. Caput exsertum; facie perpendi-

culari, brevi, transversa; mandibulis mediocribus ; antennis corporis

longitudini fere sequalibus, gracilibus aut sat gr Acilibug, filiformibus ;

articulo primo curvato, a basi ad apicem incrassato, secundo brevi,

tertio duobus preecedentibus longitudine eequali aut paullo longiore,

quarto et sequentibus singulatim tertio brevioribus, inter se fere

eequalibus ; oculis magnis, prominentibus, integris ; palpis maxillari-

254 Mr.J.S. Baly on new Genera and Species of Gallerucide.

bus apice anguste ovatis, acuminatis. Thorax transversus, lateribus

medio szepe angulatis; disco subplano, medio longitudinaliter

suleato, utrinque transversim impresso ; angulis omnibus tuberculo

setigero armatis. L/ytra elongata aut subelongata, fere parallela,

postice vix ampliata, anguste explanato-marginata, convexa, dorso

subdeplanata, infra basin non aut vix transversim depressa, pube

sericea plus minusve dense vestita, confuse punctata, seepe disco ex-

teriore longitudinaliter sulcata. Pedes graciles, elongati; covis anticis

contiguis aut fere contiguis ; femoribus posticis non incrassatis ; ¢ébzis

omnibus apice muticis ; farsorum anticorum articulo basali duobus

sequentibus longiore; unguiculis bifidis. Prosternum angustissimum,

saepe fere obsoletum.

Type, Sastra placida.

The smaller head, much shorter and transverse face, together

with the much more pubescent upper surface of the body, will

sufficiently distinguish Sastra from Momea.

Sastra placida.

S. elongata, modice conyexa, sordide flava, nitida; abdomine anten-

nisque fuscis, his basi pallidioribus ; elytris dense punctatis, pube

adpressa fusca vestitis, pallide fusco-violaceis.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Mysol.

Head impressed with a longitudinal groove, which extends

from the anterior edge of the epistome to the vertex; encarpse

contiguous, large, pentagonal. Thorax nearly twice as broad as

long ; sides nearly parallel, slightly rounded in front, narrowed

posteriorly ; middle of disk impressed with a longitudinal sulca-

tion, which extends from base to apex, but is interrupted in its

middle; on either side is a broad transverse depression which

occupies nearly a third of the whole surface ; scattered distantly

over the thorax, but rather more crowded on the anterior mar-

gin, are some large deep punctures. Elytra subparallel, lateral

border narrowly dilated, flattened along the suture, closely punc-

tured; densely clothed with adpressed fuscous pubescence ; on

the outer disk are two shallow longitudinal sulcations, separated

from each other by an elevated ridge.

Sastra limbata.

S. elongata, pallide flava, nitida; oculis nigris; elytris metallico-

violaceis, singulatim pallide flavo limbatis.

Long. 35 lin.

Hab. New Guinea.

Face short, transverse; space between the insertions of the

antennee broad, impressed with a longitudinal groove, which runs

downwards across the epistome and upwards to the vertex; ca-

rine large, contiguous, subpyriform; antenne four-fifths the

length of the body, slender; apex of jaws piceous, Thorax

Dr. E. von Martens on Australian Species of Paludina. 255

nearly twice as broad as long; sides subparallel, slightly rounded,

narrowed and sinuate behind their middle; surface smooth, im-

punctate, the longitudinal sulcus interrupted in the middle, less

deeply impressed than the lateral fovez, which are broader and

deeper, but ill defined. Elytra not very closely punctured,

nearly glabrous in the single specimen before me (which is, in all

probability, worn) ; the entire limb, with the exception of a small

space near the scutellum, narrowly edged with flavous ; basilar

space bounded beneath by a shallow depression ; running along

the outer disk, and bounded exteriorly by an indistinct ridge, is a

broad, shallow, longitudinal groove ; on the hinder disk near the

middle are also to be seen the traces of a second, very ill defined.

XXIX.—On the Australian Species of Paludina.

By KE. von Martens, M.D., C.M.Z.8.

Onty one Australian species is mentioned in the list of the

species of this genus given by Frauenfeld in the ‘ Verhandlungen

des zoologisch-botanischen Vereins in Wien,’ 1862, as well as in

Reeve’s ‘ Conchologia Iconica.’ Having enjoyed the advantage

of examining some others in the British Museum and im the

Zoological Museum of Berlin, I shall here give comparative de-

scriptions of them.

1. Paludina australis, Reeve, Conchol. Icon. 1863, no. et

fired:

Probably P. essingtonensis, Shuttleworth, Frauenfeld, 7. ce.

p. 1162.

P. testa conico-globosa, perforata, tenui, confertim spiraliter undu-

lato-striata, virescenti-cornea, fasciis rufo-fuscis 3-5 picta ; spira

gradata; anfr. 5-6 inflati, sutura profunda distincti; apertura

subperpendicularis, circulari-ovata, angulo supero modice acuto ;

peristoma interruptum, album.

Altitudo 38, diameter major 31, minor 25, aperturee altitudo 21,

latitudo 17 mill.

Operculum normale.

Australia; collected by Mr. Gilbert at Port Essington. (B.M.)

Similar in size and form to the European P. vivipara, Mill.,

Lam. (P. Listeri, Forbes), but readily distinguished by its sculp-

ture being similar to that of some species of the Indian Archi-

pelago. The three principal bands occupy the same place as

those of the European species, or as the principal ridges in the

Indo-Chinese (P. angularis, Mill., and P. costata, Q. & G.) ; but

in several specimens there are two additional bands, narrower

and paler, the one above, the other beneath the uppermost of

the three principal ones.

256 Rev. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Coelomera.

Paludina affinis.

P. testa conico-ovata, suboblate perforata, solidula, lineis spiralibus

impressis, subtilissimis vel obsoletis, fusco-cornea, fasciis rufo-

fuscis 3-6 picta; spira convexo-conoidea ; anfr. 5, convexi, sutura

mediocriter profunda divisi; apertura paulum obliqua, subcireu-

laris, angulo supero rotundato; peristoma subcontinuum, iterate

nigro limbatum.

Alt. 27, diam. major 23, min. 183, apert. alt. 163, latit. 13} mill.

Operculum normale.

Australia; collected at Fitzroy river and near Port Essington

by Capt. Wickham, R.N.; other specimens by J. R. Elsey, Esq.

(B.M.)

This species stands nearly in the same relation to the pre-

ceding as P. fasciata, Mill. (P. achatina, Drap., Lam.), to P.vivi-

para, Miull., the chief difference being in the outlines of the

whorls ; besides, the spiral sculpture is much less developed in

P. affinis. ‘The bands are almost the same as in P. australis;

but there is a third, secondary band between the second and

third principal ones.

This species varies somewhat in the elevation of the spire,

several smaller specimens found at the same localities having

it more produced, and therefore being of a more oblong form,

and having a relatively smaller aperture. The dimensions of

one of these are as follows :—altit. 194, diam. maj. 15, min, 12,

-apert. alt. 114, lat. 9 mill.

3. Paludina polita.

P. testa globoso-conica, perforata, nitida, lineis spiralibus impressis

subtilissimis haud valde confertis sculpta, corneo-lutea vel pallide

carnea, fasciis nullis; spira conoidea, subgradata; anfractus 5,

inflati, valde convexi, sutura mediocri; apertura paulum obliqua,

ovata, angulo supero modice acuto; peristoma plerumque con-

pum, iterate fusco limbatum.

Alt. 223, diam. maj. 19, min. 17, apert. alt. 13, lat. 11 mill.

Operculum normale, rufum.

South Australia, on the Balonne river, New South Wales ;

found by John Macgillivray. Other regularly decollated speci-

mens, of a brighter red colour, in Lake Alexandria, found by

Mr. Strange. (B.M.)

XXX.—An Examination of the Dejeanian Genus Coelomera (Co-

leoptera Phytophaga) and its Affinities. By the Rev. Hamuirr

Crakk, M.A., F.L.S.

Tue genus Calomera of Dejean’s Catalogue (3rd edition, 1837)

Rev. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Coelomera. 257

and of cabinets consists of a variety of forms. As at present

constituted, it represents simply one of several forms of Galleru-

cide, which can neither be referred, on the one hand, to any of

the genera shadowed forth by Adorium, nor, on the other, to

the group of insects more immediately related to Adimonia and

Galleruca proper. In Dejean’s Catalogue it is made to compre-

hend six or seven distinct real genera, the species of which are

found in North America, South America, Africa, and Asia;

while in modern cabinets the limits of the group would appear

to be, if possible, more undefined still; so that the name has be-

come a sort of refuge for everything in the neighbourhood which

is unknown or which has been uncharacterized. An examination

of my material, during my summer holiday, has enabled me to

fix with some certainty the limits of the several genera which it

has comprised. I need not here analyze the Dejeanian species«

they will be found in the following pages in their natural places.

I have been able to trace them all. It may be convenient, how-

ever, to prefix a brief synoptical table of the several genera which

contain the species, and which are dealt with in this paper.

List of Genera.

Antenne robust, short, incrassated; body ovate ... I. CerocHroa.

Antenne incrassated, cylindrical, joints 3, 4, and 5

being equal; body subcylindrical, subovate ...... If. ALeuipia.

Antenne incrassated, joint 3 being longer than 4,

joints 5-11 broadly compressed; body ovate...... III. Cuirena.

Antenne incrassated, joints 1, 3, 4 being subequal,

and 9 and 2 minute and equal; body subparallel IV. HyMrENzst1a.

Antenne incrassated, serrated, joints 3-7 being the

broadest, joints 3-7 equal in length; body ovate V. OrTHOXIA,

Antenne incrassated in g, joints 4~7 dilated and

compressed, 3rd joit shorter than 4th; body

Du MIG) ao bade bapbbadbaer con saricuoL npadcapaancnencslgsoaonerdc VI. Pyesia.

Antenne incrassated in 3, very long, joints gradu-

ally diminishing in thickness from 1 to I1......... VII. Procauus.

Antenne robust, filiform, joints 3, 4, and 5 being

subequal; body robust, subparallel...............0.. VIII. PacuyToma.

Antenne filiform, robust, jomts 1 and 3 equal, and

4, 5, 6 equal and somewhat shorter; body short,

jsiatenl | ll Beeanaiconcoquésoscuncne mcpeecococnic rocouoneceDLtc IX. SPHENORAIA.

Antenne filiform, joints 4 and 5 equal and shorter

than 1 and 3; body parallel; thorax much con-

RURICLCOUAL SERCO IDASE) tcanccsetees sens cance cecnsecredeasir X. DirceMa.

Antenne filiform, moderate in length, joints 4 and 5

subequal; body robust or broadly ovate ......... XI. Monocesta.

Antenne filiform, moderate in length, third joint

very long; body generally broadly ovate ......... XII. Ca:LoMERA.

Antenne filiform, robust, nearly as long as the body,

joints 3 and 5-10 nearly equal; body parallel ... XIII. Corata.

Antenne filiform, slender, nearly as long as the

body; body subparallel...........ecessessscanee sirepare) SL Vig NESTINUS:

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist, Ser.3. Vol, xvi. 18

258 Rey. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Ceelomera.

Genus I. Cerocuroa, Gerstiick. Peters, Mossamb. 1862,

Zool. Ins. 341; Bericht Akad. Berl. 1855, p. 3.

Ovata. Caput verticale; palpi mazillares subcylindrici, apice

acuminato. Thoraw elytris multo attenuatior, levis, latere anteriore

paulum emarginato, angulis anticis satis porrectis et acutis, lateribus

paulum rotundatis, haud marginatis, margine postico subtransverso ;

disco levi punctato. Scutellum subtriangulare, apice rotundato.

Elytra thorace latiora, versus medium ampliata, leevia, vix marginata,

crebre punctata. Pedes robusti, unguiculis fortiter appendiculatis.

Metasternum versus apicem vel obsolete, vel in dentem acutum pro-

ductum. Antenne robustee, breves, incrassate, articulis 4°-11™ bre-

vibus et subzequalibus, 1° longiore, 3° primo breviore.

The species on which this genus is based (Cerochroa ruficeps,

Gerst.) is more nearly allied to Adorium than to Celomera. The

genus may be separated from all other neighbouring forms by

its short and robust antennee ; it 1s also conspicuous for the very

narrow breadth of the thorax. From Adorium it may be sepa-

rated by the form of its antennz ; from Rhombopala, by its more

elongate form; from Calomera, by its smooth and even thorax.

Three species of this genus are known :—

1. C. ruficeps, Gerst. Bericht Verh. Akad. Berl. 1855 ;

Peters, Reise Mossamb. Zool. 341.

2. C. brachialis, Suffr. Efver. Vetens. Ak. Forh. 1858. Caffraria.

I think it probable that this species may prove to be a variety

of C. ruficeps.

3. C. maculicollis, Baly, Descript. of Uncharacterized, &c.,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1864, p. 282. Old Calabar.

Genus IJ. Aupuipra.

Robusta, subparallela. Caput verticale. Palpi mavzillares art.

penultimo globoso. Thorax declivis, transversus, angulis anticis

depressis, posticis obsoletis; disco levi. Scutellum triangulare,

leve. Elytra robusta, leevia, punctata. Antenne robuste, incras-

satee, art. 4°-11™ gradatim incrassatis, art. 3°, 4° et 5° longitudine

eequalibus. Pedes robusti, unguiculis simplicibus.

The genus A/phidia will stand near to Clitena ; it is separated

from it by its cylindrical (not flattened) incrassation of. the an-

tenne, by the 3rd, 4th, and Sth joints being equal in length,

and by the simple unguiculi.

A. comitata, (Galleruca) Klug, Ins. von Madagascar, p. 124.

A common species, apparently, in Madagascar. In colour

flavous, with elytra bright green or bluish green. Length 43,

breadth 24 lines.

Rey. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Coelomera. 259

Genus III. Crrrena, Baly, Descript. of Uncharacterized, &c.,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1864, p. 229.

Callopistria, Chev. De}. Cat. p. 402.

Robusta, subparallela. Caput fortiter punctatum. Thorazv trans-

versus, angulis anticis prominulis, margine anteriore circulariter

emarginato, lateribus subrotundatis et marginatis, basi subcirculari

et leviter marginato; disco leevi (vix ut in Ca/lomera transverse de-

presso) punctato. Sceutellum subquadratum, apice circulari. Elytra

thorace latiora, parallela, apice rotundata, ante medium transverse

depressa vel constricta, leevia, punctata, nitida. -dntenne robuste,

satis elongatze, art. 1°, 3° et 4° subzequalibus, art. 2° brevi, art. 5°-11™

latis compressis, art. 6°—11™ brevibus. Pedes robusti, unguiculis bi-

hamatis.

Clitena differs from Celomera and others in the form of its

elytra, which are more robust and antemedially depressed, in the

smooth form of the thorax, which shows no trace of the usual

deep transverse depression, and especially in the peculiar arti-

culation of the antennz, the apical joints of which are flattened,

broad, and short. Two species have been described by Mr. Baly

—C. limbata and C. melancholica, both from Siam.

C. cyanea.

C. Indica, Dej. Cat.

C. robusta, subparallela, cyanea, pedibus et antennis nigris; caput

fortiter punctatum, nigro-cyaneum; thorax leviter punctatus;

scutellum nigrum ; elytra robusta, ante apicem transverse depressa,

leevia, punctata; corpus subtus, antenne, et pedes vel nigra vel

nigro-cyanea.

Long. corp. lin. 5; lat. lin. 23.

Java.

Genus IV. HyMeEnesta.

Parallela, subdepressa. Caput verticale. Palpi mavzillares art.

penultimo triangulari, robusto. Thorax transversus, angulis anticis

brevibus, posticis rotundatis, disco ineequali. Scutellum triangulare,

leve. lytra parallela, confuse punctata. dntenne robuste, arti-

culis presertim apicalibus ineequalibus (subcylindricis, vix depressis),

art. 1°, 3° et 4° subeequalibus, 5°, 6°, 7° et 8° brevioribus et robustiori-

bus, 9° et 2° brevibus, minutis zequalibus 10° et 11° conjunctis. Pedes

robusti, tarsorum art. basali et 2° penitus eequalibus, unguiculis bipec-

tinatis.

I have formed this genus on the species H. Tranquebarica,

Fab.: it is quite distinct, by reason of the very peculiar articu-

lation of the antennee.

H. Tranquebarica, Fab. Syst. El. i. p.479. 8, Suppl. p.93. 6,7,

is punctate and rufous, the antenne, legs, and underside

being black; the elytra are thickly punctate and rufous, the

18*

260 Rev. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Coelomera.

apex being marked by a purple transverse band, which broadly

extends, near the margination, for nearly half the elytra. The

length is 44, breadth 24 lines. From the East Indies.

Genus V. OrrHoxta.

Subparallela et satis depressa. Caput verticale. Palpi maxillares

articulis apicali et penultimo globosis. T'horaw transversus, margine

antico transverso, lateribus subrotundatis, margine postico sinuato,

angulis anticis vix prominentibus, disco in typo ineequali. Seutedlum

triangulare. Elytra thorace paulum latiora, parallela. Antenne

robust, serratse, articulis (presertim 3°-7™) apud apices incrassatis,

art. 3°-7™ longitudine subeequalibus. Pedes robusti; unguiculis ad

apices extremos, bihamatis.

This genus is nearly related to Monocesta, but differs from it

in the globularly inflated maxillary palpi, in the minute bifurca-

tion of the unguiculi (those of Monocesta being cleft almost to

the base), and the serrated articulation of the antennee.

O. Boisduvalli, De}.

O. subparallela, satis robusta, crebre rugosa, rufa, elytris, antennis,

capite et pedibus nigris; caput rugosum, nigrum; thorax trans-

versus, angulis anticis subobsoletis, marginibus leviter rotun-

datis, versus apicem obsolete angulatis, basi sinuata, disco

depressione media basali, alteraque utrinque inzequali obliqua

versus latera; thorax crebre punctatus, rufus; scutel/wm rufum ;

elytra thorace paulum latiora, parallela, robusta, creberrime punc-

tata, obsolete tomentosa, nigra; antenne robustee, articulis 3°-6™

sensim ampliatis, nigree : corpus subtus rufum ; pedes nigri.

Long. corp. lin. 4 ; lat. lin. 2.

Java.

Genus VI, Pyrsta.

Differt a genere Monocesta in antennis art. 3° primo breviore, tenui,

art. 4° tertio multum longiore, art. 5° et 6° subsequalibus et tertio

paulum longioribus; antennis in @ simplicibus, filiformibus; in ¢

art. 4°-7™ dilatatis, compressis.

P. laticornis, Germ. Insect. Spec. 589, 843.

Closely allied in pattern to M. consularis, Dej., but a much

smaller insect, and more depressed in form; the elytra are not

finely rugose, but levigate and punctate. The articulation also

of the antennze, both in 9 and g (which is the special character

of the separate genus into which it must be erected), abun-

dantly distinguishes it from this insect.

Brazil.

Genus VII. Procauvs.

Robustus, parallelus, brevis. Caput verticale. Palpi mavillares

elongatuli. Yhorax magnus, transversus, vix elytra amplitudine

Rey. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Coelomera. 261

gequans, margine anteriore valde excavato, angulis anticis rectis,

lateribus subrotundatis, marginatis, angulis posticis obsoletis, basi

transversa, disco levi. Scutellum triangulare, leve. Hlytra parallela,

brevia, robusta, thorace paulum latiora, punctata (punctis confusis,

inzequalibus) ; antenne vel filiformes vel incrassatee ; in ¢ penitus

corpus ipsum longitudine eequantes, et ad basin valde robustze, com-

pressze, sensim versus apicem attenuantur; art. 1° valde ad apicem

ampliato, 2° et 3° minoribus, brevioribus, et subzequalibus, 4°, 5° et

usque ad 11™ longitudine subzequalibus, latitudine sensim attenuatiori-

bus; in 2 antenne filiformes ; pedes robusti, satis breves, femoribus

subincrassatis, tibiis versus apicem robustioribus et ad insertionem

tarsorum subtus excavatis; unguiculi ab infra breviter utrinque bi-

dentati.

This diagnosis is based on a Chilian species, Celomera mutans

of cabinets, which is very different from all allied groups, not

only by reason of its shorter and more robust form, but also by

the largely developed basal joints of the antennz in the male.

P. mutans.

P. et colore et maculis incertus, flavo-viridis vel fuscus, thorace et

elytris, vel neutro vel utroque, nigro maculatis ; caput longitudi-

naliter oblique foveolatum, rufo-flavum ; ¢orax rarius punctatus,

vel flavus vel nigro maculatus, maculis quatuor (duabus mediis

et una utrinque postmedia laterali) ; scutellum impunctatum ;

elytra punctis subordinatis minutis, plerumque flava, sed ali-

quando maculis nigris juxta basin transverse ordinatis, maculisque

etiam juxta apicem ; antenne nigre, flavo annulate ; corpus subtus

in $ abdominis apice fortiter ad medium foveolato, fuscescens,

abdomine aliquando rufo ; pedes rufi, tibiis et tarsis nigris.

Long. corp. lin. 3-4; lat. lin. 13-2.

The head-quarters of this species is Chili, where it would

appear to be abundant; it is widely distributed. I have re-

ceived specimens from Brazil and also from Bolivia.

Genus VIII. Pacuyroma.

Robusta, brevis, parallela. Caput breve, verticale. Palpi mazil-

lares graciles, elongatuli. Thorax declivis, elytris paulum at-

tenuatior, angulis anticis prominulis, lateribus paulum curvatis, mar-

gine basali subsinuato ; disco levi, punctato. Scutellum triangulare,

apice truncato. Llytra brevia, robusta, confuse punctata. Antenne

filiformes, robust, art. 1° longissimo, 2° brevi, 3°, 4° et 5° subsequali-

bus. Pedes robusti, unguiculis pectinatis.

1. P. Westermanni, De}. Cat.

P. e majoribus, fusca, antennis, pedibus et corpore subtus nigris ;

caput longitudinaliter foveolatum, punctatum ; ¢horaa crebre et

fortiter punctatus ; scutellum nigrum; e/ytra crebre punctata ;

262 Rey. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Coelomera.

corpus subtus et pedes nigra; antenne nigri, articulis 1°-3™ flaves-

centibus.

Long. corp. lin. 6; lat. lin. 33.

Western Africa.

2. P. flava.

P. subovalis, lata, punctata, flava; caput in medio leviter lon-

gitudinaliter foveolatum, punctatum, flavum, basi transverse nigra;

thorax transversus, lateribus et angulis posticis rotundatis, lateri-

bus marginatis, disco erebre punctato; scutellum triangulare,

nigrum ; elytra post medium paulum ampliata, confuse et minute

punctata vel rugosa; antenne nigro-fuscze ; pedes et corpus sub-

fus nigra.

Long. corp. lin. 5, lat. lin. 3.

Natal.

Genus IX. SpHENORATA.

Lata, subdepressa, brevis, parallela. Caput verticale. Palpi

maxillares art. penultimo incrassato, brevi. Thorax transversus,

lateribus marginatis et rotundatis, angulis anticis prominulis, basi

subsinuato. Scwtellum triangulare, leve. Llytra parallela, brevia,

striato-punctata (punctis interdum penitus confusis). Antenne fili-

formes, robustee, art. 1° et 3° eequalibus, et art. 4°, 5° et 6° (articulo

primo paulum minoribus) inter se zequalibus. Pedes tenues, ungui-

culis simplicibus vel leviter appendiculatis.

1. S. flavicollis.

S. rufo-flava, elytris (marginibus et sutura exceptis) nigris; caput

transverse foveolatum, impunctatum ; thorax rufo-flavus, impunc-

tatus (punctis sparsis in medio disco obsoletis) ; seutellum ruto-

flavum, impunctatum; e/ytra parallela, punctata (punctis nec

magnis nec acie instructis, confuse ordinatis), fusco-nigra, sutura et

marginibus tenuiter flavis ; pedes, antenne et corpus subtus flava.

Long. corp. lin. 32; lat. lin. 2.

Northern India.

2. S. nigripennis.

S. flava, elytris, thorace maculis et femoribus apicalibus nigris ;

caput inter oculos transverse foveolatum, leeve, flavum basi nigra ;

thorax flavus, macula utrinque nigra insulata, fortiter sed sparsim

punctata et paulum depressa; scutellum leve, mgrum; elytra

striato-punctata (punctis magnis et profundis), nigra; antenne

nigro-fuscze, art. 1°—4™ flavescentibus; corpus subtus et pedes fusco-

flavescentia.

Long. corp. lin. 4; lat. lin. 23.

Northern India.

Genus X. Dircema.

Parallelum, satis depressum. Caput verticale. Palpi mazillares

elongatuli. Thorax transversus, margine anteriore paulum emar-

ginato, angulis anticis porrectis, lateribus oblique arcuatis, angulis

Rey. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Coelomera, 263

posticis obsoletis, disco valde transverse depresso. /ytra parallela,

depressa, subtiliter rugosa. Antenne filiformes, art. 1° et 3° sub-

eequalibus, 2° minuto, 4° et 5° subzequalibus et tertio paulum brevi-

oribus. Pedes graciles, unguiculis utrinque bifidis.

The form of the thorax in this group is peculiar; it is nar-

rowly transverse, the anterior angles are laterally producedcon-

siderably beyond the head ; the sides converge gradually towards

the base, being arcuate or constricted medially ; the basal angles

are slightly prominent ; and the disk of the thorax is distinctly

and deeply transversely depressed. I know of three exponents

of this form, all common species in the tropics of South America.

1. D. nigripenne, Fab. Ent. Syst. 1.11. 14. 9; Syst. El. i. 480.

Notable by its uniformly opaque-black elytra (rugose and to-

mentose) and its clearly coloured rufous or flavous thorax.

Long. corp. lin, 43-53; lat. lin. 2-23.

The species is very common in Cayenne : some examples have

the apical joints of the black antenne testaceous ; and one ex-

ample in my cabinet has the head testaceous instead of black.

2. D. cinctipenne.

D. oblongum, parallelum, opacum, reticulosum, tomentosum, fusco-

flavum, elytris (sutura et marginibus exceptis) et capite nigris vel

viridi-nigris ; caput inter peules longitudinaliter fov Sigh crebre

punctatum, nigrum ; thorax fortitee transverse depressus, punc-

tatus, plus anak tomentosus, flavus, macula utrinque nigra magna

aliquando insulata; scwtel/um flavum ; elytra parallela, nigra vel

nigro-viridia, sutura et marginibus tenuiter flavis ; pedes nigri,

fompribas plus minus flavis ; corpus subtus flavo-fuscum ; antenne

nigree, art. 9°-11™ flavis.

Long. corp. lin. 33-7; lat. lin. 13-

D. cinctipenne varies not only in size, but in the sculpture

and coloration of the thorax, which is either entirely flavous or

flavous with two submedial black markings, one on either side,

these markings sometimes occupying nearly the whole disk.

The species has been found at Para, by Mr. Bates and others.

I have two Columbian representatives of it, which have the ely-

tra opaque green instead of black, and the thorax of which is not

so deeply depressed. I have seen some interesting examples of

this species in Mr. Baly’s cabinet, which, at first sight we are

tempted to declare, represent distinct species: I have little

doubt, however, on more mature examination, that the above

diagnosis 1s the true definition of the species. The insect is as

variable as it is beautiful; and at present, at any rate, we have

not sufficient material to justify us in breaking it up into dis-

tinct races or species.

264 Rey. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Coelomera.

3. D. ruficrus, Chev.

D. parallelum, opacum, tomentosum, rufo-flavum, elytris, antennis

et genibus nigris; caput leviter rugosum, impunctatum, flavum ;

thorax subpubescens, rufo-flavus ; scutellum fuscum ; elytra pa-

rallela, tomentosa, nigra; antenne nigre; corpus subtus rufo-

fuscum ; pedes fusci, femoribus rufo-fuscis.

Long. corp. lin. 433; lat. lin. 14.

Cayenne.

Genus XI. Monocesta.

E majoribus, robusta, plerumque versus apicem dilatata. Caput

verticale, basi longitudinaliter foveolatum. Thorax transversus,

margine anteriore paulum emarginato; angulis anticis sat productis,

lateribus subrotundatis; angulis posticis omnino vel penitus obso-

letis ; discus transverse et fortiter depressus est. Scutel/um trans-

versum, apice rotundatum. /ytra robusta, thorace latiora, post

medium plus minus dilatata, aliquando versus apicem dehiscentia, et

utrinque angulata, marginata, punctata. Antenne vel filiformes

robustee vel subincrassatee, art. 1° apice incrassato, art. 1°, 3° et 4°

subeequalibus, art. 2° minore, art. 5° et 6° subzequalibus, paulum

quarto brevioribus, art. 7°-11™ paulum sexto brevioribus et gradatim

attenuatis. Pedes robusti, art. tarsorum basali penultimo duplo

longiore ; unguiculis fortiter utrinque bifidis.

The genus Monocesta, as thus defined, is very natural: it

represents those species in which the elytra are postmedially

dilated, the thorax is transversely depressed, and the antennze

in the more broadly ovate species filiform, in the more parallel

species subincrassated, the third and fourth jomts being sub-

equal, and the apical joints sufficiently produced and attenuate.

These characters comprehend two distinct subgroups, which will

constitute an excellent genus, well bounded and separated from

the several other forms with which the species representing

them have been, in Dejean’s Catalogue, mixed up. The metro-

polis of the genus is evidently the tropical region of South

America and Mexico. One species (M. cory) is found as far

north as Illinois, where it infests the hazel; and one other (M.

elegantula of this paper) I have received as from Brazil.

Diviston A.

Species of large size; in form (for the most part) postmedially

dilated; the thorax is deeply transversely depressed ; the an-

tenne filiform and sufficiently elongate. Species 1-12.

Section I.

‘lytra for the most part bright blue or bright green, with flavous

markings. Sp. 1-9.

1. M. imperialis.

MM. grandis, apice dilatato, crebre punctata, nigro-cerulea, elytrorum

Rey. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Coelomera. 265

dimidio apicali rufo-flavo ; ‘caput fovea longitudinali ad frontem,

impunctatum ; thoraw subtiliter punctatus ; scutellum transverse

quadratum, impunctatum ; elytra thorace latiora, et versus apicem

multum ampliata, marginata, crebre punctata; antenne, corpus

subtus et pedes nigra, femorum apicibus rufo-fuscis.

Long. corp. lin. 93; lat. lin. ad humeros 4, ad ¢ apicem i

Columbia.

2. M. equestris, De}.

M. e majoribus, versus apicem subampliata, crebre punctata, viridis

vel azurea, fascia media in elytris transversa flava; caput longi-

tudinaliter foveolatum, punctatum ; thorax ut in speciebus aliis in

medio valde transverse depressus, punctatus ; scutellum sub-

quadratum, impunctatum ; e/ytra versus apicem ampliata, crebre

et rugose punctata, fascia recta flava transversa ad medium, versus

margines latior, elytra ornat; antennae, corpus subtus et pedes

nigra,

Long. corp. lin. 9-63; lat. lin. 53-23.

M. equestris, the Cayenne species, differs clearly and uniformly

in pattern from the Mexican species, M. ducalis. In the species

before us, the transverse band on the elytra is medial and even,

sometimes, by reason of its greater breadth towards the margins,

being slightly inflected; in M. ducalis the transverse band is

never straight, but arcuate, in each elytron, broader in size and

more irregular in pattern.

Mr. Baly has shown me in his cabinet a species taken by Mr,

Bates on the Amazons, in which the transverse band is a trifle

broader, and rather nearer the scutellum, than in M. ducalis—

M. Batesi, Baly. It is probable that the two are slight modi-

fications of the samc species.

The males of M. equestris have sometimes the apex of the

elytra, at a little distance from the suture, produced into an

angle.

A common species in Cayenne.

3. M. ducalis.

M. elongata, versus apicem subampliata, punctata, nigro-czerulea,

fascia lata et apice flavis; caput foveolatum, punctatum ; thorax

transverse depressus, leviter punctatus; scutellum leve; elytra

crebre punctata vel subrugosa, nigro-ceerulea, fascia lata ineequali,

ad margines versus humeros et apicem tendente, et apice flavis ;

pedes, antenne et corpus subtus nigra.

Long. corp. lin 8-6; lat. lin. 5-3.

I have before me several specimens of this form, which agree

entirely in pattern, and are readily separated from the Cayenne

species, M. equestris: the band of the elytra is broader, more

irregular in outline, and extending along the margination to the

apex, and sometimes to the shoulders. I have an interesting

266 Rev. HH. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Coclomera.

variety in which the transverse band is represented by a medial

spot, the margins being obscurely flavous.

Mexico. A common species.

4. M. splendida.

M. versus apicem leviter ampliata, punctata, leete viridis; caput ob-

solete punctatum ; thorax crebre punctatus, ad medium transverse

depressus ; scutellum subquadratum, leviter punctatum; elytra.

crebre punctata (punctis minutissimis) et leviter rugosa; corpus

subtus fusco-yiride, testaceo pubescens; antenne nigre ; pedes

nigro-virides.

Long. corp. lin. 73, lat. lin. 43.

Conspicuous among its congeners by its uniform brilliant

green colour.

Para. I have in my collection a single example, received

from the Marquis La Ferteé.

5. M. consularis, De}.

M. subparallela, postice paulum dilatata, satis robusta, vix depressa,

tomentose rugosa, vix punctata, rufo-flava, elytris (fascia media

excepta rufo-flava) viridibus ; caput longitudinaliter foveolatum,

rugosum, rufum; ¢horaw rugosus, rufus; scuted/um rufum ; ely-

tra subparallela, apice transverse rotundata et subdilatata, sub-

tiliter rugosa, ceerulea, fascia media transversa eequali rufo-flava ;

antenne fusco-nigre, art. 1° rufo; pedes et corpus subtus ruta.

Long. corp. lin. 63; lat. lin. 33.

This species resembles as to pattern the Pyesia laticornis of

Germar; but, besides being a larger insect, it is more robust,

less depressed, and the surface is not, as in that species, punc-

tate, but thickly rugose and tomentose.

Brazil. One of the examples in my collection is labelled

Mexico.

Section II.

Elytra for the most part flavous, with darker markings. Sp. 6-12.

6. M. illustris.

M. satis lata, subparallela, crebre punctata, pube flava subvestita,

rufo-flava, elytrorum apicibus fuscatis; caput fronte foveolatum,

punctatum ; thorax transverse ad medium depressus, punctatus ;

elytra leviter pubescentia, punctata, rufo-flava, apicibus nigris ;

antenne, pedes et corpus subtus migra.

‘Long. corp. lin. 6; lat. lin. 33.

Cayenne.

7. M. coryli, (Caelomera) Say, Acad. Philad. i. 1824, p. 455;

Complete Writings, vol. u. p. 220.

This is the only species which represents the genus on the

Rey. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Coelomera. 267

North American continent: it is found in Illinois, Maryland,

and Virginia; in the latter State it is so abundant that it often

entirely strips the Corylus americanus, on which it feeds.

8. M. depressa.

M. late ovalis, valde depressa, flava, antennis, elytrorum marginibus

et apice necnon corpore subtus nigris ; caput longitudinaliter foveo-

latum, leviter punctatum; ¢horax valde ad medium transverse

depressus, impunctatus; sewtellum flavum ; elytra lata, valde de-

pressa, late marginata subtiliter rugosa, subpubescentia, flava,

apice et marginibus late nigrescentibus ; antenne nigre, art. 1°-3™

flavis ; corpus subtus nigrum ; pedes flavi.

Long. corp. lin. 53; lat. lin. 33.

I am indebted to Mr. Baly for this species, received by him

from the river Magdalina. »

9. M. Balyi.

M. late ovalis, nigra, thorace, capite, elytrorum basi et femoribus

anticis rufo-flavis; caput leviter longitudinaliter foveolatum, im-

punctatum ; thorax late transverse depressus, lateribus ad medium

subangulatis, impunctatus ; scwted/wm impunctatum, rufum ; e/y-

tra ampliata, late marginata, subdepressa, rugosa, opaca, nigra,

basi tenuiter fulvescente ; antenne fusco-nigre, art. 1° et 2° flavis ;

corpus subtus nigrum ; pedes nigri, femoribus anticis rufo-flavis.

Long. corp. lin. 7; lat. lin. 4.

Brazil.

10. M. elegantula.

M. pallide purpurea, thorace maculisque 4 elytrorum flavo-pubes-

centibus ; caput ad basin foveolatum ; thorax omnino flavo

pubescens ; e/ytra macula utrmque magna media, alteraque minore

circulari ad apicem flavo pubescentibus; antenne rufo-fusce ;

pedes et corpus subtus fusco-purpurea.

Long. corp. lin. 5; lat. lin. 3.

Brazil.

11. M. Hopfneri, De}. Cat.

M. subparallela, crebre punctata vel rugosa, testaceo-flava, tibiis,

tarsis et antennis nigris; caput leviter longitudinaliter foveolatum;

thorax transversus, subquadratus, transverse modice depressus,

lateribus rotundatis, crebre et fortiter punctatus; sewtellum sub-

triangulare, subpunctatum ; e/ytra thorace latiora, subrugosa vel

crebre punctata; antenne sat elongate, nigre; corpus subtus

fuscum ; pedes flavo-fusci, tibiis et tarsis nigris.

Long. corp. lin. 5; lat. lin. 25.

M. Hopfneri may be distinguished not only by its flavous

coloration, but by its thorax, which is less deeply transversely

depressed, and coarsely and closely punctate.

Mexico.

268 Dr. W. R. Scott on the Occurrence of

12. M. sanguinicollis.

M. eclongatula, postice subdilatata, crebre punctata, nigra, thorace

rufo, elytris rufo vittatis; capué punctatum, rufum ; ¢horaz in

medio transverse depressus, lateribus rotundatis, punctatus, rufus;

scutellum impunctatum, rufum ; e/yfra versus apicem subdilatata,

satis depressa, crebre punctata, rufa, vittis duabus parallelis (sub-

suturali et laterali) basin sed vix apicem attingentibus, post medium

elytrorum conjunctis ; anfenne nigre, art. basali interdum rufo ;

pedes et corpus subtus vel nigra vel rufo-fusca.

: Renee sal Anion : 3.91

Long. corp. lin. 33-43 ; lat. lin. 13-27.

I have examples of this species from Bolivia, and also from

Brazil. ,

[To be continued. }

XXXI.—On the Occurrence of Orcynus alalonga on the Coast of

Devon. By Dr. W. R. Scorn.

SEVERAL fish of but rare occurrence in British waters have from

time to time been taken on the Cornish and Devon coasts.

The close and accurate observations of Mr. Couch have seldom

allowed any found on the former to pass unnoticed. On the

coast of Devon, however, recorded captures of these rarer spe-

cies are less common, owing probably in some degree to the

want of that zealous watchfulness which has animated the la-

bours of the Cornish ichthyologist. Amongst the rarer species

that pay our coasts an occasional visit are ‘those of the genus

Thynnus ; and amongst the very rarest of these is the Germon,

separated now, however, by Cuvier into a distinet genus, and

which fish he has named Orcynus alalonga, from the length of

its pectoral fin—which constitutes the chief, if not the only, dif-

ference between it and the true Tunnies.

The Oreynus alalonga has been very rarely found in British

seas. One has been recorded as taken at Portland, which was

presented to the British Museum, and it has been twice taken

in Mounts Bay, Cornwall.

I have pleasure, therefore, in now recording another specimen

of this rare British fish, taken in Devonshire. This fish was

captured on the 26th of August last, not really in channel, but

a little way up the river Exe, about three miles from its mouth,

and at about half-tide. The fish had got entangled amongst

some palings which had been driven into the river about a foot

from the edge, where a kind of quay had been made, and which

formed a cul-de-sac. Into this the fish got ; and so violent were

its struggles to get out, that it drew the attention of some work-

men who were at a little distanee, when one of them got his gun

Orcynus alalonga on the an, 269

and shot it. They describe its efforts to free itself as shaking

the palings like the strength of two men, which agrees with the

observations of Mr. Couch, who says that a specimen taken in

Mount’s Bay showed “ extraordinary strength when caught with

a line.”

Unfortunately I did not hear of this fish having been captured

till a week after, and when it had become much putrified, and,

indeed, had been buried; so that I cannot give so full and accu-

rate a description of it as might be desirable. Still enough re-

mained to show to what species it belonged; and on showing

the plates of the Tunmies in Mr. Couch’s volume to the person

who killed it (an intelligent foreman of some works near the

river), he declared it to agree with that of the Germon.

The shot by which the animal was killed had destroyed all

the first dorsal fin and part of the second, so that no examina-

tion could be made of these; but the general form was not

much injured, and the other fins remained sufficiently defined

to enable me to mark their position and numbers; and the pec-

toral fin, one of the most important in identifying the species,

was the least injured of all. From this state of the fish I was

enabled to note the following particulars.

The full length of the fish, from the nose to the base of the

caudal fin, was 24 inches, the girth round the pectoral fin 19, and

the girth immediately in front of the second dorsal 154 inches ;

the flesh in this part was very firm and solid.

The head was pointed, the under jaw slightly the longest, the

teeth small and incurved, and the gape about 4 inches; the

nostrils very obscure ; the eye was large, and, when fresh, was

slightly elevated, and placed over the angle of the mouth. The

sections of the gill-covers were well defined ; and from the nose

to the gill-opening was about 7 inches.

The pectoral fin, lodged in a deep depression, was 84 inches

long, and reached to about the middle of the anal fin. I could

not say if the anal and second dorsal were falcated, as the upper

parts of both had perished; but I was informed that both were

so. I could trace that there was a short space between the first

and second dorsal fins, and that the finlets were eight above

and seven below, which I was told had been tinged with yellow,

but not so deeply as are those in Mr. Couch’s plate. The tail

was deeply cleft; but, one-half being gone, I could only judge

of this approximately. The weight of the fish when caught was

twelve pounds, and nothing was found in its stomach.

On comparing this fish with the figure given by Couch, I

thought the latter more slender for its length than the former ;

but this appearance might have arisen from the body having

become depressed, from the treatment to which it had been

270 Prof. H. J. Clark on the Animal Nature

subjected. The length of the pectoral fin was also not so great

as that figured by Couch. The proportions given in the speci-

men killed at Portland are—length of body 30 inches, length

of pectoral fin 114 inches; while in the specimen examined by

me the length of body was 24 inches, and the pectoral fin

84 inches. ‘This latter length, however, comes quite up to that

given by Cuvier for the species. He says the Scomber thynnus

has the pectoral fin one-fifth part of its length, while the Orcynus

has it one-third the length of the body, and that this difference

is the only one between the two fishes. It will be seen, then, that

84 inches is nearly the proportion given by Cuvier, being a

little more than one-third of 24 inches, the full length of the

fish.

It is fortunate that the pectoral fin was sufficiently perfect

to allow of its beimg accurately measured, and thus enable us

to record another instance of this south- of-Europe fish paying

a visit to our northern shores.

It is further worthy of remark that Mr. Couch has reported the

capture of the Short-finned Tunny (a fish never before taken on

our coasts) on the 16th of August last. It would be interest-

ing to know what causes have led these fish so far north on this

occasion.

XXXIT.—Proofs of the Animal Nature of the Cilio-flagellate Infu-

soria, based upon Investigations of the Structure and Physio-

logy of one of the Peridinia (Peridinium ecypripedium, n. sp.).

By Prof. H. James Ciarx, A.B., B.S.*

[Plate XII.]

Wuartver tends to elucidate the doubtful nature of any group

of beings which stands undecided (as it were on the dividing line)

between sentient and non-sentient things has an importance at

the present day which would not have been deemed worthy of

very grave consideration before the theories of Spontaneous

Generation and what is sometimes mistakenly called Darwinism

had been revived. The resurgence of these doctrines has given

a prominence to the discussion of the character of the lowest,

obscure forms of life, simply because, in their extreme simplicity,

they hardly seem to rise above a state of inorganic nature, and

their vitality is exhibited in such a guise as would readily be

mistaken for the operation of exo-endosmotic, inanimate, inor-

ganic forces. Hence the readiness, the eagerness, with which

the physicists of the Materialistic school clutch at these “toys”

* Communicated by the Author, having been read before the American

Academy of Science and Arts, February 14, 1865.

of the Cilio-flagellate Infusoria. 271

of the older microscopists, hoping therein to find an abundance

of argument by which they may prove that rock and flesh do not

incompatibly jostle each other whenever they come in contact.

Claiming, and justly too, that these extremes of the inorganic

and organic bodies are naturally and incontestably related to

each other through their common basis the simple elements of

the chemist, it does not seem possible to the materialist that

their relations should be changed or dissevered by the introduc-

tion of any modes of existence, however varied or elevated. The

carbon, the hydrogen, the nitrogen, and the oxygen once being

established as definite existences, they always remain C, H, N,

and O, no matter under what forms or relations they may be

disguised, the various modes of being not in the least changing

the. fact of their existence. For instance, they say, the transi-

tion from one kind of animate being to another kind is only a

graduated change in the mode of existence, or of the manner of

an outward expression of the relations of the component elements

of the organism ; certainly not an actual metamorphosis of the

nature of these elements. To this assertion there may not pos-

sibly be any objection ; but if the same explanation were urged

for the transition to the Monad from the infinitesimally small,

vibrating, imorganic corpuscle of the “ Brownian motion,” we

have not come to that state of knowledge of the forces of nature

to accept it so readily as in the former case. Still the growing

tendency, among the philosophical chemists, to merge the vital

and the inorganic forces into one would seem to be inevitably

preparing us to regard such a transition as identical in kind

with that which obtains among the undoubtedly organized bo-

dies, whether animals or plants.

In this state of hesitancy to step across the vanishing line of

demarcation between the animate and the inanimate, we can at

least safely venture to give, in general terms, an expression of

the relations of the three forms of existence. We may say that

it is the mode of existence which constitutes the difference be-

tween the morganic and the organic bodies, or between the two

forms of organic life, viz. animals and plants; so that every

fact enunciated in regard to an animal or plant is the record of

a symbol of one of the methods of existence, or of the nature of

the influences which enter into the life of the being.

From this point of view the study of these insignificants rises

to the rank of the highest philosophical inquiry, and the minute

wonders of the microscopist become the agents in the pursuit

after the knowledge of the ways of the Infinite, which one could

hardly have the temerity to smile at.

These thoughts have been suggested by the results of some

investigations into the thus far doubtful animal nature of the

272 Prof. If. J. Clark on the Animal Nature

Cilio-flagellate Infusoria, as the Péridiniens and their congeners

are designated by Claparéde in his, conjointly with Lachmann,

most recent publications upon the Infusoria*.

In order that the various points of the proof that the Péri-

diniens are undoubted animals may be comprehended in sys-

tematic sequence, it seems most desirable to present them under

separate sections, each devoted to some particular vital function.

Habitat and Form.—There is probably no generic difference

between the species in question here and those described and

figured by Allman in the third volume of the ‘Journal of Micro-

scopical Science,’ 1856, and by Claparede in the memoir above

referred to; but in their specific relations no doubt they are

distinct. This (Pl. XII. figs. 1, 2,3) has an oblique pyriform

outline, more than one-third longer than its greatest breadth,

and hollowed on one side by a broad longitudinal depression (d),

extending from the narrower end (p) to a short distance beyond

the broadest part of the body. Not far from the narrower end

the so-called flagellum (jl) is attached, in the middle line of the

broad depression, and is so long as to project beyond the end

near to which it is situated. As the narrower end (P) is always

the posterior, and the broader end (a) the anterior, in the act of

swimming, and the relations of the other parts of the body,

such as the position of the mouth (m) and particularly the trend

of the cesophagus (@), correspond to these, the one which pre-

cedes should be called the anterior, and the other the posterior

end of the body; and as such they will hereafter be designated

in this article.

There are two shallow furrows which encircle the body; one

(pf), rather broad, passes obliquely backwards and around it

just behind its middle, and the other (af), quite narrow, encir-

cles the broader end just in front of the termination of the broad

longitudinal depression above mentioned. The whole of the

body posterior to the narrower transverse furrow is clothed with

vibratile cilia; but the anterior end is devoid of them, and appears

to be covered by a low cap (pe) in the form of a segment of a

sphere. In the young this cap is so shallow as to be readily

overlooked during the motions of the animal. Close to the

posterior end there is a large, clear vesicle (cv), which is quite

conspicuous, even during the rapid motions of the animal. This

is the contractile vesicle, which will be described presently. In

point of sensitiveness this Peridinium exhibits it in almost as

ereat a degree as Plewronema and many other timid Infusoria,

These are the most evident and striking features, such as readily

attract the attention when the body is in motion ; and moreover

* Claparéde and Lachmann, “ Etude sur les Infusoires et les Rhizo-

podes,”’ Mém, de l’Ins. Genévois, tomes y., vi-, vil. (1858-1861),

of the Cilio-flagellate Infusoria. 273

they are the chief and characteristic traits of this species. The

specific name is derived from the resemblance in the form of the

body to the labellum of one of the Orchidaceze, viz. Cypripedium.

It is very common in the freshwater ditches and slow streams

about Cambridge,U.S. ; and in the aquarium congregates in great

numbers around decaying matter. It varies from 3}; to =;

of an inch in length; but occasionally adults were found +; of

an inch long. It is probable, however, that the latter were in a

preparatory state, just before self-division. The colour is a uni-

form light brown, which resides mostly in the derm.

Contractile Vesicle.-—This organ (cv) is so conspicuous, in the

species before us at least, that one is apt to wonder why it has

not been discovered before. The only reasonable excuse for this

seeming delinquency would appear to be, that the animal is so

incessantly active and so rapid in its motions, that a large amount

of patience could hardly compensate for the want of a quiet

subject. Fortunately, at the present day our lenses, even of

moderate power, are constructed with such large angles, broad

fields, and excellent definition, that the difficulty of keeping the

Infusorian in sight, and of getting a clear decided view of its

interior, is almost done away with. By strewing the glass slide

with abundance of indigo, little lagoons are formed here and

there, in which, when the specimens are plentiful, there is no

difficulty in findmg and confining any particular individual,

without the necessity of a thin glass covering. In this way the

motions of the body are reduced to a simple revolution on its

longer axis, with an occasional inversion, end for end. The eye

soon gets accustomed to the rhythmical appearance of any par-

ticular region as it comes round at each revolution, so that, by

a systematic study of each and every feature, a knowledge of the

whole organism may be obtained as readily as in most Infusoria.

The contractile vesicle is invariably situated close to the nar-

rower, or posterior, end of the body, but at a considerable dis-

tance from the ventral, dorsal, or lateral surfaces. At the mo-

ment just before systole it has a perfectly globular form (Pl. XII.

fig. 1 cv), and a very sharp, strongly refracting, conspicuous

contour, and occupies rather more than the middle third of the

transverse diameter of the body at this point. The systole and

diastole are as regular in their recurrence as in any of the

ciliated Infusoria, and as conveniently observed. The systole,

in perfectly fresh specimens, occurs with perfect regularity once

in forty seconds, as numerous and carefully registered observa-

tions prove. As in other Infusoria, between diastole and sys-

tole, the vesicle is more or less irregular in outline, but gradu-

ally approximating to a spherical form. At the moment of sys-

tole it rather quickly changes from a broad spheroidal figure to

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser.3. Vol. xvi. 19

274 Prof. H. J. Clark on the Animal Nature

one which is globular, and then contracts suddenly and rapidly

until it is nearly invisible. The diastole then follows slowly,

aud during this it passes from a jagged rounded outline (fig. 3 ev)

to a lenticular form (fig. 2), then to a hemispherical shape (fig. 4)

with the flattened side next to the posterior end of the body,

and finally, assuming a spheroidal contour, it remains quiet

awhile, until the time for the next systole. If the water is not

renewed, the specimens become unhealthy, which they exhibit

by changing their form, and swelling up into an oval and finally

a globular mass. In such a condition the systole of the con-

tractile vesicle oftentimes occurs five or six times in a minute,

and will continue at that rate even when the animal is very

much flattened out, and until it bursts or falls to pieces. Time-

ture of opium stops the action of the contractile vesicle almost

immediately, even before the rest of the body is sensibly affected

by it. The effect is to swell the vesicle to an enormous size ;

and then, breaking through the posterior end of the animal, it

expands to a dimension often exceeding that of the whole body,

before it bursts.

The Mouth (m).—That this creature has a mouth might be

premised from the manner in which particles of indigo or car-

mine approach and recede from the body. When the animal is

moored by its flagelliform appendage (fl), and gyrates about it

as if on a pivot, these particles of coloured food may be seen to

pass along the face of the broad longitudinal depression (qd),

and, striking the body just behind its mid-region, glance off in

a backward direction. At the point where the indigo strikes

may be seen an obliquely longitudinal ovate opening (m), which

leads into an elongated funnel-shaped cavity (@): the former is

the mouth, and the latter is the cesophagus. The mouth hes

altogether within the posterior obliquely transverse furrow (pf),

and extends from its anterior to its posterior edge, trending

diagonally across the axial plane of the body, from the right,

backwards, toward the left. Its anterior edge (m!) is bro oad,

and thence it gradually narrows to a sharp angle, which forms

the posterior edge. It is so inconspicuous that in all probability

it is nearly or altogether closed, except when taking in food;

certainly it is not one of the prominent features of the organism,

although one of the most important. When the animal is in a

sickly condition, and swollen up, the mouth is easily deseried ;

but its relations are not readily made out, because in this state

the annular furrows are all obliterated; yet its connexion with

the cesophagus at such a time is clearly seen. There are no

appendages whatever about or belonging to the mouth; not

even the flagelliform body (fl) has anything to do with it, but

is attached to the body at a very sensible distance ( fl’) behind

of the Cilio-flagellate Infusoria. 275

it. It would seem, therefore, to be dependent upon the simple

cilia around it for the transfer of food to its lips. From the

mouth the wsophagus (@) passes obliquely backwards and toward

the dorsal region, at least halfway through the body, and then

terminates rather abruptly just before the contractile vesicle,

but a little to the right side (fig. 8 @) of the axial plane. At

the mouth it is widest antero-posteriorly, but suddenly narrowing

a little, it afterwards gradually lessens its calibre as it extends

into the body, and finally ends as just described. The whole

track of this channel is much more readily seen than the mouth.

The food is taken in such excessively small particles that its

entrance into the mouth cannot be detected with any degree of

satisfaction; and a single digestive vacuole (dv) requires from

twenty minutes to half an hour to form and fill; and although

it may be comparatively quite large, even two- thirds of its fullest

capacity, yet so infinitesimally minute are the particles, that

even indigo or carmine is not readily seen, although it may be

the only Tem of food present. Beyond ne point, however,

these colouring-matters become rapidly visible, so that when a

vacuole is fully formed, the indigo or carmine is as conspicuous

as in any other Infusorian. These vacuoles are very large, in

fact equalling in size the contractile vesicle; and as they form

sometimes pretty far back, they are apt to obscure the latter—

without doubt thus causing this vesicle to be mistaken for one

of them, since they bear a certain resemblance to it. No anus

was detected during these investigations, although the specimens

at times were kept well fed.

The Locomotive Organs.—The most prominent among the cilia

is the so-called flagellum (fl). This, however, is not a single

filament, as has usually been asserted ; but, owing to the manner

im which it is used, it very naturally appears to be so. Most

frequently its compound nature becomes apparent when the

numerous Cilia of which it is composed divide into two groups

(fig. 7 fl, fl), thus simulating a double flagellum*. At other

times, after having divided into two groups, they twist about

each other in such a way as to resemble a sharply pointed screw,

with a long drawn-out double thread. Such is the condition in

which this pseudo-flagellum is most frequently seen, and then,

with the best magnifying -powers, up to five hundred diameters,

its compound nature is not easily recognized. But there are

times when the whole group of cilia spreads out into a distinct

brush, so that each individual cilium may be seen. The base

(fl) of attachment is in the axial plane of the body, a short dis-

* Claparéde (loc. cit.) speaks of frequently noticing that some of the

Ceratiums, &c., appeared to have a double flagellum. Probably they were

a group of cilia divided as here described.

276 Prof. H. J. Clark on the Animal Nature

tance posterior to the mouth (m), and distinctly disconnected

from it, as has been already noticed. When not in motion,

which seldom occurs, the brush les along the median furrow

(mf), which trends from the mouth to the posterior end of the

animal; and in this position it projects for nearly half its length

beyond the body. Its most ostensible use would seem to be

that of a sort of rudder when the creature is swimming, and as

a means of attachment when not progressing. The body may

be seen gyrating and at the same time revolving on its longi-

tudinal axis, for long periods, around a point to which the

pseudo-flagellum is attached, and upon which it turns like

a pivot. Most frequently, during this act, a part of the

brush separates from the rest, and performs the office of an

extra propeller. When the animal is darting and spinning

through the water, this appendage projects obliquely from its

point of attachment (as in fig. 1), and always following, with

the narrower end of the body, in the rear, it seems pretty evi-

dently to be the main agent in the various and sudden tackings

to which this Infusorian is addicted, and also the axis upon

which the body revolves; at least the latter whirls, repeatedly

changing as quick as thought from right to left, or vice versa,

upon an imaginary axis, which is oblique to its greatest length,

and which exactly corresponds to the trend of the flagelliform

appendage when operating in this capacity. Under these con-

ditions the animal shoots along with a compound motion, which

might be described as wabbling, or like the action of an excen-

tric wheel. Apparently in confirmation of this view, the annular

obliquely transverse anterior (af) and posterior (pf) furrows

trend almost exactly at right angles to this imagimary axis.

These two furrows seem, at first sight, to be bands of vibrating

cilia; and in fact it is in the line of their trend that these cilia

are most readily detected, simply because they are rather more

crowded along their edges than elsewhere ; but an attentive ex-

amination reveals their presence all over the body, posterior to

the anterior transverse furrow. Between the two furrows (7. e.

from af to pf) they are longer than at the narrower end of

the body, and at both points they have a pretty uniform length,

moderate extension, and are very delicate, so as not to be easily

observed when the body is in motion. At the anterior trans-

verse furrow they appear to be a little longer than elsewhere,

and, acting more or less in concert, they have the semblance of

a wreath disposed along the edge of the low skullcap-like cover-

ing (pe) of the anterior end.

The Cuirass ( pe).—It is pretty evident that in the species be-

fore us. this is a mere dermal specialization, without any trace

of indurated matter which would entitle it to the name of a

of the Cilio-flagellate Infusoria. 277

genuine cuirass. Where vibratile cilia are present, no such

covering can be said to exist; and as the broad anterior end (a)

of the body is devoid of them, its skull-cap covering is the only

portion of the derm where one could expect to find a cuirass.

But this it is only in form, since it participates with the rest of

the body in the general expansion when an individual is dying.

It has, without doubt, a different character from the rest of the

skin; for the style a ornamentation is not of the same kind,

and, curiously enough, too, it is less truly ornamented than

the other regions of the body, amounting to a mere scattered

punctuation ; whereas over the field where the cilia prevail these

punctuations, which are in reality minute, cylindrical, strongly

refracting bodies standing perpendicularly to the surface of the

derm, are arranged in perfectly regular rows, which have a dif-

ferent character in the three regions posterior to the pseudo-

cuirass. In the space (fig. 5 p) between the anterior (af) and

posterior (pf) transverse furrows, the rows trend longitudinally

and transversely ; in the posterior transverse furrow (pf) they

have the same arrangement as the last, but they are more closely

set together; and in the region behind the latter furrow they

trend in decussating lines (e), like those in the carapace of

Arcella vulgaris.

This region is also characterized by being divided longitudi-

nally, on the ventral side, by a furrow (fig. 1, 2, 6 mf) which

trends in a direct line from the end of the body to the mouth,

and gradually widens anteriorly, where it joms the annular

transverse furrow (pf). At this point of juncture the flagellar

appendage arises, and opposite to it the anterior edge of the

transverse furrow just mentioned forms an inequilateral angle at

the broader margin (m') of the mouth, so that the right and left

halves of this furrow are rendered asymmetrical—a character im

perfect accordance with that of many, if not of all, the Peradinia.

The Nucleus (n).—At the period when these observations were

made, viz. early last December, the genital organ invariably lay

transverse to the longitudinal axis, and occupied a very large

portion of the bulk of the posterior end of the body. Most

frequently it had a U-shaped form (fig. 3), and embraced the

contractile vesicle with its two limbs. It was then of a yellowish-

brown colour, and perfectly homogeneous. Occasionally it was

observed to be divided into three or four masses, which extended

toward the region encompassed by the posterior annular furrow.

While in the U-shaped form, the whole semiopaque mass was

enclosed in a transparent envelope (ne). Oftentimes there was

to be seen immediately over and close to the dorsal region of the

nucleus, and directly im the plane of the axis of the body, a mi-

nute, clear, vesicular corpuscle (fig. 3 ¢), which seemed to have

278 Prof. H. J. Clark on the Cilio-flagellate Infusoria.

the character of a “nucleolus” or (as is now becoming the be-

lef, since the investigations of Balbiani and Claparéde)

testicle.

Reproduction from the egg has not been observed, but trans-

verse division occurred in a number of instances. In the latter

case it agrees, in the process, with what Allman (loc, cit.) has

described, excepting that the resultants (fig. 6, 1. 11.; fig. 7) are

quite different in their proportions from the adults (figs. 1, 2,8).

At the moment of separation the young offshoot (fig. 7) is about

two-thirds the size of the adult, and is almost as broad as long,

and bulges strongly on the ventral side (v), in front of the

mouth (m). It has a very flat anterior end, and the pseudo-

cuirass (pe) of this part is represented by an inconspicuous

unguiform body. The anterior transverse furrow, on account of

its narrowness, hardly attracts attention, except along its ventral

edge (af), where it is rendered conspicuous by the strong pro-

jection of the unguiform cuirass. As in the adult, it is broadest

ventrally, but, growing shallower, thins out (af), going dorsally

to almost nothing. The relations and structure of the various

organs, cilia, &e., are the same as in the full-grown individuals;

but with progressing growth the proportions of the different

regions of the body change insensibly, as may be seen by com-

paring figures 7, 4, and 1, which are respectively representations

of the youngest, middle-aged, and adult individuals,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

In all the figures the same letters refer to corresponding parts. |

8 ] SI

A. The anterior end of the body. pv. The posterior end.

D. The dorsal side. v. The ventral side. Rr. The right side. L. The

left side.

af, anterior transverse or annular furrow; af}, dorsal part of af;

pf, posterior transverse or annular furrow; mf, median or longitudinal

furrow; d, depression on the ventral side; cv, contractile vesicle ;

m, mouth, m', anterior edge of m; @, oesophagus; dv, digestive vacuoles;

Ji, pseudo-flagellum, jl, base of fl; n, nucleus or gener rative or gan; ne, en-

velope of n (this is the reproductive organ, pr operly speaking, ‘and n is the

conteuts or reproductive material, the future eggs); ¢, nucleolus or testes ;

pe, pseudo-cuirass.

I., 11. The two products of self-division. 111. The annular constriction

which finally separates 1. and 11.

Figs. 1 to 7. Peridinium cypripediun, n. sp.

g pry

Fig. 1. Profile of an adult, seen from the left side; magn. 500 diams.

Fig. 2. View of the ventral side of an adult; magn. 500 diams.

‘ig. 3. Posterior view of an adult, the anterior end in the distance ;

magn. 500 diams.

Fig. 4. A young individual ; magn. 300 diams.

Fig. 5. An adult, gradually dried up; dorsal view, to show the arrange-

Bibliographical Notices. 279

ment of the punctiform ornamentation of the derm; magn.

500 diams.

Fig. 6. The process of self-division, just half an hour before separation ;

ventral view; magn. 200 diams.

Fig. 7. Profile of 1. fig. 6, just at the moment of separation; magn.

200 diams.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Travels and Researches in Crete. By Captain T.A.B.Sprart, R.N.,

C.B., F.R.S. &c. In two vols. 8vo. London: Van Voorst,

1865.

In carrying out the Mediterranean Survey, the Island of Crete

came under examination by Capt. Spratt, whose acquaintance with

the requirements of his own profession, with the ancient and mo-

dern history of the Greeks, their early works of art, coins, monu-

ments, and. buildings, with the natural history of land and sea in

the Mediterranean area, and with the geological structure of every

mountain, coast, and islet he visited, render him peculiarly capable

of doing justice to so interesting a region as Crete. The form and

character of,that island, from mountain to plain, the sites of its cities,

its ravines, caves, and water-courses, are so visibly explicable by

their rocky structure, that to shut one’s eyes to their geological is

to misinterpret their topographical relations. Its highlands and

valleys, as well as the coast and the deep sea, are strikingly remarkable

in their natural products. Its old forgotten cities rise up to intelli-

gent research, and the ancient ruins take definite form and their true

place in history, when learning and sagacity unravel the half-true

legends of the place. In Crete are found statuary and coins of the

finest style, and of a school dating from an earlier time than Athenian

art could boast of; for it was the cradle of Greek learning and much

of Greek mythology. Lastly, there still exist genuine Cretan Greeks,

whose ancestors (under the Roman sway) heard Paul preach at Fair

Havens,—under the Byzantines, Saracens, Franks, and Venetians,

played their medizeval part in quarrels, bigotry, and trade, and, well

versed in war, withstood the Turk for more than twenty years,—

and under the Turk have suffered all that brings out the debasing

vices and exceptional virtues of a conquered race.

Vollowing Capt. Spratt in his account of Crete (the eastern part

of which he more particularly treats of, as having been left unde-

scribed by Pashley), we find the natural features of the country, the

remnants of Greek buildings and works of art, medizeval relics, the

peculiarities of the present population—the old highland Sfakiote

breed, hardy, unscrupulous, and cruel, and the lowland Candiotes of

mixed origin—all carefully noted and elucidated by a scientific

acquaintance with nature and by a knowledge of classic literature

and history ; whilst an eye for beauty in anne and art—enthusiasm

in working out the traces of long-past civilization, the early source,

in great part, of our present culture—a warm sympathy with all

280 Bibliographical Notices.

that is human, lowered though it be as the outcast leper of benighted

Crete—and a hearty, honest, common-sense view of men and man-

ners, give a good tone and genuine feeling to all his observations.

In fact, the naturalist, geologist, geographer, antiquary, and general

reader cannot fail to be interested and instructed by this work. Its

illustrations are first-rate : two excellent geological and topographical

maps; a dozen good chromo-lithographs of scenery, with some other

plates; numerous small lithographs on india-paper inserted in the

text, besides several woodcuts, are all well executed, and help the

reader. A delicately tinted lithograph of Cestum Venerts and Beroé

illustrates a long and careful account of these beautiful creatures. A

chapter is devoted to the sponge-divers and their surroundings ; and

a picturesque group of their fishing-boats is shown in a coloured plate.

Appendices on Cretan and modern Greek (by Viscount Strafford);

on Deep-sea Soundings ; on Currents in the Mediterranean ; on the

Salinity of the Black Sea and Mediterranean; on the Geology of

Crete, and its relations with Malta and Africa; on the Birds (by

Col. Drummond-Hay) and the Land-Shells of Crete ; and on the

Greek inscriptions found in Crete (by Dr. Churchill Babington),

carry out more fully some of the researches and favourite topics

of our author.

One of the characteristics of Capt. Spratt is most pleasantly shown

in the honest and genial acknowledgment of the labours of his col-

leagues in the Nautical Survey, of the aid of other friends in his

scientific and literary work, and of the strong and lasting influence

that he believes the genius and philosophy of his lamented friend

Edward Forbes have had in rousing, shaping, and supporting that

activity of research which is so handsomely represented by these

volumes—which is so well known by many circles of his countrymen

and foreigners, and always so modestly referred to by himself.

Handbook of British Water-weeds, or Alga. By Dr. Joan Epwarp

Gray, F.R.S., late President of the Botanical Society of London.

The Diatomacea, by W. Carrutuers, F.L.S. &c. — London:

Hardwicke, 1865.

Tus little work contains an arrangement of all the Algee or Water-

weeds hitherto recorded as found in Great Britain and Ireland, re-

ferred to the most recent genera, and fills up a desideratum that has

for several years been felt by the botanical student.

The black- and red-seeded Algae, which, with very few exceptions,

are all marine, are arranged in the families, genera, and subgenera

used by Professor Jacob George Agardh in his ‘ Species, Genera, et

Ordines Algarum,’ lately published in Sweden, with the alterations

suggested in the system proposed by Professor Harvey, in his ac-

count of the American Alge, published by the Smithsonian Insti-

tution. The species are all accompanied by a short diagnosis and a

reference to the best figure which has been given of them from spe-

cimens in a living state, Harvey’s ‘ Phycologica Britannica’ being the

work almost always referred to.

Bibliographical Notices. 281

The Green Algee (Chlorosperme), which contain both freshwater

and marine species, are arranged according to the system proposed

by the author in his paper on the distribution of those Algze, pub-

lished in the ‘ Annals of Natural History’ for November 1861.

As these plants are very difficult to be distinguished, except in a

living state (the chief character often disappearing when they are

dry, and indeed often shortly after they are gathered), the author

has not attempted to give any diagnosis of the species, but has only

referred to the works in which the species or presumed species are

figured, preferring, where he can, figures that are taken from living

specimens.

Dr. Gray has suggested some improvements in the arrangement

of the Algee. Thus he has proposed to separate the families of

Melanosperme used by Agardh and Harvey into three orders,

according to the structure of the frond; thus—

Order I. Scyropuyces. Frond leathery or membranaceous, formed

of compact cellular substance : containing—l. Fucacee ; 2. La-

minariacee ; 3. Dictyotacee; 4. Sporochnacee.

Order II, Tricuoruyces. Frond subarticulate, with a jointed

axis, and furnished with tufts of pinnate, jointed (deciduous)

threads. 5. Arthrocladiacee.

Order III. AnrHropuyces. Frond formed of jointed filaments,

which are either free or united into a compound body. 6. Chor-

dariacee ; 7. Ectocarpacee.

In the families he has characterized three new genera, viz.,

1. Fasciaria for Laminaria fascia.

2. Spherophorus for Ectocarpus granulosus and its allied species.

3. Hincksia for Ectocarpus Hincksit.

In the Rhodosperms he regards the anomalous genus Hapalidium

as the type of a family. It has been suggested that that genus may

be only the very young state of Melobesia; but this theory wants

further examination, as the glassy texture, the form of the frond,

and cells are very unlike those of any species of the latter genus,

which is always calcareous and opake, and formed of several layers

of cells, even in its thinnest state of development. Again, if it is

the young state of that very common and universally spread genus,

why is it so seldom observed, when the Melodesie are to be seen on

almost every kind of marine body ?

In the Chlorosperms, Dr. Gray has characterized the following

genera as new, V1z.—

Leptocystea tor Cladophora pellucida.

Vagabunda for Cladophora fracta.

Cystothrix for Cladophora Rudolphiana.

Cystophora for Cladophora littorea.

Calonema for Callothrix mirabilis.

The list of the Diatomaceze seems to have been prepared by

Mr. Carruthers with great care; and it will be very useful for the

collectors of that very numerous and intricate class of minute plants.

282 Bibliographical Notices.

Natural-History Transactions of Northumberland and Durham.

Vol. I. Part 1. 8vo. 1865.

The ‘Natural-History Transactions of Northumberlandand Durham,’

of which this is the first part, are to be looked upon as a continuation

of the ‘Transactions of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field-Club’ under

a different title, being in fact the Proceedings of the ‘ Natural- His-

tory Society of Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle- on-Tyne,’

incorporated with those of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field-Club.

To make perfect catalogues, zoological and botanical, for the

natural history, recent anal fossil, of Northumberland and Durham

is a main object of the Tyneside Field-Club and of the naturalists

now associated with them. This aim is well kept in view in the

present volume of their Transactions, which is largely composed of

“Reports of Deep-Sea Dredging on the Coasts of Northumberland

and Durham in 1862-64,” edited by Mr. G. S. Brady. Among the

new or little-known species are especially mentioned :—Echinoderms

—Lehinocardium pennatifidum, Norman, MS., Psolus squamatus,

Echinus pictus, Norman, Antedon rosaceus, Ophiocoma nigra. Mol-

lusea—Chiton albus, L. Several stalk-eyed Crustacea—Adtelecyclus

heterodon, Pagurus Cuanensis, P. Hyndmani, P. ferrugineus, Cran-

gon Allmani, C. spinosus, C. nanus, C. fasciatus. Of Amphipods,

Lysianassa Coste and several otbers. Of Ostracods, six new species

of Cythere were taken; also a new and very interesting Copepod

(Calanus Clausii, Brady) and a new Pycnogon (Nymphon rubrum,

Hodge). Among Polyzoa, Lepralia annulata and Tubulipora lobu-

lata are new to. the coast. Lastly, some rare Hydrozoa were col-

lected ; and five Foraminifera were added to the local list.

Mr. Joshua Alder reports on the Mollusea, Tunicata, and Zoo-

phyta; the Rev. A. M. Norman on the Crustacea; Mr. G. 8. Brady

on the Pelagic Entomostraca; Mr. G. Hodge on the Pyenogoncidea

and the E chinodermata ; ; and Mr. H. B. Brady on the Foraminifera.

These reports are er with tabulated catalogues showing

the species found in 1862, 1863, and 1864 respectiv ely, with notes

as to frequency and other conditions. Eight plates illustrate this

part of the volume.

Mr. Norman, in the next succeeding memoir, describes Cyanea

imporeata (a new Medusa taken off the “Northumberland coast), and

illustrates it with a beautiful chromolithograph (pl. 11) by T. West.

Mr. Alder then describes three new or rare Polyzoa (pl. 8)—Hschara

Landsborovii, Johnston, L. pavonella, Alder, and Scrupocellaria

Delilii, Avdouin, Mr. Kirkby’s paper on some remains of Fishes

and Plants from the Upper Limestone of the Permian series of Dur-

ham succeeds, with Plate 9, illustrating Pal@oniscus altus, P. va-

rians, and P. Abdsii. The next monoid is entitled “ A Catalogue of

the Recent Foraminifera of Northumberland and Durham, by H. B.

Brady,” with Plate 12, in which ten forms figure as new or rare in

the British seas. One point of interest mienboned in this paper is

the occurrence of certain Foraminifera in brackish pools at Hylton

Dene, and near the mouths of the Wansbeck and the Coquet, “such

Zoological Society. 283

as Quinqueloculina agglutinans, Polystomella striato-punctata, No-

nionina depressula, Rotalia Beccarii, Trochammina inflata (abun-

dant), and Globigerina bulloides (one specimen). These often pre-

sent modified shell-structure, and are evidently the remnants of sea-

born families, left to struggle with the adverse influence of fresh

water, herein reminding us of the marine Crustacea found in fresh-

water lakes in Norway, and of other like instances.

Mr. G. 8. Brady supplies a suggestive paper on Naturalists’ Field-

Clubs and their objects, giving some statistics as to half-a-dozen of

the best, comparing some of the different methods of research

adopted, and concluding with a well-urged plea against the destruc-

tion of small birds by the farmer, even for his own sake, and against

the extermination of rare plants by curiosity-hunting botanists, for

science-sake. Very valuable papers and notes on meteorology (Mr.

Atkinson), flowering-time of plants (Mr. G. S. Brady), entomology

(Mr. Bold), &c., complete this rich volume of natural-history facts

collected by the men of Northumberland and Durham.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 9, 1865.—Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

Description or A New Genus or Tricuturoip FIsHES os-

TAINED AT MADEIRA, wIrH REMARKS ON THE GENUS DrI-

crotus, GUNTHER, AND ON SOME ALLIED GENERA OF TRI-

cHIuRID&. By James YATE Jounson, Corr. Mem. Z. 8.

Order ACANTHOPTERYGIL.

Fam. TRICHIURID.

NEALOTUS, gen. nov.

Body elongate, compressed, incompletely clothed with delicate

scales. Cleft of the mouth deep. Small teeth im the jaws and on

the palatine bones ; none on the vomer. First dorsal fin continuous,

extending to the second; finlets behind the second dorsal and anal

fins. Each ventral fin represented by a single small spine. A

dagger-shaped spine behind the vent. No keel on the tail. Caudal

fin well developed. Seven branchiostegal rays.

This genus may be entered in the synopsis of Trichiuroid genera

in the ‘Catalogue of the Collection of Fishes in the British Museum’

thus :—

Each ventral represented by a single spine ; a dagger-shaped spine

behind the vent.

NEALOTUS TRIPES, Sp. n.

Hurst D2 21> “Second D:. 19, .P. 137) Asis. C. 16.

The compressed body is very elongate, and has a few large deci-

duous simple seales of delicate structure scattered here and there on

284 Zoological Society :—

the skin, which is faintly reticulated with oblique grooves or wrinkles,

and has a steel-grey colour with a silvery lustre. ‘The height of the

body, compared with the total length, is as 1 to 93 ; whilst the length

of the head, compared with the total length, is as 1 to4}. The

black compressed head is flattened above, and is concave between

the eyes, where there are four low ridges, the inner pair of which

enclose an elongated diamond-shaped space. The lower jaw is longer

than the upper, and each is armed with a single series of small del-

toid distant teeth. Those of the upper jaw are inserted in the pre-

maxillary. In front there are seven longer teeth, which are conico-

compressed, and curve slightly backwards ; two of them at each side

stand within the outer row of teeth. On the palatine bones there is

a single row of minute teeth; whilst the vomer is unarmed. The

tongue is also without teeth, and is black like the rest of the mouth

and the inside of the gill-covers. A membrane with a tongue-like

lobe stretches across the palate.

The diameter of the round lateral eye is contained in the head

about five times, and is distant from the muzzle 13 of its diameter.

Near the angle of the preopercle are three very small flat teeth. The

opercle terminates in two obtuse projections separated by a notch.

The first dorsal fin commences a little in front of the root of the

pectoral fin. Its height is rather more than half the height of the

body ; and its length is less than half that of the fish. It rises out

of a groove, and is supported by twenty-one slender spines, which

are not tuberculated. The second dorsal fin commences shortly behind

the termination of the first, to which it is not quite equal in point of

height, and it is less than half as long. It is supported by nineteen

rays, of which the first one or two are short; and it is followed by

two longish finlets. The pectoral fin is inserted under the angle of

the opercle ; it contains thirteen rays, and equals in length the second

dorsal fin. ‘The pair of spines representing the ventral fins are in-

serted close together under the hinder part of the roots of the pec-

toral fins. Their length is about a fourth of the height of the body;

and, being longitudinally grooved, each appears to consist of two or

three spines fused together. ‘The vent is a little behind the middle

of the fish. Behind the vent there is a flat dagger-shaped spine,

which is longitudinally grooved. Its length is less than half the

greatest height of the body ; but it is rather longer than the ventral

spines. The anal fin commences about the length of the spine behind

it, and is opposite to, but rather shorter than, the second dorsal fin.

It contains eighteen rays, and is followed by two finlets, the second

of which is elongated. The deeply forked caudal fin contains six-

teen rays, with five or six short exterior rays on each side.

The lateral line falls obliquely from its commencement above the

opercle to the middle of the length of the fish, and is then continued

with a gentler obliquity along the posterior part of the body to the

tail, where it has two-thirds of the height above it.

The single specimen of this fish which has occurred was obtained

in the month of December, and it has been deposited in the British

Museum. ‘The fish bears a close external resemblance to the

Mr. J. Y. Johnson on a new Trichiuroid Fish. 285

“Coelho” of Madeira (Thyrsites Prometheus, Gthr. ; Prometheus

atlanticus, Lowe). From that fish it may be distinguished by the

possession of a dagger-shaped spine in front of the anal fin*, by the

spines of the first dorsal fin being twenty-one in place of eighteen,

by the rays of the second dorsal fin being nineteen in place of twenty-

one, and by the rays of the anal fin being eighteen in place of six-

teen. It may be further noticed that in the present fish the ventral

spines are placed under the posterior angle of the base of the pec-

toral fin, instead of being inserted a little before that fin, and that

the lateral line does not descend rapidly under the anterior part of

the first dorsal fin, as in Prometheus atlanticus. With Nesiarchus

nasutus it cannot be confounded, since the latter has perfect ventral

fins and fleshy and cartilaginous prolongations of the Jaws.

The dimensions of the fish which has afforded materials for this

description are given in the following table :—

inches.

Wotalpleneth ofp fis lis 2,215) <5) oie clevislnvels cee ncroonene 10

TCIM tee ycreya) spats soscosver stac.e Sings Subisiente = © chose paeianee I5'5

(hiekness behind pectoral’ -..2 ..<). 2 =/cesine= -ess step,

lalate eee Fe aes sec oe anol con. cke oop oF 2-4;

live, dtameter, MEATY, cis ore scram siete c/eierseeais Stores 2

Mliectae lenothworarcest) tases eis se siete otet cater ore i

First dorsal, distance from muzzle .............. 2

Birstudorsaleplenptla) ea. te.c)s ers meuete nacre ereann tte 4t

First dorsal, height in front ..... Beak Jods eta aE 3

Necondudorsallemetly io occ. «tvaseie <j. oie oncusisy sues cui Neath;

Secondudorsal, sere ht sie paiete, eke ol satis ieee wares ahs

Pectoral, distance from tip of lower jaw.......... 2555

eetoralysl Girth pacineclesiegor on oicioyereyerioie or rarneiene lyo

Wientralispimes, lomo < cate wyore vexadeset fevalel acy ale sel = met

Ventral spines, distance from tip of lower jaw .... 2;4

Spine in front of anal, length .................-- oy

/ATPEIL A Gina ns aes eee aoe Reet omr ters dstieste cin. slat

Analy height amuront, soe. 2~ sei criers cele sterile | yy

Wandals ene thity pein. 1c cawiowsner a ofa s)<toneie) o iere re oss ls

The family of Trichiuride is composed, according to Dr. Giinther’s

Catalogue, of the genera Aphanopus, Lepidopus, Trichiurus, Epin-

nula, Dicrotus, Thyrsites, and Gempylus. To these have to be added

the recently described genera Nesiarchus and Nealotus. With re-

spect to Dicrotus, Giinther, a genus founded on a small fish only

2+ inches in length, it appears to me that it ought to be abolished,

the fish having been most probably a young individual of some species

of Thyrsites or Gempylus—an opinion which has been entertained by

Dr. Giinther himself for some time. From Thyrsites Prometheus,

for example, it would seem to differ only by the absence of finlets

and the presence of minute teeth on the vomer. But finlets are not

* Aphanopus carbo, Lowe, and Nesiarchus nasutus, a fish described by me in

the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1862, p. 173, pl. xx1L, have a similar spine be-

tween the vent and the anal fin.

286 Zoological Society :—

developed in very young fishes, such as Dicrotus armatus probably

was ; and teeth are apt to disappear from the vomer when fishes ac-

quire their full growth. It may be mentioned in confirmation of

this view, that I obtained a scaleless fish, not quite six inches in length,

which had its ventrals reduced to single spines, had teeth on both

palatines and the vomer, and had the last four or five rays of the

second dorsal fin distant from, and unconnected by membrane with,

the rest of the fin; whilst the last two or three rays of the anal fin

were separated from the anterior portion. This was therefore a Di-

crotus with imperfectly formed finlets, showing a closer approach to

a fully developed Prometheus atlanticus than D. armatus,

After attentively considering the descriptions of the species placed

by Dr. Giinther under the genus Thyrsifes (Brit. Mus. Cat. ii. 350),

as well as some of the fiahes themselves, it appears to me that a more

satisfactory arrangement would be to distribute the species amongst

are genera, thus :—

Tuyrsites. Fishes having teeth on the palatines, perfect

ae finlets, and a skin naked or furnished with simple scales.

- Atun, C. & V., and T. lepidopoides, C. & V.

Ruverrus. Includes a single very distinct species, remark-

ae for having a keeled abdomen, and the skin ev erywhere furnished

with bony Hodies each bearing several spines—possessing also teeth

on the palatines, perfect ventrals, and finlets.

R. pretiosus, Cocco.

3. Promerueus. Distinguished by having each ventral reduced

to a single spine, as well as by having teeth on the palatines, finlets,

and a skin either naked or furnished with simple scales.

P. atlanticus, Lowe; P. Solandri, C. & V.; P. prometheoides,

Bleek.

The genus Gempy/us is distinguished from all these by the absence

of teeth from the palatines.

To return for a moment to Ruvettus pretiosus (‘ce curieux, ce

précieux poisson,’’—Valenciennes), the ‘ Escolar’? of Madeiran

tishermen, it may be noted that, although one of the characters given

in the ‘ British Museum Catalogue’ is the want of a lateral line, this

line may be made out in fishes fresh from the sea. It commences

on a level with the upper border of the opercle, but at some distance

behind it, and then descends gently until it arrives at the middle of

the height of the fish, which position it keeps on the posterior half

of the body.

May 23, 1865.—John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

Notice or a New Species or AUSTRALIAN SPERM WHALE

(Caropon Krerrrit) IN THE SYDNEY Museum. By Joun

Epwarpb Gray, Pu.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., F.L.S., ere.

In a letter which I lately received from Mr. Gerrard Krefft, the

intelligent Secretary and Curator of the Australian Museum, he sent

me some photographs (taken like those formerly sent by Mr. Henry

Dr. J. EH. Gray on a new Sperm Whale. 287

Barnes) of a separate atlas vertebra and of the second and other

cervical vertebree united into one mass of a species of Whale, which

are contained in the museum under his charge. The two bones,

though not united, fit one another so exactly that Mr. Krefft has no

doubt of their having belonged to the same animal; and the photo-

graphs sent justify this conclusion. However, should there be any

mistake in this matter, it will not in the least invalidate the conclusion

that I have come to, from the examination of these photographs,

that they indicate the existence of a second species of Sperm Whale

in the Australian Seas, very distinctly characterized by the subcir-

cular form of the atlas vertebra and of the neural canal in it.

The mass formed by the second and other cervical vertebre is

somewhat similar to these bones in the skeleton of the Australian

Catodon lately received by the Royal College of Surgeons, which I

hope will shortly be described by Mr. Flower, the energetic Curator

of their Museum, who, in his late paper on the Balenide, has shown

how well he can describe and determine the species of Whales.

The genus Catodon should be divided into two subgenera, accord-

ing to the form of the atlas, thus :—

I. The atlas oblong, transverse, nearly twice as broad as high; the

central canal subtrigonal, narrow below. Catodon.

1. CaTODON MACROCEPHALUS of the Northern Ocean. A ske-

leton from Scotland, in the British Museum.

2. Caropon austratis, Macleay, of the Southern Ocean. A

skeleton in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, from

Hobart Town.

Il. The atlas subcircular, rather broader than high; the central

canal circular in the middle of the body, widened above. Me-

ganeuron.

Caropon (MreGanEvron) KRerrtii, sp. nov.

The atlas vertebra oblong transverse, about one-third wider than

high ; the lateral processes only a little produced beyond the articular

surface, with an arched edge; the lower edge arched; the neural

arch low, broad, with a slight central prominence on the upper sur-

face; the canal for the spinal marrow very large, circular, rather

contracted on the sides above, and then dilated, becoming oblong and

transverse.

The atlas is thin, high, being only about one-fourth wider than

it is high. The lower and lateral margins are arched, the lower

edge being the most so. The neural arch is low, transverse, with a

nearly straight lower edge. It is thickest in the middle. The

upper surface is shelving on the sides, with an angular central pro-

minence.

The central aperture is very large, nearly circular, and dilated

above into an oblong transverse aperture, which is rather wider than

the widest part of the central circle. The front articulating surface is

horseshoe-shaped, continued to the upper outer angle, and obliquely

288 Zoological Society :—

shelving off on the upper edge to the base of the oblong part of the

aperture. The articulating surface of the hinder side is similar ;

but the articulating surface is shorter at the sides, and transversely

truncated in a line with the middle of the upper, oblong, transverse

opening (figs. 1, 2).

Fig.'2.

Fig. 1. Front of atlas of Catodon Krefftii.

2. Hinder side of ditto (reduced).

The second and other cervical vertebree are all united together into

one mass, anchylosed by their bodies, lateral processes, and neural

arches. ‘The neural arches form a triangular mass, which is strongly

Fig. 3.

Hinder view of cervical vertebre of Catodon Krefftii.

keeled on the central line; and the keel is stronger and produced

into an acute point at the hinder end (figs. 3, 4).

Dr. J. KE. Gray on a new Sperm Whale. 289

The lateral processes of the second, third, and fourth vertebre are

produced and united into a broad, thick, angular process, which is

expanded at the side, giving the united mass a rhombic appearance,

the width of the side being about one-fourth more than the height

of the mass.

Side view of the hinder side of the cervical vertebree of Catodon Kreffttt.

There is a tubercle, which is most probably the end of the lower

lateral process of one of the anterior cervical vertebrae, at the lower

part of the hinder side of the front lateral expansion.

The three hinder vertebrz have no distinct lower lateral processes ;

their place is only marked by three slight ridges on the lower edge

of the hinder side of the mass. The upper lateral processes of the

hinder cervical vertebree are small, slender, forming a strap-like sec-

tion, rather tapering towards and truncated at the tips on the side of

the apertures for the passage of the nerves for the neural canal.

The neural canal is rather large, oblong transverse, the height being

about two-thirds of the width ; it is rather larger and higher behind.

The hinder surface of the body of the last cervical vertebra is ob-

long transverse, about two-thirds of the height of its width at the

widest part; the lower edge is rounded and rather angularly pro-

duced in the centre, and the upper margin transverse, with a slight

central depression; the surface is concave, with a central, linear,

perpendicular, compressed line.

The cervical vertebrae in Catodontide are united into a single mass

by their bodies, the neural arch, and the lateral processes. The

lateral processes of the anterior vertebree are produced, and form a

thick, subconical, triangular prominence on the side of the mass.

The front side is nearly flat, and the lateral processes of the hinder

vertebree are shorter and shorter to the last. The hinder surface

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xvi. 20

290 Zoological Society :—

shelves from before backwards, and is crested with some conical pro-

minences which indicate the lateral processes of the different ver-

tebree of which the mass is formed. The first dorsal vertebra is

sometimes partially anchylosed with the seventh cervical.

The arm-bones are very short.

NoTEs UPON THE CUCKOOS FOUND NEAR SypNEY, New SoutrH

Wates. By Epwarp P. Ramsay.

(1.) The Bronze Cuckoo (Chalcites lucidus) : Gould, B. Austr.

iv. pl. 89.

We have for many years been under the impression that the females

of this species lay two distinct varieties of eggs, which, although in

many instances exactly the same in size, differ widely in colour and

in style of marking.

The most satisfactory way of determining this question was to

procure specimens of each of these different eggs, and to place them

in nests of the Malurus cyaneus, or of various Acanthize (which

had been built sufficiently near our residence to admit of our occa-

sionally visiting them), until they were hatched, and then to com-

pare the young birds so hatched from each of the different eggs.

This we succeeded in doing in more instances than one, and found

that the young birds were in every case alike, and that when they

were sufficiently fledged we had no difficulty in recognizing them to

be the young of the Bronze Cuckoo (Chaleites lucidus).

The first variety of the eggs in question (var. A), usually recog-

nized as the egg of the Bronze Cuckoo, varies in colour from a uni-

form ashy grey to a rich dark olive-brown or bronze, many of the

light ashy-grey specimens having minute dots of deep olive towards

the larger end. In one specimen, in which these dots form a blotch,

they are more inclined to reddish brown.

Var. B has a purely white ground, blushed with pink before the

egg is emptied, and minutely freckled over the whole surface with

dots of light brownish red or dull salmon-colour, running in some

instances into blotches which stretch half across or round the surface,

leaving patches of the white ground without any markings. Occa-

sionally we find a specimen in which the salmon-colour and bronze

seem to be blended, forming a curious brownish-lilac tint.

Both varieties vary much in size: we have specimens of var. A

varying from 8 by 6 lines to 10 by 53 lines ; of var. B, from 8 by 5

lines and 84 by 6 lines to 95 by 6 lines in breadth. The colouring-

matter of both varieties easily rubs off, especially when the eggs are

freshly taken. The Bronze Cuckoo seems to give no preference to

any particular character of country, being found equally numerous

in all parts. In the thick shrubs and low brushwood it finds a secure

place tor depositing its eggs in the nests of Malurus Lamberti and

Acanthiza pusilla. In the half-cleared patches of land and even in

our gardens and shrubberies it seeks for the nests of the Malurus

cyaneus, Acanthiza lineata, A. reguloides, and A. nana.

From a nest of this last-mentioned species (4. nana) I remember

Mr. KE. P. Ramsay on Cuckoos of New South Wales. 291

taking, in the year 1855, no less than six eggs. Among them were

three of the Bronze Cuckoo—two of var. A and one of var. B. In

November last (1864) we took another nest of the same species, con-

taining one of each variety. In this instance one of the eggs, var. A,

was imbedded below the lining of the nest, and had evidently been

laid before the nest was completed, as is not unfrequently the case.

The other egg, which was a specimen of var. B, my brother Percy

placed in a nest of Acanthiza lineata, which he had found on the

previous day and left for such an occasion. On returning to it about

a week afterwards we found that the young Cuckoo had been hatched.

After the lapse of seven days the bronze feathers were just com-

mencing to appear, and in about a week or ten days more the young

bird was nearly able to fly, the bronze on the wings, head, and back

now showing plainly.

All the species of Acanthize that we have met with construct oval

dome-shaped nests, having the entrance near the top, and more or

less covered with a hood. The nests are either suspended (as in the

case of 4. lineata) from the end of some drooping or horizontal

bough, or, like those of the Maluri, placed in some low bush or

cluster of vines, or, as is often the case with 4. reguloides, placed in

the thick forks or loose hanging pieces of bark of the Hucalypti and

white-barked Tea-trees (Melaleuca).

Now, as the apertures of the nests of the dcanthize are exceed-

ingly small, a question naturally arises whether the Bronze Cuckoo

lays its eggs in the nest, or places them there by some other means.

To this I can only answer that the apertures of those nests which

have contained Cuckoos’ eggs are nearly twice as wide as the open-

ings of those nests which we have taken before the Cuckoo’s egg has

heen deposited in them. This is more easily noticed in the nest of

A. lineata, of which the aperture is very small, and neatly covered

over with a hood.

The following are a few extracts from my note-book, showing the

species which are most frequently the foster-parents of the Bronze

Cuckoo :—

Eggs |

Nest. ot Eggs of Cuckoo.

owner.

Sept. 29th, 1862 ...|Adcanthiza pusilla| 2 |i of C. lucidus, var. B.

Sept. ]1th, 1863* ... a | 2 {1 of C. lucidus, var. A.

Sept. 12th, 1864 ...|4. lineata ........ 3 {1 of C. lucidus, var. A.

Sept. 12th, 1864 ...|4. reguloides ...... 2 {1 of C. lucidus, var. B.

Sept. 14th, 1864 ...|Malurus cyaneus.| 3 |1 of C. lucidus, var. B.

Sept. 14th, 1864 ...|4. reguloides ...... 3 |1 of C. lweédus, var. A.

Nova S640 ei rccec- see PA MIUATEC Me ceaeeess 4 2 of C. lucidus: 1 of var. A and

| 1 of var. B.

Sept. 16th, 1864 .../J Meliphaga sericea 1 1 of C. lucidus, var. B.

Oct. 2nd, 1864 ...... Meliphaga sericea 1 {lof C. segs var. B.

Mr. Gould tells us that the Bronze Cuckoo is cianeledi over tae

* This nest also contained one of Cuculus cineraceus.

292 Zoological Society :—

whole continent of Australia, as well as New Zealand. In the latter

country I have myself met with it at every port I visited, from

Stewart’s Island to Auckland, where it arrives about September, and

leaves during February and March.

(2.) The Unavornep Cuckoo (Cuculus inornatus) : Gould, B.

Austr. iv. pl. 85.

When the eggs of two or more species of Cuckoo are found in the

same locality, and the birds themselves equally plentiful during the

same months, it becomes difficult to determine which is the egg of

each species, except perhaps where there is a great difference in the

size of the birds. Even this, however, must not be depended upon

in too great a degree, as will be seen in the present case. Following

the same plan as in the case of the Bronze Cuckoo (Chalcites lucidus),

we succeeded in procuring two young Cuckoos from eggs which we

had left in the nests of the Yellow-whiskered Honey-eater (Péilotis

auricomis). These, when fledged, we at once recognized to be the

young of Cuculus inornatus.

The young, upon leaving the nest, have the throat, face, and

shoulders black; the rest of the upper and under surface and tail

irregularly marked with dashes and stripes of black, scarcely two fea-

thers, even of wings, being alike. They retain this plumage until

March and April, during which months all the specimens I procured

were commencing to assume the more dusky plumage of the adult.

During these months all the old birds seem to have left us, the young

of the last season alone being found.

The present species arrives early in September, and is usually met

with in pairs, showing a preference for the half-cleared land and belts

of trees skirting the more cultivated parts. They may frequently be

seen perched upon the dead tops of trees, or among the lower open

branches, or often on the posts and fences, from which they pounce

down upon any unhappy grasshopper or cricket that they may have

discovered lurking in the grass.

Their food consists chiefly of Gryllide and Phasmide, various

species of Mantis, and often the beautiful larvee of the Cequosa

triangularis and Antherea eucalypti, which they obtain among the

leafy tops of the Hucalyptus trees. The crops in some specimens,

procured in October last, contained nothing but grasshoppers, which

appear to be their favourite food.

In this neighbourhood they usually deposit their eggs in the nests

of Ptilotis auricomis, but also occasionally in those of Ptilotis chry-

sops, but rarely in those of P#ilotis fusca and Melithreptus lunu-

latus ; in other districts, doubtless, in any nests suitable for the pur-

pose. I have frequently observed that whenever the eggs of Cuckoos

have been deposited in open nests, there is manifested a decided pre-

ference for those of birds which lay eggs similar to their own.

The Cuckoo’s eggs mentioned in my notes upon the Yellow-

whiskered Honey-eater (P. auricomis) in the ‘Ibis’ (vol. vi. 1864,

p- 245) as being found in the nest of that bird, I have now no

doubt belong to Cuculus inornatus, and not, as I then supposed from

their small size, to Cuculus cineraceus.

Mr. E. P. Ramsay on Cuckoos of New South Wales. 293

The eggs of the Brown Cuckoo (C. inornatus) closely resemble the

large and almost spotless variety of the Yellow-whiskered Honey-

eater ; they are, however, somewhat more rounded, and of a much

lighter tint, being of a pale flesh-colour, sprinkled with a few dots

of a deeper hue, but often without any markings at all. In length

they vary from 11 to 123 lines, being from 83 to 9 lines in breadth.

They are usually hatched about the twelfth or fourteenth day,

when the young Cuckoo, a little fat helpless creature, is scarcely

larger than its foster-brethren. However, as it grows more rapidly,

it soon fills up the greater part of the nest, and its unfortunate com-

panions, either smothered by its weight or starved to death through

its greediness, are thrown out by their parents.

On the 30th of October last (1864) we found two unhappy young

birds which had been hatched in company with a Cuckoo in a nest

of Ptilotis auricomis, tossed out and lying upon the ground just

under the nest; they were of course quite dead, and appeared to have

been about three or four days old.

During the months of October and November it is no uncommon

sight to see the smaller birds feeding the young Cuckoos; even the

little Acanthize, which I believe are never the foster-parents, at least

of this species (C. inornatus), join in supplying their wants, which

are easily made known by their continual peevish cry, stopping only

when being fed, or when their appetites are appeased.

While walking towards home, through a half-cleared paddock, on

the 27th of last October, I was not a little surprised, upon hearing

the cries of a young Cuckoo, to see a pair of adult birds of the same

species (C. inornatus) flying after it, settling beside it, and apparently

paying it great attention. Several times they flew away, but returned

to it again; and from their actions I feel convinced that they were

feeding it, although, much to my regret, I was unable to obtain a

view sufficiently close to make sure of the fact.

(3.) The Cinereous Cuckoo (Cuculus cineraceus): Gould, B.

Austr. iv. pl. 86.

This, the third and remaining Cuckoo which annually visits us,

arrives much earlier than either of the former species.

During May I have found it very plentiful, preferring the lonely

and more closely wooded parts, and the sandy scrub-lands studded

with aged Banksie (B. serrata) and widely branching Eucalyptz,

where the undergrowth consists of low, thick, scrubby Lambertie

(L. formosa), Acacias, and dwarf Banksias, &c. Such are the parts

of our neighbourhood frequented by this species for nearly a month

after its arrival. Their clear wailing cry is often heard from the

depths of the bush, giving quite a melancholy tone to the surround-

ing neighbourhood.

June comes, and they leave their lonely haunts for the more open

wooded parts. Here they may be seen, either singly or in pairs,

often frequenting the gardens and orchards, where, among the leafless

fruit-trees, their undulating flight and the peculiar cuckooish upward

jerk of their tails at once render them conspicuous, As spring

294 Zoological Sacrety :—

advances, their melancholy cry assumes a more cheerful tone, but is

less often heard, giving place to a quicker and more harsh note.

The shrill whistle of the Bronze Cuckoos (Chaleites lueidus) is

now more often heard, accompanied by the mellow notes of the

Brown Flycatcher (Micraca macroptera), singing on the topmost

bough of some neighbouring tree; and the twittering of the dcan-

thize as they sport among the leafy branches of the Lucalypti, cling-

ing to the ends of the twigs and leaves in every possible attitude, the

tremulous anxious piping of the Spine-bills (Acanthorhynchus tenut-

rostris), the varied inward note of the Silver-eye (Zosterops dor-

salis), with other species far too many to mention here, keep up a

merry chorus, and, tired of the winter fogs, welcome the bright

spring mornings.

As the birds pair off and the nesting-season commences, this Cuckoo

seems to be less plentiful. Either some of them leave us, or they

scatter over the bush so thinly that we do not observe their numbers.

If some do migrate at this time, still many remain to deposit their

eggs and to avail themselves of the nests of those species most suited

to become the foster-parents of their young, after which they com-

mence to leave us, and, with the exception of a few stragglers and

young, appear to have all departed before the end of December.

Among those species the nests of which are favoured by visits

from this “ parasite” is Acanthiza pusilla, from a nest of which, in

September 1863, we took no less than four eggs—two laid by the

rightful owner of the nest, the other two by Cuckoos. One of these

was a very fine specimen of var. B of Chalcites lucidus, the other

an egg of the present species—Cuculus cineraceus. The entrance

of this nest was greatly enlarged, being in width fully two inches ;

and the hood, which usually conceals the entrances (which are near

the top of the nest, and not generally wider than one inch across),

was pushed back to such an extent that the eggs were rendered

quite visible.

I have now before me ten nests of Acanthize and four of Maluri,

the former comprising Acanthiza lineata, A. nana, A. pusilla, and

what at present I believe to be that of A. regulotdes, the latter

Malurus cyaneus and M. Lamberti.

Now, having compared the greatly enlarged entrances of those

from which we have taken Cuckoos’ eggs with the entrances of those

which did not contain the egg of a Cuckoo, and which we took as

soon as the bird had laid its full number of eggs for a sitting, I

cannot but feel convinced more than ever that the eggs of these pa-

rasites are laid in the nests, and not deposited in any other manner.

The average width of the entrances of the nests of deanthiza lineata

which have not been visited by a Cuckoo is 1 inch, while those

which have contained Cuckoos’ eggs vary from 2 to 23 inches. In

addition to the nests of Acanthiza pusilla, we have known this

Cuckoo (C. cineraceus) deposit its eggs in the nests of 4. reguloides (?)

and Chthonicola minima. Wow great is the difference between the

Cuckoo’s eggs and those of this last bird (Chthonicola minima),

which are of a bright reddish chocolate !

Dr. P. L. Sclater on Animals from Madagascar. 295

The eggs of Cuculus cineraceus are from 10 to 103 lines in length,

by 7 to 74 in breadth. The ground-colour is a delicate white,

spotted and dotted with wood-brown, deep brewnish lilac, and fair

lilac dots, which appear beneath the surface.

Some specimens are faintly sprinkled all over, and the dots have

a washed-out appearance ; others are marked more strongly, and in

these the markings formed are in a distinct zone at the larger end,

which is sometimes broken by a batch of very deep-coloured dots.

I have seldom met with the eggs of this species in collections

(although sometimes I have seen those of Cuculus inornatus), whereas

the eggs of Chalcites lucidus are to be found in almost every col-

lection of eggs made in New South Wales. It is curious that one

variety of the egg of the Chalcites lucidus (var. A) should be so

different from the eggs of the species in the nests of which it is

placed, whereas both the other species here mentioned lay eggs very

similar to those of their foster-parents.

June 13, 1865.—Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair.

Repvort oN A COLLECTION OF ANIMALS FROM MADAGASCAR,

TRANSMITTED TO THE SOCIETY BY Mr. J. CALDWELL. By

P, L. Scuarer, M.A., Pa.D., F.RB:S.

Mr. J. Caldwell, of Port Louis, Mauritius, has recently transmitted

to me a small collection of animals in spirits, collected in Madagas-

car, in the vicinity of Antananarivo. The species represented in the

series are two Mammals, five Reptiles, and a Crayfish.

The Mammals, which have been kindly determined for me by my

friend Dr. W. Peters, are of the following species :—

1. Nyctinomus (Mormoprterus*) suGuLARIs, Peters, n. sp.

N. supra fuscus, pilis bast albis, subtus fusco-canus, alis nigris ;

capite depresso, rostro lato ; auriculis triangularibus, sejunctis ;

fovea jugulari magna.

The only specimen of this very interesting species is a male, dis-

tinguished from all other species by a deep transverse fossa imme-

diately before the manubrium sterni.

The head appears more flattened than in any other species, and

terminates with a broad flattened snout. The triangular large ears

are, compared with those of other species, rather thin, not united,

but separated by an interspace of 4 millim.

The fur is soft, of moderate length. The hair of the upper parts

is dark brown, at the base white; that of the underside greyish.

* Mormopterus, nov. subg. In the formula of the teeth (Gs + = + xs"

when younger a -- i + sa) it differs from Nyctinomus with 2 molars, and

approaches more to Molossus. The lips also are not so much plicated as in Nye-

tinomus. It is a species intermediate between Nyctinomus and Molossus, thus

showing another instance of the relationship of the fauna of Madagascar to the

American fauna.

296 Zoological Society :—

The skull is more flattened than in other species, and remarkable

for a strongly developed ante-orbital erista,

metre.

Motallengtlic. vos see ehta a wees 0-089

Length of, the head fk koe verve 0-021

Of the (ear MN fronts: cess «ina 0-014

Breadth of itheears = jac fae tees ence 0-012

engi of phn crus 2 tj ccs he eaypnint er 0-024

ORAOTEATM, tesa eaters Rr 0°037

—- Of thumb car. coins eee 00085

— GRSecond, fren sec tis ays none 0°0335

——w— of third finger .............. 0-067

——— of fourth finger ............ 0°0565

Of fifGhy fn sets itch sim oe ise Uo

————_— of thigh) : 4). .saete'sie avesete. alone a 0-013

——————=~ Of tibia 5 6c hisins eisai ee ee 0-0105

—— of foot with claws .......... 0-008

——— of tail .............. ecwiciciee (OLDS

— of free end of the tail ........ OOll1

2. Mus, sp.?

A very young, indeterminable specimen, with only two molars de-

veloped. Above brown, penicillated with black, with the bases of the

hairs blackish grey ; below white. In its colour and the length of

the ear, this species is allied to the South-African Fieldmice, as Mus

colonus, M. natalensis, &e.

The Reptiles, which Dr. Giinther has named for me, consist of

two Snakes (Dipsas colubrina and Herpetodryas Bernieri), a Cha-

meleon (Chameleon lateralis, Gray), several fine specimens of a

Lizard of the genus Gerrhosaurus (G. lineatus, Cocteau = Cicigna

ornata, Gray), and an example of another Lizard (Liolepisma Belli,

Gray). All these are species already known to the fauna of Mada-

gascar.

The Crayfish I have submitted to Mr. Spence Bate, as our lead-

ing authority on this branch of natural history. Mr. Spence Bate

pronounces it to be a new species of Astacus, which he proposes to

call after its discoverer, with the following characters :—

Astracus CALDWELLI, Spence Bate, sp. nov.

The eyes are planted on short peduncles. The first pair of an-

tennze have the third joint of the peduncle reaching to the extremity

of the rostrum. Both branches of the flagellum are slender; and

the primary branch, which is half as long again as the secondary,

is about half the length of the anterior division of the cephalon.

The second pair of antennz are about three times the length of the

first ; and the flagellum is minutely articulate, each articulus being,

in length, less than half its breadth, and at the basal extremity being

about half the breadth of the last joint of the peduncle. The squa-

Dr. P. L. Sclater on Animals from Madagascar. 297

migerous process of the third joint is rounded and thickened upon the

outside, straight, thin, and ciliated upon the inner, and obtuse at

the apex. The rostrum reaches to the extremity of the penultimate

joint of the peduncle of the external antennze, rounded at the ex-

tremity, dorsally concave, the margins fringed within and above

the actual edge with a rim of short, blunt denticles. The ocular

orbit is deeply excavate, and armed posteriorly near the centre by a

small denticle, and at the infero-lateral extremity by a short, sharp,

curved, and anteriorly directed strong tooth. The lateral walls of

the cephalon are thickly covered with numerous, subequally distant,

short, spinous protuberances, which gradually lessen in importance

towards the dorsal surface of the carapace, which is perfectly smooth,

except for the well-defined fissure that distinguishes the anterior

portion of the carapace from the posterior—the demarcation between

the antennal and mandibular somites. The first or large chelate

pair of pereiopoda are subequal in size, but differ in form from those

of every other species of the genus with which I am acquainted, and

resemble more in general aspect those of the genus Homarus. The

dactylos is curved inwards, and tipped with a sharp unguis; the

dactyloid process of the propodos is similarly formed, and meets the

dactylos only at or near the apex; the approximating edges, how-

ever, are armed with a few small and one large tubercle opposite to

corresponding ones. The inferior and external margin of the pro-

podos, from the extremity of the dactyloid process to the carpal ar-

ticulation, is convex, and longer than that of the intero-superior

margin of the propodos and dactylos together. The carpus is armed

with three blunt and one sharp anteriorly directed teeth upon the

inner edge, and two sharp strong teeth upon the under surface.

The meros is furnished with two rows of teeth, that converge toge-

ther towards the ischium upon the inner surface. The other pereio-

poda have little to attract attention. The second somite of the pleon

has a tuberculous ridge just above the lateral margin. The inner

scale of the posterior pair of pleopoda is furnished with a central

row of short, sharp teeth ; and the telson is armed with similar teeth,

of which there are a few in the median line and others in two late-

ral obsolete rows.

The specimen from which the description is taken is a male. Of

all the species of this genus, this form approximates the nearest to

its marine allies, in the appearance of the great chelate pereiopoda,

of any that we are acquainted with. The generally close resemblance

of the several species of this genus is certainly very remarkable,

when we take into consideration the vast geographical distribution

that it has—larger, perhaps, than that of any genus of Crustacea

that is not of marine habits. Species have been taken in the frozen

waters of North American rivers, in the hot latitudes of Chili, in

temperate Europe and Tasmania, and now from the African island

of Madagascar. We do not know of any having yet been recorded

from the inland rivers of that continent.

298

MISCELLANEOUS.

On Pristolepis marginatus, Jerd.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—Some time since, Dr. Giinther founded the genus

Catopra on a freshwater fish from Siam ; and he has recently added

another species to the genus, from the west coast of India, under the

name of Catopra malabarica.

In 1849 or 1850 I described that very genus under the name of

Pristolepis, founding it on the identical species lately described by

him from the Malabar coast, which I named Pristolepis marginatus.

It is very possible that Dr. Giinther may not have seen my paper on

the freshwater fishes of Southern India, published in the ‘ Madras

Journal of Literature and Science’; but it is quite as likely that he

has seen and ignored it ; and I therefore beg to call his attention to

it, as well as that of other naturalists who may not be disposed to

treat so slightingly the labours of fellow-workers in natural science,

writing under every disadvantage in a foreign land, It is very pos-

sible that the generic name bestowed by me may have been pre-

viously applied, in which case Dr. Giinther’s name will stand. This

fish, I may remark, is found in rapid rivers im Malabar, and also in

the elevated region of the Toynaad, the waters of which flow into the

Cauvery, on the eastern coast of India. It frequents chiefly rapids ;

and I have taken it with bait. I have not seen it longer than

9 or 10 inches.

Some two or three years ago Dr. Ginther contributed a short

paper to the Zoological Society, remarking on the extension of several

marine genera of fishes to Nepal, apparently on the strength of cer-

tain specimens in Mr. Hodgson’s collection. I have not the paper

now by me to refer to; but among others were Therapon and, I

think, Scatophagus. I need hardly say that the extension of any of

those marine and estuary fishes to Nepal is perfectly mythical ; and

Tam sure that Mr. Hodgson himself would not countenance the idea

for one moment. He probably purchased the fishes at Calcutta.

I intended at the time I saw this paper to have sent you a note on

the subject, and indeed wrote out a short paper; but it was delayed

through some cause or other.

Tam, Gentlemen, yours obediently,

Srinuggur, Cashmere, T. C. JeRvDON,

Aug. 7, 1865. Surgeon-Major.

[In answer to the above statements, we have received the following

from Dr. Ginther.—Kp. Ann. Nar. Hist. ]

1. It is scarcely necessary to say that Mr. Jerdon is in error in

believing that the genus Catopra was founded by me; it was esta-

blished by Dr. Bleeker in 1851.

2. Mr. Jerdon’s paper on Indian Fishes is known to me; the

description of Pristolepis, however, bears so much the stamp of

being written “under every disadvantage in a foreign land,” that

neither I myself nor Dr. Bleeker were able to recognize Catopra in it.

Miscellaneous. 299

3. Since I wrote my paper on Mr. Hodgson’s collection of fishes,

I have ascertained that not only all the Indian species of Therapon

enter fresh waters freely, but that several are exclusively freshwater

fish.—A. GUNTHER.

On the Constitution of the Fruit in the Crucifere.

By M. E. Fournier.

When a horizontal section is made of a bilocular Cruciferous

fruit, especially of a young ovary after the amalgamation of the two

parts of the septum, the latter is seen to be bifurcate at each ex-

tremity, and to embrace in the angle produced by this bifurcation

the elongated column from which the two rows of ovules originate,

described by the author as the placenta. This arrangement pro-

duces a triangular canal extended longitudinally within each placenta,

the horizontal section of which forms a triangle, with its apex at the

point of bifurcation of the two lamellee of the septum, and its base

upon the placenta itself.

The placenta presents, passing inwards, the epidermis, a green

parenchyma, cortical fibres, ligneous fibres, and tracheeze. The epi-

dermis presents projections formed by the cuticle, which are very

common in the Cruciferee. The green parenchyma completely sur-

rounds the placenta in most genera. It is continuous on each side

with the subepidermal parenchyma of the valves, and more internally

with the double origin of the septum, which springs directly from it.

The cortical fibres exist only on the outer side of the placental

column. The woody fibres, which contain chlorophyll at an early

period, form around the trachez a ring which is thicker exteriorly

than interiorly. The trophosperms originate from the placenta,

sometimes within, sometimes outside of, the triangular canal ; in the

former case they perforate one of the lamelle of the septum, to

which they appear to be adnate.

The valves present a double epidermis, the outer one with longi-

tudinally elongate cells, the interior with transverse cells, arranged

in two or three series. Within the outer epidermis there is a paren-

chyma, in which vascular bundles ramify in various ways, according

to the genera and species; this is separated from the inner epidermis

by a remarkable undescribed fibrous layer. It is formed of very

thick fibres, of which the section presents several concentric lines,

and strongly refracts light. The form of the section is circular in

Lunaria biennis and Psychine, elliptical in Sisymbrium. These fibres,

when examined in the middle part of the horizontal section, form a

simple row in Lunaria and Sisymbrium, several rows with parallel

elements in Psychine, two rows with crossed elements in Frdigia

clypeata, Med., and several rows with alternately crossed elements

in Raphanus and Enarthrocarpus. Near the placentas they are

always approximated, in several rows, and form a thicker tissue than

in the middle of the valve. Analogous fibres are met with in many

fruits (Malus, Fraxinus, Nigella, Ervum); but they are never so

frequent in other families as in the Cruciferee. They are absent

from the walls of the ovary in the Resedacee and Capparidacee.

300 Miscellaneous.

Below, these fibres terminate in a point, without attaching’themselves

to any analogous organ; above they are continuous with a fibrous

sheath surrounding the stylar canal; laterally they are in contact

with the annular parenchyma which surrounds the placenta, and

becomes converted into suberous tissue at maturity, causing the

dehiscence of the fruit and the separation of the valves. In the

genus Cardamine, of which the dehiscence is different, the herbaceous

layer of the placenta is interrupted at the level of the line of attach-

ment of the valves.

In certain Cruciferze, which have a free funiculus and a spherical

indehiscent fruit, these fibres do not exist, and the horizontal section

of the fruit only shows tracheze ramifying in a parenchyma.

The anatomical structure of the septum has not yet been thoroughly

investigated. Its two lamellze present at first cells filled with green

matter, which in some rare cases is retained until the fruit is mature.

The form gradually acquired by these cells, the direction of their

elongation, and the thickness of the membranes formed by them

may furnish specific and even generic characters for the Cruciferee.

The Alyssinee may even be divided into two sections according to

the form of the septal network.

Fibres and vessels are frequently developed between the two

lamellee. Sometimes the cells of the septum acquire the character

of fibres upon the median line. In many cases there exists in the

middle of the septum a fibrous bundle, which encloses a dotted duct

in Sisymbrium tanacetifolium. In Matthiola, Maleolmia, and several

Sisymbria, of which the author makes a distinct group under the

name of Maleolmiastrum, there is between the two lamellz an actual

membrane formed of juxtaposed fibres, among which are some

tracheze.

In some genera, especially Farsetia (excl. Fibsgia, Dec.), the fibres

of the septum are pierced with holes, by which they communicate,

forming a very elegant network unconnected with any fibro-vascular

bundle.

In Psychine stylosa the septum, which is very transparent and

formed of polyhedric cells with delicate and inconspicuous walls, pre-

sents long branched tubes of very unequal diameter, with distinct

walls and greenish granular contents before the maturity of the fruit.

These tubes generally ascend nearly parallel to each other; but they

anastomose irregularly, so as to resemble a laticiferous network.

But it is in the triangular canal that these formations, sometimes

closely resembling certain varieties of laticiferous vessels, are especially

met with, containing, however, only granules of chlorophyll, starch,

and fatty matters. They consist of isolated ramose cells, or more

frequently of elongated lateral vessels emitting branches at right

angles to their direction. Among the various elements of this system

we may observe sometimes complete partitions communicating by

the ordinary punctures, sometimes walls perforated like sieves, some-

times open canals, probably produced by the disappearance of former

partitions.

These anatomical observations throw a new light on the constitu-

Miscellaneous. 301

tion of the fruit in the Cruciferee. Upon this point some writers

have put forward singular opinions, in consequence of the difficulty

originating from the position of the stigmata in this family. Now

all those who suppose that the ovules originate from the median

part of a carpellary leaf reduced to the placenta, or joined to its fellow

upon the median line of the valves, are refuted by the fact that the

placenta presents a perfectly peculiar structure. The opinion of

De Candolle, that the septum was formed by the reentering margins

of the carpels, is also invalidated, as the four lines of bilateral origin

of this ergan are situated upon the parenchymatous circumplacentary

ring, and “the structure of the septum is quite different from that of

the valves. The fruit is therefore to be regarded as formed of two

carpels alternate with the placentas, and of tao intervalvar placentas,

from which the septum issues on each side and by a double origin.—

Comptes Rendus, September 4, 1865, p. 404.

Male Generative Organs of Phalangixm.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Chislehurst, Kent, 5th Sept. 1865.

GENTLEMEN,—The ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for

this month contains a translation of Dr. Krohn’s memoir on the Male

Generative Organs of Phalangium, in which he points out certain

mistakes made by Treviranus and Tulk, and explains the true rela-

tion and homologies of those organs.

I had, however, four years ago made the same observations, and

given a figure in all essentials identical with that of Dr. Krohn (‘On

the Generative Organs in the Annulosa,” ‘ Philosophical Transac-

tions,’ 1861, p. 612).

This memoir appears to have escaped the notice of Dr. Krohn.

I am, Gentlemen, your obedient Servant,

JoHNn LuBBOcK.

On the Mode in which the Long-eared Bat captures its Prey.

Botanic Gardens, Regent’s Park,

Sept. 14, 1865.

My pear Si1r,—I have lately noticed a curious way in which

the Long-eared Bat (Plecotus auritus) captures its prey; and al-

though it may be familiar to naturalists, I have not found it men-

tioned by authors.

The peculiar structure of Bats is well known. The highly deve-

loped membrane used as the flying-apparatus or wings is also ex-

tended from the hind legs to the tail, forming a large bag or net

(the interfemoral membrane), not unlike two segments of an um-

brella, the legs and tail being the ribs.

Having caught a lively male specimen of the common Long-

eared Bat, and placed the little fellow in a wire-gauze cage, and

inserted a few large flies, he was soon attracted by their buzz, and,

pricking up his ears (just as a donkey does), he pounced upon his

prey ; but instead of taking it directly into his mouth, he covered it

with his body, and beat it by aid of his arms, &c., into the bag or

302 Miscellaneous.

interfemoral membrane ; he then put his head under his body, with-

drew the fly from the bag, and devoured it at leisure. This appeared

always to be the modus operandi, more or less cleverly performed.

Several times, when the fly happened to be on the flat surface of the

ground, the capture appeared more difficult, and my little friend was

by his exertions thrown on his back ; the tail could then be seen

turned round, with its tip and the margin of the membrane pressed

against the stomach, forming a capital trap, holding the fly, the

captor remaining on his back till he had withdrawn the fly from

the bag.

I had no opportunity of observing the action when the Bat was in

full flight ; but if the insect was captured a few inches from the side

of the cage, the mode was the same. When flying, the interfemoral

membrane is not extended to a flat surface (and appears not capable

of being so stretched), but always preserves a more or less concave

form, highly calculated to serve the purposes of a skim-net to cap-

ture insects on the wing. Occasionally, when the Bat was sleepy,

sitting at the bottom of the cage, nodding his head, a poor silly

** Bluebottle Fly,” no doubt of tender age, and not read in the

natural history of the Vespertilionidee, with the greatest confidence

walked quietly under his friend, passing nose, ears, and eyes without

danger ; but immediately he touched the sensitive membrane of the

bag it was closed upon him, and there was no retreat except by

being helped out of the difficulty by the teeth of the Bat.

On looking through books at hand to see if the above was noticed,

I find that most accurate of observers of nature’s works, Gilbert

White, of Selborne, speaking of a tame Bat, says, “If you gave it

anything to eat, it brought its wings round before its mouth, hover-

ing and hiding its head in the manner of birds of prey when they

feed”’ (a capital description of the action of my little friend, only no

mention is made of the bag). Also, in Bell’s ‘ British Quadrupeds’

is the following :—‘‘ Of Bats, the interfemoral membrane is probably

intended to act as a sort of rudder in rapidly changing the course of

the animal in the pursuit of its insect food.” ‘ In a large group of

foreign Bats which feed on fruits or other vegetable substances, as

well as some of carnivorous habits, but whose prey is of a less active

character, this part is either wholly wanting or much circumscribed

in extent and power.”

May it not also be, that they do not require an entomological

bag-net ? Believe me yours truly,

To W. Francis, F.L.S. Wo. SowERBy.

On the Habits of the Water-Shrew (Crossopus fodiens).

By N. L. Austen, Esq.

I am induced to offer you the following account of the Water-

Shrew, as the animal in question, though tolerably abundant in many

localities, may not have come under the personal observation of some

of my hearers. I have also never seen it mentioned as having been

kept with success in confinement, and therefore will attempt to de-

scribe as accurately as possible the habits of a pair that lived in my

possession for a considerable time, hoping that the details may not

Miscellaneous. 303

prove altogether uninteresting. In form this Shrew closely resembles

the common species, the snout being lengthened in the same manner,

and the fur having the same velvety softness of texture. In size,

however, it is superior, a full-grown male measuring a little more

than 5 inches in total length, whereas the Field-Shrew rarely exceeds

4 inches; the feet and tail are fringed with stiff white hairs, which are

of great assistance to the creature when swimming. The colour on

the head and back is commonly a rich jetty black, on the sides and

underparts pure white; the line of demarcation between the two

colours very distinctly defined, adding much to the beauty of the fur ;

a small tuft of white hairs is also noticeable at the corner of the ear.

The Water-Shrew, as its name implies, is usually found in the

vicinity of pools and rivulets, where it forms in the banks long and

winding burrows, which penetrate for a considerable distance into

the loose soil, and end in a small chamber, furnished with a bed of

moss and dry grass. In this secluded retreat the young are produced

about the middle of May, there being usually from six to ten in the

litter. When first born, they are curious pinky-white little animals,

with round blunt noses and semitransparent bodies, bearing as little

resemblance as possible to their parents. A small colony of these

Shrews frequently inhabit the same spot, and towards the cool of the

evening may be observed searching for food, and sporting with each

other in the water, now hiding behind stones or large leaves to elude

their companions, and then darting out to engage in a general skir-

mishing chase, diving and swimming with the greatest activity, and

occasionally taking a plunge into their holes. By constantly traver-

sing the same ground, in going and returning from their burrows,

they gradually tread down a path among the grass and herbage, by

which their presence may readily be discovered by an experienced

eye. When under water their fur is covered with multitudes of tiny

air-bubbles, that shine like silver, and have a beautiful effect when

seen against the dark surface of the body. Spots where the stream

in some bend of its course forms a little pool are the favourite re-

sorts of this pretty little creature; and, although easily startled by

the slightest noise, their range of vision seems far from extensive, as,

by quietly approaching, I have often succeeded in watching their

gambols without causing alarm among the small community. The

food of the Water-Shrew includes insects, worms, young frogs, and

small fish, which latter it pursues and captures with all the graceful

dexterity of the Otter. I am enabled to speak with certainty as to

this fact, by observing the mode employed by my own pets in seizing

their prey. I obtained them in the following manner :—Having no-

ticed a very fine pair that frequented a small pond, | set several circular

wire mouse-traps, baited with small frogs, in what I supposed to be

their favourite runs, and secured both male and female by the next

morning. I had already had a cage constructed as much as possible

in accordance with what I knew of their mode of life. It was shaped

like an ordinary arched dormouse-cage, but considerably larger than

those used, being 12 inches in height by 18 in length; a zine tank

was also adapted to hook on to the doorway, so that they might

enjoy the comfort of a bath. When first introduced into their new

304. Miscellaneous.

dwelling, the Shrews evinced no symptoms of fear, appearing quite

at home, and feeding freely on worms, raw meat, and insects. A

few days after I procured them, I placed three or four minnows in

the bath attached to the main part of the cage. Directly the Shrews

caught sight of the fish, they both plunged instantly into the water,

anil quickly reappeared, each having secured a victim, which they

proceeded to discuss with great apparent gusto, having first killed

it by a bite through the head. I remarked that while feeding they

held the fish firmly between their fore paws, in the same manner as

the Otter, and, commencing at the head, ate gradually downwards,

by a succession of sharp snapping bites. Their appetites were very

good, as they frequently consumed two or three minnows each in

one day—a very tolerable amount, considering their size. When

running about their cage, these Shrews often uttered a shrill sibilant

chirp, resembling the note of the Grasshopper-Lark. They would

also play in the water, half rearing up and striking with their fore

paws, or rolling over and over each other on the surface. Though

appearing perfectly reconciled to captivity, they manifested no attach-

ment, nor especial tameness, biting viciously when touched. They

lived with me in this way several months in perfect health, till the

cage-door being accidentally left open one day in my absence, the

inmates levanted, as a matter of course, and were never seen or heard

of afterwards. I hope, however, shortly to obtain more, as when

treated properly, and supplied with plenty of water, they thrive, and

might probably be induced to breed in confinement. Besides the

Common Shrew, which is exclusively terrestrial, another species, the

Oared Shrew (Crossopus remifer), is found in Britain. For some

time this animal was confounded with the Water-Shrew, as its habits

are similar, and it frequents the same situations. It differs, how-

ever, in colour, the black on the back and sides being flecked with

white hairs, the throat and abdomen blackish grey tinged with yel-

low. Though scarcer than the two other kinds, the Oared Shrew

is more abundant than is often supposed by naturalists, as I have

several times caught it in different parts of Hertfordshire and Surrey.

I must here remark that the ears of both the Oared and Water-

Shrew are furnished with a peculiar and beautifully contrived appa-

ratus by which the water is excluded from those organs. It consists

of three small valves, which fold together when the animal dives,

effectually preventing the entrance of a single drop of moisture. As

soon, however, as the pressure is = ara, on the Shrew rising to

the surface, they reopen spontaneously. Without this provision of

nature, the animal would constantly be annoyed by the water filling

the cavities and irritating the delicate membranes of the ear.

The dimensions of full-grown individuals of the three species are

as follows :—

Common Shrew. in. lin. Water- Shrew. in. lin. Oared Shrew. in. lin.

Total length 4 1 Total length 5 7 Total length 6 1

lelervole San lr Head 5 Heady... 47

Pailkleenens gg Tale ser 8, UT] Iie ee 2 4

oT —

Hind foot.. 0 3 Hind foot.. 0 Etind! foot. 2.07

Proc. Zool. Soc. June 27, 1865.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(THIRD SERIES. ]

No. 95. NOVEMBER 1865.

XXXIII.—On the Microscopic Structure of the Shell of Rhyncho-

nella Geinitziana. By Witxiam B. Carvenrer, M.D., F.RS,,

Beis.) E.G-S.

Ly consequence of my prolonged absence on the Continent, it

has been only within the last few days that [ have seen Prof.

King’s “ Remarks on the Histology of Rhynchopora Geinitziana,”

contained in the Ann. Nat. Hist. for last August (p. 124). These

remarks have led me to subject my preparations of that shell to

a renewed microscopic examination, of which I have now to

state the results. Before doing so, however, I may say that I

have done. my best to dismiss from my mind any prejudice in

favour of that view of its structure which I might be supposed

to derive from the conclusion to which I had been led by my

previous researches—that whilst the perforation of the shell by

canals passing from surface to surface is the family character of

the Terebratulide, the absence of such perforation is the family

character of the Rhynchonellide. The progress of natural-his-

tory inquiry is continually bringing to light examples in which

features essentially characterizing one group appear in particular

types belonging to another. Thus, a paper “On Rose-spored

Mushrooms,” by Mr. Berkeley, now lying before me, commences

as follows :—“ 1 have already pointed out that a single species

with decidedly rose-coloured spores (Agaricus euosmos) occurs in

the white-spored series; but its affinities with the common

Oyster-Mushroom (A. ostreatus) are so intimate that it would be

in direct opposition to nature to separate them.” It would not

in the least surprise me, therefore, to meet with a perforated

Rhynchonellid ; and IT can honestly say that no wish to make

out Rhynchonella Geinitziana imperforate is father to the belief

that, as regards its outer layer, it really is so.

The preparations in my possession consist (1) of transparent

lamellee, scaled off from the exposed surface of German and

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. xvi. 21

306 = Dr. W. B. Carpenter on the Microscopic Structure

Russian specimens of the fossil shell in question, and therefore

passing, more or less exactly, in a direction parallel to that sur-

face ; and (2) of a transparent vertical section of a German speci-

men. As these specimens were supplied to me by Mr. Davidson,

there can be no doubt of their authenticity.

Some of the transparent lamellae exhibit distinct and regular

perforations, filled with black matter, of considerable size; and

had these lamellz been my sole materials of judgment, I should

have readily accorded with the description of Prof. King. But,

as I stated when the matter was formerly under discussion (Ann.

Nat. Hist. March 1857, p. 214), this appearance is presented

only by lamelle taken from abraded surfaces, and therefore be-

longing to the infernal layer of the shell. In a transparent

fragment in which the natural surface of the shell is partially

preserved, the large and regular black spots are seen only near

one edge; towards the middle they give place to small black

dots, so irregular in size and form as scarcely to be distinguish-

able from others which are obviously due to infiltrating deposit;

and towards the other side they are wanting altogether. Now

in the whole of this specimen the characteristic structure of

the shell is most perfectly preserved, so that the absence of

the marks of perforation cannot be ascribed to metamorphic

action.

The key to this variety in the appearances presented by pa-

rallel lamellze is afforded by the vertical section. In one part

(a) of this section there

is an obvious deficiency — _2

of the external layer of “—&

the shell, and the per-

forations are seen to pass ~

continuously through Vertical section of a portion of the shell of

the remaining internal Rhynchopora Geinitziana.

layer. But in another part (4c), the external layer is preserved

in great part, if not the whole, of its thickness; and this layer is

plainly seen not to be perforated at all, the passages all stopping

short of it, sometimes ending abruptly in rounded terminations

(4), sometimes more pointedly (cc’). Hence it is obvious that

if the plane of a parallel section pass along the line de, it will

show at a large perforations, at c small perforations, and at bc!

none at all, which is exactly what is seen in the specimen pre-

viously described. And further, as the transparence of the shell

allows the large black spots with which the inner layer is regu-

larly marked to be plainly seen through the outer layer, even

when this is perfectly preserved, it is easy to understand how

readily the conclusion might be drawn from incomplete obser-

vation, that the perforations extend through the whole thickness

of the Shell of Rhynchonella Geinitziana. 307

of the shell,—a conclusion which I have shown to be negatived by

the decisive test of a vertical section.

I feel myself justified, therefore, in reiterating my former state-

ment, that the passages which are visible in the shell of Rhyncho-

nella Geinitziana traverse the internal layer only, and are there-

fore of the nature of pits, having no physiological relationship

with the canals which traverse the whole thickness of the shell of

the typical Terebratulide, and which open out in large trumpet-

shaped orifices on its external surface, although presenting such

a rudimental approximation to that structure—as might almost

be expected in some member of the imperforate series.

The readers of the ‘ Annals’ have now both sides of the case

fully before them, and can form their own judgment whether it

is more likely that Prof. King or that I have fallen into a “ serious

mistake” in this matter. But I must ask them to bear in

mind that Prof. King’s observations upon this shell have been

made, by his own showing, only with a Stanhope lens, upon the

exposed surfaces of his specimens; whilst mine have been made

with a Binocular microscope and a magnifying-power of 120

diameters, upon transparent lamelle and sections. Further, I

would recall to their recollection that it was by surface-obser-

vation with the Stanhope lens that Prof. King was formerly led

to commit himself to the conclusion that all Brachiopod shells

are perforated; from which conclusion, if true, it would necessa-

rily follow that the elaborate drawings and descriptions which I

had given (in the Reports of the British Association for 1844),

of the microscopic structure of the non-perforated forms, had no

prototypes in nature*.

University of London, Burlington House, W.

October 16th, 1865.

* So far from having ever expressed his regret for this grave imputation,

of the fallacy of which he has had ample opportunity of convincing him-

self, Prof. King has recently pursued the very same course, in asserting that

Eozoon Canadense is not a fossil, but is a product of chemical and physical

agencies. For, if this be true, it necessarily follows, either (1) that my de-

scription of its Foraminiferal characters has no foundation in fact, or (2)

that I am incompetent to pronounce upon what I assert to be mdubitable

Foraminiferal structure. As he has not adduced one single fact to justify

either of these charges, I have felt myself called upon to repudiate an toto

his claim to authority in this matter. Whether, under such circumstances,

the charge of “ personality” is to be laid at my door or at Prof. King’s, |

leave it to others to decide. Although he may have used no hard words,

the imputations conveyed by his assertions would, if true, be more

damaging to my personal as well as to my scientific character than any

epithets he could employ.

308 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn Coleoptera

XXXLV.— Contributions to an Insect Fauna of the Amazons Valley.

CotnorrerRa: Lonercornes. By H. W. Bares, Esq.

[Continued from p. 182. ]

Genus XYLOMIMUS, nov. gen.

Body cylindrical, narrow. Head vertical, or slightly inclined

backwards; muzzle moderately elongated ; sides rounded ; fore-

head very slightly convex ; eyes small, lower lobe nearly circular.

Antenne moderately distant at their bases, with inner side of

antenniferous tubercles prominent and angular; basal joint

dilated almost from the base, and forming a thick, oblong club,

with the lower edge slightly waved ; shard. joint one- thindl longer

than the first, and also thickened nearly from the base, continu-

ing of the same thickness to the apex, furnished on the under-

side with a fringe of long bristles ; fourth joint slender, slightly

thickened in the middle, and about one-half the length of the

third ; fifth to seventh joints each about one-half the length of the

fourth, slender (rest wanting). Thorax cylindrical, longer than

broad, and deeply wrinkled transversely ; lateral tubercles in-

conspicuous. Llytra linear, obtusely rounded at the apex, sur-

face free from excrescences ; pro- and meso-sterna plane. Legs

very short, thighs clavate, tibize broad; claw-joint of the tarsi

as long as the remaining joints taken together.

The species on which this genus is founded presents, from its

shape and style of coloration, a striking resemblance to a frag-

ment of a slender decayed branch.

Xylomimus baculus, n. sp.

X. angustatus, cylindricus, thorace transversim crebre ruguloso ;

elytris stria impressa suturali, apice singulatim obtuse rotundatis ;

corpore supra brunneo, lateribus obscure ochraceo; elytris pone

medium fascia lata flexuosa brunnea ochraceo lineata; antennis

brunneis, articulo quarto flavo. Long. 5j lin. ¢?

Head dingy ochraceous, front uneven, punctured ; vertex and

occiput ample, brown, streaked with rusty ochreous ; antenni-

ferous tubercles slightly prominent on their inner sides, and

leaving a small semicircular notch between them. Antenne

with the first and third joints dark brown varied with ochreous,

bristly, fringe of the third also dark brown, fourth joint yellow,

fifth, sixth, ad seventh rusty brown. Thorax cylindrical, sur-

face covered with numerous, irregular, transverse wrinkles ;

lateral tubercles small, conical, dark brown in the middle, with

three indistinct rusty-brown vitte ; sides each with an ochreous

vitta, below which is a broader brown vitta. Llytra linear,

shoulders not prominent, apex of each obtusely rounded; surface

slightly uneven, plane towards the base and more convex beyond

of the Amazons Valley. 309

the middle, punctured (except near the apex) and marked with

an impressed stria near the suture; colour rusty ochreous, with

a broad common brown vitta over the suture from the base to

beyond the middle, and a broad irregular brown fascia (lineated

with rusty brown) at the termination of the vitta, the space

near the apex having an irregular ochreous spot followed by a

similarly shaped brown. spot. Body beneath light brown; sides

of prothorax and breast with an ochreous-white vitta; abdomen

streaked with ochreous white. Legs clothed with pale tawny-

brown pile.

Found on a slender dead branch of a tree in the forests of the

Tapajos.

Genus Ectua@a, Pascoe.

Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. n. s. iv. p. 244 (1858).

Syn. Talasius, Buquet, Thoms. Arcana Nature, p. 99 (1859).

This remarkable genus is distinguished from the allied groups

by many well-marked features, which have been well described

by the authors above quoted. I myself met with female exam-

ples only, and have not been able to examine the opposite sex,

which bears one of the chief marks of the genus—namely, four

horn-like projections from the forehead. The body is large and

cylindrical; the head very broad, and remarkable (besides the

horned forehead of the male) for the great convexity of the crown,

which rises very much higher than the base of the antenne, and

descends perpendicularly from its front edge towards the tuber-

cles which support those organs. The elytra are broad and

square at the apex, and each one is deeply sinuated in the mid-

dle, so as to form two projections or lobes. The antenne are

rather slender, in the female as long as the body, with the basal

joint tumid on one side at the apex, and the third joint slightly

curved.

My specimens differ in colour from the one figured by M.

Buquet ; but I believe them to be referable to the EL. quadri-

cornis of Olivier. The Trachysomus faunus of Erichson (Consp.

Peru. p. 148) seems to be quite a distinct species of this genus.

Ectheea quadricornis, Olivier.

Cerambyx quadricornis, Oliv. Ent. iv. p. 97, pl. 20. f. 158.

Talasius quadricornis, Buquet, Thoms. Are. Nat. p. 100, pl. 5. f. 6.

The female example now in my collection, and which I found

at Ega, is 94 lines in length, the head being 23 lines in width.

The upper part of the forehead is yellow, brown near the crown,

where it is marked with three black spots; the lower part is of

a blackish olive-colour, the line of demarcation between the two

colours being a transverse carina, from which in the male rise

the two lower frontal horns. The thorax is very uneven on each

310 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn Coleoptera

side, one of the elevations near the anterior part of the disk on

each side forming an acute tubercle; the colour above is rusty

ochreous, the hind part having two blackish lines, which are

severally continuous with the rounded velvety black spots on the

elytra, on each side of the scutellum. The elytra are of a light

green hue, except on the apical fourth, where there is a large

ashy-ochreous spot, streaked with dark brown, very similar to

the streaked apical spots in the genus Hudesmus. The under-

side of the prothorax and breast is greenish ashy. The legs are

green, varied with greenish ashy. These green and rusty-

ochreous hues, combined with the rugged surface of the insect,

give it very much the appearance of a mossy fragment of wood,

when it is seen clinging close to a dead bough, as is the habit

of the creature.

Genus Treston1a, Buquet.

Buquet, in Thomson’s ‘ Arcana Nature,’ p. 45.

like many other generic groups of Longicorns, the present

one is recognizable rather by a similar general form and colora-

tion than by definite structural characters. The species are

cylindrical or linear and depressed in shape, and exhibit a dark-

brown or black curved mark towards the apex of the elytra,

preceded by a pale-ashy or greenish patch, and succeeded by

fulvous strigee nearer the apex. The possession of this charac-

teristic mark points to a near relationship with Hudesmus and

Ficthea; but some species answer very well to the definition of

the genus Hesycha, as far as structure is concerned. All the

species, however, are more linear in form than the Hesyche, and

the antennee in nearly all are more nearly approximated at their

bases. The head is variable in width, and the forehead is some-

what convex in the middle; the latter is in most species clothed

with pale-coloured tomentum. The antenniferous tubercles, in

the broader-headed species, have prominent and sometimes

cornuted inner angles. The antenne themselves are slender

and setaceous, in the males often twice the length of the body ;

their basal joint is clavate, and the third joint, with few excep-

tions, a little curved. The thorax is cylindrical and uneven,

never short and broad. The elytra are linear, obtusely rounded

at the apex, free from centro-basal elevations and tubercles ; the

shoulders are prominent and acute, and curved anteriorly. The

legs are moderately short, the thighs clavate, the claw-joint ro-

bust, as is universal in the Onciderite, and equal in length to

the three remaining taken together.

The Trestonie, ike the other genera of the present group,

are found on branches of trees, clinging closely and gnawing the

bark and surface-wood.

of the Amazons Valley. 311

1. Trestonia Chevrolati.

Trestonia Chevrolatii, Buquet, Thoms. Are. Nat. p. 46.

T. elongata, subdepressa ; capite lato, tomento flavescente dense ves-

tito, maculis duabus verticis alterisque frontalibus nigris, genis et

gula nigricantibus ; antennis basi distantibus, brunneis, tuberculis

antenniferis intus modice productis acutis (Q); thorace obscure

fusco-grisescente, supra transverse ruguloso sulcis duobus trans-

yersis juxta marginem posticum distinctioribus ; elytris postice

paulo attenuatis, dorso depressis, humeris subconicis, granulatis,

disco bicostato lineaque elevata suturali, punctatis, griseis, ante

apicem utrinque plaga curvata nigra (antice albo marginata), dein

fulvo-brunneis macula subapicali pallida ; corpore subtus pedibus-

que viridi-griseis, abdomine ferrugineo-brunneo, segmentis tribus

posterioribus lateribus ochraceis. Long. 10 line 79%

One example, taken at Ega, and named as above, from the

typical specimen formerly belonging to M. Chevrolat. It would

be impossible to determine the species from the meagre descrip-

tion of M. Buquet.

2. Trestonia ramuli, n. sp.

T. elongato-oblonga, postice ( d ) angustata, subdepressa, fusca, fulvo

variegata ; elytris medio macula magna laterali viridi-cinerea

postice dentata et fusco marginata, intra apicem macula distine-

tiore fulva; tuberculis antenniferis distantibus, intus utroque sexo

prominulis acutis ; antennis corpore paulo longioribus, articulo

tertio curvato. Long. 6-63 lin. ¢ Q.

Head moderately broad, forehead punctured, dingy brown

varied with tawny; antenniferous tubercles with their inner

angles in both sexes prominent, acute, conical, and distant from

each other somewhat widely. Antennz very little longer than

the body in either sex, dark brown; joints paler at the base ;

third joint rather strongly bent in the middle. Thorax sub-

cylindrical, widest in the middle, convex, transversely depressed

near the hind margin, very uneven above, and obtusely tuber-

culose on the sides ; dark brown, varied with rusty tawny. Ely-

tra with prominent conical shoulders, and gradually narrowed

towards the apex (much less so in the female than in the male),

surface scarcely convex, simply punctured (except near the apex),

dark brown, minutely varied with rusty tawny, and having on

each side in the middle a large, oblique, greenish-ashy spot,

widest on the margin: this spot is bordered posteriorly by a

broadish, flexuous, blackish streak ; and close to the apex there

is a tawny spot, larger and clearer in colour than the other

tawny marks. Body beneath and legs clothed with olivaceous-

ashy tomentum.

On dead branches, Kga.

312 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn Coleoptera

3. Trestonia albilatera, Pascoe.

Hesycha albilatera, Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. n. s. v. pt. 1. 25.

1’. elongato-oblonga, apicem versus paulo attenuata, subdepressa,

fusca, fulvo minute varia ; capite latiusculo, fronte ochracea, tuber-

culis antenniferis intus in lobulos erectos oblongos productis ( ¢) ;

elytris utrinque plaga maxima laterali (fere ad basin extensa) cana,

postice nigro marginata. Long. 63 lin. ¢.

Similar, in its elongate-oblong subdepressed form of body and

general colour, to 7. ramuli, but differs in the elytra being much

less prominent at the shoulders, and not attenuated, except from

very near the apex; the pale lateral spot, too, is much larger

and whiter, extending from behind the middle to the shoulders.

The thorax is cylindrical and very uneven on its surface, as in

T. ramuli; but it has two transverse impressed lines near the

hind margin, and a distinct conical lateral tubercle, much behind

the middle. The forehead is clothed with dense tomentum of a

pale ochreous hue. The underside of the body is ashy, with a

broad rusty-tawny stripe down the middle of the abdomen.

The antennz are very slender and twice the length of the body

in the male; the terminal joints are greatly elongated, and the

third with a scarcely perceptible bend.

Ega, on branches of trees.

4, Trestonia coarctata, n. sp.

Trestonia terminata, Buquet, Thoms. Are. Nat. p. 47, pl. 5. f. 3?

T. cylindrica, cinereo-fusca, fulvo varia, vertice coarctato ; antennis

basi valde approximatis, articulo basali elongato, apice abrupte

clavato; elytris crebre punctatis, apice nigris, fulvo lituratis.

Long. 43-6 lin. 3 Q.

The form of body and situation of the dark apical spot (close

to the apex of the elytra) in this species so closely resemble the

same features in the figure above quoted of 7. terminata, that it

is not unlikely the specimens here treated of belong to that

species. | cannot, however, reconcile the description of the

colours given by M. Buqnet with my insects; and the figure is

as uncertain in this respect as the description. His words are,

“Couleur générale d’un gris-verditre mélangé de blane et par-

fois de jaundtre sur le devant de la téte, sur les bords latéraux

du prothorax et sur la partie inférieure des élytres.” The head

in all my specimens is of a pale ashy hue, with a dark-brown

spot on the upper part of the forehead between the eyes. The

elytra as well as the thorax are dark brown, clothed with thinnish

ashy pile, and sometimes varied with tawny, and becoming of a

paler ashy hue near the dark apical spots. The thorax has a

number of large scattered punctures, and the elytra are thickly

of the Amazons Valley. 313

punctured, except at the extreme apex. The antennz are closely

approximated at the base, the bases of the tubercles being sepa-

rated only by the impressed line on the vertex; the angles of

the tubercles are not produced. ‘The antenne are more than

twice the length of the body in the male, the apical joint being

twice the length of the preceding, and of great tenuity ; in the

female they are but little longer than the body, but the apical

joints are very slender and more elongated than is usual in the

female sex of Longicorn insects; the basal joint is as long as

the third, and clavate at the apex.

Found, rather commonly, on slender branches on the banks

of the Tapajos, and also at Ega.

Genus PERITROX, nov. gen.

Body subcylindrical. Head moderately narrow; face plane,

inclined obliquely backwards ; eyes ample, convex ; antenniferous

tubercles with their inner angles produced. Antenne elongated,

simple; basal joint gradually thickened from the base; third

joint straight, one-fourth longer than the first, fringed beneath

with fine hairs. Thorax subcylindrical, uneven, sides armed

with prominent, acute lateral tubercles. Elytra cylindrical, free

from ridges and tubercles; apex rounded. Legs moderate ;

thighs clavate ; claw-joint of tarsi greatly elongated, longer than

the three remaining joints taken together.

This new genus, founded on one species only, is very closely

allied to Trestonia, differing, in structural characters, chiefly in

the gradually thickened basal joint of the antennz. The cha-

racteristic feature in the coloration of the elytra of Trestonia is

entirely absent, the colours beg dull and uniform. In form

of body and head, the species described below resembles much

Trestonia terminata and T. coarctata.

Peritrox denticolls, n. sp.

P. subcylindrica, paulo convexa, fuliginosa ; elytris maculis tomen-

tosis fulvo-brunneis adspersis; capite inter antennas profunde

impresso ; thorace transverse ruguloso, lateribus acute tubercu-

lntis: Wong. Slime 1%

Head sooty black, coarsely punctured on the forehead and

crown, and deeply grooved between the antenniferous tubercles,

which are closely approximated at their bases, and have their

inner edges produced into short ear-like lobes. Antenne

blackish, shining. Thorax subcylindrical, surface uneven, and

marked with a few sharp transverse wrinkles, besides two

impressed lines parallel to the hind margin; lateral tubercles

conical, acute; colour sooty brown. Elytra cylindrical, narrowed

314 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorns of the Amazons Valley.

only very near the apex, the latter rounded; surface thickly

punctured, except near the apex, sooty brown, sprinkled with

spots formed of dingy-tawny tomentum. Body beneath and

legs pitchy, thinly clothed with ashy pile.

Santarem, on a dead branch: one example.

Genus Pacuypeza, Serville.

Serville, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (1835) iv.

The forehead, muzzle, and eyes in this genus resemble much

the same features in Oncideres; but the crown is narrower and

more depressed between the antenniferous tubercles. The body

is elongate, but narrower than in any species of Oncideres. The

antenn have their joints beneath (including the basal joint)

clothed more or less densely with longish hairs. The thorax is

cylindrical, about as long as broad, and covered above with

transverse wrinkles. The pro- and meso-sterna are extremely

narrow. The legs are short and stout, the femora clavate, the

tibize very short and compressed, and the tarsi have the claw-

joint, although elongated, much less robust and shorter than in

Oncideres.

Pachypeza lanuginosa, n. sp.

P. cylindrica, robusta, fusco-cinerea; capite latiore ; antennis dis-

tantibus, articulis sex basalibus infra pilis tenuibus dense vestitis ;

elytris prope basin confertim et subtiliter granulato-punctatis.

Long. 93-10 lin. ¢ 2.

Head rather broad, forehead between the antenniferous tuber-

cles depressed; eyes large, oblong, ashy tawny. Antennz a

little longer than the body in the male, about the same length

in the female ; terminal joints shorter than the median ones,

last joint short and pointed; basal and five succeeding jomts

densely clothed beneath with very fine hairs ; colour ashy brown.

Thorax scarcely so long as broad, surface closely wrinkled, many

of the wrinkles not continuous; colour ashy brown. Elytra

cylindrical, convex ; shoulders somewhat prominent ; basal fourth

of the surface studded with small, regular granulations, accom-

panied by punctures; finely punctured in the rest of their sur-

face; colour ashy brown, deflexed sides paler. Body beneath

and legs tawny brown; base of abdomen on each side, and hind

legs, sooty brown.

Ega and S. Paulo, Upper Amazons, on slender woody stems.

Rey. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Coelomera. 315

XXXV.—An Examination of the Dejeanian Genus Coelomera (Co-

leoptera Phytophaga) and its Affinities. By the Rev. Haunt

Cuaxrk, M.A., F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 268. |

Genus Monocesta.

Division B.

Species of smaller size; in form more robust, short, and parallel ;

elytra not postmedially dilated; thorax with the transverse

depression more obsolete ; antenne shorter, more robust, and

slightly incrassated. Species 13-26,

Section I,

Elytra black, or fuscous black, or dark green. Species 13-19.

13. M. obliquenotata.

M. robusta, lata, satis parallela, rugosa, leviter pubescens, purpureo-

fusca, thorace humeris fascia obliqua et corpore subtus rufo-flavis;

caput leviter punctatum ; thoraa transverse depressus, lateribus

mediis angulatis, punctatus, rufo-flavus, macula utringue insu-

lata magna nigro-fusca ; scutellum subtriangulare, impunctatum,

flavum ; elytra robusta, subrugosa, purpureo-fusca, humeris et

fascia obliqua (a sutura ad margines postmedios tendente) atque

etiam sutura et apice (obsolete) rufo-flavis ; antenne fuscee, art. 1°

2° et 3° infra flavescentibus; corpus subtus rufo-flavum ; pedes

rufo-fusci.

Long. corp. lin. 6; lat. lin. 3.

Amazons. Collected by Mr. Bates.

14. MM. cincta.

M. lata, robusta, subparallela, subtilissime pubescens et rugosa,

nigro-fusca, thorace elytrorum fascia corpore subtus femoribusque

flavo-fuscis ; caput ad frontem foveolatum ; thoraw lateribus ad

medium angulatis, disco depresso, subtiliter punctatus, rufo- flavus,

disco medio nigro ; scute/lum subtriangulare, impunctatum, flavum ;

elytra robusta, subparallela, leviter rugosa, opaca, nigro-fusca,

fascia media recta marginibus et tenuiter sutura flavis; antenne

fuscee, art. 1° et 2° flavo-fuscis; pedes fusci, femoribus flavis ;

corpus subtus rufo-flavum.

Long. corp. lin. 6; lat. line.3:

Amazons. Collected by Mr. Bates.

15. M. spectanda.

M. robusta, parallela, subtilissime rugosa, rufo-flava, elytris (margini-

bus exceptis) viridescentibus ; ceput ad basin foveolatum, minute

punctatum, rufum, macula triangulari basali fusca ; thorax trans-

yerse depressus sparsim pubescens rufo-flavus, disco medio fusco

316 Rev. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Coelomera.

adumbrato ; seutellum rufo-flavum ; elytra rugosa, viridescentia,

marginibus flavis exceptis ; corpus subtus et pedes flava ; antenne,

art. 1° et 2° exceptis flavis, in exemplo unico desunt.

Long. corp. lin. 6; lat. lin. 4.

Cayenne. Received from the cabinet of M. Chevrolat.

16. M. flavo-cincta.

M. parallela, lata, subdepressa, rugosa, opace viridis, corpore subtus

thorace anteriore femoribus et elytrorum marginibus flavis ; caput

ad basin foveolatum, impunctatum, rufo-flavum, inter oculos super

antennarum margines nigrum; thorax vix ad discum medium

depressus, sed leevis, planus, subrugosus, rufo-flavus, basi et disco

medio nigris ; seutel/um subquadratum, impunctatum ; elytra lata,

rugosa, opace viridia, marginibus tenuiter rufo-fuscis ; antenne

fuscee, art. 1°-3" rufo-flavis ; pedes fusci, femoribus flavis ; corpus

subtus rufo-flavum.

Long. corp. lin. 43; lat. lin. 23.

Relatively broader, and with the thorax differently formed

from M. circumcincta. The two species are nearly allied.

Amazons. Taken by Mr. Bates.

17. M. cireumeincta, De}.

M. satis depressa, subparallela, rugosa, rufo- vel fusco-flava, an-

tennis nigris ; elytris nigris vel nigro-cyaneis ; capué longitudina-

liter ucaleuinte: flavum ; thorax impunctatus, fortiter transverse

depressus, flavus; scutellum fuscum ; elytra. thorace paulum

latiora et versus apicem subampliata, rugosa, nigro- cyanea, mar-

ginibus ab humeris ad apicem rufo- flavis; AY Ie nigree, art. 1°-3™

interdum subtus flavescentibus ; pedes et corpus subtus vel flava

vel fusco-flava.

Long. corp. lin. 33-5 ; lat. lin. 2-3.

Brazil.

18. M. carbonaria.

M. subparallela, paulum depressa, leviter rugosa, opaca, flava; ely-

tris antennis tibiis tarsisque nigris; caput rugosum, flavum, inter

oculos fuscescens ; thorax ad medium longitudinaliter foveolatus,

leviter punctatus, subpubescens; scutellum nigrum; elytra sub-

parallela, crebre rugosa, opace nigra; antenne filiformes, nigree ;

corpus subtus fusco-flavum, abdomine flavo ; pedes flavi, tibiis et

tarsis nigris.

Long. corp. lin. 4; lat. lin. 2.

Amazons. Taken by Mr. Bates.

19. M. nigriventris.

M. parallela, attenuata, rugosa, flava; antennis elytris abdomine et

tibiis nigris; caput longitudinaliter foveolatum ; thorax leviter

punctatus ; seutellum fascum : ; elytra parallela, rugosa, attenuata,

Rey. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Coelomera. 317

opace nigra; antenne filiformes, nigre; corpus subtus rufo-

fuscum, abdomine nigro; pedes rufo-flavi, tibiis et tarsis nigris.

Long. corp. lin. 3}; lat. lin. 14.

Brazil.

Section II.

Elytra flavous for the most part. Species 20-26,

20. M. Klugii, De}.

M. robusta, parallela, rugosa, opaca, subpubescens, fusco-flava, ma-

culis viridibus ornata; caput foveolatum ; thorax transverse de-

pressus, subrugosus ; scutellum rufo-flavum ; elytra robusta, ru-

gosa, fusco-flava, notis quatuor utrinque viridescentibus, 1* scutel-

lari magna, longitudinali, 2* marginali antemedia minuta, 3° mar-

ginali postmedia minuta, 4° suturali postmedia circulari ; pedes

et corpus subtus rufo-flava ; antenne robuste, fusce, art. 1° rufo.

Long. corp. lin. 5-6; lat. lin. 24-3.

Brazil.

21. M. rubiginosa.

M. robusta, parallela, crebre rugosa, rubiginosa, vittis duabus viridi-

nigris a basi ad apicem; caput rugosum, subpubescens, versus

apicem flavescens; thorax transversus, nigro-rubiginosus, lateribus

pallidioribus ; elytra thorace latiora, parallela, rugosa, rubiginosa,

vittis duabus (subsuturali et marginali) indistinctis indeterminatis

nigro-viridibus a basi ad apicem ; hee vittee aliquandofinterruptze vel

post medium omnino evanescunt ; antenne robuste, nigree ; pedes

et corpus subtus rufo-flava, tibiis aliquando nigro-fuscescentibus.

Long. corp. lin. 33-43; lat. lin. 2-23.

Brazil.

22. M. glauca, De).

M. robusta, subparallela, crebre punctata vel subrugosa, testaceo-

pubescens, vel flava vel rufo-flava vel fusca, antennis nigrescen-

tibus ; eapwé leviter rugosum ; thorax paulum transverse depressus,

rugosus ; scu¢ellum triangulare, apice truncato ; elytra thorace

latiora, leviter pubescentia ; antenne satis breves et versus apicem

incrassatee, fuscee, art. basalibus plerumque testaceo annulatis ;

pedes et corpus subtus rufo-fuscescentia.

Long. corp. lin. 43; lat. lin. 23.

New Granada; Bolivia.

23. M. frontals.

M. parallela, crebre punctata, flavo-fusca, capitis fronte nigra ; caput

fortiter longitudinaliter foveolatum, flavum ; thorax leviter punc-

tatus, flavus ; sewtellum fuscum ; elytra parallela, crebre et minute

punctata, subtiliter pubescentia, flavo-fusea ; antenne elongatule,

nigree, art. 1°-6" ab infra preesertim flavescentibus ; pedes et

corpus subtus flava.

Long. corp. lin. 4, lat. lin. 2.

Campeche ; Central America.

318 Rev. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Coelomera.

24. M. fuscescens.

M. parallela, crebre punctata, fuscescens, antennis et tibiis nigris ;

caput longitudinaliter foveolatum, leviter rugosum ; ¢horaw trans-

verse evidenter depressus, rugosus ; elytra subtiliter pubescentia ;

antenne nigree ; corpus subtus et pedes flavescentia.

Long. corp. lin. 43; lat. lin. 27.

Bolivia.

25. M. nigricornis.

M. robusta, parallela, crebre punctata vel rugosa, leete pallide rufa,

antennis et tarsis nigris; caput rugosum ; ¢horawx vix transverse

sed evidentius juxta latus utrinque depressus, crebre punctatus ;

scutellum subquadratum ; elytra thorace multum latiora, robusta ;

antenne robust, nigre ; corpus subtus rufo-flavum ; pedes rufo-

fusci, tibiis et tarsis nigris.

Long. corp. lin. 4; lat. lin. 23.

Bogota. Conspicuous by its bright pale-red coloration.

26. M. atricornis.

M. robusta, parallela, crebrius punctata, flava vel flavo-fusea ; caput

longitudinaliter foveolatum, punctatum ; thorax punctatus ; elytra

parallela; antenne robuste, paulum versus apicem incrassate,

nigree, art. 1° rufescente ; corpus subtus rufum; pedes rufi, tibiis et

tarsis interdum fusco-nigris.

Long. corp. lin. 33; lat. lin. 15.

This species may be easily separated from M. nigricornis by

its smaller size, its more depressed and more parallel form, and

its flavous (not rufous) colour.

Jacquelin du Val has described (in the ‘ Histoire de Vile de

Cuba,’ Insectes, p. 304) a “ Calomera” which Iam unable to re-

cognize: the description, unfortunately, omits all notice of the an-

tennee, and otherwise is somewhat imperfect. It is not a Dircema.

Probably it is a species of Monocesta, this genus being the only

one which extends northwards as far as the United States :—

“ Celomera opacipennis.

«C. oblonga, testacea ; elytris brunneis, opacis, pube subtili brevis-

sima sericeis, margine reflexo pectoreque medio nigro-cyaneis ;

thorace valde transverso, medio transversim impresso, basi sinuato,

angulis posticis acutiusculis. Long. 63 millim. Cuba.”

Genus XII. Catomera, Erichs.; Chev. Dej. Cat. ed. 3. 399;

D’Orbign. Dict. Univ. d’Hist. Natur. iv. 75; Erichson,

Conspectus Ins. Peruan. p. 164.

Generi Monocesta, ut hic definito, affinis; differt (ut a Dom.

Erichson indicatum est) in antennis ; art. 1° elongato, 2° brevi, 3° art.

srimo multum longiore, 4° primo eequali, 5°-11™ velut art. secundus

I g

Rev. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Coelomera. 319

brevibus: differt etiam in forma corporis; in speciebus plurimis

corpus parallelum, rarius post medium ampliatum : in reliquis genus

Monocestam equat.

The above diagnosis will suffice to point out the peculiarity of

the antenne, which is sufficiently important to constitute a very

natural genus: the third joint is more than usually produced,

and the fifth and subsequent joints are very short. There is also

a general difference in form: while one or two species [and those

from the head quarters of Monocesta, Cayenne and the Amazons],

C. Cayennensis, C. modesta, resemble Monocesta in the post-

medial dilatation of the elytra, the majority of species (which are

from Brazil) are decidedly more parallel, though robust im form ;

and several species from New Granada and Columbia are en-

tirely parallel and subattenuate.

Section I.

Species more or less broadly ovate ; elytra broadly margined.

Species 1-7.

1. C. modesta.

C. depressa, lata, punctata, flavo-fusca, prothorace et antennis flavis ;

caput ad basin longitudinaliter foveolatum, punctatum, rufo-

flavum ; thoraz satis latus, punctatus, rufo-flavus ; scutellum sub-

quadratum, punctatum ; elytra depressa, lata, versus apicem am-

pliata, leviter flavo-pubescentia, rugosa, flavo-fusca ; antenne rufo-

fuscee, art. 1°-3™ flavescentibus ; corpus subtus et pedes rufo-fusca.

Long. corp. lin 77; lat. lin. 5.

This species differs from MM. rufo-fusca in the greater breadth

of its thorax, its differently formed scutellum, its more depressed

form, and its coloration.

Amazons.

2. C. rufo-fusca.

C. lata, subpubescens, leviter rugosa, rufo-fusca; caput longitudina-

liter atque etiam transverse foveolatum, punctatum, rufum, fovea

longitudinali iterumque basi nigris; thorax vix ut in C. modesta

latus, sed transversus, punctatus, rufus, macula utrinque nigra

insulata; seutellum punctatum, rufo-fuscum ; elytra satis lata,

satis robusta, rugosa, subpubescentia, rufo-fusca; antenne art. 1°

—4™ nigris, reliqui desunt; pedes nigri, femoribus fusco-nigris ;

corpus subtus rufum.

Long. corp. lin. 63; lat. lin. 4.

C. rufo-fusca is certainly nearly related to the Amazonian

C. modesta. 1 decide, however, that it must be a distinct spe-

cies : its coloration is different (this of itself has no value in this

group); but, besides coloration, the thorax is relatively much

narrower.

Brazil. A single example from the collection of M. Laferté,

320 Rev. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Coelomera.

3. C. bajula, Oliv. Ent. vi. 618. 5, pl. 2. f. 17.

This is a not uncommon Cayenne species ; it is subject to a

considerable variation in the form of the thorax, the sides of

which are sometimes rounded, sometimes rectangular,—and espe-

cially in the form of the elytra; some examples in my cabinet

have the elytra much compressed. Length 63 lines, breadth

44 lines.

4. C. (Galleruca) lanio, Sahlb., Dalm.

C. derasa, Hoffmans. C. Braziliensis, De}. Cat. C. leta, Baly, Trans.

Ent. Soc. (1865) 344.

C. parallela, ¢elytris paulum post medium ampliatis, leviter rugosa,

elytris nigro-cyaneis; caput leviter foveolatum, rufum ; thorax

sparsim punctatus, vel rufus vel flavo-rufus; sewfe//umimpunctatum,

flavum ; e/ytra leviter rugosa, sparsim pubescentia, vel nigra vel

nigro-cyanea; antenne nigree; pedes fusci, femoribus rufis;

corpus subtus rufam.

Long. corp. lin. 54-64; lat. lin. 23-33.

This species is nearly allied to C. Cayennensis, Fab., but is

readily separated from it by its larger size and by the black

basal joints of the antenne.

Brazil. A very common species.

5. C. Cayennensis, Fab. Syst. El. 1.480. 11; Ent. Syst. u. 14.

Oliv. Ent. vi, 617.

C. Cajennensis, Fab. Mant. i. 74. 93, and in S. Nat. Gmel. i. 4. 1669. 85.

Differs from C. lanio of this paper in its smaller size, in the

rugose, almost reticulated (not quite so much punctate) surface

of the elytra, and in the black coloration of the antenne and

underside. One or two examples have the antenne rufo-

flavous.

The species has a very extended range: I have examples not

only from Cayenne, but from Peru, Columbia, and Brazil. It

is probably the C. Columbica of Schénh. C. Peruana, Kvichs.

(Consp. Ins. Peruan. 165) must be referred to it.

6. C.rujicollis, Oliv. Ent. 6.616; Encyel. Ins. 6. 586 (1790).

C. ruficornis, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soe. (1865), 343.

Very nearly related to C. Cayennensis, Fab., of which indeed it

may be but a local variety. Both C. ruficollis, Oliv., and C.

Cayennensis, Fab., are subject to some variation, the species

before us being distinguished by its rufous antennze and some-

what more brightly rufous thorax.

Brazil ; Campos, Espiritu Santo. I have examples also from

Peru, which are identical, with the exception of the colour of

the seutellum.

Rey. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Coeelomera. 321

Olivier gives C. nigripennis (Fab. Ent. Syst. Em. 2. 14. 9,

published 1775; Syst. El. i. 480) as a synonym of this species.

C. nigripennis, F., is from Surinam. I cannot quite trace the

reasons of Olivier’s position, but prefer to retain his name with-

out hesitation, as being well established, as well as based on his

excellent authority.

7. C. picta, Baly, Descript. of New, &c., Trans. Ent. Soe.

Lond. 1865, 344.

Length 5-4 lin. ; lat. 24-24 ln.

A common species at Ega, Upper Amazons.

Section II.

Species robust, parallel, abbreviated in form. Species 8-10.

8. C. induta.

C. robusta, satis parallela, pallide et subtiliter pubescens, testaceo-

fusca, thorace medio macula utrinque elytris antemediis et apice

elytrorum late fusco-nigris ; caput subrugosum, obscure testa-

ceum, basi nigra; thorax satis magnus, transversus, lateribus

antemediis subdilatatis, subpubescens, macula media nigro-fusca ;

scutellum rufo-fuscum ; elytra robusta, subrugosa, pubescentia,

testaceo-fusca, macula basali indeterminata insulata (alteraque

minore ad antemedium marginem) et dimidio apicali nigris;

antenne nigre, art. 1°-3™ fulvescentibus ; pedes rufo-fulvi, tibiis

apicalibus et tarsis fulvis ; corpus subtus flavo-rufum.

Long. corp. lin. 53; lat. lin. 3.

Amazons. Taken by Mr. Bates. |

9. C. tibialis, De}.

C. robusta, paulum ampliata, flavo-fusca, tibiis tarsis et antennis

nigro-fuscis ; differt a C. dajula Oliv. in corpore robusto, parum

depresso, vix ampliato, in antennis gracilioribus, fuscis (vix nigris),

in colore quoque corporis subtus, prothoracis et femorum.

Long. corp. lin. 6; lat. lin. 3.

Probably a distinct species from C. bajula, which is very va-

riablen form and size; it may be separated as well by its colour

(rufo-flavous prothorax and underside) as by the greater attenua-

tion of the antenne. .

Cayenne.

10. C. maculicollis.

C. parallela, robusta, subpubescens, fusco-rufa, tibiis, tarsis, antennis,

fronte capitis et maculis thoracis tribus nigris ; caput longitudina-

liter foveolatum, subpunctatum, ad frontem bimaculatum ; thorax

transverse leviter depressus, fortiter punctatus, nigro maculatus,

macula basali media et macula laterali insulatis; sewtellum fusco-

rufum ; elytra thorace latiora, parallela, apice rotundata, subtiliter

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xvi. 22

2 Rev. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Coelomera.

pubescentia, crebre punctata ; anfenne robusta, nigra ; corpus

subtus rufo-flavum ; pedes rufo-flavi, tibiis et tarsis nigro-fuscis.

Long. corp. lin. 5; lat. lin. 25.

I have received this very distinct species from M. Chevrolat’s

collection, with a label which I read “ Honduras.”

ll. C. erata.

C. parallela, satis attenuata, punctata, impubescens, nigra, elytris

eeratis ; caput haud foveolatum, punctatum; thorax vix elytra

latitudine sequans, impunctatus, fusco-flavus ; sewtel/um apice ro-

tundatum, levissime punctatum ; e/yéra parallelo-punctata, leevia,

nitida, impubescentia, wrata; wntenne nigre, corpus subtus ni-

grum, abdomine rufo ; pedes nigri, femoribus rufis.

Long. corp. lin, 63 ; lat. lin. 3.

Columbia.

Section Ill.

Species parallel, attenuate in form. Sp. 11-16.

12. C. submetallica.

C. subparallela, leviter pubescens, punctata, rufa, thorace flavo-

rufo, elytris metallice rufo-purpureis ; caput leviter foveolatum,

impunctatum, rufum, basi nigra; thorax thorace C. arate latior,

in medio transverse depressus, impunctatus, flavo-rufus ; sewtellum

leviter punctatum, flavum; e/ytra crebre punctata vel rugosa,

metallice purpurea; antenne nigre ; corpus subtus rufum ; pedes

nigro-fusci, femoribus rufo-flavis.

Long. corp. lin. 63; lat. lin. 33.

Broader both in body and in relative breadth of thorax than

C. erata; the coloration also of the whole body is different.

Columbia.

13. C. parallela.

C. elongata, parallela, leviter rugosa, subtiliter testaceo pubescens,

nigra, thorace et abdomine rutis; caput leviter ad medium foveo-

latum, punctatum ; ¢horaz impunctatus ; scwfel/um impunctatum,

nigrum ; e/ytra parallela, testaceo pubescentia, rugosa ; antenne

nigree ; pedes nigri, femoribus rufo-fuscis ; corpus subtus nigrum,

abdomine rufo.

Long. corp. lin. 63; lat. lin. 63.

C. parallela differs abundantly in form from most of its con-

geners, being attenuate and parallel; it resembles C. violacer-

pennis, but may be separated from it by its fuscous-black, thickly

pubescent, and rugose elytra.

New Granada.

14. C. violaceipennis.

C. elongata, parallela, subcylindrica, vix pubescens, punctata, nigra,

abdomine pedibus et thorace rufis, eclytris nigro-violaceis ; caput

longitudinaliter foveolatum, impunctatum, nigro-fuscum ; thorax

Rev. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Coelomera. 323

transversus, lateribus antemediis subrotundatis, in medio trans-

verse valde depressus, impunctatus, flavus ; scwfellum impunctatum,

rufo-fuscum ; elyéra parallela, impubescentia, punctata, nigro-

violacea ; antenne rufo-fusce ; pedes ruto-fusci, femoribus rufis ;

corpus ioe nigrum, podoaine rufo.

- Long. corp. lin. 7; lat. lin. 3.

Nearly allied to C. parallela of this paper, but separable from

it by the blue (not fuscous-black) colour of the elytra, which are

impubescent, nearly glabrous, and distinctly punctate, not

rugose.

Columbia.

15. C. tenuicornis.

C. elongata, subparallela, subpubescens, nigra, femoribus et thorace

rufis 5 caput longitudinaliter ad medium et transverse inter

oculos foveolatum, punctatum, nigrum; ¢horaxv penitus planus,

vix ut in C. parallela fortiter transverse depressus, rufus; scu-

tellum leviter punctatum, nigrum; elytra subparallela, elongata,

rugosa, nigra; antenne subgraciles, nigre ; pedes nigri, femoribus

rufo-fuscis ; corpus subtus nigrum.

Long. corp. lin. 53-63 ; lat. lin. 23-34

Very nearly allied to C. parallela, but differing from it in its

less parallel form, the transverse fovea on thea head, the less

marked transverse depression of the thorax, and the ‘colour of

the underside; the antennee, also, are evidently somewhat more

attenuate.

Bolivia.

16. C. binotata, De}.

C. parallela, subrugosa, rufo-flava, elytris et maculis duabus tho-

racis nigro-cyaneis ; caput leviter punctatum, foveolatum, nigrum;

thorax sparsim punctatus, flavo-rufus, macula utrinque circulari

submedia nigra; scuéellum impunctatum, flavum; e/ytra leviter

rugosa, subpubescentia, nigro-cyanea; antenne nigre; corpus

subtus rufo-fuscum ; pedes nigro-fusci, femoribus rufo-flavescen-

tibus.

Long. corp. lin. 6; lat. lin. 3.

To be distinguished from all its congeners by the two con-

stant black maculations on the thorax; in size not unlike .

Brasiliensis, but differing in coloration, a trifle more parallel

and narrower, and with the thorax not quite so obviously de-

pressed.

Brazil.

Genus XIII. Corata.

Satis elongata, parallela et robusta. Cuput verticale. Palpi mazxil-

lares elongati. Thorax subquadratus, penitus transversus, margine

anteriore recto, angulis anticis distinctis (incurvatis, corpus arcte

amplectentibus), lateribus atque etiam angulis posticis subrotundatis ;

22%

324 Rey. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Colomera.

discus plus minus transverse et ineequaliter depressus. Scutel/um

subtriangulare, apice truncato. lytra parallela, pubescentia, punc-

tata, paulum latitudine thoracem superantia. dntenne robustee,

elongatee, filiformes, longitudine corpus penitus eequantes, art. 1° ad

apicem distincte incrassato, art. 3° et 4° subsequalibus et art. primo

brevioribus, art. 2° brevi, art. 5°-10™ eequalibus et penitus art. ter-

tium eequantibus, art. 11° longiore et attenuato. Pedes elongati,

robusti, tarsorum art. 1° et 2° eequalibus, unguiculis utrinque bifidis.

Coraia is a form which, by its almost quadrate thorax, its

long and robust antennee, and its parallel body, reminds us of a

Longicorn. It is allied to Monocesta, but differs from all the

species composing that genus: it is elongate and very parallel,

instead of being (as in many species of Monocesta) broad and

apically dilated; the antenne are relatively considerably longer,

and the form of the thorax is different. The genus Coraia is

related to Celomera and Monocesta by the bipectinated unguiculi

of the foot, by the relative lengths of the joimts of the antenne,

and by the broadly transverse depression on: the disk of the

thorax. Coraia differs from G'alleruca (inter alia) by the greater

relative length of the antenne. It may be separated from Nes-

tinus by its much more robust antenne, the third joint of which

is equal to the fourth (in Nestinus the fourth being the longer),

in its parallel form of body, and in the form of the thorax; the

anterior angles closely embrace the sides, bemg depressed in

position, not subporrect.

C. maculicollis.

C. elongata, parallela, vix depressa, rufo-fusca, humeris, thoracis ma-

culis, tibiis, tarsis, femoribus maculis antennisque nigro-fuscis ;

caput super antennarum bases bituberculatum, rugosum, rufo-

flavum, labro tuberculis et basi late nigris; thorax rufus, macula

media longitudinali et lateribus mediis (late) nigris; scutellum

punctatum, rufo-fuscum ; elytra thorace paulum latiora, parallela,

rugosa, humeris et margine tenui elytrorum antemedio nigris ;

antenne nigre ; corpus subtus rufo-fuscum ; pedes nigri, femori-

bus rufis, ad medium nigro maculatis.

Long. corp. lin. 53; lat. lin. 23.

Not an uncommon species in Mexico. I have received it

under the name of astuta, Chevr.

Genus XIV. NeEstTINUs.

Parallela. Caput subverticale. Thorax transversus, margine an-

teriore subemarginato, angulis anticis modice productis, lateribus at-

que etiam angulis posticis subrotundatis, marginibus undique leviter

marginatis, disco plano vel leviter depresso. Scutellum subtri-

angulare, apice rotundato. Hlytra thorace paulum latiora, crebre

punctata, plerumque submetallescentia. Antenne graciles, elongate,

Rev. H. Clark on Dejean’s Genus Ceelomera. 525

filiformes, corpus longitudine penitus sequantes, art. 1° subgloboso,

2° minore, 3° primum equante, 4° et 5° tertium superantibus et sub-

zequalibus, 6°-11™ subzequalibus. Pedes elongati, tarsorum art.

basali longitudine art. 2" superante, unguiculis utringque bifidis.

Nestinus approaches Coraia in the length of the antennz and

the relative length of the basal joint of the tarsus ; it differs from

that genus in the slender form of the antenne, in the fourth

joint being longer than the third, and also in the form of the

thorax. The known species that represent the genus are three

or four in number, and all from Mexico.

1. N. bimaculatus.

N. parallelus, rugosus, fusco-flavus; thorace et elytrorum apicibus

nigro maculatis ; caput ad basin leviter foveolatum, punctatum,

fusco-flavum, fovea tenuiter nigra; thorax crebre punctatus,

macula media insulata, alteraque etiam utrinque laterali nigris ;

scutellum impunctatum, nigro-fuscum ; e/ytra fortiter et crebre

punctata, fusco-flava, macula utrinque apicali circulari insulata

nigro-cyanea; corpus subtus, pedes et antenne flavo-fusca.

Long. corp. lin. 64; lat. lin. 24.

Guatemala.

2. N. regalis.

N. elongatus, subparallelus, fortiter punctatus vel rugosus, pallide

flavus, elytris vel zeneo vel aureo metallescentibus, antennis et

tibiis nigris; caput leviter foveolatum, punctatum, pallide flavum,

macula basali media nigra; ¢horax punctatus, pallide flavus, ma-

cula media minuta, et altera utrinque media laterali nigris; sev-

tellum impunctatum, rufo-flavum ; e/y¢ra fortiter et crebre punc-

tata vel eneo- vel aureo-metallescentia; antenne nigree; pedes

nigri, femoribus flavo-fuscis ; corpus subéus flavo-fuscum.

Long. corp. lin. 43-53; lat. lin. 2-23.

Mexico. I possess an example from California, which pre-

sents no variation from the Mexican form.

3. N. incertus.

N. subparallelus, punctatus, laevis, flavus; elytris fusco-viridescenti-

bus, thorace fusco-flavo, antennis fuscis ; caput crebre punctatum,

flavum, basi late nigra; thorax transversus, latus, subdepressus,

planus, lzevis, angulis posticis rotundatis, crebre punctatus, fusco-

flavus ; scwtellum leviter punctatum, flavum; e/ytra_parallela,

leevia, crebre punctata ; antenne robuste, nigree ; pedes rufo-flavi,

tarsis fuscis ; corpus subtus rufo-flavum.

Long. corp. lin. 6; lat. lin. 3.

A somewhat aberrant form of Nestinus, but which agrees in

the main with the generic diagnosis. . It is possible that here-

after it may constitute a separate genus.

Brazil.

326 Rey. 8S. Haughton on the Muscular Anatomy

XXXVI.—On the Muscular Anatomy of the Leg of the Crocodile.

By the Rev. Samuen Haveuron, M.D., Fellow of Trinity

College, Dublin.

[Plate XVI.]

Durine the Easter recess of 1864, I had an opportunity of

explaining to Professor Gratiolet*, of Paris, the investigations

I had made with respect to the mechanism of the leg of the

Ostrich, and the theory I had formed to explain it. This dis-

tinguished anatomist did me the honour of approving of my

explanation, and urged me to procure a Crocodile, mm the poste-

rior limb of which he assured me I should find a mechanical

problem exceeding in complexity that presented by the leg of

the Ostrich, and as yet unsolved by anatomists.

During the month of March last I was furnished with a

young Crocodile from Egypt, by Mr. Thomas Moore, of Liver-

pool, to whom I had communicated my earnest desire to have

an opportunity of dissecting such an animal ; and the results of

my examination fully bear out the anticipation of Prof. Gratiolet,

and also furnish a complete confirmation of the principles I

made use of in my theory of the leg of the Ostrich.

The interlacing of tendons in the hind leg of the Crocodile

is very remarkable, and more complex than in the Ostrich,

although in one respect it somewhat resembles it.

* The incaleulable loss that science has sustained, in the early part of

the present year, by the premature death of this distinguished anatomist

is exceeded by the loss experienced by his friends, to whom his genial

social qualities endeared him even more than his brilliant scientific attain-

ments. 1 extract from the ‘ Journal des Débats’ of the 19th of February

1865 the following just tribute to his memory :—

‘“‘Les sciences viennent de faire une perte aussi cruelle qu’imprévue :

M. Gratiolet, professeur de zoologie a la Faculté des Sciences de Paris, a

suecombé hier matin a une attaque d’apoplexie.

“M. Gratiolet n’avait pas cinquante ans; avant hier, encore plein de vie

et de santé, il travaillait & son laboratoire du Muséum d’Histoire Natu-

relle, lorsque, 4 deux heures, frappé d’une congestion subite, il dut étre

ramené & son domicile; quelques heures plus tard, il avait perdu connais-

sance; hier matin a quatre heures, il rendait le dernier soupir.

“* Nous ne saurions peindre l’émotion profonde qu’a causée dans le

monde scientifique annonce de cette mort prématurée. M. Gratiolet

était aimé de tous; son affabilité, la droiture de son caractére, lui avaient

concilié toutes les sympathies. Ses travaux d’anatomie comparée, ses re-

cherches sur le syste¢me nerveux et sur le cervean, ete., Vavaient mis au

nombre des naturalistes les plus distingués de notre pays; son merveilleux

talent d’élocution l’avait placé au premier rang parmi nos professeurs les

plus renommés, et aptitude de son esprit pour les études métaphysiques

avait imprimé A ses ceuvres un caractére d’originalité quappréciaient les

philosophes aussi bien que les savans.

“La mort est venue le frapper au moment ot, aprés de longues années

de lutte, il semblait sur le point de recueillir le fruit de ses laborieux

efforts.”

of the Leg of the Crocodile. 327

On removing the skin and dissecting away the fat, the mus-

cles shown in Pl]. XVI. fig. A are exposed.

1. M. gluteus maximus (0). Origm: from central half of

the ilio-ischiadic line. Insertion: into the fascia outside and

above the knee-joint. This is a broad flat muscle, and straps

down the tendon of the rectus femoris in its passage over the

knee. 0°15 oz.

2. M. rectus femoris (a). Origin: from anterior spine of

ilium, close to the acetabulum. Insertion: as in leg of Ostrich,

into a tendon passing over the knee, outwards, and terminating

in a remarkable muscle* (z) in the calf of the leg, associated

with the gastrocnemius (w), and deriving a second origin from

the agitator caudze (c), as shown in the figure. 0°08 oz.

3. M. agitator caude (c). Origin: from the ischiadie line,

behind the gluteus maximus. Insertion: by a double tendon.

(1) One tendon passes through a pulley on the outside of the

knee, formed by the tendon of the biceps (¢) as it passes to its

fibular insertion, and is inserted in the head of the muscle («)

in the calf of the leg. (2) The second insertion is by means

of a tendon that goes to the top and front of the tibia; this

second tendon also serves to strap down the tendon of the rectus

femoris (a). 0°03 oz.

4. M. biceps femoris (d). Origin: from the tho-ischium,

under and behind the origin of the gluteus maximus. Inser-

tion: partly into the top of the fibula, forming a pulley for the

agitator caudze (c), and an additional strap for the rectus fe-

moris (a), and partly, by means of another tendon, into the

head of the peronzeus longus (y). 0°05 oz.

5. M. semitendinosus (e). Origin: from the posterior point

of the tuber ischii. Insertion: by a remarkable looped tendon

having one end inserted into the back of lower end of femur,

and the other end into the os calcis. 0°18 oz.

6. M. semimembranosus (f). Origin: tuber ischi. Inser-

tion: into the top of the tibia, by a tendon common to this

muscle and the gracilis. 0°11 oz.

The muscles of the calf, shown in the figure, are the follow-

ing :—

7. M. gastrocnemius (w). This muscle, as usual, has an outer

and inner head. 0:14.02. Outer head:—Origin: from the tendon

of the great caudal extensor of the thigh, half an inch from its

insertion into the outer condyle. Insertion: into the under side

of the outer tarsal bone (vide a, fig. B) and into the plantar

fascia. O°ll oz. Inner head:—Origin: from the top of fibula

and inner condyle of femur. Insertion: by a tendon, which

unites with that of the outer head before reaching the os calcis,

* This muscle may be the plantaris.

828 | Rev. 8S. Haughton on the Muscular Anatomy

under which it passes to be inserted into the outer and under

side of the outer tarsal bone. 0:03 oz.

M. plantaris? (z). Origin, double: from rectus femoris

and from agitator caude. Insertion: having become partially

blended with the outer gastrocnemius, it is inserted into the os

ealcis and under surface of the plantar fascia. 0°04: oz.

M. peroneus longus (y). Origin: from the shaft of the

fibula and from the tendon of the biceps femoris (d). Insertion:

into the outer tarsal bone, uniting with the tendon of the

gastrocnemius. 0:03 oz.

Mm. tibialis anticus and exterisor digitorum communis.

Insertion: into the tarsal ends of first, second, and third meta-

tarsal bones. O:11.

The interlacing of muscles in the thigh and leg of the Croco-

dile, just described, is very remarkable, and more complicated

even than that found in the Ostrich; and at first I was dis-

posed to think that it threw some doubt on the explanation I

had given previously of the reason for such an arrangement in

the bird’s leg. In the case of the Ostrich, the necessity for

strict simultaneity of action was made evident by the great force

of the muscles employed, and the great delicacy of the bones on

which they had to act. What could there be, in the case of the

Crocodile, to correspond to such a peculiarity i in the case of the

Ostrich? After some careful dissection, | found the ready

answer to my question in the remarkable muscle which I shall

now describe.

On clearing away the superficial muscles of the thigh and

tail, I found the enormous mass of muscle, figured at J, fig. B,

Pl. XVI., which acts as the chief and powerful extensor of the

thigh :—

11. M. extensor femoris caudalis* (6). Origin: from the

transverse and inferior spinous processes of the caudal vertebree, °

from the third to the fifteenth inclusive. Insertion: into the

back of the upper part of the femur, and into a great round

* This remarkable muscle is noticed and accurately described by Meckel

in tom. 11. p. 152, 153 of his ‘ System der vergleichenden Anatomie,’ Halle,

1828; but it is very strange that he transposes its origin and insertion,

and seems not to have had any idea of its real use. It is regarded from

his point of view as a descriptive anatomist, and without the remotest

reference to its final cause. He says, “ Der zweite, tiefere, weit dickere

Muskel ist von dem ersten [the superficial. muscle of the tail] wie einer

breiten Binde umgeben, entspringt mit zwei ganz getrennten; einer weit

kiirzern, breiten Sehne oben von den hintern Flache des Oberschenkel-

beines; durch eine weit langere, schlanke, unten zwischen den beiden

Gelenkknorren desselben Knochens, und setzt sich an die ganze Seiten-

flache der untern Dornen, so wie der Zwischendornenhaut und die untere

Flache der Wurzeln der Querfortsatze.”’

of the Leg of the Crocodile. 829

tendon, which receives, in particular, the anterior fibres of this

enormous muscle, and, passing down the back of the femur, is

inserted by a strong common aponeurosis into the outer con-

dyle of the femur and into the head of the fibula. This com-

mon aponeurosis also gives a partial origin to the gastrocnemius

(a, fig. B) and to the plantaris (2, fig. A). 1°81 oz.

There are two muscles, accessory to this great caudal extensor

in their action, which are as follows :—

12. M. extensori femoris caudali accessorius. Origin: from

the fascia covering the great caudal extensor, and by a tendinous

head from the quadratus femoris, which is also an accessory to

the great caudal. Insertion: into the looped tendon of the

semimembranosus already described. 0-01 oz.

13. M. quadratus femoris. Origin: posterior, superior, and

inner surface of the pubis, near its symphysis. Insertion: into

the back of the femur, with the action and position of the

quadratus femoris in mammal quadrupeds, and into the tendon

of the great caudal extensor. 0°05 oz.

The effect of the interlacing of the tendons of the various

muscles already described must be to produce simultaneity of

action among them, such as I have already endeavoured to de-

scribe in my account of the leg of the Ostrich ; and in the pre-

sent instance of the Crocodile there seems to be a similar prin-

ciple involved. The Crocodile, resting on mud, progresses

chiefly by using his hind feet as paddles; and in this use of

them the great caudal extensor of the thigh is the most powerful

and important muscle employed. And it seems to me that the

simultaneity of action of all parts of the leg, rendered necessary

by the employment of so powerful a muscle, is fully secured by

the interlacing of the tendons I have described, which renders

it impossible for one set of muscles to act without the others

being also exerted. :

The remaining muscles of the posterior limb are as follows :—

14. M. glutzus medius. Origin: from the central part of

the ilio-ischiadic surface. Insertion: its tendon passes over the

great trochanter, to be inserted into a line down the upper half

of the outside of the femur, between the origins of the two por-

tions of the vastus externus. 0:06 oz.

15. M. gluteus minimus. Origin: from the anterior point

of the ilium. Insertion: into the inner side of the knee, under

the fascia of the rectus femoris. 0:02 oz.

16. Mm. vastus internus, externus, et crureus. The vastus

externus consists of two distinct muscles, as in the Ostrich.

0°22 oz.

17. M. psoas. This large muscle takes an origin as high as

the last rib, and is inserted into the lesser trochanter and the

380 On the Muscular Anatomy of the Leg of the Crocodile.

intertrochanteric line leading to the outer side of the femur. It

lies outside the iliacus. 0°57 oz.

18. M. iliacus. Origin: from the anterior transverse surface

of the ilium, with a slip from the spine. Insertion: altogether

into the lesser trochanter. 0-11 oz.

19. M. sartorius. Origin: behind the origin of the rectus,

on the inner side, at the junction of the ilium and marsupial

bone. Insertion: into the fascia of the inner side of the thigh,

for two-thirds of its length. 0-04 oz.

20. M. gracilis takes an origin from two heads, one at the

posterior point of the pubis and the other on the pectineal line.

Insertion: into the head of the tibia by a tendon common to it

with the semimembranosus. 0:08 oz.

21. M. pectineeus. Origin: between the two heads of gra-

cilis, from the central part of the surface of the pubis and from

the pectineal lme. Insertion: into the top of the linea aspera.

0:06 oz.

22. Mm. adductores. There are three adductor muscles :—

Ist adductor. Origin: anterior pectineal line of pubis. In-

sertion: into the upper half of the linea aspera. 0°13 oz.

Qnd adductor. Origin: from posterior edge of pubis, its middle

third. Insertion: into the middle of the linea aspera. 0:03 oz.

8rd adductor. Origin: from the posterior edge of the pubis,

close to the symphysis. Insertion: into the back of the top of

the fibula, with a fascial union with the tendon of semitendi-

nosus. 0:05 oz.

23. M. obturator externus? Origin: from the tuber ischil,

the posterior edge of the ischium, and the obturator membrane.

Insertion : an oblique line in the back of the femur, below the

insertion of the quadratus femoris. 0°13 oz.

24. M. marsupialis externus. 0°07 oz.

25. M. marsupialis internus. 0:10 oz.

These two muscles take their origin respectively from the

outer surface of the marsupial bone, and from its inner surface

and the last abdominal rib; and they are inserted by a common

tendon into the top of the posterior intertrochanteric line.

Their action is to rotate the femur directly inwards.

26. M. flexor proprius hallucis. Origm: from the outer

condyle of femur. Insertion: into the first, second, and third

toes. 0:02 oz.

27. M. flexor digitorum communis. Origin: from the fibula

and tibia. Insertion: into the first, second, and third toes.

0:05 oz.

28. M. tibialis posticus. This muscle is inserted into the

tarsal ends of the first, second, and third metatarsal bones.

0:06 oz.

Prof. G. Gulliver on Raphides and other Crystals in Plants. 331

29. M. peronzo-caleaneus. Origin: from lower part of

shaft of the fibula. Insertion: ito the upper surface of the

calcaneum. 0:01 oz.

XXX VII.— Observations on Raphides and other Crystals in Plants.

By Grorce Guiuiver, F.R.S.

[Continued from p. 117.]

Vitacee and Araliacee.—In the last communication (‘Annals’

for Aug. 1865) it was stated that raphides abound in all the

plants, therein specified, which I had examined of the order

Vitacese, while every species of the allied or related orders, of

which comparative examinations were made, proved to be devoid

of this raphidian character. I have had an opportunity, through

the courtesy of a botanical friend, of dissecting a dried fragment

of the receptacle-stalk of that most curious plant, Plerisanthes

(Vitis Pterisanthes, Mic., 8. borneensis), a bit of the dried leaf-

blade and fruit-shell of Bersama abassynica, Fresen., and a part

of the dried leaf and flower of Natalia lucens, Hochst. (Rhaganus

lucens, E. Meyer). To the same genus, I have been told, Ber-

sama abassynica is referred by Hooker and Bentham.

Pterisanthes, like Vitis, Cissus, and Leea, abounds in true

raphides and spheraphides. The raphides of Pterisanthes are

about =4,th of an inch long and ;;1,, thick; the average

diameter of the spheraphides is +,55th of an imch. The Ber-

sama and Natalia are destitute of true raphides, but contain

numerous crystal-prisms, about ~1,th of an inch long and

=aszth thick. These may be well seen in the leaf and imner

membrane of the fruit-shell of Bersama, and in the leaf, calyx,

petals, and pedicel of Natalia. The prisms have four equal

faces, and their ends slope off either from angle to angle or

from face to face.

Thus species of all the genera adopted by Lindley under the

order Vitacee—Cissus, Vitis, Pterisanthes, Leca, and Rhaganus

—have now been examined, though too often im imperfect or

unsatisfactory fragments ; and in every one of these plants true

raphides were found, except the Bersama and Natalia (Rhaganus),

in which raphides are replaced by crystal-prisms. It may be

recollected that a like phenomenon occurs in the last order

(Roxburghiacez) of the raphidian class Dictyogenz, as described

in the ‘ Annals’ for June 1865.

Of Araliaceze and Vitacez, the comparative structure in the

leaves and some other parts has already been described (‘Annals ”

for August 1865). I have lately examined fresh leaves and twigs

of Aralia spinosa, and a bit of a dried leaf-blade of A. racemosa,

332 Prof. G, Gulliver on Raphides and other Crystals in Plants.

These plants, like their congeners of the same order, abound in

spheraphides, but are destitute of raphides. Nothing of the

kind can be more beautiful than the spheeraphid tissue (‘Annals,’

Sept. 1863), extending beneath the cuticle of the whole leaf and

in the bark, of A. spinosa. These spheraphides are about

izizzth of an inch in diameter; they are somewhat larger in the

bark, and larger still in the pith.

“Tf,” says Prof. Lindley, “the Vine is compared with Aralia

racemosa, the relationship of Vitaceze to it will be too obvious

to be mistaken. Suppose that Aralia racemosa had an adherent

calyx, erect ovules, with stamens opposite the petals, and it

would be a Vitis.” But now, while recognizing the similarity

or identity of the sphzraphides of Araliaceze and Vitacez, we

perceive that Arala would require also the raphidian character

to be a Vitis. This difference is so remarkable that it may be

very easily and quickly seen by a comparison of the cells in the

leaves and other parts of the species before named of Vitis and

Aralia. Indeed the contrast in this respect between these plants

forms a very pretty microscopic object, and for this purpose the

leaves of Vitis apitfolia and Aralia spinosa answer admirably.

Callee, Orontiea, and Acoree.—We have already seen, under

the head of the raphidian order Aracez (‘ Annals,’ May 1865,

p- 881) how raphides could not be found in Acorus calamus.

In a fragment of a dried leaf of Gymnostachys anceps I found a

few raphides or raphis-like objects; but this scarcely affects the

fact of the deficiency of raphides in Acorez, and their profusion

in the members of the two other tribes of Orontiaceee—a re-

markable difference, which may be well seen by a comparison of

Calla, Monstera, Pothos, and Orontium with Acorus and Gym-

nostachys.

Hemodoree, Conostylee, and Velloziee.—Besides the species

formerly mentioned as affording numerous raphidian cells, my

dissections of Hemodorum planifolium, Anigosanthus rufus, and

A. humilis show a more or less abundance of raphides im all

these plants. But Vellozia is probably devoid of raphides; for

I could not detect them either in the withered leaves or bark of

an old dead trunk of this plant. Hence a comparative examina-

tion of the cellular structure of the Conostyles of New Holland and

the Vellozias, as well as of all the other species now placed by

botanists under Heemodoraceze, appears to be very needful and

likely to increase our know ledge of the natural affinities of this

curious order. After describing some analogy between the

stems of Pandanus and Vellozia, “Prof. Lindley judiciously says,

“ Don proposed to make an order of the Vellozias ; but, till their

structure and that of the Bloodroots shall have been thoroughly

investigated, this step would be premature.”

Prof. F. M‘Coy on the Cretaceous Deposits of Australia. 833

Pandanacee.—This order, like all the rest of Lindley’s Aral

Alliance, abounds in raphides. Besides the plants noticed in

the ‘Annals’ for May 1864, I have lately examined a leaf and

the bark of Pandanus odoratissimus and the root and a leaf of

Freycinetia imbricata. In the leaf of the former plant raphides

swarm, and occur more or less plentifully in the mesophleum,

endophleeum, and alburnum; of the latter plant raphides are

very abundant in the root, but less so in the leaf.

Thus, as far as these observations warrant the inference,

Pterisanthes and Leea have the intimate structure of a Vitis,

while the two species of Rhaganus (Bersama or Natalia) depart

from that structure, but agree well together. Acorus and Gym-

nostachys are deficient in the raphidian character of their allies ;

and the Velloziz differ in like manner from Hemodorez, Cono-

style, Pandanez, and Cyclanthee.

Edenbridge, Oct. 14, 1865.

XXXVITI.—WNote on the Cretaceous Deposits of Australia. By

Freperick M‘Coy, Professor of Natural Science in the Uni-

versity of Melbourne, and Director of the National Museum

of Victoria.

Messrs. D. Carson and J. Sutherland, of Collins Street, Mel-

bourne, recently placed in my hands, for our public Museum,

a series of specimens which they collected on the western bank

of the Flinders River, at the base of Walker’s Table Mountain,

nearly in the middle of the continent, in lat. 21° 13’ and

long. 143° 25’. The examination of these enables me to an-

nounce for the first time with certainty the existence of the

Cretaceous formations in Australia. Mr. Gregory doubtfully

indicated Cretaceous fossils in his last paper to the Geological

Society, but without any generic or specific recognition of fos-

sils of that age ; and his materials, when referred to by the officers

of the Geological Society, were only quoted as Mesozoic. Mr.

Selwyn also alluded formerly to a specimen of an Echinide in

flint, given to him as found in gravel in sinking a well at

Prahran, near Melbourne, having been identified by me as the

European Cretaceous Conulus albogalerus; and I had a flint

Ananchyies ovatus of the same age, given to me as found at

Richmond, near Melbourne also; but both of those specimens

were unsatisfactory, as far as the proof of their having really

belonged to any Australian stratum. I can now, however, re-

cognize the Lower Chalk; and this nearly fills up the great

series of marine Mesozoic formations supposed to be absent in

Australia when I left Europe, but most of which I have recog-

334 Mr. H. L. Smith on a new Growing Slide for the Microscope.

nized from fossil evidence. The most common of the fossils is

a species of Inoceramus with coarsely fibrous shell, nearly + inch

thick, agreeing in size and shape almost exactly with the English

Inoceramus mytiloides (Sow.), from which it differs in having

the hinge-line rather longer, the anterior end more poited, and

the superior posterior angle rather more obtuse. This species

I have named, in a paper read recently before the Royal Society

of Victoria, L. Carsoni (M‘Coy), in honour of one of the donors.

The second most common fossil is a much larger and broader

species of the same genus, which I at the same time named

Inoceramus Sutherlandi (M‘Coy), after the other donor of the spe-

cimens, which were so painfully carried, from the remote point

indicated to the settled districts, on their saddle. This second

species, in form, size, and concentric undulations of the surface,

nearly agrees with the French and English common Cretaceous

I. Cuvieri, but is less curved at the ventral mar gin near the beak.

The next shell is an Ammonite, in size, number and involu-

tion of whorls, shape, markings, and septa, so nearly identical

with the very common A. Beudanti (Br.) of the French Lower

Chalk, that, but for being slightly less compressed, and a slight

difference in some of the septal lobes, it could scarcely be sepa-

rated, even as a variety. I have named it Ammonites Flindersi

(M‘Coy), to call attention to the locality. It may be described

as follows :—

~ Ammonites Flindersi.

Discoid, moderately compressed ; periphery narrow, obtusely

rounded; whorls 44, about one-fourth of the width of each ex-

posed in an obtusely angular-edged, flat-sided umbilicus; sur-

face crossed by obtuse sigmoid striz, some of which are more

prominent than the more numerous intervening ones. ae

6 inches, proportional thickness 5225, width of last whorl 542..

Seven much divided lobes in the septa of each side, two of which

are within the edge of the umbilicus.

With these shells three vertebre of a large Teleosteous fish

occur.

The matrix of these specimens is an olive calcareo-argillaceous

marl.

XXXIX.—On a new Growing Slide for the Microscope.

By H. L. Smiru, Kenyon College, U.S.*

In studying the growth and conjugation of the Diatomacee, I

have felt the want of some means of keeping them alive for a

long time under the microscope, and have devised for this pur-

* From Silliman’s American Journal of Science, September 1865.

Mr. H. Ll. Smith on anew Growing Slide for the Microscope. 335

pose the slide to be described, which appears fully to meet all

requisitions ; and, as it can be readily made by any tolerably

expert microscopist, it will, I am certain, be considered a valu-

able addition to microscopical apparatus.

The whole slide, as I have constructed it, is a trifle more than

ith of an inch in thickness. It consists of two rectangular glass

plates, 3 x 2 inches and about .';th of an inch thick, separated

by thin strips of glass of the same thickness, cemented to the

interior opposed faces, as shown in the figure.

This closed cell, ultimately destined to be filled with water, is

not of such thickness as to prevent the use of the achromatic

condenser—a very important requisite. The glass I use is such

as is employed for the small cheap looking-glasses, and is easily

obtained.

The upper plate has a small hole (a) drilled through it. This

is effected by means of the or-

dinary writing-diamond and the

sharp edge ofa broken steel brooch }

or small rat-tail file. A hole can @

be drilled through glass of this fF

thickness in a few minutes. One ff

corner of the upper glass is re-

moved, as at 5, and a small strip ff

of glass cemented at c serves to !

prevent the thin glass cover placed.

over the object from sliding. Another slip of glass is cemented

on the lower side of the cell at d, but not extending as far as the

removed part at b. The object of this is to prevent the water

in the cell from being removed by capillary attraction, in case

the slide in the neighbourhood of 4 should be a little wetted.

This strip is not, however, absolutely necessary.

To use the slide, fill the space between the two plates with

clean water, introduced at 6 by means of a pipette, and also place

a drop on a to remove the air. The object being put on the top

of the slide and wetted, is now to be covered with a large square

of thin glass, e, at the same time covering the hole a. The

slide can now be placed upright, or in any position, as no water

can escape. It is, im fact, only a new application of the old

principle of the bird-fountain. As the water evaporates from

under the cover, more is supplied through the hole a, and from

time to time an air-bubble enters at b; thus a constant circula-

tion is maintained. A cell of the size named will need replen-

ishing only about once im three days, and this is readily effected

without disturbing the object. I have been enabled to make

observations by means of this slide which it would have been

very difficult, if not impossible, to have made without it.

336 Mr. J. Blackwall on new Species of Araneidea

XL.—Descriptions of recently discovered Species, and Characters

of a new Genus, of Araneidea from the East of Central Africa.

/ By Joun Bracxwatt, F.L.S.

Tue Spiders described in the following pages were captured in

the region through which the river Shiré flows to its confluence

with the Zambesi, by Mr. Horace Waller, at the particular request

of Mr. Richard Thornton, made shortly before he fell a victim

to the climate of Africa. These specimens were comprised in a

collection of Araneidea forwarded by the relatives of Mr. Thornton

to my friend Mr. Meade, who transmitted it to me for the pur-

pose of having its contents examined and descriptions made of

such species as might appear to be new to arachnologists, being

prevented himself from bestowing the requisite time on the

undertaking, for which he is so well qualified, by his numerous

professional engagements.

The late Mr. R. Thornton accompanied Dr. Livingstone in his

last expedition to South Africa, in the capacity of geologist ; and

Mr. H. Waller held the appointment of lay superintendent of

the mission to the Zambesi.

Tribe Octonoculina.

Family Lycost1p#.

Genus Crenvus, Walck.

Ctenus velox.

Length of the female ;2,ths of an inch; length of the cephalo-

thorax +, breadth +; breadth of the abdomen +; length of a

posterior leg 1,3,; length of a leg of the third pair +3.

The eyes are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalothorax

in three transverse rows; the two anterior ones, with the two

intermediate ones of the four constituting the second row, de-

scribe a trapezoid whose shortest side is before; and each of the

two eyes forming the posterior row, with a lateral one of the

second row, is seated on a tubercle ; the intermediate eyes of the

second row are the largest, and the lateral ones, which are in a

line with them, much the smallest of the eight. The cephalo-

thorax is truncated in front, compressed before, and rounded on

the sides, which are depressed and marked with furrows con-

verging towards a narrow indentation in the medial line of the

posterior region; it is clothed with short, dull-yellowish hairs,

and is of a reddish-brown colour, with narrow, dark-brown

lateral margins, parallel to which a broad, rather obscure, yel-

lowish-brown band, having its superior margin somewhat den-

tated, extends along each side; a narrow, pale red-brown band

passes from between the posterior pair of eyes to its base, and

from the East of Central Africa. 337

comprises in its anterior part a fine dark-brown line that termi-

nates at the medial indentation. The falces are powerful, coni-

cal, vertical, armed with teeth on the inner surface, provided

with long yellowish hairs, and have a dark-brown hue. The

maxille are long, straight, and truncated obliquely at the extre-

mity on the inner side, which is fringed with reddish hairs ;

and the lip is short, broad, and somewhat quadrate, but rounded

on the sides. These parts are of a reddish-brown colour, the

outer side of the maxillee and the base of the lip being much the

darkest. The sternum, which has a broad oval. form, is clothed

with short greyish hairs, interspersed with long upright ones of

a darker hue, and is of a pale red-brown colour. The legs are

long, provided with hairs and sessile spines, and of a reddish-

brown hue; the fourth pair is the longest, then the first, and

the third pair is the shortest ; the metatarsi and tarsi have hair-

hke papille on their inferior surface, and the latter are termi-

nated by two curved claws, pectinated at their base. The palpi

are long, and resemble the legs in colour (with the exception of

the base of the humeral joint, “which has a brighter tinge of red),

and have a short, curved, pectinated claw at their extremity.

The abdomen is oviform, hairy, convex above, and projects a

little over the base of the cephalothorax ; the upper part and

sides are of a brown colour freckled with yellowish grey, and a

broad dentated band of a yellower hue, bordered with black,

extends along the middle of the former, and comprises a longi-

tudinal yellow band in its anterior half; a broad, triangular,

black mark, having its truncated apex directed backwards, and

comprising within its base two oval white spots placed trans-

versely, occurs on the under part; it is bounded on each side

by a bright orange-red band, and these bands converge to the

spinners, where they meet ; the sexual organs, which are highly

developed, have a large process directed backwards from their

anterior margin, and, with the branchial opercula, are of a dark

reddish-brown hue, the latter beg the paler.

The specimen from which the description was made was the

only one of the species in the collection.

Ctenus vividus.

Length of the fouls 4°ths of an inch ; length of the cephalo-

iota 13, breadth 55, ; breadth of the abdomen =3;; length of

an anterior leg 1+; length of a leg of the third pair 1,3,.

The disposition and relative size of the eyes of this species are

similar to those of Ctenus velox. The legs are long, robust,

provided with hairs and sessile spines, and of a yellowish-brown

colour; the first pair is the longest, then the fourth, and the

third pair is the shortest ; the metatarsi and tarsi have hair-like

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xvi. " 28

338 Mr. J. Blackwall on new Species of Araneidea

papillee on their inferior surface, and the latter are termimated

by two curved claws, pectinated at their base. The palpi are

long, and resemble the legs in colour; and the digital joint,

which is strongly tinged with brown, has a short, curved, pecti-

nated claw at its extremity. The cephalothorax is truncated

in front, compressed before, and rounded on the sides, which

are depressed and marked with furrows converging towards a

narrow indentation in the medial line of the posterior region ; it

is clothed with hairs, and of a brown colour, with a broad yel-

lowish-brown band (whose superior margin is somewhat dentated)

extending along each side, and a narrow longitudinal one in the

middle, which comprises a fine brown line in its anterior part.

The falees are powerful, conical, vertical, and densely clothed

with yellow hairs at the base in front; the maxillee are straight,

enlarged at the extremity, which is rounded on the outer side,

and obliquely truncated on the inner side, where it is supplied

with long hairs; and the lip is short, broad, and somewhat

quadrate, but rounded on the sides. These parts have a red-

brown hue, the falees being much the darkest. The sternum

has a broad oval form, with small eminences on the sides, oppo-

site to the legs; it is thinly clothed with long hairs, and of a

dark-brown hue, with a faint tinge of yellow in the medial line.

The abdomen is oviform, hairy, convex above, and projects a

little over the base of the cephalothorax; it is of a dull pale-

yellow colour, streaked and spotted with brown, the under part,

which is the yellowest, being marked with the fewest and smallest

spots; a broad, dentated, dull-yellow band, bordered with brown,

and comprising a longitudinal row of irregular brown spots, ex-

tends along the middle of the upper part, “and on each side of it

there is a series of brownish-black spots; the sexual organs are

moderately developed, with a large process directed backwards

from their anterior margin, whose extremity is dilated; these

organs, with the branchial opercula, are of a brownish-yellow

colour, the latter being the paler.

The collection contained six females of this species, five of

which were immature.

Genus PasttnHea, Blackw.

Pasithea pulchra.

Length of the female +2ths of an inch; length of the cephalo-

thorax - =§;, breadth 3; ; ; breadth of the abdomen 55 length of

an anterior leg 11; length of a leg of the third pair 1+

The eyes are unequal in size, and disposed in three transverse

rows on the anterior part of the cephalothorax, high above its

frontal margin; the four posterior ones form a curved row

from the East of Central Africa. 339

whose convexity is directed backwards, and the other four de-

scribe a trapezoid whose shortest side is before; the posterior

eyes of the trapezoid are seated on tubercles, and are the largest,

and the anterior ones, which are near to each other, are much

the smallest of the eight; the entire group describes a sector of

a circle, whose radii converge towards the frontal margin. The

cephalothorax is convex, glossy, compressed before, vertical in

front, rounded on the sides, which are marked with slight fur-

rows converging towards an indentation in the medial line of

the posterior region, and has a few black bristles behind and

before the eyes; it is of a yellow-brown colour, with a broad,

angular, pale-yellowish mark on the posterior part of the ce-

phalic region, whose vertex extends to the medial indentation,

and has a small red spot on each side, towards its termination ;

this angle is bisected by a faint line of the same hue, which

originates at the intermediate eyes of the posterior row; the

space comprised between the large posterior eyes of the trapezoid

and those of the posterior row is of a dark-brown colour; a red-

brown line extends from each minute anterior eye to the frontal

margin, and there is a parallel one of the same hue on each of

its external angles. The falces are long, powerful, subconical,

and vertical; they are of a dull-yellow colour, with longitudinal

lines of a réd-brown hue, corresponding to those in front of the

cephalothorax, the exterior ones being the shortest. The maxille

are long, convex near the base, which is curved towards the lip,

but straight and pointed at the extremity; the lip is much

shorter than the maxille, somewhat triangular, and hollowed at

the apex; and the sternum is heart-shaped, with a few black

bristles distributed over its surface. These parts are of a pale-

yellowish colour tinged with green, the sternum being the palest.

The legs are very long, slender, provided with hairs and long

spines, and are of a yellow colour, spotted with brownish black,

a longitudinal red line, of greater or less extent, occurring on

the inferior surface of the femora; the first pair is the longest,

then the second, and the third pair is the shortest; each tarsus

is terminated by three claws; the two superior ones are curved

and pectinated, and the inferior one is inflected near its base.

The palpi resemble the legs in colour, but are without any red

line on their inferior surface, and have a curved pectinated claw

at their extremity. The abdomen is of an oblong-oviform figure,

somewhat pointed at the spinners, convex above, and projects a

little over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is sparingly supplied

with hairs, and of a pale-yellow colour, finely reticulated with

dull green ; a yellow band, streaked and freckled with red, and

strongly dentated on its inner margin, extends from the anterior

extremity of the upper part along each side of the medial line

23*

340 Mr. J. Blackwall on new Species of Araneidea

to the spmners, where the two meet; and in the anterior part

of the space comprised between the two bands there is a short

longitudinal one, of a dark dull-greenish colour, which is

rather irregular in outline, ramified at its posterior extremity,

and has a short transverse bar of the same hue near its anterior

extremity ; a somewhat obscure yellow band extends along each |

side of the medial line of the under part, and two nearly parallel,

irregular, fine, black lines pass from the sexual organs halfway

towards the spmners; the sexual organs are highly developed,

with a strong septum in the middle, and are of a very dark

greenish colour, tinged with red, that of the spinners being pale

green.

Two adult females were comprised in the collection, one of

which had deposited its ova.

It is proposed to transfer the Spiders of the genus Pasithea

from the family Thomiside, in which they were originally placed,

to that of the Lycoside, as, by the disposition of their eyes and

the structure of their legs, they evidently possess a relation of

affinity to certain species of the genus Sphasus.

Family THomisip2&.

Genus SeLEenops, Dufour.

Selenops. alacer.

Length of the female #ths of an inch; length of the cephalo-

thorax ;5,, breadth =°,; breadth of the abdomen 1; length of

a leg of the third pair 1,1,; length of a leg of the first pair 1.

The eyes are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalo-

thorax ; four, nearly equal in size, form, immediately above the

frontal margin, a slightly curved transverse row, whose convexity

is directed forwards; the eyes of each lateral pair are seated

obliquely on a tubercle apart, the two anterior ones, which are

oval and the smallest and lightest-coloured, being situated a

little in advance of the lateral eyes of the transverse row ; and

this row, if extended, would include in its curve the two posterior

eyes, which are the largest of the eight. The cephalothorax is

large, depressed, compressed before, slightly rounded in front,

and greatly so on the sides, which are strongly marked with

furrows converging towards an oblong indentation in the medial

line of the posterior region ; it is of a red-brown colour, and is

supplied with hoary hairs having a yellowish tint. The falces

are short, powerful, conical, very convex in front, vertical, and

armed with a few teeth on the inner surface; the maxille are

straight, and increase in breadth towards the extremity, which

is obliquely truncated on the inner side; and the lip is semi-

circular. These parts are of a dark-brown colour, tinged with

from the East of Central Africa. 341

red; the falces are the darkest, and the extremity of the maxille

and apex of the lip have a brownish-yellow hue. The sternum

is nearly circular ; the legs are long, robust, and provided with

hairs and spines ; their relative length could not be ascertained,

as the second pair was missing; but the third pair is a little

longer than the fourth, which somewhat surpasses the first pair;

each tarsus is terminated by two plain, curved claws, and below

them there is a scopula; the palpi are short, and the digital

joint, which is provided with spines, has a curved, minutely

pectinated claw at its extremity. These parts are of a red-brown

colour; the sternum is the palest, and the metatarsal joint of

the legs and the digital joint of the palpi are the darkest-coloured.

The abdomen is of a depressed oviform figure, and the anterior

extremity, which is fringed with fine bristles, and has the ap-

pearance of having been cut directly across, projects very little

over the base of the cephalothorax; it is clothed with heary

hairs having a yellowish tint, and is of a dull brownish-yellow

colour, obscurely freckled with brown, particularly on the upper

part and sides; the sexual organs are moderately developed,

and have a triangular reddish-brown process connected with

each lateral margin, whose vertices nearly meet, a small semi-

circular one of the same hue directed forwards from the posterior

margin, and a larger semicircular process of a reddish-yellow

colour, directed backwards from the anterior margin.

The collection contained two adult females of this species.

Family Turriprip#&.

Genus Latropectus, Walck.

Latrodectus cinctus.

Length of the female 2ths of aninch; length of the cephalo-

thorax 4, breadth =3;; breadth of the abdomen +; length of an

anterior leg 2; length of a leg of the third pair +.

The abdomen is very convex above, thinly clothed with hairs,

and projects over the base of the cephalothorax; it is of a

brownish-black colour, with an oblong mark extending upwards

from the spinners, and three curved transverse bands of a deep

orange-colour on the upper part; the first of these bands is the

shortest, and is situated in front, the second is longer, and the

third, which is much the longest, and curved very obliquely,

increases in breadth towards its extremities, whose pointed ter-

mination is in contact with the posterior extremity of the oblong

orange-coloured mark above the spinners ; the sexual organs are

well developed, and of a dark-brown hue, tinged with red, that

of the branchial opercula being red-brown. Immature females

are of a pale-yellow hue where adults are orange-coloured. The

342 Mr. J. Blackwall on new Species of Araneidea

eyes are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalothorax, high

above the frontal margin, in two transverse, nearly straight

rows ; the four intermediate ones almost form a square, the two

anterior ones, which are seated on a prominence, being rather

nearer to each other than the two posterior ones; the lateral

eyes of both rows are the largest, and each is placed on a tubercle.

The cephalothorax is oval, somewhat convex, hairy, and has a

large indentation in the medial line of the posterior region; the

maxillz are short, obliquely truncated at the extremity, on the

outer side, and inclined towards the lip, which is broad and

semicircular ; the sternum is heart-shaped; the legs are robust

and hairy ; the first pair is the longest, then the fourth, and the

third pair is the shortest; each tarsus is terminated by three

claws ; the two superior ones are curved and pectinated, and the

inferior one is inflected near its base; the palpi are moderately

long, and have a curved, pectinated claw at their extremity.

These parts are of a dark-brown colour, the extremity of the

maxillze having a yellowish-brown tint. The falces are conical,

vertical, and of a red-brown hue.

An adult and an immature female of this Latrodectus were

comprised in the collection,

Family Eeriaipm.

Genus Eprira, Walck.

Epeira vigilans. ;

Length of the female ;2,ths of an inch; length of the cephalo-

thorax 1, breadth +; breadth of the abdomen ?; length of an

anterior leg +3; length of a leg of the third pair =3.

The cephalothorax is convex, compressed before, rounded in

front and on the sides, with an indentation in the medial line of

the posterior region; it is thinly clothed with yellowish-grey

hairs, and is of a red-brown colour, the sides being much the

darkest. The falces are powerful, conical, vertical, and armed

with teeth on the inner surface ; the maxillze are short, straight,

and enlarged and rounded at the extremity ; and the lip is semi-

circular, but somewhat pointed at the apex. These parts are of

a pale red-brown colour, the extremity of the maxillz and the

apex of the lip having a pale-yellow hue. The sternum is heart-

shaped, with small eminences on the sides, opposite to the legs,

and is of a dull-yellow colour, tinged with brown on the lateral

margins. The eyes are disposed on the anterior part of the

cephalothorax in two transverse rows ; the four intermediate ones

are seated on a protuberance, and describe a trapezoid, the two

anterior ones, which are the largest of the eight, being wider

apart than the posterior ones; the eyes of each lateral pair are

from the East of Central Africa. 343

placed obliquely on a small tubercle, and are near to each other,

but not in contact. The legs are long, provided with hairs and

spines, and of a red-brown colour, strongly tinged with brown

at the extremity of the joints; the first pair is the longest, then

the second, and the third pair is the shortest; the tarsi are ter-

minated by claws of the usual number and structure. The palpi

are of a red-brown hue, and have a curved, pectinated claw at

their extremity. The abdomen is of a depressed oviform figure,

and projects over the base of the cephalothorax; it is thinly

clothed with short pale hairs, and of a dull-yellow colour, with

a large oval brown mark on each side of its anterior extremity ;

a triangular brown spot, whose vertex extends between the two

oval marks, occurs in the medial line of the upper part, and

comprises three pairs of short oblique black streaks; this tri-

angular spot, which has a strongly marked streak of the same

hue directed obliquely outwards and backwards from each side,

is followed by a large, pale-brown, leaf-shaped mark that tapers

to the spinners, and has its sinuous margins bordered by a fine

black line whose continuity is much interrupted; the middle of

this mark is occupied by a longitudinal, taper, yellow band,

crossed by lines of the same hue, and comprising some short

black streaks in its anterior part, and several fine, long, brown

lines in its posterior part; two depressed dark-brown spots,

situated on each side of the medial line, nearly form a square,

the two posterior ones being larger and rather wider apart than

the anterior ones; the sides are marked transversely with nu-

merous fine brown lines, most of which meet at their superior

extremities ; the under part has longitudinal brown streaks on

its sides, and a large dark-brown mark in the middle, whose

contracted extremity extends to the spinners; it has an obscure

yellowish hue in the medial line, and is bordered anteriorly and

laterally with yellow, two spots of the same hue occurring on

each side of the brown spinners; the sexual organs, which are

not highly developed, have a long process directed backwards

from their anterior margin, whose surface is concave and extre-

mity rounded; they are of a red-brown colour, that of the

branchial opercula being yellowish-brown.

Three adult females of Hpetra vigilans were included in the

collection.

Genus Nepuiia, Leach.

Nephila Keyserlingit.

Length of the female 1,8, inch; length of the cephalo-

thorax 14, breadth ;; breadth of the abdomen +; length of

an anterior leg 27; length of a leg of the third pair 12.

The eyes are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalo-

344. Mr. J. Blackwall on new Species of Araneidea

thorax in two transverse rows; the four intermediate ones

nearly form a square, the two anterior ones, which are seated

on a protuberance, and are rather nearer to each other than the

two posterior ones, being the largest of the eight; the eyes of

each lateral pair are placed obliquely on a prominent tubercle,

and are separated by a considerable interval. The cephalo-

thorax is long, somewhat convex, particularly in the cephalic

region, truncated in front, compressed before, moderately rounded

on the sides, which are marked with furrows converging towards

a transverse pair of indentations in the medial line of the poste-

rior region, and has two conical glossy eminences placed trans-

versely near its middle; it is of a dark-brown colour, which is

almost concealed by a covering of short, adpressed, white hairs

having a silvery lustre. The falces are powerful, conical, ver-

tical, glossy, convex at the base, in front, and armed with teeth

on the inner surface; the maxille are short, strong, and greatly

enlarged and rounded at the extremity ; and the lip is somewhat

oval. These parts are of a very dark brown colour, the extremity

of the maxille, the apex of the lip, and a line extending along

the middle of the latter having a dull-yellow hue. The sternum

is heart-shaped and glossy, with prominences on the sides, and

a somewhat pointed one opposite to the base of the lip; it is of

a bright yellow colour, with a large, irregular, transverse dark-

brown mark in the middle, and narrow lateral margins of a

similar hue. The legs are very long, slender, provided with fine

spines and hairs, the latter bemg the longest and densest on the

inferior surface and sides of the tibize of all the legs except those

of the third pair; they are of a yellow colour; a broad annulus

near the middle and a narrow one at the extremity of the femora,

the genua, the base, and a broad annulus near the middle of the

tibize of the first and second pairs, the extremity of the femora,

the genua and tibiz of the third pair, and the extremity of the

femora, the genua, and about two-thirds of the tibie from the

base of the fourth pair, with the metatarsi and tarsi of all the

legs, have a dark-brown hue; the first pair is the longest, then

the second, and the third pair is the shortest ; the tarsi are ter-

minated by claws of the usual number and structure. ‘The palpi

are short, and of a yellow colour, the digital jot, which has a

curved, slightly pectinated claw at its extremity, being strongly

tinged with brown. The abdomen is subcylindrical, projecting

over the base of the cephalothorax, and is broader at the anterior

than at the posterior extremity, which is rounded and extends

beyond the spinners ; it is thinly clothed with short hoary hairs

on the upper part and sides, and is of an olive-brown colour, the

under part being the darkest ; a broad, yellow, transverse band

near the anterior extremity passes along the upper part of each

from the East of Central Africa. 345

side to the posterior extremity, its posterior half being irregular

in outline, particularly on its superior margin ; four large yellow

spots are disposed longitudinally in the medial line, and a series

of four small, depressed, brown spots occurs on each side of it ;

several fine brown lines extend along the middle, which are most

conspicuous on the yellow spots ; a yellow band, whose posterior

half is broken into spots and streaks, some of which are covered

with white hairs, passes along the lower part of each side to the

spinners, and above those organs there are six small yellow spots

disposed in pairs; on the under part a yellow, curved, transverse

band passes immediately below the sexual organs, and midway

between those organs and the spinners there is an irregular

transverse band of the same hue; the sexual organs are well

developed and prominent, the anterior margin being oval, and

the posterior one somewhat triangular; these organs, with the

spinners and branchial opercula, have a dark-brown hue, that

of the inner margin of the opercula being pale-yellow.

The collection contained four females of this large and hand-

some species of Nephila, with which I have connected the name

of M. Keyserling, whose researches in this department of arach-

nology have contributed greatly to extend our knowledge of the

Epeiride. :

Nephila venusta.

Length of the female 4ths of an inch; length of the cephalo-

thorax =3,, breadth 4; breadth of the abdomen -3,; length of

an anterior leg 12; length of a leg of the third pair 2.

The legs are long, slender, provided with fine spines and hairs,

the latter being the longest and most abundant on the tibie and

base of the metatarsi of the first, second, and fourth pairs ; they

are of a reddish-brown colour, the metatarsi and tarsi being the

darkest ; the first pair is the longest, then the second, and the

third pair is the shortest; the tarsi are terminated by claws of

the usual number and structure. The palpi are short, and paler

than the legs, the extremity of the radial and the whole of the

digital joint being strongly tinged with brown; the latter is

supplied with long hairs and spines, and has a curved, slightly

pectinated claw at its extremity. The eyes are disposed on the

anterior part of the cephalothorax in two transverse rows; the

four intermediate ones nearly form a square, the two anterior

ones, which are seated on a protuberance, and are rather nearer

to each other than the two posterior ones, being the largest of

the eight ; the eyes of each lateral pair are placed obliquely on

a prominent tubercle, and are separated by a considerable in-

terval. The cephalothorax is long, somewhat convex, particu-

larly in the cephalic region, truncated in front, compressed be-

fore, moderately rounded on the sides, which are marked with

346 Mr. J. Blackwall on new Species of Araneidea

furrows converging towards a transverse pair of indentations in

the medial line of the posterior region, and has two small, coni-

cal, glossy eminences placed transversely near its middle, and

numerous very minute ones on its lateral margins; it is of a

very dark brown colour, which is almost concealed by a covering

of short, adpressed white hairs having a silvery lustre. The falces

are powerful, conical, vertical, glossy, and armed with teeth on

the inner surface; the maxille are short, strong, and greatly

enlarged and rounded at the extremity ; and the lip is somewhat

oval. These parts are of a dark-brown colour, the falces being

much the darkest ; the maxille have a yellow-brown hue at their

extremity, on the inner surface, and the lip is marked with a

longitudinal yellow band, which is contracted in the middle.

The sternum is heart-shaped and glossy, with prominences on

the sides and a pointed one opposite to the base of the lip; it is -

of a bright-yellow colour. The abdomen is subcylindrical, pro-

jecting over the base of the cephalothorax, and its posterior ex-

tremity, which is rounded, extends a little beyond the spinners ;

it is of a yellow-brown colour, reticulated and spotted with pale

dull-yellow on the upper part and sides, the anterior extremity

being the yellowest ; many of the spots, which vary in size and

form, are covered with white hairs having a silvery lustre; a

series of three depressed spots occurs on each side of the medial

line, and on its posterior half four fine lines are disposed longi-

tudinally ; these spots and lines have a brown hue, and two

large irregular spots of a darker brown are situated on the lower

part of each side; the under part is of an olive-brown colour,

with four slightly curved, pale-yellow lines, which describe a

quadrilateral figure in the middle ; the spinners and the branchial

opercula are of a brown colour, the inner margin of the latter

having a dull-yellow hue; the sexual organs are well developed,

with a longitudinal septum in the middle, and the anterior mar-

gin presents two prominent, glossy convexities; their colour is

dark-brown tinged with red.

Two adult females of Nephila venusta were included in the

collection.

Genus Arcyopes, Savigny.

Argyopes caudatus.

Length of the female 1,3, inch ; length of the cephalothorax 2,

breadth }; breadth of the abdomen +%;; length of an anterior

leg 2; length of a leg of the third pair 1,1,

The abdomen is large, and of a depressed oviform figure ; its

anterior extremity, which has the appearance of having been

cut directly across, projects over the base of the cephalothorax,

and its posterior extremity extends greatly beyond the spinners;

from the East of Central Africa. 347

three strong conical prominences project from each side; and it

is terminated by a membranous caudal appendage, with a minute

conical prominence on each side of its base; the upper part is

clothed with hoary hairs, and is of a yellow colour, with a broad,

semilunar, brown mark at its anterior extremity, whose convexity

is directed upwards; to this mark succeed five transverse bands

of a darker hue, whose margins are very irregular, the first and

last having their continuity interrupted in the middle; there is

a series of four depressed brown spots on each side of the medial

line, and four fine lines of a similar hue are disposed longitudi-

nally on the posterior part; the colour of the caudal appendage

is brown, and above it there is an oblong yellow spot ; the sides

and under part have a brown hue; the former are corrugated

and marked with brownish-yellow spots and streaks, which are

almost concealed by hoary hairs, and the yellow lateral tubercles

are marked transversely with brown in the middle; a series of

large, irregular, yellow spots extends along each side of the me-

dial line of the under part, and minute spots of a similar hue

occur in the interval between the two; the sexual organs, which

are moderately developed, have a long, pale reddish-brown pro-

cess in connexion with their anterior margin that is directed

backwards, and their predominant colour, with that of the

branchial opercula, is dark-brown faintly tinged with red, the

latter being the paler. The eyes are disposed on the anterior

part of the cephalothorax in two transverse rows; the four in-

termediate ones nearly form a square, the two anterior ones,

which are seated on a small protuberance, being the largest of

the eight; the eyes of each lateral pair are placed obliquely on

a tubercle, and are near to each other, but not in contact, the

anterior ones being much the smallest. The cephalothorax is

compressed before, rounded in front and on the sides, slightly

convex, with a broad, shallow indentation in the medial line of

the posterior region ; it is of a dark-brown colour, with a broad

pale reddish-brown band extending from the front to the medial

indentation, and brownish-yellow lateral margins ; these colours

are concealed, except at the base, by a dense covering of white

adpressed hairs. The falces are powerful, conical, vertical, armed

with teeth on the inner surface, and of a red-brown colour.

The maxillze are short, strong, and greatly enlarged and rounded

at the extremity ; the lip is semicircular, but somewhat pointed

at the apex; and the sternum is heart-shaped, hairy, and has

eminences on the sides opposite to the legs. These parts are of

a dark-brown colour; the extremity of the maxilla and the

apex of the lip have a brownish-yellow hue ; and a band extend-

ing along the middle of the sternum, from each side of which a

streak is directed obliquely backwards and outwards, and two

318 Mr. J. Blackwall on new Species of Araneidea

minute spots on each side of its anterior part are of a yellow

eolour. The legs are long, provided with hairs and spines, and

are of a dark-brown colour, the inferior surface of the coxee and

of the femora, especially at their base, being strongly tinged

with dull-yellow; the first pair is the longest, then the second,

and the third pair is the shortest; the tarsi are terminated by

claws of the usual number and structure. The palpi are of a

dull-yellow colour, the digital joint (which is supplied with spines

and terminated by a curved, pectinated claw) being tinged with

brown at its extremity.

The collection contained four adult females of this species.

Genus Eurysoma, Koch.

Eurysoma Thorntoni.

Length of the female +$ths of an inch ; length of the cephalo-

thorax .{;, breadth +; breadth of the abdomen ;4; length of a

posterior leg +; length of a leg of the third pair 1.

The eyes are situated near the frontal margin of the cephalo-

thorax ; the four intermediate ones are seated on a protuberance

and form a square, the two anterior ones being the largest and

darkest-coloured of the eight ; the eyes of each lateral pair are

placed a little apart on a tubercle, and are distant from the four

intermediate ones. The cephalothorax is convex, glossy, de-

pressed towards the extremities, compressed before, broadly

truncated in front, rounded on the sides, which are marked with

furrows converging towards an indentation in the medial line of

the posterior region, and is of a yellow-red colour. The falces

are short, powerful, conical, armed with teeth on the inner sur-

face, inclined towards the sternum, and of a brown colour, faintly

tinged with red. The maxille are straight, and enlarged and

rounded at the extremity; the lip is semicircular; and the ster-

num is heart-shaped, with eminences on the sides, opposite to

the legs. These parts are of a yellow colour, the maxillz and

lip having a tinge of brown. The legs are short, provided with

hairs, and are of a dark-brown colour, with the exception of the

coxee and about two-thirds of the femora from the base, which

have a yellow hue; the fourth pair is the longest, then the first,

and the third pair is the shortest; the tarsi are terminated by

claws of the usual number and structure. The palpi, which are

short, resemble the legs in colour, and have a curved, pectinated

claw at their extremity. The abdomen is nearly circular, rather

broader than long, without spines, glossy, moderately convex

above, and projects greatly over the base of the cephalothorax ;

the upper part is of a deep-black hue, marked with numerous

circular depressions, and with twenty-two bright-yellow spots,

from the East of Central Africa. 349

of various shapes and sizes; sixteen occur on the margins, two

in the medial line, and two on each side; the two smallest are

situated on the frontal margin, and between them there are two

others of an oval form; these latter spots are followed by a cir-

cular one in the medial line, to which succeeds a large one of

an oblong heart-shape, veined with pale-brown; the anterior

spot on the side is large and reniform, and the posterior spot is

connected with a marginal one; the under part is much corru-

gated, and of a brownish-black colour, that of the spinners,

which are encircled by a rim, being dark-brown; a large semi-

circular band behind the spinners, and the space surrounding

the pedicle by which the cephalothorax is attached to the abdo-

men, including the branchial opercula, are of a yellow hue, with

transverse, forked, soot-coloured lines; the sexual organs are

moderately developed, and of a dark-brown colour, tinged with

red, that of the anterior margin, which is semicircular and rather

prominent, being brownish-yellow.

This elegantly marked Eurysoma, two specimens of which

were comprised in the collection, is dedicated to the memory of

of the late Richard Thornton, Esq., whose premature death,

deeply deplored by his friends, has removed from his sphere of

usefulness here an intelligent and zealous votary of natural

science.

Eurysoma Walleri.

Length of the female +/ths of an inch ; length of the cephalo-

thorax =3,, breadth -2;; breadth of the abdomen 43; length of

a posterior leg 41; length of a leg of the third pair 4.

The cephalothorax is convex, depressed towards the extremi-

ties, glossy, compressed before, broadly truncated in front,

rounded on the sides, which are marked with slight furrows con-

verging towards an indentation in the medial line of the poste-

rior region, and is of a brownish-yellow colour. The falces are

short, powerful, conical, armed with teeth on the inner surface,

inclined towards the sternum, and of a brown hue, tinged with

yellow on the sides and at the base. The maxille are straight,

and enlarged and rounded at the extremity; the lip is semi-

circular; and the sternum is heart-shaped, with eminences on

the sides, opposite to the legs. These parts have a yellow hue,

the maxillz and hp being tinged with brown. The eyes are

situated near the frontal margin of the cephalothorax; the four

intermediate ones are seated on a protuberance, and form a

square, the two anterior ones being the largest and darkest-

coloured of the eight ; the eyes of each lateral pair are placed

apart on a tubercle, and are distant from the four intermediate

ones. The legs are short, provided with hairs, and are of a

yellow colour, with brownish-black annuli, each femur haying a

350 Mr. J. Blackwall on a new Genus of Araneidea

single annulus at its extremity; the fourth pair is the longest,

then the first, and the third pair is the shortest; the tarsi are

terminated by claws of the usual number and structure. The

palpi are short, somewhat darker-coloured than the legs, and

have a curved, pectinated claw at their extremity. The abdomen

is nearly circular, rather broader than long, without spines,

glossy, moderately convex above, and projects greatly over the

base of the cephalothorax; it is of a yellow colour, with five

depressed brownish-black spots, forming, near the frontal mar-

gin, a transverse curved row whose convexity is directed back-

wards, the two exterior spots being the smallest of the five ;

four similar spots occur on each side, parallel to the margin ;

four smaller ones form a transverse, slightly curved row near

the posterior margin, whose convexity is directed forwards ; and

there are three similar spots on each side of the medial line,

those constituting the intermediate pair being the largest and

widest apart ; the under part is much corrugated, and has a

large, triangular, dark-brown mark in the middle, comprising

within its vertex. the spinners, which are encircled by a rim ;

the whole is encompassed by a broad yellow margin marked

with depressed brownish-black spots, from which lines of the

same hue pass towards the centre; the sexual organs are mo-

derately developed, with a small, oval, brownish-yellow. process

in connexion with their anterior margin, and are of a dark-brown

hue, tinged with red, that of the branchial opercula being

yellow,

I have conferred upon this syecies the name of Horace Waller,

Esq., an ardent naturalist, and the friend and fellow-traveller of

Mr. Thornton,

Eurysoma Walleri bears/a strong resemblance to the Gaste-

racantha hemispherica of /M. Koch (Die Arachniden, Band xi.

p- 49, tab. 375. fig. 874), but differs from it in the number,

distribution, and relative size of the depressed brownish-black

spots on the abdomen, and also in some other particulars. The

generic name Gasteracantha being quite inapplicable to a spider

absolutely devoid of spines, I have placed this species, notwith-

standing the numerous depressed dark-coloured spots with

which its carapace is marked, in the genus Hurysoma, to which,

for the same reason, I think it would be expedient to transfer

Gasteracantha hemispherica.

Genus Pycnacantua, Blackw.

Eyes small, disposed on the anterior part of the cephalo-

thorax ; the four intermediate ones are seated on a narrow, pro-

minent protuberance directed obliquely upwards and forwards,

and nearly describe a square; the two superior ones are placed

from the East of Central Africa. 351

on the summit of the protuberance, and the two inferior ones,

which are rather wider apart and the largest of the eight, are

situated near its middle, in front ; the lateral eyes are the small-

est ; those of each pair are seated obliquely on the outer side of

a slender, elevated, upright tuoercle, a little below its somewhat

pointed extremity, and are separated by a moderately wide

interval.

Mazille short, straight, and enlarged and rounded at the

extremity.

Lip semicireular, but slightly pointed at the apex.

Legs moderately robust ; the first and second pairs are much

longer than the third and fourth pairs, the first pair being the

longest and the third the shortest.

Abdomen subglobose, provided on the upper part and sides

with numerous, close-set, sharp-pointed spines, varying greatly

in their dimensions.

Pycnacantha Meadi.

Length of the female + an inch; length of the cephalo-

thorax +, breadth $; breadth of the abdomen 1; length of an

anterior leg =4;; length of a leg of the third pair 3.

The cephalothorax is compressed before, truncated in front,

with prominent lateral angles, broadly rounded on the sides,

somewhat convex, and has a shallow indentation in the medial

line of the posterior region; it is thinly clothed with short,

whitish hairs, and of a dull-yellow colour, the base bemg much

the palest ; a narrow brown band passes from between the lateral

tubercles to the medial indentation ; a longitudinal one, of a

similar hue, but somewhat paler, whose posterior part is much

the broadest, occurs on each side, and small black prominences,

which are most numerous on the medial band, are distributed

over its surface. The falces are conical, vertical, armed with

teeth on the imner surface, and of a pale-yellow colour in front,

the outer side and extremity having a reddish-brown hue. The

maxillee and lip are of a dark reddish-brown colour, the extremity

of the former and the apex of the latter having a yellowish-white

hue. The sternum is heart-shaped, with small eminences on the

sides, opposite to the legs, and is of a yellow colour, with dark-

brown margins. The legs are provided with hairs and spines,

two parallel rows of the latter occurring on the inferior surface

of the metatarsi and tarsi of the first and second pairs; they

have a pale dull-yellow hue, and the tarsi are terminated by

claws of the usual number and structure. The palpi resemble

the legs im colour, and have a short, curved, pectinated claw at

their extremity. The abdomen, which is clothed with short,

pale hairs, is of a subglobose form, very convex above, projecting

352 Mr. H. Seeley on two new Plestosaurs from the Lias.

over the base of the cephalothorax, and is armed on the upper

part and sides with about fifty sharp-pointed yellow spines;

two, much larger than the rest, are unequally forked, having a‘

short spine on “their outer side, and are of a red-brown colour,

the anterior surface of the prongs and a broad annulus at their

base being much the darkest; these spines -are placed trans-

versely on the most elevated part of the abdomen ; it is of a

pale dull-yellow hue, and has small black prominences distri-

buted over its upper part and sides; the former has a narrow

brown band extending from its anterior extremity to the spin-

ners, near the middle of which there are two short brown lines

curved towards each other, comprising in the interval between

them a pair of spines; and the latter are marked with dark-

brown transverse lines, bordered anteriorly with pale yellow ;

the under part is corrugated, and minute, depressed, brown

spots are disposed in rows in the curved transverse furrows ;

the sexual organs present a narrow transverse orifice, and have

a reddish-brown hue, that of the branchial opercula being yel-

lowish-brown.

I have much pleasure in associating the name of my valued

friend and correspondent, R. H. Meade, Esq., with this very

remarkable Spider, which forms a connecting link between the

species of the genera Epetra and Acrosoma.

XLI.—On two new Plesiosaurs, from the Lias. By Harry

Srey, F.G.S., of the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge.

[Plates XIV. & XV.]

Tuomas Hawkins, Esquire, to whose zeal English science owes

many exquisitely wrought- out Reptiles of the Liassic seas, pre-

sented to the University of Cambridge a series of Saurians

which grace the walls of the Woodwardian Museum. Two are

Plesiosaurs, both of new species: one of them, already famous

for having the unanchylosed bones described by the late Lucas

Barrett in his paper on the Plesiosaurian atlas and axis, displays

limbs, ribs, all the dorsal vertebrae, and much of the neck; the

other and smaller fragment has a part only of the neck and back,

ribs, episternum, coracoid, s scapula, and clavicle.

The lar ger fossil seems to have been imbedded laying on its

back, with the neck swayed laterally ; but all the vertebrae now

rest on the left side, so that the neck is curved, as though the

head had been drawn back. Except the first four caudal verte-

bre, the tail is wanting, and many vertebre are absent from the

middle of the neck. Mr. Barrett considered the remains to in-

Mr. H. Seeley on two new Plesiosaurs from the Lias, 353

dicate a young animal; but, though probably not aged, there is

no evidence that it was immature.

The species hitherto undetermined, indicated by twenty-four

vertebrae between the last of the neck and the first of the tail,

and by eight carpal bones and five bones in the tarsus, is

different from every other yet characterized. So it will now be

described as

Plesiosaurus eleutheraxon*.

The atlas and axis are contrasted with the same bones in Plesi-

osaurus Etheridgii, and well figured in the ‘Annals of Natural

History’? for November 1858. ‘To these succeed eleven verte-

bra, which with their interspaces occupy 9% inches. The para-

pophyses for the hatchet bones occupy at first all the width be-

tween the epiphyses, but at the thirteenth they are found only

on the hinder half of the side of the vertebre. The neura-

pophyses soon extend to the whole length of the vertebree; the

zygapophyses are long, the neural spine compressed, wide, and

not very high. The sides of these cervical vertebre are flat-

tened, but the under surface between the hatchet bones is exca-

vated.

The third vertebra is ;°, inch long, and # of an inch wide

over the articular end, which is ;°; of an inch high. Subsemi-

circular in outline in front, being flattened above, it is moderately

concave, and, like all the cervical vertebree, has a bevelled border,

which is always of the same width. The articular surface is

oval in the sixth, which is nearly 2 of an inch wide and % high.

The thirteenth is = of an inch long.

Two inches’ interspace here separates the next three vertebrae,

which are noticeably larger, have long narrow venous foramina

between the small ploughshare bones, and extend over 33 inches.

The last of these vertebrae measures 24 inches from base to top

of the neural spe, which is much less high in front than be-

hind, and from front to back nearly as long as the vertebra.

After these there is a vacant imterspace of 11 inches; and

then the remainder of the spinal column is continuous to the

end, the thirty-five vertebree maintaining a nearly uniform size.

In the first seven the circular parapophysis rapidly ascends the

side, becoming elliptical, and at the eighth the articulation for the

rib, which there becomes very much larger, is entirely supported -

on the neural arch. ‘The sides are concave, so that the epiphyses

form a broad rim, and inferiorly they meet in a sharp angle,

which disappears with the first dorsal. The seven vertebre

measure 10 inches. The neural spine is now much longer, and

makes the height of the first of these seven cervicals 34 inches.

* @hevOepos, Lat. liber; dEav, Lat. avis.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. xvi. 24,

354 Mr. H. Seeley on two new Plesiosaurs from the Lias.

Each centrum is much higher than long. Thus there are, with

two scattered on the slab, twenty-seven cervical vertebra pre-

served; and if the interspaces represent the number missing

there must have sheet originally about tLe -six. The hinder

cervical ribs are 2 inches long.

In a former paper on Plesiosaurus macr opterus, I adopted as

the first dorsal that vertebra in which the rib rises entirely on

the neural arch—a view since sanctioned by Professor Owen in

his Monograph of Plesiosaurs.

The length of the dorsal and sacral region in this specimen is

2 feet 5 inches, and it includes twenty- four vertebrae, twenty-one

of which, measuring 2 feet 14 inch, have the ribs_ entirely

supported on diapophyses. The remaining three, with large

articular facets, may be considered pelvic. The first dorsal is

an inch anda quarter long ; but these vertebrae gradually become

a little shorter, and the last dorsal measures only 1;4,inch. The

venous foramina rise to the middle of the side, which is much

more concave than it was in the neck. The diapophysial articu-

lation is vertical, looks behind, is subelliptical, and in the first few

vertebree more than an inch deep; but it soon becomes smaller,

and more circular. The caudal vertebre are shorter than those

of the back, have flatter sides, and are marked by large heema-

pophysial pits. The ribs are very short, and, like those of the

hinder part of the neck, taper to an end in about 2 inches. The

four caudal vertebre with their interspaces measure 4+ inches.

As in the typical specimens of all the species with which this

one presents any affinity, it is the under surface of the limbs which

is displayed: those of the right side are zz sztu; but on the other

side only the femur and humerus remain, the latter showing the

upper surface. The fore limb is slightly the shorter, measuring

23+ inches, while the hind limb is 24 inches long.

The humerus measures 83 inches long, is 32 inches over the

radial end, and 13 inch over the greater part of the shaft. The

proximal end is a little contracted and bent backward, and the

rough condyle is moderately convex. The under surface is flat-

tened and rounded, and displays at an inch below the condyle a

slight oblique rough process, probably for attachment of the

latissimus dorsi. The anterior border is somewhat straight,

- being slightly concave below and slightly convex above; but the

posterior border is more deeply and regularly cupped. The

superior is rather flatter than the inferior surface, except at the

proximal end, which becomes elevated to a trochanteroid thick-

ening for the deltoid, subscapularis, and pectoralis muscles, and

makes the bone concave in length. The ulna is flattened, and

slightly reniform, and a little shorter than the radius, being

3+ inches long and 2+ inches wide, and 25%; inches long in

Mr. H. Seeley on two new Plesiosaurs from the Lias. 355

front ; the radius, more convex than the ulna, is contracted below.

It measures 21 inches over the top, 12 inch in the middle,

12 inch at bottom, and is 84 inches long. There are 8 carpal

bones—5 in the upper row, 3 in the lower row; they add

4 inches to the length of the limb.

Thephalanges and metacarpal bones, which are gracefully curved

backward, are in five rows, and measure 101 inches. There are

3 bones in the first row, 6 in the second, 9 in the third, 8 in the

fourth, and 4 in the fifth row: they have the usual flattened

hour-glass form, and vary much in length, the row usually named

metacarpal being the longest. The metacarpal of the first digit

is subquadrate, and not quite an inch long; the metacarpal of

the fourth digit is 13 inch long. The most massive metacarpal

is that of the fifth digit. The terminal phalange is always nar-

row at the distal end.

The extreme length of the femur is 81 inches: it has a large

hemispherical condyle, 14 inch deep and 12 inch wide. The

smallest diameter of the shaft is 1+ inch, and the diameter of

the distal end of the bone is 31 inches. The anterior side is

longer than the posterior side, but is less deeply cupped. The

under surface is more rounded than the under side of the

humerus, and has a stronger rugose thickening below the con-

dyle for the psoas muscle.

The tibia and fibula are much like the ulna and radius, ex-

cept that the fibula is more reniform.

The fibula is 2 inches wide, 22 inch long, and 2+ inches long

in front. The tibia is 24 inches at top, 14 inch in the middle

and 12 inch at the base, and 2+ inches long. The tarsus adds

2+ inches to the limb. There are 5 bones—d large ones under

the fibula and 2 small ones under the tibia, two large ones

being in the upper row, and the others in the lower row.

The phalanges and metatarsals are straighter than the corre-

sponding bones in the fore limb; they are 11 inches long.

There are 3 bones in the first digit, 7 in the second, 9 in the

third, 8 in the fourth, and 5 in the fifth. As in the wrist of the

fore limb, the metatarsals progressively get longer to the fourth ;

and, as in that limb, the fifth digit articulates with a tarsal of

the first row.

The ilium is near the proximal end of the femur, 4 inches

long, 1+ inch wide at the compressed spathulate end, and 3 of

an inch wide in the shaft. The proximal end is large, and has

two articular facets—one for the femur, the other probably with

the pubes.

Midway between the limbs is a triradiate bone, shaped some-

what like a Greek letter vy, and probably showing the upper

surface. It resembles the ischium, but corresponds exactly with

24%

356 Mr. H. Seeley on two new Plesiosaurs from the Lias.

Professor Owen’s account of the scapula. It is deeply cupped

for the pectoral vacuity, and measures 44 inches along the per-

pendicular and flexuous exterior side, which is elevated to a

ridge as usual, interior to which the inferior side is narrow,

oblique, and concave. Its anterior margin is convex, and

measures 51 inches. This anterior limb is much wider than the

lateral limb, which contracts in the middle. Both terminate in

an articular end, in each measuring 11 inch; the distance over

articulation to articulation is 34 inch. Where the two limbs meet,

they become prolonged into a short spur directed forward and

outward. I cannot regard cither this spur or the broad flat limb

as representing the clavicle. All analogy would indicate that, if

this species had such a bone, it was applied to the exterior flat

side of the scapula. Nor can I believe that the scapula had in

the animal the wonderful position which it has in Prof. Owen’s

restoration, fig. 93, ‘ Paleontology,’ where the left scapula appears

to me to be applied to the right side of the animal. Certainly in

this species the broad limb, which is there free and directed

backward, was directed forward and downward towards the other

scapula. Similar bones are figured in the scapular region of a

Plesiosaur by Mr. Hawkins in pl. 25 of the ‘ Great Sea-Dragons.’

This species nearly resembles P. dolichodeirus (Conyb.), and

is but little smaller than the example recently figured by Prof.

Owen in the Paleeontographical monograph.

The distinctive characters are, (1) that in this species the atlas

and axis are short and separate, instead of being long and united ;

(2) there are 24 vertebrae between the neck and the tail, instead

of 23; (3) the humerus is more slender, being longer; (4) the

bones of the forearm are wider ; (5) there are 8 carpal bones in-

stead of 7; (6) there but 4 bones in the fifth digit, stead of 8.

The more marked differences of the hind limb may be esti-

mated from the figure. From P. Etheridgit it is well distin-

guished by the more numerous cervical vertebrae, the 21 dorsals,

and larger size.

Nor does it approach any other species so near as to need a

minute comparison.

Plesiosaurus cliduchus*.

Professor Owen founded the Plesiosaurus rugosus on a charac-

ter which is by no means limited to that species; for the Plesiosaur

just described shows in the cervical region, only in a less degree,

roughnesses round the epiphyses; and the cervical vertebra of

that which is now to be described have the same character. But

Mr. Wm. Davies, of the British Museum, assures me that in

the typical specimen of Plesiosaurus rugosus the characteristic

* Kreis, Lat. jugulum; and éxa, Lat. habeo.

Mr. H. Seeley on two new Plesiosaurs from the Lias. 357

rugose border is present in the whole series of vertebree ; and

adds that the whole of the limb-bones, including the phalanges,

as well as other parts of the skeleton, are more or less rugose.

Our animal appears to have been mature, though not aged :

what remains of it rests on the right side.

In P. rugosus there are said to be about 35 or 386 cervical

vertebrae : but the only one described is supposed to be the 15th ;

and plate xiv. of the Monograph of Lias Plesiosaurs shows it

to be about two-thirds the size of those at the base of the neck.

Now, as the vertebre from the base of the neck in our specimen

are shorter than that from the middle of the neck in P. rugosus,

and as the lower dorsal vertebrae want the rugose margins, there

is strong probability that the species is new.

It would naturally seem a portion of a vertebral theory that, just

as certain vertebrae between the back and tail are reckoned pelvic

or sacral, so there might be some between the neck and back simi-

larly modified by relations to the fore limbs, which could only be

reckoned pectoral. At present there is no possible means re-

cognized for determining in Plesiosaurus the limits of dorsal

and cervical vertebree. Prof. Owen’s dictum in 18389 is different

from Prof. Huxley’s in 1858; and Prof. Owen, in 1861, lays

down a different law to that given by him in 1865. Indeed

the conditions seem to be different im nearly every species, the

difficulty being to know what to do with those vertebree where

the costal surface is passing from the centrum to the neural

arch, in which the ribs are extremely variable. The confu-

sion which has hitherto marked descriptions of this region

might be easily avoided by reckoning such vertebr pectoral,

and counting them separately, while it would introduce a new

character whereby to distinguish species.

There is the usual difficulty in this species in determining

the first dorsal. As in P. eleutheraxon, the costal surface in

the last few cervicals enlarges, becoming more elliptical, and

then in those vertebre where it is partly formed by the neura-

pophysis becomes smaller, and enlarges again in the back.

The first three vertebre are clearly cervical, and the first of

them measures—

From base of centrum to top of neural spine. . 44 inches.

The height of the centrum is .............. 14 inch.

ithe leneth of theicentrumy is’ i... w--<e se es 55

but it is longer at the top and at the bottom.

Meneth through thercentie sare nce sree oes ty Cas

§ From prezygapophysis to postzygapophysis is 2% inches.

The articular surfaces of the centrum are flat at the outer

part, and rather deeply cupped in the centre, where there is a

358 Mr. H. Seeley on two new Plesiosaurs from the Lias,

prominent mamillate eminence, as in P. Neocomiensis. The

sides are flat, and margined by wide, elevated, rugose borders ;

they meet beneath in a sharp mesial ridge. The subqua-

drate neural spine is rounded at the top, and from front

to back measures 1+ inch. The costal surface is circular. The

limit of the neurapophyses on the sides of the centra may be

clearly seen in the figure. The last cervical has the costal sur-

face divided by a horizontal groove.

Then follow three pectoral vertebrae. The costal surface has

now become narrow, elongated, slightly elevated, and marked

by a depression on the centrum, immediately under it: it is

not so near the anterior border of the vertebra. The neural

spine of the last of these is a little broader and higher than m

the succeeding vertebree.

The seventh centrum is unquestionably the first dorsal. The

costal surface is now entirely on the neural arch, is greatly

elevated and enlarged, oblique, and looks backward. ‘The

centrum is 15%, inch long. There are eleven consecutive dorsal

vertebrae, and three more indicated by continuous ribs zn situ.

The rib of the second dorsal is 102 inches long; but towards

the end of the series the ribs rapidly become short, and the four-

teenth is only 4 inches Jong. ‘The tenth and eleventh (which

are the only centra seen) show pinched-in sides, sharp articu-

lar margins, and the outer part of the articular surface flat.

The eleventh is 14 inch long, and about 2 inches high.

The episternum is a large bone with broad wings which

taper to a sharp point behind, and between which, in front,

there is a deep crescentic cup. It is flat and thin, measuring

mesially—from middle of cup in front to end of wedge behind

22 inches ; from horn of crescentic cup to end of wedge 44 inch ;

from middle of cup to end of lateral wing 84 inches.

What remains of the coracoid conforms to the usual type ; but

the scapula and clavicle are remarkable.

Two inches of the coracoid go to form, with 1+ inch of the

scapula, the deep glenoid cavity for the left humerus, measur-

ing 24 inches across.

On its under side the scapula sends down a sharp ridge, which

extends all along the straight, flat, and perpendicular anterior

side. The side interior to the ridge is narrow, oblique, and

concave, and, with the coracoid, forms the pectoral foramen.

What is preserved of it measures 5 inches along the exterior

ridge. From centre of the glenoid cavity to the pectoral foramen

is lt inch. Least distance from ridge to pectoral foramen is

14inch. The pectoral foramen seems to have been elliptical,

23 inches long and 1% inch wide.

But the clavicle, which does not appear to have been detected

Bibliographical Notices. 359

before, resembles nothing so much as the spine of a Mammalian

scapula. It is a V-shaped bone, placed exteriorly on the per-

pendicular side of the scapula, to which it is attached for

nearly 4 inches, widening from nothing in front to 12 inch

where the attachment ends behind. ‘The exterior border is

produced backward till the bone is 64 inches long; but the inner

border contracts in a curve so as to produce a free spine 22 inches

long, which overhangs the glenoid cavity.

The clavicle holds the same relative position that it has in

Ichthyosaurus.

My thanks are due to Mr. W. Farran for the interest taken

in producing the beautiful photographs from which the plates

are taken.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE XIV.

P. eleutheraxon (Seeley): a, ilium; £8, scapula; a’, distal end of left ilium ;

y, analogue of lesser trochanter on the under side of left femur ;

6, great trochanter, on the upper side of left humerus; e«, large

heemapophysial pit of first caudal vertebra; 1. cervical and pec-

toral vertebre ; 11. dorsal vertebree; 111. pelvic; Iv. caudal.

PLATE XV.

P. cliduchus (Seeley): a, episternum ; f, coracoid ; y, scapula; 4, clavi-

cle; ¢, pectoral foramen; ¢, glenoid cavity for humerus; 1. last

three cervical vertebra; 11. pectoral vertebra ; 111. dorsal.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A History of British Ferns. By Enw. Newman. The Fourth or

School Edition. London: Van Voorst.

This does not pretend to be a scientific work, and, in that respect

as well as many others, differs from the author’s former books upon

Ferns; bat why it is called a “school edition”? we cannot under-

stand. A work for schools ought to possess something of an educa-

tional character; but the total omission of scientific arrangement is

not the most fitting mode of teaching. We should rather say that

this book is intended for the purely unscientific collector and culti-

vator of these beautiful and now popular plants. Even for such a

purpose we much doubt if it is desirable to neglect the chance of

conveying some knowledge of science, and transforming the mere

collector into something, however little, of a botanist. Doubtless

many who commence as collectors do really in time learn to desire

some scientific knowledge of the objects in which they take an in-

terest ; and therefore the book placed in their hands should give the

information that they at first require.

Mr. Newman brings forward the difference of opinion that exists

amongst botanists upon the division of Ferns into genera as a suffi-

360 Bibliographical Notices.

cient reason for neglecting all generic names and characters. This

may be convenient for the mere collector, but effectually excludes

him from the knowledge of the structure of the fructification ac-

quired by the study of the generic characters as given by any one of

the botanists to whom he refers. Because A. Gray, Roth, Babington,

and Hooker have been led to call the “same group of species” by

different names is no reason for not pointing out the characteristics

of the group, about which we believe that these authors do not ma-

terially differ.

It may be that the genera as at present accepted are to some ex-

tent artificial,—that is, if British Ferns are alone considered; but are

they quite so artificial if all Ferns are taken into account? And as

they are founded upon structure, is it not better, in a ‘school edi-

tion,” that even they, as the best that our present knowledge sup-

plies, should be placed before the reader? We certainly think so ;

for there is much education for the observing faculties in determining

these genera from a study of structure. The effect of neglecting the

generic names has caused only the specific terms to be used in this

book—a step, as it seems to us, in the wrong direction. Mr. New-

man says that ‘authors plume themselves on the number and length

of the Latin appellations they bestow on each species: no less than

86 Latin names have been assigned to filia foemina and its varieties,

and 47 to Scolopendrium and its varietics.> We think that this is

rather misrepresenting the matter. No botanist does so, although

gardeners do give useless names to an infinite number of forms.

What botanist cares for the 47 forms of Scolopendrium? If we look

at the books published by the above-named authors, we shall proba-

bly find not a single one of these ever-varying forms noticed by

name, but only the collective species characterized. Under the

the filix-feemina some two or three of the more marked and con-

stant forms are usually distinguished. ‘These botanists certainly do

not “plume themselves’? on the length or number of the names

given to the plants.

The author takes credit to himself for goimg back to the very

oldest names in all cases—a very good thing, doubtless, if done with

judgment ; but where is the advantage of hunting-up some obsolete

name when all the best botanists have agreed to accept one uniform

nomenclature? Why should we add to the confusion caused by

synonymy, by using Polypodium myrrhidifolium (Villars) for the

Cystopteris montana (Link), even if Villars really meant that plant

by that name? And why defend it by finding and using another

obsolete name, Polypodium montanum (Vogl), for the Polypodium

(or Aspidium or Lastrea) Oreopteris of all the best botanical au-

thorities of all countries? He says that as ‘‘ the principle of restor-

ing prior names is now universal in zoology, I can only regret it is

so frequently disregarded in the sister science.” We thought that

zoologists were very generally protesting against the attempt to

change the recognized names for the uncertain and ill-defined ones

of old authors. They think, and with much reason, that we are

only confusing the nomenclature, and unnecessarily adding to the

Bibliographical Notices. 361

difficulties of science, by so doing. We believed that it was generally

allowed that the nomenclature of botany was in a better state than

that of zoology. Many changes have been made recently ; but they

have been rendered necessary by an endeavour to bring the nomen-

clature of different countries into harmony, not by an attempt to

rake up and use obsolete terms which may be detected by a careful

search into ancient or obscure writers. Hooker has not acted in

the latter way, neither has Fries or any of the great authorities on

botanical nomenclature.

But enough of this. Under each species the author has given a

fairly good popular description of the plant, and some useful hints

concerning its best mode of cultivation, and also, occasionally, other

remarks of more or less interest. The Cystopteris dentata is appa-

rently combined with the C. fragilis (we say, apparently, for the

name is not mentioned) ; but the C. Dickieana is kept distinct. It

does not seem to us to be more constant or more distinct than several

of the 86 forms of Athyrium filix-fomina. The difference stated to

exist in their spores, however, is undoubtedly a point in Mr. New-

man’s favour. Recurvum is retained as the specific name of the

Lastrea emula or fenisecii of authors. If the oldest name is

adopted, it should be emula, which is much older than Lowe’s

feenisecti or Newman’s recurva. We do not find that Bree ever

called the species by that name; and even if he had done so, the

‘Hortus Kewensis’ is of much earlier date. In this case no name

has been universally adopted, and we are therefore fully justified in

reverting to the oldest. Mudtiflorum and spinosum are still retamed

for the LZ. dilatata and L. spinulosa of nearly all other authors.

Mr. Newman’s own glandulosum is kept distinct. He also sepa-

rates uliginosum from the <Aspidium cristatum of Smith. A.

remotum is likewise retained as a species. Mr. Newman con-

siders the Aspidium (or Polypodium) alpestre “very closely allied to

the common Lady Fern.’ Superficially considered, it seems so;

but we think that they are far from being closely allied in reality.

Asplenium acutum is separated from A. adiantum-nigrum. We give

no opinion upon this, although inclined to consider them forms of

one species. Asplenium Petrarche is stated to be a real native of

Ireland. We hope that it may prove to be so. \ Mr. Newman ad-

heres to the name of Hymenophyllum unilaterale for the H. Wilsont,

although, if we mistake not, it has been shown that they are not the

same plant. Ophioglossum lusitanicum is said to grow near the

Land’s End in Cornwall. Is it not the O. vulgatum B. ambiguum

which is found there, as it certainly is in the Scilly Isles?

Mr. Newman takes credit to himself for having done much towards

causing the present popularity of Ferns. It may be a questionable

point if he has done good or harm thereby. The result is that all

our most interesting Ferns are being uselessly extirpated in all tole-

rably accessible places,—uselessly ; for a very small number of those

pulled up are ever kept alive, or preserved as specimens, or studied

botanically. Those who visit Wales after some few years of interval

cannot fail to notice and deplore the result. The plants which they

362 Bibliographical Notices.

used to look at, not gather, on the mountains are hopelessly eradi-

cated; and they have to go to spots more fitted for the Alpine Club

than the botanist, to see the rarer or more interesting species. Hap-

pily there are a few such spots to which no “tourist” is likely to

attain, where our rare Ferns may perhaps be preserved for the grati-

fication of a future generation, and from which, when the present

fashion has passed away, they may spread to more accessible places

on the hills.

Chart of Fossil Crustacea. By J. W. Satter and H.Woopwarp.

With Descriptive Catalogue. Lowry & Tennant: London, 1865.

This is a large chart (2 feet 2 inches by 2 feet 9 inches) of the

genera of fossil Crustacea, showing the range in time of the several

orders, together with some recent Crustacean types analogous to

the extinct forms. The Chart is divided transversely into fifteen

zones of varying thickness, alternately dark and light, and corre-

sponding to geological stages; and vertically, across these bands, are

represented eight streams, varying in width and length, of Crustacean

forms,—some (as the Trilobites and Eurypterids) beginning early

and dying out in paleeozoic times, others (as the Decapods, Tetra-

decapods, and Xiphosures) beginning either in the Devonian or the

Carboniferous period and still flourishing ; whilst the Brachyurous

Decapods are first found in the Jurassic rocks. Among the lower

groups of Crustacea, the little Bivalved Entomostraca seem to have

had representatives for almost as long as fossiliferous strata take us

back in time; for their ‘“‘stream of history’? ranges upwards from

the chart’s lowest band (“‘ Cambrian”’ or “ Lingula-flags”’). The

Cirripeds also are included in this conspectus of Crustacean life ;

and the Catalogue explains that though in the Chart they range

only from the Rheetic strata upwards, yet good specimens of a trust-

worthy representative (Turrilepas) have of late been recognized by

Mr. H. Woodward among Upper Silurian fossils; and woodcut

figures are given at page 26.

The Chart fully answers the purpose proposed—supplying the

carcinologist with an eye-sketch of the Crustacean types and sub-

types, and enabling the paleeontologist to see the coexistent forms at

any epoch, and to trace at a glance the range of each group, whether

occupying the stage at once in force, as in the case of the Trilobites

and Eurypterids, or beginning with obscure traces or uncertain forms,

and whether giving place to incoming allies or continuing in true

succession to the present day. We need not wonder that the Chart

is good, well-devised, and conscientiously worked out ; for Mr. Salter

is devoted to Trilobites, Paleeocarids, et hoe genus omne, whilst Mr.

H. Woodward is as fond as anybody of Crabs and Lobsters, Prawns,

Shrimps, and “such small deer,” not only in the fresh but in the

fossil state; both also have made a study of the Eurypterids, and

both have command of the goodwill and help of their brother

paleontologists; while Mr. Lowry, the engraver, has long been

known for the successful application of his art to geology and fossils,

prompted by a genuine love of the science in all its branches.

Bibliographical Notices. 363

To show the use of the Chart to the student, we cannot do better

than adopt Mr. Salter’s explanation, as given in the Introduction to

the Catalogue :—

“This Chart is intended to show at a glance the development in

geological time of the different orders of the class Crustacea. Pic-

torial representations of the different groups of fossils, in their geo-

logical order, have been often before attempted, and the ‘Tabular

View of British Fossils,’ compiled and engraved by Mr. Lowry

(published by the Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge), has

been conspicuously useful in this way. But we do not know of any

published Chart in which the relations of the different members of a

family or group are preserved in an unbroken series, so as to show

the course taken by that family or order of animals in the successive

geologic periods, from their first appearance to the present time. It

has been found practicable (due regard being had to size and shape

of the sections of the Chart) to arrange the species nearly in their

right natural-history order. This could not always be done, inas-

much as there are often members of the same genns in two geological

divisions. It has been thought best, therefore, in the Catalogue, to

follow the same order as that of the plate, that the student may the

more easily, in studying each group, follow it from its commence-

ment to its close. The rule followed is to take each group in

ascending order, from its commencement in the lower strata to its

close, or to modern times. The Chart shows through what length

of time any genus existed ; and it will be observed that comparatively

few genera (except among the small Bivalve Crustacea) range through

more than one or two formations. When it is otherwise, the student

has only to look in the Chart, at the next overlying formation, for

the members of the genus he is occupied with (and they are arranged

as nearly together as the space and other circumstances will allow),

and then, turning to the Catalogue, he will be conducted by it over

all the genera peculiarly characteristic of the lower formation before

proceeding to those of a higher one. Thus, for instance, in the group

Lurypterida he will find, in the Lower Silurian, that only foot-

marks of a gigantic species are known; in the Upper Silurian, the

Hemiaspis and Bunodes are confined to that formation, while the

great Pterygotus and Hurypterus are figured as reaching through

two formations. Consulting the Catalogue, he will find that Ptery-

gotus problematicus is an Upper Silurian species, and that P. anglicus,

a very similar form, belongs to the Devonian formation. Again,

Eurypterus tetragonophthalmus is a Lower Devonian form ; but the

gigantic #. Hibberti belongs to the Carboniferous formation. One

or two in the Coal close the series. Here, then, the range of each

genus is extended through the formations to which it belongs. ‘But,

in this particular case only, the size of the animals is so great that,

instead of figuring P. anglicus and P. problematicus one exactly over

the other, a single large figure is made to do duty for both. In all

other cases, as in the genus Limulus on the right hand of the chart,

or the genus Homalonotus or Calymene among the Trilobites, the

successive species are placed one over the other, and the range of the

364 Bibliographical Notices.

whole genus in time is thus made evident. The student is recom-

mended to take each group of animals as indicated by the curved or

vertical lines of separation * by itself, as the object of the Chart is

to show him how each tribe or order has been gradually developed

and perfected, or otherwise, in its course. By taking, then, the

genera and species belonging to the lowest formation first, he will

the more readily see what changes have been introduced among a

particular set of animals; and having made himself thus master of

the separate groups, he will be able afterwards better to see their

mutual relations.’’

Genera Plantarum: auctoribus G. Benruam et J. D. Hooxer.

Vol. i. Pars 2. London, 1865.

We have much pleasure in announcing the publication of another

Part of this admirable work. It consists of 293 pages, and contains

the genera included in the orders Leguminosze, Rosacez, Saxifragez,

Crassulaceze, Droseraceee, Hamamelidez, Bruniaceze, Halorageze,

Rhizophoreze, Combretaceee, and Myrtaces ; and we are informed

that a third Part will complete the Polypetalous orders and the first

volume. Itis much to be desired that no great delay may attend

its publication.

It is scarcely possible to give any idea of the amount of labour

which has been expended upon this work, which must form a neces-

sary part of the library of every botanist. We have looked rather

hastily threugh the present part, and observe very few points re-

quiring notice. In Leguminosie the Genisteze, Trifolieee, and Loteze

are regarded as tribes of the Papilionaceee, and of equal rank with

Vicieee and Hedyracez ; and, amongst the genera, Sarothamnus is

combined with Cytisus, Ar throlobium with "Or nithopus, Ervum is

joined to Vicia, and Orobus to Lathyrus. The order Rosaceze is

retained entire, notwithstanding the apparently epigynous structure

of the Pomeze. Amongst its genera, Potentilla includes Sibbaldia,

Agrimonia includes Aremonia, Poterium includes Sanguisorba,

Pyrus includes Mespilus. The Grossulariaceze are combined with

the Saxifragese, and also the genus Parnassia. The genus Calli-

triche is placed in Halorageze, but Ceratophyllwm is considered to

constitute a Monochlamydeous order.

There are many other alterations made in the usual mode of

grouping, but we do not think it necessary to mention them.

Those enumerated are of the most interest to the British botanist,

as relating to the flora of his own country.

We have only to add that all botanists must feel anxious for the

early continuation of this very useful work, and express our hope

that its sale may be such as to encourage the learned authors to

proceed as rapidly with its publication as they properly can.

* The groups may be made more distinct by colouring the lines by

different paints or crayons.

Zoological Society. 365

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 23, 1865.—John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

A Revision oF THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF AMPHISBENIANS,

WITH THE DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW SPECIES NOW IN

THE COLLECTION OF THE British Museum. By Dr.

JoHN Epwarp Gray, F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., etc.

Sir Anprew Smiru having kindly presented to the British Museum,

along with a number of other reptiles which he has described, the

types of his genus Monotrophis, which I had not before seen, and

two Amphisbzenians from Africa having been received from Mr. Wel-

witsch and from the collection of my late excellent and lamented friend

Dr. Balfour Baikie, and from Mr. Bates a species from the Amazons

which I believed had not hitherto been recorded in the Catalogue, I

proceeded to examine them; and, for the purpose of making the

comparison the more complete, I was led on to study all the speci-

mens of this tribe which we have in the Museum.

The natural result’of such an investigation was, that I was dis-

satisfied with the manner in which the species had hitherto been

arranged and described, and, after repeated examination, I have

reduced my observations to the following results :—

The determination of the species themselves, and the means which

a paper resulting from the re-examination and coinparison of all the

species in a large collection afford to a student, are much more im-

portant than any isolated description of the species regarded as new,

however detailed and particular the description may be; and ina

comparative review of the species of a group or order the distinctions

may be stated in a more condensed form.

The Amphisbeenians are very rarely collected; hence few species

are found in museums and noticed in systematic catalogues. This is

explained by their living almost exclusively in the nests of ants, and

being seldom seen by the casual observer. ‘There is reason to believe

that every warm country which has ants has some form of Amphis-

beenians. Until lately they were thought to be confined to Tropical

America, though one was described by Vandeli as occurring in Spain

as long ago as 1780; but his essay and the animal itself were alike

so little known to naturalists, that Professors Hemprich (in 1820)

and Wagler each described Vandeli’s species as new, the latter as a

South-American species. Professor Kaup described a species from

North Africa in 1830, and M. Gervais redescribed it as new in 1835.

MM. Duméril and Bibron have described a specimen in the Leyden

Museum from Guinea, Dr. Andrew Smith one as occurring at the

Cape, and Dr. Peters has added another from the east coast of Africa.

The number of African species is in this essay raised to seven. As

yet none have been received from Asia Proper; but Sir Charies

Fellows brought from Xanthus the same species that is found In

Spain, Portugal, and North Africa.

366

The following table shows the geographical distribution

Zoological Society :—

species here recorded :-—

14.

EASTERN HEMISPHERE.

Fam. Trogonophide.

Trogonophis Wiegmanni. North Africa.

Fam. Amphisbenide.

Blanus cinereus. Spain, North Africa, Asia Minor.

Amphisbena? violacea. East Africa.

Cynisca leucura. Guinea.

Baikia africana. West Africa.

Tribe Cephalopeltine.

. Monotrophis capensis. South Africa.

Dalophia Welwitschii. West Africa.

WESTERN HEMISPHERE.

Fam. Chirotide.

Chirotes lumbricoides. Mexico.

Fam. Amphisbenide.

Amphisbena alba. Brazil.

A. americana. British Guiana.

A. Petrei. Brazil.

A. vermicularis. Brazil.

. A. Darwinii. Monte Video, Buenos Ayres.

Bronia brasiliana. Brazil.

Sarea ceca. West Indies.

Cadea punctata. Cuba.

Anops Kingii. Buenos Ayres.

Fam. Lepidosternide.

Lepidosternon microcephalum. Brazils.

L. Grayit. Tropical America.

L. phocena. Buenos Ayres.

Tribe Cepholopeltine.

Cephalopeltis lepidosterna. Brazils.

of the

The rings of oblong scutella on the skin are in most species inter-

rupted on the sides, and in some species also on the vertebral line ;

these interruptions forma more or less wide depressed groove on the

surface of the body, and are called the lateral and dorsal lines.

The skin at this interruption is usually marked at each transverse

ring with two oblique grooves, which form a cross and divide the

space into four minute triangular shields; in some cases, where the

line is wider and less sunken, the transverse ring of shields is only di-

vided at the sunken line by a single oblique groove caused by the

Dr. J.B. Gray onthe Amphisbenians. 367

tapering end of one of the oblong shields going before the end of the

other. Sometimes this is the case with the dorsal line, and not with

the lateral one. In some species, instead of-only the four triangular

shields in the lateral line, the shield between the cross groove is di-

vided into several minute scale-like shields.

In some of the larger species, as Amphisbena alba, some of the

rings of shields are marked with an oblique groove crossing several

shields, dividing each of them into two parts; but these seem to be

mere individual variations occurring on several parts of the back

of some specimens, and not present in others.

Duméril and Bibron give the number of the teeth as one of the

specific characters. I have not been able to verify their observations ;

they give the following as the number. There seems to be always an

odd number of intermaxillary teeth, the middle one being usually

large.

. 4.5.4 13

' ee ans

Trogonophis Wiegmannt .......+-+++++ Sig 18

: ‘ Sess

Chirotes Caniculatus’ << cere cc sian vine 6.6 —b

i : 5 55 1G,

Amphisbena americana et A. alba,..... Se ie

. Rey 5

J MOHALI ep elo BOT De oPawiatstenrate a 16

abel 4.7.4 15

—— Darwinit ...... 0 crc eee eceee., SSG

5.5.5__15

IST CONCCEED Melee aici icy-Neboi a aietat eds biel me aisle elias ag

ATA 1S

Cadeg PUnelala, ais see sate seks gee Son ee

Anops Kingii ..— 4.7.4 15

Fam. 1. TROGONOPHID.

Head oblong, depressed, rounded below; nostrils lateral, in large

nasal shields ; teeth conical, on the edge of the maxilla. Body

cylindrical, covered with rings of uniform, elongate, oblong, four-

sided shields, without any sternal disk ; lateral line sunken, narrow,

covered with a few minute scales; preanal pores none; tail conical,

acute.

Glyphodermes acrodontes, Dum. et Bibr. Erp. Gén. v. 467.

TroGonorpuis, Kaup, Isis, 1830, p. 880.

Head oblong, depressed; nasal shields large, united by a short

straight edge, behind the large triangular convex rostral ; crown with

two pairs of shields ; temple with many small shields ; upper labial

plate moderate ; lower labial shield larger, with a series of large chin-

shields on each side, and a central gular one. ‘Tail conical, acute ;

preanal pores none.

The skull of this genus has been figured by Dr. Kaup in his paper

in the ‘Isis’ quoted below.

368 Zoological Society :—

TroGonopuis WieGMANnt, Kaup, Isis, 1830, p. 880, t. 861;

Féruss. Bull. Sci. Nat. xxv. 203, 1831; Dum. et Bibr. Erp. Gén. v.

470.

Amphishena elegans, Gervais, Bull. Sci. Nat. de France, 1855,

. 135; Mag. Zool. 1835, class 3. t. 11 (details not good).

Hab. Tangier (Fraser, B.M. 1848); North Africa (B.M. 1846) ;

Algeria (Duméril, B.M.).

This animal was first described by Dr. Kaup, who showed that

the teeth of it were placed on the edge of the jaw, as in the genera

of the family Agamide, which are all confined to the eastern he-

misphere and Australia; while all the other genera of the order

that have been examined have the teeth on the inner side of the jaw,

as in the family Lywanitde, which is restricted to the New World.

It was afterwards described by M. Gervais; and even when Dr.

Kaup had informed him, after inspecting the specimen, that it was

the same as he had previously described, he still regarded it as new,

because he said the skull did not agree with Dr. Kaup’s figure:

but this was a mistake. Dr. Kaup figured the skull of Tr ogonophis

and of an Amphisbena for the sake of showing the difference between

them; and M. Gervais must have compared his animal with the

wrong figure.

Fam. 2. Carrotip#, Gray, Cat. Tortoises, &c., B. M. 74.

Head depressed, rounded on the sides; nostrils on sides ; teeth on

the inner side of the maxille. Body cylindrical, covered with rings

of uniform oblong four-sided shields, and with two short weak front

limbs, provided ath five subequal clawless toes ; lateral line sunken,

covered with scales; preanal pores distinct. Tail cylindrical.

Currores, Duméril; Bimanus, Oppel; Chamesaura, Schneid.

Characters those of the family.

CHIROTES CANICULATUS, Cuvier.

Chirotes lumbricoides, Gray, Cat. Tortoises, &c., B. M. 74.

Hab. Tropical America, Mexico (B. M.).

Professor J. Miiller has figured the skeleton and skull of this

animal.

Fam. 3. AMPHISBHENIDA.

Head oblong, rounded below; nostrils lateral, in nasal shields ;

teeth conical, on the inner edge of the maxillee. Body cylindrical,

covered with rings of uniform, elongate, four-sided shields, without

any sternal disk ; preanal pores distinct ; lateral line linear, sunken,

with a few small scales. Legs none. Tail cylindrical, rounded at

the end.

Tribe 1. Ampaispanina. The head depressed, rounded on the

sides in front; nostrils on the upper part of the sides of the

head.

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Amphisbenians. 369

A. Lateral and dorsal lines distinct, sunken, covered with small tri-

angular scales; nasal shields large, square, lateral, forming

part of the edge of the upper lip, and separated in front by a

broad, square, convex rostral shield.

BLANws.

The rostral square, convex ; the nasal shields large, forming part

of the edge of the upper lip; the crown with a large pentagonal

frontal shield and two pairs of square shields behind it; eye-shield

triangular, between upper edge of the front labial shield and the

frontal. ‘Temples covered with a series of squarish shields ; labial

shields large, the hinder smallest ; the lower shields without any chin-

shield between them and the gular one. Tail rather tapering, blunt ;

preanal pores distinct.

BLANUS CINEREUS, Gray, /. c. 72.

Amphisbena cinerea, Vandeli, Mem. Acad. Lisbon, i. 1780.

A, oxyura, Wagler.

A. rufus, Hempr.

Blanus rufus, Wiegm.

Hab. N. Africa, Tangier (Fraser, B. M.); S.W. Europe, Spain

(Vandel, 1780) ; Oporto (Allen).

M. Gervais (Mag. Zool. 1837, class 3. t. 10) gives a figure of 4.

cinerea; but the details of the head do not perfectly agree with

our specimens; perhaps this may be from want of care in the artist.

The number of pairs of plates on the occiput varies from two to

four.

B. Lateral lines linear, distinct, sunken; dorsal none, or very in-

distinct ; nasal shields not forming part of the upper lip.

a. Nasal plates large, extending across the muzzle, united by a long

straight suture, or united into one cross band ; the rostral trian-

gular, under front edge of nasals ; crown with two pairs of

broad shields.

AMPHISBAENA.

Head depressed, broad, and rounded in front ; frontal plates with

one or two pairs of rather smaller similar plates behind them ; pre-

anal pores eight.

* Head depressed, broad ; occiput covered with square shields, like

the body ; preanal plates numerous.

1. AMPHISBEZNA ALBA, Linn. ; Gray, Cat. Tort., &c., B.M. 70.

Body thick, one-coloured, with only one pair of plates behind the

frontal plates ; occiput shielded like the body.

Hab. Brazil.

Varies in the size and form of the hinder pair of frontal plates ;

preanal pores eight, often seven.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. xvi. 25

370 Zoological Society .—

There is a specimen in the British Museum sent by Mr. Brandt

under the name of 4. Darwinii.

2. AMPHISBENA AMERICANA, Schreb.; Gray, Cat. Tort., &c.,

B. M. 70.

Body rather thick, black, varied ; two or more pairs of plates

behind the frontal plates.

Amphisbena fuliginosa, Linn.

A. vulgaris, Laur.

Hab. Tropical America: British Guiana; Berbice; Demerara

(BM):

The labial shields vary in number and shape ; the shields behind

the frontal vary in number and size, but they are generally in pairs

and subsymmetrical.

Gervais figures the skull of the species (Ann. Sci. Nat. 1854, xx.

t. 14. f. 4).

** Head rounded, narrow ; preanal pores and preanal shields ten

or twelve.

3. AMPHISBZNA PETRI, Dum. et Bib. Erp. Gén. v. 487; Gray,

oe. 80.

Hab. Brazils (Mus. Paris).

**E Head rounded, narrow, rather produced in front; crown-shields

large; occipital shields polygonal. Body slender, one-coloured ;

preanal pores two or four; preanal plates six, middle ones

elongate.

4. AMPHISBANA VERMICULARIS, Dum. et Bibr. Erp. Gén. v.489;

Gray, U.c. 71.

Hab. Brazil (Dr. Gardner, B. M.; Mus. Paris); Porto Bello

(Capt. Austin, R.N., B. M.: head in a very bad state).

5. Ampuisp£na ? Darwin, Dum. et Bib. Erp. Gen. v. 491;

Gray, 7..¢.0711..

Hab. Monte Video (Mr. Darwin; Mus. Paris).

6. AMPHISBHNA ?v10oLAcEA, Peters, Berlin Monatsb. 1854,

p- 620; Wiegmann, Arch. 1855, p. 49.

Hab, Kast Africa, Inhambane (Peters).

This species is unknown to me; it is without a single frontal

shield, and has four preanal pores and visible eyes.

Cynisca, Gray, Cat. Tort., &c., B. M. 71, 1844.

Head flat, narrow; nose conical, four-sided, rounded at the end ;

rostral triangular ; nasal plates very large, soldered together, cover-

ing the front of the head ; crown with a small frontal and a pair of

parietal shields ; eyes distinct ; temples and occiput with large shields.

Body very slender; lateral line distinct. Tail cylindrical, elongate,

truncated ; preanal pores numerous.

Dr. J. KE, Gray on the Amphisbenians. 371

Cynisca LEucuRA, Gray, l. c. 71.

Amphisbena leucura, Dum. et Bibr. Erp. Gén. v. 498.

A. macrura, Schlegel, Mus. Leyden.

Brown ; end of tail white.

Hab. Guinea (Mus. Leyden) (not Guiana, as stated by mistake in

the Catalogue).

b. Nasal shields small, separate above, on the side of a large swollen

rostral shield.

BrRonia.

Head ovate, rather convex ; rostral shield very large, hemisphe-

rical, with the small nasal shields inserted in notches on its hinder

edge, which is placed over the front labial; crown convex, rounded

on the side, covered with two pairs of shields ; the front pair square,

the hinder smaller, triangular, with a small triangular occipital shield

on its outer side; eye-shield triangular; labial shields — the

second upper and front lower large ; gular shield single, square, with

a cross series of shields behind it. Body cylindrical ; lateral line

well marked; the dorsal shields elongate, narrow ; the ventral ones

rather broader, smooth ; preanal pores four ; the preanal shields six or

eight, the central pair largest, the lateral ones very small. Tail blunt.

BRONIA BRASILIANA,

Pale brown; dorsal shields with a dark central spot.

Hah. Tropical America; Santarem, on the Amazons (Bates, B.M.).

Fig. 2. Fig. 1.

Bronia braziliana.

C. Lateral and dorsal lines not defined, or the lateral line only

visible on the hinder part of the body ; rostral shield small ;

nasal shields far apart, small, placed on the side of the high

rostral.

SarEA, Gray, Cat. Tort., &c., B. M. 71, 1844.

Head conical; rostral narrow, higher than broad, rounded in

front, placed behind the triangular nasal ; crown with two pairs of

shields, the front largest, elongate, the hinder trigonal ; eye-shield

triangular ; the labial shields = ; the second upper and lower labial

shields very large, the others smaller; with one large gular plate.

25%

372 Zoological Society :—

Body slender; the dorsal seutella square, as long as broad, with a

dark central dot ; two central longitudinal series of ventral seutella

broader than long, smooth, white ; the lateral line very indistinct,

searcely visible except on the hinder part of the body ; preanal pores

four; preanal shields six, square. The eyes are slightly visible

through the shields.

SAREA C&CA, Gray, Cat. Tort. &c., B. M. 71.

Amphisbena ceca, Cuvier, R. A. 773; Dum. et Bibr. Erp. Gén. v.

492.

Hab. West Indies, St. Thomas’s (4. H. Riise, B. M.).

The specific name is not characteristic, as the eyes are as much

seen through the shield as in many Amphisbeenians.

Capea, Gray, Cat. Tort., &c., B. M. 71, 1844.

Head conical ; rostral narrow, higher than broad, truncated at the

tip, convex in front ; nasals ovate, lateral ; crown with two large, tri-

angular shields ; frontal with a small linear shield on each side of it ;

and two pairs of square occipital shields, the hinder pair smaller ; eye-

shield rhombic; eyes hidden; labial shields = subequal, middle

one in each lip largest ; temples covered with square shields ; gular

plate single, elongate. Body cylindrical; lateral line very indistinct,

scarcely to be distinguished except on the hinder part of the body ;

shields of the back square, of the under surface rather wider, but

scarcely wider than long; preanal pores four; the preanal shields

six, central ones elongate.

Capra punctaTa, Gray, /.c. 71.

Amphisbena punctata, Bell, Zool. Journ. ii. 236, t. 20. f. 2.

A. ceca, La Sagra, Cuba, 195, t. 21.

Pale brown, dotted and varied with deeper brown.

Hab. Cuba (WV. S. Macleay, B. M.): the specimen described by

Mr. Bell.

Tribe 2. ANoprntna. Head compressed, keeled on the sides in

front ; the nostrils lateral, on the under side of the keel.

A. Lateral line distinct and impressed.

Awnoprs, Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1833, p. 99; Zool. Journ. v. 391,

t. 16. f.1; Gray, Cat. Tortoises, &c., B. M. 72, 1844.

Lateral line distinct, sunken; preanal pores ‘‘none”’ (Bed) ;

“four ?? (Dum. § Bibron).

Anors Kineau, Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1833, p. 99; Zool. Journ. y.

391, t..16. £21); Gray, Cat: Tortoises) &e., BAM 72:

Amphisbena Kingii, Dum. et Bibr. Erp. Gén. v. 497.

tab. S. America (P. P. King; Charles Darwin) ; Buenos Ayres

(D’ Orbigny, Mus. Paris).

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Amphisbenians. 373

I have not been able to examine this genus, which was described

by Mr. Bell from a specimen brought from South America by Capt.

P. P. King, R.N.; it is described in more detail by MM. Duméril

and Bibron from specimens obtained by Mr. Charles Darwin.

The existence of the lateral line, which, according to Mr. Bell, “is

more distinct than in Aimphisbena, though less so than in Chir otes,”

and the account of the plates of the head as described by MM.

Duméril and Bibron, show that it must be distinct from the follow-

ing, which comes from Africa.

B. Lateral line none, or only very slightly visible on the hinder

part of the body.

BaAIkKiA.

The head compressed, elevated; rostral plate very large, com-

pressed, forming an arched crest from the mouth to the forehead,

with a groove on the hinder part over the nostrils ; crown with two

pairs of band-like shields behind the upper edge of the rostral, the

front pair narrow; eye-shield very minute ; eye invisible; temples

with two small shields ; the upper labial shields 3—3; the second

upper large, produced, keeled on the side; the hinder, under the

temporal shield, larger, square ; lower lip covered with a single large

shield on each cide! “separated by a square inferior rostral acid nad

by two small gular plates placed one behind the other ; nostrils large,

lateral, under “the edge of the keel of the frontals. Body and chest

covered with rings of similar oblong square shields; preanal pores

2—2, separated by acentral shield. Tail cylindrical, rather conical

at the tip.

In spirits the skin is loose and inclined to form a fin-like fold,

sometimes on one and sometimes on another part of the body, with

a central longitudinal ventral groove, without any appearance of a

lateral line.

BAIKIA AFRICANA.

Hab. West Africa (Dr. Balfour Baikiec). B.M.

Fig. 4. Fig. 3

Baikia africana.

Fam. 4. LepIpOSTERNID®.

Lepidosternide, Gray, Cat. Tortoises, &c., B. M. 73, 1844.

Head oblong, depressed, with a short horizontal keel in front ;

374 Zoological Society :—

nostrils in shields, under the keel of the rostral shield ; teeth conical,

on the inner side of the maxilla. Body cylindrical, covered with

rings of oblong four-sided shields ; the sternum with a disk formed

of differently shaped shields ; preanal pores distinct.

Tribe 1. LeprposrerninA. Head conical, covered with symme-

trical polygonal shields ; the pectoral disk covered with many

polygonal shields placed in oblique lines ; the dorsal and lateral

lines well marked, broad, smooth, formed by the overlapping

of the narrow ends of the sections of the rings. America.

LEPIDOSTERNON.

Head conical, covered with three pairs of symmetrical and a ver-

tebral shield; rostral shield large, broad, rounded in front; the

pectoral shield formed of regular, nearly equal, symmetrical rhombic

or six-sided shields, sometimes united into long shields which are

not symmetrical.

* Sternal plates of central series united into elongated bands.

Lepidosternon.

1. Lep1pOSTERNON MICROCEPHALUM, Wagler, Serp. Bras. 70,

t. 26; Miller, Tiedem. Zeitsch. 1832, iv. t. 22. f.4; Dum. et Bibr.

Erp. Gén. v. 505; Gray, Cat. Tortoises, &c., B. M. 73.

Amphisbena punctata, Neuwied, Abh.

Lepidosternon maximilianus, Wiegmann.

Head short, broad; the vertebral plate broader than long, six-

sided ; frontal short, broad, band-like ; parietal small, square ; ocular

higher than broad.

Hab. Brazil, Rio (Dr. Gardner, B. M.).

The specimen in the British Museum has the shields on each side

of the central line of the sternal disk united into an elongate shield,

which is not symmetrical on the two sides, and appears like an acci-

dental peculiarity.

In the Free Museum at Liverpool there are two specimens of this

species, obtained by Mr. Jobert in Brazil. They are similar, but

show that the sternal plates are liable to coalesce and form larger

plates in an unsymmetrical manner.

In the larger specimens the first series of sternal plates on each

side of the central line are united into longitudinal shields, which

are not of equal length. The series of plates on the outer side of

them are separate, but not quite symmetrical.

In the other specimen, which is rather smaller, the first series of

sternal plates on the sides of the central line, and the second series

on the outside of it on the right side, and second and third series

on the left side, are united into longitudinal parallel plates, which are

of unequal length, the two central ones being the longest, and the

two outer plates on the left side much longer than the outer one on

the right side.

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Amphisbenians. 375

The head-shields in both these specimens are exactly alike, the

central crown-shield being much broader than long ; the hinder pair

of frontal shields rather shorter than the front pair, and narrower on

the central edge by the angular front edge of the crown-shield ; the

two pairs of occipital shields are shorter than broad, the hinder pair

being the smaller, and in one instance coalesced on one side with the

plate of the front pair.

They all have a brown spot on the centre of each of the dorsal

sceutella.

** Sternal plates all separate, symmetrical. Sphenocephalus,

2. LeprIposTERNON Grayil, A. Smith, MS. Brit. Mus.

Head rather short, broad; the vertebral plate hexagonal, elon-

gate, as long as broad; the frontal plate very short and broad ;

the parietal shields oblique ; the occipital much longer than broad ;

temporal shields larger on the side of the occipital; plates of the

sternal disk symmetrical, in oblique diverging lines.

Hab. South America? (Brit. Mus.).

Sternal disk formed of four diverging lines of uniform, similar-

sized, symmetrical shields; the shields on the central line smaller,

being divided down the centre by a straight suture.

In 1848, Dr. (now Sir Andrew) Smith sent to the British Museum

this specimen, with the name of Lepidosternon Grayii, informing me

that he had described (or intended to describe) it in the ‘ Proceedings

of the Zoological Society’ under that name. I cannot find that it

has been so described, nor can I find any notice of it in any other

work, though it is very like, but evidently distinct from, the Lepido-

sternon phocena of Duméril and Bibron, figured by M. d’Orbigny

(Voy. Amér. Mérid.).

Fig. 6.

Lepidosternon Grayii.

3. LEPIDOSTERNON PHOCENA, Dum. et Bibr. Erp. Gén. v. 507;

Gray, Cat. Tortoises, &c., B! M. 73; D’Orbigny, Voy. Amér. Mérid.

Rept. t. 6. f. 7-10.

Head broad ; the vertebral plate elongate, small, larger than broad,

acute at each end ; the frontal and occipital plates large, shorter than

broad, the frontal the largest ; the parietal plates short, broad, band-

like; the plates of the sternal disk uniform, symmetrical, oblique.

Hab. Buenos Ayres (Bridges, B. M.: stuffed).

376 Zoological Soctety.

M. d’Orbigny’s figure is very like the preceding species ; but. the

head is represented shorter, the frontal plates are rather larger. The

long occipital shield of that species is here represented by two pairs

of square shields, as if the large plate of the former species were

divided across; it also appears to be a shorter, thicker species.

The stuffed specimen which we received from Mr. Bridges agrees

with the figure in all these particulars ; but the head appears rather

larger, perhaps from its being rather distorted in the preparation.

Both the figure and the specimen belong to a species evidently

very distinct from ZL. Grayii, and much thicker.

Tribe 2. CepHaLopreLtTina. The head depressed, covered above

with a single simple or transversely divided, flat, horny, nail-like

shield ; pectoral disk formed of elongated, symmetrical shields ;

the dorsal and lateral lines very narrow, indistinct, except near

the hinder part of the body.

A. The pectoral disk formed of large, diverging, unequal, polygonal,

symmetrical shields ; crown-shield divided into two by a trans-

verse suture. America.

Creenarore tis, J. Miller, Tied. Zeitsch. fiir Phys. 1831, iv. 269.

Head covered with two large shields, the front one smaller ; the

sternal disk of eight or ten large shields, the two central pairs par-

rallel, one in front of the other; the lateral pairs diverging.

CEPHALOPELTIS SCUTIGERA, Gray, Cat. Tort., &c., B. M. 73.

Cephalopeltis lepidosternon, Miller, J. c. t. 21. f. 6 (skull), t. 22.

f. 5 (head).

Amphisbena scutigera, Hempr. Naturf. Freund. zu Berlin, 1820,

. 127.

Lepidosternon scutigerum, Dum. et Bib. Erp. Gen. v. 509.

Cephalopeltis Cuvieri, Miller (fide Dum.).

Coleopeltis Cuvieri, J. Miller (fide A. Smith).

Hab. Brazils (Miller).

B. The pectoral disk formed of six or eight elongate, longitudinal,

parallel shields; head-shield single. Africa.

Monorropuis, A. Smith.

The head covered with a single nail-like shield, without any slits

on the hinder part of its side edge; the rostral plate between the

nasal plates, transverse, four-sided, broader than high; the shields

of the sternal disk regular, broad, and truncated in front ; the rings

of shields in front of the sternal disk formed of regular square shields,

like those of the rest of the body.

Monorropuis capensis, A. Smith, Zool. S. Africa. Rept. t. 47

(white ; pink when alive).

Hab. S. Africa (B.M.). The type specimen of Sir Andrew Smith.

Miscellaneous. 377

Dr. Peters records Monotrophis capensis as found in Mozambique;

but on comparison it may prove a distinct species. In my notes I

have a reference to Lepidosternon sphenorhynchum, Peters, MS., as

an East-African species, but I cannot find it described or noticed

anywhere. Can it be the name Dr. Peters gave to his Monotrophis

before he discovered it had been described by Sir Andrew Smith?

DALOPHIA.

The head covered with a single nail-like shield, with a linear slit

on the hinder part of its side edges; the rostral plate small, trian-

gular, with the point upwards between the nasal plates; the shields

of the sternal disk rather irregular, but symmetrical, each with an

Fig. 8. Fig. 7.

Dalophia Welwitschti.

acute front edge; the rings of shields in front of the sternal disk

formed of unequal but symmetrical polygonal shields.

Datoenta WELWITSCHII.

Monotrophis capensis, Giinther, MS. B.M. (not A. Smith).

Pale brown.

Hab. Angola; Pungo Andongo (Welwitsch). B.M.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Dr. Sturm’s Collection of Objects of Natural History in Nuremberg.

Tue families of the late brothers Dr. J. H. C. F. and Dr. J. W.

Sturm wish to dispose of the above collection, which consists of the

undermentioned four divisions :—

I. Birds.—Of these there are 1700 species, with 2700 specimens:

1600 of these specimens were stuffed by the master hand of the late

Dr. Fr. Sturm, and set up by him in 557 glass-cases ; the remainder

consists of well-preserved skins.

A specimen of almost every species of bird is to be found, and of

several species there are numerous specimens. It would be hardly

possible to meet with another collection of specimens so well pre-

served or so artistically prepared. The 100 species with 253 speci-

mens of Humming-Birds, as well as the 26 species with 62 specimens of

Rhamphastides, deserve especial notice. The latter served Dr. Sturm

378 Miscellaneous.

as a basis for the monograph in which he has described them. Of

other groups, as, for instance, of Pigeons, Parrots, and Owls, the

specimens are scarcely less numerous.

I]. Birds’ Nests and Eggs.—Seventy-seven nests of European

Birds, with 1597 eggs; seventy-five nests of non-European Birds,

with 769 eggs.

III. Insects.—This division contains nearly 23,000 species, with

70,000 specimens, and is perhaps the largest private collection in

Germany. The order of Beetles, of which there are 16,640 specimens,

is the most richly represented. Besides the Beetles there are also

numerous specimens of the following orders, viz. :

Eliymenoptera cere cites ae ni 2193 in number.

Neuroptera.. .. Sec OO 3

Lepidoptera (non- European) .. 413 a

Lepidoptera (Kuropean)...... 800 6

Diptera cic h-i>: tyes LOSS +

Henintera; sweet ee 1439 .

SPIGeESS fais sesamin. hiaek BOOS ;

COMMONS 19 cymes ci vere Send 68 3

IMiyiapodas oy .ses eine bere: oie ey AO -

IV. Terrestrial, Fluviatile, and Marine Shells.—Land and Fresh-

water Shells, 13,000 specimens; Marine Shells, 2500 specimens.

This division may be also considered to be one of the richest of its

kind, and it contains many original specimens discovered by Say,

Adams, and other scientific men. A large number of wax models of

Land-Snails, prepared from nature by the late Dr. Fr. Sturm, deserves

particular mention, as no similar collection of models is perhaps to

be found elsewhere. Of almost all classes of the animal kingdom

there are specimens enough to form a good nucleus for anyone

wishing to commence a Collection.

This collection has been made use of for a long time in the com-

pilation of several works, and it has enjoyed a high degree of favour

because it contains the new and rare specimens deeenthel and illus-

trated in the works of Dr. Sturm himself. On this account, as well

as on account of its extent, Prof. Burmeister has pronounced it to

be “a very first-rate scientific collection.” Prof. Leiblem in Wurz-

burg, Prof. von Siebold in Munich, and Dr. Will in Erlangen, may

be quoted as University Professors sine have also expressed them-

selves in the very highest terms of the worth of the collection.

Should there be no purchaser for the whole collection, each divi-

sion of the same will be sold separately.

On the Existence of Liquid and Solid Matters in the Trachean

Vessels of Plants. By M. T. Lestrsovupots.

As facts in opposition to the arguments adduced in support of the

opinion that the trachean vessels of plants are aériferous, the author

indicates that vessels may appear empty because the liquids contained

in them are perfectly limpid, or they may lose their fluids by age,

Miscellaneous. 379

and will then emit bubbles of air; finally, the experiments cannot be

regarded as conclusive if made upon branches separated from the

trunk, as then the air would easily find its way into the vessels.

Nothing can be concluded from the circumstance that the walls of

these organs are not thickened by deposits, as many originally suce-

culent organic elements are in the same case.

If liquids circulate in non-vascular plants, this only proves that

the vessels are not the sole organs of circulation; and although

water charged with nutritive substances enters by spongioles which

contain no vessels, this does not prove that it does not penetrate

subsequently into the latter organs.

As regards the course followed by the pollinie granules, no con-

clusion can be drawn from it, as there is not the least relation be-

tween the materials of fecundation and the sap.

Tf we have no demonstration that the trachean vessels are exclu-

sively destined to the transport of gases, we find nothing more con-

clusive in the arguments advanced by Mirbel and Schultz, and other

authors, who hold the opinion that these vessels serve for the circu-

lation of liquids. They say that we see in them bubbles -of air,

which would not be visible if they were not circumscribed by a

liquid—that the absorbed water diffuses itself so rapidly in plants

that it cannot but follow the direct courses presented by these con-

duits—that when the branch of a tree is placed in a coloured liquid,

the latter ascends in the vessels, into which it also penetrates even

when absorbed by the roots—lastly, that as the elaborated sap cir-

culates in the laticiferous vessels, the ascending sap must ascend by

analogous ducts, &c.

But the liquids which surround the air-bubbles may have pene-

trated into the vessels when the observed tissues were cut into thin

sections; those which ascend into the branches may be introduced

by the gaping orifices of section ; the colouring-matters which tinge

the vessels may only impregnate their walls externally ; lastly,

if it be true that the proper juices of certain plants move in true

vessels, it does not follow that there is anything analogous for the

ascending sap, or that it is the office of the trachean vessels to trans-

port it.

Direct observation shows that at the earliest period of the forma-

tion of the tissues the trachean vessels are full of juices, like the

other organic elements, and that they are only deprived of these at

a later period. But even then they may be traversed by liquids of

considerable density.

The wood of certain plants, such as Ulmus campestris, Robinia

pseudo-Acacia, and Quercus Ilex contains large vessels, the interior

of which is occupied by a more or less consistent reticular tissue.

This tissue evidently could not have been produced unless the vas-

cular tubes had been filled with a liquid containing organic materials

in solution.

Another observation proves that trachean vessels may contain

substances which become thickened so as to obstruct their cavity.

In a section of the stem of Calamus Rotang the author found, in

380 Miscellaneous.

most of the fibres, the enormous vessel occupying their centre filled

with a solid white substance, forming continuous or interrupted

cylinders of variable length. This substance, when detached and

put into water, breaks up into granules; and, singularly enough, the

suspended grains were sometimes agitated by a very lively move-

ment, although the cane from which they were derived had long

been dry. This substance was contained in well-marked porous

vessels.

In proof that the solid substances are deposited in the vessels

during the life of the plant, the author cites an example to show

that the solid matter, far from penetrating into the vessels after

section, has a tendency at that time to escape from them. An old

vine-stem, 6 centimetres in diameter, had been cut into pieces from

1 to 2 métres in length. In a short time the cut surfaces were

covered with an abundant, transparent, gummy layer. Having

made new and very smooth sections, the author found on the follow-

ing day that filaments of gummy matter 5 or 6 millimétres in length

had issued from the large vessels. Hence it appears certain that,

even at an advanced age, the trachean vessels may contain, not only

gaseous bodies, but also substances which sometimes acquire a great

density.— Comptes Rendus, Oct. 2, 1865, p. 544.

On the Organization of the Cypridine.

By Professor Ciaus.

During a residence at Messina, Prof. Claus turned his attention to

the little Crustacea which swarm in the waters of the sea. He was

particularly struck by a small Ostracode of the genus Cypridina, in

which he detected, even with a low power of the microscope, an

accessory single eye in addition to the large, paired, compound eye,

and a heart beating with regular pulsations. This latter discovery

naturally surprised him, as in the other two families of Ostracoda

(the Cypride and the Cytheride) the heart is entirely deficient.

A more attentive examination of these Crustacea soon showed, how-

ever, that the Cypridine differ much more from the other Ostracoda

than the Cypride@ and Cytheride from each other. :

The fact that an organ so important as the heart may sometimes

exist and sometimes be deficient in animals so nearly allied to each

other is doubtless surprising, but by no means without precedent.

Thus it has been demonstrated that the Copepoda are in the same

case. M. Claus himself has shown that if the Cyclopide, Harpac-

tide, and Corycaide are always destitute of a heart, the allied

Pontellide and Calanide@ are always furnished with one. Moreover

the author is not the only person who has observed the heart in the

Cypridine, as M. Fritz Miller mentions it in a recent work (Fiir

Darwin, 1864).

The sole visual organs hitherto known in the Cypridine were the

paired eyes, in which M. Lilljeborg has detected a complication of

organization very similar to that of the eyes of the Cladocera, although

the latter are fused into a single mass, forming as it were a median

Miscellaneous. 881

eye. Nevertheless traces of a primitive division into two halves in the

Side, the Lyncei, and the Estherie enable us to establish unhesi-

tatingly the homology of this apparently single eye of the Cladocera

with the paired eyes of the Cypridine. A further homology is

presented when we find in the Cypridine, besides the large com-

pound eyes, a small, simple, median eye, perfectly similar to that

which exists, in addition to the compound eye, in the Daphnia.

The Cypridine present other peculiarities worthy of mention.

As a general rule, the Ostracoda are characterized by the small

number of their appendages, as there exist only two, or at most

three, pairs of locomotive appendages behind the gigantic maxillze.

In fact, the last pair of feet disappears completely, and the others

are converted into organs of manducation. On the other hand, the

mandibles are converted into locomotive appendages. The antenne

also serving for locomotion, we find that throughout their whole life

the Cypridine employ the three anterior pairs of appendages as

locomotive organs. Now this is exactly the case in all Entomostraca

during the Naup/ius-phase, and furnishes a new argument to be

added to those adduced by Fritz Miller in favour of the derivation

of all Crustacea from the Nauplius-form.—Siebold § Kolliker’s

Zeitschrift, 1865, p. 143.

Remarks on the Anatomy of Tridacna elongata.

By M. Léon Vaiuuanr.

Tridacna elongata, Lam., occurs very abundantly in the Bay of

Suez, where it is often employed as food ; the author has accordingly

been able to examine a great number of individuals of this animal.

The retractor muscle of the foot, which is of considerable size in

proportion to the protractor, serves in part for the closure of the

valves ; hence it may be that in those Monomyary Acephala which

have an adductor muscle distinctly divided into two parts, the upper

portion is to be regarded as representing the retractor of the foot

diverted from its normal functions. The byssus of the Tridacna,

already described by Miiller, consists of two parts—one adhering to

the bottom of a cavity of the foot, the other uniting this with ex-

ternal bodies ; each of these is secreted by a distinct organ,—the

former by the bottom of its cavity, the latter by a collection of

racemose glands lining a circular groove in the wall of the cavity.

The large notches of the margins of the shells enabled the author

to ascertain the force which the mollusk is capable of exerting. He

fixed an individual by one of its valves, and suspended a weight to

the other. In this way he found that a specimen 21 centimétres in

length, of which the valves weighed 1-264 kil., could support a

weight of 4°914 kil. ; so that it may be supposed that an individual

weighing 250 kilogrammes (and these are not uncommon) might at

a given moment put out a force of more than 900 kilogrammes.

In the nervous system the branchial ganglia, forming a single mass

with no trace of longitudinal division, exhibit transverse furrows

bounding two false cireumvolutions. A sort of inelastic tendon

382 Miscellaneous.

accompanies the connective extended from the branchial ganglion to

one of the buccal ganglia during its passage through the gastro-

genital mass; the object of this arrangement appears to be the pre-

vention of the dragging (¢iraillement) of the nerve when the organ

is distended with eggs.

Another remarkable arrangement is to be seen in the passage of

the last portion of the intestine through the heart. At the entrance

of the intestine into the ventricle there are muscular bundles starting

from the wall of the latter and inserted perpendicularly into the wall

of the digestive tube; at the moment of contraction these bundles

must, by their shortening, tend to draw apart the walls of the intes-

tine, which would otherwise be compressed during the systole, and

thus the course of the feecal matters will not be interrupted.

In these large mollusks the difference between the arteries and

veins is very easily seen: the former have a very distinct double

epithelial and fibrous wall, whilst the latter are simple sinuses hol-

lowed out in the tissues. All the blood is compelled to traverse an

organ of heematosis (branchize or mantle) before returning to the

heart.

The proper temperature of the animal, compared with that of the

bottom at which it lives, appeared to be rather high. The tem-

perature registered by thermometers sunk at the point inhabited by

the animals was about 63°°5 F. (17°°5 C.); the average temperature

of the Tridacne was 68°°5 F. (20° C.).—Comptes Rendus, Oct. 9,

1865, p. 601.

Remarks on the Protective Sheath and on the Formation of the

Stem of the Root. By M. R. Caspary.

In preceding memoirs M. Caspary has indicated a layer of very

closely approximated cells, placed in a single series in thickness,

which exists in stems, roots, and leaves, the vascular system of which

it envelopes and protects. He has given it the name of the protec-

tive sheath, although in certain cases (in Berberis, for example)

this layer is ruptured during growth, and consequently does not

serve to protect the organs which it envelopes. In describing this

protective sheath, M. Caspary indicated upon the lateral walls of its

cells some darker spots or streaks, which he thought were formed

by very small pores. He now again maintains the existence of

these spots or streaks; but he has ascertained that they are due to

foldings of the walls of the cells, and not to pores. He has observed

these folds in the protective sheath of Ficaria ranunculoides, Roth,

Elodea canadensis, Mich., Brasena peltata, Peret, and Charlwoodia

rubra, Planch. When the cells of the protective sheath become

thickened, the folds gradually disappear. M. Caspary attributes

this change to the elongation of the walls of the cells—an elongation

of which he has convinced himself by direct measurements.

Several authors (especially M. Karsten) have regarded this pro-

tective sheath as a lignified residue of the layer of cambium which

has produced the other parts of the stem; but M. Caspary combats

Miscellaneous. 3583

this opinion. He declares himself also against the opinion which

derives all the parts of the stem from a single layer of cambium

existing in the terminal bud. According to him, the entire terminal

bud is formed of cambium, and already contains the mother cells of

all the kinds of tissue which will subsequently form the various parts

of the stem.—Jahrb. fiir Wiss. Bot. 1864; Bibl. Univ. 1865, Bull.

Sci. p. 87.

Graduation from “ Individual Peculiarities”’ to Species in Insects.

The following are the concluding paragraphs of a paper by Dr. B.

D. Walsh “ On Phytophagic Varieties and Phytophagic Species.”

The name phytophagic is given to those otherwise identical insects

which differ, as varieties or species, according to the species of plant

they feed upon. ‘‘ When certain unimportant characters in the

insect are correlated with the food-plant, while at the same time there

is no sufficient reason to doubt that the two varieties freely inter-

cross,” the forms are called phytophagic varieties. When, from the

lack of intermediate forms, intercrossing may be inferred not to take

place, they are called phytophagic species. Dr. Walsh sums up his

conclusions thus :—

“From the facts referred to above, and those recorded by me else-

where, we may construct the following almost unbroken series, from

the first dawnings of the Phytophagic Variety to the full develop-

ment of the Phytophagic Species :—

“1st. Difference of food, even when the food-plant belongs to

widely distinct botanical families, is accompanied by no difference

whatever either in the larva, pupa, or imago state: dAttacus Cecropia,

Linn. ; Dryocampa imperialis, Drury; Lachnus Carye, Harris

(Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. vol. i. p. 303) ; and hundreds of other species.

“2nd. Difference of food is accompanied by a marked difference

in the colour of the silk-producing secretions : Bombyx Mori, Linn.,

the common silkworm.

‘3rd. Difference of food is accompanied by a tendency toward the

obliteration of the normal dark markings in the imago: Haltica

alternata, Ilhg.

‘Ath. Difference of food is accompanied by marked, but not per-

fectly constant, colorational differences in the larva, but none what-

ever in the ¢ 2 imago: Datana Ministra, Drury.

“5th. Difference of food is accompanied by a marked and perfectly

constant difference in the size of the imago: Chrysomela scalaris, Lec.

“6th. Difference of food is accompanied by a marked difference

in the chemical properties of gall-producing secretions, the external

characters of the ¢ 2 imago remaining identical: Cynips q. spon-

gifica, O. S., and C. q. inanis, O. S.

‘7th. Difference of food is accompanied by a slight but constant

change in the coloration of the abdomen of the ¢ 2 imago, and by

a very slight change in the chemical properties of the gall-producing

secretions, the galls of the two insects, though typically somewhat

distinct, being connected by intermediate grades in the case of the

latter: Cynips q. punctata, Basset, and C. q. Podagre, Walsh.

384 Miscellaneous.

“8th. Difference of food is accompanied by one marked and per-

fectly constant colorational difference, and others which are not per-

fectly constant, in the larva, but none whatever in the ¢ 2 imago:

Halesidota tessellaris, Sm. Abb., and H. Antiphola, Walsh.

“9th. Difference of food is accompanied by several slight but con-

stant structural differences in the ¢ imago, but none whatever in the

2 imago: Olytus Robinia, Forst., and Cl. pictus, Drury. AG

“10th. Difference of food is accompanied by a slight but constant

structural difference in both d and ?imago: 1. Tingis Tilia, 1. sp.,

and T'. amorphe, n. sp.; 2 (doubtful). Diapheromera femorata,

Say, and D. Velii, n. sp.

* 11th (doubtful). Difference of food is accompanied by very strong

structural and colorational differences in the larva and in all proba-

bility by a constant structural difference of generic value in the @

imago, the ¢ imagos being to all external appearances identical, and

the two insects belonging to different genera: Sphingicampa di-

stigma $ 2, Walsh, and Dryocampa bicolor 3, Harris.

“12th. Difference of food is accompanied by marked and constant

differences, either colorational or structural, or both, in the larva,

pupa, and imago states: Halesidota tesellaris, Sm. Abb., and H,

Carye, Harris, and hundreds of species belonging to the same genus,

and commonly considered as distinct species.

“*The constitution of the human mind is such, that the same evi-

dence carries with it very different degrees of weight when presented

to different intellects. Others will no doubt draw different conclusions

from the facts catalogued above; but for my own part, as on the

most careful consideration I am unable to draw any definite line in

the above series, and to say with certainty that here end the Varieties

and here begin the Species, I am therefore irresistibly led to believe

that the former gradually strengthen and become developed into the

latter, and that the difference between them is merely one of mode

and degree.” —Silliman’s American Journal, September 1865.

Note. on the Cultivation of Eels. By M. L. Souserran.

The author states that for several years past considerable quan-

tities of young eels have been taken at the mouths of the French

rivers and distributed in the inland waters ; but he adds that, from

his own experience, this course is not always judicious, and is fre-

quently unprofitable. He mentions that in 1856 certain landed

proprietors in the neighbourhood of Caen transported great quan-

tities of young eels to the ponds and other waters on their estates,

and after feeding them at great expense obtained nothing but loss from

their undertaking, the produce being only 150 francs against an ex-

penditure of 2220 francs. Besides this, the waters into which the

eels were introduced, and those into which they subsequently pe-

netrated, were entirely depopulated of other species of fish ; so that

the multiplication of eels must be regarded as in every respect

a losing speculation.—Comptes Rendus, 4th September, 1865,

p. 424.

PE ANN ALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[THIRD SERIES. ]

No. 96. DECEMBER 1865.

XLII.—On the Systematic Value of the Organs which have been

employed as Fundamental Characters in the Classification of

Mollusca. By Dr. O. A. L. Morcu.

WHETHER Classes, orders, and genera are founded in nature, or

are only artificial divisions, is a question rarely disputed. It is,

however, still a matter of discussion whether now-existing spe-

cies are direct descendants of extinct forms from remote geo-

logical periods, which have been gradually changed in the course

of natural selection or in consequence of physical changes of the

globe, or are entirely new creations of any one geological era.

The habits of an animal often cause a considerable modification

of the external form, size, or colour, which are often improperly

considered of specific value; but it must be admitted that such

differences are subject to limits which cannot be passed, and do

not become hereditary. For instance, the corns of the human foot

are, like the nails, a thickening of the epidermis ; but the former

are produced by accidental pressure on the foot, while the latter

originate in the foetal structure of the animal. There is the

same distinction between false and genuine species.

Linné divided all creation into three kingdoms—animal,

vegetable, and mineral. The last-named division is less logical,

because minerals can only be considered as parts of the great

celestial bodies, which may be regarded as organic beings with

involuntary motion impressed upon them, corresponding with

that of the heart or stomach of animals. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire

has more correctly made the division into phanerobiotie and

cryptobiotic kingdoms. <A predestined scheme is shown in the

chronology of our planet as well as in the development of organic

beings. Thus the oceans with their lower types are regularly

in course of time changed to islands and continents with their

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. xvi. 26

3886 Dr. O. A. L. Morch on the Systematic Value of the

higher terrestrial types. Even the form of the now-existing

continents seems to be subject to a certain definite plan. The

three main continents (1. Europe and Africa, 2. North and South

America, 3. Asia and Australia) extending from north to south,

nearly forming a continuous range, show a remarkable resem-

blance in their configuration—towards the south a large tri-

angular mass of land without considerable gulfs (Africa, South

America, Australia) united by an isthmus (Suez, Panama, Ma-

lacca and Sunda islands) to a larger land with numerous gulfs

and peninsulas, forming a large median gulf (the Mediterranean

Sea, the Gulf of Mexico, Mindoro Sea) with numerous archi-

pelagos at the entrance (Canarian and Cape de Verde Islands,

West-India Islands, Philippine and Molucca Pacific islands) ;

close to each of the southern parts is a satellite island with a

most remarkable aberrant fauna— Madagascar, New Zealand, and

Galapagos Islands. These three continents would geologically

be considered three different formations. Australia, probably the

youngest continent, representing the Liassic period of the Old

World, is characterized by the lowest Mammalia, viz. the abor-

tive Marsupiala. America has only a few Marsupialia, fre-

quently without pouch (marsupium), but the greatest number

of the lowest Placentalia (Microsthena), the Edentata. Africa

has no Marsupialia, but a few Edentata, and abundance of the

higher Mammalia (Macrosthena). If an order is common to

the Old and New Worlds, there is always a marked difference

according to the continent, the species of the Old World belong-

ing to groups of a superior stamp. Thus the Quadrumana and

Scansores (Parrots, among birds, corresponding with Monkeys)

are divided into those of the Old and those of the New World

—the latter being chiefly long-tailed, a character considered

inferior,

The Ampullarie of the New World are nearly all provided

with a siphon, which is wanting in those of the Old World.

The same is the case with the genus Polymesodon in the Cyrenide,

and Leila among the Unionide. The difference between the

faunze of the three continents diminishes towards the north,

where the faunz are fused into one circumpolar fauna, like the

three continents themselves. The land-faune are limited by

thermal differences or mountain-ranges. Species living in or

or close to water (e. g. Succinea) are very similar all over the

world,

The three continents above mentioned divide the ocean into

three parts geographically, but not zoologically—the Atlantic,

the Pacific, and the Indian oceans. These are limited by the

following coast-lines :—

1. From Behring’s Straits, Norway, Spain, Guinea, Cape.

Organs employed in the Classification of the Mollusca. 387

2. From Behring’s Straits, Greenland, Florida, Brazil, Cape

Horn.

3. a Oregon, California, Peru, Cape Horn,

4. 3 Kamtschatka, Japan, China, Tas-

mania.

5 Cape, Arabia, India, Sumatra, Tasmania.

The three first-named coast-lmes may zoologically be con-

sidered the boundaries of the Atlantic Ocean, in the same way

that America is considered an island in the Atlantic Ocean,

separated from the Pacific Ocean by the western edges of the

polar streams and the great abyss between the Galapagos Islands

and the Sandwich Islands. The coast-lines are divided into

analogous faunz according to the climate: 1. Polar; 2. Sub-

polar (North Sea); 3. Subtropical (Mediterranean) ; 4. Tropical

(Guinea). The southern polar and subpolar are not sufliciently

known (Kerguelen Island, St. Paul’s, &c.).

It would seem easy for most animals, even for Mollusca, the

young of which generally are natatory, to move or to be carried

by currents from one end of these coast-lines to the other; but

in reality this’is not the case. The temperature of the sea

seems to put a nearly insurmountable barrier to the distribution

or migration of species, and even of genera. A general view

of those faunze shows that they are composed of animals of all

subkingdoms, classes, orders, families of the animal kingdom

(Gulls, Seals, &c). The genera are often different, although

allied ; and the species are nearly always different in each fauna,

The question now arises, Are these species and genera originally

different, or changed by various physical causes, such as climate,

light, the saltness of the sea, &c.? The influence of these causes

on the form and size of shells is chiefly seen by comparing

the faunz of the Baltic and Mediterranean with that of the

ocean.

It would be a very slow process to compare the species of all

these faunze, chiefly because no museum possesses a sufficient

collection of animals in spirits for investigation of the teeth,

even of European species. ‘The specific importance of the teeth

is evident, chiefly from the researches of Troschel ; many species

which were considered slight varieties are now proved to be

distinct—e. g., Natica millepunctata and N. maculosa, Natica

clausa and N. consolidata, &c., &c., Viviparus contectus and V,

fasciatus, Bithinia ventricosa and B. tentaculata.

The genus Aporrhais, which was abundant in former geo-

logical periods, from the Oolitic formation upwards, is now

restricted to five or six recent species inhabiting the Atlantic

only. Aporrhais occidentalis is found on the coast of Canada

26*

388 Dr. O. A. L. Morch on the Systematic Value of the

and Greenland. A. pes-pelecani and a variety, perhaps specifi-

cally distinct, are found from the north of Norway to the Medi-

terranean. In Shetland a second species is added, the A. pes-

earbonis, which in the Mediterranean is represented by A. Ser-

resiana, Phil. In Senegal is found A. senegalensis, Gray. The

most northern species is the largest of the genus, as is generally

the case; the outside of the outer lip is smooth, as in all other

arctic univalves. In A. pes-pelecani and the following southern

species the inside lip is plaited, as is generally the case in species

of warmer climes (e. g. Nassa and other univalves). The A.

senegalensis, living in the hottest water, is the smallest. Un-

fortunately it will be very difficult to get the tongues of these

species. The teeth of Aporrhais pes-pelecani as represented by

Lovén, Troschel, and Wilton differ considerably from one an-

other, making it probable that two species are confounded.

A monographic research, chiefly based on the teeth of the

genera Nassa, Fusus, and Buccinum, found on the coast-lines

from the arctic regions to the equator, would probably be suffi-

cient to prove whether species in each fauna are created originally

or are only varieties dependent on different climates, and would

at the same time prove the relations between the species of suc-

ceeding geological periods.

Large suites of specimens, from various depths and localities,

are in most cases sufficient to prove the difference or identity of

so-called species, without a knowledge of the animals; but the

affinity of the genera and families can only be safely understood

by anatomical researches: the anatomical as well as the zoolo-

gical characters are, however, generally either misunderstood or

overvalued. I will therefore endeavour to show the relative

systematic value of the various organs of the Mollusca. Until

these questions are quite cleared up, it will not be possible to

solve the problem in regard to the origin of species among the

Mollusca.

Cuvier founded his primary divisions (classes) of the Mollusca

on the locomotive organs, viz. Cephalopoda, Pteropoda, Gastero-

poda, Acephala (this last changed by Oken to Pelecypoda),

Brachiopoda, and Cirrhopoda. The group Heteropoda, correctly

considered by Cuvier only a family, was by most subsequent

naturalists considered of the same value as the above-mentioned

divisions. ‘The study of the homology of the parts of the Mol-

lusea, commenced by Professors Lovén and Huxley, has shown

that the Pteropoda are true Gasteropoda, and that the funnel of

the Cephalopoda is homologous with the foot of the Gymnosomata.

Such a system seems to me to correspond with that classification,

by the old authors, of the Vertebrata (Quadrupeda, Bipeda,

Pinnata, and Apoda), maintained so pertinaciously by Klein in

Organs employed in the Classification of the Mollusca. 389

opposition to the Linnzean system founded chiefly on the ana-

tomical researches of Ray. The Cetacea, but chiefly the Reptiles

(Anguis, Bipes, &c.), afford striking examples of the insignifi-

cance of the locomotive organs as a base for the primary divi-

sions.

The secondary divisions (orders) of Cuvier were founded on

the respiratory organs. Respiration is indispensable for the life

of all organic beings ; but special organs for this purpose are not

always necessary. Respiration of some importance takes place

through the skin, even in the higher Vertebrata, and can, in the

lower Vertebrata (e. g. Batrachians), temporarily replace that

through the lungs: it is quite sufficient for many Mollusca.

The Vertebrata have two kinds of respiratory organs—lungs,

and gills—which, according to J. Miller, are not homologous,

as they can be found together in the same individual, although

not always exactly performing the same function—for instance,

the Batrachians and the foetus of the higher Vertebrata. In

fishes the lungs are reduced to a swimming-bladder, the walls

of which are provided with some bloodvessels, making it serve

as a secondary, but very imperfect, respiratory organ comparable

to the lung-sac of the Pulmonata. That this organ, even among

the Mollusca, cannot be homologous with the gills, as advanced

by Prof. Agassiz *, is proved in Ampullaria and perhaps Onchis,

each of which has lung-sacs simultaneously with true gills.

Many Mollusca (as Cyclostoma, Neritina, and Littorina), which

are undoubtedly provided with gills, live always or nearly always

in the air, probably having the power of keeping their gills moist,

like the Land-crabs and several fishes (e. g. Anabas scandens).

Whether the vena branchialis and vena pulmonalis are identical

is at least not yet proved. In Mollusca not requiring a hard

covering for their protection, respiration takes place through the

skin; but when the skin is thickened, or a shell developed, a

respiratory organ becomes necessary. ‘The use of the gills is to

produce, by the complication of a part of the skin, a surface

corresponding with the area made impenetrable to the oxygen

of the surrounding medium (air or water). The effect of this

dermal gland is increased by vibratile cilia, producing a swifter

circulation of the oxygeniferous medium. If the branchial sac

is very deep, the circulation of the water is effected by a siphon

acting like a chimney-pipe, often assisted by muscular contrac-

tions (Cephalopoda, Acephala). The larger the shell is in pro-

portion to the uncovered parts of the animal, the more compli-

cated and compressed are the gills.

Several of the internal glands are subject to the same change.

* <QOn the Cireulation of Fluids in Insects,” Proc. Bost. Soc. 1850,

p- 237.

390 = Dr. O. A. L. Mérch on the Systematic Value of the

Thus the liver is strongly arborescent in animals having a dermal

respiration (Pellibranchiata, Gymnobranchiata), and becomes

more and more compressed in proportion as the gills are deve-

loped (Scyllaa, Pleurophyllida) ; but it is most complicated in

Mollusca covered with a shell, The same is the case with the

renal organ, which becomes rounded and spongy, as is to be

seen in the plates of Mr. Hancock’s excellent paper* on the renal

organ of nudibranchiate Mollusca, and in the work of Gegenbaur +

on the Heteropoda and Pteropoda. The compact structure of

this organ in the testaceous Mollusca may be seen in many of

the plates to the ‘ Voyage de |’Astrolabe.’

In the Pellibranchiata the generative glands partake of the

arborescent form of the liver and kidney: thus in Elysia f, &c.,

the albuminous gland, the hermaphrodite gland, and “la glande

en tréfle” of Moquin§ are strongly arborescent.

The dorsal plates of Placobranchus and the arborescent tufts

of Dendronotus and Onchis may be considered the most imper-

fect forms of gills. The hepatic papille of the Molidide are

probably not homologous with the branchial leaves of Gastero-

poda (e.g. Lanthina, Pterotrachea, Doris), as these organs in

Bornella are found simultaneously with arborescent tufts of the

skin, which may be considered homologous with the branchiz

of the Doridide. There appears to be a gradual transition in

the respiratory organs of Tritonia, Heptabranchus, Hexabranchus,

and Lamellidoris. It must, however, be remembered that, ac-

cording to Dr. Hancock, the gills of Doris receive hepatic blood.

The gills in symmetrical animals are generally situated on each

side of the body, e.g. Acephala, Cyclobranchia, Inferobranchia.

In asymmetric spiral testaceous Mollusca the single gill becomes

smaller, and is said to be reduced to a filiform undulated vessel,

as in Vermetus and Onustus ||. I have observed, however, in a

specimen of O. trochiformis, that this vessel opens through a

pore on the outer side of the mantle opposite to the shell ; it

may perhaps be in some relation with the renal organ.

The insignificance of the gills as a systematic character is

evident by comparing the Heteropoda, from the entirely gill-

less Firoloides and Pterotrachea with external gills, to <Af-

lanta exhibiting perfectly internal gills. The same fact is to be

seen in the following series of allied genera :—Stylochilus, No-

tarchus, Aplysia, Bulla, &c., Acteon, Odostomia, and Obeliscus.

* Trans. Linn. Soe. 1864.

+ Untersuchungen iiber die Pteropoden u. Heteropoden, 1854.

{ Journal de Conchyhologie, vol. 1.

§ “Le talon” (St. Simon) = “ petite glande séeréteur” (Souleyet, /. c.

to Guteo))-

|| Moreh, Journal de Conchyliogie, vi. p. 308.

Organs employed in the Classification of the Mollusca. 391

These two series prove not only that the size and form of the

gills stand in connexion with the development of the shell, but

that the divisions Opisthobranchiata and Prosobranchiata, as

originally proposed, are not natural ; this has been indicated by

Messrs. Huxley and Macdonald.

The two kinds of respiratory organs indicate only relative

superiority and inferiority, but not limits of systematic divisions.

Thus, among Vertebrata, lungs and gills meet in a family of the

Batrachians. Among the Mollusca, it is probably in Auricula

and Obeliscus that the two kinds of respiratory organs are found

to meet.

It has been generally understood that neither the locomotive

nor the respiratory organs offer characters for the primary divi-

sions; most authors have therefore divided the Mollusca, ac-

cording to the presence or absence of a distinct head, into

Cephalophora and Acephala. As several Gasteropoda (e.g. The-

cosomata) properly have not a distinct head, Prof. Lovén has

changed the names to Glossophora and Aglossa. Cephaliza-

tion, as explained by Prof. Dana, is, no doubt, of importance as

a character indicating relative superiority and inferiority, but is

not sufficient for natural divisions. Thus, according to this

principle, the Vertebrata would only be divided into two classes,

1. Cephalophora with a distinct head—Mammialia, Birds, and

Reptiles ; 2. Acephala, with the head united to the thorax, con-

taining the Fishes only.

My. study of the Mollusca for about twenty years enables me

to state that the heart and generative organs offer characters of

a much higher systematic value than is generally believed. It

is perhaps “somewhat hazardous to compare the organs of the

lower animals with those of the higher; but it does not seem

probable that organs which have no systematic value in the

higher can have it im the lower animals.

The accompanying synopsis of the Mollusca is chiefly founded

on the intromittent male organ, which seems to me to be the

best indicator of the sensibility of the nervous system, and con-

sequently of the relative systematic rank of the animal. Thus

the lowest class of Vertebrata (the Fishes) wants an intromittent

male organ, although the sexes, with few exceptions, are sepa-

rate; there exists, consequently, no copulation, but impregna-

tion takes place as among plants. In the Plagiostoms the pos-

terior locomotive organs “of the male are e changed into conduits

for the sperm*, Hilees the hectocotylized arm of the Cephalopods.

In the Batrachians the anterior locomotive organs are used as

prehensile organs during the pseudo-copulation; but a true

* Steenstrup, Om agg preter p. 26, Kgl. Danske Videnska-

bernes Selskabs Skrifter, 5. Raekke, 4. Bind.

392 =Dr.O. A. L. Morch on the Systematic Value of the

male intromittent organ is first found among the Reptiles, and

becomes more and more developed among the higher Vertebrata.

That this fact is not in consequence of aquatic habits is evi-

dent by comparing the Cetacea and Sea-serpents, which are

provided with a true male organ.

A similar fact may be observed among the Articulata, of

which the Insects only may have a true male organ.

Among the Mollusca the Androgyna are provided with the

most developed male organ, and which seems to be the most

sensitive. The male organ of the Exophallia is always external,

not retractile, sometimes concealed in a furrow of the right ten-

tacle (e. g. Viviparus). The Pseudophallia have no male organ*.

The copulation is probably effected in the same way as among

Batrachians ; but direct observations are wanting. The male

Acephala disperse their sperm, which is taken up by the females

like the pollen by flowers. The few observations on the copula-

tion of Acephala are very problematical. My synopsis confirms

the rule of Prof. Agassiz that land-animals.are more perfect than

marie; but this rule may be explained in the sense that the

divisions with the largest number of terrestrial forms always are

the superior. Thus, among the Vertebrata, the Thermaliat+ are

higher than the Psychraemia, containing the greatest number of

aquatic forms. The lowest class, Acephala, is entirely aquatic

and chiefly marine. Among the Pseudophallia, Helicine are the

only terrestrial, and Neritine fluviatile. The number of ter-

restrial genera is considerably increased among the Exophallia ;

thus Cyclostomacee are truly terrestrial, Ampullarie, Paludine,

Melanie, and Potamide fluviatile. Among Androgyna are the

greatest number of terrestrial genera.

There is the same concordance with the law of Prof. Owen,

a that the multiplicity of organs indicates inferiority in organiza-

tion.” As was shown in a former paper, the duplicity of the

organs of Acephala descends as the system ascends.

The development of the young is of less systematic value than

is generally believed: this is proved in the Crustaceans, the

marine species having a larval form very different from the

fluviatile species (Astacus fluviatilis and A. marinus). All larvee

of marine Mollusca swim by means of a velum, which in the

marine Acephala, Chiton and Dentalium is changed to a flagel-

lum. In the melicertigene Gasteropoda (Rhachiglossata) the

larva loses the velum before it leaves the egg-case. The larva

* In the ‘ Voyage de l’Uranie’ is represented a Neritina with something

like a short male organ between the mouth and right tentacle, but which

seems not to have been observed in the European species.

+ The difference between hot- and cool-blooded animals seems not to

be sufliciently insisted upon in the modern systems,

Organs employed in the Classification of the Mollusca. 393

of Auricula agrees with that of marine Mollusca, according to

Dr. C. Semper, although the most allied forms (Limnea) are not

subject to this kind of metamorphosis.

All the terrestrial forms leave the egg in a perfect state. The

Cephalopoda may be considered Gasteropoda stopped in the

larval stage, reminding one of Macgillivrayia. The number of

the eggs may also be of some importance for the determination

of superiority and inferiority, as nature seems to compensate

want of intelligence, or power to provide for the offsprmg, by

great fertility: thus plants are more fertile than animals; the

Helicea produce but few eggs compared with the Acephala.

Since the time of Cuvier nearly all naturalists have considered

the Cephalopoda the highest type of Mollusca, chiefly on account

of a presumed affinity with the Fishes, their great size, great

muscular power, as well as the apparent superiority of the

nervous system and organs of circulation. Naturalists are not

yet agreed which families may be considered the highest in

each class, except in the Mammalia. Among the Birds, the

Parrots are considered the highest by the best authors; the

Serpents may perhaps be the highest Reptiles, although such

an authority as Prof. Agassiz considers the Chelonians the

highest, on account of the completeness of the ossification.

According to this principle, the Edentata would be the highest

Mammalia! The largest and strongest Arthropods, the Lob-

sters, have a similar claim to be considered the highest of that

subkingdom. Marine animals are always larger than their kin-

dred on the land, but not the most perfect, as Prof. Agassiz

has proved.

The systematic place of the Cephalopoda may depend on the

structure of the heart and the explanation of the hectocotylized

arm as a male organ. If the branchiocardiae veins of Cephalo-

poda may be considered auricles, as stated by Milne-Edwards,

Kolhker, Huxley *, and Gegenbaur +, the place of the Cephalo-

poda must be between Dentalium and Acephalat—a place not

more strange than that of the Cecilie standing before the Pla-

giostomes, or the Linguatula before the Decapod Crustacea.

The hectocotylized arm of the male indicates a kind of copu-

lation between two individuals, giving the Cephalopoda claim to

a higher place than the Acephala; but it must be remembered

that the manner of copulation of the Pseudophallia is entirely

unknown at present.

If the cardiac auricles only prove to be tumefactions of the

* On Morphology, &e. p. 57—‘ the presumed highest Mollusca.”

+ Vergleichende Anatomie, p. Soe

{ Solen swims, according to Prof. Deshayes, like the Cephalopoda, by

driving water out of the respiratory cavity.

394 Dr.O.A. L. Morch on the Systematic Value of the

branchiocardiac veins, the Cephalopoda must then be removed,

according to the septiserial teeth of the tongue, to the Tzenio-

glossata, the larvee of which (Macgillivrayide) are not unlike the

Cephalopoda. This position would answer to that of Cetacea

being united by the Sirenians to Pachydermata.

The pelagic Cephalopoda are certainly the most powerful and

ferocious of all Mollusca, like the Sharks and Cachalots among

Vertebrata; but in the same divisions are found large animals

living on small animals (e. g. the Whalebone-Whale and the

Squalus glacialis). The same is probably the case with the

largest of all Cephalopoda, Architeuthis dux, Stp. The two man-

dibles of the Cephalopoda are generally very powerful and very

conspicuous ; but their little value as a character for a class is

best seen by the two divisions of mandibulated Echinodermata

and the Helicea. The eyes offer the same differences as in other

parts of the animal kingdom, being small in the diurnal species

and larger in the nocturnal. The size of the lens cannot be

considered a character of perfection of the visual organs, because

the fishes would in such case have the most perfect eyes among

Vertebrata. Nautilus wants a lens, according to Prof. Keferstein.

The exterior form of Cephalopoda is a combination of the form

of the Fishes and Radiata*, depending on their manner of loco-

motion. Cuirroteuthis has thus a striking resemblance to a Me-

dusa. The Cephalopoda seem to me not to have more just

claims to be considered a distinct class in relation to the other

Mollusca than Pteropoda or the Cetacea among Vertebrata.

They exhibit a remarkable analogy with the Plaviostomes in

their habits, in the male organ, the manner of depositing their

eggs, and in the yolk-bearing young.

Subkingdom III. MOLLUSCA.

Series I. MONOTOCARDIA.

The heart with a single auricle. Copulation between two individuals.

Class I. ANDROGYNA (Musivoglossata olim).

All imdividuals alike in respect of the sexual organs, having the two

sexes united. Always provided with a receptaculum seminis (petio-

late bladder). Male organ retractile. Teeth of the tongue generally

multiserial. Predominantly mandibulated.

PULMONATA.

GropuHILa : Phyllovora, Agnathaf.

HyGropuita: Planorbis, Physa, Limnea, Siphonaria, Ancylus,

Auricula.

* Owen, Proceedings of the Zool. Society, 1836, p. 19.

+ Journal de Conchyliologie, July 1865.

Organs employed in the Classification of the Mollusca. 395

TECTIBRANCHIA : Pyramidella, Obeliscus, Odostomia, Chemnitzia,

Acteon, Bulla, Aplysia, Notarchus.

Preropopa: Gymnosomata,—Clione, Pneumodermon (Ianthina?) ;

Thecosomata,— Clio, Hyalea, &e.

GYMNOBRANCHIA.

1. Pygobranchia: Doride, &c.

2. Pleurognatha: Plewrophyllidia, Dendronotus, Tritonia, Bornella,

Molis, Glaucus, &e.

3. Pellibranchia: Tethys, Chionera, Hermea, Elysia, Limapontia,

Pelta, &c.

Class HI. EXOPHALLIA (Arthroglossata olim).

Sexes distinct ; male organ not retractile (often concealed in the bran-

chial cavity or in the tentacle). Mouth predominantly suctorial.

Lingual strap not having more than seven rows of teeth.

TA#NIOGLOsSATA. ‘Tongue with seven rows of teeth, with reflected

edge. Larva of the marine species swimming.

A. Rostrifera. With a short muzzle, not retractile.

#. terrestria. Cyclostomacea (Truncatella).

8. fluviatilia. Ampullaria,-Paludina, Melania, Potamides, Ceri-

thium, Turritella (with nine? rows of teeth), Littorina, Lacuna,

Velutina, Onchidiopsis.

y- parasitica. The eggs hatched in pouches attached to the in-

side of the shell. Vermetus, Crepidula, Hipponyx, Capulus.

6. Pelagica Heteropoda. Firoloides, Pterotrachea, Cardiapoda,

Peltaria*, Carinaria, Helicophlegma, Atlanta, Bellerophon,

Onustus.

e. Strombi.

B. Proboscidifera. Rostrum retractile. Natica, Ovula, Pedicularia,

Trivia, Cyprea, Cassis, Dolium, Pyrula, Triton, Trichotropis,

Aporrhais.

RHACHIGLOSSATA. Tongue not having more than three rows of

teeth, which are not reflected at the edge. Rostrum long, retrac-

tile (without cheek-plates?). Eggs deposited in cartilaginous cap-

sules, which the young leave when the metamorphosis is complete.

Marginella, Voluta (lateral teeth absent), Harpa, Oliva, Ancillaria,

Bullia, Nassa, Buccinum, Fusus, Fasciolaria, Turbinella, Murex,

Purpura (Magilus?), Mitra.

ToxoGLossaTa. Mouth with a suctorial veil. Tongue (?) with

subulate teeth provided with an internal or external veniferous

canal. Conus (Borsonia?), Pleurotoma, Clionella, making a transi-

tion to Terebra, Cancellaria. The egg-cases of this division are

probably like the preceding ; but direct observation is wanting.

Series I]. DIOTOCARDIA.

Heart with two auri¢les. (That this character has no relation to the posi-

tion of the gills, as Prof. Huxley suggested, is evident in the case of

Pleurophyllidia, which, according to Messrs. Hancock and Bergh, have

* Carinaria depressa, Rang, Man. t. 3. f. 1.

396 Dr. O.A.L. Mérch on the Classification of the Mollusca.

a single auricle, although the gills are lateral—and because Turbo mar-

moreus, with a single “gill, has two auricles, according to Quoy and

Gaimard.) Sexes distinct, but without male organ.

Class III. PSEUDOPHALLIA (Aspidobranchia olim).

Tongue with the lateral teeth of two different forms. Male organ

rudimentary ? ? Development only known in Chiton and Dentalium.

RurprpoGLossaTa. Median teeth broad, with reflected edge, ge-

nerally 5.1.5; marginal teeth compressed ; these are very numerous,

with inflected tips.

Terrestria. Helicina. (Eyes sessile.)

Fluviatilia. Neritina. (Kyes petiolate.)

Marina. Nerita, Turbo, Trochus, Haliotis, Fissurella, Emar-

ginula. (Kyes sessile.)

HereroGLossata. (Dochoglossata, Troschel). Tips of the teeth

(always?) having a black pigment. The marginal teeth of the

preceding division are absent.

Cyclobranehia. Patella, Tectura.

Polyplacophora. Chiton, Chitonellus.

Cirrobranchia. Dentalium, Siphonodentalium.

CrPHALOPODA.

1. Dibranchiata.

A. Octopoda.

B. Decapoda.

Oigopside,

Myopsidee.

2. Tetrabranchiata. Nautilus.

Class IV. ACEPHALA (Dithyra).

Dimyaria.

Heteromyaria. Mytilacea et Ostreacea?

Monomyaria, Pecten, Spondylus, Lima, Tridacna.

Observations.

Tanthina has perhaps the same relation to Pneumodermon as

Carinaria to Pterotrachea. Tanthina has a pair of epipodial fins.

Dr. Gould has represented (American Explormg Expedition)

some aciculate bodies, probably homologous with the hooks on

the arms of Pneumodermon. The latter genus has, according to

D’Orbigny, a small hump on the back, probably a rudimentary

mantle ; but intermediate genera are yet unknown.

The Thecosomata differ considerably from the Gymnosomata.

I find it at least very doubtful whether Eurybia makes a true

transition between the two divisions. The*Thecosomata have

3-5 band-like lateral mandibles, and a triseriate lingual dentition,

quite different from that of the Gymnosomata. According to

Souleyet, they have a petiolate bladder, and are consequently

Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of Butterflies. 397

androgynous ; but they are perhaps more nearly allied to Gas-

teropteron or the Bullide. The systematic position seems to me

not sufficiently clear.

The relation between the pulmoniferous Awricu/a with a marine

larva and the marine branchiferous Pyramidella requires further

observation. QQuoy and Gaimard have pointed out their affinity.

The relation between a rostrum (not retractile) and a proboscis

or haustellum (retractile) is not yet sufficiently understood.

Perhaps there is no other difference than between a long and

short siphon. Strombus appears to make a transition between

the two, and seems to approach most to Cyprea.

XLITI.—Description of four new Species of Butterflies in the

Collection of the British Museum. By A. G. Burier, F.Z.S.,

Assistant, Zoological Department, British Museum.

1. Anthocharis Leo.

Upperside—front wings snowy-white, with a pale orange patch

on the inner margin, bounded above by the third median ner-

vule; base greyish ; apex and a subapical line grey; nervures

black : hind wings snowy white, suffused with orange on the

front margin.

Body grey ; head and prothorax yellowish.

Underside white, tinted with ochreous, darker at the apex of

front wings and front margin of hind wings; a curved line of

small indistinct brown spots crosses the hind wings just below

the middle.

Expanse of wings 1 inch 9 lines.

Hab. White Nile.

2. Danais Mariana.

Upperside—front wings, basal half, an irregular subapical band,

a small spot on the costa just beyond the middle, and two mar-

ginal spots between the median nervules sap-green; apical half

and nervures rich brown, its inner outline angularly and irregu-

larly notched : hind wings, basal half sap-green, tapering to-

wards the termination of the upper disco-cellular nervule, with

an angular and irregular outline ; apical half and inner marginal

nervures rich brown; other nervures reddish.

Body brown; head reddish, spotted with white; antennz

black.

Underside—front wings as above, but with three additional

small marginal green spots and paler-coloured nervures ; hind

wings as above, but with two submarginal rows of pale-green

spots placed in fours between the nervures along the hind mar-

gin, and the nervures margined with brown.

398 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of Butterflies.

Body: thorax brown, spotted with green; palpi green; ab-

domen olivaceous brown.

Expanse of wings 1 ch 11 lines.

Hab. New Caledonia.

3. Diadema Mena.

Hestina Mena, Moore, MS.

Upperside—front wings pale greenish ; nervures, end of cell,

and a submarginal band along the hind margin broadly rich

brown ; two indistinct inner submarginal bands of brown scales:

hind wings pale ochreous, nervures rich brown; a submarginal

row of brown lunules between the nervures along the hind

margin.

Body brown above ; head and thorax streaked with ochreous;

antennee black.

Underside—front wings pale greenish; end of cell, base of

nervures, an indistinct band of scales between the nervures just

beyond the cell, and an indistinct submarginal row of spots

along the hind margin brown; termination of nervures fulvous:

hind wings pale ochreous ; nervures brown; a submarginal band

of indistinct brown spots between the nervures along the hind

margin ; front margin darker ochreous.

Body rich brown; tibiz and tarsi of front legs and tarsi of

middle and hind legs alternately brown and white.

Expanse of wings 34 inches.

Hab. North India.

This insect was named by Mr. Frederick Moore, of the Indian

Museum.

4. Heterochroa Lydia.

Upperside rich brown, with a central white band, faintly

tinted with violaceous, extending, entire, from the first discoidal

nervure of the front to the anal angle of the hind wings, con-

tinued above the first discoidal to the subcostal nervure in the

form of two minute and indistinct white spots; a large angular

orange blotch near the apex of the front wings, extending from

the costa to the first discoidal nervure ; a small orange blotch

at the anal angle of hind wings; two submarginal dark-brown

bands, interrupted by the nervures, near the hind margin of

front wings, and three similar bands on the hind wings; base

irrorated with orange scales; cell of front wings crossed by five

equidistant, oblique, black lines, the one nearest the base more

oblique than the others, extending half across the cell; three

similar short black lines below the cell; hind-wing cell only

crossed by two black lines, and closed by a third ; inner margin

pale brown.

Mr. H. J. Carter on Peridinium eypripedium. 399

Body olivaceous ; head fulvous; antenne black, tipped with

fulvous.

Underside—central band extending to the costa, but inter-

rupted near it by the nervures, which are fulvous, otherwise as

above; base silvery, crossed by two pinkish bands margined

with brick-red, the outer one lying close to the central band,

except at the costa of the front wings; base of hind and cell of

front wings crossed by an oblique brick-red dash : front wings

with a subapical patch, creamy above, white and very narrow

below, interrupted by the nervures ; apex fulvous ; the remainder

of the apical half of the front wings pale brown, interrupted by

the nervures, and varied with white lunules between the sub-

costal and second and third median nervules: apical half of

hind wings violaceous outwardly, pale brown inwardly, the

brown portion crossed longitudinally by a brick-red fascia; a

lunulate, submarginal, fulvous line along the hind margin, an

orange spot at the anal angle, and a small black lunule near it.

Body dirty cream-coloured.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Hab. Honduras.

Closely allied to Heterochroa Iphicla, Linn., differing from it

above in having the central band produced above the first me-

dian nervule, the subapical orange patch much more angular,

and the submarginal bands more interrupted ; below, the basal

bands are wider apart, the white submarginal lunules are fewer

in number, the submarginal bands less curved, more regular,

and not so much interrupted, the anal orange patch on the hind

wing is much nearer to the margin, and the central band much

more regular in outline.

XLIV.—Remarks on Prof. H/J. Clark’s Peridinium cypripedium,

By H. J. Carrmr, F.R.S. &e.

In the last two Numbers of the ‘ Annals’ (viz. 94 and 95) are

contained the description and illustrations of an animalcule

called by Professor Clark Peridinium cypripedium ; and no mi-

croscopical inquirer into such organisms can have read it, in

connexion with his figures, without admiration and hope of

future contributions of the kind from the same author.

Prof. Clark, however, not unlike those who have preceded him

in such investigations, has confounded two kinds of infusoria,

which, although extremely alike, nevertheless belong, one to the

animal, and the other to the vegetable side of the imaginary

line which divides the two great kingdoms of organized beings.

Nor would this confusion haye been made had the authors of

4.00 Mr. H.J. Carter on Peridinium cypripedium.

that most excellent work to which Prof. Clark alludes, viz. ‘ Les

‘tudes sur les Infusoires, &c.,’ Messrs. Claparede and Lach-

mann, been able to contribute as much to the description of

their second family of Vorticellina as they wished.

This has now been added by Prof. Clark himself so completely

that henceforth no such confusion can exist. But while Prof.

Clark’s mistake serves to show how very like Urocentrum Turbo,

Ehr. (which I believe to be Prof. Clark’s Peridinium cypripedium)

is to Peridinium, it also affords me the opportunity of pointing

out more strongly than has hitherto been done, the striking

resemblance between these two Infusoria, situated on different

sides of the line mentioned, which, from a late examination of

the former, appears to be desirable.

Prof. Clark’s Peridinium cypripedium, if not identical with

Ehrenberg’s Urocentrum Turbo, seems to differ from it so slightly

that it can hardly be termed another species.

Of Urocentrum Turbo Claparede states (op. cit. p. 134), among

other characters, that the mouth or buccal cavity is spiral, and,

on behalf of his lamented coadjutor, the late M. J. Lachmann,

that the anal orifice is posterior; while Ehrenberg asserts, on

the contrary, that the mouth is “not spiral ” (Micrograph. Dict.).

Claparéde also adds that the setaceous or large ciliary appendage

is composed of “long cilia agglomerated into a bundle.”

Urocentrum Turbo has been placed by Ehrenberg among his

Vorticelle ; but if the mouth be not spiral, as he has stated, and

the anal orifice be posterior, as observed by Lachmann—while

Prof. Clark, in his minute examination, although unable to de-

termine the position of the latter, mentions nothing spiral about

the mouth or buccal cavity, and my own observations are of a

like nature—then such testimony is opposed to placing this

organism in the position assigned to it by Ehrenberg.

On this account, probably, the intelligent authors of ‘ Les

Ictudes’ have made a separate family for it, under the head of

“Urocentrina,” which they have placed between their Vorticellina

and Oxytrichina, probably also seeing, among other things, that

the setaceous or large ciliary appendage, by its brush-like form,

allied it more strongly to the Oxytrichina (characterized by

large ciliary feet) than to any other family of Infusoria.

While, then, Urocentrum differs so much from the ciliated

animalcules, on the animal side, as to afford the type of a sepa-

rate family, it so nearly resembles Peridinium, on the vegetable

side, that Prof. Clark has set it down as one of the latter—an

oversight which needs explanation, lest the organization of Uro-

centrum Turbo should be applied to that of the Péridimiens,

By reference to the ‘ Annals’ (1859, vol. i. p. 15) it will be

observed that I have endeavoured to clear up the confusion which

Mr. H. J. Carter on Peridinium eypripedium. 401

Ehrenberg and Dujardin made by mixing up the Trachelius tri-

chophorus of the former, which is the Astasia limpida of the latter,

with the Huglene; and have proposed that under the latter should

only be included Infusoria of the type Huglena, and under that

of Astasia the type only of Astasia limpida,—EHuglena belonging

to the vegetable, while dstasta belongs to the animal side of the

boundary of the two kingdoms ; Astasia being colourless, pre-

senting an oral and an anal orifice, and taking in crude material

for food, while Huglena is for the most part green, presents no

oral or anal orifice, and cannot be seen to incept crude material.

There are other distinctions between these organisms ; but ge-

nerally they are so much alike that Dujardin placed the whole

under the head of Euglene; so that if the organization of Asta-

sia limpida were attributed to Huglena, the same erroneous view

respecting the organization of the latter would arise as that

which would be caused by attributing the organization of Uro-

centrum to Peridinium. Claparéde has also some observa-

tions (p. 346) bearing on the subject; but they were written

unknown to me, if not probably published subsequently to mine.

For my own, 2n extenso, I must refer the reader to the volume

of the ‘Annals’ already mentioned.

Now, Urocentrum Turbo bears a similar resemblance to Peri-

dinium that Astasia linpida (Duj.) bears to the Huglene. Hence

the object of this communication.

As yet, Peridinium must be viewed as closely allied to Huglena

(see my description of Peridinium sanguineum, which imparts ¢

red colour to the sea round the shores of the island of Bombay,

‘ Annals,’ 1858, vol. i. p. 258). It has a large cilium, which

does not appear to be composed of a lash of hairs; a reddish

eye-spot, which may be double or quadruple, according with the

number of divisions which the’ organism may be undergoing

within its lorica, but always connected with a hyaline space,

which in Huglena is seen to be the contracting vesicle; a nu-

cleus, and vesicles of green or otherwise coloured chlorophyll

(see the communication to which I have last referred) ; but no

oral or anal orifice, and no appearance of being supported by

the inception of crude material for food.

On the other hand, Urocentrum Turbo is colourless, has an

oral and probably anal orifice; incepts crude material for food,

as pointed out by Prof. Clark; presents a circular and a median

groove, but with the crown of minute cilia not situated along

the line of the former, as in the cinctum of Peridinium, but in

front of it, and the large cilium, although issuing from the me-

dian groove, composed “of a bundle of hairs, instead of a single

filament. Yet this organ serves to anchor Urocentrum, just as the

simple filament can arrest the progress of Peridinium, while the

Ann. § Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvi. 27

402 Mr. J.S. Baly oa new Genera and Species of Gallerucide.

latter swims with its small, and the former, Vorticella-like, with

its large end foremost.

There is no lorica in Urocentrum; and, according to Prof.

Clark, its surface, excepting the crown, is scattered over with

small cilia, in which it further differs from Peridinium—where,

on the other hand, there is a distinct lorica, and cilia only on

the anterior border of the cinctum.

These are some of the chief differences between the two or-

ganisms, of which the most distmguishing are first named.

It is not my object here to go further into the detail of Uro-

centrum Turbo, nor am I prepared to enter the lists with Prof.

Clark respecting its organization.

My observations were for the most part made cursorily, on a

supply of this animalcule which I found here in a freshwater pool

partly filled with decayed leaves, in July last; but, seemg that

the vesicula (contracting vesicle) was particularly active, I

availed myself of the opportunity of watching it carefully with

reference to the question whether it threw back into the body

or discharged externally its contents, and noted down—(1) that

from a simple globular form it became surrounded with a chap-

let of ten (?) small globular sinuses; (2) on these disappearing,

the vesicula became still more enlarged, contracted, and in its

turn disappeared; and (3) that immediately after this, one or

two vesicles became visible, which, breaking into each other,

gave place to the globular form of the vesicula again, to be fol-

lowed by the same series of changes, and so on,—still further

convincing me that the contents of the vesicula do not return

to the body through the sinuses, but are probably ejected from

it through the cuticula direct, or through some excretory chan-

nel—in this instance close to the posterior extremity, where

the vesicula and probably the anal orifice also, are situated.

Urocentrum was also formerly confounded with Cercaria by

Nitzsch and Bory; but the improved quality of our modern

microscopical instruments no longer admits of such a mistake.

Budleigh Salterton, Devon.

Nov. 7, 1865.

XLV.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Gallerucide.

By J.S. Baty, F.L.S.

Subfam. Hauricin a”.

Genus Dramputpra, Gerst.

Diamphidia vittatipennis.

D. oblongo-ovata, convexa, sordide fulva, subopaca, antennis, plaga

frontali, oculis, thoracis maculis septem (4.3 dispositis), scutello,

Mr. J.S8. Baly on new Genera and Species of Gallerucide. 403

genibus, tibiis tarsisque nigris; elytris crebre punctatis, singu-

latim puncto apicali vittisque duabus, una submarginali, plerumque

puncto apicali confluente, alteraque subsuturali, ante apicem desi-

nente, basi dilatata, nigris.

Long. 42 lin.

Hab. Damara Land, South Africa.

Head coarsely punctured; apex of jaws and a quadrangu-

lar patch between the eyes black: antenne robust, slightly

compressed, not serrate. Thorax more than twice as broad

as long, coarsely punctured; on the surface are seven black

patches, which resemble in shape and are arranged in a similar

way to those on the thorax of D. flabellicornis, the front row

consisting of four spots, of which the outer two are minute ; the

hinder row is formed of three patches, the outer two of which

are large and irregular, the middle small and oblong.

Diamphidia flexuosa.

D. robusta, convexa, flava, subnitida, antennis, verticis maculis

duabus, thoracis maculis septem (4 . 3 dispositis), scutello, geni-

bus, tibiis, tarsis pleurisque nigris ; elytris postice paullo ampliatis,

crebre punctatis, singulis apice plaga transversa subapicali, fasciis-

que latis flexuosis duabus, una ante, altera vix pone, medium dis-

positis, nigris.

Long. 64 lin.

Hab. Zulu country, Port Natal.

Very closely allied to D. ornata, but larger and more robust

than that insect ; antenne similar in form; sides of the thorax

more regularly rounded.

Genus Popont1A, Dalman.

Podontia evanida.

P. oblongo-ovata, convexa, subtus pallide fulvo-picea, nitida, supra

sordide flava; thorace remote punctato, pallide rufo-piceo varie-

gato, apice utrinque longitudinaliter sulcato; elytris sat profunde

punctato-striatis, punctis pallide piceis, interspatiis ad apicem con-

vexis, puncto humerali nigro, limbo inflexo nigro-tessellato; femori-

bus posticis vaide incrassatis.

Long. 33-4 lin.

Hab. Damara Land, South Africa.

Larger, narrower, and more parallel than P. stolida, with

which insect it otherwise agrees very closely.

Podontia marmorata.

P. ovata, convexa, pallide picea, nitida; antennis extrorsum infus-

catis ; thorace minute granuloso, teuuiter punctato, apice utrinque

longitudinaliter impresso; elytris flavis, rufo-piceo marmoratis,

27*

404 Mr. J.S. Baly on new Genera and Species of Gallerucidee.

profunde punctato-striatis, punctis piceis, interstitiis apicem versus

convexis, limbo inflexo piceo-tessellato ; scutello rufo-piceo; fe-

moribus posticis valde inerassatis.

Var. A. Elytris rufo-piceis, flavo irroratis.

Mas. Gdeagus vix curvatus, apice ovatus, apice ipso subacuminato.

Long. 3-33 ‘lin.

Hab. Port Natal.

More ovate than P. evanida; very similar in form and size to

P. stolida: from the latter species it may be known by the

coarser and rather more distant punctures on the elytra.

Podontia nigrotessellata.

P. ovata, convexa, pallide picea, nitida; thorace subremote punc-

tato, basi biimpresso, antice utrinque longitudinaliter sulcato ;

elytris sordide fulvis, sat profunde punctato-striatis, punctis piceis,

interspatiis remote nigro tessellatis, ad apicem convexiusculis ;

femoribus posticis valde incrassatis.

Mas. Cideagus vix curyatus, lateribus parallelis, apice lanceolato-

ovato.

Long. 23-22 lin.

Hab. ee Natal.

The much smaller size and the different coloration of the

elytra will without difficulty distinguish this species from its

congeners.

Podontia reticulata,

P. anguste oblonga, convexa, pallide piceo- fulva, nitida, antennis

extrorsum infuseatis, ¢ capite scutelloque rufo-piceis ; therace piceo-

marmorato, apice utrinque longitudinaliter impresso ; elytris flavis,

rufo-piceo reticulatis, profunde punctato-striatis, punctis piceis,

limbo inflexo piceo-tessellato ; femoribus posticis valde incrassatis.

Long. 33 lin.

Hab. isan Africa.

Larger and more parallel than P. séolida, more convex than

P. evanida. I only know a single specimen of this species.

Podontia flava.

P. elongata, parallela, convexa, flavo-nitida ; thorace basi biimpresso,

ad latera foveolato, utrinque infra medium ad apicem longitudi-

naliter suleato ; elytris ante medium gibbosis, sat fortiter punctato-

striatis, interspatils ad apicem convexiusculis ; femoribus posticis

modice incrassatis.

Long. 6 lin.

Hab. Sarawak.

This species may be at once known from P. lutea, Oliv., by

the unicolorous body and legs, as well as by the coarser punctua-

tion of the elytra.

Mr. J.S. Baly on new Genera and Species of Gallerucide. 405

Podontia Dalmani.

P. elongata, parallela, postice vix attenuata, pallide picea, nitida;

thorace basi biimpresso, disco medio longitudinaliter sulcato,

utrinque late foveolato, antice utrinque (a margine apicali ad

foveam lateralem) longitudinaliter impresso ; elytris ante medium

gibbosis, fortiter punctato-striatis, uigro-piceis, flavo irroratis,

singulatim plaga basali, fascia lata prope medium alteraque ante

apicem flavis, punctis super partes flavescentes piceis ; femoribus

posticis modice incrassatis.

Long. 6 lin.

Hab. Lombok, Siam.

Podoniia rufo-castanea.

P. subelongata, convexa, subtus cum antennis (his basi excepta)

nigra, nitida, corpore supra et thorace infra rufo-castaneis ; thorace

basi obsolete biimpresso ; disco utrinque profunde foveolato ; ely-

tris aute medium gibbosis, distincte sed tenuiter punctato-striatis ;

femoribus posticis modice incrassatis.

Long. 6 lin.

Hab. India.

This and the preceding insect were originally described by

me as varieties of P. 14-punctata (Journ. Ent. i. p.451). Sub-

sequent investigation, however, has convinced me that they are

entitled to the rank of distinct species.

Podontia congregata.

P. oblonga, convexa, pallide rufo-piceo, nitida, capite elytrisque ful-

vis ; his ante medium gibbosis, punctato-striatis, maculis numerosis

rufo-piceis, preesertim ad latera et apud suturam congregatis, or-

natis; thorace ad latera foveolato, basi breviter bisulcato, ante

medium utrinque longitudinaliter impresso; femoribus posticis

modice incrassatis.

Long. 55 lin.

Hab.

Subfam. GALLERUCIN &.

Genus Dircema, Clark.

The Rev. H. Clark, in his description of Dircema cinctipenne,

has included five or six closely allied but distinct species: their

diagnoses (together with those of several others entirely new) I

have given below. The males of Dircema may be known from

having the apices of the intermediate tibize armed with a short

tooth or acute process; both sexes have the anal segment of the

abdomen notched ; in the ¢ this notch is large and angular, its

extreme apex being impressed with a distinct fovea; in the 9

the notch is smaller, somewhat variable in shape, although usu-

ally lear, and the apical fovea is obsolete.

406 Mr.J.S. Baly on new Genera and Species of Gallerucide.

Dircema discoidale.

D. elongatum, convexum, dorso subdeplanatum, flavum, nitidum,

vertice, fronte, mandibulis antennisque nigris, his apice sordide

albidis; thorace longitudine plus duplo latiore, lateribus ante me-

dium modice ampliatis, transversim sulcato, utrinque foveolato,

dorso fere glabro, remote punctato, nitido, nigro, marginibus basalt

et laterali flavis; elytris thorace multo latioribus, fere parallelis,

convexis, dorso subdepressis, granulosis, metallico-cyaneis, sub-

nitidis, pube brevissima vestitis, sutura anguste margineque flavis;

femoribus quatuor anticis dorso fusco-lineatis.

Mas. (deagus basi incrassatus, curvatus, lateribus parallelis, apice

ovato-lanceolatus, apice ipso producto, recto, truncato.

Long. 5 lin.

Hab. Nauta, Peru.

Forehead impressed with a large obovate depression, coarsely

punctured, sparingly clothed with coarse hairs; eyes ovate-

rotundate ; four upper joints of antennze pale fulvous. Apical

border of thorax concave, entire, side-margin moderately dilated

in front, nearly straight and parallel behind, hinder angles

acute; disk shining, sparingly clothed with suberect hairs ;

transverse excavation broad, less deeply impressed than in most

of the other species; it is, however, rendered deeper on either -

side by a large roundish fovea, which is placed about halfway

between the middle and the lateral border. Elytra shorter than

in the other species, much broader than the thorax, depressed

above.

My collection contains two male specimens of this species.

Dircema laticolle.

D. elongatum, parallelum, convexum, fulvo-flavum, nitidum, capite

(facie inferiore excepta) nigro, antennarum articulis tribus ultimis

sordide flavis; thorace brevi, longitudine triplo latiore, lateribus

ante medium late explanatis, disco minus crebre, medio subremote

punctato, pube depressa nigra sparsius vestito, profunde trans-

versim excavato, pone sulcum distincte elevato; elytris nigris,

opacis, rude granulosis, pube adpressa fusca aut nigra vestitis,

sutura margineque flavis; pedibus nigris, femoribus basi et infra

fulvis.

Fem. Abdominis segmentum anale apice obtuse angulatum, medio

vix emarginatum.

Long. 33-4 lin.

Hab. Amazons.

Forehead depressed, rugulose, vertex nitidous ; epistome im-

pressed with a deep longitudinal groove, which extends from the

apical border to the encarpze, its upper half very strongly marked;

three upper joints of antennz obscure fusco-fulvous. Thorax

short, quite thrice as broad as long; apical margin concave,

Mr. J.S. Baly on new Genera and Species of Gallerucide. 407

often slightly emarginate in the middle; lateral margin broadly

dilated in front, hinder portion subparallel, hinder angles acute,

slightly produced; upper surface smooth and nitidous, some-

what sparingly clothed with pale hairs; transverse sulcation

deeply impressed, the surface of the thorax behind its posterior

margin thickened and distinctly raised; in the centre of this

raised surface is a more or less distinct longitudinal groove.

Elytra broader than the thorax, nearly subcylindrical in the 3;

rather broader and more depressed in the ? .

Dircema cinctipenne, Clark.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Oct. 1865, p. 263.

D. elongatum, parallelum, convexum, flavum, nitidum, capite (facie

inferiore excepta) nigro, antennis apice sordide flavis aut albidis ;

thorace brevi, longitudine fere triplo latiore, lateribus ante medium

late explanatis, disco ruguloso, pube adpressa sat dense vestito,

medio longitudinaliter canaliculato, profunde transversim excavato,

pone sulcum distincte elevato, utrinque plaga magna nigra ornato ;

elytris opacis, granulosis, pube depressa fusca aut nigra dense ves-

titis, nigro-viridibus aut obscure viridi-metallicis, sutura margine-

que flavis ; pedibus fusco-nigris, rarius obscure flavis, fusco

lineatis.

Mas. Cideagus basi incrassatus, curvatus, anguste lanceolatus, apice

producto, subacuto, recurvato.

Fem. Abdominis segmentum anale apice modice incisum.

Long. 4—43 lin.

Hab. Amazons.

Head short ; front clothed with adpressed hairs, with a more or

less distinctly defined ovate depression, which is more or less finely

rugulose ; vertex nitidous ; face grooved as in D. Jaticolle ; three

or four upper joints of antennee yellowish white. Thorax three

times as broad as long; apical margin concave, sometimes

slightly notched in the middle; side margins broadly dilated in

front, nearly straight and slightly diverging posteriorly, hinder

angles acute ; disk impressed in a similar manner to that of D.

laticolle, but rugose-punctate, more closely covered with pu-

bescence. Elytra similar in form to those of D. laticolle, dark

metallic green, subopaque.

Dircema pulchrum.

D. elongatum, pallide flavum, nitidum; fronte, vertice antennisque

nigris ; his apice albis, articulo basali flavo ; thorace brevi, longi-

tudine triplo latiore, lateribus late ampliatis, disco profunde trans-

versim excavato, minus crebre punctato, sparse pubescente, utrin-

que plaga nigra ornato ; elytris pube adpressa brevi vestitis, sub-

opacis, rugosis, metallico-viridibus, margine suturaque flavis ;

femoribus dorso nigro-piccis ; tibiis ad apicem tarsisque fuscis.

408 Mr. J. 8. Baly on new Genera and Species of Gallerucidee.

Mus. Gdeagus apice lanceolato-ovatus, lateribus ad apicem bi-

sinuatis, apice ipso vix producto, truncato, recurvato.

Fem. Abdominis segmentum anale utrinque foyeolatum, apice angu-

lato sat profunde inciso ; thorace toto flavo ; antennis totis, femori-

bus dorso, tibiis tarsisque nigris.

Var. A. (fem.). Elytris obscure nigro-purpureis.

Long. 5-6 lin.

Hab. Nauta, Upper Amazons.

This species, although of larger size and brighter coloration,

very closely resembles D. daticolle, more especially in the form

and punctuation of the thorax; the ? may be known by the

linear notch at the apex of the abdomen, the ¢ by the paler legs

and the brighter colour of the elytra. Front with a large semi-

ovate rugulose depression ; vertex nitidous.

I possess three specimens of this species, one ¢, two 9.

Dire2ma columbicum.

D. clongatum, parallelum, sordide flavum, nitidum, vertice, fronte

(hoc maculam flavam includente), antennis, femoribus dorso, tibiis

tarsisque nigris; thorace longitudine duplo latiore, lateribus ante

medium modice ampliatis, disco modice sed late transversim ex-

cavato, crebre punctato, pube adpressa dense vestito, utrinque

macula ovata nigra ornato; elytris metallico-viridibus, subopacis,

pube subdepressa brevi vestitis, margine suturaque flavis.

Tom. Abdominis segmentum anale apice obtuse angulatum, breviter

incisum.

Long. 6 lin.

Hab. Bogota.

I only know a single specimen of the present species (a ? ).

It may be easily separated from all its congeners by the peculiar

form of the thorax ; this part is less transverse, beg only about

twice as broad as long; its sides in front are less dilated, and

the upper surface much less deeply excavated ; the hinder angles

are produced into an obtuse tooth. The elytra are much broader

than the thorax, somewhat depressed above. Face long, clothed

with pale hairs ; vertex and front black, the latter nearly plane,

marked in the centre with a transverse yellow patch.

Dircema letum.

D. elongatum, parallelum, convexum, dorso subdepressum, sordide

fusco-fiavum, nitidum, vertice antennisque nigris, illo rugoso, his

basi et apice flavis ; thorace longitudine vix duplo latiore, lateribus

ante medium modice ampliatis, disco late transversim excavato,

crebre rugoso, pube brevi adpressa dense vestito, sordide flavo,

utrinque plaga magna nigra ornato; elytris rugoso-granulosis,

pube adpressa brevi fusco-fulva dense vestitis, viridi-zeneis, sutura

Mr. J.8. Baly on new Genera and Species of Gallerucidee. 409

marginibusque anguste flavis; pedibus nigris, femoribus basi et

infra sordide flavis.

Mas. Gideagus basi incrassatus, curvatus, parallelus, ad apicern acute

angulatus, apice producto, truncato, recurvato.

Fem. Abdominis segmentum anale apice obtuse angulatum, sat

profunde incisum.

Long. 43-5 lin.

Hab. Banks of the Napo, Ecuador.

Thorax rather less broadly dilated than in D. cinetipenne, its

upper surface much less deeply excavated. Elytra pale, almost

sea-green, fusco-sericcous, broader and more depressed than in

D. cinctipenne; more nearly approaching in habit to D. colum-

bicum, but from that species the smaller size and differently

formed thorax will separate it; three upper joints of antennz

yellowish white, the remainder more or less fulvous beneath.

I obtained three specimens of this pretty species (two ¢ and

one ?) from the late Mr. H. Cuming, who received them from

one of his correspondents in Keuador.

Dircema sordidum.

D. elongatum, parallelum, convexwm, fulvo-fuscum aut sordide ful-

vum, nitidum, femoribus dorso, tibiis tarsisque piceis, vertice

fronteque viridi-nigris ; antennis nigro-piceis, basi externa et apice

fulvis ; thorace longitudine triplo latiore, lateribus ante medium

late explanatis ; disco rugoso, profunde transversim excavato,

pone sulcum elevato, pube adpressa dense obsito, nigro, vitta lata

centrali et margine apicali dilatato flavis; elytris rude granulosis,

obscure metallico-viridibus, pube adpressa fusca dense vestitis,

sutura margineque obsolete flavo-marginatis.

Fem. Abdominis segmentum anale apice obtuse angulatum, semi-

circulariter incisum,

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Kga and Nauta, Upper Amazons.

Very similar in form, both of thorax and elytra, to D. cincti-

penne ; easily distinguished from that insect by the coarser and

closer pubescence of the upper surface, and by the extremely

narrow and almost obsolete fulvous margination of the elytra ;

the notch on the apex of the anal segment of the abdomen in the

? is semicircular, instead of lmear, as in D. cinctipenne.

I know two specimens of the species, both 9. The specimen

from Ega has the scutellum dark fuscous.

Direema modestum.

D. elongatum, parallelum, convexum, dorso subdeplanatum, flavum,

nitidum, verticis macula bilobata antennisque nigris, his apice

flavo-albis ; thorace longitudine fere triplo latiore, lateribus ante

410 Mr.J.8. Baly on new Genera and Species of Gallerucide.

medium sat late ampliatis, disco profunde transversim sulcato,

pube adpressa sparse obsito, nitido, subremote punctato; elytris

convexis, dorso subdepressis, rude granulosis, subremote punctatis,

fusco-sericeis, murinis vel pallide viridibus, opacis ; genibus,

tibiis, tarsisque nigris.

Mas. (deagus basi incrassatus, curvatus, parallelus, ad apicem ovato-

lanceolatus, apice ipso producto, capitato.

Fem. Abdominis segmentum anale apice obtuse angulato, breviter

angulariter inciso.

Long. 5 lin.

Hab. Magdalena River, Columbia.

Broader and flatter above than D. cinctipenne, closely resem-

bling D. nigripenne, Fab., in form and unicolorous elytra. From

this latter species it may be at once known by the bilobate black

patch on the vertex, as well as by the paler elytra; the males of

the two species differ also in the form of the cedeagus ; the apex

of this organ, instead of being capitate as in the insect before us,

is produced in D. nigripenne into a broad slightly recurved pro-

cess, the extremity of which is truncate and slightly notched,

the lobes of the notch being also reflexed ; the females may be

separated by the difference in the apical notch of the last abdo-

minal segment: in D. nigripenne this notch is linear, a longi-

tudinal groove extending from its apex to the base of the seg-

ment; in D. modestum the notch is short and slightly angular,

the longitudinal groove being entirely obsolete. The head of

D. modestum is rather longer than in any of the other species

described in the present paper; the front is impressed with the

usual semiovate space.

Genus HyPpHa@NIA.

Corpus angustatum, parallelum, modice convexum. Caput ex-

sertum ; facie perpendiculari ; antennis filiformibus, 3 seepe cor pore

longioribus, gracilibus ; articulis primo curvato, a basi ad apicem in-

crassato, secundo brevi, czeteris cylindricis, subtus in ¢ seepe setis erectis

vestitis, singulis longitudine primo fére eequalibus ; secundo, tertio

quartoque interdum subtus compressis et dilatatis; 9? corpore

paullo brevioribus, articulis nunquam setiferis; ocwlis magnis, pro-

minulis ; pa/pis maxillaribus ovatis, apice acutis. Thorax transverso-

quadratus, lateribus rectis, angulis singulatim tuberculo setifero

armatis; dorso subdeplanato, medio transversim sulcato. Elytra

thorace paullo latiora, elongata, parallela, confuse punctata. Pedes

graciles, subelongati; covis anticis erectis, contiguis ; femoribus pos-

ticis non incrassatis; ¢éb¢is omnibus apice muticis; ¢arsorum posti-

corum articulo primo duobus sequentibus conjunctis eequali; un-

guiculis appendiculatis. Prosternum fere obsoletum.

Type Hyphenia (Luperus) pilicornis, Motsch. Birmah.

Dr. Mérch on the Limits of the Subkingdom Mollusca. 411

XLVI.—On the Limits of the Subkingdom Mollusca.

By Dr. O. A. L. Morcu.

Tue Vertebrata form the only subkingdom with uncontroverted

limits ; yet the late Prince Bonaparte considered the Aphanozoa

(Sagitta, &c.) the lowest Vertebrata.

Since the time of Cuvier, the Tunicata have been considered

by zoologists true Mollusca. Professor Huxley has shown that the

Bryozoa are inseparable from the Tunicata. The Brachiopoda

are considered allied to the former, thus forming the subclass

Molluscoidea of several modern authors. Dr. Macdonald* has

lately added the Ctenophora + to the Brachiopodat.

Prof. Lovén first raised a doubt as to the affinity of the Tuni-

cata to the Mollusca, chiefly on account of the form of the larva

of Ascidians. Dr. Macdonald founded the same doubt chiefly

on the reproduction by budding, which is foreign to the nature

of Mollusca. This reason alone cannot be considered sufficient,

as there is found in nearly every class a division (subclass, mi-

crosthenic division) differimg in having an abortive progeny, e. g.

Marsupialia, Amphibia, Orthoptera among Mandibulata, and He-

miptera and Homoptera among Haustellata, Entomostraca, &c.

The systematic position of the Tunicata seems chiefly to be

based on a supposed resemblance between the two apertures of

Ascidians with the siphons of Acephala, and a still more super-

ficial resemblance between “the shells.”

Another division, contaiing gelatinous and arborescent forms

(the Acalephze), seems to have a much greater affinity to the

Acephala, with which they agree in the four labial palpi and the

fringed oculiferous edge of the mantle. This resemblance is

very striking if the Acaleph be compared with a swimming

Lima, as mentioned by Sars. The radiated form indicates the

same relation to Acephala as Cephalopoda bears to Gasteropoda.

The group Radiata as defined by Cuvier do not really exist.

Cnidz and phlebenterism are found in the Gymnobranchia to a

great extent, bemg dependent on the want of a shell§. ‘The An-

thozoa, considered inseparable from the Acalephe, look no

stranger among the Mollusca than the Bryozoa.

There are, however, some other Coelenterata which may be

referred to the Mollusca with still more precision. I have

always thought it strange that the Mollusca, although inferior to

* Transactions of the Royal Academy of Edinburgh, 1864.

+ Morch, Fortegnelse over Gronlands Bloddyr, 1857; Rink, Grén-

land, p. 97.

t Malacozoologische Blatter, vi. p. 104.

§ In Cyanea is found a brown membrane reminding us of the Loligo-

shell.

412 Dr. O. A. L. Moreh on the Limits

the Arthropoda, contained only a single true intestinal species

(the Hndoconcha of John Miiller), whilst the “Entozoa” have

contributed considerably to the Arthropoda, viz. Lernea, Pelto-

gaster, Clistosaccus, Linguatula.

The Helmintha are generally divided into two sections,—viz.

Nematodes with distinct sexes, and Platyhelmia with the sexes

united. Mr. Bastian* has, at the last meeting of the Royal

Society, on the 15th of June, pomted out that the Nematodes,

parasitic and free, are closely allied to the Echinodermata.

The Platyhelmia, contaming the Trematoda, Cestoda, and Tur-

bellaria, Seem to me not to differ materially from the androgy-

nous Mollusca.

The Turbellarians are united to the Mollusca by Mr. Ch.

Girard}, on account of the resemblance of the embryonic state

of Planocera elliptica with that of Hlysia. It must, however, be

remembered that the ‘ chrysalis” state is not known among the

Mollusea, and that all larvee of Gasteropoda are provided with a

nautiloid shell, except the larva of Chiton. The Turbellarians

differ chiefly from the Gasteropoda in the presence of numerous

eyes; but this difference is perhaps not of great importance, as

Dr. Bergh has discovered four eyes in a species of Midiana from

St. Thomas, and Agassiz{ indicates that Margarita 1s provided

with eyes, at the base of the pedal filaments, corresponding to

those in the mantle-edge of Pecten and other Acephala. Dr.

Bergh, however, has not found any lens in the “eyes” of the

pedal filaments in Margarita. According to Prof. Hensen, the

lens is absent in Nautilus.

The nervous system shows no important difference from that

of Gasteropoda. The want of a trne foot is of no consequence.

In Bulla§, Akera, &e., the locomotion is partly, and in Pelh-

branchiata almost entirely, effected by the hind part of the body,

the true foot being reduced to a crescent-lke disk, not unlike

the sucker in many Entozoa. The arborescent form of the in-

testinal canal, generative organs, and kidneys is common to

all animals wanting special respiratory organs.

Salivary glands are present, but the liver is entirely absent, as

is usually the case in animals (e. g. perfect Insects) living upon

food not requiring preparation. ‘The Zenie want even a ‘mouth

and intestinal canal, living im a prepared nutrimental juice,

2) .

which the parasite absorbs through the surface of its skin; a

* The Atheneum, June 1865, p. 850. [Annals for September,

Foal (i

+ Researches upon Nemertians and Planarians. Philadelphia, 1854.

+ Lectures on Embryology, p 86, 8vo.

§ Mérch, “Contributions & la Faune malacologique des Antilles

danoises,”’ Journ. de Conch. 1863, p. 19.

of the Subkingdom Mollusca. 418

circulatory system, therefore, would be of no use. The Platy-

helmia seem to me not to differ more from the Mollusca than

Peltogaster and Clistosaccus from the Crustacea. In the ento-

zoic Crustacea some of the harder oral parts are generally pre-

served, in order to serve the animal for attachment. It is there-

fore likely that the hooks of Cestoda are homologous with simi-

lar hard organs of Mollusca. Gegenbaur* compares in this

way the four uncigerous retractile organs of Tetrarhynchus with

the cheek-hooks (harpagz) of the Pteropoda gymnosomata.

Perhaps a closer study of the genus Homoderma of Van Beneden +

(outwardly resembling a Distoma, but anatomically agreeing

with Pneumodermon) may throw some light on this question.

The hooks of the Cestoda may also be compared with the

lingual teeth of the Pellibranchiata, and chiefly with that part

called by Messrs. Alder and Hancock { the “prehensile collar ”

in Limapontia nigra. These hooks probably assume a circular

arrangement. ‘the lingual teeth are frequently absent among

Gasteropoda, e. g. Doridopsis (Hancock), Cirroteuthis and Tethys

(according to Bergh).

A secretory organ (kidney) is never absent in any animal

taking food ; and it therefore exists in all Entozoa, agreeing in

form with the renal organ of Elysia as represented by Souleyet.

The generative organs of the Platyhelmia agree exactly with

those of the androgynous Mollusca in general, but chiefly with

those of the genera § Chalidis and Pelta; at least I cannot dis-

cover any notable difference on comparing the anatomy of the

two latter genera with that of Amphistomum subclavatum as

represented by Dr. Walier||.. The Huirudines and Lumbrici,

which are considered by Prof. Quatrefages distinct classes, are

also androgynous, with reciprocal copulation; but the gene-

rative organs, like the nervous system, seem to be formed

according to quite another plan, although they may have some

distant resemblance to those of H/ysia. It may be questioned if

androgyny is of sufficient importance to waite animals differing

so greatly in their exterior form, especially as hermaphroditism

is only of specific value among Fishes (Serranus scriba) and

Acephala (Pecten opercularis). I, however, believe that andro-

* Vergleichende Anatomie, p. 329.

+ Exercices zootomiques, 1839, p. 54, t. 3. f. 4-6 (Mém. de l’Acad.

Roy. des Sciences de Bruxelles, tome xi.)

{ Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol.i. p. 208, pl. 20. f. 2. Quite different from

“the prehensile collar” of the same authors in their ‘ British Nudibran-

chiata.’ ;

§ Quatrefages, Mémoire sur les Gastéropodes phlébentérés (Ann. Se.

Nat. 3 sér. 1844, tome i. p. 155, t. 4. f. 4); Morch, ‘‘ Contributions a la

Faune malacologique des Antilles danoises,” d. e. p. 24.

|| Archiv fir Naturgeschichte, xxiv. p. 269, t. 11. f. 5.

414, Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. H. B. Holl on

gyny is of the highest importance in connexion with the other

characters mentioned above, as opposed to the vermicular form

and white eolour—characters common to most burrowing ani-

mals and plants.

If this proves correct, there will only remain among the

Coelenterata Lumbrici, Hirudines, Annelida, Echinodermata*,

Nematoidea, Tunicata, Bryozoa, Brachiopoda, Ctenophora, Rhizo-

poda, Spongiaria. It seems very doubtful whether these divisions

together would correspond to the three other subkingdoms.

The limits of the second subkingdom, Arthropoda, are much

litigated, as the lowest Crustacean does not show the same

degradation of the copulatory organs as the Fishes among Ver-

tebrata, and the Acephala among the Mollusca. I therefore

consider it probable that the subkingdom Articulata, chiefly

on account of the nervous system, ought to be reestablished

as it was defined by Cuvier.

XLVII.—Notes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. No. V1.

Some Silurian Species (Primitia). By Professor T. Ruprrr

Jonrs, F.G.S., and Dr. H. B. Hott, F.G.S

[Plate XIII.]

In the ‘ Annals of Natural History’ for August 1855, September

1855, and April 1857 were published descriptions of some

Sihimienn Bivalved Entomostraca, comprising, among others,

Beyrichie of three types,— simplices,” “ corrugates,” and

“jugose.” The first of these groups, the simple or unisulcate,

seems to us now to be deserving of generic distinction, since,

among a still larger number of forms, we find a persistent oc-

currence of the chief features, with a passage towards Leperditia,

by the complete loss of the furrow, rather than towards the two-

furrowed or real Beyrichie.

We do not presume, however, that we hereby do more than

somewhat improve our classification of these necessarily obscure

Silurian Entomostraca, represented only by carapace-valves,

always minute and often variable in form and ornament, besides

being subject to alterations by pressure and by chemical change,

and rarely to be cleared of their matrix on all sides. In some

cases, too, we have had to be content with what we could make

out of casts and imprints.

There remain, therefore, several difficulties in classifymg these

little Bivaive Entomostraca—and especially since with the total

disappearance of the dorsal sulcus we do not seem necessarily to

* According to Mr. Williamson, closely allied to the Annelida (British

Association Report, 1857).

the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 415

enter on a distinct genus, judging from the general shape and

character of some of these minute valves associated with others

that are furrowed and, from similarity of style and structure,

apparently congeneric with them. We allude to the dwarf

forms of Leperditia, on one hand, where relative size is often the

only available basis of distinction (for the eye-spot may be want-

ing, the muscle-spot invisible, and the flanged edges may be

hidden), and, on the other hand, to those true Beyrichie with a

single sulcus, and in which the second sulcus is reduced to a

minimum or altogether wanting (B. arcuata, &e.). In this case

also relative size is distinctive, as well as, perhaps, the difference

of geological horizon.

Another difficulty is found in defining the probable alliances

of some minute Silurian Entomostraca which have been grouped

under “ Cytheropsis,” and which in outline agree with Primitia,

but want the sulcus altogether. It is possible, however, that

the sulcus is not an essential character zoologically, and that the

merely slight impression (as in P. Beyrichiana and P. obsoleta)

leads us to altogether non-sulcate forms : and here the balance of

probabilities, judged of by the general aspect of the specimens,

must be our guide ; and we must still be content with imperfect

classification, if we wish to make our present knowledge of these

little Palzeozoic fossils available. If, therefore, they are to be

catalogued and brought into relationship with their larger con-

temporary allies and their modern representatives, we must ac-

cept and make the most of such features as are apparent, and

give credit for probable divergency in the unpreserved soft parts

when the valves show differences of contour, foldings, and sculp-

ture. Hence we have been induced to value more highly than

formerly the differences in recorded varieties of the so-called

Beyrichia strangulata (Annals Nat. Hist. Sept. 1855), and we

shall offer diagnoses for them accordingly.

PRIMITIA, gen. nov.

Carapace minute, bivalved, either equivalved or nearly so,

convex, more or less oblong, often approaching Leperditia in

shape, by the sloping of the dorsal angles; hinge-line straight,

sometimes nearly as long as the valve. Surface of each valve

usually impressed on the dorsal region, either medially or to-

wards the anterior extremity, with a vertical sulcus, variable in

size, sometimes barely visible, sometimes passing into, or even

merely represented by, a navel-like pit; and sometimes the

sides of the sulcus are swollen, and even raised up into tubercles*,

* With some additional details, the diagnosis for “ Beyrichiz simplices,’

given in Ann. Nat. Hist. ser, 2. vol. xvi. p. 85, serves for Primitia.

416

Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. H. B. Holl on

Table of the Distribution of Primitia.

Name.

1. P. strangulata, Salter, sp....

i EAVALS Co sncsaenesee ks Sener

2. P. Salteriana, nov. .........

3. P. semicordata, nov. ......

lee SIMPIOK, GIGMES-1.ve cess ee

o. P. Logant, Jones. .25..00:.00-

5*, ——., var. reniformis

one, , var. leperditioides.

6. P. matutina, nov......... Ace

7. P. Seminulum, Jones ......

OP PSigtllatay J OWES acinateea ae

PRA vanrolatas Ove scesses ces

oh , var. paucipunctata .

10. P. rugulifera, Jones

HV SPS renmlimas 200. cc..0.c00 <4

12. P. mundula, Jones

13. P. nana, nov. .

14. P. bicornis, Jones.........

15. P. umbilieata, nov.

16. P. eristata, nov.

LJ PPS terse. 200. ckiscceos

Iitekew] 2

Oe E

20. P. Roemeriana, nov..........

. obsoleta, nov.

. oblonga, nov.

. Ovata, nov.

semicircularis, n0v.

sPUsilla OD. cs.sesacececs'

trigonalis, nov. .......

Beyrichiana, nov... ..

eeetee

. coneinna, Jones ..

- muta, nov.

seen

isuleus and,

.. pit (famt)

_ very faint |

Having

a sulcus

”

no suleus

a sulcus

3°

suleus and

tubercles

(faint)

suleus and

tubercles

(strong)

pit

9°

sulcus

3”

no sulcus

small sule.)

no suleus

Formation.

Lower Silurian

Upper Silurian

ide

} Lower Silur.

Upper Silurian

339

Lower Silurian

Upper Silurian

{

Locality.

Lancashire.

Pembrokeshire.

Salop.

Portugal and Salop.

Canada

Salop.

Montgomery.

Beechey Island.

near Malvern.

Beechey Island.

near Malvern.

Sweden and near Mal-

vern.

Salop.

”

near Malvern.

+B)

bP)

Sweden.

near Malvern.

Sweden.

”)

”

near Malvern,

Canada. [tia.

Gothland; Nova Sco-

Beechey Island.

1. Primitia pias

Beyrichia strangulata, Aun. Nat. Hist. ser.

Salter, sp.

2. vol. xvi. p. 17], pl. 6. fig. 18.

This is one of the largest forms belonging to Primitia, and it

has a larger marginal rim than any other.

Found in ealeareous

schists (Lower Silurian) at Coniston Waterhead, Lancashire.

This species was mentioned, under the provisional name of

“ Cytherina levigata,” by J Mr. Salter in 1845 (Quart. Journ,

Geol. Soe. vol. i. p. 445), as occurring abundantly in the Conis-

the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 417

ton Limestone ; but in 1852 (Brit. Pal. Foss. Camb. Mus. Ap-

pendix A, p. ii.) he decided to call it B. strangulata.

Schrenk recognizes this species in the brown bituminous marl

(Brandschiefer) of the Lower Silurian of the Baltic Provinces

(Untersuch. p. 195).

1*, Primitia strangulata, Salter, sp., var. a.

Beyrichia strangulata, var. x, ibid. p. 172, pl. 6. fig. 19.

Differing from the foregoing chiefly by the furrow being faint

and extending far across the valve. In fossiliferous schist (Lower

Silurian) at Robeston Wathen, Pembrokeshire.

2. Primitia Salteriana, nov.

Beyrichia strangulata, var. 8, ibid. fig. 20.

This differs from P. strangulata in the absence of the raised

rim, in the more acute anterior extremity, and in the punctation

of the surface. In fossiliferous schist (Lower Silurian), Sholes

Hook, Haverfordwest.

Schrenk speaks of this variety (but with papille instead of

pits) as occurring in the Lower Silurian Brandschiefer and

Borkholm beds of the Baltic Provinces (Untersuch. p. 196).

He also refers to another form (“ var. crenulata’’), with a broad

and notched border, from the Lower Silurian beds at Paggar

and Borkholm (Untersuch. p. 196).

3. Primitia semicordata, nov.

Beyrichia strangulata, var. 8, young, ibid. fig. 21.

Besides being smaller than any of the above, this is relatively

short and broad, nearly semicircular, and smooth. Accompany-

ing the last mentioned.

4. Primitia simplex, Jones.

Beyrichia simplex, ibid. figs. 25, 26, 27.

This small, smooth, subovate species was first observed in the

Lower Silurian schist of Busaco, near Coimbra, Portugal ; and

the very slightly different forms from a Lower Silurian schist

at Harnage, near Shrewsbury, do not appear to be separable

from it.

5. Primitia Logani, Jones ; et varr.

Beyrichia Logani et vary. reniformis et leperditioides, Ann. Nat. Hist.

ser. 3. vol. i. p. 244, pl. 9. figs. 6-10.

A large number of this gregarious species comprise so many

variations of form, from oblong to reniform, on one hand, and

from oblong to subovate, on the other, with or without puncta-

tion of surface, but always sulcated, that it seems impossible to

draw any lines of distinction, excepting such as may limit the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. xvi. 28

418 Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. H. B. Holl ox

oblong forms to P. Logani proper (whether long-oblong or

ovate- ‘oblong),— —dividing off the kidney-shaped valves as var.

reniformis, and those that have the most sloping dorsal angles

as var. leperditioides. They all come out of a Lower Silurian

limestone (upper portion of the Calciferous Sandrock) at Gren-

ville and Hawkesbury, Canada.

6. Primitia matutina, noy. Pl. XIII. figs. 7a, 7 &.

Length 5-22,, height +23, inch.

This small, smooth, convex, Leperditia-shaped, non-sulcated

Primitia might be catalog ‘ued as a variety of B. Logani, had we

ever seen a “specimen of the latter without a sulcus, or with an

inclination to lose its furrow. Under existmg circumstances,

however, we give the benefit of the doubt, and the value of

geographical distance, such as it is, to the probability of this

little Lower Silurian form being distinct from its Canadian ally.

The Trinucleus-shale (belonging to the upper part of the Bala

or Caradoc formation) in the river Onny, near Cheney-Longville,

Shropshire*, abounds with such small Entomostraca as this

Primitia ; but we have been able only to pick out this form in

a well-preserved state.

7. Primitia Seminulum, Jones.

Beyrichia Seminulum, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. xvi. p. 173, pl. 6. fig. 24.

A neat little semicircular form, from the Upper Silurian

schists of Montgomery, where it occurs with Beyrichia Kleedent.

8. Primitia sigillata, Jones.

Beyrichia sigillata, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. i. p. 242, pl. 9. fig. 5

More oblong than P. Seminulum, less deeply furrowed, and

somewhat more coarsely punctate. From the Upper Silurian

Limestone of Beechey Island, with P. rugulifera, P. muta, and

Leperditia gibbera. P. variolata is the British representative of

P. sigillata.

9. Primitia variolata, nov. PI. XIII. figs. 6 a, 6 4.

Length ;22,, height 32, (as 8 to 2).

Carapace ier convex, varying between suboval and

subquadrate ; rather more obtuse behind than before. Hinge-

line straight, but somewhat overhung by the dorsal part of the

valves. Valves somewhat flattened, impressed with a distinct

dorsal sulcus, which ends, towards the middle of the valve, in a

* An account of this Trinucleus-shale is given im a paper by Messrs.

Salter and Aveline, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. x. p. 62, &e. See also

*Siluria,’ 2nd edit. p. 72, &e. The Caradoc and Bala beds are regarded as

belonging to a higher horizon than the Caleiferous Sandrock of Canada,

in which P. Logani abounds.

the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 419

subcircular umbilical pit. The surface of the valves is dotted

with coarse shallow pits, and sometimes slopes gradually to the

margins, but is generally deflected abruptly. There is a slight

rim at the border. P. variolata is not far removed from P. sigil-

lata and P. Seminulum ; indeed, it may be said to be the British

representative of the former. From the Woolhope Limestone,

west of the Wych, Malvern.

9*, Primitia variolata, var. paucipunctata, figs. 6c, 6d.

Length +235, height +347 inch.

This bears fewer pock-marks, has a less well defined border-

rim, and a rather smaller sulcus. From the Woolhope Lime-

stone, west of the Wych.

10. Primitia rugulifera, Jones.

Beyrichia rugulifera, Aun. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. i. p. 242, pl. 9. fig. 4.

Oblong, ornamented with minute transverse wrinkles, and

impressed with a broad and deep sulcus on the anterior half.

From the Upper Silurian Limestone of Beechey Island, together

with other small Bivalved Entomostraca.

11. Primitia renulina, nov. Pl. XIII. figs. 5 a, 5b.

Length =, height 1; (as 3 to 2), thickness ;1; inch.

Carapace convex, ovate-oblong, straight on the back, boldly

curved on the other margins, especially backwards; dorsal

angles distinct ; anterior region compressed. Valves smooth,

bilobed, impressed with a deep well-defined dorsal sulcus, and

bordered all round with a narrow depressed rim, which runs

into the sulcus at the back or upper part of the valve. From

the Wenlock Limestone at the Crofts, Malvern.

12. Primitia mundula, Jones.

Beyrichia mundula, Aun. Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. xvi. pp. 90 & 174, pl. 5.

fig. 23, & pl. 6. figs. 28-31.

In addition to the diagnosis of this neat little species given

at p. 174, op. cit. we have to allude to the swelling of the sides

of the sulcus in some well-grown individuals, which, however,

are not specifically distinct from others with less developed

sulcus,—also to the beautifully delicate reticulated sculpture of

the surface, which sometimes appears as excessively fine longi-

tudinal wrinklings, with inosculating meshes, and sometimes as

a minute pitting.

Small individuals (long =, high 3; inch) are more oblong

than others, having rounded ends, parallel upper and lower

borders, and a faint sulcus. The normal form approaches that

of Leperditia; and, with a short hinge-line, angular ends, and

convex belly, the valves become almost aval. P. mundula has

28%

420 Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. H. B. Holl on

some of the characteristics of the Lower Silurian P. dzcornis,

but in a much less degree.

From the Upper Silurian (Scandinavian) Limestone found as

drifted blocks in North Germany. We have seen a small speci-

men in a limestone of the Wenlock Series from near Malvern.

13. Primitia nana, nov.

Beychia strangulata, var. y, ibid. p. 173, pl. 6. fig. 22.

Very small, nearly oblong, but proportionally longer than P.

strangulata. "Edges of anlar swollen into two minute unequal

tubercles. In soft fossiliferous schist (Lower Silurian) at Har-

nage, near Shrewsbury, in company with P. simplex and P. bi-

cornis. It is possibly the young of the latter.

14. Primitia bicornis, Jones.

Beyrichia bicornis, ibid. fig. 23.

Very small, but readily distinguished by its two subcylindrical

tubercles bordering the sulcus on each valve, and by its crested

marginal rim. From the Lower Silurian beds at Harnage, near

Shrewsbury.

15. Primitia unliaat: noy. Pl. XIII: figs. 2a, b7e 7d,

Length 54°,, height ;22,, thickness ;2%., inch.

Carapace convex, rounded-oblong; dorsal angles sharp ;

hinge-line straight, and sunken in an elliptical or acute-ovate

depression formed by the convexity of the dorsal borders of the

two valves; this flattened area is broadest posteriorly, and ter-

minates, near the antero-dorsal angle, by a shght notch. The

hinge itself is formed by the meeting of simple edges. The

ends of the valves are boldly rounded ; “the ventral line is gently

convex; surface of the valves convex, rather compressed in

front, usually smooth, but sometimes ornamented with minute,

close-set, undulating lines. Each valve is marked in the middle

with a short longitudinal furrow, more or less pronounced in

different individuals, and widened at its centre into a navel-like

pit. A well-defined rim extends from one dorsal angle to the

other, round the ventral border of each valve, nearly parallel to

the edge, from which it is separated by a shallow groove. The

edge itself 3 is sculptured with minute transverse pits.

This is the characteristic Primitia of the Aymestry Limestone

of Chances Pitch, near Malvern.

16. Primitia cristata, nov. Pl. XIII. figs. 1a, d, e.

Length ;38,, height ~24,, thickness ;18, inch.

Carapace convex, but most tumid posteriorly ; suborbicular

or rounded-oblong, and about one-third longer than high,

the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 421

Dorsal margin straight or slightly depressed; dorsal angles

marked ; extremities broadly rounded, the posterior rather Tess

obtuse than the other; ventral margin boldly convex. Valve-

surface compressed forwards, giving a wedge-like outline to the

carapace seen edgeways; it is also turned inwards at the mar-

gins, thus being flattened at the margins, particularly on the

ventral aspect, where the angle of deflection is marked by a

slight ridge; a delicate rim also accompanies the terminal and

ventral edges. Between the marginal angle above mentioned

and the border itself, there is, at the posterior extremity of each

valve, a sharp crest, directed upwards and inwards to meet its

fellow at the postero-dorsal angle, giving a notched appearance

to the dorsal aspect of the carapace. The surface is smooth,

but bears a deep umbilical pit on the middle, rather towards the

dorsal line.

In the Wenlock Limestone at Crofts Quarry, near West

Malvern.

Symptoms of the marginal angle of deflection, so strong in

P. cristata, are seen in several Primitia, and particularly in P.

umbilicata and P. tersa. These three forms are nearly allied ;

and P. umbilicata is of medium development, and may stand as

the type of the subgroup they represent.

17. Primitia tersa, nov. Pl. XIII. figs. 3 a—-e.

Length ;33,, height 7374, thickness =34, inch.

Carapace tumid, most convex at the hinder third, rounded-

oblong, one-fourth longer than high; dorsal border straight,

angles pointed ; ventral border very convex ; ends nearly equally

rounded. Surface of valves smooth, bearing a pit or umbilical

depression, with irregular outline, in the dorsal region, and

having a slight marginal ridge, which, commencing at the

antero-dorsal angle, runs round the anterior extremity parallel

to the border, and becomes lost, or very faint, at the middle of

the ventral border. In the Wenlock Limestone at Crofts

(Quarry, near West Malvern.

18. Primitia trigonalis, nov. Pl. XIII. figs. 4a, bd.

Length ;42, = 71, height 35, = 74, thickness 33, =, inch

(about) — Pgh 3.6:

Carapace convex, compressed towards the margins, trigonal,

very much like the right valve of Leperditia arctica in shape,

having sloping dorsal angles and protruding ventral border ;

but it has no eye-spot, or radiating muscle-spot, and the valves

are symmetrical and almost equal; indeed the right valve is

slightly smaller than the left, though of similar outline, instead

of the left bemg much the smaller, of different shape, and

422 Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. H. B. Holl on

strongly overlapped on its ventral border. A slight impression

on the middle of the valves, and the nearly equivalved condition,

characterize this as a Primitia, m spite of its Leperditia-like

outline,—the last being a feature taken on by other Primitia, as

we have already shown. The most convex portion of the surface

is faintly and irregularly corrugated by broadish shallow pits,

which enlarge towards the middle, and there merge into the

feeble sulens: From the Wenlock Limestone of Crofts Quarry,

near West Malvern.

19. Primitia Beyrichiana, nov. Pl. XIII. fig. 9.

3 (as 3 to 2).

Carapace-valve suboblong, straight along the back, boldly

curved behind, gently convex ventrally, obliquely truncate with

a gentle curve in front. Surface convex, and marked with a

broad, subtriangular, faint impression in the middle of the dorsal

region ; and, excepting on the dorsal edge, margined with a neat

flattened rim, rather narrower at the anterior edge than elsewhere,

and uniformly sculptured with minute elongate pits, perpendi-

cular to the peripheral curve of the valve, and thus forming a

radiate ornament. Such a style of margin is present also in P.

Roemeriana, and is still more developed in Beyrichia Maccoyiana ;

and a simply pitted rim is found in B. Salteriana, Isochilina

gracilis, &e.

P. Beyrichianais rare, and is one of the small Bivalve Entomo-

straca referred to (under the terms Cytheres, and Cytheropses) in

Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. xvi. p. 84, and ser. 3. vol. i. p. 249,

as abounding in the drifted Scandinavian blocks of Upper

Silurian Limestone found in North Germany, with some of which

material Prof. E. Beyrich, the eminent palzeontologist at Berlin,

long ago supplied us.

20. Primitia Roemeriana, noy. PI. ee figs. 8 a, b.

Length ;+7,, height ~25,, thickness +23, inch.

Carapace ovate, Back Ime less convex than the ventral border.

Valves convex, bearing a very faint subcentral impression, and

marked with numerous, small, roundish, shallow pits, the inter-

vening surface being a smooth, nearly regular meshwork (like

the pattern on the side of a thimble). The valves are also bor-

dered with a flat marginal rim, broadest ventrally, thinning away

at the dorsal slopes, and neatly ornamented with a row of minute

subquadrate pits, forming a radiate fringe, as in P. Beyrichiana.

The ventral profile of the united valves is acutely ovate.

This ornamented species, differmg markedly from the pretty

radiated P. Beyrichiana of Sweden, is from the Wenlock Limestone

of the Crofts near Malvern; and we name it after our friend

the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 423

Professor Dr. Ferdinand Roemer, of Breslau, who has already

enlarged our knowledge of palozoic fossils from the Scandina-

vian Limestones.

21. Primitia obsoleta, nov. Pl. XIII. figs. 12 a, b,c.

Length 513; (+), height =4,, thickness ;$, inch.

300 0

Carapace-valves obtusely subovate, straight at the back, con-

vex ventrally ; one end broadly and obliquely curved, with a

dorsal angle, the other semicireular; a slightly raised smooth

rim runs along the ventral border, continues along the broad

end, widens at the dorsal angle, and dies out on the hinge-line.

Surface convex, slightly flattened towards the narrower end,

smooth, and presenting, at the middle of the dorsal region, a

faintly indicated impression, fainter even than the shallow sulcus

in its companion P. Beyrichiana.

In Scandinavian limestone (Upper Silurian), drifted blocks,

North Germany.

22. Primitia oblonga, nov. Pl. XIII. figs. 14a, b,c.

Length +,, height ~,, thickness 35 inch (84: 2:1).

Carapace-valves convex, sloping gently and nearly equally to-

wards the margins, oblong, with rounded, almost symmetrical

ends; the dorsal line slightly sinuous, and the ventral line very

faintly convex. Surface smooth. The slight sinuosity of the

dorsal line is probably a trace of the sulcus, as in P. radiata and

other associated forms. The ventral margin is very slightly

thickened by being suddenly inturned. Excepting this last

feature, the absence of positive characters in this relatively large

form might have made us doubtful whether it be really a Pri-

mitia as defined above, or whether we ought to have classed it

as a Cythere, with some fossil and recent carapaces of which it

might almost equally well be compared.

In the Scandinavian limestone blocks (Upper Silurian) from

Northern Germany.

23. Primitia ovata, nov. Pl. XIII. figs. 13 a, d, c.

Length ;3., height ;2,, thickness ¢4 inch.

679

Carapace-valves nearly ovate, excepting that the dorsal margin

is not so convex as the ventral ; extremities round, but one much

narrower than the other; surface smooth, convex, sloping off

gently towards the ends ; ventral border thickened by a sudden

inturn of its edge, with a low rounded ridge at the angle of

deflection. In this last feature it has an alliance with P..odso-

leta; but its outline, want of postero-dorsal angle, and smaller

convexity distinguish it.

Drifted Scandinavian limestone (Upper Silurian), with P. ob-

soleta, &e.

424 On the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca.

24. Primitia semicireularis, nov. Pl. XIIT. figs. 10 a, d, ¢.

Length 4, height 24, thickness 4; inch (8: 6: 4).

Rea valves moderately convex, See sometimes sub-

orbicular, with a straight back, and with one end more or less

acute at the dorsal angle, and the other well rounded and form-

ing a bold semicircular curve with the ventral line. The ventral

margin is thickened, as in P. ovata. There is no doubt that

P. semicircularis, P. ovata, P. obsoleta, and P. oblonga are all

closely allied forms of the simplest of Primitie ; still, presuming

that their soft parts may have had distinctive characters (as 1s

likely) we keep them apart for convenience. They are grega-

rious, and, together with P. mundula, form a considerable pro-

portion of some parts of the Upper Silurian Limestone of

Sweden.

In the Scandinavian limestone (drifted), North Germany.

P, pusilla seems to represent P. semicircularis in Britain.

25. Primitia pusilla, nov. Pl. XIII. figs. 11 a, 11 6.

Length ;27,, height +21, inch.

This little smooth subovate form mi :ay possibly be a variety of

P. semicircularis ; but its less convexity and more rounded out-

line distinguish it, to say nothing of its faint suleus—a feature,

however, which may possibly be present in some specimens of

P. semicircularis. From the Wenlock Limestone, near West

Malvern.

26. Primitia concinna, Jones.

Cytheropsis concinna, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. 1. p. 249, pl. 10.

figs. 3, 4.

This neat subeylindrical carapace probably belongs to a furrow-

less Primitia; there is, indeed, a faint dorsal hollow in the

original, which may stand for the suleus. From the Lower

Silurian Limestone on the Ottawa River, Canada.

The same form is not uncommon among the little Entomo-

straca of the Upper Silurian Limestone of Gothland (from

Dr. Lindstrém) ; and we have seen one like it also in the Upper

Silurian Limestone of Arisaig, Nova Scotia (from Dr. Honeyman).

It is not impossible that Eichwald’s Leperditia minuta may prove

to be the same species; for though the published figures* are

not quite similar, yet some specimens with which M. E. d’Eich-

wald has favoured us can scarcely be distinct ; the state of pre-

servation, however, hinders exact comparison.

* Bullet. Soe, Nat. Imp. Moscou, 1854, part 1. p. 99, pl. 2. fig. 6; and

Lethza Rossica, livr. 7 (1860), p. 1335, pl. 52. fig. 2. Schrenk finds L.

minuta in the Lower Sinan of the Baltic Provinces (Untersuch. p- 195).

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Names of the Genus Mystomys. 425

27. Primitia muta, nov.

Cytheropsis concinna?, ibid. p. 254, pl. 9. fig. 3.

Oblong-ovate, nearly Leperditia-shaped ; back straight, ends

rounded but unequal; ventral edge convex; surface smooth,

Though resembling P. concinna at first sight, it is less cylin-

drical, broader at the obliquely rounded end, and its ventral

dge is more symmetrically curved : it 1s near to P. rugulifera in

shape. From the Upper Silurian Limestone of Beechey Island,

with P. rugulifera, P. sigillata, Beyrichia clathrata, B. plagosa,

and Leperditia gibbera.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

[The figures are magnified about 20 diameters. |

—

. Primitia cristata, J. & H.: a, carapace, view of right valve ;

b, posterior view; ¢, dorsal view.

. P. umbilicata, J. & H.: a, left side of carapace; 5, dorsal view ;

c, ventral view; d, inside of valve (filled with matrix).

Fig. 3. P. tersa, J. & H.: a, carapace, side view; 6, dorsal view; c, ven-

tral view.

Fig. 4. P. trigonalis, J. & H.: a, carapace, view of left valve; 6, dorsal

view.

Fig. 5. P. renulina, J. & H.: a, carapace, side view; &, dorsal view.

. 6. P. variolata, J. & H.: a, left valve; 6, its edge-view; c, right

valve of var. paucipunctata; d, its edge view.

Fig. 7. P. matutina, J.& H.: a, right valve; 6, its edge view.

8. P. Roemeriana, J. & T.: a, carapace, side view (left valve) ; 6, pro-

file.

‘ig. 9. P. Beyrichiana, J. & H., right valve.

Fig. 10. P. semicircularis, J. & H.: a, left valve; 0, its end view ; ¢, ven-

tral edge.

Fig. 11. P. pusilla, J. & H.: a, right valve; 6, its edge view.

‘tg. 12. P. obsoleta, J. & H.: a, right valve; 6, its end view; c, edge

view (ventral).

Fig. 13. P. ovata, J. & H.: a, right valve; 4, its end view; c, edge view

(ventral).

Fig. 14. P. oblonga, J. & H.: a, right (?) valve; 6, its end view; ec, edge

view (ventral).

XLVIII.— On the Names of the Genus Mystomys. (In a Letter

to Professor Allman.) By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.,

F.L.S. &e.

British Museum, Noy. 15, 1865.

Dear Proressor ALLMAN,

As I have been informed that, in your paper on the animal

that Du Chaillu noticed as Cynogale velox, you persist in retain-

ing the generic name of Potamogale, I venture to send you the

following observations, in the hope that I may induce you to re-

consider the question, and avoid adding another to the several

useless names which the animal has already received.

426 Dr. J. EH. Gray on the Names of the Genus Mystomys.

I did hope that I had clearly explained why I rejected that

name in my paper in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural

History’ for July 1861, vol. vin. p. 62.

M. du Chaillu’s description of the Cynogale velox is so incor-

rect that, if the skin had not fortunately come into the posses-

sion of the British Museum, the animal must have remained,

like the genus of Bats proposed by Bowdich because his speci-

men had a large Acarus affixed mside of the ears, one of the

puzzles of zoologists.

M. Du Chaillu observes :—‘ Cynogale velox. This resembles

the Asiatie Cynogale Bennettii, Gray. I have now nothing but

the skin of the animal, the skull having been destroyed by fire.

The teeth resemble those of the above genus of Gray, as well as

the general appearance; but the size of the animal, the length

and character of the tail, and the habitat indicate a distinet

species.” Then follow the description and some observations

on its habits, which are succeeded by the followmg remarks :—

“Only a single species of Cynogale being described, and that a

native of Asia, I thought the different shape and proportion of

the tail, with its African habitat, were sufficient to make this

the representative of a different genus, for which I proposed the

name of Potamogale, preferring, however, to wait until I can

procure the skull and skeleton. I have placed it with the genus

Cynogale, to which it certainly bears a close resemblance.”

This is all that M.du Chaillu says upon the question. Is

such a general observation sufficient to establish a genus, more

especially when the animal described has not the slightest re-

semblance, either in external form, character of feet and claws,

or in dental character, to the animal with which it is compared ?

I need not say that the teeth have not the slightest resemblance

to those of Cynogale, though he says he had the skull, but it

was destroyed—and that the extremities can scarcely be called

“small, the first joimt enclosed within the skin of the body,” and

the fore claws ave not “very slightly if at all webbed,” nor are

the “ hind claws partially webbed.” = With such a description you

had every excuse for believing that your animal was an “ entirely

new genus,” as you did when you first spoke to me about it, be-

fore you were shown Du Chaillu’s skin of Cynogale velox in the

British Museum.

I can only repeat what I said in the paper before referred to,

“ As M.duChaillu has not characterized his genus Potamogale,

and as he has given such an erroneous description of the feet of

the specimen that no one could recognize it, I do not think that

his name has any reason to be retained,” more especially as in

one place he gives the same reason for considering it a species

of Cynogale which he gives in another for thinking that it may

be a different genus.

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Names of the Genus Mystomys. 427

If the name Potamogale is to be used, it must by every just

naturalist be quoted as Potamogale, Allman, as you have charac-

terized the genus, and Du Chaillu has not done so. This would

be all well, if the genus had not already been characterized, as

far as the materials at command would allow, and in a manner

which can leave no doubt of the identity of the animal, as it

is the only one which has the characters assigned to it.

If the rules of nomenclature are rigidly adhered to, you are

in an untoward dilemma yourself; but I cannot believe that

can have any influence on you on this occasion. The paper in

which you established and characterized the genus Potamogale

was read several months ago; but there was no abstract of the

paper including the character of the genus printed in the ‘ Pro-

ceedings,’ and the account of the genus which is to appear in

the ‘Transactions’ of the Society has not been published yet,

and may not appear probably until the end of the year; so in

fact your character of the genus has not been published even yet.

In the meantime Dr. Barboza du Bocage has read a paper in

which he has described and figured the teeth, and established for

it a genus under the name Bayonia. This paper was published

in the second part of the ‘Proceedings’ for the year 1865,

p- 401, and therefore it must have priority. The synonyma of

the genus will stand thus:

1. Cynogale, part, Du Chaillu, 1860.

2. Mystomys, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1861, p. 63.

3. Bayonia, Dr. Barboza du Bocage, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865.

4. Potamogale, Allman, Trans. Zool. Soc. med. 1865 or 1866.

From the form of the feet and tail, and also from the simi-

larity of the fur to that of Castor and Fiber, I observed that

“T suspect that it is a Glirine animal, much more nearly allied

to Fiber, Hydromys, and Castor than to any ferine genus.” ‘This

has turned out to be an unfortunate suspicion, the fur being as

like that of the aquatic Insectivore Galemys, which did not at the

instant occur to me, as it is to that of the aquatic Glires.

From this observation I have been accused of referring the

genus to Glires*. Perhaps the name | adopted may have had

something to do with this mistake; I only said “TI suspect”

it might be one. But I used the Greek for Mouse as we use it

in English: thus we call a Bat Fluttermouse, a Marsupial

Opossum Mouse, and, more bearing on the question, several

Insectivores Shrewmouse, Elephant Mouse, Hopping-mouse, and

Musk-rat; and no one that I am aware of has objected to

the names of Hylomys, Temm. (a Mole), Echinomys, Licht.

(the Elephant Shrew), and especially Myogale or Myogalea or

* «M. Gray pour un Rongeur,” Proce. Zool. Soe. 1865, p. 402.

428 Dr. E. von Martens on new Species of Shells.

Galemys for the Musk-rat, a genus very nearly allied, as is now

proved, to Mystomys; and the animal is quite as much allied to

a Mouse or Rat as it is to a Weasel, which the name Potamogale

implies. Both the names, if strictly interpreted, have the objec-

tion that Fabricius so forcibly put against the use of generic

names having a signification, which has so frequently induced

me to use names which it is the fashion of some to call bar-

barous, though they appear to me much less barbarous than

many of the sesquipedalian Greek names which some of these

purists have given to the genera they have described.

I see in M. Bocage’s paper that he quotes “ Potamogale velox,

Du Chaillu, Journ. N. H. Soe. of Boston, 1860, p. 361.” But

no such combination of words is to be found in that work at the

page quoted, or in any other that I can find, not even in the

index.

Therefore your adoption of this name is only adding another

to the superabundant names that have been applied to this

animal.

I can only hope that you will reconsider the question. No

one is more desirous than I am that every one should have his

due claim for priority of description properly considered; but I

cannot but believe that in the interest of science one is called on

to resist the adoption of names given, as Potamogale was, with-

out any character, and with particulars that were only fitted to

mislead the student.

I am, my dear Professor,

Yours sincerely,

Joun Epwarp Gray.

XLIX.—Descriptions of new Species of Shells.

By KE. von Martens, M.D.

1. Paludina purpurea.

P. testa conico-globosa, obtecte perforata, solidula, lineis spiralibus

elevatis subtilibus numerosis sculpta, rufo-fusca, non fasciata ;

spira convexe conoidea ; anfr. 5, convexi, sutura mediocriter pro-

funda divisi; apertura vix obliqua, subcircularis, swperne rotun-

data, non angulata, intus purpurea ; peristoma interruptum,

rectum.

Alt. 25, diameter major 22, minor 17, aperturze alt. 15, lat. 123 mill.

Australia, Murray River. The specimens in the Berlin Zoo-

logical Museum were received from Mr. Krefft.

In young specimens a narrow umbilicus is to be seen, which

is shnt up in the full-grown by the inner lip; the upper two

whorls are worn off in the last. I am not aware of any species

closely resembling it.

Dr. E. von Martens on new Species of Shells. 4:29

2. Cyclophorus cruentus.

C. testa anguste umbilicata, turbinata, oblique striatula, striis spira-

libus rarioribus et costis obtusis supra suturam 3, infra 5 sculpta,

subunicolori, rufo-fusca ; spira turbinata, apice obtusa; anfr. 43,

convexi, supremi distinctius oblique striati, carinis in tertio demum

incipientibus, ultimus non descendens ; apertura parum obliqua,

circularis, intus intensive rubra; peristoma multiplex, externum

leviter expansum, ad umbilicum vix arcuato-productum, internum

rectum, continuum.

Diam. maj. 24, min. 19, alt. 19; apert. incluso peristomate 13, ex-

cluso 10 mill.

Loquilocun, island of Samar, Philippines. Collected by

Mr. F. Jagor.

Allied £6 C. tigrinus, Sow., but of smaller size, the last whorl

more flattened, the imner lip | scarcely dilated, never covering the

umbilicus. On the upper whorls a flammulated pattern is

sometimes found, as in C. tigrinus.

3. Tellina semilevis.

T. testa elongata, tenui, convexa, alba, intus flavescente, verticibus

coccineis ; valva dextra sulcis concentricis confertis scabra, sinis-

tra levis, nitida; margo ventralis antice arcuatus, postice ascen-

dens, dorsalis antice vix declivis, convexiusculus, postice descen-

dens, primum concavus, dein convexus; pars antica longior, pos-

tica rostrata, biangulata, angulo superiore magis obtuso ; costz

umbonales_ valvze aes dae subzequales, rotundatee ; Giessice

distincta ; dens cardinalis (compressus, prominens) unus in valya

sinistra, iden in valva dextra; ligamentum breve, immersum ;

dentes laterales nulli.

Long. 48, alt. 24, crass. 10 mill; vertices in 54, longitudinis.

Querimba Islands, near Mossambique (Peters); Red Sea

(Ehrenberg and Dr. Schweinfurt).

Near 7. Pharaonis, Hanley ; distinguished by its form, which

is like that of 7. perna, Spengl.

4. Tellina depauperata.

T’. testa transversim oblonga, tenui, pellucida, concentrice striata,

nitida, lactea, antice rotundata, postice subrostrata, margine ven-

trali vix ascendente, dorsali postice subrectilineo ; flexura indis-

tincta ; dentes. cardinales parvi, in utraque valva ‘singulo, valvze

sinistree simplex, compressus, valvee dextree latior ; laterales nulli;

sinus palliaris magnus, per totam longitudinem Iinens palliari ad-

natus, musculo antico appropinquans, etiam in facie externa test

conspicuus.

Long. 26, alt. 15, crass. 6 mill.; vertices in 7; longitudinis.

Cavite, Bay of Manila, Philippines.

Near T. iilium, Hanl., and 7. cygnus, Hanl.

430 Dr. E. von Martens on new Species of Shells.

5. Tellina Moluccensis.

7’. testa transversim oblongo-ovata, inzequilatera, inzequivalvi (valva

dextra magis convexa), tenui, concentrice leviter striata, alba, ad

margines epidermide brunnea vestita, antice rotundata, postice

breviore, angustata, extremitate subperpendiculariter truncata ;

flexura distincta, carinula nulla; dentes cardinales in utraque

valva bini, anterior valvee dextree parvus; ligamentum infossum ;

sinus palliaris latus, ascendens, magna parte a linea palliari solutus.

Long. 22, alt. 16, crass. 7 mill.; vertices in 2 longitudinis.

Island of Batjan, Moluccas.

Allied to 7. angulata, Chemn., but smaller and without keel.

6. Tellina pretexta.

7’. testa transverse ovata, compressa, ineequilatera, subineequivalvi,

concentrice tenuiter striata, nitida, rosea, zonis pallidioribus con-

centricis picta, margine albo, antice rotundata, postice breviore,

subrostrata, margine ventrali paulum ascendente, dorsali recti-

lineo, valde declivi; flexura distincta ; dentes cardinales in utraque

valva bini, laterales nulli; area ligamenti excavata, carinula cincta;

sinus palliaris modicus, transversus, superne angulatus, antice

acutus, a musculo antico longe remotus, per 5 longitudinis suze

cum linea palliari concretus.

Long. 31, alt. 20, crass. 8 mill. ; vertices in 3—;% longitudinis.

Yokohama, Japan.

At first sight nearly allied to 7. ¢enuis, Maton; on closer

inspection, more nearly to 7. nitida, Poli.

7. Tellina dissimilis.

T’. testa trigono-oblonga, convexiuscula, solidula, striis concentricis

subtilibus sculpta, opaca, alba, vertice et zonis nonnullis ochraceis,

ad margines epidermide fusco-grisea vestita, antice rotundata,

postice acuminata; margo ventralis medio subrectilineus ; flexura

distincta ; ligamentum superficiale, dimidium fere marginis dorsalis

postici occupans ; carinula in utraque valva a vertice prope mar-

ginem superum usque ad extremitatem posticam excurrens. Dentes

cardinales valvee dextree duo, anterior minor simplex, posterior

validus bifidus ;- valvee sinistree unicus, validus, bifidus, interdum

adjecto altero posteriore minore simplici; dentes laterales nulli.

Sinus palliaris magnus, primum versus verticem ascendens, dein

angulatim deflexus, lineam palliarem petens et cum hae aut angulo

recto conjunctus, aut antea paulum recurrens, 7m valva sinistra

musculo antico approximatus, in deatra inde sat remotus.

Long. 49, alt. 335, crass. 143 mill.; vertices ad 3 longitudinis,

Yeddo Bay, Japan.

Contours like those of 7. daceridens, Hanl.

8. Tellina incongrua.

T'. tes ‘| i d eX solidul bsol 1

. testa trigono-rotundata, convexa, solidula, ODSO ete concentrice

Dr. E. von Martens on new Species of Shells. 431

striata, opaca, albida, prope vertices subfasciata et facie interna

media ochracea; antice rotundata, postice subrostrata, margine

ventrali postice ascendente ; flexura distincta ; ligamentum super-

ficiale, dimidium marginis dorsalis postici occupans ; dens cardinalis

valvee sinistree unicus crassiusculus, valvee dextree duo, posterior

bifidus; margo cardinalis incrassatus ; sinus palliaris magnus, per

totam longitudinem cum linea palliari concretus, 7n valva sinistra

museulum anticum pie es in dextra ab oe sat remotus.

Long. 33, alt. 27, crass. 15 mill. ; vertices ad 12 longitudinis.

Yokohama, Japan.

Similar to 7. frigida, Hanl.; but the posterior part shorter,

more sloping, and distinctly bent to one side.

9. Tellina iridella.

T. testa transversim oblonga, sat compressa, ineequilatera, tenul, con-

centrice striata, nitida, roseo-albida, iridescente ; antice rotundata,

postice breviore, subrostrata, margine ventrali subrecto, dorsali

postico valde declivi; flexura parum distincta; dentes cardinales

in utraque valva bini, parvi, in valva dextra subzequales, in sinistra

anterior major ; sinus palliaris magnus, musculo antico appropin-

quatus, per totam longitudinem lineze pe adnatus.

Long. 19, alt. 10, crass. Pak mill. ; vertices in +4 longitudinis.

Japan.

10. Gastrana Japonica.

G. testa transversim pyriformi-ovata, ventricosa, valde inzequilatera,

concentrice striata et striis radiantibus elevatis obtusis superfi-

clalibus confertis decussata, albida, unicolori, antice breviore, ro-

tundata, postice producta, subperpendiculariter truncata, carinula

nulla, margine ventrali medio recte utrinque ascendente. Dens

cardinalis valvee sinistree anterior porrectus, triangularis, leviter

bifidus, posterior parvus, postice sensim in marginem cardinalem

abiens ; sinus palliaris ascendens, rotundatus, major parte a linea

palliari solutus, dimidiam longitudinem teste attingens.

Long. 33, alt. 235, crass. 17 mill. ; vertices in 4, longitudinis.

Yokohama, Japan.

11. Psammobia (Psammotea) connectens.

P. testa ovato-oblonga, subzequilatera, postice paulo elatiore, utrinque

rotundata, leviter concentrice striata, violacea, epidermide intense

violaceo-fusca, nitida vestita; margo ventralis rectus; dens cardi-

nalis valvee dextree unicus, compressus, valvze sinistree duo, mi-

nores, anterior compressus, posterior depressus, nymphis accli-

natus ; sinus palliaris primum transversus, dein oblique descendens,

lineze palliari totus fere adnatus.

Long. 28, alt. 155, crass. 85 mill. ; vertices in + longitudinis.

Banka Island, east of Sumatra.

4.32 M. Serres on Glyptodon ornatus.

12. Solen brevissimus.

S. testa parva, recta, brevi, concolori, cornea; margo anticus per-

pendicularis, extus sulco notatus, intus incrassatus ; cardo in utra-

que valva unidentatus, pone sulcum situs.

Long. 37, alt. 9, crass. 84 mill.

Singapore.

The relatively shortest species of Solen I know—distinguished

by the perpendicular anterior edge from Ceylonensis, Leach, =

intermedius, Phil., and from S. brevis, Gray, =abbreviatus, Phil.,

= truncatus, Reeve, Conch. Syst. i. 25. 1, and both from these

and from S. versicolor, Phil., by the position of the hinge be-

hind the anterior marginal furrow.

L.—On Glyptodon ornatus. By M. Serres*,

Recent investigations have made us tolerably well acquainted

with the peculiarities of the organization of the Glyptodons ;

but as regards the number and characteristics of the species

little has been done since Nodot, in 1856, summed up the state

of science on this point. Unfortunately Dr. Burmeister was

unable to consult this work, and consequently his memoiry,

although more recent, and notwithstanding the new facts its

author was enabled to observe at Buenos Ayres, does not con-

tribute much to the history of the different species the remains

of which have hitherto been discovered.

The lateral margins of the carapace which forms the subject

of this note are alone deficient ; but it is easy to see that upon

these margins the osteites of the dermal skeleton, instead of

acquiring a tubercular form, as in other species of this group,

tended, on the contrary, to become diminished, as in the Arma-

dillo.

The carapace has a semiovoid form, emarginate at the two

extremities. Its dimensions are as follows :—

Distance from the centre of the anterior notch to that of the

posterior one 1:14 metre.

Perimeter of the carapace from one of these points to the

other 1°33 m.

Greatest distance from one lateral margin to the other 0°68 m.

Corresponding perimeter 1°23 m.

Aperture of the caudal and cephalic notches, about 0°35 m.

When this earapace is looked at in profile, one is immediately

struck by the complete difference of its aspect from that of the

* Translated from the ‘Comptes Rendus de l’Académie des Sciences,’

Oct. 2 & 23, 1865, by W.S. Dallas, F.L.S.

+ Annals, vol. xiv. p. 81.

M. Serres on Glyptodon ornatus. 433

carapaces figured by Owen and Nodot. The latter have a very

distinct convexity from one extremity to the other. Ours, on

on the contrary, presents a well-marked sort of constriction at

about the second third of the length of the body. Hence a rule

tangent to the line of the back may touch it at two points, and

subtend an are (which, however, is very flat) between the scapular

and iliac regions. Behind this constriction the carapace, through-

out the iliac region, presents the form of the segment of a

sphere.

All the osteites forming it have a common characteristic type,

which, however, is more or less altered in certain regions—

namely, in front, behind, and on the margins. These modifica-

tions, on which I cannot dwell here, are nevertheless useful to

know. They might lead to error in specific determinations made

from too small fragments. This common type evidently corre-

sponds with the fragment of a carapace figured by Owen under

the name of Glyptodon ornatus, and reproduced less successfully

by Nodot.

Here and there we perceive little shapeless plates fillmg the

vacant spaces left by the regular design of their neighbours,

which does not accommodate itself well to the spherical surface

of the carapace. But this aberration is a normal fact,—the

dermal bones of the Edentata belonging, like the squamose

bones of the cranium, to that variety of the primary osseous

organs which originate without preexistent cartilages, and which,

in consequence of their spontaneous mode of origin and develop-

ment, always present great variations of number and configura-

tion.

The inner face of the plates generally presents a remarkable

uniformity. At the points where they were in connexion with

the bones of the muscular skeleton the union was effected by

fibrous tissue, and not, as Burmeister gives us to understand,

by cartilaginous tissue. Indeed in the Armadillo it is likewise

fibrous tissue that unites the extremities of the ischia to the

processes of the posterior buckler to which they apply them-

selves—a very dense fibrous tissue, with fibres of variable but

generally considerable diameter, attaining as much as 0-007 mill.

These fibres are arranged in slightly undulated and imperfectly

limited bundles.

Throughout the anterior region of the carapace the mner face

of the plates is perfectly smooth. They all uniformly present a

nutritive foramen in their centre, analogous to that which is

seen on the inner face of the plates of the Armadillo, into which

an arterial branch of considerable volume always penetrates. It

is evident that in this region the carapace reposed upon a thick

cushion of adipose tissue.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xvi. 29

A434. M. Serres on Glyptodon ornatus.

Behind, in the vicinity of the posterior emargination, the

inner face of the plates is, on the contrary, irregular, rugose,

and uneven; nor do we find the same regularity in the distri-

bution of the vessels, each plate having often several nutritive

foramina. To all appearance this region gave attachment to

muscles analogous to the elevators of the tail in the Armadillo,

muscles which are seen to attach themselves, on the one hand,

to the inner face of the posterior buckler, and, on the other, to

the spinous apophyses of the first caudal vertebree.

‘he margins by which the plates are articulated together

present the asperities usual on such organs. They were united

by fibrous tissue. Perhaps, at the perfectly adult age to which

our specimen had attained, some of these articulations were ossi-

fied in the dorsal region; but certainly this was not the case

throughout. It may be asserted that the carapace no more

formed a shell homogeneous and solid in all its parts, than the

thoracic and iliac bucklers of the Armadillo are solid and in-

flexible. It must have become flattened or arched a little in

accordance with the efforts of the animal; im other words, it

must have changed its form, certainly within narrow limits, but

still appreciably.

The caudal emargination is formed by a single row of plates

arranged in an are, like the stones of a bridge.

The cephalic emargination is much more complicated in its

structure. It is not simply circular, but shows on the median

line a projection in the form of a hood, shghtly promment, but

massive, with its margins rounded at the expense of the outer

face of the carapace, sharp at the level of the inner face.

Three different rows of plates assist im the formation of this

anterior emargination, and furnish in turn its marginal pieces.

The series which borders the most lateral part of the emargina-

tion extends, gradually diminishing, over one-third of its com-

pass. Here it disappears. The row which was the second on

the sides thus becomes marginal, and disappears in its turn in

the same manner. There remains the third, which thus becomes

marginal in the middle of the notch. In other words, the row

which bounds the emargination in the centre alone constitutes

a complete arch, resting on each side upon two other arches,

which become less and less complete.

All the plates in the vicinity of the anterior emargination

bear on their surface excavations measuring about 4 millimetres

in all directions ; these are rounded, with two or three Haversian

canals opening in their bottom. These cavities lodged the bulbs

of large hairs, directed forwards, which fringed the anterior

margin of the carapace of the animal.

I now come to that which constitutes the great interest of this

M. Serres on Glyptodon ornatus. 435

carapace—namely, the persistence of its natural relations with

the pelvie ring.

Besides the pelvis, a fragment of the dorsal column was found

in its interior, but not in place. This fragment will be the subjcet

of a second note (p. 438), in which I propose to examine the other

bones which appear to me to be referable to Glyptodon ornatus,

and which present remarkable differences from the same organs

in G. clavipes.

Anatomists are not yet agreed as to the number of vertebrze

which must be regarded as constituting the sacrum in the

Glyptodons. With Huxley, I refer to this bone the two verte-

bre with large transverse apophyses, united by their extremities

to each other and to the ischium, which limit the pelvic cavity

behind. Huxley calls them coccygeal vertebre of the sacrum.

There is no doubt that the first should be referred to the mass

of the sacrum; as to the second, it has with the former such

connexions and such a community of relations (especially in a

gigantic species which I shall hereafter have occasion to bring

before the Academy), that it seems difficult to separate it from

the same group. In Glyptodon ornatus these two vertebre ap-

pear to me to be the tenth and eleventh, counting as the first

the vertebra of which the lateral expansion forms the sacral

crest.

In our specimen the iliac crests and bones, as also the cotyloid

eavity, present nothing particularly remarkable.

The rami of the pubis have not been preserved.

Behind the cotyloid cavities originate the ischia, which are

quite different here from the oblique and fan-like ischia of G.

clavipes. These ischia are directed straight backwards, only

diverging a little. With the sacral crests in front and the two

coccygeal vertebra of the sacrum behind, they bound a nearly

quadrangular cavity, over which the narrow region of the sacrum

is thrown like a high-arched bridge.

The ischium has the form of a triangular lamina placed in a

vertical plane. The apex of the triangle is at the cotyloid cavity

in front, the base at the carapace behind. This base, or posterior

margin of the ischium, is free below. Above it is cut oif some-

what obliquely, to adapt it to the convexity of the carapace,

which rests upon it. The upper margin is thick, and regularly

concave ; the lower margin is more irregular. Near the cotyloid

cavity it presents a concavity, a portion of the orifice of the

obturator foramen. Beyond this it was united with the ramus

of the pubis, now destroyed. Further on it forms a lozenge-

shaped synarthrodial surface, bristling with highly developed

osseous rugosities, which give attachment, during life, to a

powerful interarticular ligament. Behind this rugose surface,

29%

4.36 M. Serres on Glyptodon ornatus.

and quite at the extremity of the lower margin of the ischium,

there is a small, smooth articular surface, about 1 centimetre in

diameter.

The outer surface of the ischium is convex from above down-

wards, and slightly concave from before backwards. The inner

surface presents the opposite arrangement.

At the lower posterior part, in the immediate vicinity of the

lozenge-shaped surface of the lower margin of the ischium, the

imner face also presents a large synarthrodial surface, of a some-

what pyriform shape, 2 centimetres broad in front, narrower

behind, and about 6 centimetres in length.

The ischium, regarded as I have just described it, measures

25 centimetres in length from the margin of the cotyloid cavity

to the carapace. But it is easy to see that it is really composed

of two different osseous pieces. The bad condition of the parts

has prevented my investigating this curious point of osteogeny

so completely as I could have wished. It is necessary to take

into consideration the difficulties inherent in such observations

on broken and reconstructed bones. Moreover the individual

itself was by no means favourable for investigations of this

nature, age having already produced in it certain synostoses

which were evidently accidental.

Nevertheless I think it very probable that we may regard the

posterior region of the ischium as independent of the region

united to the sacrum, as a sort of epiphysis of which the anchy-

losis is very late, if indeed it ever takes place. I may, moreover,

remind the reader that in the young Armadillo the ischium

likewise presents at its extremity a distinct osseous piece, the

nature of which must be the same.

In our specimen, at about three-fourths of the length of ie

ischium, we see very distinctly a solution of continuity parallel

to the base of this bone, and consequently nearly vertical, which

separates it into two regions. This solution of continuity is an

articulation. This may be very well seen towards the upper

margin of the ischium, where the articular surfaces of the two

pieces become considerably widened in consequence of the thick-

ness of that margin. They are there nearly 2 centimetres in

diameter, and present pretty nearly the aspect of the epiphysary

surfaces of young bones.

This curious synarthrosis is very distinctly visible on the two

sides. Below, it pretty nearly cuts im half the lozenge-shaped

and pyriform articular surfaces of which I have already spoken as

occurring on the inner face and inferior margin of the ischium.

From this arrangement it follows that, in Glyptodon ornatus,

the sacro-iliac region of the pelvis was not united in a perfectly

rigid manner to the carapace by the ischium. It is evident that

M. Serres on Glyptodon ornatus. 437

at this point there existed certain conditions of mobility, which

were doubtless of but little extent, but of which the multiplica-

tion and complication of all these synarthroses accumulated at

the same point furnish a certain indication. The whole of this

organic construction, moreover, is in accordance with what I

have said above as to the partial flexibility of the carapace.

The two coccygeal vertebree of the sacrum present modifica-

tions corresponding with those of the ischium, with which they

are articulated. The first of these vertebre, which is intimately

united to that which precedes it, is placed nearly in a vertical

plane, slightly inclined from above downwards, and from before

backwards. The total height of the vertebra is 8 centimetres ;

its apex is about 3 centimetres distant from the carapace. The

spinous lamina which surmounts its arch presents posteriorly

two diarthrodial facets (articular apophyses), corresponding with

two facets of the following vertebra.

The transverse apophysis, which is lamellar as in G. clavipes,

is placed at first in the same plane as the body of the vertebra,

but undergoes a slight torsion and becomes horizontal. It con-

ceals the transverse apophysis of the following vertebra, and

articulates therewith much more completely than in G. clavipes.

By its squarely truncated extremity it articulates with the pyri-

form synarthrodial surface which occurs on the inner face of the

ischium.

The second coccygeal vertebra of the sacrum is placed in a

much more oblique plane than the preceding one. Hence the

body of this vertebra makes with that of the preceding one a

salient angle about equal to the sacral angle in man. In its

form the body of this vertebra exactly resembles that of the

caudal vertebre. The rhachidian canal becomes suddenly much

less in diameter on reaching its level. The spinous apophysis

is no longer a lamina, but is rounded and obtuse. At its base

in front are articular apophyses corresponding to the two facets

borne by the arch of the preceding vertebra.

It was of interest, with regard to the mechanism of the tail in

Glyptodon, to ascertain exactly the position of this vertebra with

relation to the caudal emargination of the carapace. A straight

line drawn from the centre of this emargination to that of the

cephalic notch passes through the apex of the salient angle which

this vertebra assists to form. The distance from the posterior

face of the body of the vertebra to the centre of the caudal

emargination is 0°125 metre. The distance from the apex of

its spious apophysis to the same point is 0:080 m.

The transverse apophysis passes entirely beneath that of the

preceding vertebra. But, contrary to what occurs in G. clavipes,

it passes this, and articulates by its superior face, which is

438 M. Serres on Glyptodon ornatus.

roughened with rugosities, with the lozenge-shaped synarthro-

dial surface of the lower margin of the ischium. A small diar-

throdial facet also corresponds with that which terminates this

margin.

At the level of its articulation with the ischium, the transverse

apophysis bends suddenly downwards nearly at a right angle.

It becomes vertical, and continues the outer face of the ischium

downwards for some centimetres. I may remark, in conclusion,

that this arrangement of the second coccygeal vertebra of the

sacrum, which is thus suddenly bent downwards in G. ornatus,

occurs also upon all the middle caudal vertebra of the different

species of Glyptodon.

When we take up the study of fossils we are mevitably led

towards the highest questions of zoology. These ancient spoils

of an extinct world bear imprints which the genius of Cuvier

taught us to read—imprints by the aid of which we can approxi-

mate the action of the forces at such remote periods to the

action of the forces which are still exerted upon the develop-

ment of organized beings.

In organized beings there exist constant differences of orga-

nization, upon which is founded their arrangement in classes,

families, genera, and species. From these differences, and from

them alone, results the variety in the animal and vegetable

kingdoms ; but is the cause or principle of this variety, or of

these differences, inherent in the vegetable or animal organism?

or is it in great part exterior to it ?

Let us remark,in the first place, that whatever may be the oppo-

sition of these two methods of looking at the differences of

plants and animals, there is one idea and one word which neither

of them has been able to eliminate—the idea and the word

type. For it is certainly necessary to recognize differences be-

tween organisms, diverse imprints, and to give them a name.

But while some believe that every specific difference corresponds

to an immutable type, others think that there exists only one

type indefinitely modifiable by the action of the media in which

it is developed.

This latter hypothesis, to which Mr. Darwin’s work on the

origin of species (which, at the time of its appearance, produced

so deep a sensation among naturalists) referred, appears to me to be

equally irreconcileable, on the one hand, with what logic compels

us to admit philosophically, and, on the other, with the facts of

experience. In fact, this unique type, not being immutably de-

termined, would not be so essentially, which destroys the very

idea of type, and substitutes in its place that of the indetermi-

nate substance. Notwithstanding the development given to this

M. Serres on Glyptodon ornatus. 439

hypothesis, the question of variation, or of the differences of

animals and plants, has not made a single step; it remains

entire, inasmuch as there always remains to be explained the

first origin of form or of determination, which evidently has a

cause, a principle anterior to what are called media.

As I have said elsewhere, in the numerous differences which

organized beings may be subject to, they never pass the limits

of their class to acquire the forms of a higher class: a Fish

will never ascend to the form of a Reptile ; the latter will never

attain that of a Bird, or a Bird that of a Mammal. Even in

monstrosities, a monster may repeat itself—it may present two

heads, two tails, six or eight extremities ; but it will always re-

main circumscribed within the limits of its class. This surpri-

sing phenomenon is doubtless connected with the general har-

mony of creation. What can be its cause? Of this we are

ignorant. But it results from this, nevertheless, that everything

is not primitively in the materials—that evidently we must

conceive a principle exterior to them, which determines their

employment and presides in their arrangement.

Media, however, exert a powerful influence in the production

and development of organized creatures. They do not create

the types; but, in the physical world, they are an indispensable

condition of their evolution. If they created the types, only a

single type could exist in the same medium, there would be onl

a single determination for the bemgs which would be produced

there. Now, on‘the contrary, the same media present multitudes

of creatures differmg in nature or in form. Moreover, if the

type which specializes each of these creatures were only the

effect, the term of action of the media, it would be in itself only

a simple modality, something purely passive, whilst facts show

evidently that, in each type, there resides an active energy, a

distinctly determinate organizatory power.

Specific differences therefore cannot have their cause in the

media in which the animals are developed, since they affect ani-

mals developed in the same medium, and persist immutably in

these same animals when transported into another medium.

The influence of these, bemg powerless to change their specific

organization, only introduces into it slight and superficial modi-

fications. Consequently, this specific organization, bemg fun-

damentally unalterable, depends on an internal cause which

is itself unalterable ; from, which it follows that, both im ani-

mals and plants, there exist true species, not by a single type,

but by infinitely numerous types, which become involved and

linked together in proportion as the organisms, increasing in

perfection, become more complex.

To prove the development of the diversity of types in the

440 M. Serres on Glyptodon ornatus.

same medium, I shall select the Fauna of the Tourtia, so well

appreciated by M. d’Archiac.

“What strikes us at once,” says that illustrious geologist*,

“in the examination of this Fauna, which is still so imperfectly

known, the elements in our possession having only been col-

lected at three or four points, is the prodigious development

and the almost infinite variety of the type of the Terebratule.

“‘ Of these we have determined and described forty-eight spe-

cies. Of this number thirty-four, or nearly three-fourths, are

new; and there are, besides, more than twenty equally well-

characterized varieties. This genus of itself includes nearly

one-fourth of all the species that we know in the Tourtia; and

when we consider the small thickness of this bed, and the re-

stricted space in which it is deposited, we cannot but be asto-

nished that a single organic type, after probably a very short

lapse of time, should present in the combination of its forms,

or of its dimensions, so manifest a proof of the admirable fe-

cundity of nature, that it might lead us to doubt of the reality

of the species considered in itself.”

Among fossil Vertebrata, the Glyptodons, which flourished at

the period of formation of the Subapennine stage of the Pampas

of Buenos Ayres, in which the remains of these animals are

found exclusively, reproduce the same fact, although in a much

less degree ; and hence the necessity of well-characterizing the

species, however difficult this may be. In fact, if anatomical

investigation applied to creatures which no longer exist presents

im some respects an attractive interest, it also sometimes exposes

us momentarily to certain zoological confusions, which cannot

always be avoided.

The fragments of several extinct and unknown animals, of the

same group and the same size, reach us, collected together with-

out order, in the same layer of soil. If each skeleton were

complete, nothing would be easier than to bring together these

disjointed organs, and to reestablish the same natural relations

which formerly united them into a single living whole. The

difficulty commences when each of them is represented only by

a bone, a different organ. Then the naturalist cannot escape

the danger of describing as belonging to the same species organs

really pertaining to several, except by fallimg into another error,

that of describing a single species under several names. In this

alternation of two causes of error, both difficult to shun, I

found myself in the comparisons which I propose now to bring

before the Academy.

In my first note on the Carapace of Glyptodon ornatus 1

* «Rapport sur les fossiles du Tourtia,’’ Mém. de la Soc. Geol. de France,

2° série, tome 1. p. 291.

M. Serres on Glyptodon ornatus. 44)

mentioned that a fragment of the dorsal column had been found

adherent to its inner surface, but not in its proper place (see

ante, p. 45). This fragment commences at the articulation of

the third dorsal vertebra, and includes twelve vertebrz soldered

together ; except the number of vertebrze thus united, it presents

nothing in its general configuration that has not already been

described by Huxley, and especially by Burmeister in Glyptodon

clavipes.

The number of vertebre is easily counted by the number

of apertures seen in the bottom of the two vertebral channels.

These apertures gave passage to the posterior branches of the

spinal nerves, and also to venous canals. The median crest in

front is cut off very obliquely, thin and trenchant; it was no-

where articulated or even in direct contact with the carapace.

Each lamina of the twelfth vertebra of the bone is produced in

front into the bottom of each vertebral channel above the la-

mina of the eleventh, by an apophysis (at least ?) three centime-

tres in length. On each side, this apophysis is held in a sort of

mortice, formed by two vertical surfaces, depending from the

arch of the eleventh vertebra. There is synostosis; but this

must no doubt be ascribed to age.

The laminz of the twelfth vertebra present analogous mor-

tices behind; these, no doubt, received the apophyses of the

following vertebra in the same manner.

Between this point and the vertebre soldered together to form

the sacrum, there exists a gap, which is the more to be regretted,

because, the hinder part of the skeleton having, in this indivi-

dual, remained in its normal relations to the carapace, the inte-

grity of the vertebral column would have enabled us to appreci-

ate the true relations of the neck and head with the margin of

the cephalic emargination.

In seeking for the bones of the neck, I met with one which,

although not belonging to the same individual, appeared never-

theless to be referable to the same species. The articular sur-

faces seemed constructed to coincide ; the posterior part of the

voluminous apophysis, which surmounts the vertebral gingly-

mus, was hollowed by a narrow furrow exactly in relation to the

anterior oblique and trenchant extremity of the median crest of

Glyptodon ornatus.

But the skeletal constitution of the neck was not the same

here as in Glyptodon clavipes. In place of the trivertebral and

pentavertebral bones, named by Huxley and myself, I found

two bones, each consisting of four vertebree. The articulation

separating them, the mechanism of which I have already had

the opportunity of describing in G. clavipes, instead of existing

between the fifth and sixth cervical vertebre, occurs between the

442 M. Serres on Glyptodon ornatus.

fourth and fifth. The names of trivertebral and pentaverte-

bral bones, evidently cannot serve to designate these two tetra-

vertebral bones ; for the sake of clearness and brevity I prefer to

adopt the denominations mesocervical bone and metacervical bone.

The metacervical bone presents the general lineaments of the

trivertebral bone of G. clavipes. It is only a little longer in

proportion to its breadth. The two costal impressions are more

oblique. Of the four apertures of conjugation, the last three

present the same general arrangement as in G. clavipes, and the

first is immediately in front of the second.

The articulation which unites the metacervical to the meso-

cervical bone is closer than in G. clavipes. Below, in particular,

it leaves no hiatus, even in its extreme movements. The juxta-

posed vertebral bodies, instead of being reduced to the condition

of a trenchant lamina, measure about five millimetres in diameter.

The line which separates them describes a curve with its con-

cavity in front. It is here the fifth cervical pair of nerves that

traverses the articulation.

The mesocervical bone corresponds with the pentavertebral

bone ; it has all its general features, except that it includes only

four vertebree. The ala of the bone, resulting from the coa-

lescence of the transverse apophyses, is comparatively much

slenderer than in G. clavipes. On the outside it terminates in

a narrow, nearly triangular surface. The posterior face of the

bone does not exhibit any special aperture for the passage of

the vertebral artery.

We have here, therefore, an anatomical structure very similar

to that of G. clavipes, but to a certain extent displaced, thrown

back one vertebra. In this arrangement we cannot, however,

see a teratological anomaly: the existence, in the collection of

of the Museum, of two identical specimens, does away with any

supposition of this kind.

Does the bony constitution of the neck just described pertain

to Glyptodon ornatus? Everything leads me to suppose so, but

the future alone can settle the question.

I hoped to get some light from another dorsal column

derived from an imdividual similar in size to that of which we

have the carapace. But this dorsal column was accompanied

by the metacervical bone, of which it had been the continuation,

and this was a true trivertebral bone analogous to that of G.

clavipes. But on examining it more closely some differences

were found between this dorsal column and that of G. ornatus.

Thus the anterior extremity of the spinous crest instead of beng

oblique, thin, and trenchant, is five or six millimetres im thick-

ness, and rises vertically to a great height. The lateral chan-

nels are also narrower and deeper.

Bibliographical Notice. 443

I consequently found myself in the presence of several (at

least two, perhaps three) species of animals of the same size,

nearly allied in their organization, but very distinct in the ver-

tebral arrangement of the neck, and all developed in the same

medium. Anatomy was enriched by a new fact, and at the same

time created a new difficulty in the classification of the fossil

cuirassed Mammalia, which is already rather confused.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

British Conchology, Vol. Il. Marine Shells, comprising the re-

maining Conchifera, the Solenoconchia, and Gasteropoda as far

as Littorina. By Joun Gwyn JeErrreys, F.R.S., F.G.S., &e.

London: Van Voorst. 1865.

Eacu succeeding year brings to us another volume of Mr. Jeffreys’s

new work on the British Mollusca, which is coming out with praise-

worthy regularity. At the present rate of progress two more vo-

lumes will be required to complete the subject. We propose to

continue the course which was adopted in noticing the preceding

volumes, and compare the genera and species here described with

those contained in Forbes and Hanley’s ‘ History of the British

Mollusca,’ which, up to the present time, has been the standard

authority on this portion of the marine zoology of our islands.

The following are the generic changes. Sphenia of Turton is

merged in Mya, and Cochlodesmain Thracia. Panopea Norvegica

is regarded by our author as a Sawzicava and not a Panopea; but

the latter genus is not excluded from our lists, since the little shell

figured by Forbes and Hanley (pl. 6. figs. 1-3), but not named

(vide vol. iv. p. 248), appears here with the name of Panopea pli-

cata, Montagu. The genus Patella is divided, and P. pellucida is

placed in the genus Helcion of De Montfort: on the other hand,

Pilidium fulvum falls into Teetura of Cuvier, a name adopted

by Mr. Jeffreys instead of Acmea of Eschscholtz. Capulus, De

Montfort, supersedes Pileopsis, Lamarck ; and, lastly, the genus

Cyclostrema of Marryat is adopted in the family of the Trochidse

for the reception of three little shells,—C. Culterianum, Clark

(=Skenea Culteriana, F. & H.); C. nitens, Philippi (=Trochus

pusillus, F. & H.); and C. serpuloides, Montagu (=Skenea divisa,

Eis E.):

The aie species, which were admitted in the ‘ History of the

British Mollusca,’ are excluded in vol. iii. of ‘British Conchology :’—

Corbula ovata, Teredo palmulata, and Trochus conulus, as not being

indigenous ; Shkenea costulata, as occurring only in a fossil state ;

Pandora obtusa, Thracia villosiuscula, Corbula rosea, Saxicava

arctica, Skenea levis, and Patella athletica, assigned respectively as

varieties to Pandora inequivalvis (P. rostrata, F. & H.); Thracia

papyracea, Poli (T. phaseolina, F. & H.); Corbula gibba (C.

nucleus, F. & H.); Saxicava rugosa ; Cyclostrema nitens ; and

Ad Bibliographical Notice.

Patella vulgata. In the genus Littorina, L. fabalis and L. palliata

are referred to Littorina obtusata (L. littoralis, F. & H.), and Lit-

torina tenebrosa, L. saxatilis, and L. patula are grouped, as Forbes

and Hanley suggested they probably should be, under ZL. rudis.

Several Mollusca of much interest are added to the British fauna

in the present volume.

Neera rostrata, Spengler, a form which ranges from the Augean

and Mediterranean seas to the coasts of Norway and Sweden, is ad-

mitted on account of a single right valve, dredged in seventy-six

fathoms forty miles from the east coast of Shetland.

Teredo pedicellata, Quatrefages, inhabits fir and oak used in sub-

marine and fixed woodwork in the Channel Islands.

Lepeta ceca, Miller. A single specimen has been dredged in the

Shetland seas, and a second off the west coast of Scotland.

Trochus amabilis, Jeffreys. A very beautiful new species, diseo-

vered among ‘fine sand, mixed with gravel, in 85 to 95 fathoms,

about twenty-five miles N.N.W. of Burra Firth Lighthouse, Unst.

The area in which it occurs appears to be limited to a few square

miles. I discovered this new and beautiful species in 1861, while in

company with my friend Mr. Waller; and we obtained specimens

again in 1864 by dredging on the same ground. Living together

with it were Limopsis aurita, Cylichna alba, Buccinopsis Dalei var.

eburnea, and other treasures. I do not know any other place, at

home or abroad, where it has been found.’’

Trochus Duminyi, Requien. Found among shell-sand at Bun-

doran, in Donegal Bay. This is a Mediterranean species, and was

first described as a fossil by Philippi, under the name of Valvata?

striata. It was recorded as British by Mr. Jeffreys, in his ‘‘Addi-

tional Gleanings in British Conchology”’ in the ‘Annals’ of Sep-

tember 1859, as Skenea striata.

Although not prepared to acquiesce in all the changes which have

now been enumerated, yet with the greater part of them we entirely

agree, and shall only here call attention to two of the points in

which we venture to entertain a different opinion from that which

is maintained in the book before us.

We must enter a strong protest against the uniting of Pandora

obtusa with its ally P. inequivalvis. Mr. Jeffreys gives the fol-

lowing reasons for the course which he has adopted in treating

the former as a variety of the latter species :—‘ The difference be-

tween the typical shell and the variety obtusa apparently arises from

the nature of their respective habitats—the one being sublittoral,

and the other belonging to deeper water. An intermediate form has

been taken by Cailliaud on the coast of Brittany, and by M‘Andrew

at Corunna. On a superficial view, indeed, it would seem as if a

valid distinction existed in the length from the beak to the front mar-

gin being always greater in P. inequivalvis (or rostrata), and on

the posterior side in P. obtusa; but this only shows that varieties,

as well as species, have some character of their own. Such may

be expected when the conditions of life vary. The extension of

the posterior side in the typical form may be caused by the differ-

Bibliographical Notice. 4.45,

ence of locality. When the Littoral zone is sandy, the surface is

apt to be disturbed by waves and occasional storms, so that the

stratum may be of a greater or less thickness at one time than at

another: now it is covered by a deposit of material thrown up by

the sea ; in a few days this cover may be stripped off. In order to

prevent its tubes being choked by an accumulation of the imported

material, the Pandora living between tide-marks gradually lengthens

that end of its shell. The variety which inhabits deeper water is

not exposed to fluctuations of this kind; it therefore does not re-

quire any such provision, aud lies undisturbed in its level bed.

This may explain the variation in the proportion of length and

breadth which is exhibited by the two forms. The difference of

thickness in the shells of P. inequivalvis and its varieties also de-

pends on habitation. I am also inclined to think that, with regard

to every species living both in the Littoral and Coralline zones, the

shell is thicker in the former than in the latter. Examples to illus-

trate this proposition occur in Venus gallina and its varieties stria-

tula and laminosa, Mactra solida and its variety elliptica, Trochus

ziziphinus and its small conical variety, Buccinum undatum and its

variety zet/andica, and in many other species. Experiments made

by Dr. Davy, Forchhammer, and Bischoff have proved that the

quantity of carbonate of lime held in solution by sea-water, and

from which shells are produced, is greater on the coast than in the

ocean: it is derived from the land, and brought down to the sea by

rivers and streams, the washings of rain, and the action of waves.

This fact ought not to be lost sight in discriminating species from

varieties, of which the comparative solidity and size are the sole or

chief criteria.”

Now, surely, there is a great deal assumed here. That conve-

nient little word “‘may”’ holds a very important place in this argu-

ment ; and Mr. Jeffreys supposes an instance of wonderfully rapid con-

formity to requirement when he urges that the posterior extremity

of the shell may be lengthened in the course of a few days to pre-

vent the tubes being choked by an accumulation of the shifting ma-

terial of the sea-shore. We would suggest that the animal might

crawl upwards out of the deepening sand somewhat more rapidly

than the shell would be likely to grow, and, moreover, that it must not

be forgotten that the size and form of the shell depend upon the size

and form of the animal contained within it. Again, it is undoubted]

true that a species which has a considerable range in depth, will be

frequently found to have its shell much more strongly developed in

the Littoral and Laminarian zones than it is in greater depths of

water ; but this fact does not prove that a thin-shelled, deep-water

member of a genus is specifically identical with a stronger-shelled

form which invariably inhabits shallower water, and differs from it

not only in respect to the substance of the shell, but in many other

particulars of structure also; moreover we are not aware that the

comparative tenuity of P. obtusa has ever been relied upon as of

weight in maintaining its specific character. Forbes and Hanley

clearly point out the characteristic differences of the two allied

4.46 Bibliographical Notice.

species of the genus; and it appears to us that Mr. Jeffreys yields

everything when he acknowledges ‘it would seem as if a valid dis-

tinction existed in the length from the beak to the front margin

being always greater in P. ¢nequivalvis, and on the posterior side in

P. obtusa ;” for the point of difference here alluded to will be found

to be constant and all-important. In P. obtusa, the greatest dia-

meter from the dorsal to the ventral margin is always situated

towards the posterior extremity of the shell, whereas in P. ineequi-

valvis it ts anterior, or in a line drawn from the beaks. We have

examined more than 600 specimens of P. inequivalvis from Jersey,

for the express purpose of finding intermediate gradations between

that species and P. obtusa, but without meeting with any such

Specimens ; and the more experience we have had of the two shells,

the more firmly have we become convinced that differing, as they

do, 1st, invariably in form, 2udly, invariably in habits, and, 3rdly, in

geographical distribution, Pandora inequivalvis and P. obtusa can-

not but be regarded as valid and distinct species.

By far the most interesting portion of the present volume is the

graphic and full account of the ship-worm (Teredo), to the history

of which the author devotes no less than forty-five pages. The details

respecting this genus have evidently been drawn up with especial

care, and must be read in their entirety to be appreciated. To

attempt to give here partial extracts would be doing the author an

injustice. Mr. Jeffreys describes only six species of the genus,

whereas, in his “ List of the British Species of Teredo,”’ published in

the ‘Annals’ of August 1860, no less than fifteen were admitted.

On examining the reasons for this wide discrepancy, we find that

Teredo nana and T. subericola are now regarded as varieties of

T. megotara, and that T. bipinnata of Turton is the same as 7’

pennatifera of Blainville—the former author having assigned in his

description the valves of one species (7'. malleolus) to the pallets of

another (7. pennatifera). Again, T. bipartita, T. fusticulus, T.

spatha, and T. fimbriata (T. palmulata, F. and H.) undoubtedly

have no claim to be admitted into our fauna. The valves and

pallets of these species have indeed been found in pieces of wood

floating in our seas ; but those woods have always been of extra-

European origin—West-India cedar and mahogany—and the con-

tained Teredines have never been met with alive, the animals

having apparently perished in the cold waters of our seas.

We are, however, at a loss to understand upon what principle 7.

malleolus and T. bipinnata (T. pennatifera, Blainville) are admitted,

while 7’. exeavata and T’. cucullata are excluded. These four species

occur under precisely similar circumstances, and are frequently found

associated together and living in the same pieces of European woods

drifted to our shores. We cannot acquiesce in the statement that

‘the habits of the Teredo are littoral,’ and that “when they are

met with far from land, the piece of wood which contains them has

been accidentally detached and carried out to sea by some marine

current.’ On the contrary, the four species just mentioned, though

frequently met with in floating balks of timber, have never as yet,

we believe, been found in fixed woodwork. They appear, like the

Miscellaneous. 44.7

Lepadide, with which they so constantly live associated, to be

essentially pelagic. The position which they invariably occupy in

drift-wood proves that they have attacked the wood while it has

been in a floating position; for as the wood floats in the water it will

be found that the entrances to the tubes of the shipworms are always

on the upper portion, where they are frequently brought into direct

contact with the atmosphere, while the more deeply immersed angle

of the log is hung with vast masses of barnacles. If the grounds

on which those Teredines frequently found living in floating timber

drifted to our shores by westerly winds are excluded from our fauna

be valid and just, then, all we have to say is that Mr. Jeffreys has

established a precedent which, if followed out in other branches of

science, would lead us to refuse to admit into our fauna all occasional

ornithological visitants, the Tanthine, Salpa, many oceanic Crusta-

cea, Physalia, Velella, Diphyes, &c., and all the Lepadidze except

Scalpellum vulgare. We commend to Mr. Jeffreys’s notice the

following observations of Mr. Darwin upon the genus Lepas, which

presents us with an exact parallelism to Teredo:—‘'The species

abound over the Arctic, temperate and tropical parts of the Atlantic,

Indian, and Pacific Oceans, and are always, or nearly always, attached

to floating objects, dead or alive. The same species have enormous

ranges; in proof of which I may mention that, of the six known

species, five are found nearly all over the world, including the British

coast, and the one not found on our shores (the Z. australis) appa-

rently inhabits the whole circumference of the Southern Ocean.”

In conclusion, we will only add that the more we see of ‘ British

Conchology,’ the more do we recognize the value of the work both

to conchologists and Tertiary paleeontologists, and the more confi-

dently are we able to commend it to our readers. And now, Mr.

Jeffreys, we shall for the present wish you good-bye, looking forward

with especial interest to the appearance of your next volume, and

anxious to learn what you are going to do with those horribly tor-

menting Odostomia, over the study of which we poor conchologists

have so often strained our eyes, and racked our brains, and scratched

our heads in the agonies of perplexed doubt! We will not say,

“Woodman, spare that tree,” but rather, ‘ Don’t be afraid of the

pruning-knife.”

MISCELLANEOUS.

Capture of Muscicapa parva at Scilly.

To Dr. J. E. Gray, F.RS. $e.

Sir,—It may be interesting to you to know that another example

of Muscicapa parva, very nearly in the same state of plumage as its

predecessor at Scilly, was captured on Sunday week, at Trescoe Isle,

Scilly. The variation in its plumage consists in the scapularies and

wing-coverts being more decidedly bordered with rufous. This, I

think, shows it to be a bird of the year. I expect it breeds in

Britain. Yours obediently,

Penzance, Noy. 14, 1865. Epwarp Herarue Ropp.

448 Miscellaneous.

On the Canine Teeth of Thylacoleo carnifex (Ow.).

By Prof. M‘Coy.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—I beg to enclose you a rough pen-and-ink sketch

of the exact natural size of one of two canine teeth of Thylacoleo

found, with part of the jaw and teeth of Moto-

therium Mitchellii (on which it had probably

been feeding), on the surface of Mr. Bell’s

station, Murchill, not far from Geelong, in

this colony of Victoria. As hitherto only the

molars and back part of the skull of Thyla-

coleo have been known, the discovery of the

great canine is of much interest. The trans-

verse section of the crown is rotundato-oblong,

having two long nearly parallel lateral bounda-

ries, and the anterior and posterior faces ob-

tusely rounded, the anterior a little larger than

the posterior ; the great fusiform bony root is

very coarsely marked with short, irregular, in-

terrupted longitudinal sulci, and narrow ridges

about a line in thickness. The specimen is

nearly 5 inches long and 1 inch 5 lines wide

at about the middle of the fusiform, com-

pressed, gently incurved root. The crown is

worn down obliquely almost to the base, only

about an inch of it remaining.

The specimens have been presented, through

Dr. Greene, to the Melbourne National Mu-

seum; and [ shall shortly figure them in the

Decades I am preparing of the recent zoology and paleontology of

Victoria.

I remain, Gentlemen, yours, &c.,

Melbourne, Aug. 24, 1865. Freperick M‘Coy.

Ageon Alfordi.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—A second specimen of Ayeon Alfordi was found

here on August 24th by Mr. Mundie, 93 Richmond Road, Dalston.

Amongst other favourite haunts, I showed him a ledge of rocks stretch-

ing into the Roads under the Garrison Hill, and here, with many of

the more common species, he found one Anemone which was new to

him. He examined this treasure carefully with a lens, and found it to

be exactly like Aigeon Alfordi in form, and also in colour on base,

column, and disk ; but the tentacles, instead of being “satiny green

throughout with a faint line of grey on the outer edge,” were of a lus-

trous satiny green on the back, whilst the front was marked as in those

of Bunodes Ballii, with bars and dots of opaque white on a ground of

neutral tint, this tint brightening into a lovely rose-colour at the tip.

I described this specimen to Mr. Gosse, and he judged it to be avariety

of A’geon Alfordi, and advised me to write you an account of it. This

Miscellaneous. 449

specimen seems at least to make another link between the Antheade

and Bunodide. The Anemone still lives in the possession of Mr.

Mundie.

IT have had to change my opinion about the quantities of Aiptasie

around these islands. Their very great number soon made me think

that I had been mistaken. I sent some specimens to Mr. Gosse, and he

imagined them to be Atptasie, but they did not recover the journey

sufficiently for him to be sure aboutit. I have had no accommodation

for them to disport themselves fully, and consequently I was misled

by a general resemblance. I must conclude now, that though there

are probably Aiptasie to be found here, yet they certainly do not

exist in the numbers [ imagined, but I have mistaken the grey

Anthee for them. I hope you will enter this in your ‘Annals’ as

soon as possible, lest Anemone-fanciers should be tempted to our

distant retreat by false hopes.

St. Mary’s Parsonage, Isles of Scilly, Sincerely yours,

November 4, 1865. D. P. Aurorp.

On the Nest of the Ten-spined Stickleback.

By W. H. Ransom, M.D.

Although it has long been known that the three-spined and fif-

teen-spined Sticklebacks build nests—the former on the ground, and

the latter among weeds—no one has yet described, so far as I am

aware*, the nest of the ten-spined Stickleback, or Gasterosteus pun-

gitius, so common in our ditches, and well known by the name of

Tinker, from the black nuptial livery of the male. I was fortunate

enough, in 1854, to have a nest built by a little Tinker in my aqua-

rium, and I found that its position resembled that of the fifteen-

spined species. Last spring I was able more carefully to witness

this interesting fact. On May Ist, 1864, a fine black male G. pun-

gitius was put into a well-established aquarium of moderate size, in

which he soon became at home, but did not build any nest for three

days. I then supplied him with two ripe females of the same spe-

cies. Their presence at once roused him to activity, and he soon

began to build a nest of bits of dirt and dead fibre and of growing con-

fervoid filaments, upon a jutting point of rock among some interla-

cing branches of Myriophyllum spicatum—all the time, however,

frequently interrupting his labours to pay his addresses to the females.

This was done in most vigorous fashion, the male fish swimming, by

a series of rapid little jerks, near and about the female, and even

pushing against her with open mouth, but usually not biting. After

alittle coquetting, if she be ripe, she responds and follows him, swim-

ming just above him as he leads the way to the nest. When there,

the tables are turned, the gentleman now coquets, he seems not to

* Since my paper was read, I have discovered that Mr. Charles Strange

described the nest of the Tinker in ‘Once a Week,’ vol. i. p. 145. There

is also a figure accompanying the communication, but that appears to be

the nest of the three-spimed Stickleback. Mr. Couch, im his ‘ History of

British Fishes,’ now in course of publication, remarks that he has never

seen the nest of the Tinker.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xvi. 30

450 Miscellaneous.

know where it is, will not swim to the right spot, and the female,

after a few ineffectual attempts to find the proper passage into it,

turns tail to swim away, viciously chased this time by the male.

When he first courts the female, if she, not being ready, does not

soon respond, he seems quickly to lose temper, and, attacking her

with great apparent fury, drives her to seek shelter in some crevice

or dark corner. The coquetting of the male near the nest, which

seems due to the fact that he really has not quite finished it, at

length terminates by his pushing his head well into the entrance of

the nest, while the female closely follows him, placing herself above

him, and apparently much excited. As he withdraws she passes

into the nest, and pushes quite through it, after a very brief delay,

during which she deposits her ova. While she is in the nest,

the male, in some impatience, pushes his snout against her tail,

and as she passes through he also enters, fertilizes the ova, and then

makes his exit at the opposite side. At once he proceeds seriously

to attack the female and to drive her to a safe distance; then, after

patting down his disturbed nest, away he goes in search of another

female. In this case both the females spawned in his nest, and it

is quite likely that more would have done so had I supplied them.

The nest was built, and the ova deposited, in about twenty-four hours.

My Tinker continued to watch day and night; and during the

light hours he also continued to add to his nest, which at first

was a rather hurried and imperfect structure. After eight days I

put a ripe female three-spined Stickleback into the tank with him.

At once he paid court to her, and solicited her most palpably to

accompany him to the nest; this, however, she obstinately refused,

and he drove her away in real anger. During the night following

she deposited her ova in another part of the tank among the weeds.

This unwillingness of the female seems to be the sole cause of our

finding no hybrids naturally, as artificially it is not difficult to get a

cross between G. leturus and G. pungitius. As the time approached

for the eggs within the nest to hatch, the Tinker was even more con-

stant in his attention to it. About the tenth day, before I could see

any young Sticklebacks, he began, by mistake, to catch some young

Perch, which just then were hatched in the same tank, and to project

them into his nest. In order to be quite sure, I took some young

Perch from another batch ina dish with a pipette, and put them into

the tank near his nest. Isaw him at once seize them, put them into

his nest, and fan them afterwards with great apparent affection ; this

attention was, however, not appreciated; for the fry of the Perch

are very erratic and wandering in their habits, and they swam out

immediately with a skipping sort of motion. About the twelfth

day young Sticklebacks were visible, but they seemed quite still,

resting here and there upon the fibres of which the nest was built ;

none of them, as yet, seemed to have any errant desires, and not

one of them wandered or gave their anxious parent any real

trouble. About this time the Tinker was occasionally seen to visit

and to inspect rather frequently another spot in the tank; and

on the following day (the 14th) he began there to build another

uest, this time free from any rockwork, and just in the middle of the

Miscellaneous. 451

tank, where a few branches of Myriophyllum, Chara, and Anacharis

crossed each other; these he connected by an accumulation of inter-

laced, decayed, and growing fibres of confervee, which he broke off er

collected from neighbouring parts. When the fibres were added to

the nest, he generally pushed thein into the nest with his snout, but

did not, so far as [ could see, agglutinate them with a viscid secre-

tion, such as I have seen the three-spined Stickleback do. When he

brought bits of dirt, he was content to project them into or upon the

mass of fibres which formed the nest. By dint of great industry, in

about forty-eight hours he built a large well-formed nest, about the

size and shape of a full-sized walnut, with a central aperture passing

almost but at first not quite through it, in a direction nearly hori-

zontal. During all this time he never interrupted his labours for,

and care of, the young fry in his first nest, but continued both to

catch the young Perch, and to watch and fan the nest; and after a

few days he had to catch and bring back his own young ones when

they began to wander. About this time his labours were incessant

during the light hours ; and although he seemed to take no food, he

looked well. I then (the fifteenth day) put two ripe female ten-

spined Sticklebacks into the tank; he courted them with great vigour;

but as they did not respond, he drove them into the most distant and

obscure corners with great ferocity: he then set to work with greater

vigour than ever to enlarge and beautify his nest, and in the course

of the following day the females deposited their ova in it so that

they were easily seen, from the favourable position of the nest with

regard to light. For three days more he continued his care of both

nests, and caught indiscriminately young Perch and young Stickle-

backs and put them indifferently into eithernest. By the eighteenth

day from the deposition of the ova in the first nest, and the sixth

after hatching, the Stickleback fry were independent, and roamed in

search of food; and from this date the parent took no more notice of

them. I neglected to note whether the ova deposited in the second

nest hatched safely; but I have reason to think that they did, as

about a fortnight later I saw some_very young Sticklebacks in the

tank. This instance of the failure of instinct is remarkable, as the

Tinker was almost starving in the midst of plenty. I am not aware

that anyone has hitherto noticed the simultaneous building and tend-

ing of two nests by any of the Gasterostez; it would be interesting

to ascertain if this be an exceptional fact, or limited to the ten-spined

species. One would hardly expect it among the three-spined Stickle-

backs, as they can and do enlarge their nests very considerably, so as

in the nest of one male to receive, fertilize, and protect the spawn of

several females. Itis well known that the female Sticklebacks spawn

more than once in a season; but it is not known, so far as I have

read, how many times they spawn, nor how many times the males

build; there will probably be a relation between the two. The ob-

servation here given shows at least two consecutive generations.

This repeated ripening of ova in one season is doubtless connected

with their large comparative size, and their consequent small number,

as compared with those of other osseous fishes.--Transactions of

the Midland Scientific Association.

INDEX to VOL. XVI.

Acacta mAcntrica, on the gland

of the phyllodium of, 12.

Acalephie, on the histology of the,142.

Aigeon, description of the new genus,

41.

/Egeon Alfordi, note on, 448.

Agassiz, Prof., on the metamorphoses

“of certain Fishes, 69.

Alford, Rev. D. P., on Ageon Al-

fordi, 448.

Alphidia, characters of the genus,

258.

Ammobroma Sonor, note on

220:

Ammonactis, characters of the

genus, 195.

Ammonites, descriptions of new, 225,

334.

Amphibians, notes on some, 120.

Amphiprora, new species of, 5.

Amphisbeenians, on the genera and

species of, 365.

Anabathra pulcherrima, description

of, 128.

Antedon rosaceus, on the structure,

physiology, and development of,

200.

Anthocharis, new species of, 397.

Antillia, new species of, 185.

Antipha, description of the new ge-

Mus, Lolli.

Argyopes, new species of, 98, 346.

Arripis, on the Australian species of,

187.

Artamus, new species of, 60.

Ascidians, on a new type in the group

of, 143.

Astacus, new species of, 296.

Asterionella, new species of, 4.

Austen, N. L., on the habits of the

Water-shrew, 302.

Australia, on the cretaceous deposits

of, 333.

Axolotl of the Mexicans, on the, 122.

Aye-Aye, on the food of the, 142.

Baikia, description of the new genus,

Soe

Baird, Dr. W., on a new species of

Entozoon, 52.

Baleenoptera, new species of, 54, 148.

Balanophylhia, new species of, 195.

Baly, J.S., on new species of Crio-

the,

new

ceride, 153; on new genera and

species of Gallerucidee, 247, 402.

Bartlett, A. D., on the food of the

Aye-Aye, 142.

Bastian, H. C., on the anatomy and

physiology of the Nematoids, 197.

Bat, on the mode in which the Long-

eared, captures its prey, 301.

Bate, C.S., on a new species of As-

tacus, 296.

Bates, H. W., on the Longicorn Co-

leoptera of the Amazons V: alley,

101, 167, 308.

Bence Dr., on the habits of. the

Lyre-bird, 53,

Binney, E. W., on some fossil plants

from the lower coal-seams of Lan-

cashire, 128.

Blackwall, J., on new Spiders from

the Cape de Verde Islands, 80;

from Central Africa, 336.

Boehm, J., on the parasitic nature of

the Mistletoe, 222.

Books, new :—Spratt’s Travels and

Researches in Crete, 279; Gray’s

Handbook of British Water-weeds,

280; Natural-History Transactions

of Northumberland and Durham,

282; Newman’s British Ferns,

359 ; Salter and Woodward’s Chart

of Fossil Crustacea, 562; Bentham

and Hooker’s Genera Plantarum,

Pars 2, 364; Jeffreys’s British

Conchology, vol. 11., 443.

Bothridium, new species of, 52.

Brachiolaria, on a new form of, 70.

Brady, G. 8., on undescribed fossil

Entomostraca from the brick-earth

of the Nar, 189.

Brady, H. B., on the nomenclature

of the Foraminifera, 15.

Bronia, characters of the new genus,

Siile

Burmeister, Dr. H., on a new species

of Whale, 54; on a new species of

Porpoise, 135.

Butler, A. G., on a new species of

Cetonia, 161 ; on four new species

of Butterflies, 39].

Butterflies, new species of, 397.

Carpenter, Dr. W. B., on the strue-

ture, physiology, and development

IND EX.

of Antedon rosaceus, 200; on the

microscopic structure of the shell

of Rhynchonella Geinitziana, 305.

Carter, H. J., on Peridinium eypri-

pedium, 399.

Caspary, R., on the protective sheath

and on the formation of the stem

of the root, 382.

Catodon, new species of, 286.

Cephalopus, new species of, 63.

Cerianthus, new species of, 196.

Cerochroa, characters of the genus,

258.

Cetonia, new species of, 161.

Chevreulius callensis, description of,

143.

Cinclus aquaticus, on the anatomy

and habits of, 49.

Clark, Rev. H., on the Dejeanian

genus Ceelomera and its affinities,

Do, Silt.

Clark, Prof. H. J., on the animal na-

ture of the cilio-flagellate Infusoria,

270.

Claus, M., on some singular organs

appended to the feet of certain

Crustacea, 144; on the organiza-

tion of the Cypridine, 380.

Clitena, characters of the genus, 259.

Ceelomera, on the Dejeanian genus,

256, 315; new species of, 319.

Colobothea, new species of, 101.

Conosmilia, characters of the new ge-

nus, 184,

Coraia, new species of, 323.

Corals, descriptions of fossil, 182.

Corbula suleata, on the occurreace of,

in a fossil state, 113.

Corvina, new species of, 48.

Creswellia, new species of, 4.

Crioceris, new species of, 153.

Crisp, Dr. E., on the anatomy and

habits of the Water-ousel, 49.

Crocodile, on the muscular anatomy

of the leg of the, 326.

Crossopus fodiens, on the habits of,

302.

Crucifere, on the constitution of the

fruit in the, 299.

Crustacea, on some singular organs

appended to the feet of certain,

144; on new or rare, of the French

coasts, 162.

Ctenus, new species of, 336,

Cuckoos of New South Wales, notes

on the, 290.

453

Cyclophorus, new species of, 429.

Cynorta, description of the new ge-

nus, 249.

Cypridinee, on the organization of the,

380.

Cythere, new species of, 189.

Dactylethra, on the, 120.

Dallas, W.S., on the feathers of Di-

nornis robustus, 66.

Dalophia, characters of the genus,377.

Danais, new species of, 397.

Dandelion, on the intercellular mat-

ter and the vessels of the latex in

the root of the, 224.

Diadema, new species of, 398.

Diamphidia, new species of, 402.

Diatoms, descriptions of new genera

and species of, 1.

Dinornis robustus, on the feathers of,

66.

Dircema, new species of, 262, 405.

Dodo, on some bones of the largest

known species of, 61.

Drassus, new species of, 86.

Duncan, Dr. P. M., on some fossil

Corals from the South Australian

Tertiaries, 182.

Eels, on the cultivation of, 384.

Entomostraca, on undescribed fossil,

189; on the paleeozoic bivalved,414.

Entozoon, on a new species of, 52.

Epeira, new species of, 94, 342.

Ephebe, new British species of, 10.

Erethizon, new species of, 203.

Eudesmus, new species of, 180.

Eupsammia, new species of, 195.

Eurysoma, new species of, 348.

Fishes, on the metamorphoses of

certain, 69; on the structure of the

encephalon of, 70.

Foraminifera, on the nomenclature

of the, 15.

Fournier, E., on the constitution of

the fruit in the Cruciferae, 299.

Fungus, on a, developed in ivory and

bone, 223.

Gallerucidze, new genera and species

of, 247, 402.

Gasterosteus pungitius, on the nest

of, 449.

Gastrana, new species of, 431.

Glyptodon ornatus, observations on,

432.

Gonionema, new British species of, 8.

Gosse, P.H., on a new British Sea-

Anemone, 41,

454

Gould, J., on two new Australian

birds, 60; on the egg of Parra

gallinacea, 70.

Gray, Dr. J. E., on a new species of

Cephalopus, 63; on a new British

species of Porpoise, 133; on a new

Finner Whale, 148 ; on a new spe-

cies of American Porcupine, 203 ;

on a new species of Tupaia, 203 ;

on a new genus of Trionychide,

204 ; on two new species of Whales,

210; on a new species of Catodon,

286; on the genera and species of

Amphisbeenians, 365 ; on the names

of the genus Mystomys, 425.

Greville, Dr. R. K., on new genera

and species of Diatoms, 1.

Giinther, Dr. A., on a new species of

Corvina, 48 ; on the British Salmo-

noids, 59; on the Pipe-fishes of

Australia, 141.

Gulliver, Prof. G., on the pollen-

grains of Ranunculus arvensis, 65;

on the occurrence of raphides and

other crystals in plants, 115, 331.

Halocampa, new species of, 196,

Haughton, Rev. S., on the muscular

anatomy of the leg of the Croco-

dile, 326.

Hemiaulus, new species of, 5.

Hersilia, new species of, 81.

Hesse, M., on new or rare Crustacea

of the French coasts, 162.

Hesycha, new species of, 172.

Heterochroa, new species of, 398.

Heterocyathus, new species of, 194.

Hogg, J., on some Amphibians, 120.

Holl, Dr. H. B., on the paleeozoie bi-

valved Entomostraca, 414.

Hollard, M., on the structure of the

encephalon of Fishes, 70.

Hymenesia, description of the new

genus, 209.

Hyperoodon, new species of, 212.

Hypheenia, characters of the new ge-

nus, 410.

Hypselomus, new species of, 111,167.

Hystrix, new species of, 206.

Infusoria, on the animal nature of

the cilio-flagellate, 270.

Insects, on the graduation from “ in-

dividual’ peculiarities to species in,

383.

Jamesia, on some species of, 170.

Jerdon, T. C., on Pristolepis mar-

ginatus, 298.

INDEX.

Jeude’s, De, collection of Mollusca,

note on, 224.

Johnson, J.G., on a new genus of

Trichiuroid tishes, 283.

Jones, Prof. T. K., on the nomencla-

ture of the Foraminifera, 15; on

the palsozoic bivalved Entomo-

straca, 414.

King, Prof. W., on the histology of

Rhynchopora Geinitziana, 124.

Kolliker, Prof., on the histology of

the Acephala, 142.

Kreift, G., on a ey species of Rock-

Kangaroo, 72

Krohn, Dr. ree on the male genera-

tive organs of Phalangium, 149,

Lacaze-Duthiers, M., on a new type

in the group of Ascidians, 143.

Lampyris splendidula, on the strue-

ture of the luminous organs in the

male of, 224

Latrodectus, new species of, 341.

Layard, KE. L., on the Whales of the

Cape, 210; on a new Zebra, 215.

Leighton, Rev. W. A., on British Li-

chens, 8; on the gland of the phyl-

lodium of Acacia magnifica, 12.

Lema, new species of, 155.

Lestiboudois, T., on the existence of

liquid and solid matters in the tra-

chean vessels of plants, 378.

Lichens, notes on British, 8.

Limopsis Belcheri, on the occurrence

of, in a fossil state, 113.

Lizard, on a new, from the Lower

Chalk, 145.

Longicorns of the Amazons Valley,

on the, 101, 167, 308.

Lubbock, Sir J., on the male genera-

tive organs of Phalangium, 301.

Lycosa, new species of, 80.

Macalister, A., on the presence of cer-

tain secreting organs in Nematoi-

dea, 45.

M‘Coy, Prof. F., on the occurrence of

Limopsis Belcheri and other recent

shells in a fossil state near Mel-

bourne, 118; on the Australian

species of Arripis, 187; on the

cretaceous deposits of Australia,

333; on the canine teeth of Thyla-

coleo carnifex, 448.

Malurus, new species of, 60,

Martens, Dr. E. von, ou the Australian

species of Paludina, 255; on new

species of shells, 428.

UN'D EX,

Metridium, new species of, 195.

Microglossa Alecto, on the osteology

of, 134.

Microscope, on a new growing slide

for the, 334.

Mimastra, description of the new ge-

nus, 253.

Mistletoe, on the parasitic nature of

the, 222.

Moreh, Dr. O.A.L., on the homology

of the buccal parts of the Mollusca,

73; on the operculum and _ its

mantle, 117; on the systematic

value of the organs employed as

fundamental characters in the clas-

sification of Mollusca, 385; onthe

limits of the subkingdom Mollusca,

411.

Mollusca, on the homology of the

buceal parts of the, 73; on the

systematic value of the organs em-

ployed as fundamental characters

in the classification of, 385 ; on the

limits of the subkingdom, 411.

Momeea, description of the new ge-

nus, 252.

Monocesta, new species of, 262, 315.

Muscicapa parva, note on the capture

of, at Sciliy, 447.

Mystomys, on the names of the ge-

nus, 425.

Nadrana, description of the new ge-

nus, 250.

Nealotus, description of the new ge-

nus, 283.

Nematoidea, on the presence of cer-

tain secreting organs in, 45; on the

anatomy and physiology ofthe, 197.

Nephila, new species of, 96, 343.

Nephthya, new species of, 196.

Nestinus, new species of, 325,

Newton, A., on some bones of the

Didus nazarenus, 61.

Notopterophorus, on the early stages

of, 162.

Nyctinomus, new species of, 295.

Oncideres, new species of, 175.

Operculum and its mantle, on the,

Orcynus alalonga, on the occurrence

of, on the coast of Devon, 268.

Orithyia, new species of, 89.

Orthoxia, characters of the genus,

260.

Owen, Prof., on the skull of Thyla-

coleo carnifex, 130.

455

Pachypeza, new species of, 314.

Pachytoma, characters of the genus,

261.

Palmeria, description of the new ge-

nus, |

Paludina, new species of, 255, 428.

Parisis, new species of, 196.

Parker, W. K., on the nomenclature

of the Foraminifera, 15; on the

osteology of Microglossa Alecto,

34,

Parra gallinacea, on the egg of, 70.

Pasithea, new species of, 338.

Peridiniun cypripedium, observations

on, 270, 399,

Peritrox, description of the new ge-

nus, 313.

Peters, Dr.W., on the systematic po-

sition of Platacanthomys lasiurus,

PAIS

Petromyzon, new species of, 221,

Phalangium, on the male generative

organs of, 149, 301.

Philippi, Dr. R. A., on the Chilian

* Anguilla,” 221.

Phoezena, new species of, 132, 138.

Phyllopteryx, on the Australian spe-

cies of, 141.

Plants, on the occurrence of raphides

and other crystals in, 115, 331;

description of some fossil, 128;

on the existence of liquid and solid

matters in the trachean vessels of,

378.

Platacanthomys lasiurus, on the sys-

tematic position of, 213.

Plecotus auritus, note on, 301.

Plesiosaurs, on two new, from the

Lias, 352.

Pleurocrypta, characters of the new

genus, 164.

Podontia, new species of, 403.

Polyps, on the classification of, 191.

Primitia, description of the new ge-

nus, 415.

Pristolepis marginatus, note on, 298.

Procalus, new species of, 261.

Psammobia, new species of, 431.

Pterogale, new species of, 72.

Pyenacantha, description of the new

genus, 350.

Pyesia, characters of the genus, 260.

Ramsay, E. P., on the Cuckoos of

New South Wales, 290.

Ransom, Dr. W. H., on the nest of

the ten-spined Stickleback, 449.

456

Ranunculus arvensis, on the pollen-

grains of, 65.

Raphides, on the occurrence of, in

plants, 115, 331.

Rhynchopora Geinitziana, on the his-

tology of, 124, 305.

Rodd, E. H., on the capture of Musci-

capa parva at Scilly, 447.

Royal Society, proceedings of the,

128,.197.

Salticus, new species of, 82.

Sars, M., on a new form of Brachio-

laria, 70; on some singular organs

appended to the feet of certain

Crustacea, 144.

Sastra, description of the new genus,

253.

Saurospondylus dissimilis, descrip-

tion of, 145.

Schultze, M., on the structure of the

luminous organs in the male of

Lampyris splendidula, 224.

Sclater, Dr. P. L., on a new species

of Indian Porcupine, 206 ; on some

animals from Madagascar, 295.

Seott, Dr. W. R., on the occurrence

of Oreynus alalonga on the coast

of Devon, 268.

Seytodes, new species of, 100.

Sea-anemone, on a new British, 41.

Seeley, H., on a new Lizard from the

Lower Chalk, 145; on Ammonites

from the Cambridge Greensand,

925 on two new Plesiosaurs from

the Lias, 352.

Selenops, new species of, 340.

Serres, M.,on Glyptodon ornatus, 432.

Sigillaria, on some species of, 129.

Simeethea, description of the new

genus, DATE

Smith, H.L., on a new growing slide

for the microscope, 334.

Soubeiran, L., on the cultivation of

Eels, 384.

Sowerby, W., on the mode in which

the long-eared Bat captures its

prey, 301.

INDEX.

Sphenoraia, new species of, 262.

Sphenotrochus, new species of, 183.

Spiders, new, from the Cape de Verde

Islands, 80; from Central Africa,

336.

Spilonema, new British species of, 9.

Stephanoceris, new species of, 194.

Stickleback, on the nest of the ten-

spined, 449.

Surirella, new species of, 4.

Tzeniotes, on the species of, 109.

Teeth, on a fungus developed in, 223.

Tellina, new species of, 429.

Tetragnatha, new species of, 99.

Tetrathyra, description of the new

genus, 204.

Theridion, new species of, 91.

Thomisus, new species of, 85.

Thylacoleo carnifex, on the skull of,

130; on the canine teeth of, 448.

Trachysomus, new species of, 174.

Trestonia, new species of, 311.

Trichiuridz, on some allied genera of,

283.

Tridacna elongata, on the anatomy

of, 581.

Tupaia, new species of, 203.

Vaillant, L., on the anatomy of Tri-

dacna elongata, 381.

Veretillum, new species of, 197.

Verrill, A. E., on the classification of

Polyps, 191.

Vogel, Dr. A., on the intercellular

matter and the vessels of the latex

in the root of the Dandelion, 224.

Walsh, Dr. B. D., on phytographic

varieties and species, 383.

Wedl, Prof., on a fungus which is

developed in ivory and bone, 223.

Whale, new species of, 54, 148.

Xuthea, description of the new genus,

248.

Xylomimus, description of the new

genus, 308.

Zebra, on a new species of, 215.

Zoological Society, proceedings of

the, 49, 132, 203, 283, 365.

END OF THE SIXTEENTH VOLUME,

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.